Skip to main content

Full text of "Records of the Indian Museum"

See other formats 


> 
. 
2 rrr 


vine 


aara h4 

Vite 
DDH, 
"7 


LP a CIE AR LATE AO A 
Tee SLA RE: Ahh Lec 4a 
- nine AACN Ne det VAG 


Wey 


her Png Mt 


ey. 


PRN i 


Ronee 


<< 


0 
4), 


Wee ; 


=< - —_. - 


GENRES 
; ahs 


ae 
* 


BNP Ha 
SGN int 


Ni 
it 


bh 


t \ ,, 
Ast? fy 


Nea! 


if 
ry 
4 


RECORDS 


of the 


INDIAN MUSEUM 


(A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY) 


Vol. XI, 1915. 


EDITED BY 


THE SUPERINTENDENT 
OF THE 


INDIAN MUSEUM. 


Calcutta: 


PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM, 
BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 


IQI5. 


E 
EE. 
TE. 


XIII. 


XIV. 


XV. 


CONTENTS. 


PART IV. Issued 27th AuGusST, IQI5. 


A further report on Mollusca from ee Chilka on the 
east coast of India rr 


——— 
Part I. Issued 24th FEBRUARY, IQI5. 
Page 
Indian Boring Sponges of the Family Clionidae I 
Hermit-Crabs from the Chilka Lake 25 
Notes on some South Indian Batrachia 31 
ERRATA. 
Page 567, line 5. For “‘ ployps”’ read “‘ polyps.” 
os te. Hor gemmatta read > gemmata.” 
4 908, 5, i. Por “Hillard” read ‘* Billard.” 
LVULES ULL PIeSuWwadlel OpoMges, INO. AVI Wy/at 
Lagriidae und Aleculidae des ‘‘ Indian Museum ” 179 
Notes on some Indian Chelonia. . . 189 
Notes on Oriental Dragonflies in the Indian Museum, 
Wot 2. as oa ee Oy, 
Part III. Issued 24th JUNE, IQI5. 
Notes on Oriental Syrphidae with cc ia of new 
spectess- Pt. 11 = ; a6 201 
Notes on Indian Mygalomorph Spiders 257 


289 


XIII. 


XIV. 


XV. 


CONTENTS. 
—_$— 
Part J. Issued 24th FEBRUARY, IQI5. 


Indian Boring Sponges of the Family Clionidae 
Hermit-Crabs from the Chilka Lake 

Notes on some South Indian Batrachia 

Some Oriental SawHlies in the Indian Museum 


Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae) .. 


Miscellanea (pp. 139-142) :— 
Additional Mallophaga from the Indian Museum 
An abnormal specimen of Nata bungarus 
A South Indian Flying oes Epes mala- 
baricus (Jerdon) 


Part II. Issued 23rd APRIL, IQT5. 


Contributions to a knowledge of the Terrestrial Isopoda 
of India, Pt. I : ~ 


On the Anatomy of a Burmese Slug of the Genus 
Atopos : 


The Genus Australella and some allied species of Phy- 
Jactolaematous Polyzoa 


Notes on Freshwater Sponges, No. XVI 
Lagriidae und Aleculidae des ‘“‘ Indian Museum ”’ 
Notes on some Indian Chelonia. . 


Notes on Oriental Dragonflies in the Indian Museum, 
Norsk: 
Part III. Issued 24th JUNE, 1915. 


Notes on Oriental poces, § with ea of new 
species, Pt. II : .- 


Notes on Indian Mygalomorph Spiders 


Part IV. Issued 27th AuGusST, IQI5. 


A further report on Mollusca from sa Chilka on the 
east coast of India : 


289 


il Contents. 


Page 

XVI. Notes from the Bengal Fisheries Laboratory, Indian 
Museum, No. 2 .. a By 3° {Se 

XVII. Notes from the Bengal Fisheries Laboratory, Indian 
Museum, No. 3 .. a oe 2. ae 

XVIII. Notes on Oriental Dragonflies in the Indian Museum, 
No. 2 ae ae ae 3 ar 
XIX. Herpetological Notes and Descriptions... sgt fla 

Miscellanea (pp. 349-351) :— 
A short note on Hydra oligactis, Pallas .. --- 349 
The larvae of Rhacophorus pleurostictus, Boul. 2 349 
An Albino Bulbul se = rac (= 
Part V. Issued 27th SEPTEMBER, IQI5. 

XX. The Larvae and Pupae of some Beetles from Cochin.. 353 
XXI. Cryptostomes of the Indian Museum, Pt. II 2807, 

XXIJ. Notes on Pedipalpi in the collection of the Indian 
Museum, V He = de eee 

XXIII. Notes on Oriental Dragonflies in the Indian Museum, 
No. 3 oe 22 os. Pee che) 

XXIV. Notes on Ant-like spiders of the Family Attidae in the 
collection of the Indian Museum on i) 358 

Part VI. Issued 30th DECEMBER, IQI5. 

XXV. A Catalogue of the Lucanidae in the collection of the 
Indian Museum .. oe a Le. FOR 

XXVI. A Revision of the Oriental Subfamilies of Tarantuli- 
dae (Order Pedipalpi) ce. “ae jo A383 

XXVII. Some Sponges parasitic on Clionidae with further notes 
on that family .. Ry. af nik shgaliaer 

XXVIII. Report on a collection of Mollusca from the outskirts of 
Caleutta nu io ry gery." 

XXIX. Notes on the Habits of Indian Insects, hie ss and 
Arachnids ee ee ew AGB 


XXX. ‘The Hydroids of the Indian Museum, II .. ae Saal 


ish OF PLATES: 


a 
Follow page 

Plate I (Sponges) es we i eee 
Plates II—III (Polyzoa) = ee Pema 670 
Plates IV—NXII (Isopoda) ae “8 Sony E52 
Plate XIII (Syrphidae) a ee 20) 
Plate XIV (Tetriginae) es a Gf eS 
Plate XV (Mygalomorph Spiders) Se ie 288 
Plates XVI—XIX.-(Mollusca) .. 52 hog 
Plates XX—XXI (Beetles) a * )2 83360 
Plates XXII—XXV (Insects, Mvriapods and;Arachnids) 540 
Plates XXVI—XXVIII (Parasites of Fish) .. ie Ba30 
Plate XXIX (Lucanidae) Be =) Ee AQ 
Plates XXX, XX Xa (Hydroids). - a aoe 4508 
Plate XXXI (Tarantulidae) = ms ee 50 
Plate XXXII (Ant-like Spiders). . es ef OG 
Plate XXXIII (Trionyx and Gonatodes) .. SmI AG 


Plate XXXIV (Sponges) en i Ag 


LIST OF AUTHORS. 


ANNANDALE, N., D.Sc. 

Indian Boring Sponges of the Family Clionidae oe 

The Genus Australella and some allied species of Phylac- 
tolaematous Polyzoa = ; 

Notes on Freshwater Sponges, No. XVI 

Notes on some Indian Chelonia .. 

Herpetological Notes and Descriptions = e 

Some Sponges parasitic on Clionidae with further notes 
on that family 


AYYANGAR, M. O. Parthasarathy 
A South Indian Flying Frog: Rhacophorus malabaricus 
(Jerdon) a re 


BArrm, . Cy Stuart, E:Z.0: 
An Albino Bulbul 


BORCHMANN, F. 
Lagriidae und Aleculidae des “ Indian Museum.” 


BRUNETTI, E. | 
Notes on Oriental Syrphidae with descriptions of new 
species, et. ET Fg 


CoLLINGE, Walter E., M.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S. 


Contributions to a knowledge of the Terrestrial Isopoda 
ofuindia, Pt. I 


GHOSH, EKENDRANATH, M.Sc. 


On the Anatomy of a Burmese Slug of the Genus 
Atopos .. 43 


GRAVELY, F. H., M.Sc. 


Notes on Indian Mygalomorph Spiders : 

The Larvae and Pupae of some Beetles from Cochin 

Notes on Pedipalpi in the collection of the Indian 
Museum, V es Be See os 

A Catalogue of the Lucanidae in the collection of the 
Indian Museum tr re a 

A Revision of the Oriental Subfamilies of Tarantulidae 
(Order Pedipalpi) .. vs ee Pi 

Notes on the Habits of Indian Insects, Myriapods and 
Arachnids ae ee 


FAWCOCK, J.) 
Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae) 


201 


143 


vi List of Authors. 


Page 
HENDERSON, J. R., M.B., C.M., F.L.S. 
Hermit-Crabs from the Chilka Lake 25 
KELLOGG, V. L. 
Additional Mallophaga from the Indian Museum (in colla- 
boration with Mr. S. Nakayama) aa +) SQ 
LAIDLAW, F. F. 
Notes on Oriental Dragonflies in the Indian Museum, 
Nos SF “ ra i zo SESE 
Notes on Oriental Dragonflies in the Indian Museum, 
NG. o5. #. ie - te Boe 
Notes on Oriental Dragonflies in the Indian Museum, 
Now 20 rs ae ms es 
REAUETE =. 9.5. shu. bobs. 
Cryptostomes of the Indian Museum, Pt. II. oe Sez 
NAKAYAMA, §S. 
Additional Mallophaga from the Indian Museum (7m colla- 
boration with Prof. V. L. Kellogg) a = shag 
NARAYAN, K., M.Sc. 
Notes on Ant-like Spiders of the Family Attidae in the 
collection of the Indian Museum a es ios: 
PARSHAD, BAINI, B.Sc. 
An abnormal specimen of Naia bungarus .. nee es) 
A short note on Hydra oligactis, Pallas ae <i ERAO 
PRESTON, H: B:, E:Z.5; 
A further report on Mollusca from Lake Chilka on the 
east coast of India oe ¢ ey 2)8) 
Report on a collection of Mollusca from the outskirts of 
Calcutta ae ie eS 7 BA7O 
Rao, C. R. NARAYAN 
Notes on some South Indian Batrachia ‘ Te RoE 
The larvae of Rhacophorus pleurostictus, Boul. Sgr) BAD 
Ritchie, J:; M-A:, Disc: 
The Hydroids of the Indian Museum, II... eee | 


ROHWER, S. A. 
Some Oriental Sawflies in the Indian Museum ne 


SOUTHWELL, Ti, AVRIGSe., Figs. eae. 


Notes from the Bengal Fisheries Laboratory, Indian 
Museum, No. 2 3 = as 
Notes from the Bengal Fisheries Laboratory, Indian 
Museum, No. 3 ie a iva Speake 


311 


INDEX. 


—< 


N.B.—An asterisk (*) preceding a line denotes a new variety or subspecies; a 
dagger (7) indicates a new species ; 


genus: 


A 


Abia melanoceros 
Acacia arabica 
Acanthalobus 
bispinosus 
cuneatus 
+curticornis 
miliarius 
saginatus 
Acanthaspisrama .. 
Acanthobothrium eschrichtiit 
Acanthodis ululina 
Acanthodon 
Acanthus ilicifolius 
Acari 
Acaulis 
Acinetaria 
Acipenser .. 
Aclees birmanus 
Acridiidae. . af 
Acridium violascens .. 
Acridium (Tetrix) dilatatum 
hexodon a 
Acridium (Tettix) gracile 
Acridotheres tristis 
Acrotelsa collaris 
Acrydiinae 
Acrydium. . 
bipunctatum 
bispinosum 
ceylonicum 
depressum 
hancocki 
indicum 
mundum 
polypictum 
subulatum 
ttectitergum 
variegatum 
Aculeata 
Adelonychia nigrostriata 
Adesmacea 
Adoretus 
duvauceli 
lasiopygus 
versutus 
Aediomyia gees 
Aega ; : 
Aegidae 
Aegle marmelos 
Aegus 


II4, 


498, 409. 


115, 


500 


58, OI, 


94 


2, 93 


60, 


Se 
116 
115, 


= ED 


263, 5 


» SOLS 


| 
{ 


a double dagger ({), 
synonyms are primted in italics. 


Aegus adelphus 
capitatus 
chelifer 


impressicollis .. 


kandiensis 
labilis 
parallelus 
roepstorffi 
sinister 


| Aeschnidae 


Agonia 
saundersi 
Alcides collaris 
Alectona 
Aleurodidae 
Allantini .. 
Allecula arthritica 
yfemorata 
geniculata 
indica 
tsobrina 
ysukliensis 
Allec ulidae 
Alloniscoidea 
Ambassis .. 
Amblyocareneae 
Ambounia 
Amorphinopsis 
excavans 


*excavans digitifera 


Amphibotettix 
longipes 
ytrosaceus 


Amphilina 


foliacea 
liguloidea 
ymagna 
. neritina 
Amphilinidae 
t{Amphinotus 


tpygmaeus 
Amphiptyches 


_ Amphithemis 


curvistyla 
+mariae 
vacillans 
Aiyciaea . . 
Anapeptamena 
viridipes 


Anaporrhutum largum 


ate sane Isha 


a new genus or sub- 


Page 
426 
426 
427 
427 
427 
426 
410 
427 
410 
197 
372 
» 373 
as 504 
1, 2,355 
517 
42 
183 
186 
186 
183 
186 
185 
183 
148 


410, 


367 


183, 184, 


263 

148 

‘466, 407 

“A57> 466, 467, 468, 
469, 474 
457. 467, 469 


Vill 


Page 

Anasida orientalis 510 
yAnatina barkudaensis 309 
tbarkulensis 309 
tinduta my | ie 
Anatinacea 308. 482 
Anatinidae 309, 482 
yAneugmenus annandalei : 48 
morio : 48 
Anisodera excavata 367, 371 
ferruginea : 370 
guerini 307, 370 
Anisoderini 370 
Anisoptera ae > 197 
Annandaliella 266, 269, 270, 271 
travancorica 269, 271, 276, 277 


tAnnulella 554, 557, 558, 559, 


563, 564, 565, 566, 567 


fgemmata 541, 544. 556, 558, 
505, 567 

Anomura .. ye a 2 
Anoplotermes 511 
Antestia anchorago Ue 510 
Anthicidae 503, 536 
Anthomyia peshawarensis ya) Res) 
Anthophora pulcherrima 494 
Antilochus nigripes 510 
Apanteles.. ee: 492 
Aphnaeus hypargyrus i e505 
Apidae 494 
Apis SAO’ 
dorsata Se 493. 494 
Apiochaeta ferruginea si SOG) 
Apoderus .. é 504 
Apterotettix 58,95 
obtusus : 96, 132 
Arachnechthra minima - 486 
Arachnida 7 257, 287, 518 
Arachnoidea ae S5 | Sy 
Araneae 258, 532 
Arbaniteae at 263 
Arca (Fossularca) lactea J 208 
Arcacea .. Be ae 298 
Archiopsocus 513 
Archisometrus mucronatus tye SIG 
Arcidae .. ae 298 
Arcte caerulea 507 
Arctophila mussitans -. 248 
fsimplicipes = ey 
Arge albocincta 41 
fumipennis 41 
luteiventris 41 
xanthogastra .. 4I 
Argidae ne a 40 
Argiope aetherea Bc Fis,» SRS 
catenulata 537) 538 
pulchella 537 
Argiopidae 512, 536 
Argulidae .. 325 
Argulus 324, 325 

foliaceus B16, 323) 32, 
Arhina 143, 148 
tbarkulensis 143, 147 
porcellioides 2 in 
Armachanus monoceros mw 538 
Artema atlanta 536 
Arthrosphaera aurocincta 518 
tAsamangulia He evi 
tcuspidata 367, 378 


Page 

Asarcina 209, 210, 211 
biroi 210 
morokaensis 210 
Ascalus laetus 398 
manducator 403 

Ascia 224, 226 
Asilidae 509 
Aspongopus janus 510 
singhalanus , 509 
Assiminea francesiae 480 
Assimineidae 480 
Asteromeyenia 173 
Asyncoryne 558 
ryniensis 557 
Athalia 46 
infumata 46 
proxima 40 
Athermantus 40 
imperialis 40, 41 
Atmetochilus fossor ; 262 
Atomiosoma sts me 326 
Atopos 33 153 
tAtopos (Parapodangia) gravelyi 153 
Atopos (Podangia) kempii 155, 161 
sanguinolenta . . 355, 159 
Attidae 393, 405, 539 
Aularches miliaris 486, 487 
Auriculidae ae aA7S 
Australella fey} ‘164, 167 
yindica 164, 165 166, 167, 169 
jheringi : 164, 168 
lendenfeldi 164. 166, 167 
Avicula.. Bs 8 

Aviculariidae ‘260, 532 

Aviculariinae 259, 265, 267, "268, 
270, 271, 280, 282, 287 

Axinellidae Sz 457, 466, 467 
Axona 4é ats Se 231 
chaleopygus ot Si 
cyanea bs een 

B 

Baccha J; Serene 
tapicenotata 221, 222 
austeni 218 
bicineta 219 
chalybea 219 
circumcincta 218 

dispar 13 216 
telegans ce 219, 220, 222 
flavopunctata .. 219, 221 

loriae ms 218 
mundula 218 
nubilipennis .. pe Seales 
pallida ae, oe) eae 
pedicellata a 218, 219 
tplumbicincta .. 222 
pulchrifrons 218 
purpuricola.. 218 
robusta ak eee Ae) 
rubella “r 218 
vespaeformis .. tee TS 
Baeus apterus 538 
Balanidae 469 
Balearica pavonica 139 
Barbus 315 
Barycheleae 263 


Barychelinae 
Batocera rubus 
Batrachia 
Batrachidinae 
Bauhinia .. 
Baza jerdoni 
}Beleses nigriceps 
Bellia crassicollis 
Birmana 
gracilis 
Blastothela 
Blattidae. . 
Bolax 
Bolotettix 
anomalus 
tarmatus 
exsertus 
tinermis 
lobatus 
oculatus 
tpictipes 
fquadratus 
{triangularis 
Bombus haemorrhoidalis 
trifasciatus 
Borboresthes fuliginosus 
tsuturalis 
Botryonopa sheppardi 
Botryonopini c 
Branchiocerianthus 
Brachispa : 
Brachinia xerophaga | 
Brachydontes emarginata 
Brachytrypes achatinus 
portentosus 
Braconidae 
Branchiura 
Brontes 
Bufo fergusoni : 
melanostictus .. 
stomaticus 
Bulla (Haminea) crocata 
Bullia vittata 
Bullidae 
tBusarbidea oh 
*himalaiensis .. 


C 


Cacopus systoma 
Caenocoris marginatus 
Caenoptychus pulchellus 
Calcabrina plicata 
Calliobothriinae 
Calliobothrium 
eschrichtii 
Calochromus melanurus 
Calosoma orientale 
Calotes 
Canna as 
{Canonias assamensis 
inopinus 
Cantharis rouxi sae 
Canthecona furcellata 
Capionema pallasi 
Capnoptera 
Capritermes 


Page 
263, 
503 
140 
131 
499 
140 
51 
194 
SO MOL 
61 

556 

485 

: 501 
57, 75> 88 


31 
O*3 
60, 


ele 
76, 77, 78, 

75> 76 
risa dt | 
76, 19 
76, 80 
218 

237. 

186 

186 

367, 368 
> 5 -HGts) 
556 

378 

506 

481 

488 


37 

510 

539 

458 

333 

aeeis) 

333, 334 
362 

502 


38 


499 


51 

51 
503 
510 
568 
488 
499 


270 | 


Page 

Carabidae 56 ee esO2 
Carcinoma 30 ahaa 320 
Cardanus sulcatus eA 31 
Cardiacea 299 
Cardiidae 299 
Cardium (Fulvia) rugatum 299 
Casnonidea brevicollis 183 
| Caspionema 550 
pallasi 559 
Cassia ven 409 
Catageus 430, 437 
pusillus 437, 520 
rimosus ae 137, 
Catapiestus mee 3305 
indicus 363, 364, 366 

Catla buchanani Bit slOs 325 
Catogenus rufus as 355 
Catopsilia crocale 495 
Cecidomyidae 507 
Cephonodes hylas 506 
Cerambicidae enc OF 
Cercaria 314, 316, 330 
Cercopidae 515, 516 
Ceria 3 DAO, Was OLA 
compacta ac 250 

ferux 253 
eumenoides 253 
flavipennis 250 
fruhstorferi 250 
}fulvescens 251 
himalayensis 250 
javana 251 
obscura 250 
yornatifrons 252 
triangulifera 251 
trinotata 251 
Cerinae 250 
Cérioides .. 250 
Cerithiidae 290 
Cerogria basalis 181 
flavicornis 181 
nepalensis 181 
quadrimaculata 181 
Cestoda 335 
Cestodaria 326, 328 
Cestodes monogeneses 326 
Cestoidea monozoa 326 
Chalcidae 492 
Chalininae 173 
Chama 9 
Chamaesyrphus nigripes j5 - 26) 
Charinides 437, 442, 522, 5260, 529, 
530, 531 

bengalensis 442, 451, 526, Fees 

528, 531 

Charinus 437, 442, 446 
australianus ¥- 42 
insularis 442 
neocaledonicus 2 
seychellarum SE Ae 
Charon 435, 430, 437, 446 
annulipes sa AAG 
australianus 446 
cavernicola 444 

grayi 440 
savawakensis A441 
Charontinae 484 435, 436, 526 
Chelonia 189, 347 


tChilkaia fimitatrix .. 


Chilobrachys 266, 267, 282, 283, 
284, 285, 286, 533 
assamensis 284, 285 
fimbriatus oe wey 260 
fumosus 284, 285, 532 
hardwickii 285, 286 
nitellinus : afl 250 
stridulans F Ae 286 
Chilobrachys (‘‘ My gale ’) stridu- 
lans ; 532 
Chilosia 204, 234 
apicalis . 204 
grossa Xe 206, 207 
thirticincta Ae sig tout 
javanensis = xa A ZES) 
nigroaenea te sis 204 
tplumbiventris sae 205 
Chirixalus doriae eS) 
- fsimus 345, 340 
Chironomidae ie 507 
Chironomus 507, 508 
ceylanicus as 507 
fasciatipennis .. 507 
Chitra indica 347 
Chlorogomphinae 197 
Chlorogomphus 197 
Choeridionini 371 
Chondrilla sey "469, 470, 471, 472 
oe 474, 477 
distincta 457, 470, 471 
mixta 457, 479, 471 
nucula 457, 470, 471 
Chondrillae 471, 474 
Chondrosiidae 457, 470 
Chonopeltis $7 325 
Chorinemus lysan : 7329 
*Chrysallida (Mormula) ecclesia 295 
humilis 294, 295 
*humilis chilkaensis ot) 205 
}nadiensis a 295, 296 
Chrysidae 493 
Chrysis fuscipennis 493 
Chrysochlamys : ne 234 
+Chrysogaster (Orthoneura) in- 
dica A 203 
Chrysomelidae Aen 308 
Chrysotoxinae - 249, 254 
+Chrysotoxum convexuin . 249 
intermedium 250 
sexfasciatum 254 
Cibdela janthina 40 
Cicadidae .. 514 
Ciciudela biramosa ie 502 
Cicindelidae §O1. 502 
Cimbicidae 39 
Cimex 514 
rotundatus 513 
_Cimicidae ate, 513 
Cirrhina latia Oly Bish aT5y Glo 
mirgala oa SH Gs 
Cirrochroa bajadeta em UbOS 
Cissites debeyi 503 
testaceus 503 
Cistelomorpha alternans 188 
andrewesi 187 
trabeata 188 


tCistelopsis aborensis rt: 7 


Page 

+Cistelopsis rufa 187 
validicornis 187 
Cladius orientalis 53 
Cladognathinae eet Or, 
Cladognathus 407, 416 
arrowi on ee 
confucius 416 
giraffa 416 
Cladonotinae 36, 61, 96 
Cladonotus a: 56, 61 
humbertianus .. 61, 62 
latiramus 62 
pelops 62 
turrifer 62 
Clavicornia a> BO 
Clementia annandalei— 301 
Cleridae: 577 503 
Clerodendron phlomidis 510 
Clibanarius 28 
longitarsis 25 26, 27, 28 
tolivaceus ae 26, 28 
padavensis te aA 
Cliona L253 525s Os ao onl bk Ones 


459, 464, 466, 469, 470, 


471, 472, 473, 475 
abyssorum oe 5 
fFacustella 4, 6, 14, 473 
bacilliferva : ue 8 
tannulifera Ay 55.0%, Os LOnmuen 
18, 477, 478 
carpenteri Aeris =D 9, 457, 462 
celata Al, 1513 O58 7 OeeLO. ee 
ensifera AGS ols 13, 460, 471, 
477 
gracilis — = ie 4 
indica 45.5380 
}kempi 457, 462, 463 
lobata 460, 462, 463 
margaritifera 4505 
michelini 4, 5, 6, 462 
millepunctata 45 a7 
mucronata 4. Oy 125 as ewes 
62, 463, 477, 478 
mussae 4, 5,57 
orientalis A, O30 35 vn 
patera Ay 7k Selo 
purpurea wat eee 
quadrata 5. 457, 462 
sceptrellifera Ss a71 
stellifera 13, 470, 471 
vastifica ASUS ONO Meee. 
462, 473; 477 

velans 
viridis 4, 6, ‘Ta, £3); 14, 16, re 
465, 479, 471, 477 
warvent AbiSina7 3 4oe 
Clionidae alle “457, 462, 467, 473, 
; 474, 475, 476, 477, 478 
Clionopsis. . oe Te 
Cliothosa .. 2,3, 10,i2 pues 
seurati 21 
Clubionidae 538 
Coccidae 517 
Coelaenomenoderini 372 
Coenobita 204 
cavipes 29 
compressus 29 
rugosus See ota 29 


Page 
Criotettix obscurus 85, 132 
oculatus ae 70 
orientalis 83, 85 
tpallidus 83, 85 
rugosus ae 84, 132 
saginatus 93 
spinilobus 83, ; 8 yee 
subulatus es 90 
tricarinatus 82, 85 
vidali 84, 89 
Croce 3 et AG?2 
filipennis 484, 492 
Crossobothrium : 3823333 
Crossotarsus bonvouloiri 2 504 
Cryptostomata ar My 368 
Crytauchenieae 262 
Ctenizinae ae ty 200: 
Cubaris ag 143 
fgranulatus 143, 151 
ynacrum 143, 150 
ysolidulus 143, 149 
Cucujidae 353, 498 
Cucujus clavipes 355 
coccinatus a 355 
haematodes .. fer s65 
spartit 356 
_ Culex vishnui 508 
Culicidae .. 5) Gols: 
7Cumingia hinduorum 307, 308 
Curculionidae Fam 504. 
| {Cuspidaria annandalei 307, 308, 482 
Cuspidariidae se 308, 482 
Cybium guttatum 329 
regale : 326 
Cyclommatus tarandus 421 
{Cyclostrema (Tubiola) innocens 296, 
299 
Cyclostrematidae 296 
Cyprinodon variegatus SO) le one 
Cypriuus carpio Bi 32 
danicontus ay 3s 
Cypselus affinis 140 
Cyrena bengalensis 481 
Cyrenidae 481 
Cyriopagus minax 281 
epaganus io. aptonl 
Cyriopagus (‘‘ Melopoeus “)minax 533 
Cyrtophora rs 535 537 
ciccatrosa Gia, Gli. 534: 538 
citricola F 537 
feae 538 
Cyrtotrachelus longipes 504 
Cytherea mactroides 300 


Page | 
Coenobita violascens 29 
Coleoptera 495 
Collyris emarginata 502 
Colpocephalum flavescens 139 
miandrium 139 
subpachygaster 39 
Comiboena biplagiata $e 500"! 
Conchacea 300, 481 
Conorhinus rubrofasiatus Beers Sikik | 
Conosia irrorata : 508 | 
Conothele birmanica .. ; 260 
Copepoda .. : : 324, 325 | 
Coppatias 20, 461, 475, 476 
yinvestigatrix 457, 460, 4061, 
474, 476, 478 
penetrans 457, 459, 460, 474 
Coppatias ees) penetrans 459 
Coprinae : ESOL 
Coptosoma cribraria PESTO 
Coptotettix 60, 90, 104, 116, 118, 120 
acuteterminatus IOI, 106, 132 
tannandalei 117, 119 
yartolobus 118, 121, 132 
asperatus Sige di tite’ 
capitatus 116, 118 | 
+conspersus wi, LR air 
curtipennis Soe Ghage nie} 
fossulatus 116, 118 | 
indicus 720% | 
interruptus Hi Vi7iey Aes | alle) 9] 
latifrons 106, 132 
nullipennis Se LOOR,| 
parvulus 116, 118 | 
problematica OS) 
yretractus 117, 120 
testaceus SS, AMT 
tumidus be 106 
Corbicula (Velorita) satparaensis. 300 | 
Cordylophora lacustris R51 
whiteleggi 168 
Coreidae 510 
Coremiocnemis 283 
cunicularius 533 
Corethrella inepta 508 
Corticium plicatum 458 
Corvultur albicollis 139 
Corvus corax 139 
splendens ie 139 
Corymorpha 554) 556, 562, 564, 568 
nutans 557 
palma ESOS 
Corynidae _ x 558, 506 
*Criorhina imitator .. 236, 237 
Criotettix .. 58, 75, 82, 90 
aequalis 83, 87 
yannandalei 84, 87, 88, 132 
jdohertyi 83, 86 
exsertus Es 88, 132 
extremus 89 
flavopictus See 88 
grandis 84, 89 
fgravelyi 84, 387, 88 
indicus 83, 85 | 
maximus : 84, 89 
maximus extremus 84 
miliarius 92 
montanus " 83, ay 
nodulosus f 


D 
Dactyella a ie AZO 


Dactylispa spinosa 367, 379 
Dactylopius citri AA) G7 
Dacus 509 
Dalader acuticosta 510 
Damarchus assamensis 263 


oatesii Se hile 2603 


Damon 435, 447, 448, 455 
variegatus : ae a5 5 
Dasyleurotettix curriei 133 
Deltonotus 56, 61 
gibbiceps 61 


Deltonotus subcullatus 
tectiformis 
Dendrophagus 
Dercitus plicata 
plicatus 
simplea 
Dermaptera 
Desmaciodonidae 
Diacamma 


Diagramma crassispin um 


Diapus furtivus : 
quinquespinatus 
Dibranchia de 
Dicladispa 
Dicoryne 
conybearei 
Dictynidae 
Dideoides ovata 
Dilophotes F 
Dindymus sanguineus 
Diogenes ‘ 
avarus 
miles 


Xii 


Page 
OI Drosera 5 
61 Dundubia interme rata 


350  Dynastinae 
458 | Dyscliona .. 


458 
458 
: 485 E 
457, 4604 | Echinomyia ‘ 
495 | Ectomocoris cordiger 
Bit ate Ectyoninae 
326, 328 | Embia major 


504 | Embioptera 
: 504 | Emesinae 
306, 482 | Emyda granosa 
379 | Engystomatidae 


, 565, 567 | tEnnurensis thi-pidus 
55 Entomostethus assamensis 
536 | hirticornis 
210 | laticarinatus 


362 | Entozoa 

510 | Ephydatia 

294 | Epilampra 
28 | Epipolasidae 
28 | Episphenus 


Dioptoma adamsi 502 indicus 5c 
Diplatys gladiator 485 neelgherriensis 
longisetosa 485 | +Epitonium hamatulae 
nigriceps ; 485 | Eresidae & 
+Diplodonta barhampurensis “301, 302 | Ergatettix tarsalis 
tsatparaensis 301, 302 | }+Eriozona himalayensis 
Diplodonta (Felania) annandalei 303 | Eristalinae 8 
chilkaensis 303 | Eristalis 
ovalis 303 aeneus 
Diploposthe laevis xe 3G arvorum 
Diplotheie walshi 263, 533 collaris 
Diplotheleae 263 cupreus 
Diplurinae 286 externus 
Diptera .. 507 fenestratus 
Discotettix belzebuth 133 ferrugineus 
Disparoneura atkinsoni 388 heterothrix 
caesia 388 inscriptus 
centralis 388 kobusi 
gomphoides 388 kochi 
interrupta 388 lucilia 
oculata oa 388 lunatus 
quadrimac ulata. 387, a 391 maculipennis 
sita 388 muscoides 
tenax 388 nebulipennis 
verticalis 388 neptunus 
westermanni 388 niger ne 
Distolaca . 372 nigroscutatus .. 
Docophorus gonorhynchus 139 nitidulus 
rostratus 139 obliquus 
Dolops 325 | obscuritarsis 
Donacidae 303 | orientalis 
Donax pulchella 303 | posteriptus 
Dorcus 407; pe 409, ‘422, 425 quadrilineatus 
antaeus 422, 423 quinquestriatus 
brachycerus Bila resolutus 
hopei 423 | saphirina 
laevidorsis : 423 | sepulchralis 
ratiocinativus .. 422 | simpliciceps 
rugosus 425 sinensis 
suturalis 407 solitus 
vicinus 422 splendens 
tyaksha Eu 422 | suavissimus 
Dorylaea rhombifolia 528 | taphicus 


Dotona 


2,15 tenax 


457; 


Sd ho lee 


229, 


230 
230 
256 
231 
229 
231 
230 
228 
230 
22 

22 

228 
228 
229 
230 
228 
256 
229 
230 
229 
229 
229 
228 


Page 
Kristalis tenax campestris 228 
tortuosa 229 
tristriatus 231 
Eristalomyia 230 | 
Erthesina fullo 510 | 
Erycinacea 298 
Erycinidae 2S 
Esox lucius 313, 324 
Ethmostigmus pygomegas B17 
Eublenmma 506 
Eudendrium ramosum eS OD 
Eugavialidium 57, 65, 67, 87, 133, 134 
yangulatum ahs 69, 13, 74 
birmanicum 605 70s flv 720073 
biymant : é 73 
}discalis 66, 68, 71 
{chinensis 68, 134 
feae 69, 73 
flavopictus 69, 73 
hastatum Sl 32 
hastulatum 132 
india £6 67 
indicum OS 725078 
tkempi : 69, 72 
+multidentatum 68, 70, 132 
}saussurei 70, 14 
Eugubinus 512, 513 
araneus 512 
intrudans 512 
reticolus 512 
EHumastax 487 
Eumegalodon blanchardi 488 
Tumenes conica 493 
dimidiatipennis | 493 
Eumenidae 493 
Eumerus 201, 239 
yaeneithorax 244° 
albifrons 244 
aurifrons 239, 240 
flavicinctus 239 
}flavipes ae 24 
thalictiformis 241, 242 
thalictoides 242 
macrocerus 239 
nepalensis 239, 240 
nicobarensis 239 
niveipes 239 
parallelus 239 
peitatus Pee 230) 
tpulcherrima 243, 244 
rufoscutellatus e230 
tsexvittatus Si ais 
splendens 239, 240, 244 
Ruparatettix 50, 24, 12 
corpulentus 125,120, 132 
crasstpes 130 
interruptus Fee OS 2 
nodulosus we 12 
parvus : 129 
oe 124, Wee 132, 136 
*personatus birmanicus 124, 125, 
132 
personatus longicornis 132 
pilosus See PIS a 
tenuis in GRACE sie 
variabilis TOR eeR20y) TaD 
Eupatorus hardwickei 498 
Huryenema herculanea 486 


Xiil 


Page 

Rurymorphopus 58 
latilobus 95 
Eurypon Mer Ay3 
Hurytracheius 407, 408, 409, 424, 425 
fulvonotatus .. Se el 
parcellens 424 
reichei 424, 426 
rugosus soo alee 
submolaris 424, 425 
tityus 424, 425, 426 
}travancorica Henn A25 
FHuscorpius carpathicus 518 
Euspongilla 173 
Eutermes lacustris 491 
monoceros 490 

F 
Fethalia ; 46 
Ficus elastica 503, 504 
roxburghii LAO? 
Figulus interruptus 430 
scaritiformis 431 
Flabellifera 322 
Formicidae 495 
Formicomus 503 
Fossaridae 291 
Fredericella sultana indica 168 
Fulgoridae 514 
G 

Galeodes indicus 532 

Galeommidae 299 
Gasteracantha brevispina 534 
yasterodiscus hominis 316 
Gasterosteus 324 
Gastropoda 289, 479 
Gavialidium Rie Gi 
alligator 74 
biymanicum We 
crocodilus 74 
philippinum 73, 74 
Gehydrophila 479 
Geisha distinctissima 514 
Geniates 500, 501 
impressicollis 501 
Geoemyda indopeninsularis 347 
silvatica | 194 
tricarinata 194, 347 
trijuga IQI, I92 
trijuga coronata 192, 193 
trijuga edeniana 192, 347 
*trijuga plumbea 192 
trijuga madraspatana 192, 193 
trijuga thermalis 192, 194 
Geophilidae 530 
Gignotettix 56, 62 
burri 62 
Glugea bombycis 312 
Gnapholoryx velutinus 420 
Gonatodes gracilis 345 
wynadensis 345 
tbireticulatus 344 
Gongylus gongylodes 486 
Goniodes bicuspidatus ay 139 
Gonionemus 557, 500, 561, 562, 563 
murbachii 552, 560, 568 


Xiv 


Page 
Gonophora Bae 
bengalensis 367, 373 
haemorrhoidalis 367, 373 
haemorrhoidalis niasensis 373 
haemorrhoidalis undulata 373 
Gonophorini 372 
Gorgyrella ae 260 
Graptomyza atripes .. 226 
brevirostris 226 
cornuta 250 
flavipes 227 
jacobsoni 227 
longicornis 227 
longirostris 226 
punctata 226 
+tinctovittata 227 
trilineata 227 
Graptomyza ventralis” 226 
ventralis nigripes 226 
Gryllacris aequalis 487 
Gryllidae .. 488 
Gymnogonos 550 
yyrocotyle 328 
H 
Haleremita 549, 557, 500, 561, 563 
cumulans 560, 501, 568 
Haliaster indicus ee 39 
Haploclastus 2G 
cervinus 270. 
}kayi 278, 279 
nilgirinus Sey) 
Harmatelia bilinea eb OZ 
Harmochirus 394, 395 
albi-barbis 394, 395 
brachiatus 394, 395 
tlloydii 394, 395 
malaccensis 3904, 395 
Harpactoy charsonesus See 5 
flavus vs a 511 
Harpodon nehereus .. 311, 329 
Hectarthrum a 498 
Hedotettix 60, 121 
abortus : 123 
attenuatus [221230032 
costatus 120, 023,032 
}cristitergus 127, dee 
diminutus ; 123 
festwus 5 SC 123 
gracilis 120, 12s os abet eree 
}grossus 122, 124 
punctatus 122 
Helicomitus dicax ee 492 
Heligmomerus 260, 261, 262 
Heliocopris bucephalus 501 
monhotus 501 
Helophilus curvigaster 231 
fulvus Me 233 
niveiceps any 231 
quadrivittatus 231 
scutatus 231 
vestitus 231 
+Hemichroa major 53 
{Hemiporcellio 143, 146 
}carinatus 143, 145 
thispidus 143, 146 
Hemiptera SERS 


pee 

Hemisodorcus 407, 408, 409, 421, 424 
fulvonotatus ea Or 
nepalensis 407, 421 
suturalis } 22 
Henicocephalidae 510 
Henicocephalus 511 
basalis 510 
telescopicus 510 
Herennia ornatissima 537 
Heterocera 506 
Heterochthes andamanensis 416 
Heterocordyle 567 
Heterometrus phipsoni 1 . J 50S 
Heterophrictus 266, 269, 273 
Heteropoda thoracica i, / Sao 
venatoria 539 
Heterostephanus 556 
annulicornis ot 557 
Hexarthrius 409, 414 
davisoni fee ton 
forsteri 409, 414 
mniszechi see eee 
parryi sa 414 
tHexocera 93, 133 
dentifer en 134 
hexodon 133, 134 
Tsexspicata oo RBS 
Hibiscus 499 
Hierodula bipapilla 486 
Hindoloides os 2 5TO 
indicans [tins Aids) 
Hispa 374, 379, 381 
aenescens 379, 380 
armigera 367, 379, 380 

atya 3745 375 
cyantpennis 379, 380 
evinecea ye 381 
saltatrix 379 
Hispella oe 374 
andrewesi 367, 375, 376 

atra Saesfento yds 
brachycera 375 
ceylonica ee 375 
ramosa 307, 375, 376 
stygia 367, 375 
Hispellinus ar ete esi) 
Hispinae 367, 368, 378, 379 
Hispini s See thadeic dc) 
Hispopria : = 308 
Holocentrum rubrum 311, 330 
Holostomun cuticula Bree esis 
Homalattus 394, 405 
Homodes fulva SR Specie) 
Homoptera 516 
Houbara (Otis) ) macqueeni 139 
Huechys anguinea 514 
Huphina rembra a 505 
tHyboella : 59, 104, 118 
acuteterminata _ 105, 106 
tangulifrons 105, 108 
tconioptica 106, 109 
dilatata 105, 109 
latifrons 104, 107 
nullipennis ; 105, 106 
tobesa 105, 107, 109, 136 
problematica 106, 102 
ttentata 104, 105, 106 
tumida 105, 106 


XV 


Page 
Hybotettix CLG 2a 
Hydra 349, $08, 553, 557, 558, 
559, 563, 565, 566 
fusca 547, 558, 568 
oligactis 167, 349 
orientalis aS OF 
vulgaris orientalis 349 
Hydractinia Sc eee G62 
Hydridae 557, 558, 501, 565, 566 
Hydrobiidae 5 ee 202 
Hydroidae sa HSS 
Hydrozoa 167, 547, 562 
Hyliota SEA ESS) 
Hylotoma albocincta 41 
tmperialis 40 
microcephala 4l 
simensts AI 
Hymenolepididae 334 
Hymenolepis breviannulata Ba 334 
Hymenoptera hs Se (492 
Hymenopus bicornis i) aA 86 
Hypoctonus oatesi 523 
Hypolophus at 32 
sephen 331, 333, 335 
Hypolytus 5575 565 
murbachii es 565 
peregrinus 542, 557 
| 
Ichneumonidae “ = 492 
Ichthyophis glutinosus ELIcolotern a 34015) 
monochrous 347 | 
Idiocerus . 516 
Idiopeae eee ny ZOO) 
Idiops 260, 26% ‘| 
}biharicus 261 | 
constructor ; 262 
tIndatettix 60, 127 
teallosus 128, 130 
crassipes 12959130, 032 
*crassipes var. A. aff 129, 131 
*crassipes var. B. hybridus 129, 
31, 132 
crassipes var. C. bengalen- 
sis ass 129, 131 
interruptus D201 3ONeESe 
interruptus var. A. aff. 128, 130 
*interruptus var. B. lobulo- 
sus 128, 130 
interruptus var. C, 128, 130 
nodulosus LD ppe2O nets 2 
parvus ae 127~ 1295132 
Inopeplus praeustus .. Pe Ss hO 
Insecta : 484 
Iphthimus italicus 306 
Ipomoea 510 
jIravadia princeps .. Jon 480 
Ischnoccleae 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 
270.2 
Ischnocolus : ¥ sae 333 
brevipes 267, 268, 282 
ornatus 267, 268 
subarmatus 282 
Isis 12, 13 
Isopoda 143 
Isoptera 490 


Page 
Isyudus pilosipes iat 
Ixalus travancoricus 37 

J 
| Janides bochus Se A SOS 
Jassidae .. Sriee 5 LO 
Javeta pallida 307, 372 
Jermakia .. os: 46 

K 
Kallima inachus - SOS 
{Kellya chilkaensis 298, 299 
+mahosaensis 298, 299 

fe 
Labeo rohita Shiii, BS, GOS. Day), Sols 
Labidura bengalensis -2 | 485 
| lividipes EA SS 
riparia a ASS 
Labochirus 5 520, 521 
| proboscideus RIG, S20M 52m Roe 
Laemobothrium titan 140 
Laemophloeus ater 356 
bimaculatus 356 
clematidis 356 
denticulatus 357 
dufouri : 2 Ash 
ferugineus oY Sone S57 
hypobori o Sa e357 
juniperi oe Re aay 
monilis SEY, 
testaceus 5. AS. Pets 7 
Lagerstroemia po 460 
Lagria concolor 179, 180, I81 
tfoveifrons eo BIL 7O 
*foveifrons sumatrana Su Keto) 
hirticollis SIG 
fnigrita si 32 £80 
ruficollis 179 
ventralis 179 
Lagriidae .. : 179 
Lagriocera cavicornis 182 
Lamellibranchiata eee 200 
Lamellicornia 495, 498, 518 
Lamellitettix 59, 103 
acutus Be 103 
}fletcheri ; we LOS 
pluricarinatus ae 103 
Lampra .. SO 
Lamprophorus tenebrosus 502 
Lampyridae : 360 
Lapindus emarginatus . 494 
Lates calcarifer ; ells 
Lathropus sepicola .. meh (isa 7 
Laxosuberites aquaedulcioris 473 
Locustidae oh 487 
Leumuriana apicalis oe Sal 
Lepidoptera 505, 500 
Leptaulax bicolor 496 
Leucophaea surinamensis 485 
Leucothyreus trochantericus 501 
Libellulinae 337 
Limosina equitans 509 


XVI 


Page 
Limulus moluccanus 518 
rotundicauda 518 
Liogryllus bimaculatus 488 
Lipeurus antilogus 139 
longus 139 
Liphistiidae 260 
Liphistius 260 
Liriope A 3< SY 557 
tLitiopa (Alaba) copiosa 291, 292 
kempi Be) toy 
Litiopidae 292 
Logaeus subopacus 503 
Lohita grandis 510 
Lonchodinae 486 
Lophopinae eos 
Lophopus jheringt 163, 168 
lendenfeldi 163, 167 
Loxilobus 58, 90 
acutus 90, QI 
assamus go 
hancocki 90 
+parvispinus 90, gl 
VUZOSUS gO 
tstriatus gI 
subulatus 90 
Lubomirskia ite} -| 
Lucanidae 407 , 408, 409, 497 
Lucanus 4II 
cantori 408, ‘410, 4Il 
laminifer AI 
lunifer AT. ‘412, 413 
mearsi 411, 412, 413 
smithi AU; AL ATs 
villosus 412, 413 
westermanni All, 413 
Lycastris cornutus 237, 
Lycidae. . 358, 361, 362 
Lycosidae 539 
Lycus "360, 361 
Lycus (Iyycostomus) melanurus . 361 
Lygaeidae 510 
Lygaeus equestris 510 
Lygistopterus ‘ 362 
Lyonsia samalinsulae 379 
Lyonsiidae sich. 9300 
Lyrognathus 283, 284 
crotalis eam C2 Oe 
pugnax reo: 
Lyropaeus 300, 361, 362 
aurantiacus : ft ose 
biguttatus 358, 361, 362, 363 
M 
Macaranga pustulata dnt RAOT 
Machaerota 515, 516 
guttigera 515 
planitiae =v 515, 516 
- Macoma gubernaculum Ses tet 
Macrispa 308, 369 
tkrishnalohita 367, 369 
saundersi 368, 369, 370 
Macrolinus rotundifrons Se ee Toy. 
Macrothele vidua 286 
Macrotheleae 286 
Mactridae . . 305 
Malacodermidae 502 
Malleus Ss 9,,2 \ 22, 473 


Page 

Mallophaga 139 
Mallota rufipes 232 
Mantidae .. 486 
Margaritifera 5,8 
vulgaris 9 
Margelopsis 557 
gibbesi 563 
haeckelii ii 8503 
stylostoma 558, 563 
Mastax ME pe fe 
Mazarredia 59, 96, 97, 104 
convergens 98, 101 
cristulata 99, 102 

dubia g8, 101 
tghumtiana 98, 100, 132 
inequalis 97, 99 
insularis 99, 102 
laticeps 98, 102 
latifrons 99, 102 
lativertex 98, 100 
lugubris 79, 132 
ophthalnica 99, 102 
tperplexa 98, 101 
seulpta 98, 100 
sikkimensis 98, 100 
tsinglaensis 97, 99 
Mecopoda elongata 487 
Megachile disjuncta 494 
Megaspis - 231 
argy rocephalus 231 
chrysopygus 231 
crassus 231 
errans 231 
sculptatus 231 
tyvansvervsus 231 
zonalis 231 
Melanitis ismene 505 
Melanostoma 207, 209 
ambiguum 207 
cingulatum 209 
dubium 207 
hemiptera 209, 210 
mellinum 207, 208 
4-notatum 250 
4-notatum gedehensis 256 
orientale 207, 208 
scalare ; 207 
univittatum 208, 209 
Melasina energa s 506 
Melithreptus distinctus 212 
novaeguinea 212 
Mellipona iridipennis 494 
vidua 511 
Meloidae 503 
Melopoeus 281 
minax 280, 281 
Membracidae 514, 515 
Menephilus curvipus .. Ae eS.” 
cylindricus 306 
Menopon gonophaeum 139 
nigrum . 139 
Meretrix casta 300 
morphina 300 

ovum 300 
+Merodon ornatus He 232 
Meroe scripta : “300 
Metopodontus 417 
asteriscus 410 


XVil 


Page 
Metopodontus biplagiatus 419, ee 421 | Mygalomorphae Se 257, 266 
*biplagiatus indicus 420 | Myiolepta .. ae ~ 
biplagiatus nigripes aon 420 thimalayana 
calcaratus re .. 419 | Myriapoda.. or 
cinnamomeus .. .. 47 | Myriothela 556, 564, 566, 
foveatus ae 417, 418 cocksii 554, 560, 563, 
*foveatus birmanicus 411, 418 phrygia 560, 563, 564, 
foveatus poultoni 417, 418 | Myriothelinae . sae 
impressus af .. 419 | tMyrmarachne incertus 396, 
jenkinsi ais en ALO thimalayensis .. 399, 
maclellandi Efe 410, 419 laetus 398, 399, 401, « 
occipitalis acs 410, 420 *laetus flavus .. nA 
poultont ae ce OAEz manducator .. 401, 402, 
suturalis * oe NATO {paivae as ES 
wentzel-heckmannae x 410 plataleoides .. 306 
Metrodorinae x2 58, 95 praelonga 
Microciona pusilla .. a 466 providens ; we 
Microdon annandalei 266 frammunni fe 400, 402, 
fulvipes 255 tsatarensis : me 
fuscus 256 tristis a 307.5, 
grageti 256 yuniseriatus : = cA 
indicus 2s | Mytilacea .. si 200 
limbinervis 2sc | Mytilidae .. ot 207, 
novae-guineae .. 255 | Mytilus smaragdinus .. : 
odyneroides 25s | Myxobolidae : oe 
simplicicornis .. 2cc | Myxobolus a Cie 
stilboides 255 cyprini 
sumatranus 256 pteifferi E ae 
yunicolor 255 | Myxosporidia an eTon 
tricinctus 256 
vespiformis act 
Mee todcitinac oe : _ 
Microhydra 357 | Nabis capsiformis 
Microhyla .. 33 | Naia bungarus 
ornata ane 330-34 Nala lividipes ee ie + 
rubra en 31, 32, 33, 34 | Nassa denegabilis 2! 290, 
Milesia balteata AP ce 248 tfossae . 
doriae He ae 248 orissaensis ‘ ~ 290, 
ferruginosa mee 247, 248 orissaensis ennurensis 
gigas ae ee dey: marratti 
himalayensis .. ; re As sistroidea ae 
macularis ce ay 248 Nassidae .. os 200, 
jfsexmaculata .. Fy 248 Natica maculosa 
simulans a Zz 256 marochiensis 
variegata a He. “o48 Naticidae . 
Milesinae .. oi 233, 234 Nausibius dentatus 
Milvus melanotis Hi .. 139 | Naxa textilis hugeli 
Mixogaster vespiformis Sea AS Neaera 
Modiola undulata a .. 298 | Nematura. 
undulata crassicostata .. 2098 Nemesiellus 
Moerisia_ .. 556, 559, 560, 565, 566 Nemopsis . ‘ 
lyonsi a 559, 568 y;Nemostira cey lanica 
Molpastes burmanicus ent ai thirta 
Monaxonellida me 457, 459 terminata Se 
Monocaulus Sf .. 56 | Neochilobrachys fe 282 
Monochirus xi is iGera78 brevipes ; Bh 
fsthulacundus .. 367, 373 subarmatus.. 282, 
Monohispa e P 379 Neolucanus castanopterus Be 
Monosoma ie ie 42 lama ; 
Monostegia = es 42 marginatus 
tMonostegidea ae ate Z parryi 
tleucomelaena *) 23 43 Neomelicharia furtiva a 
nigriceps ee iy: 43 | Neostromboceros coeruleiceps 
Monostomum foliaceum i 328 tsimilaris 
Muscidae .. i f" £00 trifoveatus 
Mutillidae .. A .. 493 | Nepenthes eA Lr 
Myacea... e .. 305 | Nephila maculata re 536, 5: 


Mygale fasciata a rib Meetaee Nephotettix apicalis .. 


Q 
ANNW FN 


OOO RW WW 
\ OO 


XVill 


Page 
Nephotettix bipunctatus Praenrs tO 
Nepita conferta S18 ar 500 
Neptius he Ae ais 372 
Neritidae ee 296, 480 
Neritina souverbiana .. 296 
+Nesoselandria rufiventris a 48 
Neuroptera ve s. | 401 
Nezara viridula 510 
Nigidius 427 
birmanicus Ha, %43O 
+dawnae 427, 430, 497 
distinctus 430, 497 
elongatus 410 
t+himalayae 5) SALONS 
impressicollis 430, 497 
obesus 428, 429 
oxyotus 430 
vagatus 410 
Nilus : ye 534 
Nirmus rufus A 3 139 
Nitzschia minor ae aie 140 
Nomotettix compressus ee S65 
tartarus ne ays 135 
Notanatolica vivipara 492 
Nuria danrica fe Zio BiG 
danrica grahami Sheil Shits 
Nyroca ferina Bishi suet 
O 
Ochromyia jejuna.. iy SOO 
Odonata .. si AG 4QI 
Odontolabinae Mt 407 
Odontolabis 3 Be ui 
aeratus 416 
burmeisteri 410, 415 
carinatus 416 
cuvera 415 
delesserti 415 
latipennis 416 
siva oe vo) abuls 
Odontotermes 7 -- 491 
Odostomia chilkaensis 296 
Odynerus punctum ae 493 
Oecophylla smaragdinea 396, 397, 
495, 538 
Olea fragrans ie A 506 
Oligotoma michaeli 489 
saundersi 490 
Oliva ry as ia 8 
Omothymus schioedtei de ests 
Oncocephala quadrilobata 367, 372 
Oncocephalini a Ae ore 
Ophideres fullonica .. rele MSO 
Ophiocephalus gachua 330 
marulius 330 
striatus 330 


Opisthobranchia 


297 
Ornithoctoneae 


267, 268, 280 


Ornithoctonus 5 cet 
Orogomphus 5 5 197 
atkinsoni 197, 198, 199 
dyak 197, 198 
speciosus 197, 198, 199 
splendidus ~ 7, 
Orphnoecus m: odie 285 
Orisnome marmorea ,. ef 537 
Orthoptera 55, 485, 488 


Page 
Orthoptera saltatoria 489 
Oryctes rhinoceros 498 
Ostrea “sh 5585 475 
cuculata Ee 23 IS 
imbricata ae PE 15 
viriginiana -  ~462 
Oxyphyllum of 56, OL 
pennatum oe a 61 
| Oxyrhachys tarandus deete Sion 
Pp 
Pachastrellidae 457, 458 
Pachyidiops : <=) 260 
_ Pachylomereae ae 260 
Pachylophus adjacens 0 91486 
Pachyprotasis versicolor Bs 46 
Paguridae te a 25 
Pampsilota ye 41, 42 
tnigriceps ‘ve Ss 42 
sinensis a 41, 42 
Papilio polytes oe esol 
Papilioninae Ae se eon 
Parabuthus capensis .. Bd} Gils 
liosoma ote “ooo STB 
Paracopium cingalense Se LO 
Paragus .. we a eon 
atratus : ae 202 
indica ae |S 2OD 
politus Oe “oon 
rufiventris ae a6 PeZOL 
serratus 30 rile 201 
Parallelodontes ait 87 
Paramelania - Sr = eeeQe 
{Parapodangia a ae 153 
Parastatis indica es: Ss 45 
Parata alexis on ae. S505 
Parataenia elongatus <5 —=aee 
medusia < 333 
Paratettix 60, 87, 103, 1a 
yalatus 112, 113 
curtipennis Li2, 00s, Tia 
hirsutus Lily Loe os 
indicum ci 3 115 
intervuptus oh <i) SO 
jlatipennis te 111, 113 
meridionalis .. <a} PEDSE 
personatus ne 125 
trotundatus rr2, A12 
semihirsutus Til, 1035 114 
similis ie eee 2215) 
singulatris Se s. ares 
texanus ys As 136 
toltecus See 136 
variabilis 86, 87, 126 
variegatus : Sgt 
Paravaspis abdominalis << peel 
Pardosa : 534, 539 
Passalidae ae 259, 495 
Passalus cornutus 35 «ete nO. 
Paussidae 7 sot OZ 
Pectinatella as ee 164 
Pectinibranchiata a 479 
Pectispongilla F plenty Act ai 
aurea T7715 U7A lsh 177, 
aurea subspinosa ees bt 07 
tstellifera 174,°000; 177 178 


subspinosa 171, 175, 176, 177,178 


xix 


Page | 


Pediacus dermestoides 357 


Pedipalpi : AB35 5105) 527, 
Pelagohydra mirabilis a 508 
Pelecypoda 56 297 
Pennaridae re 566 | 
Pentalobus barbatus .. 490, 497 
Pentatomidae 509 
Perca fluviatilis 313, 324 
Periplaneta americana ‘ 485 | 
australasiae 485 
Periscy phis ie 143 
tgigas ; 143, 148 
+Petricola esculpturata at 301 
Petricolidae sir 301 
Petrosia testudinaria : 16 
Péus . yah 46 
ptivus : 3 45 | 
Phalangium veniforme 447 | 
Phalocrocorax javanicus ; 334 
Phasmidae 48 5, 486 
Phidodonta S. B75 
Philoscia ees a 
*tenuissima 143, 145 
Phlebotomus minutus ae 1507 
Phlogiellus She eee 
Phlogiodes 266, 260 270, DM Dylile, hs) 
vobustus a 1209 
validus 269 | 
Pholcidae .. 530 
Pholcus 530 
Phoridae ct 509 
Phromnia marginella 514 
Phrynichinae 434, 4355 447 | 
Phrynichosarax 436, 437, 441, 442 
+buxtoni 437, 438, 439, 440, 
441, 442 
+cochinensis 435, 436, 437, 438, | 
: 4395 440 
}javensis 437, 439 
ramosus 437, 440, 441 
singapurae 435, 437, 440 | 
Phrynichus 447, 455. 521, 522, 526, 
528, 529, 530, 531 
bacillifer 448, 455 | 
ceylonicus 447, 448, 449, 450, | 
451, 452, 453, 454, 526, | 


527, 528, 530, 531 

ceylonicus gracilibrachiatus 
450, 451, 452, 527, 531 

ceylonicus pusillus 449, 450, 451, 


452, 526, 527, 528, 530, 
; 531, 532 
deflersi 447, 448, 455 
granulosus 449, 454 
jayakari 448, 455 
lunatus 447, 449 
nigrimanus 447, 448, 453, 454, 
. ; 526, 527, 531 
phipsoni 448, 449, 454 
pusillus : 448, 451 
reniformis 447; 449, 455, 526 
scaber is 447, 454 
seullyi 3 448, 454 | 
Phrynus australianus . . yd PrAn2 
Phylactolaemata 163 
Phyllium scythe hase 
Phyllobothrium ma B3739332, 333 
blakei i $57) 332 


449, | 


Page 

Phyllobothrium lactuca 332 
minutum : 332 
pamimicrum 331, 332 
thridax a Seea32 
thysanocephalum 332 
Physorhynchus 517, 518 
linnaet Soe wea 
Phytomyia se Sf tee SIT 
Pierinae 484 
Pinus longifolia 507 
Pipizella indica 201 
yrufiventris 202 
Pirates affinis 511 
arcuatus ee 511 
Piaeuiiawe. a a 8 
Platisus integricollis .. 356 
Platychirus albimanus wee S207 
manicatus a a 260 
*manicatus himalayensis .. 209 
Platyvpria digitata a 381 
echidna 367, 380 
erinaceus 307, 381 
hystrix 367, 381 
Platyprosopus 408, 409, 426 
titanus ats 426 
titanus westermanni 426 
Platypus biformis SOF! 
Platysticta iv son 
apicalis 387 

digna 387 
greent Sig, | a SYK) 
hilaris ae 387, 389 
maculata ne 387, 388 
*maculata deccanensis 388 
montana 387 
quadrata 388 
tropica 387 
Plautia fimbriata 510 
Plesiophrictus 266, 268, 269, 270, 
271, 273, 274, 279 

+bhori soe e277 
collinus 3 28 $260 

fabrei 269 
millardi 275 
milleti eat) 278 

yraja 276, 277 
ysatarensis ere 272, 273, 274 
sericeus =" 260 
tenuipes 274, 276 
Pleurarius brachyphyllus 490, 497 
Ploiariola polita ele So Sens: 
Plumatella +. 164, 165, 168 
emarginata Bh alo, 
punctata Sc 168 
*punctata longigemmis 166, 168 
tanganyikae bombayensis.. 168 
Plumatellinae 163, 165 
Podalirius pulcherrima. stn toy 
Podispa .. 3 tes 7O 
Poectlosoma nigriceps .. 43 
Poecilotettix gibbiceps .. ie 61 
Poecilotheria : 266, 280, 533 
miranda 280 
regalis ee (280 

| striata 280, 533 
| Poecilotherieae 266, 268, 280 
| Polistes hebraeus 493, 494. 
Polypodium 557 


xX 


Page 
Polyzoa_. : 163, 167 
Pomatomus saltatrix . ae = ©6329) 
Pompiliidae 493 
Pompilius cornutus ae 4906 
Porcellio 143, 144 
immsi -» 146 
Porcellionides 143 
Porifera 9 
Pornothemis 337 
Potamides (‘Telescopium) fuscum 291 
Potamides (Tympanotonos) fluvia- 
tilis im 290 
Potamogeton 1607 
pectinatus 349 
Poter.cn neptuni 15 
patera 15 
Potua 56, 62 
tsabulosa : Svs 62 
+Prionispa himalayensis 307, 371 
Prismognathus subnitens a8 abe 
Proculus goryi 496, 497 
Prosobranchia ae 289 
Prosobranchiata 479 
Prosopocoelus : 420 
approximatus .. ae 1420 
buddha 410, 420 
bulbosus ATO 
oweni 420 
parryi 421 
wimberleyi 421 
Prostominia convexiuscula 357 
Prostomis mandibularis oe ass 
Protohydra 557, 563, 565 
Protoneura ice SiSieh4 
Protosticta digues asfoyis 
+carmichaeli 387, 388, 390 
Tgravelyi 388, 389, 391 
Protozoa mG Ue 
7Psammobia mahosaensis 303, 304 
Psammobiidae eos 
Psechridae 534 | 
Psechrus alticeps 534 
singaporensis 534 
Pseudoglomeris flavicornis 485 
Pseudolucanus atratus 4II 
Pseudophiloscia 148 
+Psilota cyanea 202 
Psocoptera 491 
Psychodidae SOY, 
Pulchriphyllium crurifolium 485 
Pulmonata 479 
Purpura .. Bye 
Pyramidella (Mormula) 294 
Pyramidellidae 294 
Pyrrhocoridae 510 
Pyrula rappa . V. 
R 
Ramcia inepta 508 
Rana 349 
aurantiaca 37 
breviceps ee , 34, 36 
cyanophlyctis .. 37 
trigrina ea : 36 
Rasbora daniconius EVO Ee opie) 
Reduviidae 511 
Reptilia 140 


Page 
Rhabderemia 4600, 474, 475 
indica re AOD 
tprolifera 457, 464, 474, 475, 477 
pusilla 466, 474 
Rhacophorus maculatus 31 
malabaricus bs 140 
pleurostictus 349, 350 
Rhadinosa aon aya 7e 
tgirija a 367, 317 
tlaghu ss 367, 376 
_ Rhingia binotata or "228 
sexmaculata 226 
Rhinobaccha gracilis 225 
Rhopalocera 505 
Rhyssa 492 
Rissoidae 480 
Rocinella 322 
tlatis Pee eb 
Rutelinae .. 498, 499, 500 
S 
Saccobranchus fossilus Sh SEO 
Saidjahus. . 148 
Salius sycophanta 493 
Salmo frontinalis ute 
irideus se EHInigee i ivin ai! 
salar Me af 318 
trutta ; : 32 
Salmonidae oe Ey) 
Salticidae .. 304 
Salticus imbellis 404 
luvidus 403 
manducatoy ey tole? 
plataleoides ae a4 Ses 
Salurnis marginellus .. 514 
Salvelinus frontinalis 318 
Samus simplex 458 
Sarax ; 435, ‘436, 440, ‘44, 442 
brachydacty lus 44 
javensis : Pee 
sarawakensis 440, 441 
savawakensis singaporae 440 
singapurae 526 
}willeyi oy ant 
Sason cinctipes 265, 533 
Sasoneae . 265 
Sasonichus ; 263 
¢arthrapophysis. 204. 
sulivani 3¢ 265 
Sathrophyllia rugosa .,. <3 AOy 
Saturniidae 5 Me = 500, 
Saussurella 60, 131 
brunneri = a 131 
cornuta 131 
curticornu 131 
decurva 131 
indica 131 
Scalariidae ve e2OG 
Scalidognathus radialis 4188-268 
Scarabus plicata ; mee lye) 
Scelimena it 57 O45 07, 71 
gavialis 64, 66, 132 
harpago 64, 65, 66, 132 
hexodon 134 
idia 72 
logani ca 65 
producta OMY Tyree 


Page 
Scelimena sanguinulenta 64 
Tspinata 6s, 66, 132 
uncinata 65, 67 
Scelimeninae 56, 63 
Sceliphron coromandelicum 493 
intrudens 493 
violaceum 493 
Scelymena alligator 74 
gavialis 66 
nodosa 66 
Schizomidae (T artarides) 523 
Schizomus 383, 524 
crassicaudatus , 384, 385, 
. 3, 524, 525 
greeni 386 
modestus 383 
peradeniyensis 524 
suboculatus 385 
vittatus 386, 524 
tSchizomus (Trithy reus) buxtoni 384, 
See 386 
greeni 386 
lunatus 523 
modestus 386 
peradeniyensis ee 5 23 
*perplexus 383, 384 
vittatus ; 386, 523 
tScintilla chilkaensis .. tie 290) 
Scleropactes 148 
Scolopendridae Sgr ety 
Scolytidae 503, 504 
Scops Boe. LEIS. 
Scorpionidea 518 
Scotophilus kuhli 513 
Scrobiculariidae 308 
Scutigera decipiens 517 
Scutigerella 524, ne - 
Selandriinae 
Selenocosmia 282, 283, 284, Be. 
286, 287 
albostriata ja esr 
himalayana 284, 285 
javanus be co) ey 
Selenocosmieae 266, 267, 268, 282, 283 
Selenostholus sie eos 
Selenotypus 208 
Senogaster lutescens 238, 239 
Septaria crepidularia .. a 480 
depressa 480 
Sericomyia eristaloides 246 
Serinetha abdominalis - 510 
augur 510 
Silvanus advena 357 
sexdentatus 358 
surinamensis 357 
unidentatus 358 
7Sinodia jukes-browniana 481 
Siphocoryne nymphae 349 
Sirex imperialis 32, 
Siricoidea .. 39 
Sisyra 491 
Solariella satparaensis _ ao, 2a 
+Solen annandalei 304, 205 
tkempi “<= B05 
truncatus 304 
Solenidae . 304 
. Solifugae 532 
Spodotettix 58,95 


Spodotettix flethcheri 
provertex 
Spariolenus tigris 
Spathidicerus thomsoni 
Sphaerophoria 
aegyptius 
bengalensis 
flavoabdominalis 
indianus 
indiana Sc 
javana 212 
javana medanensis 
longi ornis 
menthrastri 
nigritarsis 
obscuricornis 
scriptus 


scutellaris Bie 


splendens 
taeniata 
viridaenea 
Sphegidae . 
Sphegina 
fasciiformis 
Tbispinosa 
clunipes 
macropoda 
tenuis 
+tricoloripes 
tristriata 


Spheginobaccha macropoda 


Spherillioninae 
Spherillo 
Sphex lobatus 
umbrosus 
Spongia patera 
Spongilla 
alba 
biseriata 
botryoides 
carteri 
crateriformis 
hemephydatia .. © 
locustris reticulata 
sansibarica 
Spongillidae 
Spongillinae 
Spongiobothrium 
Spongosorites 
Sporoza 
*Standella annandalei 
Stauridium 
Stegodyphus 
sarasinorum 
Stelletta vestigium 
Stellettidae 
Stenopelmatinae 
Stenothyra chilkaensis 
minima : 
tobesula 
orissaensis 
}trigona Er 
Stilbum splendidum .. 
Stoeba : 
plicata 
plicata simplex 
simplex 
Stolella himalayana 


BU, Bis, iy 


"506, 
506, 533, 534, 536 


201, 212, 214 


NO wN HN ND 
NNN YN DN 
OVn Go Go OVC 


466, 467, 


534, 535, 536 


457, 459, 473 


459, 475 
458, 459, 472 
4571 459) 474 


458 » 471 
169 


Stolella indica 
Stratiomyidae 
Strepsiptera 
Stromatium barbatum | 
Strombidae 
Stromboceros phaleratus 
yruficornis 
tarsalis 
Strombus isabella 
Stygophrynus 
+berkeleyi 
cavernicola 


cerberus 
tlongispina 
tmoultoni 
Suarezia 
Suastus gremius 
Suberites covonarius 
Sunniva : 
Sunoxa purpureifrons 
Symplocas 
Syncoryne eximia 


Syndesmobothrium filicolle 


Synemosyna laet t 
praclonga 


Syntomosphyrum indicum 


Syritta 
amboinensis 
tllucida 
indica 
laticincta 
luteinervis 
orientalis 
pipiens 
rufifacies 
Syrphidae 201, 
Syrphinae .. : 
Syrphus 
aeneifrons 
balteatus 


cinctellus strigifrons 


circumdatus 
consequens 
depressus 
tdistinctus 
elongatus 
fulvifacies 
gedehanus 
ichthops 
konigsbergeri 
latistrigatus .. 
longirostris 5 
luteifrons 
maculipleura 
monticola 
morokaensis 
planifacies 
galviae 
serarius 
striatus 
torvoides 
transversus 
triangulifrons 


Syrphus (Asarcina) aegrotus 


consequens 
ericetorum 
Systolederus 


4355 437, 


XXil 


Page 


443, 440, 


449, 


433, 436, 


311, 


237, oe 
207, 220, 


237 
201 
201, 


208, 


209, 


169 
254 
504 
593 
290 
50 
50 
50 


290 | 


520 


446 


443, 444, 445, 446, 


526 


526 | 
45, 446 
443 — 


148 
505 

13 
148 

SI 
4I2 
557 
329 
398 


405 


492 
237, 


239 | 


239 


239 | 


239 
239 
239 
» 239 
239 
254 


» 234 


210 


210 
21TO 
210 


58,75, 77, 80, 95 


Page 
Systolederus angusticeps so 
anomalus Z 76 
cinereus 79, 95, 132 
greeni : 95 
lobatus 78 
ridleyi 1TO 
dE 

Tabanidae “08 
Taeniidae .. 334 
Tanypus 507 
Tapes ceylonensis 301 
pinguis a 300 
Tarantulidae 383, 433, 434, 526 
Tarantulinae 434 
Tantogolabrus adspersus 314 
Taxonus fulvipes 43 
*Tellina barhampurensis 307 
jchilkaensis 306 
Tellinacea . 306, 482 
Tellinidae. . 306, 482 

Telmatettix aztecus 13 
+Temnostoma nigrimana 246 
Tenebrionidae 363, 305 
Tenebrioninae 305 
+Tenthredella annandalei 44 
assamensis 44 
carinifrons 44 
segrega 44 
turneri 44 
xanthoptera 44 
Tenthredinidae 42 
Tenthredinini 46 
Tenthredinoidea 39 
Tenthred».. He! 45 
Tenthredo (Allantus) 46 
Terebra rambhaensis 289 
Terebridae 289 
Terederus .. 59 
Teredinidae 306 
Teredorus .. 109 
fFcarmichaeli 110 
+frontalis 110 
ridleyi Ae 110 
stenofrons 109, I1O 
Termes horni 491 
Testudinidae 1gI 
Testudo elegans IgI 
elongata 347 
travancorica IQI 
Tetrabothridae 331 
Tetrabothriinae : 331 
Tetrabranchia 297, 481 
Tetragnatha eet) ISR 
Tetraxonellida 457, 458 
Tetraxonida 7,8,9 
Tetriginae.. : 55 
Tetrix 114 
harpago 65 
uncinata 67 
Tettigidea lateralis Nae AUS 
medialis se 136 
yimexicana 136 
nigra 136 
parvipennis pennata 136 
polymorpha 137 
prorsa 136 


Page 
Tettiginae = 59, 109 
Tettigoniella spectra .. 516 
Tettilobus .. 2 56, 62 
pelops es ze 62 
spinifrons a3 oe 62 
tTettitelum 58, 94 
yhastatum 94, 132 
Tettix se : II4 
armiger 38 se 93 
atypicalis Ss 8 114 
balteatum a a: 115 
dilatatus a at 107 
dorsiferum - Ne 115 
tnornata bis a 93 
latispinus a ar 93 | 
lineiferum sch oc itis 
lineosum Be Si IT5 
mundum ae jiauis 
nigvicelle Sc so) Tee 
nodulosa ae ae 82 
oliquiferum bes ne 115 
pallitarsus ee ss 93 
subcullatus 2 or 61 
tavtavus 56 36 135 
umbriferum Ae = 115 
vittiferum see ac IIS 
Thamnostylus dinema ae 557 
Thanasimus himalayensis eesOR 
nigricollis : 503 
Thelyphonidae 383; 519, ‘521, 530 
Thelyphonus PBS BAS 
linganus at : 523 
schimkewitschi 519, 523 
sepiaris LO 5225 523 
Theora opalina Se 3OS 
Theraphosidae 532 
Theridiidae 512 
Theridium 512 
Thomisidae : 538 
Thomsoniella arcuata’ 504 
HOGS 42),.35 5°16, 175,21, 22, 461, 475 
armata On Z2Ow2 22,24. 
fischeri is 18 
hancocci 18, 21, 22, 457, 463 
finvestigatoris 17, 18, 205, 22, 24) 
; 461, 476, 477, 478 
jlaeviaster DUT Ops eee 2 ye 
radiata 510 18, 
socialis we 18, 2 20 
Thoradonta 57, 80 
fapiculata 81, 82 
nodulosa ste aie 82 
fsinuata ae 81 
spiculoba 80, 81, "82, 132 
Thrigmopoeeae 266, 267, 269, 270, 
: 271, 273, 274, 278 
Thrigmopoeus : 266, 279 
Thysanura pane AaG4 
Tiara (Striatella) tuberculata 480 


Tiara (Tarebia) lineata 480 


Tiarella 5575 559, 563; 504, 566 

singularis Ky 558, 593, 568 
Tiatidae 480 
Tinca vulgaris 324 
Tipulidae .. : 508 
Tisiphonia penetrans . 459 
Titanidiops 260 


Tivela dillwyni 300 


Pag € 

Tornatina estriata oe sti 297 
soror 5¢ 289, 297 
Tornatinidae z ae 207 
Toxorhynchites immisericors e5 508 
Tragopan satyra as ae 139 
Trichogaster fasciatus ei oC 
Trichoptera sc an 492 
Trichorhiza om 557, 508 
brunnei a eh 557 
Trictenotomidae Se See OS 
Tridacna hE 22, 473 
Trionychidae = is 189 
Trionyx formosus se te 189 
gangeticus 189, I9I, 342, 

343 


gangeticus mahanaddicus 342, 343 


hurum se 189, I91, 342 
leithii 189, 190, 342, 343 
nigricans : ae 189 
phayrei 189 
ysulcifrons 341, 342 
Tripetalocera ferruginea a 133 
Tripetalocerinae EO) OF 
Triplispa - - 
Trithyreus : 383, 3 
modestus Ss Sete 
Trochidae .. 4 a 
Trombidium grandissimum 539 
Tropidia 234 
Tropidonotus sancti- johannis 345 
Trutta lacustris He ae 318 
Trygon centrura 329 
imbricata 331 
Tubitelariae 287 
Tubularia .. 558, 359, 562 
betheris 559 
Tubulariidae 566 
U 
Uleiota 354, 350 
crenatus A 354 
indica Bi 353, 354 
planatus 40 353, 350 
serricollis 353, 350 
Uliocnemis cassidara .. 500 
Uloboridae : ae 533 
Umbonium vestiarum eee O7 
Ungulinidae 0 OZ 
Upis ox < 5G. 8S) 
Uroproctus assamensis 519, 523 
V 
Velorita satparaensis .. 289 
Veneridae .. 300, 481 
Vespa ee 494 
cincta 493, 494 
magnifica - 493 
| Vespidae .. 493 
Volucella basalis 226 
discolor cE =. 226 
pellucens v3 -« | 226 
trifasciata a ie. ee 2O: 
Volucellinae ov oe 226 
Voluta 8,9, 28 


XXiv 


Ww 


Page Xistra tricristata 
Wageneria aculeata .. .. 328 | Xistrella ; 
impudens an ais 328 | dromadaria 
porrecta a va 328 | Xylocopa tenuiscapa .. 
proglottis a ee 328  Xylota aeneimaculata 
3 annulata 
tbistriata 
x decora 
| strigata 
Xenapetes incerta .. es 42  Xylotrupes gideon 
Xenophora pallidula .. ane 9 Xylotrya strutchburyi 
Xiphosura.. ate ste 518 | Xystocera globosa 
Xiphydria orientalis .. oy 39 | 
Kistral«.. oe 59, 102, 103 | 7 
dubia a7 Se TO2 | 
sagittata ie 102, 103 | Zicrona coerulea 
tsikkimensis .. .. 102 | Zizyphus 
stylata As ce ey Toon jujuba 


ae LO 
514, 516 
486, 515, 516 


Pel eon. wORTNCG SPONGES OF TELE 
BAMILY-CYIONIDAE. 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, 
Indian Museum. 


(Plate i.) 


Among the sponges found in excavations in shells and corals 
by far the best known are those of the family Clionidae. Having 
recently had occasion to inquire, in connection with other work, 
into the species that occur in Indian seas (that is to say, the Bay 
of Bengal with its subordinate gulfs and straits and the Arabian 
Sea, with which it is convenient to include the Persian Gulf and 
those parts of the Indian Ocean that lie immediately south and 
south-west of the Indian Peninsula), I found in our collection so 
large a proportion of the species known from Oriental waters—as 
well as several hitherto undescribed—that it seems worth while to 
bring together in a single paper references to all the former, with 
such notes as my material suggests, with keys to species and 
genera and descriptions of new forms. 

The specimens examined have included a large part of the 
collection made by the late Dr. John Anderson in the Mergui 
Archipelago off the coast of Tenasserim, and described by the late 
Dr. H. J. Carter in Vol. XXI of the Journal of the Linnean Society 
(Zool). in 1887'; as well as examples of sponges extricated from 
shells and corals from various sources in the general collection of 
the Indian Museum and specimens specially collected in the Gulf 
of Manaar and Palk Straits and in lagoons on the east coast of 
India by Mr. S. W. Kemp, Mr. J. Hornell and myself. I have to 
thank Messrs. Kemp and Hornell for valuable assistance in this 
direction. 


Fam. CLIONIDAE. 


The taxonomy and systematic position of the Clionidae have 
been considered most fully by Topsent in his papers on the family 
in vols. V* and IX of the Archives de Zoologie expérimental et 
général (1887 and 1891) and I have little to add to the general 
conclusions there set forth. References to more recent literature 
are given below in connection with the different species discussed. 

Six genera are now recognized by Topsent as constituting 
the family, namely Cliona, Grant, Clionopsis, Thiele, Alectona, 


! This paper, with many others originally published in the same Journal, was 
re-issued by Anderson in 1889 in vol. i of his Fauna of the Mergui Archipelago. 


2 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XT, 


Carter, Thoosa, Hancock, Dotona, Carter and Cliothosa, Topsent ; 
but the last seems to me of doubtful validity. 

Of these six genera all but Clionopsis are known to occur in 
Oriental waters. Clionopsis! is at present recorded only from the 
Pacific Coast of S. America and from an unknown locality prob- 
ably in the Tropics. Alectona*® and Dotona® both occur in the Gulf 
of Manaar, although I have not been so fortunate as to find 
examples of either. Cliona and Thoosa are well represented in the 
Indian marine fauna, while a specimen that would be assigned by 
Topsent to his genus Cliothosa has been found in a shell from the 
Andamans. I am not satisfied that this last ‘“‘ genus” represents 
more than a phase of certain species of Thoosa (see p. 22, postea). 


KEY TO THE GENERA OF CLIONIDAE. 


1. Microscleres essentially spirasters. 

A. Macroscleres both amphioxi and styli (usu- 
ally tylostyli), or either alone; if both 
present the amphioxi never the larger. 
Microscleres often variable and sometimes 
divisible into two groups but never of two 
quite distinct kinds is : 

B. Macroscleres amphioxi and tylostyli, of 
which the former are the larget. Micros- 
cleres slender, elongate, zig-zag spirasters 
and short, stout, irregularly contorted 
oiesy .:: a oe .. Clionopsis. 

C. Macroscleres reduced to minute simple styli 
or amphioxi and confined to the external 
papillae. Microscleres relatively large 
spiral spirasters and minute straight ones 
of amphiaster-like form = .. Dotona. 


11. Microscleres essentially amphiasters. 

A. Macroscleres, if present straight or regu- 
larly curved amphioxi or tylostyli, 
occurring in the internal galleries. Typi- 
cal amphiasters consisting of a cylindri- 
cal stem bearing at or near both ends a 
ring of relatively large bosses and termi- 
nating in similar bosses.* Other forms 


Cliona. 


1 Thiele, Zool. Fahrh., suppl. VI, Vol. III, p. 412 (1905): Topsent, Bull, 
Mus. Oc€anog. Monaco, No. 120 (1908). : 

2 The fullest description, illustrated by numerous figures, is that given by 
Topsent in his ‘‘ Etude monographique des Spongiaires de France '’ (Arch. Zool. 
expérim. VIII, p. 24: 1900). The original description, by Carter, is in Fowrn. 
Roy, Micro. Soc. II, p. 493 (1879). Pi 

8 Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) V1, p. 57 (1880): Topsent, ‘‘ Spongiaires 
des Agores,’’ Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, XXV, p. 108 (1904). ; 

4 In Thoosa laeviaster, described on p. 22, both lateral and terminal bosses 
are reduced to smooth conical projections. 


195. | N. ANNANDALE: Indian Boring Sponges. 3 


of microscleres present also, but never 

spiny diactinial spicules of relatively 

large size and of polyactinial origin .. Thoosa. 
B. [Macroscleres normal tylostyli, occurring as 

in Thoosa. The only microscleres am- 

phiasters consisting of a cylindrical stem 

bearing at the ends a circle of relatively 

long horizontal branches which are in- 

flated at the tip or terminate in several 

minute hooks; the whole spicule smooth 

and slender ‘ a .. Clhothosa. | 
C. Macroscleres entirely absent; their place 

taken in the external papillae, but not in 

the galleries, by relatively large spiny or 

nodular diactinial spicules some of which 

reveal their polyactinial origin by being 

definitely bent or geniculate in the mid- 

dle, or even by bearing extra rays, com- 

plete or rudimentary, in this position. 

Amphiasters like the typical ones of 

Thoosa but with the lateral bosses far 

removed from the extremities, which are 

not always capitate aa .. Alectona. 


Genus Cliona, Grant. 


1826. Cliona, Grant, Edinb. Phil. Journ. I, p. 78. 
1849. - Hancock, Ann. Mag. Sct. Nat. (2) III, p. 305. 
1888- = Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (2) V®, p. 76. 
1891. sé Id., tbid,, IX, p. 556. 

1900. a T¢.5, totd (3) VIL, py 32. 

1900. Dyscliona, Kirkpatrick, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) VI, 


- 353: - 
1907. Cliona, Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (4) VU, p. xvii. 


Further references will be found in Topsent’s papers, which 
are essential for a study of the Clionid genera and particularly for 
that of Cliona. In 1891 he arranged the species in six groups as 
follows :-—~ 

Group I. Spicules including tylostyles, diactinial macroscle- 

res and spirasters (microscleres). 

Group II. Spicules consisting of tylostyles and diactinial 

macroscleres only. 

Group III. Spicules consisting of tylostyles and microscleres 

only. 

Group IV. Spicules consisting of amphioxi and microscleres 

only. 

Group V. Spicules consisting of tylostyles only. 

Group VI. Spicules consisting of amphioxi only. 


4 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


This grouping is convenient for the purposes of a provisional 
classification, which is all that is possible until the life-histories 
of the species are known; but it must be remembered that in at 
least one species (Cliona celata, Grant) phases occur in the life of 
an individual sponge that would fall respectively into groups I, II 
and V. The sponge in its younger stage possesses tylostyles, 
diactinial spicules and microscleres, but as it grows it loses first 
the diactinial spicules and then, sometimes, the microscleres, so that 
in its mature form it has only tylostyles. It is possible, and indeed 
probable, that other species resemble it in this respect, so that 
groups V and VI may actually consist of species whose earlier 
stages are unknown and if known would fall into other groups, or 
even in some cases of species known by other names and assigned 
to other groups at different phases of development. 

Taking the groups as they stand, we find that among the 
species known from Indian seas all but group VI are represented. 
Group V, so far as hitherto described species are concerned, has 
not withstood recent criticism and research', but a new species 
belonging to it is described here on p. 14. In the following key 
to the species found in the Indian Ocean (including the Red 
Sea, the Bay of Bengal with its appurtenances and the western 
part of the Malay Archipelago) I have found it more convenient 
to make the primary division between species that possess and 
those that do not possess microscleres. Even so, it is necessary 
to include C. celata under three separate headings in accordance ~ 
with its three phases of development. 

Of the sixteen species now known from the Indian Ocean at 
least twelve have been found in the Bay of Bengal or the Gulf of 
Manaar. Of these, four are of very wide distribution (C. celata, 
C. vastifica, C. carpentert, C. viridis): C. carpenter is essentially 
a circumtropical sponge, but the other three are cosmopolitan. 
Three species have a wide distribution in the Indo-Pacific Region, 
namely C. margaritiferae, C. mucronata and C. orientalis; while 
five (C. annulifera, C. indica, C. enstfera, C. acustella and C. 
warrent) have been definitely recorded only from the Bay of 
Bengal and Ceylon. Of the four species not known from these 
seas, two were originally described, or are only known definitely, 
from the “‘Indian Ocean,” namely C. michelini and C. mille- 
punctata, but the original specimen of the latter was doubtfully 
ascribed to the N. Atlantic. One species (C. mussae) has been 
found only in the Red Sea, and one (C. patera) in the western 
part of the Malay Archipelago. 

I have not included C. gracilis, Hancock, among the species 
known from the Indian Ocean, although Topsent (1887, p. 77) has 
done so; because the latter author’s brief description of his speci- 
men from that area (‘‘Spicules en épingle—=150» de long, spic. en 
zigzag—I5-20u”’) is totally at variance with Hancock’s original 
diagnosis, which is supported by good figures, and some mistake 


1 See Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (3) VIII, p. 78 (1900). 


I9I5.] N. ANNANDALE: Indian Boring Sponges. 5 


in the identification must have occurred. The Cliona ? sceptrellifera, 
of Carter!, if he rightly associated the isolated spicules on which it 
was based, is probably a Thoosa or an Alectona, but I have been 
unable to find these spicules in that part of his original material at 
my disposal. 

The names of species on which notes are given are distin- 
guished by an asterisk in the key. I have not seen the following 
forms :— 

C. sndica, Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (2) IX, p. 574 (1891). 

C. michelini, 1d, tbid., vol. V?, p. 79 (1887). 

C. mussae (Keller), Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. III, p. 321 (1891). 

C. warrent® Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) VII, p. 370 (1881). 

C. millepunctata Hancock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) III, p. 
341 (1849) ; Topsent, op. czt., 1887, p. 78. 

Cliona has a wide bathymetric range. In the Bay of Bengal 
one species has been found at a depth of over 700 fathoms? (C. 
annuiifera, p. 9) and another (C. vastifica, p. 8) in lagoons of 
brackish water actually above sea-level. The genus is, however, 
best represented in comparatively shallow water below low tide. 
On beds of gregarious sedentary molluscs such as Ostrea or Marga- 
vitifera a single species usually predominates and becomes very 
abundant, but in the less vigorous parts of coral-reefs several are 
sometimes found together in a flourishing condition. More than 
one may also occur in a single shell, either Gastropod or Lamelli- 
branch, that is of suitable size, thickness, etc., but does not 
belong to a markedly gregarious species. 


KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Cliona KNOWN FROM THE 
INDIAN OCEAN. 


I. Species with microscleres. 


A. Macroscleres both diactinial and tylostyle. 
1. Diactinial spicules smooth, hair- 
like, fasciculated .. C. celata (A).* 
2. Diactinial spicules granular, spin- 
dle-shaped, moderately stout, not 
fasciculated. 
a. Microscleres sinuate, truncate. C. vasttfica.* 
b. Microscleres straight, spindle- 


shaped ate .. C. carpentert.* 
3. Diactinial spicules cylindrical, i 
irregularly spiny .. C. margaritiferae.* 


1 Fauna of Mergui I (Fourn. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) XXI1: 1887), p. 70. 
‘‘ Spongiaires des Acores,’’ Rés. Camp. Sci. Monaco, XXV, p. 108 (1904). | 
2 Topsent (Arch. Zool. expérim. (3) VIII, p. 54) regards this species as 
identical with C. guadvata, Hancock. ' , 
’ C. abyssorum, Carter was taken at the mouth of the English Channel in 
500 fathoms (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) X1V, p. 249, 1874). ‘This is apparently 
the only other species as yet recorded from depths of like magnitude. 


6 Records of the Indian Museum. 


B. All the macroscleres tylostyles. 

1. Shaft of macroscleres bearing a 
single convex ring a short dis- 
tance below the head : 

2. Shaft of tylostyles normally 
smooth. 

a. Tylostyles definitely of two 
sorts; one sort normal, the 


other very short and bearing a | 


sharp subsidiary spine at its 
point .. ‘e ; 

b. No‘‘ mucronate” spicules of 
this type. 

i. Spines on all the microscle- 
res very small and set close 
together; two groups of 
zigzag microscleres, one very 
slender 

ii. Spines on microscleres stout, 
very irregular, often blunt 
but never widely separated ; 
microscleres not divisible 
into two groups 

iii. Spines of microscleres rela- 
tively long, sharply pointed, 
normally arranged in a spi- 
ral band winding round the 
spicule. 

a, Some of the macroscleres 
conspicuously but gradu- 
ally expanded before nar- 
rowing to the point; hair- 
like tylostyles not present. 

B. None of the macroscleres of 
expanded form ; hair-like 
tylostyles, sometimes with 

. spiny heads, often present. 

iv. Spines of microscleres as in 
ili, but arranged in asinuous 
band outlining one side of 
the spicule 

C. All the macroscleres amphioxt. 
(Microscleres short, straight, ap- 
peoaching the amphiaster type in 
different degrees) ibs 


II. Species without microscleres. 


Macroscleres both diactinial and tylostyle. 
1. Diactinial spicules hair-like, fasci- 


C. 


C. 


[ Von. Soe; 


. C. annulifera.* 


. C. mucronata.* 


. C. indica. 


. C. michelin. 


enstfera.* 


viridis. * 


*, ortentalis.* 


C. acustella.* 


culated .. ns > G, Colaba. AB).™ 


I9I5.| N. ANNANDALE: Indtan Boring Sponges. 7 


2. Diactinial spicules moderately 
stout, (smooth), spindle-shaped. C. mussae. 


B. All the spicules tylostyles. 
I. Sponge forming a gigantic free 
cup; spicules relatively stout .. C. patera.* 
2. Sponge confined to its excava- 
tions or forming a small rounded 
mass; spicules relatively slender. 
a. Head of spicules spherical .. C. warrent. 
b. Head of spicule elliptical .. C. millepunctata. 
c. Headof spicule usually trilobed. C. celata (C).* 


Cliona celata, Grant. 


TQ00. Topsent) Arch. Zool. expérim. (3) VIII, p. 32, pl. 1; 
figse 5s 0-0. ph il one sk. 

1909. Hentschel, ‘‘ Tetraxonida’’ in Michaelsen and Hart- 
meyer’s Faun. Siidwest. Australiens, p. 386. 

I9gIt. Row, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) XXXI, p. 305. 


Topsent, in the paper cited after his name (1900), has discussed 
the structure and synonomy of this species in detail. As he had 
shown in previous papers, the spiculation undergoes. great 
changes in the lite of the individual sponge. At first three kinds 
of spicules are present—tylostyles, diactinial macroscleres and 
microscleres of the zigzag spiraster type. The last disappear 
first, and then, in some cases, the diactinial microscleres, which, 
even in the young sponge, are much reduced and have the form 
of hair-like bodies adhering in bundles. There are three specimens 
from the Bay of Bengal in the collection of the Indian Museum 
which illustrate three different phases of growth in an interesting 
manner. One of them is clearly young and retains the full spicu- 
lation. It consists of a few galleries, with about half a dozen 
apertures, in a nodule of calcareous alga dredged by the ‘‘ Investi- 
gator’ in 28 fathoms off the coast of Burma. 

The other two specimens are both in chank-shells (Pyrula 
vappa, l,.) from the east coast of India. One was taken at the 
town of Madras in shallow water by Prof. K. Rammuni Menon, 
who has kindly given it to me. ‘The shell was apparently vacant 
when collected but still retained its horny epidermis. The whole 
of its subtance is permeated by the sponge, in which only tylostyle 
spicules remain. The external apertures are, however, small 
(about I mm. in diameter) and the sponge is wholly confined in the 
thickness of the shell. 

The third specimen was dredged by Mr. J. Hornell of the 
Madras Fisheries, whom I have to thank for it, in the Gulf of 
Manaar near Tuticorin in 6} fathoms. ‘The shell in this case had 
evidently been ‘‘ dead”’ for some time and its epidermis had wholly 
disappeared. ‘The apertures made by the sponge are much larger 
(2 to 3'25 mm. in diameter) and it has begun to grow out over the 


8 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XI, 


inner surface of the shell in the form of a uniform crust, much as 
in a specimen figured by Topsent (1887, pl. i, fig. 3). 

Cliona celata probably occursin allseas. It was originally des- 
cribed from the British coasts and has since been found at several 
places on the Atlantic side of North America, in the Red Sea and 
the adjacent parts of the Indian Ocean, off the south and south- 
west coasts of Australia, off New Guinea, Ceylon, Singapore, etc. 
I have examined specimens from several of these localities. 


Cliona vastifica, Hancock. 


1900. ‘Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (3) VIII, p. 56, pl. ii, 
figs. 3-9. 

1909. Hentschel, “‘ Tetraxonida’’ in Michaelsen and Hart- 
meyer’s Faun. Stidwest Australiens, p. 387. 


This is another cosmopolitan species described at length by 
Topsent in his ‘‘ Etude Monographique des Spongiaires de France” 
(op. cit. supra) as well as in his previous papers on the family (1887 
and 1891) in the same journal. Cliona velans, Hentschel (of. cit., 
p. 388, fig. 19) from S. W. Australia is evidently very closely 
related to C. vastifica, but is apparently distinguished by its 
method of growth and by having the heads of the tylostyles imper- 
fectly differentiated. 

In the littoral zone of Indian seas C. vastifica appears to be 
by far the commonest species and, as already stated, makes its way 
well into brackish water. I have found it in that medium in the 
Chilka Lake in Orissa and the Ganjam district of the Madras Presi- 
dency (in shells of Ostvea and Purpura), in the Adyar River at 
Madras and in the Ennur Backwater in the same district, in both 
places in shells of Ostvea. In the Persian Gulf it is common in, 
and apparently destructive to, pearl-shells (Avicula and Margani- 
tifera); I have seen it in a Placuna-shell from Palk Straits (54 
fathoms), in shells of Oliva and Malleus from the Andamans, of 
Voluta and Ostrea from New South Wales. In Indian seas it 
occurs most frequently in the shells of gregarious sedentary bi- 
valves, to which it probably causes great damage, but only in 
very shallow water. In European seas it is common; it has been 
recorded by Topsent and others from many widely separated 
regions. 


Cliona carpenteri, Hancock. 


1887. Chona carpenteri, Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. V? 
(suppl.), p. 77, pl. vii, fig. 4. 

1887 (1889). Cliona bacillifera, Carter, Faun. Mergui Arch. 1: 
Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) XXI, p. 76. 


This species, as Topsent has pointed out, is easily distin- 
guished from its allies, and in particular from C. vastifica, by its 
straight, spindle-shaped microscleres. Carter’s Cliona bacillifera 
from Mergui, of which the type (or a schizotype) is in the Indian 


IgI5.] N. ANNANDALE: Indian Boring Sponges. 9 


Museum, falls well within the limits of the species as defined by 
the former author. 

C. carpentert is a tropical sponge distributed all round the 
globe. Topsent found it more frequently than any other in 
shells he examined from the Gulf of Mexico, the Pacific coast of 
Central America, the Gaboon, the Indian Ocean, etc. It does 
not appear, however, to be common in the Bay of Bengal. In 
addition to the type-specimen of Carter’s species, which is in a 
dead oyster-shell, I have examined specimens in a shell of Malleus 
from Singapore and in one of Voluta from New South Wales. 


Cliona margaritiferae, Dendy. 


1905. Dendy, ‘‘ Porifera’’ in Herdman’s Rep. Ceylon Pearl 
Oyster Fish. V, p. 128, pl. v, fig. 9. 

1909. Hentschel, ‘‘ Tetraxonida’’ in Faun, Siidwest Austra- 
liens, p. 386. 


I have included this species (p.5) among those that possess 
macroscleres of two kinds, but Dendy evidently regards the 
larger amphioxi as modified spirasters and points out that there 
are transitionary forms of spicules between them and the small 
microscleres. This is true; but there seems to me to be a slight but 
definite break in the series and it is at any rate more convenient 
to regard the large spiny amphioxi for the present as the equiva- 
lents of the granular amphioxi of such species as C. vastifica. 

C. margaritiferae was originally described from the shell of 
the pearl-oyster of the Ceylon banks (Margaritifera vulgaris). I 
have found it in the same shell from the type-locality (T. South- 
well) and also in a piece of Madreporarian coral from the Palk 
Straits (off Tondi, 54 fathom: J. Hornell). Hentschel examined 
specimens in a shell of Chama, sp., from Michaelsen and Hart- 
meyer’s Australian collection. 


Cliona annulifera, sp. nov. 
(Plate 1, figs. 1-4.) 


A Chona with tylostyle macroscleres and spirasters of the 
‘normal type, the former bearing a single convex ring round the 
shaft; some of the latter unusually large. The gemmules are 
provided with spirasters of a specialized form. 

The only known specimen is in a dead Gastropod shell 
(Xenophora pallidula, Rve.). 

General structure. ‘The sponge consists of a series of sub- 
spherical or ovoid chambers connected by short horizontal tubules 
and bearing the papillae on short vertical ones. The chambers 
form a single horizontal layer. The greatest longitudinal diameter 
of the larger chambers is about I°3 mm. and their greatest depth 
about o‘g mm. ‘The average length of the connecting tubules 
(which, of course, represent the thickness of the wall of shell 


10 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.L. XI, 


left between the chambers) is about 0°425 mm. and the diameter 
o‘'r19gmm. ‘The papillae as a rule are borne only on the surface 
nearest the outer surface of the shell. The tubules connecting 
them with the chambers are longer than the horizontal tubules, 
but always much shorter than any diameter of the chambers. 
The chambers are by no means solid, their internal structure being 
coarsely reticulate. Delicate cellular diaphragms can sometimes 
be detected at or near one extremity of the connecting tubules. 
Papillae. I have been able to find only two kinds of papillae, 
corresponding to those styled ‘‘ poriferous’’ and ‘‘ mixed’’ by 
Topsent (1887). The largest poriferous papillae have a diameter 
of about 0225 mm. They are readily distinguished by the 


KG. 1.—Spicules of cliona annulifera. 
a. Gemmule-spicule. 


absence of a central orifice and by the absence or paucity (at 
any rate when they are contracted) of projecting spicules upon 
their surface, which is flat and horizontal. It is closed by a 
minutely perforate membrane on and in which the calcareous 
particles derived from the shell and carried out through the oscula 
lie in considerable numbers, being too large to enter the pores. 
In profile these papillae are flat and table-like, extending beyond 
their supporting tubules, which are cylindrical, for a considerable 
distance on either side; the free surface forms an acute angle with 
the projecting lateral margin. The mixed papillae are about the 
same size but have a central star-shaped or oval orifice of rela- 
tively large diameter. This is surrounded by a number of pori- 


1915.| N. ANNANDALE: Indian Boring Sponges. KE 


ferous lobes through which tylostyle spicules project upwards and 
outwards (pl. i, figs. 2, 3, 4). In profile these papillae, with 
their supporting tubule, are trumpet-shaped. Their outer walls 
(pl. i, fig. 4) are coated with minute calcareous particles con- 
siderably smaller than those which lie scattered in the interior of 
the sponge and on the poriferous papillae. They are covered by 
a delicate cortex, which protects the calcareous particles against 
strong acid unless the surface is subjected to its action for a con- 
siderable period. The mixed and the poriferous tubules are about 
equally abundant. 

Skeleton.—In the chambers the macroscleres lie scattered, 
irregularly and somewhat sparsely, parallel to the outer walls. As 
a tule they are more abundant in the upper than in the lower parts. 
Occasionally they seem to radiate from the chambers into the con- 
necting tubules, but this arrangement is never of a very regular 
nature and no trace of it can often be detected. In the vertical 
tubules the macroscleres form supporting columns, their heads rest- 
ing in a more or less complete, and more or less regular, ring at the 
base of the tubule and their points directed upwards. In the case of 
the mixed papillae the heads are rarely on anything like a uniform 
level and the points project outwards as well as upwards. The 
ordinary (%.e. the smaller) microscleres lie scattered, somewhat 
sparsely and almost uniformly, throughout the sponge, but their 
main axis is always approximately parallel to the outer surface. 
The gemmules have a special skeleton, which is described below. 

Spicules.— The macroscleres are small, slender tylostyles, as a 

tule quite straight, sharply and gradually pointed at one extremity 
and bearing a well-differentiated head at the other. The head is 
most frequently somewhat heart-shaped, but in many cases almost 
spherical and occasionally with a tendency to be trilobed. It con- 
tains as a rule a single minute expansion of the axial tubule of the 
spicule. There is no distinct contraction of the shaft below the 
head but, at about 1/10 the distance between it and the point, the 
shaft is surrounded by a single convex ring. The extent to which 
this ring is developed varies somewhat, but its presence and posi- 
tion seem to be practically constant features of the species. The 
average length of the macroscleres is 0°2 mm., the extremes being 
o°148 and 0°234 mm. 
. The microscleres are all slender spirasters of the normal zig- 
zag type, but they differ greatly in size and two groups may be 
distinguished amongst them in accordance with this character. 
Those of the small type are, when well developed, from o0°008 
mm. to 0°042 mm. in length and have as a rule from 4 to 8 bends, 
but are sometimes irregularly sinuous. Their spines are arranged 
in a regular spiral. These spicules lie scattered throughout the 
sponge. 

The larger microscleres (fig. IA). are as much as 0°126 mm. 
long, or even longer, They have more numerous and as a rule less 
well-defined whorls. The spicules of this type are found only on 
the gemmules. 


12 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor: 3a, 


Gemmules.—Gemmules are abundant in the only specimen ex- 
amined, most of the chambers containing from one to three (pl. i, 
fig. 1). They lie at the periphery of the lower part of the chamber 
and are as a rule somewhat lenticular in shape. The external sur- 
face is frequently flattened by pressure against the wall of the exca- 
vation. The greatest diameter rarely exceeds 0°56 mm. ‘The inter- 
nal structure is that of a typical sponge-gemmule, that is to say, 
each gemmule consists of a mass of cells closely packed together 
and filled with granules of food-substance. There is a thin horny 
external coat. The most remarkable feature, however, lies 
in the spicular coat that occurs on the surface of the gemmule in 
contact with the sponge, for the spicules of which it consists differ 
Considerable from those of the general choanesome. ‘The spicules 
have already been described. They lie embedded horizontally 
in the horny coat on one side of the gemmule only, being com- 
pletely absent on the side that is in contact with the wall of the 
excavation. 

Locality.—Off the coast of Ceylon: 703 fathoms (R.IJ.M.S. 
** Investigator’’). 

Type. No. Z.E.V. 6424/7, Ind. Mus.: in spirit. 

C. annulifera. is related to C. viridis (Schmidt), from which it 
differs in the form of its megascleres. It is remarkable for the 
regularity and distinctness of its chambers and especially for the 
peculiar spiculation of its gemmules, a feature in which it apparen- 
tly differs from all other known marine spongess That a deep-sea 
sponge should possess gemmules at all is a remarkable fact, and 
one to the signification of which I hope to devote attention in a 
later paper. 

Cliona mucronata, Sollas. 
1878. Sollas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 1, p. 54, pl. i, figs. 1, 
Z~7,.0, 10, 153.57, pl. ii, figs. 1=0- 
1887. Topsent, Arch. Zool, expérim. (2) V, p. 37. 
1897. Id., Rév. Suisse Zool. IV, p. 440. 


The peculiar short, stout, mucronate tylostyles that form a 
considerable element in the spiculation of this species are quite 
characteristic. In the only specimen I have examined, they seem 
to be grouped together at certain points in the interior of the 
sponge, but this specimen is very imperfect, having been over- 
whelmed in its excavations by other sponges. Many of the 
tylostyles are of the normal type, but very slender. 

C. mucronata was originally described from a coral (Iss, sp.) 
of unknown provénance. ‘Topsent found it common in corals from 
the Bay of Amboina, and the only specimen in our collection is in 
a fragment of dead Madreporarian from the Indian shore of the 
Gulf of Manaar (Kilakarai: S. W. Kemp). 


Cliona ensifera, Sollas. 


1878. Sollas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5)1, 61, pl. i, figs. 1, 
18; pl. ii, figs. ro-5. 


1915. | N. ANNANDALE: Indian Boring Sponges. 13 


1887 (1889). Carter, Faun. Mergui, I, p. 75. 
1891. Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (2) IX, p. 570. 


This species is closely allied to C. mucronata, with which it 
has been found on more than one occasion, including that on 
which the type-specimens of both species were discovered. Its 
tylostyles are, like those of C. mucronata, of two types, one of 
which is remarkable for the great expansion of the lower part of 
the shaft. The tapering of the point is, however, regular and the 
spicules is never mucronate. The other type of tylostyles is slen- 
der and in no way remarkable. The species is apparently more 
robust in its growth than C. mucronata. 

C. ensifera, which was originally described as occurring in the 
coral Is¢ts from an unknown locality, is abundant in dead reef- 
corals from the Mergui and Andaman archipelagoes. 


Cliona viridis (Schmidt). 


1887 (1889). Clona ? stellifera (in part), Carter, Faun. Mer- 
eur 1, p. 75. 

1900. Chona viridis, Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (3) VIII, 
Peon a Pei ese kor ple ti. fies: > 03 pliive 
fia. 


Topsent has discussed this species and its synonomy in great 
detail and further references are unnecessary. It may be noted, 
however, that Carter’s provisional species Cliona stellifera was 
founded on the macroscleres of this Cliona and the microscleres 
of a parasitic Chondrilla. I have found the two sponges in close 
association in his original specimen of dead coral from Mergui. 

C. viridis is a cosmopolitan species evidently common in dead 
coral in the Mergui Archipelago and off the coast of the mainland 
of Burma. It was originally described from the Mediterranean 
and is known from the Gulf of Mexico, the Red Sea and many 
other widely separated localities. 


Cliona orientalis, Thiele. 


1887 (1889). Suberites coronarius, Carter (nec. id., 1882 )Faun. 
Mergut I, p. 74, pl. vii, figs. 4, 5. 

1900. Cliona ornentalis, Theile, Abh. senckhenb. Natur. Gesel- 
isch. XXV, p. 71, pl. iii, fig. 24. 


Thiele pointed out in 1900 (op. cit.) that the sponge described 
by Carter from Mergui under the name of Suberites coronarvius was 
not identical with the species the latter had previously described 
under the same name from the West Indies, but actually aspecies of 
Cliona. He redescribed it with fresh figures of the spicules and 
named it Cliona orientalis. A re-examination of a part of Carter’s 
Burmese material shows that Thiele was right in both conten- 
tions. 


14 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


C. orientalis is closely allied to C. viridis, from which it may 
be distinguished by the arrangement of the spines on the micros- 
cleres. These, instead of running in a spiral round the spicule, 
are confined to its outline on one side. Carter’s figures, although 
they illustrate this point clearly, are poor and misleading in 
other respects. ‘The free form of the sponge closely resembles that 
of C. viridis. 

C. orientalis has been found only in the Mergui Archipelago 
(in dead coral) and off Ternate in the Malay Archipelago. 


Cliona acustella, sp. nov. 


This is a species belonging to Topsent’s fourth group, having 
microscleres and amphioxous macroscleres only. The latter, al- 


En 


Et 
ty 


ee 
4 Ly 
ey 


“~ 
ee Sed 
et nat P 
Fic. 2.—Spicules of cliona acustella. 


though many of them can be referred to the spiraster type, exhibit 
a marked tendency to assume a simple amphiaster-like form. 

General structure.—Only dried specimens are available for 
examination, and of these I have been able to extract only minute 
fragments lacking the external papillae. Chambers excavated 
apparently by this sponge are, however, abundant in oyster-shells 
from several adjacent localities. ‘The apertures on the surface of 
the shell are small and sparsely scattered; their diameter does not 
exceed 0'4 m. ‘These apertures are connected with the chambers 
by very short vertical tubules. The chambers are subcircular or 
polygonal, not more than 3 mm. in diameter and separated only 
by very narrow partitions of shell. They are arranged in several 
horizontal layers. The tubules connecting them horizontally and 
vertically are very slender as well as short. 

Spicules.—The macroscletes are smooth, slender, sharply- 
pointed, somewhat spindle-shaped amphioxi on an average 0°1447 


1915. | N. ANNANDALE: Indian Boring Sponges. E 


Ci 


mm. long by 0°008 mm. broad. They are never strongly arched or 
geniculate. Spicules of this type are fairly abundant. 

The microscleres are minute, straight, truncate, cylindrical 
bodies bearing relatively large spines which often show a tendency 
to group themselves in three rings (two terminal and one median), 
but sometimes cover the spicule quite irregularly. Their average 
length is 0’012 mm. and breadth, with the spines, 0°008 mm. 

Distribution.—Apparently common in shells of Ostrea imbn- 
cata and O. cuculata in from 15 to 30 fathoms of water off the 
coast of Orissa and the Ganjam district of Madras in the Bay of 
Bengal (S.S. ‘ Golden Crown’). 

Type .—No. Z.E.V. 6415/17, Ind. Mus. 

The microscleres of this species appear at first sight to be in 
many cases amphiasters rather than spirasters, but actually exhibit 
(fig. 2) a fairly regular transition between the two types. Some of 
them are not unlike the small spicules of Dotona. The species at 
present stands alone in the genus so far as its spiculation is concern- 
ed, but I have little doubt as to its validity, although the circum- 
stances in which it was found seem at first sight a little suspicious. 
Large numbers of oyster-shells, all of which were unfortunately 
cleaned and dried before being examined, were obtained by the 
trawler ‘ Golden Crown’ off the east coast of India in 1909. ‘The 
majority of them were found, on recent examination, to be per- 
forated and in many cases partially disintegrated by the burrows 
of a Chona, of which minute fragments were extracted from 
broken shells. Spicule-preparations made from other pieces of the 
same shells contained in some cases only spicules identical with 
those which occurred in the fragments of sponge extracted, vzz. 
smooth amphioxi and microscleres of the type described and 
figured above. No tylostyles could be found either in the spi- 
cule-preparation or in the fragments of sponge. Other fragments 
of sponge extracted from shells were clearly no part of a Clionid 
but represented two species of Eurypon. Many spicule-prepara- 
tions contained a mixture of the spicules of the Clrona with those 
of one or other representative of the latter genus. No actual con- 
fusion is possible, however, between the two very different genera 
thus associated. 


Cliona patera (Hardwicke). 


1822. Spongia patera, Hardwicke, Aszat. Researches XIV, 


D., FOO pla: 

1858. Poterion neptuni, Schlegel, Handled. Dierkunde II, 
p- 542. 

1880. Poterion patera, Sollas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) VI, 
p- 441. 


1908. Poterion patera, Vosmaer, Versi Gew. Verg. Wos-en- 
Naturk. Afd. XVII (1), p. 16. 

1909. Cliona patera, Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (4) IX 
Dobie: 


) 


16 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Although this large and conspicuous sponge has been known, 
so far as its external form is concerned, for nearly a century, its 
true systematic position has only been discovered, by Vosmaer 
and Topsent, in the last few years. There is a fine series of dried 
specimens from Singapore, the original locality, in the Indian 
Museum; but they do not include the type. The species seems to 
me to be very closely related to Cliona celata, from which it differs 
in its stouter spicules but which it resembles in its general struc- 
ture and in particular in that of the papillae. So far as these are 
concerned it agrees more closely with C. celata than with C. vim- 
dis, of which Vosmaer was apparently prepared to regard it as a 
variety. 

Some of our specimens contain at the base both Jamelli- 
branch and Gastropod shells, as well as many small pebbles. The 
latter, being of hard stone, are intact, as are also some of the 
shells. Others, however, both of bivalves and of Gastropods, have 
had ramifying grooves excavated on their surface by the sponge. 
In one Lamellibranch shell that was partially embedded in it 
the grooves are entirely confined to the embedded position. At 
least one Gastropod shell, which was extracted from the centre of 
the basal portion of a large specimen, is wholly permeated and 
nearly destroyed by excavations filled with sponge substance. I 
am convinced by these facts that the excavations in shells found 
in large specimens of C. fatera are of a secondary nature, and it 
seems improbable, in any case, that so large a sponge, if it com- 
menced life in the thickness of any Molluscan shell, should not 
have completely destroyed that shell before reaching its full size. 

So far as I am aware, C. pfatera has as yet been found only 
in the neighbourhood of Singapore and Java, where it is abundant. 
If it occurred in the Gulf of Manaar, where several large collec- 
tions of sponges have been made, so conspicuous an object could 
hardly have escaped notice. Indeed, its place seems to be taken 
in the seas round Ceylon and India by the Halichondrine sponge 
Petrosia testudinaria (amarck), which bears a considerable super- 
ficial resemblance to it, although the ‘‘ cup’’ and the “‘stalk”’ 
are not so clearly differentiated. 


Genus Thoosa, Hancock. 


1849. Thoosa, Hancock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) Il, 


Pp. 345- 
1887. ms Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (2) V’, p. 88. 
1891. ad., ibid., (2) IX, p. 577. 


1905. ? Cliothosa, ie, Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, XI, p. 95. 


This genus is much less well known than Cliona. Most of the 
species, being of tropical origin and having a very inconspicuous 
appearance externally, have been described from dried specimens 
extracted from shells or corals, and many of these have been im- 
perfect. Possibly it will ultimately be proved that several quite 


I9I5.] N. ANNANDALE: IJndtan Boring Sponges. 17 


distinct genera are included under the name. The genus as at 
present constituted is remarkable for the great diversity of its 
microscleres, which always include some form of amphiaster, as 
well as, in many cases, degenerate forms of euasters. True spiras- 
ters seem to be invariably absent. 

The typical spicule is characteristic. It consists of a relative- 
ly stout cylindrical stem, as a rule quite straight, and of two cir- 
cles of horizontal branches, which surround the stem at or near its 
extremities. The stem is quite smooth. In most cases the lateral 
branches are very short and greatly inflated at their tips, so that 
they have actually the form of subspherical bosses or prominences. 
They are never numerous, four to six being the normal number in 
each ring. In the more highly developed forms the prominences 
are covered with short spines, and the extremities of the stem are 
inflated and spiny also. Both the terminal and the lateral promi- 
nences may, however, be greatly reduced and take the form of 
smooth rounded or conical projections. 

Another form of amphiaster that is often, though not invari- 
ably, present also consists of a smooth cylindrical stem surrounded 
at the ends by a ring of horizontal branches. Both the stem (as 
a rule) and the branches (always) are, however, more slender and 
the latter are much produced. The extremities of neither are 
regularly spiny, but each branch terminates either in a minute 
inflation or in several small hook-like spines. 

A third form of microscleres that often occurs has been shown 
to be a degenerate oxyaster, although in its common form it has 
little resemblance to that type of spicule. As a rule it consists 
merely of two slender, more or less strongly curved spines attached 
to a minute centrum and having the appearance of the horns ot 
some Kuminant attached to a fragment of the skull, or that of a 
sea-gull in flight as seen from a distance, or rather as convention- 
ally represented in pictures. Occasionally more than two spines 
are present, and the spicule may assume a star-like form. Other 
microscleres, which resembles toxa but probably have the same 
origin, also occur in some species. 

Yet another type of aster is often found. It has the form of 
a flat, spiny plate or a spiny cylinder and is referred to by Top- 
sent as a pseudosteraster. I have not come across this form of 
spicule myself in the specimens I have examined. 

The macroscleres, if present, are either amphioxi or tylo- 
styles, but they are often absent. 

The distribution of Thoosa is essentially tropical, but several 
of the species are as yet recorded only from specimens of unknown 
history. They appear to occur mainly in shells of solid structure 
or teef-corals from shallow water, but one species described here 
(LT. tnvestigatoris, p. 18), was found in a thin Gastropod shell from 
a depth of over 700 fathoms. 

The following species have been recorded, or are here recorded 
for the first time, from the seas of British India and Ceylon :— 


18 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOl.eet: 


Thoosa radiata, Topsent. Thoosa, investigatorts, nov. 
T. socialts, Carter. T. fischeri, Topsent. 
T. armata, ‘Topsent. T. laeviaster, nov. 


T. hancocci, Topsent. 


Of these I have not seen 7. socialis ! and T. fischeri,’ both of 
which are only known from Ceylon. 

It does not seem advisable at present to attempt to draw up 
a key tothe Indian species. One to all those known in I89gI is 
given by Topsent on pp. 585-586 of his paper cited after that date 
on p. 16, and no new species have been published since. Two are 
described in this paper. 


Thoosa investigatoris, sp. nov. 
(Plate i, figs. 5, 6). 


This is a species with megascleres in the form of pin-like tylo- 
styles and with three types of amphiasters as microscleres, vzz. (I) 


F1G. 3.—Spicules of Thoosa investigatoris. 


nodular amphiasters typical of the genus, (2) smooth amphiasters 
with horizontal branches ending in a circle of hooklets, and (3) 
much stouter smooth amphiasters without hooks or spines of any 
kind. 

General structure. —The sponge consists of a number of tubules 
which anastomose in one plane and swell out at intervals into not 
very clearly differentiated chambers of a flattened form and of 
irregullar outline. The whole structure is fragile and delicate, 
offering in this respect a strong contrast to Cliona annulifera, 


1 Carter, 1880, p. 56 (v. p. 2, footnote 3). 2 Topsent, 1891, p. 582 (v- p- 10). 


IQI5.] N. ANNANDALE: Indian Boring Sponges. 19 


which was taken at the same station. The papillae are borne on 
very short pedicels, as a rule only on what may be called the 
upper surface of the sponge; occasionally they are also found on 
the lower surface. I have not been able to detect cellular 
diaphragms. 

Papillae.—Two kinds of papillae have been observed, one of 
which is apparently inhalent, while the other is probably of a 
mixed nature. The latter is considerably larger than the former ; 
its diameter is on an average, in normal circumstances, about 
I mm., whereas that of the smaller papillae is only about 0°4 mm. 
In both cases the vertical walls are straight and the actual papilla 
does not expand much beyond them. The exhalent apertures 
are circular and are protected, as is explained below under the 
heading ‘‘Skeleton’”’, by a peculiar arrangement of spicules. 

Spicules.-—The macroscleres are tylostyles with well differenti- 
ated heads usually spherical in form and frequently containing a 
singlelarge vacuole. The stem is usually curved and spindle-shaped, 
tapering considerably towards both extremities aud consider- 
ably swollen in the middle. More slender tylostyles occur in 
which the stem is much less swollen, but there are also intermedi- 
ate forms. The shape of the head is not constant, for, especially 
in the more slender macroscleres, it is sometimes trilobed and 
sometimes flattened above; occasionally it is even acorn-shaped 
or quite asymmetrical. In the stouter tylostyles the total length 
is on an average about 0°34 mm., the greatest thickness of the 
shaft about 0°02 mm. and that of the head slightly less. 

The nodular amphiasters have both the lateral and the ter- 
minal nodules or bosses relatively large, nearly spherical and 
covered densely with minute straight spines. They are joined to 
the stem, which they often conceal almost completely, by very 
short smooth pedicels. The average length of the spicule of this 
type is about 0°0369 mm. and the greatest breadth across the 
lateral nodules 0:0164 mm. 

The smooth amphiasters with terminal hooks on the lateral 
branches are of the habitual form. ‘heir stem is rather stout and 
the lateral branches taper straightly towards the tip, which usually 
beats about six hooklets. The greatest length of the spicule is 
on an average about o'0164 mm. and the greatest breadth from 
tip to tip of the branches 0°0246 mm. 

The third type of amphiaster, which is very scarce, is about 
the same size as the second, which it resembles considerably, but 
the branches are stouter and bear no terminal hooklets, nor are 
they inflated at the tips. 

Skeleton.—The spicules are arranged to form a skeletal struc- 
ture in a somewhat more regular manner than is the case in most 
species of Clionidae. 

In the horizontal tubules the macroscleres lie parallel to the 
surface and in a large proportion of cases point in the same direc- 
tion. They exhibit, in quite a definite manner, evidence of fasci- 
culation, although in this part of the sponge they do not appear to 


20 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOy, (ay 


be bound together by any horny substance. At certain points, 
probably where the aperture fora new papilla is about to be 
excavated, a stout chitinoid covering is secreted over the sponge 
and the macroscleres adopt a convergent arrangement and are 
densely massed together. At such places the nodular microscleres 
are sometimes present in large numbers and form a layer several 
spicules thick over the protecting mass. The papillae are protect- 
ed by a dense ring of vertical macroscleres fortified with chitinoid 
substance and arranged concentrically in several or many circles 
with the heads resting at the base of the very short vertical tubule. 
Within this ring, in the case of exhalent orifices, there is an 
arrangement of convergent macroscleres with their tips meeting 
almost horizontally and their heads set in a broad spiral of about 
I} turns. Presumably the tips can be separated in the living sponge 
by rotation of the heads. The whole arrangement is strikingly 
reminiscent of the diaphragm in the stage of a compound micro- 
scope. The smooth amphiasters are scattered in the flesh of the 
tubules and chambers. Neither they nor the nodular amphiasters 
_play any part in the protection of the external papillae. 

Gemmules.—I have found several gemmules in the specimen 
examined. They are spherical masses of cells of the usual type, 
but have no horny protective membrane. Each is about 0°374 
mm. in diameter. Each gemmule occupies a separate chamber 
which it fills completely. There is a slender strand of cells con- 
necting it with the active part of the sponge. 

Type.—No. Z.E.V. 6430/7, Ind. Mus, in spirit: in a dead Gas- 

tropod shell. 
Locality.—Off Ceylon: 703 fathoms (R.I.M.S. ‘ Investigator’). 


The form of the nodular microscleres is characteristic, in 
particular in the large size of the lateral and terminal bosses; other- 
wise they resemble those of T. socialis, Carter. The species is evi- 
dently related to T. aymata, which, however, has the spicules of 
this type with the bosses perfectly smooth as well as relatively 
smaller. 

A noteworthy feature of T. investigatoris is its power of secret- 
ing a horny covering for its growing-points when they come in con- 
tact with foreign bodies. I hope to show in a subsequent paper 
that it protects itself in this manner against aggression on the part 
of a sponge of the genus Coppatias that is parasitic in its burrows. 
At most of the points at which new galleries are being formed in 
the shell no such covering can be detected, but at some, probably 
where the sponge is in contact with the outer layers of the shell, 
and is about to form a new exhalent or inhalent papilla, there is a 
thick one. It is only where such a covering occurs that the nodu- 
lar amphioxi are found, and if the covering is very thick, a num- 
ber of these spicules can usually be discovered in which the spines 
on the nodules seem to be completely worn away and the nodules 
themselves even to some extent destroyed. Such spicules lie in or 
on the outer or distal part of the covering. ‘These facts would 


IQI5.] N. ANNANDALE: Indian Boring Sponges. 2% 


suggest that spicules of this peculiar type play an important part 
in the perforation of the compact outer layers of the shells in which 
the sponge constructs its burrows. 


Thoosa armata, Topsent. 


1887. Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (2) V®, p. 81, pl. vii, fig. 


Q. 
1801. lide 0th OD: 570; 
1904. Id., ‘‘Spongiaires des Acores’’ Res. Camp. Sci. 
Monaco, fasc. XXI, p. 106, pl. xi, fig. 5. 


In preparations of Cliona vastifica from a shell of Malleus 
from the Andaman Is., I find, mingled with the spicules of that 
species, others of three types that agree well with those of Thoosa 
armata as described and figured by Topsent. They are nodular 
amphiasters, reduced oxyasters consisting of a pair of long horn- 
like spines arising from a minute centrum, and smooth, sharply 
pointed amphioxi. The spicules of other types figured by Topsent 
I have not found in this very imperfect specimen. 

As to the smooth amphioxi, they certainly do not belong to 
the Cliona and no trace of any other sponge but the Cliona and 
the Thoosa is present in some of my preparations. Topsent in his 
original description of T. avmata described amphioxi of the kind 
as an essential element in the spiculation of the species, but did not 
find them in the specimen from the Azores he described in Ig04. 
In my specimen, in parts of which they seem to be definitely as- 
sociated to form a skeletal structure, they are on an average 0°09 
mm. long and 0002 mm. broad at the thickest part. They are 
thus rather larger than in Topsent’s original example. 

Thoosa armata was described from a dried sponge in an oyster- 
shell from the Gaboon (West Africa), and has also been found in a 
dead coral in the Azores. It has not hitherto been known from 
the Indian Ocean. The extraordinary larva was described and 
figured by Topsent (op. cit.) in 1904. 


Thoosa hancocci, Topsent. 
1887. Topsent, Arch. Zool. expévim. (2) V’, p. 80, pl. vil, fig. 


12 
189I. hd.) tua. VX, pp: 577,.580- 
1898. Lindgren, Zool. Jahrb. (Syst. Abth.) XI, p. 320. 
1905. Topsent, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, XI, p. 94. 


Topsent and Lindgren have described this species as having 
spicules of three types, (a) tylostyles, (b) nodular amphiasters, 
and (c) slender amphiasters—Tindgren calls them spirasters—with 
lateral branches terminating in minute hooks. Topsent (of. cvt., 
1905) has also described a closely similar species without spicules 
of the last type (c), and founded for its reception the new 
genus Cliothosa. The only known species of this supposed genus 
(C. seuvati, Topsent) only differs from T. hancocct, apart from the 


22 Kecords of the Indian Museum. [Vor Xals 


supposed generic character, in having the head of the tylostyle 
oval (instead of usually spherical) and with a group of minute 
vacuoles in its centre. 

In the collection of the Indian Museum there are two shells 
from the Andamans, one of a Tvidacna and one of a Maileus,! that 
contain the burrows of a Clionid which agrees well with Topsent’s 
description of 7. hancocct so far as the general structure and the 
colour are concerned. In the Tvidacna-shell the papillae of the 
sponge have been destroyed, but they are well preserved in that of 
the Malleus. In neither specimen have I been able to find a single 
nodular amphiaster, although there has been no difficulty in re- 
moving the papillae for microscopic examination from one of them. 
The slender amphiasters are abundant in both specimens, scattered 
in the galleries of the sponge, and the majority of the tylostyles in 
the galleries have spherical heads, but those in the papillae are 
variable in shape. In no single spicule can I detect a group of 
vacuoles in this part. 

The question naturally arises, Is Cliothosa a distinct genus or 
merely a phase of Thoosa? In considering this question the facts 
known in reference to other species of the family must be noted. 
In the first place, it is known that Cliona celata* may lose two 
-ypes of spicules in the course of its latter development and that 
Thoosa armata*® does the same at an earlier stage. Secondly, we 
know that the nodular amphiasters are sometimes scarce in 
T. hancocet itself and, apparently, may be either confined to the 
papillae* or scattered throughout the sponge.’ Thirdly, in the 
type-specimens of T. investigatoris (antea, p.18) and T. laeviaster 
(p. 23, postea) these spicules were not found in the fully formed 
papillae but in what were apparently papillae in the process of 
formation. Furthermore, in the case of the former species, they 
sometimes exhibited distinct traces of wear in that position. All 
these facts seem to me to point to the possibility of there being a 
stage, perhaps but seldom attained, in the life-cycle of Thoosa at 
which the characteristic spicules of the genus disappear and the 
sponge gains nominal generic distinction undex the title Cliothosa. 
If Iam right, there can, I think, be no doubt that at least one of 
my specimens from the Andamans has reached this stage. 

Thoosa hancocci was originally described from a Tridacna-shell 
from the Indian Ocean. It is apparently common in coral from 
shallow water in the neighbourhood of Java and was taken by 
Prof. Stanley Gardiner, also in coral, in the Maldives (fide Topsent, 
1905, Pp. 94). 

Thoosa laeviaster, sp. nov. 

Spicules and fragments of the sponge of this species were 

found in the piece of dead coral referred to by Carter, whose 


1 One valve of the individual in the other valve of which Thoosa armata was 
found intermingled with Cliona vastifica. 

2 Topsent, 1900, p. 42, etc. 

8 Topsent, 1904, p. 111: see synonomy of 7. armata, p. 21. 

4 Topsent, 1905, p. 94. 5 Lindgren, 1898, p. 321. 


1915.] N. ANNANDALE: Indian Boring Sponges. 2S 


notice they apparently escaped, in his account of the sponges of the 
Mergui Archipelago: Fauna of the Mergui ArchipelagolI, p. 75. It 
is remarkable in the form of its nodular amphiasters, the “‘ no- 
dules’’ of which are reduced to short, slender, blunt or pointed 
branches totally devoid of spines. Reduced spirasters of the type 
common in the genus are also present, while the macroscleres are 
smooth amphioxi. 

General structure.—Nothing is known of the general structure 
except that the sponge consists, in part at any rate, of slender 
apparently cylindrical branches ramifying in dead coral. 

Papillae.—The papillae, of which several imperfect examples 
were extracted, are evidently very small, probably not more than 
03 mm. in diameter. They are protected by dense masses of up- 
right macroscleres. 

Spicules.—The macroscleres are small, slender, smooth, sharply 
pointed, spindle-shaped amphioxi; a large proportion of them are 
definitely geniculate in the middle. The average length is 0°08 
mm. and the average breadth in the middle 0-003 mm. 


ae eoeer eo at p 
A 
——— \ fn Ae: Sree cae) 
3 f ee, LA 4 
—— i we iam e Daa! 
eee : Ss 


Fic. 4.—Spicules of Thoosa laeviaster. 


Only two types of microscleres can be distinguished; (a) 
smooth, rather slender amphiasters surrounded at some little dis- 
tance from each extremity by a circle of several (normally 4) 
horizontal branches, which are also smooth and relatively slender. 
These are usually blunt but sometimes pointed: they are always 
stouter at the base than at the tips. ‘The length of each branch 
is usually equal to the distance of its base from the nearest ex- 
tremity of the shaft, which terminates in the same manner as the 
branches, and the distance apart of the two circles is considerably 
greater. The average length of the spicule of this type is from 
about 07041 to 0:08 mm.; the average thickness of the shaft from 
about 0°0065 to o’0r3 mm. and the breadth from tip to tip across 
the branches from 0'0246 to 00328 mm., but all these measure- 
ments are variable. (b) The second type of microsclere is a re- 
duced oxyaster consisting of a pair of relatively long and slender 
curved horn-like spines attached close together to a minute 
centrum. 

Skeleton.—From the fragment of sponge extracted from the 
coral it is evident that the macroscleres are arranged much as in 


24 Records of the Indian Museum. |Vou. XI, 1915.] 


T. investigatorts. The reduced oxyasters are scattered in the main 
body of the sponge, while the amphiasters are collected in small 
groups and associated with films of horny substance in the inte- 
rior. They also appear, therefore, to have been arranged in the 
same manner as their homologues in T. investigatoris. 

Type.—A microscopic preparation mounted in Canada balsam. 
No. Z.E.V. 6639/7. Ind. Mus. 

Locality.—King Id., Mergui Archipelago; in dead coral (J. 
Anderson). 

The form of the amphiaster is unlike that of any other species 
in the genus, for the ‘‘ nodules” of these spicules, even when they 
are smooth as in Thoosa armata, are usually short, stout and 
rounded. It is clear, however, that their form in TJ. laeviaster 
does not depart very widely from the generic type and is really 
nearer that of the normal amphiaster of T. radiata (Topsent, 1887, 
pl. vii, fig. rz) than that of the homologous spicule of T. armata. 


ll dl i 


BXPLANATION OBS PLA LE i: 


Fics. 1, 2, 3, 4. Cliona annultfera, sp. nov. 


1.—Part of type-specimen extricated from the shell in 
which the sponge had burrowed, viewed from below 


as an opaque object, X ca. 30. g. = gemmule: s. 
= space from which shell-substance has been re- 
moved. 


2.—A single chamber mounted, without staining, in 
Canada balsam and viewed from one side by trans- 
mitted light, X ca.57- 1.p.=/inhalent papilla: 
m. p. = mixed papilla: G.—gemmule. 

3.—Another chamber stained with borax carmine and 
similarly mounted, seen from above by transmitted 
light, X ca. 57. Lettering as in figs. r and 2. 


4.—A mixed papilla, viewed obliquely from one side as.a 
solid object, more highly magnified. c.—=calcare- 
ous granules. 


» 5,0. Thoosa investigatoris, sp. nov. 


5.—Part of type-specimen extricated from the shell in 
which the sponge had burrowed, viewed from above 
by transmitted light, x ca. 35. e.p. = exhalent 
papilla: hv. = horny ring surrounding papilla: 
n.g.== commencement of a new gallery: s. = space 
from which shell-substance has been removed. 


6.—Another part of the same sponge only partially 
extricated, viewed obliquely by transmitted light, 
and more highly magnified. 7..== inhalent papilla: 
S.= fragment of shell. 


Plate I. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vo!.XI, 1915. 


Bemrose, Collo, Derby. 


~ 


Figs. 5. 6. Thoosa investigatoris. 


. ‘Figs. 1-4, Cliona annulifera. 


LSyt . irs BA 


bree SMC R ABS) FROM .THE.CHILKA 
LAKE. 


By J. R. Henperson, M.B., C.M., F.L.S., Superintendent, 
Madras Governinent Museum. 


The small collection of Paguride which forms the subject of 
this paper was obtained by Dr. N. Annandale and Mr. S. W. 
Kemp, during their survey of the Chilka Lake, on the Orissa 
Coast in the Bay of Bengal. Of the five species taken it has only 
been found necessary to describe one as new. In each of the 
previously known species reference is made to Col. A. Alcock’s 
** Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea in the collection 
of the Indian Museum,’’ part II, Anomura, Fasc. I, Pagurides 
(1905), where a full bibliography will be found. 


Clibanarius padavensis, de Man. 


Alcock, p. 44, pl. iv, fig. 2. 

Station 22!, 8698/10. Five specimens of moderate size, in- 
cluding a female with ova. 

Station 75, 8700/10. A young specimen with the carapace 
measuring only 7 mm. in length, yet possessing all the charac- 
teristic colour markings. 

Station 82, 8705/10 A male, and a female with ova, of 
moderate size, the carapace of the former measuring 16 mm. in 
length ; also a very young specimen. 

“Station 83, 8696/10. Six individuals of moderate size, the 
carapace of the largest (a female) measuring 18 mm. in length. 


This species, which shows a special predilection for brackish 
water, occurs in suitable localities round the Indian coast from 
Burma to Bombay. It has also been recorded from Singapore, 
Queensland, New Guinea and New Caledonia. 


Clibanarius longitarsis, de Haan.” 


Alcock, p. 158. 
Station 142, 8968/10. In Purpura shells. Two specimens, 
male and female, the latter which is slightly larger with the 
carapace II mm. long. 


| An explanation of the station numbers will be given in a subsequent paper 
dealing in a general manner with the results of our survey of the Lake. (N. A.) 

21 take this species as characterized by de Man in his account of the 
Crustacea collected by Dr. Brock in the Malay Archipelago (Archiv. f. Nat. 
LIII, p. 441, 1887). 


26 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor XI, 


This record is interesting as it tends to show that the species, 
which was previously known only from the southern part of the 
east coast so far as India is concerned, probably occurs in suitable 
localities all along this coast. It is the commonest brackish-water 
pagurid on the Coromandel coast. 

C. longitarsis has been found in various localities from Fast 


Africa to Japan. 
Clibanarius olivaceus, n. sp. 


Station 22, 8698/10. Two males and two females. Also 
8710/10,a male, and 8708/10 a very young specimen in a frag- 
mentary condition which probably belongs to the present species. 


2 I 8 


_ Clibanarius olivaceus, n. sp.: 1. anterior part of carapace, eyestalks, etc. 
on above ; 2. left cheliped from above; 3. last four segments of second leg from 
above. 


Station 142, 8967/To. A female with the carapace 9 mm. long. 

Some small individuals of this species were taken by Dr. 
Annandale near the mouth of the Adyar River, Madras, in 
October I9T3. 


Carapace with the usual tufts of setae, which are most nu- 
merous towards the sides and immediately behind the cervical 
groove. Rostrum moderately prominent, reaching a little beyond 
the antennal angles of the carapace. 


I9g15.| J. R. HENDERSON: Hermit-Crabs from Chilka Lake. 27 


Eyestalks distinctly longer than the anterior border of the 
carapace and almost as long as the antennular peduncles; the 
eye occupies about one-tenth of the length of the stalk. Oph- 
thalmic scales with the outer edge setose and faintly spinose. 

Antennal acicle setose and slightly spinose, the proximal 
spinule being most prominent, scarcely reaching the terminal 
joint of the peduncle; flagellum about one and a half times as - 
long as the carapace. 

Chelipeds subequal and similar; merus with the upper 
margin obscurely serrulate and two spinules at the distal end of the 
outer lower margin; carpus with a distinct spinule at the distal 
end of the upper margin and two or three smaller spinules further 
back on the margin; hand only slightly roughened and compara- 
tively free of setae, with no spines anywhere on its palmar 
surface ; fingers rougher and more setose than the palm, the projec- 
tions almost becoming spinose towards the finger-tips, when closed 
exhibiting an intervening hiatus. The length of the hand, includ- 
ing the fingers, is about twice its breadth. 

The second and third legs exceed the chelipeds on both sides 
by the length of the dactyli and nearly half the propodi; a 
spinule is present at the lower distal end of the merus and 
another at the upper distal end of the carpus in both pairs of 
legs. The dactylus of the third leg is about one-fourth longer 
than the corresponding propodus; the dactylus of the second leg 
while shorter is still distinctly longer than its propodus. 

The colour of spirit specimens is yellowish, with the chelipeds 
and second and third pairs of legs olive green. The only distinct 
bands of colour are three pale red lines, on the inner upper and 
outer surfaces of the eyestalks, though in the specimen from sta- 
tion 142 the upper line is obsolescent. The meral and carpal joints 
of the second and third legs, particularly the former, show a faint 
bluish green colour near the upper posterior surface and a reddish 
brown tinge near the lower margin, but these colours are not 
sufficiently circumscribed to constitute bands. ‘The dactyli of the 
second and third legs are buff-coloured. 

Length of carapace (in a male) 12 mm., breadth of anterior 
border of the carapace 4mm., length of eyestalk 5°5 mm.,length of 
dactylus of second left leg 9°5 mm., length of propodus of second 
left leg 75 mm. The left eyestalk of the type specimen is shorter 
than the right and is evidently in process of regeneration. 

This species is closely related to C. padavensis, de Man, and 
C. longitarsis (de Haan), both of which commonly occur in brack- 
ish water inIndia. It agrees with them in the long dactyli of the 
second and third legs, and in the long eyestalks, which are longer 
than the anterior border of the carapace, but is readily distin- 
guished from both by its colouration. 

In C. padavensis', there are very distinct deep red or 


+ My remarks on C. padavensts, in the Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, LXV, 
pt. 1, p. 520, 1896, were made in error and really apply to C. longitarsts, 


28 Records of the Indian Museum. [Von. XI, 


crimson lines on the second and third legs, eyestalks and cheli- 
peds. In C. longitarsis, a pale blue band bordered above and 
below by red brown occurs on the joints of the second and third 
legs, being best marked on the propodi, and there are no colour 
lines on the eyestalks or chelipeds These distinctive marks are 
present at all stages of growth, and I am of opinion that colour 
is a fairly reliable character in separating the species of Clibana- 
viUs. 

In addition to the colour differences, the hand of C. olivaceus 
is much smoother and less hirsute on the upper surface, while the 
inner margin is devoid of the spinules which occur in the two 


other species. 
Clibanarius sp. 


Station 82, 8709/10. Five very small individuals which are 
too young to identify satisfactorily. They perhaps belong to the 
last species. 

Diogenes miles (Herbst). 


Alcock, p. 67, pl. vi, fig. 5. 

Ganjam Coast outside the southern part of the Chilka Lake, 
in a Voluta shell, 8706/10. A female with ova in which the 
carapace measures I5 mm. in length. 

This species, which is common on the east coast of India, 
but so far as I know does not affect brackish water, has a charac- 
teristically flattened carapace, and the hand of the left or larger 
cheliped can be bent almost at right angles to the wrist, the result 
of living in shells with a long narrow aperture. 


Diogenes avarus, Heller. 


Alcock, p. 68, pl. vi, fig. 6. 

Station 71, 8703/10. Three small specimens. 

Station 91, 8764/10. Eleven small specimens, including 
several females with ova in which the carapace measures less 
than 5 mm. in length Also 8707/10; two small specimens. 

Station 93, 8701/10. Seven small specimens, one of which, 
a female with ova, has the carapace 5 mm. long. 

Station 94, 8702/10. ‘Two minute specimens. 


This small species is common in the South Indian back- 
waters, but also occurs in the sea, both between tidemarks in 
places such as the shores of the Gulf of Manar where the surf is 
not excessive, and in shallow water. As was first pointed out by 
de Man the lengthening of the carpus and band of the larger 
cheliped, which is so characteristic a feature of adult males, is 
much less marked in females and young males. Some individuals 
appear to attain maturity while of small size; in the present 
collection there are several females with ova in which the cara- 
pace measures 5 mm. in length or even less, while individuals 
from other localities are found at least double this size. 


I9g15.] J. R. HENDERSON: Hermit-Crabs from Chilka Lake. 29 


Ceenobita rugosus, Milne-Edwards. 
Alcock, p. 143, pl. xiv, fig. 3. 

Station 107, 8966/10. A small specimen in a Natica shell. 

Station 123, 8965/10. A small specimen. 

These specimens, which are evidently immature, as the 
carapace of the larger one measures only 10 mm. in length, 
appear to belong to this common Indo-Pacific species. They 
possess a stridulating organ composed of an oblique row of elon- 
gated parallel teeth, on the outer surface of the left palm, and 
the outer surface of the propodite of the third left leg is sepa- 
rated from the anterior surface by a distinct ridge. 


Coenobita cavipes, Stimpson. 


Alcock, p. 146, pl. xiv, fig. 1. 
= C. violascens, Heller, and C. compressus, Ortmann. 
Station 79, 8699/10. Three young specimens. 
Station 82, 8695/10. A number of young specimens, the 
largest of which is.a female with the carapace 14 mm. long. 
Station 95, 8697/10. A half-grown male. 


The lower part of the outer surface of the left palm is 
smooth, and as pointed out by Stimpson is mahogany coloured. 

This species is very common in the neighbourhood of the 
backwaters along the east coast of India, and is frequently 
found at some distance from the water. It is most active at 
night. 


LOE Mer ks ON- some SOUTH INDIAN 
BATRA: CHE A, . 


By C. R. NARAYAN RAO, Central College, Bangalore. 


I. The Larvae of Microhyla rubra and Rana breviceps. 


These tadpoles have been described by Mr. H. S. Ferguson, 
F.L,.S., late Director of the Trevandrum Museum, in his paper on 
‘“A List of Travancore Batrachians,’’ published in the Journal 
of the Bombay Natural History Society (Vol. XV, p. 499). I am 
of opinion that Mr. Ferguson has mixed up the larvae of M. rubra 
with those of the allied species M. ornata, and there is considerable 
difference between his account of the tadpoles of R. breviceps and 
the specimens I have collected. These facts sufficiently justify 
the publication of the following notes, in which I purpose to des- 
cribe the specimens in full and at the end indicate the chief points 
wherein I differ. I might add here that examples of all these 
larvae have been sent to Dr. N. Annandale whom I have to thank 
for examining them. 


Larva of M. rubra. 


H. S. Ferguson, /.B.N.H.S.; Vol. XV, 1904, p.506; Boulen- 
ger, Fauna, p. 491. 


Towards the middle of July,a few specimens of this tadpole 
were obtained at Bangalore from a pond in which rain water had 
collected. Other tadpoles found in their company were those of 
M. ornata, R. breviceps and Rhacophorus maculatus. ‘The tadpoles 
were allowed to complete their metamorphosis in the college 
aquarium. ‘They may be described as follows :— 

The head and body.—Head depressed and almost flat, snout 
broadly rounded but not squarish. Both dorsal and ventral sur- 
faces of trunk flat. In horizontal section, the body is nearly 
elliptical. Skin smooth. 

Eye and nostril.—Nostrils nearer to the snout than the eyes, 
and are dorsal. ‘The inter-orbital space nearly six times the inter- 
nasal. Eyes lateral, visible from below and by no means promi- 
nent. Pupil round. (It is vertical in the adult). 

Mouth.—Very small, nearly terminal or dorsal: broadly 
triangular or nearly oval. Upper lip better developed, with a 
horny edge. Beaks, horny teeth and papillae absent. 

Sensory glands and pits.—A conspicuous white glandular area, 
somewhat dome-shaped, just behind the mouth or between the 
nostrils. A number of sensory pits round the mouth, especially 


32 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL alg 


about the corners. A fine white glandular streak from nostrils 
to the outer angle of the eyes, extending along the sides of the 
body. Ina few specimens a similar dorso-median streak is occa- 
sionally present. 

Spiracle.—Situated in the midventral line, large and broadly 
‘““A’’-shaped, opening directed backwards and is far from the 
snout. Behind, another pore involved in the lower caudal crest 
is present, marked abdominal pore in figure B. There is reason 
to suppose this to represent a secondary spiracle. Water comes 
out in two streams as may be experimented with carmine solution. 

Vent.—Slightly sinistral, inconspicuous, covered over by the 
lower tail lobe. 

Tail.—Muscular portion thick at the root and ends in a very 


lic. 1—Tadpoles of Microhyla rubra. 
A. Dorsal view. B. Ventral view. 


fine flagellum. At the greatest width, ie. between the thighs, 
the ventral crest is more than four times the upper membrane. 
‘ The former begins behind the spiracle and surrounds the second 
pore. The lobes are delicate and transparent. 

Colour.—live specimens are olive above, beautifully mar- 
bled. Spirit specimens do not, however, show this delicate 
scheme of colour. Following the glandular line of the head and 
body, is a dark band which throws it in relief. Limbs barred. A 
brown band across the thighs. Abdomen immaculate, occasionally 
the throat is bronzed. 

Dimensions.—The following are the average measurements 
of four tadpoles with well-developed hind limbs :— 


1915.| C. R. NARAYAN RAO: Some South Indian Batracha. 33 


Total length of ah 40 mm. 
Length of head and body 23 ae Sy Raita: 
Maximum width of body hv: ici, Oy Mim 
Do. depth do. bys sae te ify WELIaL 
Do. do. tail a S455, Or 1liii: 


Biological.—The period occupied by development in the 
aquarium is roughly twenty days, and it must also represent the 
time taken in nature. Mucrohyla like the other genera of the 
family Engystomatidae spawns in localities which dry up very 
soon, and the tadpoles are also otherwise exposed to attacks by 
ducks and geese. Rapid metamorphosis is apparently a provi- 
sion, in the case of these thoroughly terrestrial forms, for the 
preservation of the species. 

The larvae float on the surface and the highly contractile 
mouth is a character which they share in common with the other 
species, M. ornata, noticed by Capt. S. S. Flower and Mr. Fer- 
guson. The food of the tadpoles consists of small micro-organisms 
such as water fleas, Infusoria and Rotifers. The fine flagellum at 
the end of the tail is kept lashing the water. Assoon as the fore- 
limbs develop, the larvae leave the water and squat on the stones 
in the aquarium, and if these are removed they easily perish. 
The metatarsal tubercles are well-developed and the baby frogs 
with short stumpy tails use them in burrowing. The web which 
completely invests the toes in the larval stage atrophies when the 
tadpoles leave the water. 


Points of Difference. 


I shall next proceed to enumerate briefly the points in which 
I differ from Mr. Ferguson. 
(1) He remarks that the nostrils are nearer the eye than the 
end of snout. 
I make out in my specimens that the converse is true; 
the distance between the eye and the nostril is at least 
I} mm. greater than that between the nostrils and snout. 


(2) The spiraculum is described by him as being directed 
downwards and backwards. 

I notice that the spiracle is directed downwards and back- 
wards in the larvae of M. ornata in which the abdomen 
is laterally compressed; while in M. rubra, the body 
being dorso-ventrally depressed, the spiraculum opens 
backwards as a rule. 


(3) Again Mr. Ferguson observes that the spiraculum is close 
to the anus which also opens in middle line in the lower edge of 
the subcaudal crest. 

It is obvious that he mistakes the abdominal pore for the 
anus which for anatomical reasons cannot occupy that 
position. The anus, however, is normal in position be- 
tween the hind legs and is slightly sinistral. 


34 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoLo zal 


(4) In describing the colour, Mr. Ferguson observes that in 
life the body is almost transparent. 
I am perfectly certain that the tadpoles of M. rubra are 
opaque while the transparent character of the larvae of 
M. ornata is noticed by Capt. S. S. Flower and Mr. 
A. L,. Butler. 


(5) Further down Mr. Ferguson notices that the dark marks 
form a more or less diamond-shaped figure on the back. 

This is again a feature characteristic of the tadpoles of M. 
ornata and not met with in the allied form, viz. M. rubra. In 
the former species, if we follow the progress of metamorphosis, we 
may notice the diamond-shaped figure developing in the adult 
into ‘‘a large dark marking on the back, beginning between the 
eyes and widening as it extends to the hind part of the body.” 
Boulenger (Fauna, p. 412). 


Habits of the Adult. 


This frog does not appear to extend into the Malay Peninsula 
as may be judged from Mr. A. L. Butler’s account of the batrachi- 
ans of that region (J.B.N.H.S., Vol. XV, p. 387), nor does it 
occur in such abundance as the other little frog M. ornata. It is 
a deep digger as is evidenced by the presence of two powerfully 
developed metatarsal tubercles, and I have myself obtained speci- 
mens nearly two feet from the surface. The frog does not come 
out of the burrow during the hot weather and only a very heavy 
shower of rain, an inch and a half or two, can induce it to leave 
its hiding place. During the breeding season which in Madras 
comes off between November and January, and in Bangalore be- 
tween June and September, the batrachian generally remains on 
the surface hiding by day under stones, flower pots or in hedges 
and coming out to feed or spawn by night. ‘The frogs are very 
good jumpers, but if kept long in water show signs of distress. 
They feed voraciously on young termites and can stand captivity 
well. The call notes resembie the shrill chirping of a tree cricket 
from which they however differ in being an interrupted cry. It is 
by no means difficult to distinguish the cry of this species in the 
general babel of amphibian voices that ensue a heavy shower of rain 
in the night. 


Larva of R. breviceps. 


HW. S. Ferguson, J.B.N.H.S., Vol. XV, 1904, p. 502; Boulen- 
ger, Fauna, p. 451. 


These tadpoles were taken in conjunction with the larvae of 
M. rubya and were reared in the college aquarium. They differ 
from Mr. Ferguson’s account in so many particulars that I have 
no doubt that he is describing some other species. My specimens 
may be described thus :— 

The head and body.—-Body short and oval. Dorsal and vent- 
ral surfaces moderately flat or slightly arched.’ Snout obtuse or 


I9I5.] C. R. NARAYAN Rao: Some South Indian Batrachia. 35 


rounded. length of body about one and a half times the breadth. 
Mouth ventral. 

Nostril and eye.—Small, not prominent, nostrils dorsal, 
nearer to eyes than to mouth. The inter-orbital space is slightly 
more than twice the distance between the nostrils. yes dorso- 
lateral. 

Mouth.—Ventral, small. Lower lip better developed and 
directed forwards. Both lips are bare of papillae, which, how- 
ever, are large and are aggregated in two or three rows in the 
corners of the mouth. Occasionally in a few cases a small ovoid 
gland may be present in the same region. Beaks horny and not 
powerful; both finely serrated ; lower jaw broadly V-shaped and 
the upper crescentic. Dental formula, 1: 1/3. 

Sensory pits and glands.—Occur generally scattered on the 
head. A fine row of whitish glands from the eyes to the tympanum. 
A dorso-median streak sometimes found. 

Spivacle.—Tubular, sinistral, pointing upwards and _ slightly 
backwards ; a fairly circular opening ; somewhat low on the side, 
nearer to eye than to root of tail. 

-Vent.—Also sinistral, a fairly prominent tube. 

Tail.—Tip not pointed ; dorsallobe beginning much behind the 
root of legs, is strongly arched. ‘The ventral poorly developed, 
the outer margin of which is almost parallel to the long axis of 
the muscular portion. The greatest depth of tail is > of the 
total length, and at this part the lower membrane is only 4 of 
the upper. Muscular portion strongly developed. 

Skin and colouvation.—Skin either granular or warty with 
strongly developed tubercles. Dorsal surface deep grey with 
broadly V-shaped dark mark between the eyes, and M-shaped, 
sometimes broken, marks on the back. Ventral surface whitish 
and sides finely dotted in a few specimens. ‘The muscular portion 
and lobes and tail deeply blotched. Limbs barred. 

Limbs.—Short, toes poorly webbed at the base. ~ The meta- 
tarsal tubercle well-developed, about the size of the first toe. 
Subarticular tubercles well formed. 

Dimensions.—A fully grown tadpole measures as follows :— 


Total length e: a L. .50°mm. 
Leneth-of body. .. oy + 2 Gag: 
i ,, tail Ry x Pom hes (oyeaetiae 
Maximum breadth of body .. a igheccboae 
5 vo =) 3),81 ae ae 3¢: 14 SGstam: 

ais a 4). tad : Se mae eb any 


Biological.—The time occupied by the development of this frog 
is almost the same as that taken by the other burrowing types, 
viz. 18 to 20 days. I have noticed that these larvae remain at 
the bottom of the aquarium, occasionally coming to the surface to 
breathe air. When disturbed, they would move on their legs, 
rather than swim. ‘They were fed on weeds and also on dead tad- 
poles. Foul water is death to them. Like the larvae of other 


36 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL: XI, 


Engystomatidae, they leave the water as soon as the front limbs 
sprout. 
Points of Difference. 

The particulars in which the above description differs from 
Mr. Ferguson’s may be briefly indicated below. 

(1) He states at page 502 of the journal cited above, that the 
length of the body is one and three quarters its breadth 

I have measured ten full-grown specimens and I find the 
average ratio of length to breadth is as 15 : 10 mm, 
in other words the length is one and a half times the 
breadth. 

(2) Further he describes that the distance between the eyes is 
one and a quarter that between the nostrils and is equal to the 
width of the mouth. 

In measuring the same ten specimens, I find that the inter- 
orbital space is more than twice the internasal, and is one 
and two-thirds of the width of the mouth. 


Fic. 2..-Tadpoles of Rana breviceps. 
A. Lateral view. B. mouth. 


(3) Mr. Ferguson states in regard to the spiraculum that it 
is visible above and below. 
In all my specimens the spiracle is so low on the side that it 
is visible from neither view. ‘ 


(4) He makes out that the anal opening is on the middle line. 
All the adult tadpoles in my collection possess a sinistral 
vent. 
(5) The tail is described in the Travancore specimens as being 
acutely pointed. 


Almost all the specimens in my collection show a rounded 
tip. 

(6) In the description of mouth parts, Mr. Ferguson states 
that the upper mandible has a blunt tooth-like prominence and 
that the outermost row of teeth on the lower lip is less than half 
the length of the middle row which again is shorter than the 
upper. 

The prominence spoken of, perhaps such as is met with in 
the larva of R. tigrina, is not discoverable and as regards 


1g15.] C. R. NARAYAN Rao: Some South Indian Batrachia. 37 


the rows of horny teeth, the first two rows are nearly 
equal, while the third is only slightly shorter than either 
the first or the second. 


(7) The total length of Mr. Ferguson’s specimens is 41 mm. 


The maximum length of my specimens exceeds this by at 
least 9 mm. 


Habits of the Adult. 


The adult frog is thoroughly terrestrial and the burrowing 
habits have produced an external appearance not unlike that of 
Cacopus systoma: a rounded snout, small mouth, a stout body, 
short hind limbs, a powerful metatarsal tubercle and very slight 
web. It leads a solitary life and congregates only during the 
pairing season. A light vertebral line is present in most specimens 
and its occurrence is purely arbitrary. It is not one of the 
concert-giving frogs like R. cyanopilyctis and the call notes may 
be expressed by the short syllables ‘‘ Rut-Rut-Rut,” uttered in 
quick succession. The batrachian is entirely nocturnal in its 
habits and young frogs stand captivity much better than adult 
examples. 


II. 't The Distribution and Habits of Bufo fergusoni. 


This little toad has been described by Dr. G. A. Boulenger, 
CieEANcHS. Vol VEL; Dp. 317). 

In the article quoted above (viz. ‘‘A list of Travancore 
Batrachians’’), Mr. Ferguson makes the following remark in the 
opening lines: ‘‘ There have been so far thirty-four species of 
Batrachians described as occurring in Travancore, three of which 
have not been found elsewhere as yet They are Rana aurantiaca, 
Ixalus travancoricus and Bufo ferguson:”’ (J.B N.H.S., Vol. XV, - 
1904, Pp. 499). 

I have no doubt that this species of Bufo enjoys a much 
wider distribution. In 1903, two specimens were taken in the 
compound of the then residence of Dr. William Miller in Nungam- 
bakam, Madras; one of which was sent to Dr. G. A. Boulenger, who 
in acknowledging receipt of the toad, mentions that it is also 
known from Ceylon. Since then specimens have been obtained 
from S. Malabar and the outlying districts of Mysore. It is pos- 
sible that the little toad may be found in North India, though, 
however, its occurrence is not yet reported.! 

The following is a short account of the observations made on 
the habits of this animal. It is entirely nocturnal and does not 
_ appear to occur in any large numbers and is certainly one of the 
rare toads. When given loose earth, it burrows with great ease. 
It feeds almost exclusively on termites. It does not touch 
black ants, smaller beetles and earthworms which form the staple 


1 { think that this toad is replaced in Northern India by Bb. stomaticus, 
Luitken.—J. A. 


38 Records of the Indian Museum. |VouL. XI, 1915.] 


food of the bigger toads like B. melanostictus. Walking is the nor- 
mal mode of progression and it can also run, especially if quarry 
is sighted at a distance. When the animal walks, the body is 
lifted from the ground, but is still underhung from the limbs, 
and the movement has all the awkwardness of a Calotes, which 
arises from the inequalities of the limbs. In trying to take a 
wider range of view of the surroundings, the body is supported on 
the four legs and the animal may move in that condition some- 
what mammal-wise. In running the head is kept low. When left 
on the table it gently crawls round the edge (body almost 
touching the surface) measuring the height, and prefers to remain 
quiet in the centre to performing the heroic feat of jumping off. 
Even if pressed under the arm pit, it does not utter the plaintive 
metallic cry characteristic of the common toad. When held, it 
does not struggle to escape, but will remain quiet and even pick 
up white ants from off one’s hand. If thrown in water, especially 
if it is deep, it darts here and there and then is easily drowned if 
not rescued in time. 


IV. SOME ORIENTAL SAWEFLIES IN THE 
INDIAN MUSEUM. 


By §. A. Rouwer, Bureau of Entomology, United States 
Depariment of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 


In the fall of 1912 the writer received, on his request, the 
unnamed sawflies of the Indian Museum for study. This collection 
contained some new species and genera and certain species previ- 
ously described. A report of the named species and descriptions 
of the new species and genera will be found on the following pages. 
With permission of the authorities of the Indian Museum certain 
duplicates were retained; these have been placed in the collections 
of the United States National Museum. ‘Thanks are due the 
authorities of the Indian Museum for the privilege of studying this 
collection, for their generosity in giving duplicates, and for the 
extending of the original time limit. 


Superfamily STRICOIDEA. 
Genus Sirex, Linnaeus. 
Sirex imperialis, Kirby. 


One male from Shillong, Assam (La Touche). 

This male has the apical margins of the tergites rufous and 
the wings more yellowish than the description of the female indi- 
cates. 


Genus Xiphydria, Latreille. 
Xiphydria orientalis, Westwood. 


One female from Kurseong, East Himalayas, collected May 
21-29, 1906, at an altitude of 5,000 feet (NV. A.). 

This specimen differs from the original description in the 
antefurcal second recurrent vein, but is no doubt Westwood’s spe- 
cies. The mandibles are quadridentate ; the head around the 
ocelli is striato-punctate. 


Superfamily TENTHREDINOIDEA. 
Family CIMBICIDAE. 
Genus Abia, Leach. 
Abia melanoceros, Cameron. 


One male from Khasi Hills, Assam. 


40 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor ae: 


Family ARGIDAE. 
Genus Cibdela, Konow. 
Cibdela janthina (Klug) 


One male from Sadiya, Assam. 


Genus Athermantus, Kirby. 


In 1882 (List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 54) Kirby characterized 
his genus Athermantus for Hylotoma imperialis,Smith. Kirby’s — 
description is brief and the figure is in part incorrect, so this genus 
has not been well understood. Konow in his table in the Genera 
Insectorum (fasc. 29, 1905, p.13) separates Kirby’s genus from the 
other Argini without a superapical spur on the hind tibiae, by the 
compressed hind tibiae. In his table of the genera of Argidae in 
Zeit. Hym. Dipt., vol. 7, 1907, p. 185, Konow abandons the 
character of compressed hind tibiae and separates Athermantus 
from the other genera on venational characters. Due to the in- 
accuracy of the artist and the probability that Konow had never 
seen a specimen of Athermantus, this separation cannot be used. 
Mr. Meade-Waldo has kindly examined the type of Athermantus 
imperialis (Smith) and from his notes and the descriptions there 
can be no doubt that the specimen before me is correctly deter- 
mined. ‘The following descriptive notes are given to more properly 
establish the identity of this genus :— 


Closely allied to Cibdela, Konow, but may be separated from 
that genus by the following comparison :— 


ATHERMANTUS, Kirby. 


Facial quadrangle much broad- 
er than the length of the 
eye. 


Posterior orbits much broader 
than the cephalo-caudad 
diameter of the eye. 

Malar space longer than the 
length of pedicellum. 

Postocellar area well defined. 

Lateral ocelli behind the supra- 
orbital line. 


Propodeum without a median 
furrow. 
Posterior tibize compressed. 


CIBDELA, Konow. 


Facial quadrangle with its 
width subequal or but little 
greater than the length of 
the eye. 

Posterior orbits much narrower 
than the cephalo-caudad dia- 
meter of the eye. 

Malar space narrower than the 
length of pedicellum. 

Postocellar area obsolete. 

Lateral ocelli with their ante- 
rior margins on the supra- 
orbital line. 

Propodeum with a faint me- 
dian furrow. 

Posterior tibize not compressed. 


In Konow’s table in Zeit. Hym. Dipt., vol. 7, 1907, p. 185, 
this should fallnext to Cibdela, but would be separated by the above 


comparison. 


‘IQI5.| A. ROHWER: Oriental Savwflies. AI 


Athermantus imperialis (Smith). 


One female from Kurseong, East Himalayas, collected August 
6,1909, at an altitude of 6,000 feet (EF. D’ Abreu). Indian Museum 
Ole 


Genus Arge, Schrank. 
Arge fumipennis (Smith). 
Two females from Almora, Kumaon, collected September 
3-12, Igir, at an altitude of 5,500 feet (C. Paiva). 
Arge luteiventris (Cameron). 


Fourteen specimens, males and females, from _ Shillong, 
Assam (La Touche). 


Arge xanthogastra (Cameron). 


Two specimens from Almora, Kumaon, collected June 27, 1911 
at an altitude of 5,500 feet (C. Pazva). 


> 


Arge albocincta (Cameron). 


Hylotoma albocincta, Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1876, 

P.459. 

It may be advisable to make a new genus for this character- 
istic species which has the large eyes almost touching the base of 
the mandibles, but until more material has been studied the 
author feels loath to propose such a genus. The following char- 
acters apply to the specimen at hand: Emargination of the cly- 
peus sub-V-ed ; supraclypeal fovecze deep, elongate ; frontal basin 
well defined, two and one-third times as long as its dorsal width ; 
a shallow depression in front of the anterior ocellus ; postocellar 
furrow angulate anteriorly ; postocellar area not defined laterally ; 
head and thorax shining, with sparse, fine punctures ; basal vein 
almost the length of the intracostal vein basad of cubitus ; second 
cubital cell parallel-sided, about three times as long as apical 
width ; apical abdominal segment with dense white hair. 

One female, Shillong, Assam (La Touche) in the Indian 


4709 


Museum Collection No.*¢3°. 


Genus Pampsilota, Konow. 
Pampsilota sinensis (Kirby). 


Hylotoma microcephala, Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1876, 

p. 460. (nec Vollenhoven). 

Hylotoma sinensis, Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. I, 1882, 

P2725 plies) fis-2. 

Eight specimens, males and females, from Assam (Sadiya, 5 
specimens, ‘‘ Sibs”’ (Sibsagar) N.E. Assam I specimen, and 2 with- 
out definite locality) forwarded by the Indian Museum, agree 
well with Cameron’s and Kirby’s accounts. They belong to the 


42 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vor. AE 


genus Pampsilota which easily explains Kirby’s inability to detect 
superapical spurs. 


Pampsilota nigriceps, sp. n. 


This species is probably more closely allied to sinensis (Kirby ) 
than any other described species of this genus, but it may be 
differentiated from Kirby’s species by the black legs and black 
tergites. 

Female.—Length 11 mm. Anterior margin of the clypeus 
very slightly incurved ; supraclypeal area black ; frontal fovea 
open below, extending parallel until it reaches the anterior margin 
of the anterior ocellus, with an accentuated triangular-shaped 
depression opposite the upper margin of the antennae; postocellar 
line distinctly shorter than the ocellocular line; postocellar furrow 
well defined, about the width of the posterior ocellus behind the 
posterior ocelli ; postocellar area strongly convex, slightly parted 
by a median furrow; antennae typical for the genus, extending 
to the posterior margin of the scutellum. Rufo-ferrugineous; head 
except the palpi black ; scutellum, metanotum, tergites except 
the lateral margin and the apical portion of the posterior ones, 
the sheath above, mesosternum and legs black; the anterior legs 
beneath are piceous ; wings dusky hyaline, venation black. 

Male.—Length 8 mm. What appears to be the male of this 
species has the frontal fovea closed below and differs in colour in 
having the scutum and the basal portion of the prescutum black, 
and in the piceous stigma and paler wings. 

India. Described from two females, one type, and one male, 
allotype: the type female from Mungphu, Sikkim ; the paratype 
female from Sikkim, May 1912 ; the allotype from Sadon, Upper 
Burma, collected at an Alfeude of 7,000 feet, April, 19o1r (£. 
Colenso). 

Type and allotype in Indian Museum, type No. *%**, allotype 


1760 
ar 


Pavatype—(Female) Type Cat. No. 18530, U.S.N.M. 


Family THNTHREDINIDAE. 
Genus Xenapates, Kirby. 
Xenapates incerta (Cameron). 


Two females from Sikkim, East Himalayas, collected May, 
1912. One female from Ghumti, Darjiling district, East Himalayas, 
collected July, 1911, at a calculated altitude of 4,000 feet, by 
F. H. Gravely. One male from Kurseong, East Himalayas, 
collected June 29, IgI0, at an altitude between 4,000 and 8,000 feet 
(N. Annandale). One female from Sadiya, Assam. 


Monostegidea, gen. n. 


This genus belongs to the tribe Allantini where it is related 
to Monostegia, Costa “and Monsoma, MacGillivray. It may be 


IQI5.| A. ROHWER: Oriental Sawfites. 43 


separated from both of these by having the antennae long and 
slender and the third and fourth joints subequal. 

Malar space distinct ; clypeus arcuately emarginate (the depth 
of the emargination varies considerably) ; antennal furrows com- 
plete but not strong ; orbitai carina obsolete ; posterior orbits 
narrower than or subequal with cephalo-caudad diameter of the 
eye ; antennae long and slender, pedicellum wider than long, third 
and fourth joints subequal; head and thorax shining, almost 
impunctate ; tarsal claws cleft, inner tooth shorter ; first trans- 
verse cubitus present ; nervulus its length from the basal ; hind 
wings with one discal cell, nervellus at right angles with the anal 
vein ; apical joints of the hind tarsi shorter than the two prece- 
ding. 

Type.—Poectlosoma mgriceps, Cameron. 


Monostegidea nigriceps (Cameron) Rohwer. 


Poecilosoma mgriceps, Cameron, Jn. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. 
TY, 1902) p.442: 
This species is represented in material received from the 
Indian Museum from the following localities :— 


Darjiling, altitude 7,000 feet. Two males collected by C. 
Paiva. Kurseong, altitude 5,000 feet. Two females and three 
males ; collector not given. 

Siliguri, base of the East Himalayas. Three females collected 
by Museum collector. 

Ghumti, altitude 4,000 feet. One female collected by F H. 
Gravely. 


Monostegidea leucomelaena, sp. n. 


This resembles to some extent Zaxonus fulvipes as described 
by Cameron, but itis not in agreement with Cameron’s description 
in many characters. It can readily be separated by the pale spot 
on the scutellum. 

Female.—Length 6mm. Anterior margin of the clypeus deeply, 
narrowly, arcuately emarginate, the lobes broad, obtusely rounded 
apically ; supraclypeal area rectangular in outline, strongly con- 
vex; supraclypeal foveae greatly reduced, below the ontennal 
fovea ; middle fovea crescent-shaped ; antennal furrows uninter- 
rupted, not complete dorsally ; no depression in front of the anterior 
ocellus ; postocellar furrows distinctly defined, angulate anteriorly ; 
postocellar line less than one half as long as the ocellocular line, 
shorter than the ocelloccipital line ; third, fourth and fifth anten- 
nal ioints subequal ; stigma gently rounded on the lower margin ; 
transverse radius joining the radius slightly beyond the middle of 
the third cubital cell ; sheath straight above, obtuse at apex and 
obliquely rounded below. Black with white markings ; head 
black ; mouth parts except the apices of the mandibles, face 
below the antennae, inner orbits to the top of the eye, posterior 
orbits to above the upper margin of the eye, white ; pronotum 


44 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


black ; tegulae white ; mesoscutum black ; scutellum black with 
a small white spot anteriorly; mesepisternum white except along 
the dorsal margin ; entire ventral part of the insect white ; abdo- 
men black above, except the narrow lateral margin of the 
segments ; venter white ; legs yellowish ; white posterior tarsi 
dusky ; antennae black; wings hyaline, iridescent; venation 
dark brown, stigma pale brown, paler at base. 

Male.—Length 5 mm. Agrees with female except in the 
sexual characters. 

Darjiling, East Himalayas. Described from one female and six 
males collected at an altitude of 7,000 feet, May 25-29 (E. Brunettt). 

Type, allotype and paratype in the Indian Museum. Type 
No. *%5*; and allotype, No. *ts*. 
Paratype in U.S.N.M. 


7 


Genus Tenthredella, Rohwer. 
Tenthredella assamensis (Konow). 


One female from the Khasi Hills, Assam, which agrees very 
well with the original description. The basin is shallow, bounded 
by low rounded walls; clypeal lobes obtusely triangular; post- 
ocellar area slightly wider than long. 


Tenthredella carinifrons (Cameron). 


One female from Darjiling, collected May 28, Igto, at an 
altitude of 7,000 feet (E. Brunettt). 


Tenthredella segrega (Konow). 


Two females from Sikkim, Eastern Himalayas. 


Tenthredella turneri, Rohwer. 


One temale from Shillong, Assam. 


Tenthredella xanthoptera (Cameron). 


One female from Kurseong, East Himalayas, collected Sep- 
tember 7, 1909, at an altitude of 5,000 feet. 

This specimen, which agrees well with the original description, 
has the scutellum pyramidal; anterior ocellus in a well defined, 
shining basin which is deeper than the rest of the frontal basin ; 
labrum longer than wide, rounded apically; sheath subparallel- 
sided, with apex regularly rounded; mesepisternum strongly 
angulate below. 


Tenthredella annandalei, sp. n. 


This species may be readily separated from the other species 
of this group by the black posterior tibiae, the pale posterior 


1915. | A. ROHWER: Orvtevital Sawflies. 45 


femora, the pyramidal scutellum, and in having the postocellar area 
broader than long. 

Female.—Length 14 mm.; length of the antennae 10°5 mm. 
Iabrum broadly rounded, surface subopaque with a few large 
setigerous punctures; clypeus shining with a deep, narrow, 
arcuate emargination, the lobes broad, truncate; supraclypeal 
foveae deep, punctiform; supraclypeal area flat, slightly carinate 
dorsally ; head concave in tront; a deep longitudinal depression 
from the base of the antenna to the anterior ocellus, but below 
the anterior ocellus broadens into a diamond-shaped area which 
meets immediately behind the anterior ocellus; antennal furrows 
poorly defined; ocelli little less than an equilateral triangle: 
postocellar area sharply defined laterally, and defined anteriorly 
by shallow postocellar furrow, one-fifth longer than the latrad 
width; head shining, practically impunctate; antennae slender, 
the third and fourth joints subequal; thorax shining; scutellum 
pyramidal ; stigma long and narrow, tapering apically ; transverse 
radius strongly curved, received in the third cubital cell distinctly 
beyond the middle but not in the apical third; third cubital cell 
on the radius longer than the first and second; second recurrent 
vein strongly bullated, joining the cubitus a little less than the 
length of the curved second transverse cubitus beyond the base of 
the third cubital cell; spurs of the posterior tibiae of equal 
length, about half as long as the posterior basitarsus; sheath 
straight above, apex rounded, the lower margin convex. Rufo- 
ferrugineous with distinct, erect black hairs; clypeus, labrum, man- 
dibles except apices, inner orbits of the eyes and tegulae rufo-strami- 
neous; antennae black; scape stramineous beneath; apical three 
abdominal segments black; legs colour of the body except the 
posterior tibiae beyond the basal third and the posterior tarsi 
which are black; wings yellow hyaline, strongly dusky beyond the 
apex of the stigma; most of the venation colour of the wing but 
the median and basal veins black; stigma yellow. 

Kurseong, East Himalayas. Described from one female 
collected at an altitude between 4,500 and 5,000 feet, on June 
22, Ig10 by Dr. N. Annandale, after whom the species is named. 

Type.—Indian Museum No, *$3*. 


Genus Parastatis, Kirby. 


This is hardly more than a species group of Tenthredo, 
Linnaeus. 


Parastatis indica, Kirby. 
Four specimens from Sikkim. 


Genus Peus, Konow. 
Péus privus, Konow. 


One female from Kurseong, East Himalayas, collected August 
I4, 1909, at an altitude of 6,000 feet (D’ Abreu). 


46 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vou. XI, 


Genus Fethalia, Cameron. 


Konow in the Genera Insectorum, 1905, Fasc. 29, p. 132, 
places the genus Fethaila, Cameron, as a synonym of Tenthredo 
(Allantus), but a careful examination of Cameron’s description 
indicates that this genus is good and is more closely allied to the 
genera Péus, Konow, and Jermakia, Jakovlev. Cameronsays that 
there is no ‘‘blotch’’ on the abdomen. This is taken to mean 
that the first tergite is without a longitudinal furrow. The three 
genera of the Tenthredinini which do not have longitudinal 
furrows are Jermakia, Fethalia and Péus. Jermakia can be 
readily separated from Fethalia and Péus by the obsolete malar 
space. The only character in Cameron’s description which will 
separate Fethalia from Péus is the short antennae. Until examina- 
tion of Cameron’s type has been made these two genera had best 
be regarded as distinct. It may be, however, that they are not 
separable as the relative length of the antennae when taken alone 
can hardly be considered as a generic character in this group. 


Genus Pachyprotasis, Hartig. 
Pachyprotasis versicolor, Cameron. 


Three females and four males from Darjiling, East Himalayas, 
collected May 25, 1910, at an altitude of 7,000 feet (E. Brunetiz). 


Genus Athalia, Leach. 
Athalia infumata (Marlatt). 


One male from Bijrani, Naini-Tal District, base of West 
Himalayas, collected March I0, Igto. 


Athalia proxima (Klug). 


Six specimens from Calcutta; two from Shillong, Assam (La 
Touche); one from Mangaldai, Assam; two from Bangalore, 
South India; and one from Sonali, Purneah District, Behar. 


Genus Anapeptamena, Konow. 
Anapeptamena viridipes (Cameron). 


One female from Siliguri, base of East Himalayas, collected 
July 18-20, 1907. 

In the original description, fifth line from the bottom of page 
‘“second’’ should be changed to “‘ third’’, and in the fourth line 
from bottom of page ‘‘third’’ should be changed to ‘‘ second”’. 


Busarbidea, gen. n. 


Type.—Busarbidea himalaiensis, new species. 


Clypeus arcuately emarginate; malar space wanting ; inner 
margins of the eyes parallel; pentagonal area large, well defined 


1915. ] A. ROHWER: Oriental Sawfites. 47 


and with a transverse carina from its lateral margin to near inner 
margin of eye; posterior orbits rather narrow, with a strong, well 
defined carina: antennae slender, the third joint distinctly longer 
than the fourth; pedicellum subequal in length with the scape, 
much longer than wide; basal vein curved, joining the subcosta 
well basad to the origin of the cubitus, somewhat divergent with 
the first recurrent; nervulus at about middle of cell; costa 
enlarged apically; lanceolate cell with a nearly straight cross- 
vein; hind wings with two discal cells and a petiolate anal cell; 
claws cleft, inner tooth shorter; hind basitarsus subequal with 
following joints. 

This genus, which belongs to the Selandriinae, is very closely 
related to Anapeptamena, Konow, but may be distinguished by 
the presence of a cross-vein in the lanceolate cell. 


Busarbidea himalaiensis, sp.n. 


Female.---Length 5 mm. Anterior margin of the clypeus 
depressed, rather deeply arcuately emarginate, basal portion 
convex; supraclypeal area uniformly convex; supraclypeal foveae 
deep, punctiform; middle fovea nearly quadrate in outline, not 
sharply separated from the pentagonal area; pentagonal area 
broader on its ventral margin than the dorsad-ventrad length; 
from its dorsal margin is a short rather poorly defined carina 
which extends posteriorly one-third the length of the postocellar 
area ; postocellar area sharply defined laterally narrowing anteri- 
otly; posterior margin subequal with the median cephla-caudad 
length; postocellar line one-fifth shorter than the ocellocular line; 
antennae distinctly compressed beyond the fifth joint; fourth and 
fifth joints subequal; the third slightly longer than the fourth; 
head and thorax shining, impunctate; stigma evenly rounded 
below; second cubital cell shorter on both radius and cubitus 
than the third; transverse radius strongly curved, received at the 
apical third; third transverse cubitus twice as long as the second ; 
sheath robust, straight above, obtuse apically, oblique beneath. 
Black; clypeus, labrum, palpi, first two joints of the flagellum, 
tegulae, posterior angles of the pronotum, legs yellowish; wings 
hyaline, faintly dusky; venation dark brown; head and thorax 
with short black hair. 

Male—Length 4 mm. Differs from the description of the 
female in having the body markings piceous; hypopygidium trun- 
cate apically, the angles rounded. 

East Himalayas. Described from one female (type) collected 
at Siliguri, April 18-20, 1907, by a Museum collector, and from 
one male (allotype), and dne female (paratype) from Kurseong, at 


an altitude of 5,000 feet. 
Type and allotype in the Indian Museum. Type No. **s”, 


allotype 742+. 
Paratype in U.S.N.M. 


48 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Genus Aneugmenus, Hartig. 
Aneugmenus annandalei, sp. n. 


This species is related to the European morio but may be 
separated from it by head characters, judging from specimens of 
morto determined by Konow, now in the National Museum. 

Female.—Length 5 mm. Labrum truncate, convex; clypeus 
convex; anterior margin shallowly arcuately emarginate, its 
surface with scattered punctures; supraclypeal area low, flat; 
supraclypeal elongate, not connected with the antennal foveae ; 
middle fovea well defined, quadrate in outline; frontal foveae 
punctiform, deep, lower margin slightly below the line drawn 
tangent to the dorsal margin of the middle fovea; pentagonal 
area indicated by a U-shaped raised area the dorsal margin of which 
is inside of the lateral ocelli; posterior orbits and genae without 
carinae; postocellar area convex, poorly defined laterally by short 
furrows, not defined anteriorly: postocellar line subequal with the 
ocellocular line; pedicellum wider apically, longer than its apical 
width; third antennal joint little shorter than the fourth and 
fifth; head and thorax shining; nervulus less than its length from 
the end of the cell; first transverse cubitus obsolete; stigma 
broad, uniformly rounded beneath; transverse radius oblique, 
joining the radius at about the apical third or a little beyond that; 
third transverse cubitus about three times as long as second; 
lanceolate cell of the hind wings petiolate, petiole half as long as 
the nervellus; posterior basitarsus somewhat shorter than the 
following joints; claws cleft. Black; palpi and legs, except the 
infuscate apical joints of the tarsi, yellow; head and thorax with 
short gray hair; wings dusky hyaline; venation black, 

Male.—Length 355 mm. Differs from the female in having 
the bases of the coxae black. 

Bangalore, South India. Described from one female (type) 
and one male (allotype) collected at a calculated altitude of 3,000 
feet, October 15, 1910 by Dr. N. Annandale, after whom the species 
is named. 

Type.—-In the Indian Museum No. *73°. 

Allotype in U.S.N.M 


Genus Nesoselandria, Rohwer. 
Nesoselandria rufiventris, sp. n. 


Readily separated by the fulvous abdomen. 

Female.—Length 4 mm. Anterior margin of the clypeus 
truncate; supraclypeal areaconvex; supraclypeal foveae obsolete ; 
middle fovea transverse, well defined; lateral foveae punctiform 
with their lower margin tangent with the upper margin of the 
middle fovea; head above the antennae without transverse car- 
inae ; pentagonal area obsolete; postocellar area indicated ante- 
tiorly by punctiform foveae; ocelloccipital line distinctly longer 


19I5.] A. RoHWER: Ortental Sawflies. 49 


than the intraocellar line; postocellar line a trifle longer than the 
ocellocular line ; fourth antennal joint slightly longer than the fifth ; 
stigma gently rounded below, broader at the basal third; sheath 
subacuminate, narrow. Black; apical margin of the clypeus, 
legs and abdomen fulvous; wings dusky hyaline; venation dark 
brown; head and thorax with thin gray hairs. 

Male.—Length 3°75 mm. Differs from the above description 
of the temale in having the apical three abdominal segments black 
and having the clypeus entirely black ; hypopygidium nearly round- 
ed apically. 

India and Assam. Described from two females, one type, from 
Calcutta, collected November 22, 1907, and from one male col- 
lected at Mazbat, Mangaldai, Assam, January 8, rg11 (S. W. 
Kemp). One male from Margherita, Assam. 

Type and allotype in Indian Museum; type No. *is°; allotype 


Paratype.— Cat. No. 18910, U.S.N.M. 


Genus Neostromboceros, Rohwer. 
Neostromboceros coeruleiceps (Cameron). 


One female from the Assam-Bhutan Frontier, Mangaldai Dis- 
trict, N.E., collected December 26, rg10 (S. W. Kemp); two males 
from the same locality collected by the same collector January I-2, 
I9gi1; and two males from Sadiya, Assam. 


Neostromboceros similaris, sp.n. 


From frifoveatus, Cameron, to which this species runs in 
Enslin’s table, this species may be separated by the white 
labrum. 

Female.—Length 7 mm. Anterior margin of the labrum 
broadly rounded; anterior margin of the clypeus truncate; 
supraclypeal area rectangular in outline, flat; supraclypeal foveae 
connected with the antennal foveae; median fovea a U-shaped 
depression around a median tubercle, the ends of the U deeper; 
frontal foveae punctiform, their lower margins tangent to a line 
drawn through the median fovea; antennal furrow distinct above 
crest; postocellar area wider posteriorly, the anterior lateral part 
sharply defined, the posterior lateral part poorly defined; flagellum 
somewhat flattened; first transverse cubitus wanting; sheath 
truncate apically; inner tooth of claws smaller than outer. Blue- 
black; labrum, posterior margin of pronotum, tegulae and 
perapteron white; palpi whitish, infuscate; legs yellowish white, 
bases of coxae and femora, and the posterior tarsi more or less 
infuscate; wings ‘hyaline, slightly dusky; venation dark brown; 
head and thorax with short gray hair. 

Male.—Length 6 mm. Hypopygidium broadly rounded api- 
cally. Very like female. 


50 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vox. XI, 


Mazbat, Mangaldai, Assam. Described from three females 
(one type) and two males (one allotype) collected January 8, 1911 
(S. W. Kemp). 

Type, allotype and paratype in Indian Museum; type 
No. +43’, allotype No. *i5*, paratype *i* 

Pavatypes (male and female) in U.S.N.M. 


9 


Genus Stromboceros, Konow. 
Stromboceros tarsalis (Rohwer). 


Three females from Sadiya, Assam; and two females from 
Margherita, Assam. 


This is a good species. 


b) 


Stromboceros phaleratus, Konow. 


One male from Sikkim collected by Knyvett; and one male 
from Margherita, Assam. 


Stromboceros ruficornis, sp.n. 


This species is readily separated from all other species of 
Stromboceros occurring in the oriental region by having the basal 
joints of the flagellum rufous. 

Female.—Length 8 mm. Anterior margin of the clypeus 
depressed, the middle very slightly emarginate, the basal portion 
subconvex; supraclypeal area flat; supraclypeal foveae oblique, 
deep, not connected with the antennal foveae; middle fovea 
represented by an inverted U-shaped furrow around a flattened 
tubercle; frontal foveae deep, rounded, the lower margins tangent 
to a line drawn across the top of the median tubercle; postocellar 
area well defined laterally, not defined anteriorly; postocellar line 
but little more than half the length of the ocellocular line; head 
shining, impunctate; antennae slightly tapering apically; the 
third joint slightly longer than the fourth; thorax shining; stigma 
uniformly rounded below; first transverse cubitus obsolete; nervu- 
lus slightly basad of the middle; transverse radius oblique, received 
at the apical third; third transverse cubitus oblique at about the 
same angle as the transverse radius, slightly more than twice as 
long as the second transverse cubitus; posterior basitarsus sub- 
equal in length with the following joints. Black; three basal joints 
of the flagellum rufous; anterior knees, bases of the posterior 
coxae, posterior trochanters and the band on the posterior tibiae 
white; head and thorax with dense gray hair; wings hyaline; 
venation black. 

Darjiling, Eastern Himalayas. Described from one female 
collected May 27, Ig10, at an altitude of 7,000 feet (E. Brunetti). 

Type.—In the Indian Museum No. “45”. 


I9I5.] A. ROHWER: Oriental Sawfites. 51 


Genus Canonias, Konow. 
Canonias assamensis, sp. n. 


This species differs in minor colour characters from inopinus, 
Konow. 

Female.—Length 8 mm. Anterior margin of the clypeus 
slightly arcuately emarginate, the angles sharp; supraclypeal area 
flat ; supraclypeal foveae elongate, deep; antennal foveae obsolete, 
middle fovea quadrate in outline, open above; pentagonal area 
well defined, from its broadest portion there is a transverse carina 
which touches the inner margin of the eye; postocellar area de- 
pressed, sharply defined laterally by deep foveae, not defined 
anteriorly, about four times as wide as the cephal-caudad length ; 
postocellar line about one-fourth longer than the ocellocular line; 
antennae long and slender, tapering apically; third joint distinctly 
shorter than the fourth; head and thorax shining, impunctate; 
stigma broadest at middle, tapering each way; transverse radius 
strongly oblique joining the radius slightly before the apical third; 
second cubital cell longer on both radius and cubitus than cubital 
third. Black; scape, pedicellum, sixth, seventh and eighth anten- 
nal joints, tergite, posterior margin of the angles of the pronotum, 
tegulae, perapteron, palpi, anterioi legs, intermediate legs (except 
a fuscous band on the tibiae and the basitarsus), the posterior 
legs (except the tibiae and basitarsus) white or yellowish white ; 
venter and the sides of the tergites and the apical two tergites 
fulvous; wings hyaline, iridescent; venation dark brown; head 
and thorax without pubescence. 

Margherita, Assam. Described from three females (one 
type). 

Type and paratype in Indian Museum; type No. *s°, para- 
type No 73+. 

Paratype in U.S.N.M. 


Genus Beleses, Cameron. 
Beleses nigriceps, sp. n. 


This species is readily separated from the other species of this 
genus by the black head. As far as the males and females have 
been associated it is the only species in which colour antigeny occurs. 
Except for the colour of the legs and having only one discal cell in the 
hind wings the female agrees with Cameron’s Sunoxa purpureifrons. 

Female.—Length 6mm. Anterior margins with the clypeus 
truncate, surface coarsely irregularly punctured ; supraclypeal area 
flat, narrow; supraclypeal foveae deep, confluent with the anten- 
nal foveae; middle fovea represented by the shallow transverse 
impression ; front and posterior orbits shining, impunctate; post- 
ocellar area sharply defined laterally but not defined anteriorly ; 
postocellar line subequal with the ocellocular; flagellum gradually 
thickened until it reaches the apex of the second joint; the second 
joint one-fourth longer than the third; the fourth and following 


52 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XI, 


joints compressed; thorax shining, impunctate; stigma gently 
rounded below; second cubital cell longer on both radius and 
cubitus than third, which is twice as wide apically as basally; the 
transverse radius curved, joining the radius about the same distance 
from the second transverse cubitus as the second recurrent is from 
the same vein; claws cleft with the inner teeth exceeding the outer ; 
sheath straight above, truncate apically, oblique below. Head 
and posterior femora beyond middle, four posterior tarsi and the 
antennae black, the rest of the insect rufous; head and throax 
covered with short gray hairs; wings distinctly hyaline, venation 
dark brown. 

Male.—Length 5 mm. Differs from the above description of 
the female in having the abdomen, thorax and legs, except the 
anterior tibiae and the trochanter which are fulvous, dark piceous 
and the hairs on the thorax and the head blackish; hypopygidium 
rounded apically. 

South India. Described from one female from Marikuppam, 
collected October Ig, 1910, at an altitude of 3,500 feet; and from 
two males, one allotype, from Bangalore, collected September 12, 
IgI0O, at an altitude of 3,000 feet. 

Type and allotype in the Indian Museum; type No. *ts*, allo- 
type No. *ts*. 

Paratype.—Cat. No. 18909, U.S.N.M. 


Genus Entomostethus, Enslin. 
Entomostethus assamensis (Rohwer). 


One male and two females from Ghumti, Darjiling District, 
East Himalayas, collected July 1911, at an altitude of 4000 feet 
(Ff. H. Gravely): five females and four males from Kurseong, 
East Himalayas, collected July 1908, at an altitude of 5,000 feet; 
five females and eleven males from Darjiling, East Himalayas, col- 
lected September 29 1,408, at an altitude of 6,000 feet (E. Brunettt) ; 
nine females and ten males fron: the same locality, collected May 
29, I9I0, at an altitude of 7,000 feet (E. Brunetti); one female col- 
lected at the same locality and elevation, August 11, 1909 (J. T. 
Jenkins); one male from the same locality and elevation, collected 
August 9, 1909 (C. Paiva); and one male from Gangtok, Sikkim, 
collected September 8, 1909, at an altitude of 6,750 feet. 

Two males from Kurseong have the legs slightly darker than 
typical; and all the specimens indicate that the basitarsi are usual- 
ly black. The female has the sheath straight above and broadly 
rounded from the tip. 

This species differs from Jaticarinatus, Cameron, which may 
belong to the same genus, by the colour of the legs, as Cameron’s 
species is said to have the femora pale beneath. 


Entomostethus hirticornis (Rohwer). 


One female from Kurseong, East Himalayas, collected Septem- 
ber 7, 1909, at an altitude of 5,000 feet; four females from Ghumti, 


IgI5.] A. RoHwEr: Onental Sawfiies. eG 


Darjiling District, East Himalayas, July 1911, at a calculated alti- 
tude of 4,000 feet (F. H. Gravely); one female from Gangtok, 
Sikkim, collected September 9, 1909, at an altitude of 6,150 feet; 
and one female from Kurseong, East Himalayas, collected July 3, 
1908, at an altitude of 5,000 feet. 


Genus Cladius, Rossi. 
Cladius orientalis, Cameron. 


One female from Simla, collected July 20, rg1I, at an altitude 
of 7,000 feet (N. Annandale). 


Genus Hemichroa, Stephens. 
Hemichroa major, sp. n. 


This species is readily separated from all the other species of 
Hemichroa by its larger size, general colour and yellow wings. 

Female.—Length11°5mm.; length of the anterior wings 12 mm. 
Labrum obtusely pointed; clypeus obtusely, arcuately emarginate, 
the arcuation conforming in outline with the obtusely triangular 
lobes, surface shining; supraclypeal area more convex dorsally ; 
median fovea rectangular in outline, open above, being confluent 
with the ocellar basin, the middle with a small punctiform pit; 
ocellar basin pentagonal in outline, well defined, meeting on the 
postocellar line, in front of the anterior ocellus it has a shallow, 
poorly defined depression ; head shining with only setigerous punc- 
tures; postocellar area well defined laterally but not well differen- 
tiated anteriorly as the postocellar furrow is subobsolete and angu- 
late anteriorly ; postocellar line subequal with ocellocular line; an- 
tennae strongly tapering, the third joint distinctly longer than the 
fourth ; thorax shining; inner tooth of the claws longer than the 
outer; stigma broader at base, gradually tapering to the apex; 
third cubital cell nearly parallel-sided, one-fourth longer than its 
apical width; nervellus in the middle of the cell; sheath stout, 
straight above; truncate apically, tapering below, the upper angle 
sharp, the lower angle rounded. Rufo-ferrugineous; head and an- 
tennae piceous ; thorax beneath and on the sides black to piceous ; 
legs black; wings bright yellow, venation ferrugineous. 


Type.-—Indian Museum No. ***°. 


: | in § Bey 


Vis 


Woh es tare ea 


is 
iy 2a 4 
ee . 
| 
< si; i i _ a 1c 
ay ae a pbk: ¥85 . Riteaandaee Pov a a | 
3). 0 bhaeaet Eee ee ciate | Gotta 2 
= CaP easag dae) baa too poe a aa Bre ja 
» a 5 ak eh RA | vis a) ae ~ ua ee 
Wes) Pat craked ae ea ae : a a 


. ae Saree cei Tit 
Tee Lagatas| ate Shad ref 
ij) ; ‘Ge Cae rg Baty 

Veet iy es on she rua Vad a 
bak WOK tS = Nae 
B51 )) id ght gs ete 
muy Tea aes aay 

sey bib! 9500) ie ae 

Byperifial Hea thavrlat an fees 
a |, ‘dg rene 


Voce. Neer AN oeleE, I RGN AE, (CAC RVD TINA E ). 
By J. L. HANCOCK. 
(Plate xiv.) 


Several months ago the extensive collection of these small 
Orthoptera in the Indian Museum was placed in my hands for 
study by Dr. N. Annandale, Superintendent of the Museum. At 
the time I received the collection Dr. Annandale stated in a letter 
that: =‘ a large proportion of the collection was named by the late 
Mr. Kirby just before his death, and I am sending these specimens 
also.’ A considerable number of the remaining specimens, not 
seen by Mr Kirby, were named by Saussure and others. I find 
after going over the collection that the part examined by Mr. 
Kirby bears evidence that he had not passed final judgment on 
many of the specimens. This is shown from a number of cases 
where a hastily written label, with a specific name, is attached to 
one insect among a series containing from one to several species, 
so that the remaining ones were left undetermined. 

The Indian Museum collection contains such a large percentage 
of the described species of the Indian Empire, besides so many 
new ones, that I concluded to give a review of the recorded 
Indian species of this Orthopteran family. I have given a synopsis 
of the subfamilies, and the genera; and in most cases in the large 
genera I have given tables for the separation of species. ‘The litera- 
ture of all the species has been added_ but in conjunction with this 
part Kirby’s remarkable Catalogue of Orthoptera, Volume III, will 
be found invaluable for reference. The latter, however, includes 
the literature only to the end of 1898. Since then, a number of 
Indian species have been described, which are recorded in the 
present paper. Included at the end are some species in the Indian 
Museum outside the Indian Empire. Those from Ceylon are for 
the sake of convenience incorporated in the text with the Indian 
species. ! 


Synoptical Table of Subfamilies and Genera of India. 


1. Antennae with all the articles excepting 
the basal andthe small atrophied apical 


! As the proofs of this article come to hand [| find that Kirby's volume on 
Orthoptera has just been published in the ‘‘ Fauna of British India” 1914. It 
refers to a number of Tettigid species described in the present paper, and in order 
to clarify the confusion that may arise from the difference in determinations the 
names given by Kirby, and those that I have applied, are placed in parallel 
columns on p. 132 of this article. 


56 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


articles deplanate triquitrous, composed 
of eight to ten joints ; vertex transverse, 
very broad, or strongly acuminate pro- 
duced oF oo TRIPETALOCERINAE. 
1. Gen. Biymana, Brunn. 
r. 1. Antennae filiform. 
_ Anterior femora more or less compressed 
carinate above. 
3. Frontal costa widely forked, the rami 


No 


forming a frontal scutellum .. CLADONOTINAE. 
4. Pronotum extremely compressed, above 
wholly foliaceous .. 2. Gen. Oxyphyllum, Hance. 
4. 4. Pronotum acute tectiform, anteriorly | 
angulate ae a 3. Gen. Deltonotus, Hanc. 


_ Dorsum of pronotum bearing a ramose 
process; body and legs ornate with 
spiniform tubercles .. 4. Gen. Cladonotus , Sauss. 
5. 5. Dorsum of pronotum not at all ornate 
with a ramose process. 
5. 5a. Elytra and wings wanting. 
6. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
pronotum widely laminate expanded, 
erose, and produced in spiniform tuber- 
cles; pronotum truncate anteriorly, 
dorsum fossulate-reticulate, between 
the shoulders cristulate .. 5. Gen. Tettilobus, Hanc. 
6. 6. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
pronotum laminate obliquely truncate 
behind, setose; dorsum compressed 
gibbose between the shoulders, poste- 
riorly abbreviated, the apex truncate- 


U1 


emarginate .. ae 6. Gen..Gignotettix, Hane. 
5, 5). Elytra minute; wings wanting ; median 
carina of pronotum cristulate. 7. Gen. Potua, Bolivar. 


3. 3. Frontal costa furcillate, but the rami 
diverge only moderately, or parallel, 
very frequently separated by a sulcus. 

>. Pronotum truncate anteriorly, posterior 
angles of the lateral lobes of pronotum 
laminate produced outwards, acute, or 
posteriorly obliquely truncate, rarely 
turned down. 

8. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
the pronotum acute produced outwards | 
often spined ; the first joint of the pos- 
terior tarsi longer than the third; pos- 
terior tibiae strongly ampliate, or mar- 
gins dilated toward the apices; very 
frequently not or sparingly spinose  .. SCELIMENINAE. 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 


g. Antennae inserted slightly or distinctly 
below the eyes. 

10. Margins of hind tibiae strongly expand- 
ed, the first joint of the posterior tarsi 
dilated and much wider than the third. 

11. Paired ocelli placed nearly between the 
lower third of the eyes; anterior and 
middle femora very narrow elongate ; 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
the pronotum turned down but the 
margin on each side armed with a 
straight more or less are sharp 


spine . 8. Gen. Amphibotettix, Hanc. 


II. 11. Paired ocelli flnced Aearly ¢ on a line with 
the lower border of the eyes; humeral 
angles of pronotum unarmed ; posterior 
angles of the lateral lobes laminate and 
on each side produced in a curved 
spine; hind tibial margins distinctly 


membraneous expanded .. g. Gen. Scelimena, Serv. 


10. 10. Margins of posterior tibiae little ex- 
panded ; first joint of hind tarsi not 
widely expanded ; but little wider than 
the third, rarely narrow. 

12 Stature large, body prolongate. 

13. Pronotum with the dorsum often lightly 
gibbulose and fossulate; humeral angles 
often armed with denticles or tubercles ; 
vertex unarmed; margins of hind tibiae 


bearing minute denticles 10. Gen. Eugavialidium, Hanc. 


13. 13. Pronotum with the dorsum distinctly 
deplanate, more or less reticulate punc- 
tate ; vertex armed on each side with 
an elevated tubercle; margins of hind 


tibiae serrulate .. It. Gen Gavialidium, Sauss. 


I2. 12. Stature moderate not so prolongate. 

T4. Vertex very narrow, often one half the 
width of one of the eyes or even narrow- 
er; head exserted; posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum 
either unarmed, angulate and prominent 
or produced in a spine on each side. 


12. Gen. Bolotettix, Hanc. 


I4. 14. Vertex equal to or wider than one of the 
eyes ; pronotum above rugose tubercu- 
lose ; lateral carinae behind the humeral 
angles compressed sinuate; median 


carina gibbose .. .. 13. Gen. Thoradonta, Hanc. 


g. 9. Antennae inserted between the lower 
part of the eyes. 


58 


L5. 
16. 


76. 10; 


15. 15. 


17. 


17) 17: 


S58, 


18. 


TO. he: 


19. 


1g. 19. 


20, 


Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


Vertex narrower or subequal to one of 
the eyes. 

Head lightly exserted ; posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum 
prominent, acute, or produced in a 
spine more or less transverse, or directed 
obliquely forward 3 14. Gen. Criotetttx, Bol. 
Head not at all exserted ; frontal costa 
roundly produced in advance of the 
eyes; posterior angles of the lateral 
subspiniform produced, or oblique and 


obtuse Bid 15. Gen. Loxilobus, Hance. 
Vertex as wide or wider than one of the 
eyes. 


Dorsum of pronotum little rugose, or 
rugulose ; head not at all exserted; 
eyes not elevated; antennae short; 
spine on each side of the lateral lobes of 
pronotum obliquely directed backward. 
16. Gen. Acanthalobus, Hanc. 
Dorsum of pronotum subsmooth, punc- 
tate, spine on each side of the lateral 
lobes directed obliquely forward and 
curvate .. 17. Gen. Tettitellum, Hance. 
Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
the pronotum little produced outwards, 
obliquely truncate behind, very rarely 
acute spinose ; first and third joints of 
the hind tarsi nearly equal in length .. METRODORINAE. 
Head distinctly exserted ; vertex very 
narrow, the eyes strongly approximated 
and elevated?’ .. 18. Gen. Systolederus, Bol. 
Head little exserted ; lateral lobes with 
the inferior margins widely and roundly 
dilated ; posterior angles behind trans- 
versely widely truncate; vertex very 
narrow ; stature small, apterous. 
19. Eurymorphopus, Hane. 
Vertex strongly produced, median carina 
prominently projecting from the front 
border ; in profile acute angulate pro- 
duced ; face strongly oblique; frontal 
costa sinuate between the eyes. 
20. Gen. Spadotettix, Hanc. 
Vertex little produced, in profile obtuse 
angulate ; body apterous. 21. Gen. A pterotettix, Hanc. 
Body very small, apterous ; vertex very 
wide and not advanced as far as the 
front border of the eyes; pronotum sub- 
tectiform forward, deplanate posterior- 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 59 


ly, hind process abbreviated, apex trun- 
cate; first joint of hind tarsi much 
longer than the third .. 22. Gen. Amphinotus, Hanc. 
20. 20. Body larger, moderately crassate ; ver- 
tex wider than one of the eyes; first and 
third articles of the hind tarsi equal in 
length ; paired ocelli placed little below 
the middle of the eyes ; posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum 
straight or obtuse, behind widely trun- 
cate ae a 23. Mazarredia, Bol. 
21. Body narrow elongate ; posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes of pronotum sub- 
rounded ; vertex cuspidate on each side 
or elevated styliform rp Gen. 24. Xistra, Bol. 
22. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
pronotum not at all produced outwards, 
narrowed, toward the apex rounded ; 
pronotum between the shoulders strong- 
ly elevated in an obtuse gibbosity. 
25. Gen. Xistvella, Bol. 
22. 22. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
pronotum laminate, prominent, acute 
produced or obliquely truncate ; median 
carina of the pronotum and the disc on 
either side bearing gibbosities. 
26. Gen. Lamellitettix, Hanc. 
21. 21. Body strongly crassate; vertex wider 
than one of the eyes, imperfectly mar- 
ginate ; eyes more or less conoidal in 
form, antennae inserted between the 
lower part of the eyes; lateral lobes of 
the pronotum with the posterior angles 
laminate dilated, widely truncate be- 
hind, prominent subacute, or rarely not 
reflexed outward, obliquely truncate be- 
hind ae ~.. 27. Gen. Hyboella, Hanc. 
7-7. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, or rarely 
angulate produced ; posterior angles of 
the lateral lobes of pronotum turned 
down, more or less rounded; first arti- 
cles of the hind tarsi longer than the 
third es ar .. TETTIGINAE. 
23. Vertex viewed in profile not at all pro- 
duced. 
24. Vertex very narrow, strongly narrowed 
forward drawing the eyes near together 
in front; eyes not elevated ; pronotum 
above smooth, carinae not at all eleva- 
ted i a) 28. Gen. Terederus, Hanc. 


60 


24. 24. 


23. 23. 


No 
U1 
No 
Yt 


to 
N 


29°27. 


2. 2. 


Records of the Indian Museum. 


Vertex narrower than one of the eyes, 
anteriorly truncate ; frontal costa often 
sinuate between the eyes; pronotum 
granulate or little rugose, the carinae 
little compressed elevated : first article 
of the posterior tarsi longer than the 


[VoL. XI, 


third nc sf 29. Gen. Paratettix, Bol. 


Vertex viewed in profile produced before 
the eyes, angulate, viewed from above 
wider than one of the eyes, not at all 


narrowed forward -. 30. Gen. Acrydium, Goefir. 


_ Antennae inserted between the eyes, 


slender filiform. 


. Pronotum above little rugose, often bear- 


ing round or abbreviated lineate tuber- 
cles: frontal costa arcuate or roundly 
produced between the eyes; body 
moderately slender; vertex narrowed 


forward, fossulate on each side 31. Gen. Coptotetitx, Bol. 


. Pronotum above granulate, or barely 


punctate, rarely rugose ; median carina 
of pronotum percurrent, not at all inter- 


rupted ie a 32. Gen. Hedotettix, Bol. 


. Antennae inserted between the lower 


border or angles of the eyes or below 
the eyes. . 


. Head more or less exserted; frontal 


costa arcuate produced between the 
middle of the eyes; vertex narrower 
than one of the eyes and truncate ; 
paired ocelli placed nearly on a line 


with the middle of the eyes. 33. Gen. Euparatettix, Hanc. 


Head distinctly exserted ; paired ocelli 
placed between the lower third of the 
eyes; antennae inserted below the eyes; 
frontal costa little arcuate elevated 
between the antennae, but not above 
between the middle of the eyes; me- 
dian carina of pronotum often undulate 
or sinuate ; hind process with the lateral 
carinae toward the apex entire or fre- 
quently minutely crenulate, or bearing 


very small dilated lobes. 34. Gen. Indatettix, Hanc. 


Anterior femora above distinctly sulcate ; 
pronotum anteriorly produced over 
the head in a cornute process ; antennae 
having sixteen to twenty-two articles. 


BATRACHIDINAE. 


35. Gen. Saussurella. Bol. 


1915.] J. 1. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydtinae). 61 


TRIPETALOCERINAKE. 
Genus Birmana, Brunner. 


Brunner, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 113, 1893. 
Hancock, Gen. Ins. Orth. Acrid. Tetr., p. 4, 1906. 


Birmana gracilis, Brunner. 


Brunner, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 114, pl. 5, fig. 47, 


1893. 
Habitat.—Burma. Not represented in the material under 


consideration. 
CLADONOTINAE. 
Genus Oxyphyllum, Hancock. 
Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 393, 1908. 


Oxyphyllum pennatum, Hancock. 


Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., pp. 393, 394, pl. xxii, fig. 3, 
1g08. 
Habitat.—Darjiling, India. Not in the present collection. 


Genus Deltonotus, Hancock. 
Deltonotus subcullatus, Walker. 


Tettix subcullatus, Walk., Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., V, p. 
830, 1871. 
Deltonotus tectiformis, Hancock, Spol. Zeylan., ii, p.154, pl. i, 
fig. 2, 1904. 
bane: Gen. ins) Orth: Acrid: Tetr., p. 14; pl. i, fig.:r, 1906. 
Habitat.—Kandy. Ceylon, June 12, 1900; one example, Ind. 
Mus. coll. 
Deltonotus gibbiceps, Bolivar. 


Poecilotettix gibbiceps, Bol,, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxx, p. 580, 
1902. 
Deltonotus gibbicepbs, Hanc., Gen. Ins. Orth. Acrid. Tetr., 


p. 14, 1906. 
Habitat.—Madura. Not in the present collection. 


Genus Cladonotus, Saussure. 


The three described species of this Ceylonese genus may be 
distinguished by the following table :— 
I. Pronotal cornu curved forward at the 
middle, and furcate at the apex humbertianus, Saussure. 
I. I. Pronotal cornu not distinctly curved 
forward. 


62 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


2. Cornu obliquely ascendant, truncate, and 
dentate in front and behind .. turrifer, Walker. 

2,2. Cornu nearly vertically ascendant, den- 

tate in front and distinctly broadened 
toward the apical half oe latiramus, Hancock. 


Cladonotus humbertianus, Saussure. 


Sauss., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, i, p. 478, 1861; Bolivar, Ann. 
Soc. Ent. ‘Belg., xxxi, p. 200; pl: 4, fig. 10, 1657, Hanes 
Spol. Zeylan., ii, p. 113, 1904. 

Habitat.—Ceylon 

Cladonotus turrifer, Walker. 

Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., p. 843, 1871. 

Habitat.—Ceylon. 

Cladonotus latiramus, Hancock. 


Hane., Spol. Zeylan:, np. 114, pli 43 fie: 1, 1904.5) Hanes 
Gen. Ins. Orth. Acrid.-Tetr., p. 16,:pl. i, fig. 3, 1906. 
Habitat.—Ceylon. Author’s coll. 
Genus Tettilobus, Hancock. 
Tettilobus spinifrons, Hancock. 


Hanc., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 396, 397, pl. xxii, fig. 4, 
1908. 
Habitat.—Ceylon. Not in the present collection. 


Tettilobus pelops, Walker. 


Cladonotus pelops, Walk., Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., p. 843, 
1871. 
Habitat.—Ceylon. Not in the present coll. 


Genus Gignotettix, Hancock. 


Gignotettix burri, Hancock. 


Hancock, Trans. Ent.'Soc. Lond., p. 398, pl. xxii, fig. 5, 
1908. 
Habitat.—Ceylon. Not in the present coll. 


Genus Potua, Bolivar. 


Potua sabulosa, sp. nov. 


Body very small, rugose scabrous; ferrugineous. Head not 
at all exserted: face large ; eyes moderately small, not prominent, 
subconoidal in profile. Vertex rugose, distinctly wider than one 
of the eyes, the frontal carinulae laterally rounded and little ele- 


1gt5.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydinae). 63 


vated on each side, subhigher than the eyes, fossulate on each side, 
the short median carina little produced. Pronotum anteriorly 
truncate; median carina of the pronotum strongly elevated for- 
ward in a compressed gibbosity, reaching from the front border 
to the humeral angles, rounded forward and abruptly sloping back- 
ward; behind the humeral angles elevated in a lower second 
gibbosity, posteriorly tuberculate; disc little elevated at the 
middle and bearing a short oblique gibbulate carina on each side, 
behind the shoulders depressed; posterior process abbreviated, 
extended to the knees of the hind femora, and above strongly 
rugose-tuberculate; elytra minute, elongate; wings wanting; poste- 
rior femora stout, externally scabrous and obtuse tuberculate ; 
margin below curvate and subtuberculate-erose; the three pulvilli 
of the first joint of the hind tarsi subequal in length. 

Entire length of male 6°55 mm; pronotum 5 mm.; posterior 
femora 3°8 mm. 

Habitat.—Yenna Valley, Satara Dist., Bombay Pres., 2500— 
3500 ft., Apr. 17, 1912 (F. H. Gravely). 


SCELIMENINAE. 
Genus Amphibotettix, Hancock. 


Hancock, Ent. News, xviii, p. 86, 1906; Hanc., Gen. Ins. 
Orth. Acrid. Tetr., p. 22, 1906. 


Amphibotettix rosaceus, sp. nov. 


Allied to A. longifes, Hancock, but larger in stature, the 
spines of the pronotum being little stouter and not quite so long 
produced. Body coloured fuscous or black, the sides of the pro- 
notum and dorsum obscurely suffused with rose, the lateral carinae 
forward, the tubercles and the spines of the lateral lobes bright 
rose colour. Head scarcely at all exserted ; eyes slightly elevated 
and strongly globose. Vertex narrower than one of the eyes, 
natrowed forward, not advanced as far as the eyes ; frontal costa 
protuberant between the antennae, produced little beyond the 
eyes ; antennae inserted below the eyes ; lower part of face strongly 
obliquely retreating. Pronotum deplanate above, strongly elon- 
gate, irregularly depressed forward before the shoulders at the 
sulci, transversely fossulate behind the shoulders, lengthily pro- 
duced backward beyond the apices of the hind femora; dorsum 
rather smooth, minutely granulate, between the shoulders little 
elevated, behind the shoulders bearing a pair of obtuse subcari- 
uated nodes, and further backwards on base of process presenting 
another pair of very obtuse rounded nodes ; humeral angles bicari- 
nate, hind process above subrounded ; median carina of pronotum 
very low, following the inequalities, and forward near the convex 
margin turned upward but not produced in a tubercle, yet very 
slightly subtuberculate; lateral carinae on the shoulders obscurely 
subtuberculate and marked with rose colour in the type, the late- 


64 Records of the Indian Musewm. [VoL. XI, 


ral carinae before the shoulders on each side forward near the 
sulci terminating in a rose-coloured spot ; sides of pronotum at the 
front of lateral lobes produced on each side in a tubercle ; posterior 
angles of the lateral lobes turned down not at all laminate, the 
lateral margins just before the angles ou'wardly produced in an 
acute strong spine on each side, directed obliquely forward and 
little curvate toward the apex. Elytra moderately wide at the 
base and distinctly narrowed acuminate backward to the apices, 
externally strongly impresso-punctate ; wings extended nearly to 
the apex of the process. Anterior and middle femora strongly 
elongate and narrow, margins of the anterior above subbicrenulate 
toward the base; middle femoral margins above subundulate; 
hind femora slender elongate ; carinae of posterior tibiae strongly 
dilated ; the first joints of the hind tarsi strongly membraneous 
expanded ; the first and second pulvilli small subacute, and widely 
separated, dividing the article into thirds, the third pulvilli 
strongly obtuse and planate below. 

Entire length of body, male, 25 mm.; pronotum 24 mm.; post. 
femora 8 mm. 

Habitat.—Thingannyinaung to Sukli, Dawna Hills, Tenasserim , 
goo-2100 ft. elevation, Nov. 23, 1911 (F. H. Gravely). One example, 
Ind. Mus. coll. 

This species differs from Scelimena sanguinulenta, which also 
has rose-coloured spines, in being longer, and the lateral spines are 
not so long produced. The new species is devoid of the median 
produced tubercle at the front of the pronotum, which is styliform 
and strongly produced in /ongifes. From the latter species it also 
differs in the legs being less attenuate, though very slender, and 
in the lateral spines being less cylindrical. 


Genus Scelimena, Serville. 
Table for distinguishing the Indian species. 


1. Vertex narrower than one of the eyes, 
narrowed forward. 
2. Humeral angles not at all provided with 
evident denticles. 
3. Lateral lobes of the pronotum bearing 
one spine only on each side. 
4. Spine on each side of the lateral lobes 
triangular acute and straight, the apex 
sharp, not at all curvate, coloured 
yellow ; vertex very narrow; dorsum 
convex between the shoulders; body 
more or less fuscous or greyish-fuscous 
marked with yellow . harpago, Serville. 
4. 4. Spine on each side of the lateral lobes of 
pronotum produced, slender, and hook- 
ed forward, often bright rose-coloured or 
coral red BS ee gavialis, Saussure. 


1915.] J. L. Hancock : Indian Tetriginae (Acrvdunae). 6 


Cn 


3. 3. Lateral lobes of pronotum provided witn 
one spine and a tubercle on each side, 
the latter placed just before the spine 
of the posterior angles; body often 
greyish-fuscous marked with yellow ; in- 
ferior margins of femora very strongly 
dentate £3 ae .. loganmit, Hancock. 

I. 1. Vertex not quite so narrowed forward. 

2. 2. Humeral angles barely behind the apices 
and also the lateral carinae forward 
before the shoulders on each side slightly 
compressed obtuse denticulate ; prono- 
tal process strongly produced backward 
beyond the hind tibial apices; spine on 
each side of the lateral lobes posteriorly 


slender, sharp and curvate forward . spinata, sp. nov. 
Body six millimetres (species probably 
described from larva or pupa?) .. uncinata, Serville. 


The above representatives fall into the series of species having 
the hind tibial margins distinctly membraneous expanded, and 
the first joint of the hind tarsi similarly strongly dilated; the 
pronotum between the shoulders convex, not so distinctly de- 
planate as in Eugavialidium, Hanc.; the front margin of the pro- 
notum entire, or provided only with very small front tubercles, not 
at all produced, placed on either side of the lateral front margin 
of the lobes; the paired ocelli placed low between the eyes yet 
somewhat higher than in the latter genus; the vertex narrower 
than one of the eyes or at most subequal ; the apex of the prono- 
tum bifid and the hind femoral margins below strongly dentate. 


Scelimena harpago, Serville. 


Tetrix harpago, Serv., Ins. Orth., p. 763, 1839; DeHaan Tem- 
minck, Verhandel., Orth., p. 161, 1842; Bol., Ann. Ent. . 
Belg. p: 217,,pl..4;, fig..13, 1887. 

Habitat.—Igatpuri, W. Ghats, Bombay Pres., Nov. 21, 1909; 
Medha, Satara Dist., Oct. 22, 1912 (N. Annandale): Kasara, W. 
base of West Ghats, Bombay Pres., Nov. 23, 1899; Datar Hill nr. 
Junagadh, Kathiawar, “‘ in or near a stream”’ (S. P. A.), Nechal,W. 
Ghats, Satara Dist., 2000 ft. (F. H. Gravely): Medha, Yenna 
Valley, Satara Dist., 2100 ft., Apr. 17, 1912 (F. H. Gravely): 
Tambi, Koyna Valley, Satara Dist., 2100 ft., Mar. 24, 1912 (FP. H. 
Gravely). 

Most of the specimens are dark or fuscous on the dorsum ; 
some have a greyish-fuscous cast, while several are suffused with 
reddish-ochre on the pronotum. ‘There is one male of the latter 
colour from Medha which is very much smaller in stature, the 
entire length being 16 mm., the pronotum 14:7 mm. It has all the 
characters of the normal-sized individuals. The average male and 


66 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. Se 


female in the present series measures: entire length I9-22°5 mm.; 
the pronotum 18-21 mm. Serville (/.c.) gives the entire length of 
male and female as 21 mm. 


Scelimena gavialis, Saussure. 


Scelymena gavialis, Sauss., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, iv, p. 845, 
1861; Scelymena nodosa, Walker, Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. 
Mus., Be PGs 1871; Sceltmena gavialts, Hancock, Spol. 
Zeylan., , Pp. 154, pl. 1, fig. 4, 1904. 

Re eee W. P. Ceylon (Hancock coil.) ; Madul- 
sima, Ceylon (7. B. Fletcher, Hancock coll.). Ind. Mus. coll. 

This black species has the pronotum in front, the tip of the 
hind process, and the lateral spine on each side bright coral-red. 
In the Ceylonese species Jogani, Hanc., the coral-red is replaced 
with yellow, and the posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the 
pronotum are armed on each side with a spine and a denticle as 
indicated in the table. 


Scelimena ?% producta, Brunner. 


Brunner reports this species from Carin Cheba in Rev. Syst. 
Orth., p. 103, 1893, and the previously reported habitat of this 
species is Java. The female representative which Brunner re- 
ferred to, is much larger than the typical S. producta, Serville, and 
I think it is the species which I have described as Eugavialidium 
discalis, Hancock. 


Scelimena spinata, sp. nov. 


Near Scelimena harpago, Serv. Body above on the pronotum 
ferrugineous and greyish-fuscous, often more reddish on the disc, 
marked with ochre or yellow, the femoral denticles below light 
yellow. Vertex toward the front narrower than one of the eyes, 
not so distinctly narrowed forward as in gavialis, widened back- 
ward between the eyes; paired ocelli placed between the lower 
part of the eyes; antennae inserted distinctly below the eyes; 
frontal costa protuberant between the antennae. Pronotum 
truncate anteriorly, the front margin devoid of produced tubercles, 
but the lateral margins below the eyes bearing a minute tubercle, 
subelevated, on each side; dorsum rather smooth, not at all 
deeply fossulate, between the shoulders convex, the disc before 
the shoulders bearing two short supernumerary carinulae and 
minute side offshoots forward; behind the disc depressed, and on 
the dorsum above the hind femota bearing two pairs of very low 
nodes more or less carinated, the hind pair longer and nearer 
together; median carina of pronotum very low, thin, and percur- 
rent; lateral carinae extended forward but less distinct on the 
shoulders, and barely behind the apices of the humeral angles the 
margin little compressed obtuse dentate; the lateral carinae at 
the terminus forward subdentate; hind process very long pro- 


1915.| J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydinae). 67 


duced backward beyond the apices of the extended hind tibiae, 
the apex bifid; posterior angles of the lateral lobes turned out- 
wards and produced in a moderately strong spine distinctly 
curved forward. Elytra moderately wide, elongate, the distal 
fourth narrowed to the apices and angulate, externally impresso- 
punctate; wings fully explicate, extended backward to the apex 
of the pronotal process. Anterior femora little compressed elon- 
gate, margin above littie compressed at the basal half, and bear- 
ing a small subacute tubercle, below bidentate; middle femora 
above undulate, below acute bidentate; posterior femora moder- 
ately stout, the superior carina crenulate and bearing an acute 
antegenicular denticle, below strongly dentate, often quadriden- 
tate, the three denticles at the middle strongly produced spinose ; 
hind tibial margins and first joint of posterior tarsi widely ex- 
panded, the first two pulvilli acute and placed backward leaving a 
wide basal space, the three pulvilli subequal in length. 

Entire length male and female 21°7 mm.; pronotum 21-25 
mm.; post. femora 9 mim. 

Habitat.—Trevandrum, Travancore, Aug. 1890; Kellar, Tra- 
vancore; Trevandrum State. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Scelimena uncinata, Serville. 


Tetrix uncinata, Serv., Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth., pp. 763, 764, 
1893; Scelimena uncinata, Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 
218, 1887. 

Judging from the description of this questionable species 
which has a length of only six millimetres, it appears that the 
type was a larva or pupa. This leaves the identity of the species 
in doubt. The type came from Bombay. In the Indian Museum 
collection are two specimens from Sibsagar, N. E. Assam, which 
ate labelled Scelimena uncinata, Serville, by Saussure. These are 
pupa of some species near Eugavialidium india, Hance. 


Genus Eugavialidium, Hancock. 


The members of this genus have the paired ocelli placed be- 
tween the extreme lower part of the eyes; the dorsum of pronotum 
deplanate, the front margin of the pronotum more or less ornate 
with denticles or tubercles, often armed with a produced tubercle 
at the middle above the occiput, or when absent there, they ap- 
pear in front on either side of the lateral lobes; the femoral mar- 
gins more or less tuberculate; the lateral carinae on either side 
of the shoulders often tuberculate or dentate, and the median 
carina of the pronotum sometimes tuberculate; the hind process 
strongly prolonged backward beyond the hind femoral apices; the 
margins of the hind tibiae and first joint of the posterior tarsi 
moderately expanded, but not so strongly membrancous dilated 
as in Scelimena; the lateral lobes have the posterior angles out- 
wardly produced, acute, triangular, or on either side bearing a 
spine often curved forward. 


68 Records of the Indian Museum. Vor. 2a 


Table separating the Indian species and one from China. 


1. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
pronotum produced in a sharp spine 
more or less distinctly curvate forward. 

2. Lateral carinae on each side of the disc 
of dorsum provided with more than one 
distinct denticle. 

3. Lateral carinae on each side of dorsum 
including hind process ornate with many 
small denticles throughout; dorsum 
bearing distinctly elevated nodes; pro- 
notum of female 21 mm .. multidentatum, sp. nov. 

4. Dorsum of pronotum somewhat smoother. 

3. 3. Lateral carinae on each side of disc of 

dorsum provided with denticles, and 

often tuberculate backward as far as the 

base of process only; hind process very 

long produced ; median carina of pro- 

notum not at all tuberculate over occi- 

put at the front margin; pronotum of 

female 29°5 mm. .. dtscalts, sp. nov. 
2.2. Lateral carinae on each sae of disc 

of dorsum entire, not at all dentate, 

but pale bimaculate, or very indistinct- 

ly subtuberculate ; body and legs often 

adorned with yellow spots: front mar- 

gin of pronotum bearing a tubercle on 

each side below the eyes, and one at 

the middle above the occiput; prono- 

tum of female 19.5 mm. .. indicum, Hancock. 
4. 4. Dorsum above rugose, reticulate ; front 

margin of pronotum at the middle over 

the occiput and on each side below the 

eyes ornate with a tubercle; humeral 

angle on each side bearing a small pale 

denticle ; pronotum strongly prolong- 

ate: pronotum of female 29 mm. chinensis, sp. nov.! 
I. I. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 

pronotum more or less triangular or 

acute produced, straight, not at all 

curvate. 

5. Lateral lobes of pronotum with the 
posterior angles slender spiniform pro- 
duced ; anterior border of pronotum on 
each side bearing three tubercles, but 
the middle of dorsum over the occiput 


—__ 


! For description of this Chinese species, see report of species outside of India 
at the end of this paper. 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 69 


not tuberculate ; lateral carinae on each 

side of disc forward bidentate, the den- 

ticles at the humeral angles obtuse 

crenulate ; pronotum of female 22°8 

mm. i> se .. kempi, sp. nov. 
5. 5. Lateral lobes of pronotum with the pos- 

terior angles little prominent, triangu- 

lar, not aculeate. 

6. Anterior border of the lateral lobes of 
pronotum dentate ; humeral angles very 
obtuse crenulate, provided with a pale 
tubercle on each side; longitudinal 
carinae ornate with pale crenules; pro- 
notum of female 17 mm. . birmanicum, Brunner. 

6.6. Anterior bordet of the lateral lobes of 
the pronotum entire, not at all dentate 
but rounded ; humeral angles obtuse 
and acute marginate; posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes of pronotum pro- 
duced in an acute triangular lobe, pro- 
foundly abruptly sinuate behind ; pro- 
notum of male17mm. .. .. feae, Bolivar. 

7. Pronotum bearing large tubercles on the 
disc ; humeral angles obtuse, provided 
with abbreviated external carinulae; 
dorsum with two tubercles behind the 
humeral angles, and four at the middle 
of the process ; posterior angles of the 
lateral lobes produced, but not at all 
spinose, margin behind with a profound 
subrectangular sinus; pronotum of 


female 19°5 mm. so flavopictus, Bolivar. 
7-7. Pronotum not bearing elevated tubercles 
on the disc. 


8. Dorsum above smuvoth punctate, little 
subreticulate; humeral angles very 
obtuse ; median carina little elevated, 
percurrent, tuberculate in front at the 
middle over occiput ; lateral and median 
carina not at all appreciably tubercu- 
late ; raargins of first joint of posterior 
tarsi somewhat dilated; pronotum of 
female 21°7 mm. of angulatum, sp. nov. 
8.8. Dorsum very lightly rugose, coarsely 
granulose ; median carina bearing three 
small tubercles forward before the 
humeral angles and tuberculate back- 
ward in a subindistinct series to the 
base of process; lateral carinae sub- 
indistinctly bituberculate on each side 


70 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XI, 


of shoulders and barely subtuberculate 
backward to base of process; margins 
of first joint. of hind tarsi not at all 
expanded ; pronotum of male Ig mm. saussuret, sp. nov. 


Eugavialidium multidentatum, sp. nov. 


Near F. birmanicum, Brunner. Body and legs marked with 
fuscous and yellow, and yellow tubercles dot the course of the 
lateral carinae throughout each side of the dorsum, the three 
tubercles in front yellow, the spines of the lateral lobes pinkish- 
yellow, and underneath the body darker pinkish-yellow. Head 
not at all exserted, eyes globose ; vertex subwider than one of the 
eyes ; paired ocelli placed between the extreme lower part of the 
eyes; antennae long, very slender filiform, inserted distinctly 
below the eyes; frontal costa protuberant between the antennae. 
Pronotum deplanate, strongly inequal ; median carina of pronotum 
irregularly undulate, and at the front margin terminating in a 
produced elevated tubercle ; dorsum minutely punctate or bear- 
ing pale granulations, between the shoulders on the disc provided 
with short elevated subcarinate tubercles, behind the shoulders 
depressed, and above the apices of the elytra on each side of the 
dorsum provided with an elevated subcarinate boss, further back- 
ward on base of process bearing two elongate elevated nodes; hind 
process acuminate, subrounded above toward the apex, but flat- 
tened forward toward the base ; lateral carinae throughout on each 
side dotted with a series of small and rather widely separated 
obtuse denticles, the one at the humeral angle scarcely more dis- 
tinct and obtuse, and those backward toward the apex becoming 
smaller and less distinct, but marked by minute pale maculae; 
lateral lobes at the front margin produced in a denticle on each 
side; the posterior angles produced in a strong spine slightly cur- 
vate forward and moderately broad at the base; elytra acuminate 
toward the apices ; wings extended to or barely beyond the apex of 
the hind process. Anterior femoral carinae above subtuberculate, 
two toward the base often subacute, margins below bituberculate ; 
middle femora above subtrilobate, below bidentate ; posterior 
femoral carinae above indistinctly minutely trilobate, below pro- 
vided with small obtuse denticles very slightly produced ; margins 
of hind tibiae sparingly minutely dentate on outer margins, the 
margins moderately expanded; the first articles of the posterior 
tarsi moderately expanded, the three pulvilli nearly equal in 
length. 

Entire length of female 20°5-22°5 mm.; pronotum 19°5-21°5 
mm.; post. femora 8°5 mm. 

Habitat.—Sukli, east side of Dawna Hills, 2100 ft., Nov. 22, 
1g11 (F. H. Gravely); Dawna Hills, 2000-3000 ft., Tenasserim, 
Mar., 1909 (N. Annandale). 

This species may be distinguished from EL. birmanicum, Brun- 
ner, by the curvate spines of the lateral lobes; the longer pro- 


I915.| J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydwwnae). 7 (3 


notum, and the shorter hind femora, the tuberculate margins of 
the femora, and the dentate ijateral carinae of the pronotum. In 
birmanicum the longitudinal carinae are ornate with pale crenules, 
and the humeral angles are provided with a pale obtuse tubercle 
on each side, the lateral spines straight and triangular, not at all 
aculeate. 


Eugavialidium discalis, sp. nov. 


Near Scelimena producta, Serville. Colour greyish-ferrugineous. 
Vertex wider than one of the eyes, scarcely at all narrowed for- 
ward; eyes little prominent, subsessile, viewed from above reni- 
form, from the side globose; paired ocelli placed between the 
extreme lower ‘ungles of the eyes: antennae inserted far below the 
eyes; frontal costa protuberant between the antennae. Pronotum 
truncate anteriorly; the front margin on either side of the lateral 
lobes bearing a produced tubercle, not tuberculate at the middle 
above the occiput; dorsum deplanate, between the shoulders on 
the disc bearing low, short, lineate tubercles, depressed behind the 
shoulders, and backward provided with four very low obtuse 
nodes ; median carina very low; lateral carinae on each side bear- 
ing a series of denticles often placed as far back as the base of the 
hind process but here very minute; humeral angles ornate with a 
distinct obtusely elevated tubercle on each side; the denticles or 
tubercles each side of the forward disc larger than those back- 
ward ; hind process lengthily produced backward beyond the 
apices of the extended hind tibiae; posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes produced in a curved spine on each side, strongly produced 
in the male, rather stout in the female. Elytra elongate, acumi- 
nate, externally impresso-punctate; wings extended backward 
almost to the apex of process. Anterior femora elongate, margins 
crenulate, above undulate and compressed-sublobate toward the 
base, below subtri-tuberculate ; middle femora above subtrilobate, 
below subbituberculate ; hind femora elongate, the superior carinae 
crenulate and more or less quadricompressed, with two acute 
denticles toward the knees, margins below often quadridentate 
but little produced ; hind tibial margins and first joint of the hind 
tarsi moderately expanded, but not so widely dilated as in typical 
Scelimena ; inner margins of hind tibiae entire; the first and 
second pulvilli of the first joint of posterior tarsi small, acute, 
more widely separated than the second and third. 

Entire length of male and female 25-30°5 mm.; pronotum 24- 
295 mm.; hind femora 7-9 mm. 

Habitat.—Sibsagar, N.-E. Assam (S. E. Peal); Upper Assam 
(Doherty). ; 

This species differs from Scelimena producta, Serville, in the 
larger stature, and in being wider between the shoulders, in the 
dentate humeral angles and lateral carinae of pronotum, and in 
the tuberculate femora. It is readily distinguished when it is 
compared with a series of S. producta, Serv., from Java. 


72 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


Eugavialidium indicum, Hancock. 


Scelimena tdia, Hanc., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 219, 1907; 
Hanc., Rec. Indian Museum, viii, p. 311, 1913. 

Habitat.—Assam (H. H.G. Austen). 

The type in the author’s collection is from Cherrapungi, Assam. 
The type is conspicuously ornate with small yellow spots forward 
on the greyish-fuscous dorsum, and also on the legs; the median 
carina of the pronotum at the front bears a tubercle; the lateral 
catinae of the dorsum of pronotum are not furnished with denti- 
cles or tubercles; the lateral lobes at the front under the eyes bear a 
tubercle on each side; the spines of the posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes are little curvate forward at the apices and more slender in the 
male; disc of the pronotum above provided on each side with a 
more or less distinct short branching carinula. In the specimens in 
the Indian Museum collection the bright yellow maculae are more 
or less obscured; the hind femora are missing, but in the type 
the hind tibiae and first joint of the posterior tarsi show moderate 
expansion of the margins but not nearly so strongly dilated as in 
typical Scelimena; the outer margins of the hind tibiae bear small 
acute denticles. In the two females in the Indian Museum the 
pronotum measures 20 and 22 mm. in length. 


Eugavialidium kempi, sp. nov. 


Near E. biymanicum, Brunner. Greyish-fuscous, yellow macu- 
late, pronotal process suffused with, and spotted with chrome yel- 
low. Vertex little wider than one of the eyes. Pronotum at the 
front border trituberculate, but the middle of the dorsum behind 
the occiput not at all tuberculate; median carina of pronotum 
irregularly compressed, spotted with yellow; just behind the sulci, 
and behind the shoulders gibbulate; dorsum fossulate behind the 
shoulders, on either side above the base of the hind femora obtuse 
nodulose, and further backward bearing a pair of elevated nodes; 
lateral carinae subcompressed and on each side of disc at the 
humeral angles and before the angles bearing a pale yellow denticle, 
backward yellow maculate; anterior and middle femora slender 
elongate, margins of anterior femora above subentire, bearing one 
very small tubercle, below subentire or bearing two minute tuber- 
cles; middle femora yellow maculate, and subtrilobate above, 
below subbituberculate; hind femora elongate, superior margin 
erenulate and above the middle and at the distal fourth subacute 
dentate, below subentire. 

Entire length of female 23°5 mm.; pronotum 23 mm.; post. 
femora 8°7 mm. 

Habitat.—Above Panji, 4000 ft., ‘‘ Rebang stream under 
stones’ (Kemp). 

This species was mistaken for females of EF. indicum, Hancock, 
in my former paper in the Records of the Indian Museum, VIII, 
p- 311, 1913. I have since examined two females of E. indicum, 
which are mentioned under the preceding heading. In EF. kempt 


1915.| J.L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydtinae). 73 


the posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum are pro- 
duced outwards on each side in a straight narrow spine, whereas in 
E.. indicum the spine on each side of the lateral lobes is curvate for- 
ward. In EF. bivmanicum. the posterior angles are triangularly 
produced, not aculeate, and the body is shorter. 


Eugavialidium birmanicum, Brunner. 


Gavialidium birmanicum, Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova xxxiii, 
p. 104, pl. 5, fig. 37, 1893; Hanc., Gen. Ins. Orth. Acrid. Tetr. 
E. birmani (cum), p. 25, 1906. 

Habitat.—Burma (Brunner). 


Eugavialidium feae, Bolivar. 


Bol., Real. Soc. Espan. Nat. Hist., ix, p. 396, 1909. 
Habitat.—Carin Cheba (Bolivar). 


Eugavialidium flavopictum, Bolivar. 


Bol., Real. Soc. Espan. Nat. Hist., ix, pp. 394, 395, Igo9. 
Habitat.—Calcutta, India (Bolivar). 


Eugavialidium angulatum, sp. nov. 


Colour ochreous. Vertex subequal in width to one of the eyes, 
on either side dentate but not elevated above the eyes; dorsum 
of pronotum plain, punctate, and minutely subreticulate ; between 
the shoulders provided with a short elevated line or ruga on each 
side; humeral angles very obtuse-convex; the lateral and median 
carinae unarmed, not at all tuberculate; median carina little ele 
vated subgibbose at the sulci forward and terminating in front 
over the occiput in a tubercle; prozonal carinae forward behind 
the front margin compressed parallel; the front lateral margin on 
either side armed with a tubercle; posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes of the pronotum turned outwards and little triangulate pro- 
tuberant, not spined; hind process of pronotum produced beyond 
the apices of the hind femora about the length of the femora ; 
wings fully explicate, reaching to the apex of the process; pos- 
terior femora rather stout, margins above crenulate with indis- 
tinct antegenicular lobe, margin below entire; posterior tibial 
margins dentate, a little expanded toward the apices, the first 
joints of the posterior tarsi with the margins little expanded ; the 
three pulvilli equal in length and planate below. 

Entire length of female 23 mm.; pronotum 21°5 mm.; post. 
femora 8°5 mm. 

Habitat.—Calcutta. 

This species is labelled: ‘‘ Gaviahidium philippinum, Bol..”’ 
evidently in Saussure’s handwriting. It is much smaller than 
that species and it differs in the shape of the posterior angles of 
the lateral lobes. 


74 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou, 28; 


Eugavialidium saussurei, sp. nov. 


Similar to the preceding. Ferrugineous. Vertex subequal 
in width to one of the eyes, on either side dentate, barely eleva- 
ted. Dorsum of pronotum above barely rugose, coarsely granu- 
late; median carina of pronotum before the humeral angles pro- 
vided with three small tubercles and also tuberculate backward 
as far as the base of the hind process ; humeral angles very ob- 
tuse ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum little 
acute triangulate produced outwards, not spined ; front margin 
of pronotum on either side of the lobes bearing a small tubercle ; 
wings fully explicate reaching nearly to the apex of process ; ante- 
rior and middle femora little compressed, margins undulate ; pos- 
terior femora stout, marigns crenulate otherwise unarmed; hind 
tibial margins dentate, very moderately expanded toward the 
apices ; first articles of the hind tarsi not at all expanded, narrow, 
the first pulvillus very small, the second and third longer and 
equal in length. 

Entire length of male 20 mm.; pronotum Ig mm. ; posterior 
femora 7°5 mm. 

Habitat.—Calcutta, India. 

This species like the preceding is labelled, ‘‘ Gavialidium 
philippinum, Bol.,’’ by Saussure. It is allied to E. angulatum, 
Hanc., but differs in the tuberculate median carina of the pronotum 
and as shown in the table of species. ‘This species as well as the 
preceding somewhat resemble members of the genus Gavialidium 
in the dentate character of the vertex, but the lateral carinulae on 
each side are not elevated above the eyes. 


Genus Gavialidium, Saussure. 
Gavialidium crocodilus, Saussure. 


Sauss.. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, iv, p. 481, 1861; Bol., Ann. 
Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 219, 1887; Hanc., Spol. Zeylanica, 
ii, pp. 122, 123, pl. 2, fig. 11, 1904; Hanc., Gen. Ins. Orth. 
Acrid. Tetr., pp. 22, 25, pl. 2, fig 16, 1906. 


Habitat.—Peradeniya, Ceylon; Pundaluoya, Ceylon. 

One of these examples is labelled and the species determined 
by Saussure, which helps to authenticate this species. 

In regard to the species Gavialidium alligator, Saussure (Scely- 
mena alligator), its status is in doubt. It appears to me that the 
pupa of crocodilus served as a type for Saussure’s alligator. I 
have a large series of the former species collected in Ceylon by 
Fletcher and Green, which show diverse variations, some being 
smaller than the normal size. From an examination of these speci- 
mens some of the immature pupa agree with the description of 
alligator given by Saussure. I am not sure, but the latter seems 
to be the pupa of crocodilus and therefore is synonymous. 


TOr5.)): J. 1. HANCOCK: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 75 
Genus Bolotettix, Hancock. 


This genus occupies a position midway between Criofettix, 
Bolivar, on the one hand, and Systolederus on the other. The 
representatives are small in stature, the eyes more or less exserted 
and near together, the vertex viewed from above very narrow, 
often one half or even one-third the width of one of the eyes, 
whereas, in Systolederus, the eyes are still closer together, sepa- 
rated only by the very narrow vertex as viewed in front and from 
above. In Crvotettix the vertex is wider, and the antennae inserted 
between the eyes. The lateral lobes in Bolotettix have the posterior 
angles either turned down, or laterly reflexed outwards, little prom- 
inent, or produced in a spine on each side. Represented bye. a 
number of species in India, and other sections in the oriental 
region. 

Table for the separation of Bolotettix of India. 


1. Pronotal process shortened, not extend- 
ed beyond the hind femoral apices ; 
dorsum little rugose above ; posterior 
angles of the lateral lobes obliquely sub- 
laminate produced, apex of angle sub- 
acute ; pronotum of femaleg mm. anomalus, Hancock. 
I. I. Pronotal process subulate, posteriorly 
extended beyond the knees of the hind 
femora. 
2. Lateral lobes of the pronotum with the 
posterior angles acute spinate. 
3. Legs distinctly fusco-annulate; posterior 
femora bearing oblique grey fascia ; 
pronotum of male and female 11-14 
mm. .. oculatus, Bolivar. 
3. 3. Legs not distinctly fusco- annulate. 
4. Sides of the pronotum and the four an- 
terior femora testaceous-yellow; poste- 
rior femora below bearing a deep black 
longitudinal fascia; pronotum of male 
and female 11°5- 13° 5 mm. . armatus, sp.nov. 
4. 4. Sides of pronotum yellowish, legs yellow- 
ish obscurely marked with fuscous ; 
pronotum of female 12 mm. . pictipes, sp. nov. 
2. 2. Lateral lobes of pronotum with the pos- 
terior angles either turned down, or 
obliquely reflexed outward but ‘not 
acute spined. 
5. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
the pronotum turned down, not at all 
reflexed outward, rounded below ; pro- 
notum of female a 5 mm. .. tnermis, Sp. nov. 
5.5. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes re- 
flexed outwards. 


76 Records of the Indian Museuin. [VoL. XI, 


6. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes sub- 
quadrate, little reflexed outwards, ob- 
liquely truncate behind; pronotum of 


male and female 12°5-13°5 mm. .. lobatus, Hancock. 
Pronotum of female 10 mm. .. exsertus, Bolivar. 
Pronotum of female 14 mm. guadratus, sp. nov. 


6.6. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes tri- 
angulate produced, margin behind sub- 
sinuate-truncate, pronotum of male and 
female 12-15 mm. triangularis, sp. nov. 


Bolotettix anomalus, Hancock. 


Systolederus anomalus, Hanc., Spolia Zeylanica, vi, p. 146, 
IQIo. 
Habitat.—Madulsima, Ceylon (Hancock). 


Bolotettix oculatus, Bolivar. 


Criotettix oculatus, Bol., Ann. Mus. Civ. di Genova, xxxix, 
Ds 7, OOS: 
Habitat.—Kodaikanal, S. India (Bolivar). 
The type came from Sumatra, and this species is reported 
from Java. 
Bolotettix armatus, sp. nov. 


Near lobatus, Hancock. A graceful-bodied species. Head 
fuscous, pronotum above dark reddish-ochre forward, and backward 
on the hind process becoming very pale toward the apex, the four 
anterior legs, sides of the pronotum, and the lower part of the 
lateral lobes and spines light testaceous-yellow, the hind femora 
pale yellow with a deep black longitudinal fascia below the lower 
external carina. Vertex strongly narrower than one of the eyes, 
narrowed forward toward the front tricarinate, the median carina 
very little projecting; head and eyes distinctly exserted; eyes 
strongly elevated above the dorsum of pronotum and globose; 
antennae inserted below the eyes; frontal costa rather widely 
arcuate-elevated between the antennae and depressed between the 
eyes. Pronotum above plain, the dorsum little turned up in front ; 
between the shoulders barely rugulose, behind the shoulders de- 
pressed subfossulate; median carina of pronotum percurrent sub- 
straight but little compressed forward between the sulci; lateral 
carinae little compressed subbicarinate on the shoulders; hind 
process long acute subulate, surpassing the hind femoral apices: 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum laminate and 
produced in a straight acute spine on each side, spine subcarinate 
and transverse, behind the spine the margin sinuate. Elytra 
small, elongate; wings extended barely beyond the pronotal apex, 
coloured black-infumate. Anterior and middle femoral margins 
entire; posterior femora elongate, externally bearing distinct ob- 


I9t5.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 77 


lique rugae, and above with a series of rounded tubercles ; the three 
pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi subequal in length, or 
the first barely longer than the second. 

Entire length of male and female 12°5-14°5 mm.; pronotum 
II‘5-13'°5 mm.; posterior femora 5°2-6°3 mm. 

Habitat.—Sukli, Dawna Hills, 2100 ft., Nov. 22, 191r (F. H. 
Gravely). 

This species has the head and eyes more exserted than in 
lobatus, Hanc.; the vetex narrower, and it, moreover, has strongly 
produced spines arming the lateral lobes directed ata right angle 
to the body. ‘This species approaches Systolederus in the exserted 
and very narrow vertex. 


Bolotettix pictipes, sp. nov. 


Near armatus, Hancock. Above obscure yellowish-fuscous, the 
lower sides of the body and legs light yellow, obscure fusco- 
variegated, the hind femora pale fasciate at the middle and dark 
below. Head exserted; eyes globose; frontal costa distinctly 
produced between the eyes; vertex strongly narrower than one of 
the eyes in front, on either side of the mid-carina the space very 
little wider than in armatus, in the latter species the space on 
either side very narrow sulcate and the vertex tricarinate. Pro- 
notum above with the dorsum planate, granulose, between the 
shoulders bearing two short carinulae, behind the shoulders sub- 
fossulate, posteriorly planate and obscurely subtuberculate; me- 
dian carina of pronotum percurrent, very thin and low, sub- 
undulate posteriorly, forward behind the front margin depressed ; 
hind process long acute subulate, surpassing the hind femoral 
apices; posterior angles of the lateral lobes of pronotum outwardly 
reflexed on each side and produced in a very narrow acute spine 
subtransverse, very slightly directed backward, the margin behind 
the base of spine rectangulate sinuate. Elytra short, ovate; 
wings extended to the apex of the pronotal process ; femoral mar- 
gins entire; the three pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi 
equal in length. 

Entire length of female 13°2 mm. ; pronotum 12°5 mm. ; poste- 
rior femora 5°8 mm. 

Habitat.—Madras, Shevaroys, 4000 ft. ye 1907 (C. W. M., 
T. B. Fletcher) in author’ s collection. 


Bolotettix inermis, sp. nov. 


Body above fuscous, sides and legs paler and variegated with 
fuscous, the hind femora mottled with yellow and fuscous, dark to- 
ward the apices and light basally, below the lower external carina 
black. Head very little exserted ; eyes globose; vertex scarcely 
narrowed toward the front, subnarrower than one of the eyes, 
middle carinate, on each side fossulate, frontal carinulae later- 
ally little elevated-acute, front subrounded truncate; antennae 
very long filiform, inserted far below the eyes; frontal costa 


78 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


compresso-elevated between the antennae, depressed above be- 
tween the eyes and distinctly sinuate at the median ocellus as 
viewed in profile. Pronotum above plain; median carina percur- 
rent, elevated little arcuate between the sulci forward ; between the 
shoulders provided on each side with a very distinct oblique rugula 
or line; lateral carinae percurrent on the shoulders, and before the 
shoulders distinctly compressed elevated ; prozonal carinae behind 
the front border forward distinctly compressed, subparallel ; hind 
process subulate, extended beyond the hind femoral apices; pos- 
terior angles of the lateral lobes of pronotum turned down, lower 
margin rounded. Elytra short, ovate, in the type black, with pale 
yellow apices; wings extended little beyond the pronotal apex; 
the four anterior femora elongate, compressed, margins entire ; 
posterior femora stout, superior margins minutely serrulate-gra- 
nose; the three pulvilli of the first joint of hind tarsi subequal in 
length. 

Entire length of female 13°55 mm.; pronotum 12°5 mm.; 
posterior femora 6°5 mm. 

Habitat.—Ghumti, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas, 4000 ft., 
July, rg11 (Ff. H. Gravely). 

In one of the specimens the hind process of pronotum is 
slightly less produced beyond the apices of the hind femora. 


Bolotettix lobatus, Hancock. 


Systolederus lobatus, Hance., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, pp. 
143, 144, 1912. . 

This species has the body above infuscate, sides and legs 
paler, variegated with light ochre, hind femora with a pale median 
stripe, and below the lower external carina longitudinally black 
fasciate. Vertex strongly narrower than one of the eyes, distinctly 
narrowed forward between the curvate frontal carinulae ; middle 
carinate between the forward half of the eyes and very slightly 
projecting, on either side of the mid-carina elongate fossulate ; 
head exserted; eyes prominent and globose, higher than the dorsum 
of pronotum ; antennae inserted far below the eyes; paired ocelli 
placed between the lower fourth of the eyes; frontal costa com- 
pressed arcuate between the antennae, little depressed between the 
eyes ; strongly sinuate at the median ocellus in profile. Prono- 
tum above plain subcylindrical forward, shining granulose, between 
the shoulders the dorsum convex, disc .on either side presenting 
somewhat distinct oblique lines, behind the shoulders depressed 
subfossulate ; lateral carina very slightly compressed, often red- 
dish in colour ; median carina percurrent, little elevated ; prozonal 
carina forward behind the front margin very thin and parallel ; 
posterior process extended beyond the hind femoral apices; pos- 
terior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum little obliquely 
laminate, reflexed outward, and obliquely truncate behind, the 
angles subacute. Elytra small, elongate, margin above sub- 
straight, below widely rounded and both extremities rounded, 


1915.] J. Ll. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 79 


externally punctate, the upper third part light ochreous, lower 
part infuscate ; wings nearly reaching to the apex of the pronotal 
process, infumate. Femora elongate; anterior femoral margins 
subundulate ; posterior femoral margins granose; the three pul- 
villi of the first joint of the hind tarsi acute, subequal, or the third 
barely longer than the second. 

Entire length of male and female 13°5-14'°5 mm.; pronotum 
12°5-13°5 mm. ; posterior femora 6'2~7 mm. 

Habitat.—Ghumti, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas, 4oo0 ft., 
July, 1911 (F. H. Gravely); Kurseong, E. Himalayas, 5000 ft., 
July 5, 1908 (N. Annandale). 

The type in the author’s collection is from Lebong, Darjiling 
Dist., 5000 ft. As itis an imperfect specimen, I have drawn the 
above description from fresh examples.! 


Bolotettix exsertus, Bolivar. 


Criotettix exsertus, Bol, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Ixx, p. Ixx, 
583, 1902. 
Habitat.—Kodaikanal, S. India (Bolivar). 


Bolotettix quadratus, sp. nov. 


Body pale grey or yellow, more or less marked with fuscous 
or black, on each side of the lower part of the pronotal lobes pale, 
posterior femora with a median longitudinal light fascia, and ex- 
ternally above marked with fuscous and with a longitudinal black 
fascia below but the fascia interrupted with yellow at the distal 
third ; hind tibiae annulate with light and dark; underneath the 
body black and pale variegated. Head and eyes exserted, eyes 
higher than the dorsum of pronotum; vertex strongly narrower 
than one of the eyes, equal to about one-third the width, tricari- 
nate forward ; frontal costa between the antennae roundly com- 
pressed-elevated, depressed above between the eyes, sinuate at the 
median ocellus. Pronotum with the dorsum plain, little rugose 
between the shoulders; prozonal carina behind the anterior mar- 
gin parallel ; median carina percurrent, little compressed-elevated 
before the shoulders, behind the anterior margin concave, the mar- 
gin anteriorly slightly elevated; lateral carinae in front of the 
shoulders barely compressed ; humeral angles subbicarinate ; hind 
process long subulate, extended beyond the hind femoral apices ; 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes subquadrate, obliquely reflexed, 
and truncate behind, the apices little prominent. Elytra elongate, 
the apices rounded; wings black or infumate, extended beyond 
the pronotal apex. Anterior and middle femora elongate, margins 
entire; hind femora slender, margins minutely serrulate, hind 


! Kirby had examined these specimens in the Indian Museum, and on one of 
the specimens he placed a label bearing the name : ‘‘ Systolederus cinereus, Bol.,”’ 
while on the second specimen he had affixed a label with the determination : ‘‘ Wa- 
zarrvedia lugubris, sp. nov.’ 


80 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor.- XI, 


tibiae little curvate toward the base; the three pulvilli of the 
first joint of the hind tarsi subequal in length. 

Entire length of female 15 mm.; pronotum I4 mm. ; poste- 
rior femora 6 mm. 

Habitat.—Singla, Darjiling District, 1500 ft., June, 1913 (Lord 
Carmichael coll.); Sikkim, Darjiling Dist. (L. Mandell). 

This species resembles ¢viangularis in the narrow vertex, but 
differs in the lateral lobes which are subquadrate and little promi- 
nent as compared to the triangulate produced angles in triangu- 
laris. The exserted head suggests its approach to Systolederus, but 
the vertex is wider than in typical representatives of that genus. 


Bolotettix triangularis, sp. nov. 


Allied to armatus, Hancock, slightly larger in stature. Body 
reddish-ochreous, front of head and the sides of the lateral lobes 
mottled with black, underneath the body black, femora pale yel- 
low, the hind femora marked with a longitudinal black fascia 
below the lower external carina, and faint traces of fuscous bars on 
the upper part. Vertex strongly narrower than one of the eyes, 
tricarinate, the median carina very little projecting ; head and eyes 
exserted; frontal costa arcuate-elevated between the antennae, 
sinuate at the median ocellus. Pronotum plain above, dorsum 
rugulose between the shoulders; humeral angles bicarinate ; me- 
dian carina of pronotum substraight, percurrent, and subobsolete 
near the front border; posterior process subulate, long surpassing 
the hind femoral apices ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the 
pronotum laminate dilated laterally and distinctly triangulate pro- 
duced, subacute, the margin behind subsinuate truncate. Elytra 
small, elongate-ovate ; wings extended little beyond the pronotal 
apex. Anterior and middle femoral margins entire; posterior fe- 
moral margins granose or entire; the third pulvilli of the first 
joint of the hind tarsi little longer than the second. 

Entire length of male and female 13'5-16 mm.; pronotum 12-15 
mm.; posterior femora of the male 6 mm. 

Habitat.—Sibsagar, N.-E. Assam (S. E. Peal). 

The two specimens in the Indian Museum collection were 
determined as ‘‘Systolederus angusticeps, Stal,’’ presumably by 
Saussure. It is hardly necessary to state that the latter, a Philip- 
pine species, is of much larger stature and has acute spines arm- 
ing the lateral lobes of the pronotum. 


Genus Thoradonta, Hancock. 


Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 407, 1907. 


Thoradonta spiculoba, Hancock. 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, p. 138, 1912; Hanc., 
Records Ind. Mus., viii, pp. 312, 313, 1913. 


I9i5.] J. 1. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 81 


Habitat.—Calcutta (N. Annandale; Brunetti; and F. H. 
Gravely); Rangoon, 1905 (Brunetti); Kandy, Cevlon (Hancock 
coll.). I have previously reported this species from: Bihar, Pupri, 
Muzaffarpur; Pusa; Durbhanga; Dibrugarh, N. E. Assam. 


Thoradonta sinuata, sp .nov. 


Colour ferrugineous. Head not at all exserted; vertex wider 
than one of the eyes; frontal costa compresso-elevated between 
the antennae. Pronotum above rugose, tuberculose; median 
carina strongly sinuate, tuberculate, in front of the shoulders and 
behind the humeral angles gibbulate; prozonal carinae forward 
behind the anterior margin convergent backward; lateral carinae 
behind the humeral angles sinuate and compressed; dorsum on 
the disc between the shoulders widened, tuberculose, and bearing 
a short carinula on each side, behind the shoulders bifossulate ; 
humeral angles with the carinae compressed; posterior process 
subulate, extended little beyond the hind femora apices; posterior 
angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum laminate expanded and 
abruptly constricted and produced in a narrow transverse sharp 
spine on each side, sinuate in front and behind the angle; margins 
of the lateral lobes minutely serrulate. Elytra wide at the middle, 
narrowed forward and strongly narrowed toward the apices; wings 
extended nearly to the apex of the pronotal process. Anterior 
femoral margins undulate; middle femoral margins subtrilobate 
above and below; posterior femora externally rugose; margins 
serrulate; the first two pulvilli of the first article of the hind 
tarsi spinose, the third acute. 

Entire length of female 9 mm.; pronotum 8 mm.; posterior 
femora 5 mm. 

Habitat.—Moleshwar, W. of Yenna Valley, Satara Dist. 3200 
it., April 23, 1912 (f°. H. Gravely). 

This species differs from sfzculoba, Hancock, in having the for- 
ward gibbosity in front of the shoulders on the pronotum lower 
and smaller, and in the less dilated posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes of the pronotum, and in the abruptly contracted and trans- 
versely produced narrow sharp spine, in contrast with the less 
contracted suboblique spine on each side in spfzculoba, the spines 
in the latter having the bases wider. 


Thoradonta apiculata, sp. nov. 


Near spiculoba and sinuata, Hancock. Colour greyish-rufes- 
cent, sometimes infuscate, the hind tibiae pale annulate. Head 
not at all exserted; vertex wider than one of the eyes; frontal! 
costa distinctly protuberant between-the antennae. Pronotum 
above rugose-granulose; metian carina of the pronotum com. 
pressed-gibbulate before the shoulders, but not so elevated as in 
spiculoba, and posteriorly sinuate; hind process subulate and 
extended much beyond the hind femoral apices; posterior angles 


82 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


of the lateral lobes of the pronotum little dilated-laminate, and 
produced on each side in a small sharp spine with a wide base, the 
margin in front oblique and not at all sinuate, but behind right- 
angle sinuate; wings extended to the apex of the pronotal process, 

Entire length of male and female ro-II mm.; pronotum 9°5- 
ro°5 mm. 

Habitat.—Upper Assam; Sukli, Dawna Hills, goo0-2100 ft., 
Oct. 23, 1911 (F. H. Gravely); Tenasserim Valley, Lower Burma 
(Doherty) ; Darjiling Dist. Singla, 1500 ft., May, 1913 (Lord Car- 
michael coll.); Sibsagar, N. E. Assam (S. E. Peal). 


Thoradonta nodulosa, Stal. 


Tettix nodulosa, Stal, Hugenies Resa, Orth., p. 348, 1860; 
Criotettix nodulosus, Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 230, 1887; 
Brunn., Rev. Syst. Orth., p. 105, Genova, 1893. 

Habitat.—Carin Cheba (Brunner). 

The habitat of this species is Java and Malacca, and Brun- 
ner’s record may refer to one of the species I have just described. 
Specimens of Thovadonta nodulosa, Stal, are in my collection taken 
in Java by Jacobson, and they differ from any of the Indian spe- 
cies, in the posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum. 
In nodulosus, Stal, the angles are shortly acuminate, while in the 
above mentioned species they are spined, though in apiculata and 
spiculoba the base of the spines is widened. 


Genus Criotettix, Bolivar. 
Plate xiv. 
Table for separating the Indian species of Criotettix. 


1. Vertex not at all produced. 
2. Hind process of pronotum not, or very 
little surpassing the hind femoral api- 
ces; wings shorter than the process: 
frontal costa arcuate produced before 
the eyes: dorsum narrow between the 
shoulders ; pronotum of male g mm... vugosus, Bolivar. 
2. 2. Hind process of pronotum lengthily sur- 
passing the hind femoral apices ; wings 
extended to the apex of the pronotal 
process. 
3. Stature moderately small ; pronotum of 
female not exceeding 13 or 14 mm. in 
length. 
4. Vertex very narrow, strongly narrower 
than one of the eyes; spine on each 
side of the posterior angles of the late- 
tal lobes of pronotum Jong, straight, 
and sharp: pronotum of male and 
female to'5-12.5 mm. ——... tricarinatus, Bolivar, 


I915.] J.L. Hancock: Indian Letriginae ( Acrydiinae). 83 


4.4. Vertex subequal in width to one of the 
eyes: dorsum between the shoulders 
convex ; spine on each side of the late- 
tal lobes transverse slender elongate 
and sharp. 
. Lateral lobes of pronotum with the pos- 
terior angles spined. 
6. Spine on each side of the lateral lobes 
straight ; pronotum of male Ir mm. 
indicus, Bolivar ; orientalis, Hancock. 
6. 6. Spine on each side of the lateral lobes 
curvate; base of pronotal process above 
tuberculose; pronotum of male and 
female 98-12 mm. ies spintlobus, Hancock. 
. Lateral lobes of pronotum with the pos- 
terior angles laminate, subquadrate, 
the angle but little prominent; hind 
process above subnodulose; vertex nar- 
rower than one of the eyes; pronotum 
of male and female 10-8-1r mm. .. pallidus, sp. nov. 
3. 3. Stature larger, above little rugose subtu- 
berculose ; posterior angles of the late- 
ral lobes subquadrate, obliquely trun- 
cate behind, the angle little prominent, 
not at all spined ; colour ferrugineous ; 
vertex narrower than one of the eyes ; 
pronotum of male and female I3- 
I5'5 mm. #2 oe .- dohertyi, sp. nov 
7. Lateral lobes of the pronotum with the 
posterior angles barely produced. 
8. Pronotum slender subulate posteriorly , 
strongly produced backward; dorsum 
above somewhat smooth, behind the 
shoulders lightly fossulate ; posterior 
angles of the lateral lobes little promi- 
nent, sinuate behind; pronotum I7 mm. 
Sex 2 ste ce aequalis, Hancock. 
8. 8. Pronotum wider between the shoulders, 
behind the shoulders strongly fossu- 
late; hind process produced beyond 
the hind femora 4 mm. ; apices of the 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes 
little prominent, not at all produced or 
Spined ; pronotum of male I5mm. montanus, Hancock. 
7-7. Lateral lobes at the posterior angles 
produced, acute, 
g. Spines of the posterior angles of the late- 
tal lobes of the pronotum more or less 
obliquely directed backward ; vertex 
subnarrower than one of the eyes. 


On 


Un 
or 


84 Records of the Indian Museum. [Yor 228, 


10. Stature of moderate size; above dull 
rugose-granulate ; dorsum behind the 
shoulders fossulate, tuberculose on the 
base of process; colour fuscous, or some- 
times marked with ochre, the hind 
femora obscurely marked, or with bars 
of ochre; pronotum of male and female 
13°5-I7 mm. .. ee annandalei, sp. nov. 
10, 10. Stature large, above shiny; rather 
broadly depressed behind the shoulders 
and on either side between the shoul- 
ders; colour often ochreous-brown 
above; pronotum of male and female 
16°7— 20° 5 mm. . gravelyt, sp. nov. 
g. 9. Spine on each side of the posterior 
angles of the lateral lobes of pronotum 
directed at a right angle, transverse, 
not oblique. 
II. Posterior femoral margins above tri- or 
quadridentate; dorsum moderately 
wide between the shoulders; abdomen 
yellow maculate; pronotum of male 
17 mm. flavopictus, Bolivar, 
II. Ir. Posterior rates margins ahove sub- 
crenulate, or barely lobate; dorsum 
wider between the shoulders : abdomen 
often white maculate. 
12. Body above greyish-ochreous; sides of 
the body and hind femora covered with 
pale granulations; hind process often 
pale maculate toward the apex ; body 
below fuscous and light, palpi white ; 
pronotum of male and female 17°5- 
2I mm. : . grandis, Hancock. 
12. 12. Body above fuscous or greyish- fuscous ; 
hind femora obscurely mottled or with 
bars of ochre; pronotum of male and 
female 17°5-20°5 mm. .. maximus, Hane. 
Pronotum of female 18 1 mm. 
race or var. extremus, Hancock. 
I. 1. Vertex little produced; dorsum of prono- 
tum rugulose ; posterior angles of the 
lateral lobes of pronotum depressed, 
acute, barely produced; pronotum of 
male and female 14 mm. .. .. vidali, Bolivar. 


Criotettix rugosus, Bolivar. 
(Fig. 2, Plate xiv.) 


Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 228, 1887; Brunn., Ann. 
Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 105, 1893. 


Igt5.] J. 1. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 85 


Habitat.—Rangoon, Burma (N. Annandale). Brunner records 
this species from Lower Burma. 


Criotettix tricarinatus, Bolivar. 
(Fig. 14, Plate xiv.) 


Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 224, 1887; Hanc., Spolia 
Zeylanica, ii, p. 128, pl. 3, fig. 15, 1904. 
Habitat.—Sigiriya, Ceylon, Sept. 1909 (FE. E. Green) ; Kandy, 
Ceylon, Apr. 1907; Peradeniya, Ceylon, July 1913 (A. R.). Boli- 
var records this species from Kodaikanal, S. India, in Ann. Soc. 
Ent. France, Ixx, p. 583, 1902. 


Criotettix spinilobus, Hancock. 
(Bie ero, Plate xiv.) 


Hane,, Spol. Zeylan., ii, p: 130, pl. 3, fig. 12, 1904; Hanc., 
Gen. Ins. Orth. Acrid. Tetriginae, p. 28, fig. 13, 1906. 

Habitat.—Pundaluoya, Ceylon; Vurkalay, Travancore coast, 
S. India (N. Annandale). 

This small species has the vertex subequal in width to one of 
the eyes, and the posterior angles of the lateral lobes on each side 
have a strongly produced sharp spine, curvate forward. The speci- 
men from Travancore in the Indian Museum bears Kirby’s label 
on which is written ‘‘ Criotettix obscurus Kb. type.’’ The speci- 
men is identical with the type of spinilobus in the author’s collec- 
tion. This species resembles indicus, Bol., but may be distin- 
guished by the curved spines. 


Criotettix indicus, Bolivar. 
Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Ixx, p. 581, 1902. 
Habitat.—? S. India (Bolivar). Not represented in the Indian 
Museum coll. 
Criotettix orientalis, Hancock. 


(Fig. 12, Plate xiv.) 


Hanc., Records Ind. Mus., vii, p. 312, pl. xv, fig. 4, Ig13. 
Habitat.—Dibrugarh, N. EK. Assam. 


Criotettix pallidus, sp. nov. 
(Fig. 5, Plate xiv.) 


Near indicus, Bolivar. Stature small; vertex distinctly nar- 
rower than one of the eyes, little narrowed forward; eyes globose ; 
head not at all exserted; antennae inserted between the lower 
part of the eyes; frontal costa compresso-elevated between the 
antennae. Pronotum little rugose-granulose, between the shoul- 
ders little convex, disc on each side bearing a short carinula ; pro- 


86 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


zonal carinae behind the anterior border convergent backward ; 
dorsum behind the shoulders, depressed, fossulate, and backward 
on the process bearing subelevated nodules ; hind process subulate, 
extended beyond the hind femoral apices; median carina of the 
pronotum very low, thin, and sinuous; posterior angles of the 
lateral lobes laminate expanded, little triangulate and prominent, 
behind truncate, but the hind margin concave. Elytra ovate, 
apices rounded ; wings fully explicate extended backward to the 
end of the pronotal process. Anterior femoral margins entire; 
middle femoral margins above and below undulate ; hind femora 
somewhat stout, margins entire, minutely crenulate, externally 
above with a series of obtuse tubercles, and at the middle bearing 
distinct oblique rugulae; the pulvilli of the first joint of hind tarsi 
acute spiculate. 

Entire length of male and female 11°5 mm,; pronotum 10 8 
mim.; hind femora 5 mm. 

Habitat.—-Tenasserim Valley, Lower Burma (Doherty). 


Criotettix dohertyi, sp. nov. 
(Fig. 4, Plate xiv.) 


Colour ferrugineous. Vertex strongly narrower than one of 
the eyes, little narrowed forward; eyes globose; head not at all 
exserted; antennae inserted between the lower angles of the eyes, 
not wholly between the eyes, and lower than in ivicarinatus. 
Frontal costa compresso-elevated between the antennae, a little 
depressed above between the eyes, and distinctly sinuate at the 
median ocellus. Pronotum with the dorsum rugose-granulate, 
behind the shoulders depressed, between the shoulders convex and 
rather wide; on each side bearing a very thin carinula; on the 
process rugose-granulate, and bearing more or less irregular sub- 
elevated obtuse tubercles; posterior process subulate, long pro- 
duced beyond the hind femora apices; median carina of pronotum 
very low, thin, and sinuous; prozonal carinae forward behind the 
front margin convergent backward, indistinctly expressed ; poste- 
rior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum laminate expanded, 
little acute, prominent, margin behind the angle truncate, but very 
slightly concave. Elytra ovate, apices rounded-truncate; wings 
extended to the apex of the pronotal process. Anterior femoral 
margins entire; middle femoral carinae above entire, below sub- 
undulate; middle femora of male stouter, less elongate; hind 
femoral margins granulose, entire, the external face below subin- 
fuscate; hind tibiae plain dark brown; the third pulvillus of the 
first joint of the hind tarsi little longer than the second, the first 
two pulvilli acute spinose. 

Entire length of male and female 13~-16°5 mm. pronotum I2- 
155 mm.; posterior femora 5°5-7°3 mm. 

Habitat.— Upper Assam (Doherty). 

Two specimens in the Indian Museum have labels apparently 
in Saussure’s handwriting, bearing the name ‘‘ Paratettix varta- 


1915.| ip I. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 87 


balis, Bol.” This species recalls the genus Paratettix in the cha- 
racters of the vertex, yet the lateral lobes at the posterior angles 
are laminate, the angle truncate behind and the apex prominent. 
It materially differs from Paratettix variabilis, Bol., in many res- 
pects. 


Criotettix aequalis, Hancock. 
(Fig. 3, Plate xiv.) 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, p. 136, 1912. 
Habitat.—Bengal, Probsering, Lebong, 5000 ft. (Author’s 
coll.) 


Criotettix montanus, Hancock. 
(Fig. 1, Plate xiv.) 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Acric. India, iv, pp. 133, 134, 1912. 
Habitat.—Punjab, Simla, 7000 ft. (Author’s coll.) 


Criotettix annandalei, sp. nov. 
(Fig. 6, Plate xiv.) 


Near gvavelyt, Hancock. Stature smaller; coloured fuscous, 
obscurely variegated with lighter brown, hind femora obscurely pale 
mottled. Vertex narrower than one of the eyes, subgranulose, 
fossulate on each side of the median carina, widened backward ; 
head not exserted; antennae inserted between the lower angles of 
the eyes, not wholly between the eyes; frontal costa compresso- 
elevated arcuate between the antennae, not so roundly produced 
as in gravelyi. Pronotum deplanate on the dorsum, little convex 
between the shoulders, dull rugose-granulose, behind the shoulders 
bifossulate and the surface on the base of the process more or less 
pitted and tuberculose as in Eugavialidium, prozonal carinae for- 
ward behind the front border lightly expressed, subparallel ; pos- 
terior process subulate and acute produced much beyond the hind 
femoral apices; median carina of pronotum very low and thin, 
following the inequalities, obsolete forward behind the anterior 
margin; elytra elongate-ovate, apices rounded; wings extended 
to the apex of the pronotal process; posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes laminate and produced in an oblique acute spine on each side, 
anterior femoral margins subentire; middle femoral margins above 
minutely crenulate, subundulate, below undulate, very indistinctly 
bilobate; hind femora rather stout, margins above crenulate and 
often beating very indistinct pale crenulate lobes, or absent, below 
margins subentire; pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi sub- 
acute, not at all spinose, the third pulvillus longer than the second 
and planate below. 

Entire length of male and female 14°5 17 mm.; pronotum I3°5 
mm.; posterior femora 6-7 mm. 

Habitat.—Paresnath, W. Bengal (Chota Nagpur), 4300 ft., 
April 15, 1909 (N. Annandale). 


88 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Two of the specimens in the Indian Museum collection were 
labelled by Kirby ‘‘ Criotettix exsertus, Bol.’’ The latter species 
has the head more exserted, and is otherwise very different from 
Criotettix annandalei, sp. nov., described above, and as noted under 
the genus Bolotettix, Hancock. 


Criotettix gravelyi, sp. nov. 
(Fig. 9, Plate xiv.) 


Stature large, dorsum ochreous or dark ochreous-brown, and 
subglabrous, the sides of the body, the under parts, legs, and wings, 
more or less black; posterior femoral carinae pale maculate, ex- 
ternally the hind femora marked with ochre, vertex smooth, in 
front subnarrower or subequal in width to one of the eyes, very 
slightly subnarrowed forward, median carina little expressed at the 
front; frontal costa roundly compressed between the antennae; 
eyes not exserted; antennae inserted between the lower angles of 
the eyes. Pronotum with the dorsum deplanate, rather smooth, 
little convex between the shoulders, broadly depressed behind the 
shoulders, posteriorly long subulate; prozonal carinae behind the 
front margin subparallel or indistinctly convergent backward ; 
median carina of pronotum substraight, very low, obliterated for- 
ward behind the front border, little rounded subnodulose forward 
between the sulci; hind process produced much beyond the apices 
of the hind femora; posterior angles of the lateral lobes laminate, 
the apices produced in suboblique spines; elytra oblong-ovate, 
apices rounded-truncate; wings reaching to the apex of the prono- 
tal process ; margins of four anterior femora subentire ; the superior 
carina of the middle femora granulate subundulate, below biundu- 
late, or entire; posterior femoral margins above minutely crenu- 
late, with very indistinct elevated pale lobes; externally above 
bearing a series of rounded tubercles, and at the middle bearing 
oblique rugulae; the three pulvilli of the first joint of hind tarsi 
subequal in Jength, the third subpianate below. 

Entire length of male and female 17°5—20'5 mm.; pronotum 
17-20 mm.; hind femora 7-9 mm. 

Habitat.—Ghumti, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas, 4000 ft., 
July ro1r (F. H. Gravely); Sikkim, Darjiling Dist. (L. Mandellt). 


Criotettix flavopictus, Bolivar. 
(Fig. 10, Plate xiv.) 


Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxx, p. 582, 1902. 

Habitat.—Thingannyinaung to Sukli, Dawna Hills, goo-2100 
ft., Nov. 23, gtr (F. H. Gravely); Misty Hollow, W. side of 
Dawna Hills, 2200 ft., Nov. 22, 1911 (F. H. Gravely): Ind. Mus. 
coll. Anamalais, about 2500 ft., Jan. 21, 1912 (T. B. Fletcher 
author’s coll.). Kodaikanal (Castets, Decoly; Bolivar). 


1g15.] J.L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 89 _ 


Criotettix maximus, Hancock. 
(Fig. 7, Plate xiv.) 


Hanc., Records Indian Museum, viii, pp. 311, 312, pl. xv, 
He sk, LOLs. 

Habitat.—-Ghumti, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas, 4000 ft., 
July, torr (Ff. H. Gravely). Yembung, 1100 ft.; Janakmukh, 600 
ft. (author’s coll.). 

Note: In the figure given in the Rec. Ind. Mus. the elytra are 
drawn too large by the artist. 


Criotettix extremus, Hancock. 
(Pie, re, Plate xiv.) 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, pp. 132, 133, 1912. 

Habitat.—Madras, Shevaroys, 4000 ft. (author’s coll.). 

It is quite probable that this is a variety or race of maximus 
Hanc., and I have so regarded it in the table separating the 
species of Criotettix. 


Criotettix vidali, Bolivar. 


Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 227, 1887; Brunn. Ann. 
Mus. Genova, xxXxili, p. 105, 1853. 

Habitat.—Carin Cheba (Brunner). This species was described 
by Bolivar from Philippine specimens, and I am including it here 
on the authority of Brunner. 


Criotettix grandis, Hancock. 
(Fig. 8, Plate xiv.) 


Hancock, Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, pp. 134, 135, 1912. 

Habitat.—Darjiling Dist., Singla, 1500 ft., Mar., 1913 (Lord 
Carmichael coll.). 

The type in the author’s collection is from Assam, Chera- 
punji, Khasi Hills. The specimens in the Indian Museum do not 
differ from the type, except in the colour of the body. In these 
specimens the colour is grey above, the sides of the body and hind 
femora covered with pale granulations, the pronotal process to- 
ward the apex darker and often minutely pale spotted; the ante- 
rior and middle tibiae annulate with white ; body below fuscous 
and light; palpi white; hind femora with obscure pale bars ; spines 
of the lateral lobes of pronotum acute, but not long produced. In 
the males the spines narrower. In one specimen from Upper 
Burma, Shan Hills (J. C. Brown), the spines of the lateral lobes 
are more acutely produced. The type specimen is somewhat 
faded with age, and the colour of the fresh specimens add materi- 
ally to the original description. 


go Records of the indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Genus Loxilobus, Hancock. 


Hancock, Spol. Zeylan., ii, p. 134, 1904. 

The members of this genus have the vertex subequal or wider 
than one of the eyes, and narrowed forward; the frontal costa 
roundly produced before the eyes ; the antennae inserted between 
the eyes, and the head not at all exserted. The pronotum above 
little rugose, often tuberculate, and with elongate lines; the pos- 
terior angles of the lateral lobes laminate, triangulate, and acute, 
the margin of lobes behind truncate or obtuse sinuate ; wings 
often extended backward little beyond the pronotal apex. This 
gents seems to occupy a place between Criotettix on the one hand 
and Coptotettix on the other. 


Loxilobus acutus, Hancock. 


Hanc., Spol. Zeylan.. ii, p. 134, figs. 3 and 16, 1904; Hanc., 
Gen. Ins. Orth. Acrid. Tetr., p. 29, pl. ii, fig. 17, 1906; Hanc., 
Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, p. 137, I9!2. 

Habitat.—Ceylon. Author’s coll. 


Loxilobus subulatus, Bolivar. 


Criotettix subulatus, Bol., Ann Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 227, 
1887. 


Habitat.—‘‘ Indes Orientalis’’ (Bolivar). 


Loxilobus hancocki, Kirby. 


Loxilobus rugosus, Hanc., Spol. Zeylan , ii, p. 135, 1908; 
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth. Brit. Mus., iii, p. 18, Igro. 


Habitat.—Bombay, India; Ceylon. Author’s collection. 


Loxilobus assamus, Hancock. 


Hanc., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 223, 1901; Hanc. Mem. 
Dept. Agric. India, v, p. 136, 1912. 
Habitat.—Assam; Bengal, Lebong. Author’s coll. 


Loxilobus parvispinus, sp. nov. 


Resembling acutus, Hancock, but having the dorsum of prono- 
tum little rugose ; median carina of the pronotum thin, very low, 
irregularly compressed backwards, the rugae not so distinctly ele- 
vated ; the posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum 
laminate, the apex on each side bearing a very small minute acute 
spine, the margin behind sinuate; the lateral carinae and the 
median carina of the pronotum much thinner and not so com- 
pressed as in acutus; colour dark ferrugineous, the sides of the 
abdomen and wings black, the hind femora with an obscure longi- 
tudinal black fascia below on the outer face: wings extended little 
beyond the pronotal apex. 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). gl 


Entire length of male 13 mm.; pronotum 12 mm.; posterior 
femora 5 mm. 

Habitat.—Pusa, Bihar, July 9, rg10 (T. B. Fletcher). Au- 
thor’s coll. 

This species was taken for L. acutus, and the male was des- 
cribed as that species in my report in the Mem. Dept. India, IV, 
p- 137, 1912. The present description is supplemental to that 
account, and refers to parvispinus instead of acutus. 


Loxilobus striatus, sp. nov. 


Near acutus, Hancock. Greyish-fuscous above, sides of body, 
and legs, paler reddish-ochre; hind femora below the lower external 
carina marked with a longitudinal black fascia; wings black or 
infumate. Vertex wider than one of the eyes, slightly narrowed 
forward, granulose; frontal costa arcuate produced between the 
eyes; antennae inserted distinctly between the lower fourth of 
the eyes. Pronotum granose, interspersed with very small tuber- 
cles; dorsum between the shoulders little convex, moderately 
wide, behind the shoulders deplanate, subulate posteriorly, surpass- 
ing the hind femoral apices; median carina of pronotum very low, 
thin, and irregularly interrupted and compressed ; posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum laminate and obliquely truncate 
behind, the apices subacute, little prominent. Elytra elongate, 
the apices rounded-truncate; wings extended little beyond the 
pronotal apex. Anterior and middle femoral margins above entire, 
the inferior margins subundulate; hind femora moderately stout, 
margins minutely crenulate, the antegenicular spine acute, the 
third pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi nearly as long as the 
first and second united, the first and second pulvilli spinose. 

Entire lengthof male 11°5 mm.; pronotum 10°5mm.; posterior 
femora 5°5 mm. 

Habitat.—Calcutta, Aug. 26, 1904 (Brunetti); Thingannyi- 
naung to Sukli, Dawna Hills, Lower Burma, 9co-2100 ft., Nov. 
23, 1911 (fF. H. Gravely). 

This species differs from parvispinus in the posterior angles of 
the lateral lobes being obliquely truncate behind, instead of sinuate 
and spined; while in acutus the angle of the lobes has the mar- 
gins behind subtransverse. 


Genus Acanthalobus, Hancock. 
Table for the separation of the Indian species. 


I. Vertex little wider than one of the eyes, 

lateral lobules in front marginate ; spine 

on each side of the posterior angles of 

the lateral lobes of pronotum acute and 

obliquely produced, the margin behind 
widely concave-sinuate .. .. miltarius, Bolivar. 
cuneatus, Hancock 


92 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vol 2603 


I. 1. Vertex distinctly wider than one of the 
eyes, narrowed toward the front, imper- 
fectly marginate, or subtruncate. 
2. Hind femora with the superior margin 
above distinctly lobate-serrulate, and 
toward the base costate ; inferior mar- 
gin subtuberculate ; spine on each side 
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum 
moderately produced, acute, and sub- 
transverse, the margin behind strongly 
sinuate a: a curticornis, Sp. nov. 
2.2. Hind femoral margins above not at all 
or scarcely dentate; spine on each side 
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum 
acute and oblique, and strongly pro- 
duced. 
3. Median carina of the pronotum behind 
the shoulders depressed, dorsum be- 
tween the humeral angles convex; 
posterior femora above sparingly lo- 
bate a si saginatus, Bolivar. 
3. 3. Median carina of the pronotum behind 
the shoulders not or barely depressed ; 
dorsum between the humeral angles 
subdeplanate ; posterior femora above 
entire, not at all dentate .. .. bispinosus, Dalm. 


Acanthalobus miliarius, Bolivar. 


Criotettix miliarius, Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg,, xxxi, p. 226, 
1887. 


Acanthalobus miliarius, Hanc. Spol. Zeylan., ii, p. 155, pl. 2, 
fig. 8, 1904. 

Hanc. Gen. Ins. Orth. Acrid. Tetr., p. 29, pl. 2, fig. 19, 1906. 

Habitat.—Trincomalee, Nov. 1906; Colombo; Ceylon. Ind. 
Mus, coll. 

Acanthalobus cuneatus, Hancock, J. c. 1904, is apparently the 
short-wing form of miliarius. 


Acanthalobus curticornis, sp. nov. 


Yellowish-rufescent, darker ‘on the dorsum of pronotum for- 
ward and on the front of the head. Vertex strongly wider than 
one of the eyes, narrowed forward toward the front, subfossulate 
on each side, front imperfectly marginate, subtruncate, median 
carina very small, little elevated and subproduced ; antennae very 
short, inserted between the lower part of the eyes; frontal costa 
arcuate-elevated between the antennae and depressed at the ver- 
tex. Pronotum with the dorsum deplanate, between the shoulders 
convex and rather wide, bearing rounded tubercles irregularly dis- 


1915.] J. Ll. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 93 


tributed ; median carina low, interrupted and sparingly tubercu- 
late, forward between the sulci elevated-crassate, subnodulose ; 
prozonal carinae behind the anterior border convergent backward, 
and distinctly expressed ; hind process of pronotum strongly cras- 
sate and rounded, strongly produced backward beyond the hind 
femoral apices; posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the prono- 
tum laminate expanded, the angle contracted and acute produced 
in a spine on each side, subtransversely directed, the margin be- 
hind distinctly right-angulate sinuate. Elytra oblong, narrowed 
toward the apices and rounded ; wings largely covered by the hind 
process, and extended to the apex of the pronotum, the part show- 
ing narrow ; anterior femoral carinae entire ; middle femoral mar- 
gins above subundulate, below indistinctly bituberculate ; poste- 
rior femoral margins above with the forward half costate, back- 
ward dentate, and minutely serrulate ; in the type two of the den- 
ticles very distinct, and two less distinct, margin below provided 
with a series of barely elevated tubercles; hind tibiae sinuate- 
curvate; pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi elongate, 
acute 

Entire length of female 19 mm.; pronotum 18°5 mm. ; poste- 
rior femora 7 mm. 

Habitat.—Medha, Yenna Valley, Satara Dist., Bombay Pres., 
2200 Apt. 7, 1912. H:. Gravely). 

The spines of the lateral lobes in this species are shorter than 
in saginatus, or in mi/iartus, and they are more transverse ; more- 
over, there are none of the series of short lines on the dorsum of 
pronotum, though tubercles are distinctly evident. 


Acanthalobus saginatus, Bolivar. 


Criotettix saginatus, Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, pp. 225, 
226, 1887; Brunner, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxill, p. 104, 
pl. 5, fig. 38, 1893. 

Habitat.—-S. India (Bolivar); Rangoon, L. Burma (Brun- 
ner). Not in the present collection. 

The name Acanthalobus saginatus is given as a synonym for 
Tettix inornata, Walker, in Kirby’s Cat. Orth., III, p. 17, 1910. 
This does not seem justified from Walker’s description in which he 
states in referring to the pronotum: .‘‘ three spines on each side, 
the hind spine longer than the two others, and inclined obliquely 
backward.”’ As there is only one spine on each side of the pro- 
notum in saginatus, Walker’s species cannot be interpreted as this 
species, but it may belong to the genus Hexocera. 


Acanthalobus bispinosus, Dalm. 


Acrydium bispinosum, Dalm., Vet.-Akad. Handl., p. 77, 1818; 
Kirby, Cat. Orth., iii, p. 18, 1910; Syn. Tettix pallitar- 
sus, Walk.; Tettix armiger, Walk.; Tettix latispinus, 
Walk. 


94 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL.c ee, 


Habitat.—Sibsagar, N. E. Assam (S. E. Peal); Assam. Ind. 
Mus. coll. 


Genus Tettitelum, nov. 


Head not at all exserted ; vertex very wide, strongly wider 
than one of the eyes, on each side fossulate, and provided late- 
rally with a rounded compressed carinula; middle subcarinate 
forward barely subproduced ; face broad, in profile little oblique ; 
eyes viewed from above little prominent, but viewed from the side 
moderately small; paired ocelli placed between the middle of the 
eyes; antennae inserted between the lower part of the eyes, or 
barely lower; frontal costa widely sulcate between the paired 
ocelli, the rami subparallel, in profile scarcely elevated between 
the antennae ; apical articles of palpi narrow. Pronotum above 
plain, subcylindrical forward, anteriorly truncate, posteriorly long 
acuminate, the apex acute subspinate: humeral angles wanting, 
the dorsum forward roundly sloping at the sides ; prozonal cari- 
nae behind the anterior margin obsolete; posterior angles of the 
lateral lobes of the pronotum laminate-expanded, with the inferior 
margin before the angle, or the angle produced in an acute spine, 
curvate forward. Elytra elongate, apices rounded; wings fully 
explicate and reaching to the pronotal apex ; anterior and middle 
femora elongate, margins entire, minutely serrulate. Blades of 
the female ovipositor rather short and straight, not at all curvate 
at the apices, hirsute, but not at all dentate, the upper blade 
rather broad. Near Acanthalobus, Hancock. 


Tettitelum hastatum, sp. nov. 


Colour yellowish, variegated with fuscous, the base of the 
pronotal process above suffused with black, lower margins of the 
lateral lobes, the elytra, and underneath the body pale yellow, 
- abdomen greyish-fuscous, backward densely white maculate toward 
the extremity. Face robust ; vertex not advanced as far as the 
eyes, strongly wider than one of the eyes, marginate in front, on 
either side fossulate, subampliate on the occiput; frontal costa 
compressed but scarcely elevated between the antennae. Prono- 
tum above plain, minutely rugulose-granose and punctate; dorsum 
between the shoulders very. obtuse tectiform, iittle subdepressed 
behind; median carina of pronotum very low, percurrent, and 
barely elevated forward before the shoulders ; lateral carinae be- 
fore the shoulders and also the prozonal carinae behind the ante- 
rior border wanting: the forward part of the pronotum cylin- 
drical ; posterior process long subulate, the apex sharply pointed ; 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes of pronotum laminate ex- 
panded, the lower margin produced laterally in a curvate acute 
spine on each side, directed forward ; anterior and middle femora 
elongate, margins minutely serrulate. 

Entire length of female 17°5 mm.; pronotum 16 mm.: (hind 
femora missing). 


I9gQ15.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydtinae). 95 


Habitat..-Kawkareik, Amherst Dist., Lower Burma, Mar. 5, 
1908 (N. Annandale). 

The type bears a label on which Kirby has written: “‘ Euga- 
vialidium hastatum, Kb., Type.”’ 


METRODORINAE. 
Genus Systolederus, Bolivar. 
Systolederus greeni, Bolivar. 


Bol., Ann’ Soc. Ent.-France, Ixx, p. 584, 1892; Hanc., Spol: 
Peat iia pent55 pl 25 fe.1/O,0 L904; Ekanc. ; Gen. Ens. 
Orth Aend Lets.“ p34, pls 2, fig. 14,1906: 
Habitat.—Nilgiris, S. India; Maskeliya, Ceylon; Punda- 
luoya, Ceylon; Madulsima, Ceylon, July 13, 1908 (7. B. Flet- 
cher; Hancock). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Systolederus cinereus, Brunner. 


Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiil, p. 105, 1893. 
Habitat.—Carin Cheba (Brunner). 


Genus Eurymorphopus, Hancock. 
Eurymorphopus latilobus, Hancock. 


Hanc., Spolia Zeylanica, v, pp. I13, 114, fig. 1, 1908. 

Habitat.—Kandy, Ceylon, May 29, 1910; Undugoda, Ceylon, 
Sept 1gog. Ind. Mus, coll. 

This small species is easily recognized by the narrow vertex, 
and the strongly dilated margins of the lateral lobes of the prono- 
tum. 


Genus Spadotettix, Hancock. 
Hanc., Spol. Zeylan., vi, pp. 146, 147, I910; Hanc., Mem. 
Dept. Agric: India, iv, pp. L41, 142, Tor2. 
Spadotettix fletcheri, Hancock. 
Spol. Zeylan., vi, pp. 147, 148, figs. I, 2, IgIo. 
Habitat.—Ceylon. Author’s coll. 
Spadotettix provertex, Hancock. 


Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, pp. 142, 143, IgI2. 
Habitat.—Madras, India. Authot’s coll. 


Genus Apterotettix, Hancock. 
Hanc., Spol. Zeylan., ii, pp. 108, 140, 1904; Hanc., Gen. 
Ins., pp. 30, 35, 1906. 


96 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vou. 2A 


Apterotettix obtusus, Hancock. 


Hanc., Spol. Zeylan., ii, p. 155, pl. 3, fig. 13, 1904; Gen. Ins., 
Pp. 35, fig. 16, 1906. 
Habitat.—Peradeniya, Ceylon. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Genus Amphinotus, nov. 


Stature small and apterous, with the head moderately exser- 
ted. Vertex wide, subwidened forward, strongly wider than one 
of the eyes, bifossulate forward, submammilate between the pos- 
terior part of the eyes, the frontal carinulae laterally little com- 
pressed, abruptly terminated but not cuspidate, open each side 
of the mid-carina, middle carinate forward, compressed and 
little produced; face little oblique ; eyes prominent, rather small, 
viewed from above subpedunculate and reniform; frontal costa 
strongly sinuate between the eyes, rather widely furcillate, not 
forked above the paired ocelli, the rami compresso-elevated between 
the antennae; paired ocelli placed nearly on a line with the lower 
border of the eyes; antennae rather short, filiform and inserted be- 
low the eyes. Pronotum truncate anteriorly, subtectiform forward, 
deplanate posteriorly, hind process abbreviated and truncate at 
the apex; median carina compressed, strongly elevated between 
the shoulders ; humeral angles wanting ; lateral carinae of the pos- 
terior process compressed ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes 
of the pronotum oblique, the angle little prominent outwards and 
obliquely truncate behind. Elytra and wings wanting; legs 
elongate ; the anterior and middle femoral margins undulate ; pos- 
terior femora armed with denticles on the external longitudinal 
carina, the middle denticle compressed obtuse triangularly ele- 
vated ; hind tibiae armed with spines ; the first joint of the pos- 
terior tarsi strongly longer than the first, the three pulvilli often 
planate below and equal in length. 

The type is Amphinotus pygmaeus, sp. nov. 

This genus recalls the Cladonotinae in some respects, yet it 
is near Mazarredia, Bol. It differs in the subsessile eyes, wider 
vertex, lower position of the paired ocelli, absence of the humeral 
angles, less laminate posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the 


pronotum, the absence of elytra and wings, and iong first joint of 
the hind tarsi. 


Amphinotus pygmaeus, sp. nov. 


Body very small, one of the smallest known Tettigids; coloured 
greyish, with two black bars marking the sides at the base of the 
hind process, divided by an oblique lighter line. Head little ex- 
serted ; vertex very wide, front not advanced as far as the eyes, 
widened forward between the anterior carinulae, about twice 
the width of one of the eyes, bifossulate forward, and bearing 
small submammilate ridges just behind the fossae, frontal carinu- 
lae rounded, but abruptly terminated at the inner sides of the eyes 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 97 


and angulate, but not elevated above the eyes; median carina of 
the vertex compressed-rounded, little produced; frontal costa in 
profile strongly sinuate between the eyes, little protuberant between 
the antennae. Pronotum truncate anteriorly, or barely obtuse 
angulate ; dorsum little compressed at the sides ; the short prozo- 
nal carinulae behind the anterior margin distinctly compressed, ele- 
vated; median carina of the pronotum thinly compressed subcris- 
tate, highest forward between the sulci, sloping forward and little 
sloping backward; hind process strongly abbreviated, truncate, 
with the lateral angles obtuse, on each side of process bearing 
a compressed convex carina: humeral angles wanting, but instead 
the dorsum bearing an expressed lineate tubercle on each side, 
and two between the shoulders; posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes oblique, little prominent laterally and obliquely truncate be- 
hind. Anterior and middle femoral margins undulate; posterior 
femoral carinae bidentate on the outer face, the middle denticle 
larger, compressed, and produced, the superior and inferior margins 
entire; hind tibiae armed with spines and narrow; the first joint 
of the hind tarsi nearly twice the length of the third. 

Entire length of male and female, 5-7°5 mm.; pronotnm 3-4 
mm.; posterior femora 3°7-4 mm. 

Habitat.—Hakgala, Ceylon, Mar. 1907 (E. E. Green) ; Pundu- 
luoya, Ceylon, Feb. 1899. ‘Two adults and a larva in the author’s 
collection. 


Genus Mazarredia, Bolivar. 
Table for separating the Indian species. 


I. Disc of pronotum above strongly un- 
equal, somewhat elevated between the 
shoulders and bearing high subcarinate 
tubercles. 
2. Dorsum of pronotum behind the shoul- 
ders profoundly fossulate. 
3. Frontal costa not at all sinuate between 
the-eyes. 
4. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
the pronotum little produced, apex sub- 
rounded ; elytra oblong ovate; length 
of male and female pronotum 17°2- 
17°8 mm. ¥, te inequalts, Brunner. 
4. 4. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
the pronotum widely dilated, subob- 
tuse-truncate; elytra elliptical acumi- 
nate toward the apices; median carina 
of pronotum forward between the sulci 
strongly gibbose-crenulate; length of 
female pronotum 13°5 mm. singlaensis, Sp. Nov. 
I. 1. Disc of pronotum between the shoulders 
lower. 


YW 
On 


LO, LO. 


/: 7: 
aie 


1 Ee) 


6, 6. 
a2 


Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. XI, 


. Dorsum of pronotum behind the disc 


distinctly though moderately fossulate. 


. Frontal costa sinuate between the eyes. 
. Median carina of the pronotum lightly 


cristate before the shoulders, but de- 
pressed in front; posterior angles of the 
lateral lobes of the pronotum little ex- 
panded, obtuse; length of male and 
female pronotum 13°5-15°5 mm stkkimensis, Bolivar. 


. Median carina of the pronotum subcris- 


tate before the shoulders, but not de- 
pressed in front; posterior angles of the 
lateral lobes of pronotum little pro- 
duced, obtuse; length of female prono- 
tum I7mm. .. .. sculpta, Bolivar. 


. Disc of the pronotum plain, convex 


between the shoulders; median carina 
lightly and subequally elevated. 


. Vertex nearly twice the width of one of 


the eyes; (8 and 8°8). 


. Pronotal process subulate, surpassing 


the hind femoral apices; length of 
female pronotum 14°7 mm. lativertex, Brunner. 


. Pronotal process not reaching to the 


knees of the hind femora; length of 
female pronotum 10°5 mm. ghumtiana, sp. nov. 


. Head little exserted, lateral carinulae 


not angulate or cuspidate. 


. Stature very small, body apterous but 


with small elytra; vertex subnarrower 

than one of the eyes, not at all pro- 

duced; pronotum of male 5 mm., of 

female 7°3 mm. i .. perplexa, sp. nov. 
Stature larger. 

Vertex subwider than one of the eyes. 

Pronotum above granose, subrugose ; 

eyes strongly exserted ; length of pro- 

notum 12 mm. ie .. laticeps, Bolivar. 
Pronotum above granose, and bearing 

irregular lineate tubercles on the pro- 

cess; eyes moderately exserted; frontal 

costa strongly protuberant between the 

antennae; length of pronotum male 


and female 1y-16 mm. .. .. dubia, Hancock. 
Length of pronotum male and female 
13-15 mm.  .. convergens, Brunner. 


Disc of the pronotum deplanate. 

Median carina of the pronotum gibbose 
only between the sulci fotweatds dor- 
sum rugulose; vertex strongly wider 


Igt5.] J. Ll. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acryditnae). 99 


than one of the eyes; length of female 
pronotum 13°5 mm. af latifrons, Hancock. 
12. 12. Median carina of the pronotum behind 
the anterior margin forward compresso- 
elevated, cristate and entire, vertex 
very little wider than one of the eyes; 
length of female pronotum 13 mm. cristulata, Bolivar. 
g. 9. Head distinctly exserted. 
13. Vertex on each side bearing a minute 
angulate lobe, narrowed toward the 
front ; antennae inserted far below the 
eyes; elytral apices yellow; lateral 
lobes of pronotum with the posterior 
angles outwardly produced, obtuse ; 
length of female pronotum 11°8 mm. ophthalmica, Bolivar. 
13. 13. Vertex on each side cuspidate; head 
little exserted ; pronotum above rugu- 
lose, carinae subacute; dorsum de- 
pressed behind the shoulders; length of 


male and female pronotum 10-11°8 
min. by Ae ansularis, Bolivar. 


Mazarredia inequalis, Brunner. 
Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 106, pl. 5, fig. 39, 


1893. 
Habitat.— Burma (Brunner). 


Mazarredia singlaensis, sp. nov. 


Near inegualis, Brunner. Vellowish-grey sparingly marked 
with fuscous. Body rugose; vertex very little wider than one of the 
eyes, subnarrowed forward, not at all produced at the middle, 
imperfectly marginate, elongate fossulate on each side of the mid- 
carinula; frontal costa not sinuate between the eyes but depressed, 
between antennae distinctly protuberant, viewed in front rather 
widely sulcate, branching above the paired ocelli, in profile 
sinuate at the median ocellus; antennae inserted little below the 
eyes; palpi compressed and white. Pronotum deplanate, above 
coarsely granulose and sparingly tuberculate; dorsum between 
the shoulders moderately: dilated; median carina of the prono- 
tum very unequal, forward between the sulci compressed-elevated 
in a rough gibbosity which gradually slopes forward, uneven, 
and subdepressed just behind the front border, strongly and 
abruptly sinuate and crenulate behind, the median carina poste- 
riorly sinuate and subtuberculate; the dorsum between the shoul- 
ders little elevated, and bearing on each side of the middle an 
elongate elevated carinula ; behind the shoulders strongly fossulate ; 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes expanded laminate, the angle 
obliquely truncate behind, the apex somewhat prominent; elytra 


100 Records of the Indian Museum. [Yoru sae 


subeliptical; wings reaching to the pronotal apex: the four ante- 
rior femora compressed, margins of anterior above and below 
undulate; middle femoral margins above and below subtrilobate, 
minutely crenulate; hind femoral margins above serrulate, and 
sublobate, inferior carina very narrow, thin, and minutely undulate- 
crenulate; the third pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi 
equal in length to the first and second combined, the first and 
second speculate, the first minute. 

Entire length of female 14 mm.; pronotum 13 mm.; post. fem. 
6 mm. 

Habitat.—Singla, Darjiling Dist., 1500 ft., June 1913 (Lord 
Carmichael’s coll.), Ind Mus. coll. 


Mazarredia sikkimensis, Bolivar. 


Bol., Bol. Soc. Espan., ix, pp. 398. 399, 1909. 
Habitat.—Sikkim, E. Himalayas. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Mazarredia sculpta, Bolivar. 


Bol:, Ann. Soc: Ent. Belg.,..xxxi), ps 238: 1607<) Bruna 
Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 107, 1893; Hanc., Trans. Ent. Soc. 
London, p. 405, 1908. 

Habitat.—Sukna, Darjiling Dist., rooo ft., May 1913 (Lord 
Carmichael’s coll.), Ind. Mus. coll. Also reported from Tenas- 
serim; Pegu; Assam; Oriental India. 


Mazarredia lativertex, Brunner. 


Brunny Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 108, pl. 5, fig. gat 
1893. 
Habitat.—Burma (Brunner). 


Mazarredia ghumtiana, sp. nov. 


Near /ativertex, Brunner. Ferrugineous-fuscous. Head large; 
body somewhat smooth granulose, devoid of a gibbosity and ele- 
vated tubercles. Vertex very wide, nearly twice the width of one 
of the eyes, horizontal, on each side fossulate, the lateral carinulae 
rounded, the front margin barely advanced beyond the eyes; 
frontal costa scarcely sinuate between the eyes; antennae in- 
serted below the eyes. Pronotum truncate anteriorly, trans- 
versely rounded before the shoulders; hind process cuneate, not 
reaching or barely extended to the hind femoral knees; dorsum 
above deplanate, little convex between the shoulders, subfossulate 
behind the shoulders; median carina very low undulate; prozonal 
carinae behind the front border merely granulose lines convergent ' 
backward, not at all expressed; antehumeral carinae on each side 
low and not at all compressed, behind the shoulders laterally 
bicarinate; the hind process above toward the apex tricarinate and 
planate, and above little rugulose; posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes oblique, very little prominent, subnarrowed, obliquely trun- 


1gt5.| J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). IOI 


cate behind; elytra very small, elongate, apices rounded; wings 
present, but not reaching to the pronotal apex; anterior and 
middle femora subentire, granose; hind femora large, margins 
granose, minutely serrulate, antegenicular lobe acute; the three 
pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi subequal in length, 
subobtuse. 

Entire length of female 11°5 mm. (to end of pronotum): prono- 
tum 10°5 mm.; hind femora 8 mm. 

Habitat.—Ghumti, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas, Mar. 27, 
1910 (F. H. Gravely); a larval specimen which may be this, or 
an allied species, is from Kurseong, 5000 ft., K. Himalayas (N. 
Annandale). The latter is labelled apparently by Kirby: ‘‘ Copto- 
tetlix acuteterminatus, Brunn.”’ 


Mazarredia perplexa, sp. nov. 


Stature small ; coloured grey obscurely variegated with fuscous ; 
head little exserted ; eyes prominent somewhat elevated; vertex 
subnarrower than one of the eyes, narrowed forward, not at all 
produced, elongate fossulate on each side, laterally the carinulae 
little roundly elevated; antennae inserted distinctly below the 
eyes; paired ocelli placed between the lower third of the eyes: 
frontal costa depressed above between the eyes, rounded and 
protuberant between the antennae. Pronotum truncate ante- 
tiorly, posteriorly abbreviated, distinctly flattened backward 
and cuneate produced only to the knees of the hind femora ; 
median carina little compresso-elevated forward between the 
sulci, depressed-undulate between and behind the shoulders; pro- 
zonal carinae forward behind the front margin parallel or sub- 
divergent backward; on either side of the disc bicarinate; the 
lateral carinae becoming obsolete toward the apex ; hind process 
little rugulose on the base; posterior angles of the lateral lobes 
subrounded truncate, not at all laminate outward nor prominent ; 
elytra small and elliptical ; wings wanting or undeveloped ; ante- 
rior and middle femora elongate, margins entire; the third pul- 
villi of the first joint of the hind tarsi as long as the first and 
second combined, the first and second spinose. 

Entire length of male 6°5 mm.; female 8°5 mm.; pronotum 
57 mm.; hind femora female 5:2 mm. 

Habitat.—Sikkim (Kmyvett). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Mazarredia dubia, Hancock. 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, p. 139 1912. 
Habitat.—Bengal, Proobsering, Lebong, Darjiling, 5000 ft. 
Author’s coll. 


Mazarredia convergens, Brunner. 
Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 107, pl. 5, fig. 40, 


1893. 
Habitat.--Burma (Brunner). 


102 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL.. XT, 


Mazarredia [aticeps, Bolivar. 


Bol., Bol. Soc. Espan., ix, p. 399, 19009. 
Habitat. —Upper Assam (Bolivar). 


Mazarredia latifrons, Hancock. 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, p. 139, 1912. 
i Bengal, Proobsering, Jebong. Darjiling Dist., 
5000 ft. Author’s coll. 


Mazarredia cristulata, Bolivar. 


Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Ixx, p. 584, 1902. 
Habitat. —S. India (Bolivar) 


Mazarredia ophthalmica, Bolivar. 


Bol., Bol. Soc. Espan., ix, p. 399, 1909. 
Habitat.—“‘ Sibsagar, N. E. Assam (S. E. P.)’’ (Bolivar). 


Mazarredia insularis, Bolivar 


Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 239, 1887: Hanc., Spol. 
Zeylan. , tips 155. pl. 2; fey; ro0a. 
Habitat.—Kandy, Ceylon, July r910. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Genus Xistra, Bolivar. 
Xistra stylata, Hancock. 


Hanc., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 231, 1907. 
Habitat.—Ceylon. Author’s coll. 


Xistra dubia, Brunner. 


Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 108, pl. 5, fig. 42, 
1893. 
Xistra sikkimensis, sp. nov. 


Near sagittata, Bolivar. Colour pale ochreous above, with 
two narrow black markings behind the shoulders. Head little 
exserted; eyes elevated higher than the dorsum of pronotum ; 
vertex subequal in width to one of the eyes, little narrowed for- 
ward, middle carinate, subtruncate in front, the anterior cari- 
nulae laterally reflexed, angulate-subcuspidate, but not elevated 
higher than the eyes; antennae inserted below the eyes; paired 
ocelli placed between the middle of the eyes; frontal costa moder- 
ately produced between the eyes, arcuate, slightly sinuate above 
between the eyes, and distinctly sinuate below at the median 
ocellus. Pronotumlengthily subulate; dorsum tectiform, punctate 
and granose; median carina of the pronotum percurrent, little 
compressed, sinuate behind the anterior border, and distinctly 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydtinae). 103 


compressed forward on either side at the median sulcus, and the 
dorsum strongly depressed; elytra ovate, apices rounded; wings 
caudate; middle femora elongate, margins entire ; posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum hebitate. 

Entire length of female 14 mm.; pronotum 10°8 mm. 

Habitat.—Sikkim. Ind. Mus. coll. 

This species differs from sagittata in the subcuspidate frontal 
carinulae of the vertex ; in the tectiform dorsum, and slightly ele- 
vated undulate median carina forward. It is not at all typical of 
the genus Xistva, and approaches Paratettix in some respects. This 
species, like saggzttata and tricristata belong to a series by them- 
selves which really form a subgenus. 


Genus Xistrella, Bolivar. 


Bol., Real. Soc. Espan. Nat. Hist., ix, pp. 400, 401, 1909. 


Xistrella dromadaria, Bolivar. 


Bol., Real. Soc. Espan. Nat. Hist., ix, p. 401, 1909. 

Habitat.—Sikkim (L. M.). Indian Museum coll. 

The type came from the same locality. The female in the 
Ind. Mus. coll. has the pronotum lengthily subulate, and the 
median carina between the shoulders strongly elevated in an 
obtuse gibbosity. The length of the pronotum 17 mm. 


Genus Lamellitettix, Hancock. 
Lamellitettix fletcheri, sp. nov. 


Near acutus, Hancock. Differing in the smaller stature: the 
vertex on either side more acute cuspidate; the frontal costa less 
protuberant between the antennae; median carina of the prono- 
tum bigibbulate, the first gibbosity very small and rounded placed 
between the sulci forward, the second gibbosity joined on either 
side with a strongly compressed subtransverse ruga; median carina 
on the hind process sinuate. The strongly elevated carinate tuber- 
cles on each side between the shoulders in acutus reduced in 
fletchert to short compressed carinulae; the posterior angles of 
the lateral lobes of the pronotum little acute produced in this 
species, whereas, in acutus, they are strongly transversely acute 
produced, the triangulate spine on each side having a broader 
base. 

Entire length of male 9°5 mm; pronotum 8-7 mm; hind fe- 
niora 4°5 mm, 

Habitat.—Anamalais, Castlecroft Estate, India, 400 ft., 
Jan. 23, 1912 (T. B. Fletcher). Author’s coll. 


Lamellitettix pluricarinatus, Hancock. 


Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 404, 1908. 
Habitat. —Deltota, Ceylon. Author’s coll. 


104 Records of the Indian Museum. (VOL: SE 


Genus Hyboella, nov. (Coptotettix in part). 


Body more or less crassate; head not at all exserted; vertex 
wider than one of the eyes, narrowed forward, granose, imperfectly 
marginate, on either side bearing a very small looped carinula, 
more distinct next to the eyes, very lightly fossulate, middle 
minutely carinate; frontal costa produced, often depressed be- 
tween the eyes, compressed-arcuate between the antennae; eyes 
more or less conoidal in form; paired ocelli placed little below the 
middle, or between the middle of the eyes; antennae filiform, of 
moderate length, and inserted between the extreme lower part of 
the eyes, or barely below. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, or sub- 
convex, or barely produced at the middle: hind process posteriorly 
cuneate, not extended beyond the knees of the hind femora; or 
subulate and extended beyond the apices of the hind femora ; 
median carina of the pronotum compressed elevated forward be- 
tween the sulci, the dorsum tectiform forward, behind the shoul- 
ders depressed or planate, the median carina often bearing tuber- 
cles: middle of front border not at all or little produced over the 
occiput; posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum 
laminate dilated, subtransversely truncate behind, the angles 
subacute produced, or the posterior angles more or less reflexed 
outwards and obliquely truncate behind, rarely not reflexed out- 
wards. Hlytra and wings wanting, or when present the elytra 
elongate lanceolate, narrowed toward the apices, and the wings 
abbreviated, or extended beyond the pronotal apex. Anterior 
femora elongate, margins entire; middle femoral margins entire 
or undulate; posterior femora distinctly crassate, strongly widened 
toward the base, external face above bearing large tubercles, the 
superior carina minutely serrulate, entire, or bearing denticles 
toward the apices; the first joint of the posterior tarsi distinctly 
longer than the third. 

This genus differs from Copotettix, Bolivar, in the stouter 
stature, the often depressed frontal costa between the eyes; the 
position of the antennae; the dilated or reflexed posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum, which are truncate behind; 
the compressed tectiform pronotum forward; and in the frequent 
imperfect development or absence of the wings. In the character 
of the posterior angles of the lateral lobes, this genus resembles 
Mazarredia somewhat. It includes a number of species in India, 
and some species in the Oriental Region outside of India. The 
type is Hyboella tentata, sp. nov. 


Table for separating the Indian species, 


1. Elytra and wings wanting. 
2. Antennae inserted below the eyes; disc 
of pronotum elevated ; lateral lobes of 
pronotum strongly arcuate backwards ; 
pronotum of male 9°3 mm. latifrons, Brunner. 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 105 


Stature smaller, pronotum of male 
675emaini a. a acuteterminata, Brunner. 
2.2. Antennae inserted between the lower 
part of the eyes; lateral lobes of prono- 
tum moderately expanded, the poste- 
rior angles obliquely truncate; disc of 
pronotum very little elevated ; prono- 
tum of female 10 mm. rr nullipennis, Hancock. 
. Elytra present, of moderate size. 
. Pronotum viewed in front not quadrate. 
. Dorsum of pronotum somewhat smooth, 
tumid; median carina of the pronotum 
not produced at the front border; body 
crassate; pronotum of male and female 
I0-II mm. a . tumida, Hancock. 
4. 4. Dorsum of pronotum papereule tes erode 
ly tectiform forward; front border sub- 
angulate ; the median carina of prono- 
tum little produced; posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum 
widely dilated, triangulate produced; 
pronotum of male and female 11-13°8 
mim, .. tentata, sp. nov. 
Front perder cal prose truncate ; 
pronotum of female 14 mm. . dilatata, de Haan. 
3. 3. Pronotum viewed in front =ribemeende. 
above tectiform, sides concave; body 
strongly crassate; hind femora wide; 
frontal costa barely elevated; hind pro- 
cess of pronotum cuneate ; wings reach- 
ing to the apex of pronotal process or 
little beyond; pronotum of male and 
female 12-15 mm. . obesa, sp. nov. 
5. Vertex viewed from above Savi fete 
produced, in profile angulate produced : 
eyes strongly conoidal; posterior pro- 
cess of pronotum subulate distinctly 
surpassing the hind femoral apices ; sta- 
ture large; pronotum of female 17°5 
mm. angulifrons, sp. nov. 
5.5. Vertex viewed fans noes fasvinlate on 
each side; stature smaller; frontal 
costa arcuate produced before the eyes. 
6. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
pronotum oblique, apices obtuse; pro- 
notum little wide between the shoul- 
ders, behind the shoulders subfossu- 
late; median carina arcuate forward 
and backward sinuate-tuberculate ; pro- 


BW H 


106 Records of the Indian Museum, Vor. zal, 


notum of male and female 10°5-12°5 

mm. conioptica, sp. nov. 
6. 6. Posterior angles ‘of the lateral lobes of 

the pronotum subexpanded outwardly, 

behind widely truncate; pronotum of 

male and female 11°55 andgmm. _problematica, Bolivar. 


Hyboella latifrons, Brunner. 


Coptotettix latifrons, Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova xxxiii, p. 112, 
pl. 5, fig. 44, 1893. 
Habitat.—Burma (Brunner). 


Hyboella acuteterminata, Brunner. 


Coptotettix acuteterminaius, Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova, 
XXX, DP. L12. 1693: 
Habitat.—Pegu (Brunner). 


Hyboella nullipennis, Hancock. 


Coptotettix nullipennis, Hanc., Records Ind. Mus., viii, 
De Ol4y pi xv, hese ragie: 
Habitat.—Janakmukh, India (Kemp). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Hyboella tumida, Hancock. 


Coptotettix tumidus, Hanc., Records Ind. Mus., viii, pp. 313, 
Si4.pl. xv, fiers) 19m, 
Habitat.—Dibrugarh, N.-E. Assam (Kemp). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Hyboella tentata, sp. nov. 


Body crassate; face large: head not at all exserted, little 
retracted under the pronotum. Colour yellowish-ferrugineous, or 
subinfuscate. Vertex wider than one of the eyes, narrowed for- 
ward, subampliate backward, in front imperfectly marginate, open 
either side of the mid-carina, bearing very small subcompressed 
flexed carinulae laterally next to the eyes, and little subfossulate 
on each side ; antennae inserted between the lower margin of the 
eyes; paired ocelli conspicuously placed before the middle of the 
eyes; frontal costa compressed arcuate between the antennae, 
depressed above, and sinuate at the median ocellus. Pronotum 
tuberculose granose above, the dorsum tectiform forward, the disc 
somewhat tumose, posteriorly planate ; hind process acute cuneate 
abbreviated and not reaching to, or extended to the hind femoral 
knees; median carina of pronotum forward crassate and com- 
pressed- elevated arcuate, from the front to a point backward above 
the articulation of the hind femora, backward very low and bear- 
ing compressed tubercles; at the front margin the median carina 
crassate and little obtuse produced over the occiput ; prozonal 
carinae behind the anterior border small, imperfectly developed ; 


Ig15.| J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 107 


humeral angles strongly depressed; posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes of the pronotum strongly laminate dilated Jaterally, apex 
subacute, widely transversely truncate behind: elytral sinus shal- 
low; elytra narrow, elongate, lanceolate; wings undeveloped, but 
not entirely wanting; anterior femora elongate, margins entire, 
subundulate; middle femora little compressed, margins undulate ; 
hind femora strongly crassate, very wide toward the base, superior 
margin granose and minutely serrulate, subbidentate toward the 
knees, the antegenicular spine acute; hind tibiae with both mar- 
gins armed with strong spines; first article of the posterior tarsi 
strongly longer than the third, the third pulvillus as long as the 
first and second combined, planate below, the first and second 
spiculate. 

Entire length of male and female 12-14°5 mm. (to end of pro- 
cess); pronotum I1—13°8 mm.; posterior femora 8-g mm. 

Habitat.—Sibsagar, N.-E. Assam (S. E. Peal); Upper Assam 
(Doherty). 

Two examples are labelled with the name “‘ Tetétx dilatatus.’’ 
This species is quite different from dtlatata, de Haan, as evidenced 
by comparison with specimens of this species from Java in my 
collection. 

Hyboella dilatata, Haan. 


Acridium (Tetrix) dilatatum, de Haan, Bijdr., pp. 167, 169, 
pl. xxii, fig., 1843. 
Habitat.—Carin Asciuii (Brunner). 


Hyboella obesa, sp. nov. 


Body strongly crassate, above granose, little rugose; head 
little retracted under the pronotum; face large; eyes strongly 
conoidal in profile. Colour fuscous, variegated with dull yellow, 
hind femora often bearing vertical bars of yellow. Vertex wider 
than one of the eyes, barely emarginate in front, median carina 
very small and low, slightly fossulate on each side; paired ocelli 
placed scarcely below the middle of the eyes; antennae rather 
short, and inserted barely between the lower margin of the eyes, 
apical articles of palpi compressed; frontal costa barely arcuate 
elevated between the antennae, and little depressed between the 
eyes; vertex in profile angulate. Pronotum anteriorly very obtuse 
angulate, when viewed in front the body quadrate, on either side 
of pronotum concave, and above tectiform; median carina of 
pronotum in profile elevated forward, and arcuate compressed 
from the front border to a point backward above the articulation 
of the hind femora, then strongly depressed irregularly sinuate back- 
ward; the dorsum backward planate, broadly fossulate opposite the 
elytral apices; hind process acute cuneate, the lateral carinae 
compressed, the apex reaching to the extremities of the hind femora 
or surpassing them; humeral angles widely arcuate, the humeral 
carinae subobliterated, not at all compressed; elytra sinus shal- 
low; posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum widely 


108 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


dilated, obliquely truncate behind; elytra elongate, widened at 
the middle, acuminate toward the apices; wings shortened, not 
reaching to the pronotal apex, or little surpassing the apex. An- 
terior and middle femora elongate, granulose, margins subentire ; 
middle femora little compressed bearing a row of rounded tubercles 
at the middle; hind femora strongly crassate, very wide, the 
superior carina entire, minutely subsulcate serrulate, below entire; 
hind tibiae black, pale annulate at the anterior fourth; margins 
narrow and armed with strong spines; the first joint of the hind 
tarsi distinctly longer than the third, the first and second pulvilli 
of the first joint acute, the third longer than the second. 

Entire length of male and female 12°5-16 mm.; pronotum I2- 
15 mm.; posterior femora 8-9 mm. 

Habitat.—Ghumti, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas, 4000 ft., 
July, 1911 (F. H. Gravely). 

A series of adults and larvae in the Indian Museum. The 
nymphs have the dorsum of pronotum strongly compressed, the 
median carina rounded-cristate as in some of the adult Cladono- 
tinae. 


Hyboella angulifrons, sp. nov. 


Body moderately crassate, above granose-rugose: head very 
little exserted, in profile angulate; face oblique; eyes conoidal ; 
colour fuscous, variegated with yellow on the hind process and hind 
femora; vertex viewed from above little produced and rounded at 
the sides, granose, wider than one of the eyes, widened backward 
and subampliate, little ascendant forward ; antennae yellow, insert- 
ed between the extreme lower part of the eyes; paired ocelli 
placed little below the middle of the eyes; frontal costa slightly 
elevated arcuate between the antennae. Pronotum very little con- 
vex at the front margin; dorsum deplanate, between the shoulders 
little convex, behind the shoulders depressed and broadly fossu- 
late; hind process above planate, rugose and subulate extended 
backward beyond the hind femoral apices; median carina of the 
pronotum compressed slightly arcuate and crassate forward extend- 
ing only as far backward as the sulci; posteriorly indistinct but 
irregularly compressed-tuberculate; lateral carinae of process com- 
pressed; humeral angles very obtuse; posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes of the pronotum oblique very little dilated, the apices 
obtuse, the margin behind obliquely truncate; elytra lanceolate, 
widest at the middle, acuminate toward the apices; wings ex- 
tended backward to the pronotal apex; anterior and middle femora 
elongate ; margins of the anterior entire; margins of the middle 
femora undulate; hind femora crassate, the superior carina mi- 
nutely serrulate, at the anterior half strongly rounded, the inferior 
margins entire; the first article of the posterior tarsi longer than 
the third; the first and second pulvilli acute, the third distinctly 
longer than the second. . 

Entire length of female 17°5 mm.; pronotum 16°5 mm.; poste- 
rior femora 9 mm. 


1915.| J. Ll. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 109 


Habitat.—Dawna Hills, Lower Burma, ‘‘ third camp to misty 
hollow ’’ 400-2400 ft., Nov. 22-30, 1911 (fF. H. Gravely). Ind. 
Mus. coll. 

This species is not so robust in stature as obesa, the vertex 
is more angulate in profile; the median carina of the pronotum 
forward is lower; and the hind process is lengthily subulate, in- 
stead of shortened and cuneate. 


Hyboella conioptica, sp. nov. 


Body slightly robust; colour greyish, the hind femora obscure- 
ly marked with yellow; head not at all exserted, in profile sub- 
rounded; vertex nearly equal in width to one of the eyes, not at 
all advanced beyond the eyes, narrowed forward and fossulate 
on each side, little ampliate backward; antennae inserted between 
. the lower part of the eyes; paired ocelli placed between the 
middle of the eyes; frontal costa viewed in front sulcate above 
the paired ocelli, in profile arcuate produced before the eyes. Pro- 
notum anteriorly truncate or very slightly convex, posteriorly 
subulate extended beyond the hind femoral apices ; dorsum rather 
smooth granulate-tuberculate, between the shoulders convex, but 
forward subtectiform, and behind the shoulders planate; median 
carina very low, elevated forward and little arcuate behind the 
anterior margin between the sulci; depressed between the humeral 
angles, and depressed sinuate backward, irregularly compressed ; 
humeral angles obtuse and roundly depressed ; posterior angles of 
the lateral lobes of the pronotum little dilated, obliquely truncate 
behind, the apices dull; elytra elongate, widened at the middle, 
narrowly rounded at the apices; wings extended barely beyond 
the pronotal apex; anterior and middle femora elongate, little 
compressed, margins entire; posterior femora stout, externally 
granose, margins entire; the four anterior tibiae and tarsi black 
and pale annulate; first joint of the hind tarsi longer than the 
third, the first and second pulvilli acute, the third longer than the 
second. 

Entire length of male and female 11°5 mm.; pronotum 10°5- 
12°5 mm.; posterior femora 5°6-7 mm. 

Habitat.—Singla, Darjiling Dist., 1500 ft., Mar. 1913 (Lord 
Carmichael’s coll.); Assam (H. H. Godwin-Austen). Ind. Mus. 
coll. 

Hyboella problematica, Bolivar. 


Coptotettix problematica, Bol., Real. Soc. Espan., ix, p. 401, 
1909. 
Habitat.—Upper Assam (Bolivar). 


TETTIGINAE. 
Genus Teredorus, Hancock. 


Hancock, Gen. Ins. Orth. Acrid. Tetr., pp. 51, 52, 1906. 
The genus Teredorus, Hancock, was based on a Peruvian (5. 
American) species, stenofrons. ‘The new Indian species described 


110 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VOr.: SEE 


below have the frontal costa somewhat depressed, whereas, in 
stenofrons, it is roundly protuberant between the antennae; the 
dorsum of pronotum is rounded between the shoulders instead of 
being convex as in carmtchaeli. 


Teredorus carmichaeli, sp. nov. 


Near stenofrons, Hancock. Body wholly white, or grey and 
pale variegated, tibiae fuscous, annulate with white, wings black 
or infumate. Head not at all exserted, viewed from above very 
small; vertex strongly contracted forward drawing the eyes very 
near together, minutely tricarinate; frontal costa barely subpro- 
duced beyond the eyes, sinuate at the median ocellus; antennae 
inserted little below the eyes; eyes distinctly globose, pronotum 
smooth glabrous, minutely granose, subcylindrical forward, widen- 
ed between the shoulders; median carina very indistinct; prozonal ° 
carinae behind the front border mere obsolete lines and paral- 
lel; antehumeral carinae indistinct; hind process long subulate 
surpassing the hind femoral apices; posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes of the pronotum turned down, the apices rounded or sub- 
truncate; elytra moderately large, externally reticulate, rather 
wide forward and acuminate backward and narrowly rounded at 
the apices; wings extended to the pronotal apex; the four ante- 
rior femoral margins entire, minutely serrulate; middle femora 
little compressed and externally bicarinate; posterior femoral 
margins entire, minutely serrulate, the antegenicular denticle 
acute; the three pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi equal 
in length, the first and third tarsal joints equal in length. 

Entire length of female 17 mm.; pronotum 16 mm.; hind fe- 
mora 7 mm. 

Habitat.—Singla, Darjiling Dist., 1500 ft., Apr., June, 1913 
(Lord Carmichael’s coll.). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Teredorus frontalis, sp. nov. 


Near carmichaeli, differing as follows: stature smaller, body 
coloured fuscous, variegated with ochre, the underparts, fusco- 
variegated, lower half of the lateral lobes of the pronotum pale 
ochre; the four anterior femora little more compressed, sub- 
rugose; the hind femora stouter ; elytra smaller and punctate, 
not so reticulate; the antennae inserted little lower; the hind 
process of the pronotum not so long subulate, but the wings 
extended to the pronotal apex. 

Entire length of female rr mm.; pronotum 10°5 mm.; poste- 
rior femora 5°8 mm. 

Habitat.—Dharampur, Simla Hills, 5000 ft., May, 1907 (N. 
Annandale). 

Teredorus ridleyi, Hancock. 

Systclederus ridleyi, Hanc., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 401, 

1g08. 

Habitat.—Singapore, Botanical Gardens (Hancock). 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 


Lateral lobes of the pronotum in Crzotettix. Line indicates length 


Fic. 


ea? i me er ee AOS 


H HA A 
N HO 


4H oH 
kW 


of pronotum. 


Criotetttx montanus, Hance. 
Criotettix rugosus, Bol. 
Criotettix aequalis, Hanc. 
Criotettix dohertyt, sp. nov. 
Criotettix pallidus, sp. nov. 
Criotettix annandalet, sp. nov. 
Criotettix maximus, Hance. 
Criotetttx grandis, Hanc. 
Criotettix gravelyi, sp. nov. 
Criotettix flavopictus, Bol. 
Criotettix extremus, Hanc. 
Criotetttx ortentalis, Hanc. 
Criotettix spinilobus, Hance. 
Criotettix tricarinatus, Bol. 


Plate XIV. 


1915. 


PO rm nes se 


xX, 


Vol 


WA orn 
SVL Us.) 


ima 


Rec 


or) 


Oy 


A.Chowdhary, lith. 


14. 


12. 


71. 


PRONOTUM OF CRIOTETTIX. 


70. 


tie ienewat del, 


19gt5.] J. Ll. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). ITI 


Genus Paratettix, Bolivar. 
Table for separating the Indian species. 


1. Wings strongly caudate, 3°5-5 mm. long- 
er than the pronotal process. 

2. Dorsum wide between the shoulders ; 
body crassate; frontal costa little pro- 
duced, arcuate. 

3. Median carina of pronotum percurrent, 
not at all undulate; vertex equal in 
width to one of the eyes; dorsum of 
pronotum rugulose, slightly scabrous; 
posterior femora above strongly serru- 
late toward the apices, bearing an acute 
elevated denticle; pronotum of male 
and female 11°8-I4 mm. .. hirsutus, Brunner. 

3. 3. Median carina of pronotum compressed 
subgibbose forward behind the front 
border, and depressed just before the 
shoulders; vertex wider than one of 
the eyes; dorsum rugose-tuberculose, 
subtumid forward; the front border 
obtuse-angulate; hind femoral carinae 
above toward the knees minutely sub- 
serrulate, antegenicular denticle little 
prominent ; Bao as of femaie 12 
mm. rotundatus , Sp. NOV. 

2. 2. Dorsum much narrower ‘between the 
shoulders, body slender; vertex dis- 
tinctly narrower than one of the eyes; 
median carina of pronotum percurrent, 
little compressed, and longitudinally 
low arcuate forward, highest between 
the shoulders, barely sinuate betore the 
shoulders; head not at all exserted; 
pronotum of female 8:6 mm. latipennts, sp. nov. 

I. 1. Wings caudate but less than 3 mm. 
longer than the pronotal apex, or abbre- 
viated. 

4. Median carina percurrent, undulate before 
the shoulders, but not behind; vertex 
equal in width to one of the eyes; poste- 
rior tibiae tuscous at the basal part, the 
apical part pale; pronotum of female 
Il mm. A semihirsutus, Brunner. 

4.4. Median carina & pronotum distinctly 
undulate, compressed gibbose forward 
between the sulci; vertex subnarrower 
or subequal to one of the eyes. 

5. Hind process of pronotum acute, not ex- 


II2 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


tended beyond the hind femoral apices; 

pronotum of male and female 7-9°5 

mm. = Ls curtipenms, Hancock. 
5. 5. Hind process of pronotum long subulate, 

extended beyond the hind femoral api- 

ces; pronotum of female 12°8 mm.; 


d 
wings 1°5 mm. longer than the pronotum alatus, sp. nov. 


Paratettix hirsutus, Brunner. 


Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 110, fig. 43, 1893. 
Habitat.—Sibsagar, N. E. Assam (S. E. Peal). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Paratettix rotundatus, sp.nov. 


Colour ferrugineous ; body moderately stout, hirsute below, 
head not at all exserted, eyes and vertex not at all elevated ; ver- 
tex wider than one of the eyes, not produced, on either side fossu- 
late, little ampliate behind the fossae on the occiput, frontal cari- 
nulae laterally reflexed and little rounded compressed; paired 
ocelli placed little in advance of the eyes between the middle ; 
antennae inserted barely on a line with the lower border of the 
eyes; frontal costa moderately arcuate produced beyond the eyes. 
Pronotum above rugose-tuberculose, anteriorly very obtuse angu- 
late, posteriorly acute subulate, little surpassing the hind femoral 
apices ; dorsum forward between the shoulders little tumid, back- 
ward planate; median carina behind the anterior border com- 
pressed, little arcuate subgibbose, between the shoulders depressed, 
backward very slightly subundulate compressed; humeral angles 
obtuse depressed ; lateral carinae posteriorly little compressed on 
base of process; the two prozonal carinae behind the front margin 
parallel ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum with 
the apices rounded, and somewhat narrowed; elytra widest near 
the middle, narrowed toward the apices and rounded; wings 
strongly caudate, extended 4°5 mm, beyond the pronotal apex in 
the type; anterior and middle femora elongate and compressed, 
hirsute, margins subparallel; posterior femora elongate, moder- 
ately broad, with a prominent antegenicular denticle, and a minute 
lobe anterior to it, the superior margin also being minutely serru- 
late-granose; hind tibiae with two light and two black annulations ; 
the three pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi spiculate, the 
third pulvillus little longer than the second. 

Entire length of female 16°5 mm.; pronotum 12 mm. ; poste- 
rior femora 7 mm. 

Habitat.—Tezpur, Mangaldai Dist., Assam, Oct. 8, rgr0 
(Kemp). 

This species resembles Aivsutus, Brunn., differing in the wider 
vertex ; the compressed subgibbose median carina of the pronotum 
forward; the wider sulcation of the frontal costa; and in the supe- 
rior carina of the posterior femora being subentire, but minutely 


I9I5.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydinae). II3 


serrulate, whereas, in hivsutus the carina above is strongly serru- 
iate toward the knees and the antegenicular denticle more strongly 
elevated and acute. Even with these differences however, this 
may be a variety of ursutus, which fact can only be determined 
by a study of more extensive series. 


Paratettix latipennis, sp. nov. 


Stature slender ; colour pale ferrugineous ; body slightly rugose, 
little hirsute below ; head not at all exserted; vertex distinctly 
narrower than one of the eyes; antennae inserted little below the 
eyes; frontal costa moderately arcuate produced, very lightly 
sinuate at the median ocellus. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, 
posteriorly acute subulate, produced about one millimetre beyond 
the hind femoral apices; dorsum between the shoulders convex ; 
median carina of the pronotum percurrent, little compressed, and 
forward forming a low gentle arc, highest between the shoulders, 
and little compresso-elevated forward between the sulci; humeral 
angles obtuse angulate ; the two short prozonal carinae behind the 
anterior margin indistinctly divergent backward; posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum rounded-truncate; elytra 
moderately small, elongate, apices narrowly rounded, externally 
reticulate; wings strongly caudate produced nearly 3'5 mm. beyond 
the pronotal apex in the type; anterior and middle femora little 
compressed, elongate; middle femoral margins in the female paral- 
lel, pilose; posterior femora stout, the apical half of the superior 
carina minutely serrulate; antegenicular denticle prominent, acute ; 
first article of the hind tarsi longer than the third; the three pul- 
villi spiculate, the third pulvillus distinctly longer than the second. 

Entire length of female 13°8 mm.; pronotum 8°6 mm.; poste- 
tior femora 4°8 mm. 

Habitat.—Moradabad, U.P., July 21, ro1x (7. B. Fletcher). 
Author’s coll. 

Paratettix semihirsutus, Brunner. 


Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, pp. II0, III, 1893. 
Habitat.—Carin Cheba (Brunner). 


Paratettix curtipennis, Hancock. 


Coptotettix curtibennis, Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, 
pp. 146, 147, 1912. 
Habitat.—Ghumti, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas, 4000 ft., 
July, ro1r (F. H. Gravely). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Paratettix alatus, sp. nov. 


Colour obscure fuscous ; body moderately stout ; head not at 
all exserted ; eyes and vertex very little elevated ; vertex subequal 
in width to one of the eyes, anteriorly truncate, frontal carinulae 
laterally reflexed and rounded-compressed, front not advanced 
beyond the eyes; antennae inserted below the eyes ; paired ocelli 


II4 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


placed little below the middle of the eyes; frontal costa widely 
sulcate, in profile not produced at the vertex between the eyes, 
but little arcuate produced between the antennae, sinuate at the 
median ocellus ; face slightly oblique. Pronotum anteriorly trun- 
cate, posteriorly lengthily acute subulate; dorsum between the 
shoulders convex, rugose, backward depressed planate and some- 
what rugulose, bearing small tubercles ; median carina very thin, 
gibbose forward between the sulci, depressed and sub-straight 
between the shoulders, backward depressed and irregularly undu- 
late; the two short prozonal carinae behind the front margin 
distinctly convergent backward; humeral angles carinate, little 
compressed ; lateral carinae backwards compressed and towards 
the apex serrulate; posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the 
pronotum little obliquely dilated, the apices dull, rather widely 
obliquely truncate behind; elytra oblong, widest behind the 
middle, but the apices narrowly rounded ; wings surpassing the 
pronotal apex 1I°3 mm.; anterior femora elongate, little com- 
pressed, the superior carina strongly curved, outer face and below 
sparingly hirsute ; middle femora rather broad, compressed, elon- 
gate, sparingly hirsute, margins subundulate; posterior femora 
moderately stout, externally subscabrous, the apical third above 
serrulate-lobate, antegenicular lobe acute spinate first article of 
the hind tarsi longer than the third; the first and second pulvilli 
acute, subspinate, the third distinctly longer than the second. 

Entire length of female 15 mm.; pronotum 12°8 mm.; hind 
femora 6°3 mm. 

Habitat—Ghumti, Darjiling Dist., E. Himalayas, 4000 ft., 
July, 1912 (F. H. Gravely). 

This species may be the long-wing form of curtipennis. It is 
neat semthirsutus, but differs in the frontal costa not being pro- 
duced above between the eyes, and in the distinctly undulate 
median carina of the pronotum. 


Genus Acrydium, Goeff. 
(Tettix ; Tetvix of authors.) 
Acrydium bipunctatum, Linn. 


Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth. Brit. Mus., iii, pp. 39-42, I9gTo. 

Habitat.—Sikkim, Darjiling Dist.; Europe. Indian Mus. 
coll, 

This species was previously reported from India by Bolivar as 
occurring at Kodaikanal, S. India. Two specimens in the Indian 
Museum bear perfect resemblance to specimens in my collection 
from different parts of Europe. Kirby gives the range of habitat 
as: Europe; North Africa, and North and West Africa. 


Acrydium variegatum, Bolivar. 


Paratettix variegatus, Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, 
p. 280, 1887; Tettix atypicalis, Hanc., Spol. Zeylan., ii, 


1915.| J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrvdiinae). 115 


p. 142, 1904; Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, p. 149, 
Ig12. 
Habitat.—Moulmein, Lower Burma, Nov. 16, 1gtr (F. H. 
Gravely) ; Peradeniya, Ceylon, Oct. 1905; Ratnaputa, Ceylon, 
Apr. 1905 (E. E. Green) ; Singla, Darjiling Dist., 1500 ft. 


Acrydium ceylonicum, Hancock. 


This is the short-wing form of variegatum, l. c., 1904. 
Habitat.—Peradeniya, Ceylon. Indian Mus. coll. 


Acrydium indicum, Bolivar. 


Paratettix indicum, Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 281, 
1887; Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, p. 150, 1912. 


Habitat.—Bihar, Chapra; Gorakhpur; Pupri, Muzaffarpur. 
Author’s coll. ‘‘ Indes Orientalis’’ (Bolivar). 


Acrydium mundum, Walker. 


Tettix mundum, Walk., Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., p. 827, 
TORE. 

Tettix umbriferum, Walk., l. c., p. 824; T. linetferum, Walk., 
l.c; T. vittiferum, Walk. ; T. dorsiferum, Walk. ; T. oliqut- 
ferum, Walk.; T. nigricolle, Walk.; T. balteatum, Walk. ; 
T. lineosum, Walk., J. c. 1871. 

Habitat.—N. India (Walker). 


The above species appear to be mere colour varieties of one 
or two species which I find it impossible to place.! 


Acrydium tectitergum, sp. nov. 


Near subulatum, Linn. Fuscous or obscure fusco-ferrugineous, 
granulose; vertex wider than one of the eyes, distinctly produced, 
carinulae laterally subangularly reflexed, and little compressed, 
the front border convex, middle carinate, on each side elongate 
fossulate; eyes moderately small; head in profile obtuse angulate, 
the face strongly produced, convex, advanced equal to the width 
of one of the eyes; indistinctly sinuate at the median ocellus ; 
antennae very slender filiform, inserted between the lower border 
of the eyes and partly below. Pronotum anteriorly very obtuse 
angulate, posteriorly acute subulate produced beyond the hind 
femoral apices; dorsum tectiform, median carina of the pronotum 
forward distinctly compressed elevated cristate, above substraight 
from the sulci to the shoulders, then gently concavely sloping 
backward, substraight on the hind process; humeral angles ob- 
tuse; lateral carinae little compressed; prozonal carinae behind 
the anterior border shortened; posterior angles of the lateral lobes 


! See Kirby's Cat. Orth., III, roro. 


116 Records of the Indian Museum. (Yoru. 2. 


narrowed, apices hebitate; elytra elongate, widest at the middle, 
the apices narrowly rounded; wings caudate; anterior and middle 
femora elongate, compressed, margins below undulate, the middle 
femora below lobate; pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi 
spinose, the third longer than the second. 

Entire length of male and female 1o0°$8-11'5 mm.; pronotum 
85 mm.; hind femora 3 8 4 mm. 

Habitat.—Hoshangabad, Sept. 14, 1911 (7. B. Fletcher); 
Surat, Bombay, July 8, 1904 (T. B. Fletcher). Author’s collec- 
tion. 

One example from the former tocality is distinctly larger in 
stature ; entire length 13 mm.; pronotum 10°5 mm.; post. fem. 
5°3 mm.; the colour obscure ferrugineous, with an elongate black 
spot on each side of the disc. In structure this example is near 
typical tectitergum. Until a larger series are obtained for study I 
hesitate to designate this form as new. 

This species differs from subulatum, Linn., in the cristate 
median carina of the pronotum, in the slender antennae, in the 
lobate inferior carina of the middle femora, and somewhat shorter 
third pulvillus of the hind tarsi. 


Genus Coptotettix, Bolivar. 
Table for separating the Indian species. 


1. Elytra very minute ; stature very small. 
2. Hind process of pronotum acute; medi- 
an carina of pronotum anteriorly large- 
ly elevated, posteriorly pluri-inter- 
rupted; dorsum rugose tuberculate, 
pronotum of male 7 mm. .. fossulatus, Bolivar. 
2. 2. Hind process in 3 and 3. 3. rounded- 
truncate at the apex. 
3. Median carina of pronotum percurrent, 
anteriorly lightly elevated, rounded ; 
posterior femora crassate, bearing a 
strong triangular antegenicular spine, 
the superior carina also serrulate; ; 
pronotum 3°8 mm. *f parvulus, Hancock. 
3. 3. Median carina of pronotum percurrent, 
little elevated, subsinuate before the 
shoulders; posterior femora with the 
apical half slender ; pronotum of female 
8 mm. in a capitautus, Bolivar. 
I. 1. Elytra larger; wings explicate, caudate, 
or abbreviated. 
4. Pronotum with the dorsum deplanate, 
subsmooth, minutely granose. 
5. Frontal costa distinctly sinuate at the 
median ocellus, arcuate or roundly pro- 
duced before the eyes. 


1915.] J. L. Hancock : Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). I17 


6. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes with 
the apices rounded; median carina of 
pronotum straight, not at all interrupt- 
ed; wings long surpassing the prono- 
tal apex; pronotum of male rz mm. interruptus, Bolivar. 

6. 6. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes 
little expanded, behind obliquely trun- 
cate, apices obtuse; hind process and 
wings either abbreviated or extended 
beyond the hind femoral knees, the 
wings then as long as the pronotum ; 
pronotum between the shoulders bear- 
ing two short granulose lines; prono- 
tum of male and female 8-g mm.: male 
long-winged form ri mm... annandalet, sp. nov. 

4.4. Pronotum with the dorsum deplanate, 
but with more or less distinct rugulae, 
or tubercles. 

5.5. Frontal costa not at all or indistinctly 
sinuate at the median ocellus; roundly 
or arcuate produced. 


7- Dorsum barely subtectiform forward 
when viewed from behind, elevated 
forward; median carina percurrent, 
subdepressed in front of the shoulders, 
very low subundulate backward ; ely- 
tra rather large, ovate; pronotum of 
male and female 11-13 mm. indicus, Hancock. 
7-7. Dorsum distinctly convex between the 
shoulders, lightly granulose-tubercu- 
lose, and provided with two short 
indistinct lineate carinae; backward on 
the process bearing minute irregular 
lineate tubercles; pronotum lengthily 
subulate; posterior angles of the late- 
tal lobes with the apices barely promi- 
nent, subtruncate; male and female 
pronotum 12-14 mm. - conspersus, sp.nov. 
8. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes of 
pronotum obtuse, rounded; pronotum 
above little rugose; median carina low, 
little elevated arcuate behind the ante- 
rior border, backward irregularly undu- 
late; body coloured grey. palpi white; 
middle femora of male crassate ; prono- 
tumof male io5 mm. .. .. vetvactus, sp. nov. 
8. 8. Posterior angles of the lateral lobes tri- 
angular, the apices narrowly subtrun- 
cate. 


118 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vox oe 


g. Dorsum of pronotum little rugose, bear- 
ing lineate tubercles; two short carinu- 
lae between the shoulders distinctly 
expressed ; colour yellowish-ferrugine- 
ous; pronotum of male and female r3- 

148 mm. 3 i .. artolobus, sp. nov. 

g. 9. Dorsum of pronotum distinctly rugose- 
tuberculose; median carina of prono- 
tum low, pluri-interrupted; hind fe- 
mora testaceous, four anterior femora 
fusco-fasciate ; the lateral carinae of 
pronotum maculate with yellow and 
testaceous ; pronotum of female 12°5 

mm. testaceous, Bolivar. 


Coptotettix fossulatus, Bolivar. 


Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 288, 1887 ; anes oper 
Zeyl., ii, p. 153, 1904. 

Habitat.—Balugaon, Puri Dist., Orissa, July 21, 1913 ‘‘ on 
lichen-covered rocks’’ (N. Annandale). Ind. Mus. coll. 

The type came from Ceylon, and this was the first species 
described in the genus Copftotettix by Bolivar, but the type for 
this genus was later fixed by Kirbyin the selection of C. asperatus, 
Bol., which was figured in Bolivar’s ‘‘ Essai.”’ In some respects 
it resembles in miniature, representatives of the genus Hyboella, 
but for the present I have included it here. 


Coptotettix parvulus, Hancock. 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, pp. 145, 146, I9g12. 

Habitat.—Singla, Darjiling Dist., 1500 ft., June 1913 (Lord 
Carmichael’s coll.) ; Kushtea, Bengal, Oct. 7, 1909 (J. T. Jenkins) ; 
Sikkim, Darjiling Dist. (L Mandell); Ca'cutta. Indian Mus. 
coll. Also: Kobo, ‘‘On rotten wood’’ (Kemp); Janakmukh, 
““Under bark” ; Chapra, Bengal (Mackenzie). Author's coll. 


Coptotettix capitatus, Bolivar. 


Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 289, 1887; Brunn., Ann. 
Mus. Genova, xxxili, p. 111, 1893. 


Habitat.—Burma (Brunner). 


Coptotettix interruptus, Bolivar. 


Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, pp. 291, 292, 1887; Brunn., 
Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 113, 1893. 


Habitat.— Burma. 


1915.|] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acryditnae). 11g 


Coptotettix annandalei, sp. nov. 


Colour dark grey, or paler grey sometimes marked with light 
yellow on the pronotum and hind femora. Head not at all ex- 
serted; vertex subequal in width to one of the eyes, slightly 
narrowed forward, fossulate on each side, not produced : antennae 
inserted between the lower part of the eyes ; paired ocelli placed 
between the middle of the eyes; frontal costa arcuate produced, 
distinctly sinuate at the median ocellus. Pronotum anteriorly 
truncate, posteriorly shortened and acute produced, not at all 
reaching the knees of the hind femora, or longer subulate, surpass- 
ing the hind femoral apices: dorsum deplanate subsmooth, coarsely 
granulose, with scattered small tubercles, between the shoulders 
convex; median carina low, forward between the sulci little 
elevate and rounded crassate, posteriorly little irregularly com- 
pressed-elevated ; humeral angles strongly obtuse and rounded- 
depressed ; prozonal carinae behind the anterior margin very little 
expressed and convergent backward ; two short carinulae between 
the shoulders merely granulate lines; posterior angles of the 
lateral lobes of the pronotum little dilated, obliquely truncate, 
apices little prominent ; elytra elongate, rounded-truncate at the 
apices; wings extended little beyond the pronotal apex ; middle 
and anterior femora elongate, margins of the middle femora sub- 
undulate; posterior femora moderately stout, superior carina 
minutely serrulate, the antegenicular denticle acute; first joints 
of the hind tarsi longer than the third, the first and second pulvilli 
acute spinose, the third longer than the second and flat below. 

Entire length of male and female g-Io (to end of pronotum) ; 
pronotum 8-9 mm.; posterior femora 5-6 mm.; male long-wing 
form 125 mm. 

Habitat.—Singla, Darjiling Dist., 1500 ft., Apr. 1913 (Lord 
Carmichael’s coll.); Northern Shan Hills, Upper Burma (J. C. 
Brown); Calcutta, India. Ind Mus. coll. 

- Some examples from Calcutta are somewhat smaller in sta- 
ture than the type from Singla. This species resembles interrup- 
tus, Bol., in the frontal costa being sinuate at the median ocellus, 
but differs in the posterior angles of lateral lobes; in annandalei 
they are ob:iquely truncate, the apices of the angles little promi- 
nent, whereas in interruptus they are rounded, and the median 
carina of the pronotum is straighter. 


Coptotettix conspersus, sp. nov. 


Colour yellowish-ferrugineous, subinfuscate; vertex narrower 
than one of the eyes, narrowed forward, not produced, fossulate 
on each side; frontal costa strongly roundly produced, barely 
sinuate at the median ocellus. Pronotum truncate anteriorly, 
lengthily subulate posteriorly, long surpassing the hind femoral 
apices; dorsum above granose-rugose, and tuberculose backward, 
between the shoulders convex; median carina of the pronotum 


/ 


120 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL.- seh; 


very low forward, but between the sulci barely elevated, poste- 
riorly irregularly undulate; posterior angles of the lateral lobes 
narrowed, barely prominent, subtruncate; elytra somewhat widely 
rounded at the apices, subovate; wings surpassing the pronotal 
apex; anterior femora elongate, margins entire; middle femora 
in the male little crassate toward the base, the lower carina with 
the basal two-thirds little dilated, in the female both margins sub- 
parallel; hind femoral margins minutely serrulate; first joint of 
the hind tarsi longer than the third, the third pulvillus longer 
than the second and straighter below. 

Entire length of male and female 13-16 mm.; pronotum 
I2-14°5 mm.; posterior femora 6-7 mm. 

Habitat.—Sibsagar, N. E. Assam (S. FE. Peal); Bhim Tal, 
4500 ft.. Kumaon: Siliguri, base of E. Himalayas, Bengal, June, 
1906. 

This species is somewhat stouter in stature than rvetractus, and 
the posterior angles of the pronotum more narrowed, subtruncate; 
on the dorsum of pronotum between the shoulders there are vesti- 
ges of two short carinulae, or they are entirely wanting; on the 
base of process rugose tuberculose, but forward granose. 


Coptotettix indicus, Hancock. 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, pp. 144, 145, 1912. 

Habitat.—Vela, Koyna Valley, Satara Dist., 2100 ft., Apr. 
26, 1912 (F. H. Gravely). Ind. Mus. coll. 

This species has the general appearance of Hedotettix gracilis, 
but with the vertex characters and rugose pronotum of Copto- 
tetttx. 


Coptotettix retractus, sp. nov. 


Colour grey; body above granose, sparingly tuberculose; head 
not at all exserted; vertex subnarrower than one of the eyes, 
narrowed forward, not advanced quite as far as the eyes, carinula 
on either side subcurvate, little compressed, open in front, with 
minute fossa on each side; frontal costa strongly arcuate pro- 
duced, not sinuate at the median ocellus: antennae inserted 
between the lower part of the eyes; palpi white. Pronotum ante- 
riorly truncate, posteriorly lengthily subulate surpassing the api- 
ces of the hind femora; dorsum granose and scattered with small 
tubercles; median carina low, behind the anterior margin little 
compressed-elevated, between the humeral angles depressed, poste- 
riorly pluri-undulate; prozonal carinae behind the front border 
very lightly expressed, convergent backward; posterior angles of 
the lateral lobes of the pronotum with the apices rounded, very 
slightly prominent; elytra widened at the middle, narrowed and 
rounded at the apices; wings caudate and pale; anterior femora 
elongate, margins entire; middle femora toward the base crassate 
in the male, lower margin undulate; hind femora moderately 
stout, margins entire, granose ; hind tibiae pale yellow; first joint 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 121 


of the hind tarsi longer than the third, the first and second pul- 
villi acute, the third longer than the second and straighter below. 
Entire length of male 12°5 mm.; pronotum 10°5 mm.; poste- 
rior femora 5°2 mm. 
Habitat.—Pusa, Bihar, Aug. 28 (7. B. Fletcher). Author’s 
coll. 
Coptotettix artolobus, sp. nov. 


Near conspersus, but differing in the narrower pronotum, the 
hind process being very slender subulate; the hind femora not 
so stout; the dorsum between the shoulders bearing two distinctly 
expressed carinulae, and backward many minute rugulae; the 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum distinctly 
narrowed, minutely obliquely truncate, and as viewed from above 
the apices little prominent; middle femora in the male very 
slightly or not at all crassate, the inferior carina very little ele- 
vated toward the base; wings caudate; colour yellowish-rufescent 
or ferrugineous. 

Entire length of male and female 13-14°8 mm.; pronotum 
11°5-13'5 mm.; hind femora 5°2-6'5 mm. 

Habitat.—Ceylon. Indian Mus. coll. 


Coptotettix testaceus, Bolivar. 


Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent..Belg., xxxi, p. 291, 1887; Hanc., Spol. 
Zeylan., il, p. 153, 1904. 

Habitat.—Chota Nagpur, Pass between Chaibassa and Chakar- 
dharpur, Mar. 2, 1913 (F. H. Gravely), Ind. Mus. coll. Ceylon 
(Bolivar). 
Genus Hedotettix, Bolivar. 


Table for separating the Indian species. 


t. Median carina of pronotum anteriorly 
between the shoulders strongly arcuate- 
cristate, very thin and translucent. 
2. Pronotum at the front border distinctly 
angulate produced over the head cristitergus, sp. Nov. 
. Pronotum anteriorly not produced over 
the head, subangulate or truncate. 
t. 1. Median carina of pronotum more or less 
compressed-arcuate forward before the 
shoulders, higher at the sulci; vertex 
and front margin of pronotum viewed 
from above subobtuse angulate, in pro- 
file rounded .. as .. gracilis, de Haan. 
. Median carina of pronotum very low, 
not at all or little compressed ; frontal 
costa strongly produced before the 
eyes; vertex in profile and viewed from 
above angulate; front of head oblique 
costatus, Hancock. 


No 
N 


Wo 


122 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy 2h; 


3. 3. Median carina of pronotum little com- 
pressed, longitudinally low arcuate 
forward. 
4. Dorsum of pronotum between the shoul- 
ders subtectiform; frontal costa joined 
with the vertex in profile strongly ar- 
cuate produced; vertex viewed from 
above subwidened between the frontal 
carinulae; stature moderate; colour 
often obscure ferrugineous or infuscate, 
sometimes with a median light fascia 
on the dorsum - attennuatus, Hancock. 
4. 4. Dorsum between the shoulders distinctly 
tectiform: frontal costa strongly arcu- 
ate produced; blades of the female ovi- 
positor long; the first and third pul- 
villi of the first joint of hind tarsi sub- 
equal in length; stature moderately 
large; colour grey As .. gvOssus, Sp. Nov. 


Hedotettix cristitergus, sp. nov. 


Near punctatus, Hancock. Obscure yellowish-ferrugineous or 
somewhat infuscate; body above granulose. Vertex subequal or 
barely wider than one of the eyes, frontal carinulae formed in 
obtuse angle, roundly reflexed at the sides, middle carinate; fron- 
tal costa strongly advanced before the eyes and arcuate, barely 
subsinuate at the median ocellus; antennae inserted distinctly 
between the lower fourth of the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly dis- 
tinctly angulate produced over the head; median carina strongly 
compressed, very thin punctate, arcuate forward, the crest highest 
above or barely behind the shoulders; hind process acute subu- 
late extended beyond the hind femoral apices; prozonal carinae 
behind the anterior border abbreviated and parallel; dorsum 
between the shoulders on either side of the crest somewhat 
smooth ; humeral angles obtuse, rounded, carinae little compressed ; 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes narrowed, apices hebitate ; 
elytra oblong, apices widely rounded; wings strongly caudate ; 
anterior femora elongate, entire ; middle femora elongate, margins 
little compressed in the female but subparallel, in the male arcu- 
ate dilated towards the base; hind femora elongate, margins en- 
tire, minutely serrulate ; first joints of the posterior tarsi longer 
than the third, the first two pulvilli spinose, the third longer, 
substraight below. 

Entire length of male and female 14°5-16'5 mm.; pronotum 
108-13 mm. ; hind femora 6-6 7 mm. 

Habitat.—Hoshangabad, Nov. 14, 1911 (JZ. B. Fletcher). 
Several examples in author’s collection. 

This species resembles punciatus, Hance. The habitat of the 
latter is unknown, the type being in the University Mus., Oxford. 


1915.] J. Ll. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 123 


Hedotettix gracilis, de Haan. 


Acridium (Tetttx) gracile, de Haan, Temminck, Verhandel. 
Orth., p. 167, 1842; Hedotetlix gracilis, Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. 
Belg., xxxi, p. 283, 1887; Hanc., Spol. Zeylan., ii, p. 156, 
pl..3, fig. 19, 1904; Hedotettix abortus, Hanc., J. c., p. 151, 
1904, short-wing form; Hedotettix festivus, Bol., l.c., p. 286, 
pl. 5, fig. 24, 1887; Hedotettix diminutus, Hanc., Mem. Dept. 
Agric. India, iv, pp. 149, 150, Ig12. 

Habitat.—Calcutta (N. Annandale; C. A. Paiva; F. H. 
Gravely ; Brunetti); Madhupur, Bengal, Oct. 14, 1909 (C. Paiva) 
“at light’’; Kharagpur, Bengal, June 17, torr (R. Hodgart): 
Wellawaya, Ceylon, Nov. 1905; Peradeniya, Ceylon, Nov. 1910; 
Goalbathan, E. Bengal, July 9, 1909 (Rk. Hodgart); Berhampur, 
Murshidabad Dist., Bengal, Jan. 1, 1908 (R. Lloyd); Basanti F. S. 
Sunderbuns (j. T. Jenkins); Rangoon, Burma, Feb. 26, 1908 (N. 
Annandale); Balugaon, Lake Chilka, Orissa, Sept. 20, 1913 (N. 
Annandale); Marikuppam, S. India, 2500 ft., Oct. 1, 1911 (F. H. 
Gravely). Indian Museum coll. Also: Pusa, Bihar, Oct. 12, 
git (T. B. Fletcher); Hoshangabad, Sept. 14, 1911 (T. B. Flet- 
cher); Chapra, Bengal (Mackenzie). Author’s coll. 

This species has been reported from Java and Sumatra. 

The stature of Hedotettix diminutus, Hanc., l. c., p. 149, 1912, 
is smaller, yet from a study of the large series of specimens of 
Hedotetiix gracilis from India, this species shows a wide range of 
variation that intergradate into diminutus. The latter I reported 
as found at Surat, Bombay. 


Hedotettix costatus, Hancock. 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, pp. 747, 148, 1912. 

Habitat.—Madhupur, Bengal, Oct. 16, 1910 (C. Patva) ‘‘ at 
light ’’’; Nepal, Nov. 21, 1908; Allahabad, U. Prov., Oct. 25, 
1910 (Kemp) ; Tirvani, Nepal Terai, Dec. 27, 1909 (B. Warren) ; 
Monghyr, Bengal, Sept. 23, 1909 (J. T. Jenkins). Indian Mus. 
coll. Also: Bengal, July 26, 1gto (T. B. Fletcher); Narainganj, 
Assam, Oct. 29, 1906 (C. S. M.—Fletcher); Chapra, Bengal (Mack- 
enzte); Munshiganj, Assam, Oct 22, 1906 (C. S. M —Fletcher); 
Durbhanga, Bengal, Jan. 5, 1903 (7. V. R. A.—Fletcher) ‘‘ on 
grass”’ and at light. Author’s collection. 


Hedotettix attenuatus, Hancock. 


Hanc., Spol. Zeylan., ii, p. 151, pl. 3, fig. 18, 1904; Hanc., 
Gen. Ins. Orth. Acrid. Tetr., p. 60, fig. 23, 1906. 

Habitat —Sur Lake, near Puri, Orissa coast, Aug. 19, IQII 
(N. Annandale ; F. H. Gravely): Balighai, near Puri, Orissa, Oct. 
24, 1908 (N. Annandale) ; Victoria Gardens, Colombo: (C. Paiva) ; 
Kesbewa, Ceylon, Apr. 1903; Trincomalee, Ceylon, Nov. 1906; 
Sibsagar,N. E. Assam; Assam-Bhutan Frontier, Mangaldai Dist., 
N.-E., Dec. 30, 1910 (Kemp). 


124 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou.. Xd; 


Hedotettix grossus, sp. nov. 


Greyish-cinereous; granulose; vertex equal or subnarrower 
in width to one of the eyes, narrowed forward, frontal carinula 
convex and subrounded reflexed at the sides; middle carinate; 
frontal costa strongly arcuate produced. Pronotum anteriorly 
truncate, dorsum tectiform; median carina low, little compressed, 
not at all cristate, low arcuate forward, substraight backward ; 
hind process long acute subulate; between the shoulders on the 
dorsum presenting two abbreviated carinulae; prozonal carinae 
behind the anterior margin parallel and rather widely separa- 
ted; posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum 
strongly narrowed; elytra rather large, elongate, apices widely 
rounded; wings caudate; femoral margins entire; first joint of 
the posterior tarsi longer than the third; the second and third 
pulvilli equal in length; valves of the female ovipositor long, 
acuminate, terminating in curvate spines, the margins above 
and below serrulate. 

Entire length of female 16°5 mm.; pronotum 13°5 mm.; hind 
femora 6°8 mm. 

Habitat.—Singla, Darjiling Dist., 1500 ft., May, 1913 (Lord 
Carmichael’s coll.). Indian Mus. coll. 

Somewhat larger in stature than gracilis; the frontal costa 
more narrowly sulcate; the pronotum anteriorly truncate; the 
median carina not at all compresso-elevated forward, though 
little compressed and forming a low longitudinal arc; the 
ovipositor much longer than in gracilis, and the colour grey, 
with very obscure dark oblique bands on the outer face of the 
hind femora. 


Genus Euparatettix, Hancock. 


In this genus the representatives have the antennae inserted 
partly between the lower margin of the eyes; the paired 
ocelli placed between the middle of the eyes; the vertex 
narrower than one of the eyes and truncate; the frontal costa 
rounded or arcuate produced; the head exserted; the body 
graceful, more or less slender, the pronotum posteriorly lengthily 
subulate and the wings caudate; the intermediate femora 
elongate, not at all crassate. 


Table for separating the Indian species. 


1. Hind tibiae dense black, white annulate 
just behind the knees; head distinctly 
exserted ; pronotum of male and female: 
7°5-9'°5 mm. 4 .. personatus, Bolivar. 
Slightly smaller in stature, with 
additional white marking at the 
apical third of hind tibiae. es 
var. A. E. p, birmanicus, nov. 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (A crydiinae). 12 


On 


I. I. Hind tibiae subunicoloured, or obscurely 
marked, but not dense black. 
2. Head exserted; pronotum narrow be- 
tween the shoulders; stature very 
slender; median carina of pronotum 
substraight, percurrent; pronotum of 
male and female II°5-135 mm. .. tenuis, Hancock. 
2.2. Head very little exserted; pronotum . 
moderately dilated between the shoul- 
ders; stature more robust; median cari- 
na of pronotum arcuate forward, often 
little undulate before the shoulders, 
subobliterated just behind the front 
border ; ees of male and female 


g-II mm. vartabilis, Bolivar. 
Stature larger ; pronotum of male and 
female 10-13 mm. .. corpulentus, Hancock. 


Euparatettix personatus, Bolivar. 


Paratetttx personatus, Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p. 
278, 1887; Euparatetiix personatus, Hanc., Spol. Zeylan.., 
fie pps 155,150, pl. 2; tig. 10,and.-pl. 3, fig. 20; 4904; 
Hanc., Gen. Ins. Tetr., p. 55, pl. 3, fig. 32, 1906; Hanc., 
Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, p. 152, 1912; Brunn., Ann. 
Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 109, 1893. 

Habitat.—Peradeniya, Ceylon, May 30, 1910; Kandy, Cey- 
lon, July 1909; Calcutta, Oct. 27, ro11 (F. H. Gravely); Balu- 
gaon, Puri Dist., Orissa, July 21, 1913 (N. Annandale); Sigiriya, 
Ceylon, Aug. 8, 1901; Anuradhapura, Ceylon, ‘‘low country,’’ 
Oct. 18, 1911 (N. Annandale); Sibsagar, N.E. Assam (S. E. 
Peal); Berhampur, Murshidabad Dist., Bengal, Jan. 1, 1908 (R. 
Lloyd); Waikam, Travancore, Coastal Region, Nov. 5, 1908 (N. 
Annandale). Indian Museum collection. 

The colour pattern in this species varies greatly, and among 
these examples from Ceylon and India, there are some specimens 
that agree with the description of the colour as described by 
Bolivar, namely: ‘‘ body fuscous, head in front and sides of pro- 
notum cinereous or black.’’ All the specimens have black hind 
tibiae with a white circular fascia behind the knees, and the 
antennae are rather long, and the four apical articles are little 
compressed and black. 


Euparatettix personatus var. birmanicus, nov. 


Besides the above mentioned specimens under fersonatus, 
there are a number of representatives which are distinguished by 
the slightly smaller stature, and the hind tibiae has, besides the 
usual white annulation behind the knees, a little white on the apical 
third of the black shaft. 


126 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor 2. 


Habitat.—Rangoon, Burma, Feb. 26, 1908 (N. Annandale) ; 
Assam-Bhutan Frontier, Mangaldai Dist., N.-E., Jan. 1, IgtI1 
(Kemp). 


Euparatettix tenuis, Hancock, 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, pp. 151, 152, 1912. 

Habitat.—-Calcutta, Oct. 1912 (F. H. Gravely) ; Thingannyin- 
aung to Sukli, Dawna Hills, 900-2100 ft., Nov. 23, 1911 (F. H. 
Gravely); Pusa, Bihar, June 15, ro1r (7. B. Fletcher; Hancock 
coll.); Monghyr, Bengal, Sept. 22, 1909 (J. T. Jenkins). Indian 
Mus. coll. 

This species can be recognized by the slender and graceful 
stature, the narrow pronotum, and strongly caudate wings. 


Euparatettix variabilis, Bolivar. 


Paratettix variabilis, Bol., Ann. Soc Ent. Belg., xxxi, pp 276, 
277, 1887; Euparatettix variabilis, Hanc., Mem. Dept. 
Agric. India, iv, p. 150, 1912. 

Habitat.—Rajshai, E. Bengal, Feb. 6, 1907 (N. Annandale) ; 
Asansol, Bengal, Nov. 13, 1910 (Paiva and Caunter); Mandalay, 
U. Burma, Mar. 12, 1908 (N. Annandale) ; Chotajalla, Rajmahal, 
Bengal, Feb. 14, 1910 (B. L. Chaudhuri); Berhampur, Murshida- 
bad Dist., Bengal, Jan. 2, 1908 (R. Lloyd); Puri, Orissa, Jan. 20, 
1908 ; Anuradhapura, Ceylon, ‘‘ low country”, Oct. ror1r (N. 
Annanaale). Ind. Mus. coll. 

This species is smaller in stature than corpulentus, Hanc., and 
nearly allied, and it appears from some of the specimens that they 
cross, producing hybrids. 


Euparatettix corpulentus, Hancock. 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, p. 158, 1912. 

Habitat.—Balugaon, Puri Dist., Orissa, July 21, 1913 (N. 
Annandale); Sur Lake, Puri, Orissa coast, July 19, 1911 (N. 
Annandale and F’. H. Gravely); Bosondhur, Khulna Dist., Ganges 
Delta, Aug. 21, 1900, ‘‘On launch, at light” (J. T. Jenksns) ; 
Kalandhungi, Naini Tal Dist., U. P. Agra and Oudh, May 4, 1913 
(R. Hodgart); Kasara, W. base of W. Ghats, Bombay, Nov. 23, 
1g01 ; Balighai, near Puri, Orissa, Oct. 24, 1999 (N. Annandale) ; 
S. India ‘‘ On board ship four miles off Tuticorin, May 25, 1908 
(C, Paiva); Berhampur, Murshidabad Dist., Bengal, Jan. 1, 1908 
(R. Lloyd); Calcutta; Madhupur, Bengal, Oct. 18, 1909 (C. Paiva) ; 
Dhappa, nr. Calcutta (N. Annandale); Bangalore, S. India (Came- 
von); Purulia, Manbhum Dist., Chota Nagpur, Feb. 10, 1912; 
Chotajalla, Rajmahal, Bengal, Nov. 14, 1910 (B. L. Chaudhurt) ; 
Northern Shan Hills, Upper Burma (J. C. Brown); Neapalganj, 
Nepal Frontier, Nov. 22, 1911. Indian Mus, coll. 


1915.| J. L. Hancock: Judian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). Taz 


Genus Indatettix, nov. (Euparatettix in part) 


Resembling Euparatettix, Hancock. Head exserted; vertex 
strongly narrower than one of the eyes; paired ocelli placed 
nearly between the lower third of the eyes; antennae inserted 
just below the eyes; frontal costa little arcuate produced 
between the antennae, but not above between the eyes as in 
Euparatettix; median carina of the pronotum often undulate, or 
sinuate, or interrupted; the hind process of pronotum with the 
lateral carinae toward the apex not at all, or more often, 
minutely crenulate, or with small dilated lobes. the apex then 
often minutely subdilated-truncate; middle femora crassate, or 
the margins undulate; body bearing elytra and fully developed 
wings. The type is Euparatetiix nodulosus, Hancock. 


Table for separating the Indian species. 


1. Hind tibiae white and black biannulate, 
or bifasciate, more or less intensely 
pigmented, or white annulate behind 
the knees, the shaft black or fuscous 
interrupted with white marking; head 
distinctly exserted. 

2. Stature small; pronotum of female not 
over 95 mm.; body above more or less 
rugose. 

3. Middle femora compressed, margins 
above and below distinctly undulate 
lobate; pronotum above rugose; hind 
femora with the outer face bearing 
compressed prominent tubercles as 
viewed from above; median carina of 
pronotum little cristulate forward 
between the sulci, depressed between 
the shoulders and backward strongly 
sinuate, with small elevated nodes; 
hind process toward the apex bearing 
minute dilated-serrulate lobes, the 
apex often minutely expanded-truncate. 

nodulosus, Hancock. 
3. 3. Middle femora compressed, margins 
above and below undulate; median 
carina of pronotum undulate, the 
median nodes backwards suppressed or 
not evident; hind process with the 
lateral carinae very indistinctly lobate 
toward the apex ie: .. parvus, Hancock. 
2.2. Stature somewhat larger; pronotum of 
female 95-11 mm.; above plain or 
little rugose; hind process of prono- 


On 


Un 


Records of the Indian Museum. 


tum with the lateral carinae toward 
the apex bearing small more or less 
dilated lobes, or entire; pronotum 
light testaceous toward the apex, and 
often maculate. 

Wings towards the apex dark, often 
pale maculate. 


. Median carina of pronotum behind the 


shoulders undulate, bearing obtuse 
crenules ; hind process of pronotum 
with the lateral carinae toward the 
apex subentire; anterior and middle 
femora narrow; pronotum of female 


[VOL oa 


10°6-1I mm. Se interyuptus, Brunner. 


. Median carina of pronotum backward 


behind the humeral angles more or less 
distinctly nodulose and sinuate; the 
minute lobes of the lateral carinae 
towards the apex more or less evident 


. Pronotum above behind the shoulders 


backward subsmooth; small lobes of 
the lateral carinae toward the apex 
more or less distinct; median carina 
of pronotum backward very low, thin 


var. A. aff. 


and substraight, barely undulate var. B. lobulosus, nov. 


Pronotum above behind the shoulders 
little rugose; the small lobes of lateral 
carinae evident 


. Wings plain, not at all maculate; 


stature little larger; hind process of 
pronotum above little rugose, light 
and fusco-maculate; lateral carinae 
toward the apex with small serrulate 
lobes; median carina of pronotum 
backward subnodulose-sinuate; body 
pale, variegated with fuscous, legs pale, 
fusco-fasciate; frontal costa depressed, 
‘barely arcuate between the antennae; 
pronotum of female 11°6 mm. 


1.1. Hind tibiae subinornate, or sometimes 


bearing obscure fumate markings, but 
not distinctly annulate or fasciate with 
black. 


7. Dorsum of pronotum above subsmooth. 
8. Head distinctly exserted. 
9. Median carina of pronotum percurrent, 


little compressed-elevated before the 
shoulders, little sinuate near the ante- 
tior border, between the shoulders and 
backward gently undulate or sub- 


var. C. 


callosus, Sp. nov. 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 129 


straight; highest between the shoul- 
ders; middle femora lightly hirsute 
below; in the male crassate-com- 
pressed, the margins dilated, in the 
female margins subparallel; stature 
slender fs as .. crvassipes, Hancock 
9g. 9. Median carina of pronotum behind the 
shoulders backward not at all undulate, 
little compressed; dorsum often bear- 
ing a pale longitudinal fascia; stature 
slender, a = Ha vars AS aff. nov: 
7.7. Dorsum of pronotum above minutely 
rugose; body pale grey; median cart 
na of pronotum marked with minute 
black spots; wings hyaline at the base, 
but toward the apex black or fumate, 
interrupted with white vertical vena- 
tions; stature small .. .. var. B. hybridus, nov. 
8. 8. Head little exserted; median carina of 
pronotum undulate: dorsum little ru- 
gose; colour brownish-rufescent; hind 
tibiae little infuscate toward the apices. 
var. C. bengalensis, Hancock 


Indatettix nodulosus, Hancock. 


Euparatettix nodulosus, Hane., Mem Dept. Agric. India, pp. 
155, 156, 1912. 

Habitat.— Calcutta, India, Feb. 22, 1907; Puri, Orissa, 
Jan. 20, 1908; Purulia, Manbhum Dist., Chota Nagpur, Nov. 
Io, 1912 (N. Annandale); Kaladhugi, Naini Tal Dist., May 4 
1913 (R. Hodgart); Kiari, Naini Tal Dist., W. Himalayas, Dec. 
24, 1910; Vela, Koyna Valley, Satara Dist., 2100 ft. Apr. 26, 
1912 (Ff. H. Gravely); Jalaban, Naini Tal Dist., base of W. Hima- 
layas, Mar. 22, 1910; Motisal, Gharwal Dist., W. Himalayas, Mar. 
5, 1910: Amangarh, Bijnor Dist., U.P., Feb. 24, 1910; Raxaul, 
Nepal Frontier, Nov. 10, rg1r. Indian Mus. coll. 


Indatettix parvus, Hancock. 


Euparatettix parvus, Hanc., Spol. Zeylan., ii, p. 145, 1904 ; 
Euparatettix pilosus, Hanc., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 
410, I909. 
Habitat.—Bhim Tal, 4450 ft., Kumaon, W. Himalayas, May 
9, 191t (Kemp); Calcutta; Puri, Orissa, Jan. 20, 1908 ; Amangar, 
Bijnor Dist.; Dhampur, Bijnor Dist., U.P., Nov. 11, 1907; Igat- 
puri, W. Ghats, Bombay Pres., Nov. 20, 1901 (N. Annandale). 
Indian Mus. coll. 


130 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XI, 


Indatettix interruptus, Brunner. 


Paratettix interruptus, Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiil, p. 
109, 1893. 

Habitat.—Marikuppam, §S. India, 2500 ft., Oct. 19, I9To, 
Batticaloa, Ceylon, July 1907; Caicutta, Nov. 2, 1907; Siripur, 
Saran, N. Bengal, Sept. 25, 1910; Madhupur, Bengal Oct. 16, 
1909 (C. Paiva); Sur Lake, near Puri, Orissa coast, Aug. 19, I9II 
(N. Annandale); Ayaramtengu, S. end of L. Kayangulam, Travan- 
core, Nov. 6, 1908 (N. Annandale); Damukdia, E. Bengal, June 7, 
1908. Indian Mus. coll. 


Indatettix interruptus, var. A. aff. 


Habitat.—Satara Dist., 2050 ft., May 3, 1913. Ind. Mus. 
coll. 
Indatettix interruptus, var. B. lobulatus, nov. and var. C. 


Habitat.—Hoshangabad, Sept. 14, 1911 (7. B. Fletcher). 
Ind. Mus. coll. Also in author’s coll. 


I 


Indatettix callosus, sp. nov. 


Body above very little rugose, pale, disc ornate with two 
black spots, and variegated with fuscous, legs pale, fasciate with 
fuscous. Head distinctly exserted; vertex and upper part of the 
eyes elevated higher than the dorsum; vertex not produced, 
strongly narrower than one of the eyes, narrowed forward; anten- 
nae inserted below the eyes; paired ocelli placed between the 
lower third of the eyes; frontal costa slightly prominent, little 
arcuate between the antennae, and depressed above between the 
eyes. Pronotum somewhat wide between the shoulders ; poste- 
riorly subulate much surpassing the hind femoral apices; dorsum 
little rugose and callose; median carina little cristulate forward 
between the sulci, between the shoulders and backward strongly 
undulate, and nodulose on base of process; lateral carinae toward 
the apex bearing small serrulate lobes; hind process white and 
black maculate; middle femoral margins undulate-sublobate; tibial 
margins subdilated toward the base; posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes of pronotum little expanded, apices obtusely-rounded; the 
three pulvilli of the first joint of the hind tarsi spinose, the third 
barely longer than the second. 

Entire length of female 13°4 mm.; pronotum 11°6 mm.; hind 
femora 5 mm. 

Habitat.—Darjiling Dist., Singla, 1500 ft., May 1913 (Lord 
Carmitchael’s coll.). 


Indatettix crassipes, Hancock. 


Euparatettix crassipes, Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, pp. 
153, 157, 1912. 


1915.| J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydtunae). 131 


Habitat.—Siripur, N. Bengal, Sept 27, 1910; Madhupur, 
Bengal, Oct. 14, 1913 (C. Paiva); Kaladhungi, Naini Tal Dist., 
Unit Prov. Agra and Oudh, May 4, 1913 (Rk. Hodgart); Bhim 
Tal, 4500 ft., Kumaon, Sept. 27, 1907; Damukdia, Bengal, 
June 7, 1908; Rajmahal, Bengal, July 6, 1909 (N. Annandale) ; 
Sicktan, Nepal, Nov. 13, 1908; Ghumti, Darjiling Dist. (fF. H. 
Gravely); Pusa, Bihar (T. B. Fletcher). Indian Mus. coll. Also: 
Bankipur and Muzafferpur. Author’s coll 


Indatettix crassipes, var A. aff. 


Habitat.—Chapra, Bihar (Mackenzte); Pusa, Bihar, July 6, 
tg1i (T. B. Fletcher). From Hance. coll. in the Ind. Mus. coll. 
This variety often bears a longitudinal fascia on the pronotum. 


Indatettix crassipes vay. B. hybridus, nov. 
Habitat.—Dibrugarh, N.-E. Assam, Abor Exp., Nov. ITI, 
1911; Madhupur, Bengal, Oct. 16, 1909 (C. Paiva); Sukhwani, 
Nepal, Nov. 15, 1908. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Indatettix crassipes var. C. bengalensis, Hanc. 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, pp. 155, 156, 1912. 
Habitat.— Bengal. 


BATRACHIDINAE. 
Genus Saussurella, Bolivar. 
Saussurella indica, Hancock. 


Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, pp. 156, 157, 1912. 
Habitat.—Lebong, India. Author’s coll. 


Saussurella curticornu, Hancock. 


Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, pp. 158, 159, I9I2. 
Habitat.—?. Ind. Mus. coll. Bihar, Pusa. Author’s coll. 


Saussurella decurva, Brunner. 


Habitat.—Dejoo, North Lakhimpur, base of hills, Upper 
Assam, June 29, 1910-(H. Stevens); Kawkareik to third camp, 
Amherst Dist., Lower Burma, Nov.-Jan. 21, tg11 (F. H. Gravely). 
Ind. Mus. coll. 

Length of pronotum of male 19 mm.; female 19'6 mm. 


Saussurella brunneri, Hancock. 


Hanc., Mem. Dept. Agric. India, iv, p. 156, 1912; Saussu- 
vella cornuta, Brunn., Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiii, p. 113, pl. 5, 
fig. 45, 1893. ‘ 

This species was referred by Brunner to S. cornuta, de Haan, 
but as I have previously pointed out, /. c., p. 156, foot note, that 
it is distinct. 


132 Records of the 


Indian Museum. [VOL2caa5 


The pronotum of male 13 mm.; female 16 mm. 


Habitat.—Sibsagar, N. E. Assam. 


Identifications of Indian 


Indian Mus. coll. 


Specimens in the Museum. 


Kirby’s identification. 


Hancock’s identification. 


Coptotettix latifrons, Brunner. 
” ~ ” ; 
Ergatettix tarsalis, Kirby. 
- ;. 
yy ” 
Systolederus cinereus, Brunn. 


a) ” 


Euparatettix interruptus, Brunn. 


Hedotettix gracilis, de Haan. 


” 


Hybotettix, sp. 

Apterotettix obtusus, Hance. 

Acantholabus cunecatus, Hanc. 

EKuparatettix personatus, Bol. 

var. longicornis, Krby. 
”) ” 

Coptotettix acuteterminatus, Brunn. 

Mazarredia lugubris, sp. n. 

Criotettix obscurus, Krby. (Type). 

(on label) Eugavialidium hastatum, Kb. 
(Type) (in F.B.I. £. hastulatum, 
Kb.). 

Scelimena producta (Serv.) 


Scelimena gavialis, Ssr. 
Criotettix exsertus, Bol. 
Ergatettix tarsalis, Kby. (n. g. & sp.) 


yy 


yy 


Kuparatettix personatus, Bol. 


” ” 


” ” 
Hedotettix gracilis, de Haan. 


Mazarredia ghumtiana, Hance. ( Type). 
Hyboella obesa, Hance. 
Indatettix interruptus, Brunn. 
Indatettix parvus, Hanc. 
Indatettix nodulosus, Hanc. 
Indatettix interruptus, Brunn. 
Bolotettix lobatus, Hanc. 
Indatettix interruptus, Brunn. 
Indatettix parvus, Hanc. 
Hedotettix costatus, Hanc. 
Euparatettix corpulentus, Hanc. 
Euparatettix variabilis, Bol. 

| Xistrella dromadaria, Bol. 
_Scelimena harpago, Serv. 

| Thoradonta spiculoba, Hance. 


 Criotettix rugosus, Bol. 


Acrydium polypictum, Hance. 
Mazarredia ghumtiana, Hane. (? larva). 
Bolotettix lobatus, Hanc. 

Criotettix spinolobus, Hance. 

Tettitelum hastatum, Hanc. (Type). 


Eugavialidium multidentatum, Hance. 
(Type). 
Scelimena spinata, Hanc. (Type). 
Criotettix annandalei, Hanc. (Type). 
| Indatettix parvus, Hanc. 
Indatettix nodulosus, Hanc. 
Indatettix crassipes hybridus, Hanc. 
Eupartettix personatus, Bol. 
Indatettix interruptus, Brunn. 
Euparatettix corpulentus, Hanc. 
Indatettix interruptus, Brunn. 
Euparatettix tenuis, Hanc. 
Euparatettix variabilis, Bol. 
Euparatettix personatus, Bol. 
burmanicus, 
Hane. 


” 


Indatettix crassipes, Hanc. 
Hedotettix attenuatus, Hanc. 
Indatettix crassipes hybridus, Hanc. 
Indatettix nodulosus, Hanc. 
Indatettix parvus, Hance. 

Acrydium variegatum, Bol. 
Euparatettix variabilis, Bol. 
Euparatettix corpulentus, Hance. 
Indatettix crassipes, Hance. 
Hedotettix costatus, Hanc. 
Hedotettix attenuatus, Hanc. 
Coptotettix artolobus, Hance. (Type). 


1915.] J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydiinae). 133 


SPECIES FROM OUTSIDE THE INDIAN EMPIRE IN 
THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 


Discotettix belzebuth, Serville. 
Habitat.—Kuching, Sarawak, Borneo, June 27, 1910 (Beebe), 


Tripetalocera ferruginea, Westwood. 


Habitat.—Kuching, Sarawak, Borneo, June 27, 1910 (Beebe). 


Dasyleurotettix curriei, Rehn. 
S. Ahica: 
Genus Hexocera, nov. 


Allied to Eugavialidium, Hancock. Pronotum ornate with 
spines and gibbose. Face slightly oblique; frontal costa obsolete 
or nearly so above the paired ocelli, protuberant between the 
antennae and sulcate; antennae long slender filiform, inserted 
far below the eyes; eves globose, slightly sessile ; vertex wider 
than one of the eyes, on either side little elevated or subacute 
terminated, not higher than the eyes Pronotum anteriorly trun- 
cate, dorsum concave between the shoulders, the humeral angles 
produced in a spine on each side; median carina of pronotum 
often bigibbose or obtuse spined behind the shoulders; posterior 
angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum laminate outwards, 
and produced ina sharp spine, at the lateral margin in front 
produced on each side in a spiniform tubercle; hind process 
lengthily produced backward bevond the hind femoral apices. 
Elytra acuminate backward toward the apices, wings perfectly 
explicate, and extended backward nearly to the apex of the pro- 
notal process. Anterior and middle femora narrow, and strongly 
elongate, margins not compressed, but often subtuberculate ; pos- 
terior femora elongate, inferior margin obtuse dentate; hind tibiae 
and first article of the posterior tarsi marginate, entire. Type 
Acridium (Tetrix) hexodon, de Haan. 


Hexocera sexspicata, sp.nov. 


Near H. hexodon,de Haan. Body minutely punctate, coloured 
ferrugineous-fuscous, hind femora obscurely marked with alternating 
light and fuscous bars. Vertex wider than one of the eyes, concave 
forward, frontal carinulae rounded, abruptly terminated at the 
sides, and slightly elevated nearly as high as the eyes; eyes 
prominent, strongly globose, subsessile; paired ocelli placed on a 
line with the lower margin of the eyes; antennae long and very 
thin, articles strongly elongate, inserted far below the eyes; fron- 
tal costa strongly protuberant between the antennae, sulcate, 
depressed and thin near the vertex above the paired ocelli. Pro- 
notum truncate anteriorly, dorsum inequal, concave between the 
shoulders; median catina obliterated near the front border, unigib- 


134 Records of the Indian Museum. LV Ou. Sek 


bulate forward before the shoulders, and behind the shoulders 
elevated in the form of a dull conical spine or gibbosity, black at 
the apex; dorsum depressed just behind the spine; humeral 
angles broadly elevated, crenulate, and strongly produced on each 
side in an acute spine, directed obliquely upwards: hefore the 
shoulders appears a small tubercle on each side on the lateral 
carinae; dorsum above the elytral apices on each side bearing 
an obtuse rounded node, and farther backward the base of the 
process provided with two elongate nodes nearly joining in front, 
and fossulate between them; hind process lengthily produced and 
smooth above; lateral lobes of pronotum on each side in front 
below the eyes outwardly produced in a subspine, longer than a 
tubercle; posterior angles of the lateral lobes outwardly laminate 
and produced in a single transverse strong spine on each side, little 
curvate forward toward the apex; elytra externally impresso-punc- 
tate, elongate, widest near the middle, rounded below or acumi- 
nate toward the apices; wings extended backward nearly to the 
apex of the bind process; anterior femora strongly elongate, mar- 
gins entire or subundulate above; middle femoral margins above 
subtrilobate, below nearly bituberculate ; posterior femoral carinae 
above thinly compressed bearing two minute tubercles, below den- 
fate; hind tibiae mutilated in the type. 

Entire length of male 20°7 mm.; pronotum 19°8 mm.; post. 
femora 6 mm.; antennae 75 mm. 

Habitat.—Sandakan, N. Borneo (Pryer). Ind. Mus. coll. 

The type of de Haan’s species hexodon is from Sakoenbang, 
Sumatra, and this species is closely allied to hexodon. The spined 
Shoulders are more pronounced than in dentifer, Bolivar. 

The type specimen bears a label on which is written ‘‘ Scel- 
mena hexodon, De Haan,’’ and appears to be in Saussure’s hand- 
writing. 


Genus Eugavialidium, Hancock. 
Eugavialidium chinensis, sp. nov. 


Body greyish, light and fusco-maculate. Vertex wider than 
one of the eyes, on either side dentate, but not elevated above the 
eyes; dorsum of the pronotum strongly rugose, reticulate, depla- 
nate, depressed and fossulate behind the shoulders; median 
carina multi interrupted, gibbulate forward between the sulci and 
just back of the shoulders, at the front margin produced over the 
occiput in a tubercle; humeral angles armed with an obtuse, 
slightly produced tubercle on each side; front margin of pronotum 
on each side of the lateral lobes bearing a small subacute denticle ; 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes produced in an uncinate spine 
on each side, which is rather slender; hind process more or less 
maculate above, very strongly produced, much longer than the 
apices of the outstretched hind tibiae, subulate, and toward the 
apex cylindrical, and rugose; wings fully explicate, pellucid, reach- 
ing nearly to the pronotal apex; anterior femora compressed, 


ee 


1915.) J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydtinae). 135 


elongate, margins above distinctly lobate, toward the base acute 
lobate, below bidentate; middle femoral margins above trilobate, 
below strongly bidentate; hind femora elongate bearing a large very 
obtuse lobe at the middle, and two acute denticles backward before 
the antegenicular lobe; below armed with very small tubercles; 
hind tibiae marked with black and white, black at the base and 
with two black annulations on the shaft, the margins very moder- 
ately expanded and armed with smal! spines; first joint of the 
posterior tarsi very slightly expanded. 

Entire length of male and female 26-29 mm.; pronotum 25-28 
mm.; posterior femora 7°5-8'°5 mm. 

Habitat.— Phuc Son, Annam (KF. Folle). Author’s coll. 


Acrydium hancocki, Morse. 
Habitat.— United States. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Acrydium subulatum, Linn. 


Habitat.—Europe; Siberia. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Acrydium depressum, Bris. 


Habitat.—Europe (de Saussure). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Acrydium variegatum, Bolivar, af. 
Habitat.—Kuching, Sarawak, Borneo (Beebe); Tiberias, 
Palestine (N. Annandale). 
Acrydium polypictum, Hanc. 


Habitat.—1o miles south of Kuching, Borneo. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Nomotettix tartarus, Saussure. 


Habitat.—Turkestan (Saussure). Ind. Mus. coll. 
This is the species described as Tettix tartarus by Bolivar, in 
Ang: Soc; nt. Belg. xxx, pp. 262,263 1887. 


Nomotettix compressus, Morse. 
Habitat.—Georgia, U.S. America. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Paratettix singularis, Shiraki. 


Habitat.—Japan. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Paratettix meridionalis, Ramb. 


Habitat.—Greece; Teneriffe; Europe. Ind. Mus. coll. 


136 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vor. 2a 


Paratettix texanus, Hancock. 


Habitat.—Texas, U.S.A. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Paratettix similis, Bol. 


Habitat.—1o miles south of Kuching, Sarawak, Borneo. Ind. 
Mus. coll. 
Paratettix toltecus, Saussure. 


Habitat.—Mexico (Saussure). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Euparatettix personatus, Bolivar, af. 


Habitat.—Borneo. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Telmatettix aztecus, Saussure. 


Habitat.—Mexico (Saussure). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Tettigidea prorsa, Scudder. 
Habitat.—Georgia, U.S.A. Ind. Mus. coll. 


Tettigidea lateralis, Say. 
Habitat.—Texas, United States (Saussure). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Tettigidea parvipennis, form pennata, Morse. 


Habitat.—Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A., Sept. 29, 1892 (Hancock). 
Ind. Mus. coll. 


Tettigidea medialis, Hancock. 
Habitat.—Georgia, U.S.A. (Saussure). Ind. Mus. coll. 


Tettigidea mexicana, sp. nov. 


Near migra, Morse. Vertex wider than one of the eyes, not 
advanced bevond the eyes, median carina small, the crown sub- 
horizontal, or barely convex in profile, and with the vertex obtuse 
angulate ; frontal costa advanced beyond the eyes nearly one-half 
their breadth, and convex, little sinuate at median ocellus, viewed 
in front widely sulcate, and forked above the paired ocelli, and 
little divergent forward. Pronotum tectiform, plain granulose 
above, posteriorly cuneate reaching to the knees of the hind fe- 
mora; median carina of the pronotum compressed, elevated, little 
arcuate before the shoulders, and little depressed between the 
shoulders, the hind process little depressed toward the apex ; 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes of the pronotum angulate, the 
inferior margins little outwardly deflexed; the superior elytral 
sinus right angulate and very shallow; elytra very small, elliptical, 


1915.) J. L. Hancock: Indian Tetriginae (Acrydinae). 137 


bearing a subapical white mark; wings wanting; colour reddish 
brown, hind femora ferrugineous. 

Entire length of female 12 mm.; pronotum Io mm.; posterior 
femora 7 mm. 

Habitat —Orizaba, Sumuhran, Mexico (Saussure). Ind. Mus. 
coll. 

The printed name ‘‘ Tettigidea polymorpha, Burm.”’ is on the 
label attached to this specimen, probably placed by Saussure. 


> 


mS FS Ne NON nee 


MISCELLANEA. 


INSECTS. 


Additional Mallophaga from the Indian Museum 
(Calcutta), 


In addition to a large collection of Mallophaga from birds of 
India and S. Asia generally, received from the Indian Museum, 
and recently reported on by Kellogg and Paine (Rec. Ind. Mus. 
Vol. X, pp. 217-243, 1914), we have received a small sending com- 
posed of the species noted in this paper. Although no new species 
are included in this collection, the new host and locality records 
are worth recording. 

Docophorus rostratus, Nitzsch. Juvenile specimens from Scops 
sp. (taken at sea, off Aden). 

Docophorus gonorhynchus, Nitzsch. Specimens taken from 
Milvus melanotis (Kurseong, E. Himalayas). 

Nirmus rufus, Nitzsch. Specimens from the Brahmini Kite 
Haliaster indicus (Calcutta). 

Lipeurus longus, Piaget. Specimens from the pheasant Tya- 
gopan satyra (Zool. Gardens, Calcutta). 

Lipeurus antilogus, Nitzsch. Males and females of this well- 
marked and interesting parasite of the bustards from Houbara 
(Otis) macqueent (iu captivity, Lahore, Punjab, and also wild, 
Bhawalnagar, Punjab). 

Gontodes bicuspidatus, Piaget. Males and females from the 
pheasant Tvagopan satyra (Zool. Gardens, Calcutta). 

Colpocephalum flavescens, Nitzsch. Specimens from the Brah- 
mini Kite Haliaster indicus (Calcutta). 

Colpocephalum subpachygaster, Piaget. Specimens from Scops 
sp. (at sea, off Aden). 

Colpocephalum miandrium, Kellogg. Specimens from the 
African Brown Crane Balearica pavomeca (in captivity, Calcutta). 
This species was originally described from specimens taken from a 
crane of the same genus collected by Sjdstedt’s Kilimanjaro Meru 
Expedition in E. Africa in 1907. 

Menopon gonophaeum, Nitzsch. Specimens from the Raven 
Corvus corax (Zool. Gardens, Calcutta, recently received from 
Nepal). 

Menopon nigrum, Kellogg and Paine. Specimens from Corvus 
splendens (Calcutta). This species was described in rIgrr from 
specimens taken from the White-Necked Raven Corvultur albicollis, 
shot at Oshogbo, Southern Nigeria, by J. J. Simpson. The species, 


140 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor ts 


though closely related to others of the genus found on crows and 
ravens, is a well-marked one. 

Nitzschia minor, Kellogg and Paine. Specimens taken from the 
Swift Cypselus affints (Calcutta). The species was described in 1914 
from specimens from the same host taken in the same locality and 
included in the earlier sending from the Indian Museum. 

Laemobothrium titan, Piaget. Male, female and young speci- 
mens from a Baza, Baza jerdont (Kurseong, E. Himalayas) . 


V. L. KELiLocG and S. NAKAYAMA, 
Stanford University, California. 


REPTILES. 
An abnormal specimen of Naia bungarus, Schleg. 


Dr. Boulenger in the ‘‘ Fauna’’ volume on “ Reptilia and 
Batrachia’’ shows a rhomboidal shield, in between the occipitals 
anteriorly in fig. I14 on page 390, but in the description he says 
that the parietals are followed by a pair of large shields (occipi- 
tals), no mention being made of this shield. 

Major Wall has also in his book on the ‘‘ Poisonons Snakes of 
India and how to recognize them ’’ (1913) shown the partetals 
followed by a pair of large occtpitals; and he says that these 
(occtpitals) are in contact with one another throughout. 

Sir J. Fayrer, K CS.I., in the ‘“‘ Thanatophidia of India ’’ 
does not show any shield in between the occtfitals which are 
shown in contact throughout. In some specimens examined the 
condition is exactly as shown by Wall or Fayrer, but in the singular 
specimen about which this note has been written the condition is 
exactly as shown in fig. 114, on page 390 of the ‘“‘ Fauna”’ volume. 


BAINI PARSHAD, B.SC., 


Government College, ) Alfred Patiala Research Student , 
Lahore. J Zoological Laboratory. 
BATRACHIA. 
A South Indian Flying Frog: RHACOPHORUS MALABARICUS 
(Jerdon). 


(Extract from a letter). I have the honour to state that 
I have collected a specimen of a flying tree-frog near Sagar, a 
place in the Malnad forest regions, or the Western Ghats por- 
tion, of Mysore Province, some twenty miles from the famous 
Gersoppa Falls. I happened to catch it in this way. I was 
collecting and photographing natural science specimens in the 
locality for my College. As I approached a big tree with my 
camera, my attention was suddenly drawn by a rustling noise 
in the leaves above and, as I looked up, I found a beauti- 
fully coloured little animal having all the appearance of a small 
bird, falling from the top of the tree in a slanting direction. Its 
flight was curious, inasmuch as it did not flap its ‘“‘ wings’’. All 


1915. ] Miscellanea, aS IAI 


the same, a sort of a whir was audible as it flew slantingly.. It 
alighted on the ground a good distance from the tree it darted from. 
It is a pity I failed to measure the distance travelled by the animal. 
It may, I think, be somewhere between thirty to forty yards, My 
attendant happening to be close to where the creature alighted ran 
and caught it by throwing his cloth over it. When I went to see 
what it was, I found to my intense surprise and delight that it 
was not a bird, but a gaily coloured flying tree-frog. 

Its upper side was coloured a beautiful grass-green, the webs 
bright red, and its underside a bright yellow. It possessed weil- 
developed adhesive discs at the ends of its fingers and. toes with 
which it could attach itself to any surface easily: It could with 
ease attach itself to the wet slippery sides of the glass bottle in 
which I carried it home. It was crouching in the bottle in such 
a way that it looked a lump of dull green. When among the green 
leaves, it could, I think, escape detection most efficiently. The 
brilliancy of its colour was to be seen only during its flight and 
might serve for purposes of recognition by others of its kind. I 
already mentioned that a kind of whir was audible during its 
flight. This whir and the sudden flash of colour as it darted from 
the tree brings to my mind certain grasshoppers with criptic 
colouring which make a sort of sound as they leap and take short- 
flights and at the same time display their brilliantly coloured 
nether garments of inner wings—a sort of warning to the effect 
that ‘‘ danger is near; follow my lead.”’ 

I filled the bottle three-fourths with water, but the frog did 
not much tolerate the water. It climbed as high as it could up the 
sides of the bottle and avoided the water. Evidently it did not 
live in water. Its home and even nesting place probably were 
always the tree-tops, like those of some of its relatives. 


Colouration. 


Upper portion of the body, bright grass-green (dull steel-blue 
in spirit), obscurely dark dotted all over. Finely tuberculated, 
almost smooth, except at the sides of the upper jaw which are a 
bit coarser in granulation. 

Underside golden yellow ; granular a little from the arm pits 
downwards. Underside of the thighs interspersed with bigger 
granules. Two streaks of dull yellow at the sides speckled all 
over with dark brown spots and tinged with red. Upper portion 
of the arms, the legs, and the last digits of the limbs coloured 
green like the upper portion of the body. The underside of the 
legs yellow. The upper arms are coloured yellow, but bear a red 
streak on the side towards the-body. ‘The undersides of the thighs 
are coloured yellow and bear a reddish blotch which increases in 
redness towards the knee joint, the redness continuing lightly on 
the inner unexposed side of the leg towards the calf which is 
mainly yellow in colour. Web between Ist and 2nd finger, yel- 
low ; between 2nd and 3rd finger, yellow towards the distal end 
only, but the rest bright red; between 3rd and 4th finger, red 


142 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vou. XI, 1915.] 


throughout, except a little at the two corners near the discs. The 
web extends only a little beyond half way between the rst and 
2nd finger in each hand, but right up to the discs between the 
other fingers. 

Measurement of the specimen (in spirit). 


Length of the body ae oa) 34 anche, 
* ,» hand ef eteigy he Ms 
” ” leg aby “4 5 ” 
Area of expanded fore web about $ sq. inch. 
, hind 43 12 sq. inch. 


3 
Total area of the four webs about 31 sq. inches. 


I wish to express my thanks to my student, Mr. H. Channa- 
payya for the help he gave me, and to Mr. N. P. Muniswami 
Naidu, Drawing-master, Teachers’ College, Saidapet, for the ex- 
cellent coloured sketch of the frog he has made. 


M. O. PARTHASARATHY AYYANGAR, 
Teachers’ College, Saidapet, Madras. 


me ON NN Ne mes Ses et 


Vee CO.) fhe bo lb hOskSs SO: Avk NOW LE D:GE 
OF TH THe RRES TRPAL-IS OP ODA 
OWN DT AY, 


PART I.—ON A COLLECTION FROM THE MADRAS 
PROVINCE AND SOUTHERN INDIA. 


BY OWALTER En COLUINGE;, VM S¢.5-F LS. EELS. 
(Plates IV—XII.) 


The majority of the species here described were collected by 
Dr. Annandale and Mr. S$. W. Kemp in the Ganjam district in the 
north-eastern corner of the Madras Presidency. Unfortunately in 
a number of instances there are only single or imperfect specimens, 
these are not described. I have reluctantly been compelled to 
establish two new genera, viz. Ennurensis for an interesting species 
collected at Ennur, near Madras, and also at Mandapam, Southern 
India; and Hemiporcellio for two new species allied to both 
Porcellio, Latreille, and Porcellionides, Miers. Of the remainder 
there is a new species of Avhina, Budde-I,und, one each of Philos- 
cia, Latreille, Periscyphis, Gerst., and three new species of Cubaris, 
Brandt. The complete list is as follows :— 


Ennurensis hispidus, gen. et sp. nov. 

Philoscia tenuissima, n. sp. 

Porcellio sp. 

Henuporcellio carinatus, gen. et sp. nov. 
. hispidus, n. sp. 

Arhina barkulensis, n. sp. 

Periscyphis gigas, n. sp. 

Cubaris solidulus, n. sp. 

nacrum, i. sp. 

granulatus, 1. sp. 


) 


9) 
Ennurensis hispidus, gen. et sp. nov. 


(Plate iv, figs. I-10.) 


Body oblong oval, convex, covered with small setae. Cephalon 
(figs. r and 2) convex, fairly long, almost smooth excepting for 
numerous fine setae; lateral lobes small, no median lobe or defi- 
nite anterior margin; epistoma convex, smooth and setaceous, 


144 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XI, 


Eyes large, dorso-lateral. Antennulae small, 3-jointed. Antennae 
(fig. 3), first four joints short, fifth joint long, 2nd-4th character- 
ised by deep groove on their inner border; flagellum 2-jointed, 
proximal joint slightly longer than the distal one. First maxillae 
(fig. 4), the outer lobe terminates in four stout, slightly incurved 
spines and seven smaller finer ones, inner lobe thin and spoon- 
shaped terminally, proximally thickened. Second maxillae (fig. 5) 
thin, plate-like, bilobed distally and setaceous. Segments of the 
mesosome convex and almost sub-equal, the lateral plates well 
developed on the Ist segment, but small on the remaining ones, 
the posterior angles of segments 1-4 produced backwardly, over- 
lapping the succeeding segments. Maxillipedes (fig. 6) with elong- 
ated palps, outer one terminating in outer multispinous process and 
two inner spines, inner palp with single spine. Thoracic append- 
ages (fig. 7) rather short, fringed on the inner side with few stout 
spines, claws long. Uropoda (figs. 8 and 9) extending beyond the 
telson, basal plate convex both sides with lateral expansions, 
dorsally there is a lateral process with which the endopodite 
articulates; exopodite and endopodite small and almost sub-equal 
in length, setose and each terminating in a fine spine. Telson 
(fig. ro} small, sub-equal with basal plates of uropoda, triangular 
with antero-lateral portions extended, depressed in the median 
line, apex sub-acute. Length 7mm. Colour (in alcohol) very vari- 
able, some a creamy white with posterior margins and lateral 
plates of all segments a fuscous-brown, others alight brown with 
darker markings laterally and in the median line. 

Habitat.—Ennuur, nr. Madras, under stones on sand, Ig-x-I3, 
No. 8671/10; Mandapam, Pamben Passage, S. India, No. 8605/ro. 
‘“In both cases the specimens were on bare sand close to the sea- 
shore ’’. (N. Annandale.) 

Type.—In the collection of the Indian Museum. 

This interesting species will, I believe, be found to have a 
wide distribution in India. The form of the head, antennae, telson, 
and uropoda at once separate it from any other genus I know of, 
while there are a number of minor, but pronounced characters in 
the mouth parts. Incolour it is exceedingly variable, particularly 
so in specimens under 7 mm. in length. To those who attach any 
great importance to the mouth parts, the form of the inner lobe of 
the 1st maxilla should prove of interest. 


Porcellio sp. 


Habitat —Marikuppam, S. India, 2500 feet, 21-x=10, No. 8588. 
(R. Hodgart.) 

wo examples, both without their antennae or uropoda, I am 
referring to the genus Porcedlio. In colour they are a deep blackish- 
brown, with the posterior angles of the lateral plates of the 
mesosomatic segments a yellowish-brown. The head and all the 
segments of the body are richly tuberculated. The lateral and 
median lobes of the head are well-developed, epistoma convex. 


I9I5. | W. E. Connince: Indian Terrestrial Isopoda. 145 


Philoscia tenuissima, n. sp. 
(Plate v, figs. I-Io.} 


Body oblong oval, slightly convex, lateral plates of mesosome 
but slightly expanded; metasome abruptly narrower than meso- 
some. Cephalon (figs. 1 and 2) convex above, slightly rounded in 
front, medium and lateral lobes absent: frontal margin ill-defined 
and bent downward laterally; epistoma flattened with transverse 
tidge. Eyes prominent, dorso-lateral, ocelli large. Antennulae 
small, 3-jointed, basal joint large. Antennae (fig. 3) long and 
slender, the distal joint being the longest; flagellum 3-jointed, 
with deep groove on the anterior border, terminating in long 
spinous style, setaceous. First maxillae (fig. 4), outer lobe termt- 
nates in three stout, curved spines and five smaller inner ones ; 
inner lobe terminates in two setaceous spines. Second maxillae 
(fig. 5) thin, plate-like, bilobed distally, inner division terminating 
in fairly long setae. Segments of the mesosome almost subequal, 
posterior angle of lateral plates not produced backwards. Mavilli- 
pedes (fig. 6) with elongated palps, outer one terminating in 
multispinous process and a single long spine; inner palp somewhat 
cone-shaped, sunken at the apex, with tooth-like spine on the 
inner border and a long pointed one arising from the base of the 
concavity, and four small tooth-like spines on the outer border. 
Thoracic appendages (fig. 7) comparatively short, setaceous, 5th 
joint and claw elongated, 4th joint with two spines on the inner 
border with obtuse plumose apices. Uropoda (figs. 8 and 9) 
extending beyond the telson, basal plate small with deep groove on 
the under side which also extends along the inner border of the 
exopodite, the endopodite is also grooved on its ventral side. 
Telson (fig. 10) short and broad, produced to a blunt point in the 
median line posteriorly. Length 65 mm. Colour (in alcohol) 
horny-brown with light greyish markings. 

Habitat—Museum compound, Madras (town). No. 8668/ro. 
(N. Annandale.) 

Type.—In the collection of the Indian Museum. 


Hemiporcellio carinatus, gen. et sp. nov. 
(Plate vi, figs. I-10.) 


Body (fig. r) oblong oval, flattened, with irregular tubercula- 
tions, and tooth-like tubercles on the posterior margin of the 
ametosomatic segments; metasome narrower than mesosome. Ce- 
phalon (figs. 2 and 3) narrow, tuberculated, setose, lateral lobes 
cup-shaped, median lobe formed by a dipping forward and down- 
ward of the anterior margin which is continuous; epistoma 
convex with numerous small setae. Eyes large, sub-lateral. 
Antennulae very small. Antennae (fig. 4) elongated, with well- 
marked carination on the dorsal side of 3rd, 4th and 5th joints; 
flagellum 2-jointed, the proximal joint being the longer. First 


146 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vou. Ben: 


maxillae (fig. 5), outer palp terminating in four stout curved spines 
and four smaller ones with bifid terminations, inner lobe with short 
blunt spine on the outer side and two setaceous spines on the 
inner side. Second maxillae (fig. 6) thin, plate-like, bilobed, inner 
lobe setaceous. The segments of the mesosome somewhat de- 
pressed, lateral plates small, slightly deflected outwards, the 
posterior angle of 5-7 produced backwardly, as also those of the 
three last metasomatic segments. Maxillipedes (fig. 7), outer palp 
with multispinous process on the outer side and three long spines 
internal to this, the inner palp has two spines and four small 
tooth-like processes on the margins. Thoracic appendages (fig. 8) 
fringed with stout spines on the inner side of the three distal 
joints. Uropoda (fig. 9) extending beyond the telson, basal plate 
with lateral extensions dorsally and ventrally, with the former 
the slightly curved endopodite articulates, the exopodite which is 
cuniform articulates at the base of the basal plate. Exopodite 
nearly twice the length of the basal plate, and of the endopodite, 
both covered with fine setae. Telson (fig. 10) short, not extend- 
ing beyond the basal plates of the uropoda, triangular, apex sub- 
acute. Length 75 mm. Colour (in alcohol) greyish- brown, cepha- 
lon and metasome usually darker, lateral plates of mesosome 
with dark patch uniformly a blackish-brown, very variable. 

Habitat.—Under stones and dead water weeds at edge of 
Chilka Lake, Rambha, Ganjam, Madras Pres., 27-xii-13, No. 
8692/10. ‘‘ Apparently an amphibious species’’. (N. Annandale.) 

Type.—In the collection of the Indian Museum. 

This species is closely allied to Porcellio tmmsz, Clige.,! which 
latter must now be referred to the genus Hemiporcellio ; it differs, 
bowever, from zmmsz in the form of the antennae, in the anterior 
margin of the cephalon, which is continuous, and in the form of 
the uropoda. 

The colour is exceedingly variable. Examples measuring 5°5 
and 6 mm. invariably have the first three and last mesosomatic 
segments a reddish-brown colour and the whole of the metasome 
a deep blackish-brown. Similar variations obtain in H. immsi 
judging from an immature specimen. 


Hemiporcellio hispidus, n. sp. 
(Plate vii, figs. 1-9.) 


Body oblong-oval, flattened, tuberculated and covered with 
fine setae; metasome narrower than the mesosome. Cephalon 
(figs. 1 and 2) small, tuberculated, lateral lobes slightly cup-shaped, 
median lobe absent, anterior margin distinct and continuous, 
epistoma convex and covered with stellate setae. Eyes small, 
sub-dorsal. Antennulae small, 3-jointed, basal joint prominent. 
Antennae (fig. 3) elongated, with well-marked carination on the 


1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1914, s. 8, vol. xiv, p. 207, pl. ix. 


1915. | W. E. Connince: Indian Terrestrial Isopoda. 147 


3rd, 4th and 5th joints; flagellum 2-jointed, the distal joint being 
the longer. First maxillae (fig. 4), outer lobe terminates in three 
long and one short stout spine on the outer side, on the inner side 
are four smaller ones and two fine spines; the inner lobe termi- 
nates in two setaceous spines. The lateral plates of the mesoso- 
matic segments are small and slightly overlap one another, 
posterior angle slightly produced. Maxillipedes (fig. 5), outer palp 
with multispinous process on the outer side and three spines 
internal to this, inner palp has a single spine and three tooth-like 
marginal processes. ‘Thoracic appendages (fig. 6) short, with the 
Ist and 2nd joints grooved on their outer side, the three terminal 
joints are fringed with stout spines with trifid terminations. The 
whole of the appendages are covered with fine hair-like setae. 
Uropoda (figs. 7 and 8) extending beyond the telson and covered 
with fine setae, basal plate with lateral extensions, exopodite 
cuniform and grooved on the outer side, endopodite triangular in 
section. Telson (fig. 9) short, extending beyond the basal plates of 
the uropoda, triangular, apex sub-acute. Length 5 mm. Colour 
(in alcohol) greenish-grey with few irregular blackish blotches. 

Habitat.—Satpara, Lake Chilka, Orissa, 17-ix-13, No. 8635/10. 
‘““ A terrestrial species”. (N. Annandale). 

Type.—In the collection of the Indian Museum. 


Arhina barkulensis, n. sp. 
(Plate viii, figs. I-10.) 


Body oblong-oval, strongly convex, surface shiny, minutely 
punctate. Cephalon (figs. r and 2) covered with minute raised 
tubercles, lateral lobes well developed, median lobe small, epistoma 
slightly raised in median line, concave laterally with transverse 
ridge above the antennules. Eyes large, sub-lateral. Antennulae 
(fig. 3) 3-jointed, the terminal joint having a number of bristle- 
like setae at the apex and side. Antennae (fig. 4) characterised 
by the shortness of the three first joints, 3rd and 4th joints together 
equal in length to the 5th which is as long as the flagellum, the 
three joints of which are almost sub-equal; terminal stylet slender ; 
whole of the appendage covered with short setae, those on the 
flagellum rather longer. First maxillae (fig. 5), the outer lobe 
is very solid and terminates in eight stout spines; the inner lobe 
is scroll-like, the inner border partly overlapping the flat outer 
portion, terminally there are two long setaceous spines. Second 
maxillae (fig. 6) a thin bilobed plate terminating in an inner dense 
tuft of setae and an outer tuft. The segments of the mesosome 
almost sub-equal, posterior margins of 1-4 almost straight, lateral 
angles rounded, of 5-7 slightly produced backward, sub-acute. 
Lateral plates of metasomatic segments greatly prolonged back- 
wards (fig. 10). Maxillipedes (fig. 7), the outer palp terminates 
in a strong spine with two tufts of setae, at the base of this are 
two further tufts arising from a slight eminence, and a third pair 
still more inwardly ; there are no spines on the inner palp, which 


148 Records of the Indtun Museum [Vor. XI, 


is fringed with short setae. Thoracic appendages (fig. 8) stout 
and comparatively short, first joints almost equal in length to the 
next three, stout claw with lateral spines; the 3rd, 4th and 5th 
joints have on their inner side a dense mass of long setae, with 
paired stouter spines on the outer side of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th 
and on the inner side of the 5th joints. Uropoda (fig. 9) extending 
beyond the telson; basal plate sparsely covered with setae, there 
is ashort, blunt spine on the outer side and a raised portion 
extending across the proximal end to the inner side, beneath which 
the endopodite articulates ; exopodite somewhat conical in shape, 
more globose on the inner side, endopodite slender, terminating 
in two long setae. Telson (fig. 10) triangular, flat, sides straight, 
apex sub-acute. Length t1°5 mm. Colour (in alcohol) greenish- 
brown with. yellow flecks on the head and mesosomatic segments. 

Habitat.—Under stones at edge of lake, Barkul, Lake Chilka, 
Orissa, 22-vii-13, No. 8670/10. ‘* Apparently an amphibious 
species’’. (NV. Annandale.) 

Type.—In the collection of the Indian Museum, 

The genus Arhina was constituted by Budde-I,und (Rev. 
Crust. Isop. Terr., 1904, p. 44) for a species, A. forcelliordes, found 
‘in a warehouse at Copenhagen, perhaps imported from East 
India.” The genus is placed by Budde-Lund under the sub-family 
Spherillioninae, which includes Pseudophiloscia, Suarezta, Sclerop- 
actes, Sunniva, Saidjahus, Ambounia and Shherillo. Neither 
Pseudophiloscia or Arhina are closely related to any of the above 
mentioned genera, and whilst I differ strongly from Budde-Lund in 
his views on classification, they would, in my opinion, have found a 
more natural position in his Tribe Alloniscoidea, (of. cit., p. 37). 

The form of the antennae, Ist maxillae, maxillipedes and 
uropoda clearly indicate the relationship of this species to Arhina 
porcelliotdes. 


Periscyphis gigas, n. sp. 
(Plate ix, figs. I-10.) 

Body (fig. 1) oblong oval, dorsal face strongly convex, sloping 
downwards posteriorly, almost smooth. Cephalon (figs. 2 and 3) 
small with median depression, flanked laterally by the lateral 
plates of the Ist segment of the mesosome, the anterior border of 
which extends slightly beyond the cephalon ; lateral lobes well 
developed, median lobe absent. Ventrally there is a strong median 
carination. Eyes prominent, sub-dorsal. Antennulae (fig. 4) 
short and stout, 3-jointed. Mandibles (fig. 5), the outer cutting 
edge has three blunt teeth and a blunt process on the inner edge, 
beneath which is a tuft of setae. First maxillae (fig. 6), the outer 
lobe terminates in four curved spines and five finer and straighter 
ones on the inner side. Second maxillae (fig. 7) thin and plate-like ; 
the inner lobe terminates in a mass of setae, whilst the outer lobe 
is more robust and tooth-like. ‘Tle segments of the mesosome 
are strongly convex, excepting those of the 1st the lateral 
plates are only slightly produced backwards. Maxillipedes (fig. 


1915. |} W. E. Conuince: Indian Terrestrial Isopoda. 149 


8), inner lobe palp-like with setae on the inner side and two rows 
across the dorsal face, the outer palp terminates in three multi- 
spinous processes. Basally there is a raised portion studded 
with numerous small setae. ‘Thoracic appendages (fig. 9) robust 
and fringed with numerous spines with trifid terminal portions 
(fig. ga) and smaller spines, 2nd appendages having on the apical 
border of the fifth joint two with obtuse plumose apices. 
Uropoda (fig. 10), basal plate large, extending beyond the telson; 
outer margin sub-crenate; exopodite articulating on the middle 
inner border, endopodite slightly longer than the exopodite and 
articulating at the top of the inner border of the basal plate. 
Telson (fig. 1), dorsal face strongly convex, obtusely triangular, 
almost smooth. Length 20°5x13 mm. Colour (in alcohol) horny- 
brown with the lateral plates of the Ist, 5th and 6th mesosomatic 
and the 3rd and 4th metasomatic segments yellow. 

Habitat.— Ponmudi,Travancore, September, 1893, No. 8626/10. 
(H. S. Ferguson.) 

Type.—In tie collection of the Indian Museum. 

This interesting species is, I believe, the largest yet described 
of this genus. Unfortunately there were no antennae on either 
of the two specimens. Owing to the strong convexity of the Ist 
segment of the mesosome the dorsal surface of the head is almost 
vertically disposed. 


Cubaris solidulus, n. sp. 
(Plate x, figs. I-12 ) 

Body oblong oval, moderately convex, minutely punctate 
with lateral rugosities. Cephalon (figs. 1 and 2) small with poste- 
rior margin slightly raised, lateral lobes small, median lobe 
absent, epistome flat. Eyes small, situated dorso-laterally. 
Antennulae (fig. 3) small, 3-jointed, with numerous short setae 
on the terminal joint. Antennae (fig. 4) short, covered with fine 
setae, 2nd to 5th joints grooved on their inner side; flagellum 
2-jointed, the distal joint being a little over one and a half times 
as long as the proximal one. First maxillae (fig. 5), outer lobe 
terminates in four stout incurved spines and six smaller, almost 
straight ones; inner lobe terminally rounded, with two setose 
spines. Second maxillae (fig. 6) thin and plate-like, terminating 
distally in two setaceous lobes, the inner of which is jointed. 
Segments of the mesosome with posterior angles of 1-4 produced 
backwards, overlapping the succeeding segments, fitting into a 
slight groove in segments 2-5, segments 5-7 almost straight. 
Segments 1 and 2 notched on their lower inner margins for recep- 
tion of succeeding segments (figs. 7 and 8). Lateral plates of 
metasomatic segments 3-5 elongated. Maxillipedes (fig. 9), the 
outer palp terminates in a multispinous process on the outer side, 
with two small spines below it, internal to the large process are 
two long fine spines, the inner palp possesses five tooth-like spines 
and one larger one. Thoracic appendages (fig. 10) comparatively 
short, setaceous, with few stout spines on the inner side of the 


150 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


three distal joints. Uropoda (fig. 11) not extending beyond the 
telson, basal plate somewhat triangular, posterior margin almost 
straight; exopodite small, situated on the inner lower border of 
the basal plate, endopodite nearly twice as long, setaceous and 
terminating in two long setae, situated at the top of the inner 
margin of the basal plate. Telson (fig. 12) slightly longer than 
broad, concave laterally, posterior margin straight, anteriorly 
with slight median depression. Lenghth rr mm. Colour (in 
alcohol) horny-brown with greyish rugosities. 

Halitat.—Oorgaum, Kolar District, S. India, 20-x-10, No. 
8598/ ro. 

Type—In the collection of the Indian Museum. 

The rugosities on the mesosomatic segments are more dis- 
tinct in some specimens than in others. The form of the 
uropoda, antennae and telson serve to separate it from its allies, 
and minor differences are also present in the mouth parts and 
thoracic appendages. 


Cubaris nacrum, n. sp. 
(Plate xi, figs. I-10.) 


Body oblong oval, strongly convex, smooth and shiny. Cepha- 
lon (figs. I and 2) small, with sloping anterior half, lateral lobes 
very small, median lobe absent, epistome almost flat. Eyes smail, 
situated antero-dorsally. Antennulae (fig. 3) small, 3-jointed, with 
numerous short, thick setae on the terminal joint. Antennae 
(fig. 4) short, covered with fine setae, flagellum 2-jointed, distal 
joint almost twice as long as the proximal one. First maxillae 
(fig. 5), outer lobe terminates distally in four incurved spines and 
five smaller almost straight ones, short, simple, hair-like setae on 
the outer margin; inner lobe terminally rounded, thin, and with 
two setose spines, broader at the base. Second maxillae (fig 6) 
thin and plate-like, terminating distally in a bi-lobed manner, the 
inner lobe having a rew of strong setae on theinner face. The 
segments of the mesosome are strongly convex, with the lateral 
plates not expanded excepting in the 1st mesosomatic segment. 
Segments t and 2 notched on their lower inner margins for recep- 
tion of succeeding segments. Lateral plates of metasomatic seg- 
ments 3-5 greatly elongated. Maxillipedes (fig. 7), the outer palp 
terminates in a multispinous process on the outer side and two 
small spines inwardly, the inner palp possesses a single terminal 
spine and two smaller ones on the outer border. Thoracic 
appendages (fig. 8) comparatively short, setaceous, the three distal 
joints being fringed on the inner side with numerous stout spines. 
Uropoda (fig. 10) not extending beyond the telson, basal plate 
triangular in shape, posterior margin pointed, outer half raised 
above the flat, inner half; exopodite very small, situated towards 
the base of the raised outer half, endopodite large and situated at 
top of the inner margin of the basal plate, but not extending 
beyond it. Telson (fig. 9) slightly longer than broad, contracted 


I Q15. | W. E. Conuince: Indian Terrestrial Isopoda, I5I 


laterally, posterior margin almost straight. Length 16:5 mm. 
Colour (in alcohol) slaty-grey with lighter coloured lateral markings 
on the mesosome. 

Habitat.—Under stones on hill near Rambha, Ganjam District. 
No. 8690/10. (N. Annandale.) 

Type.—In the collection of the Indian Museum. 

The form of the uropoda at once serve to separate this species 
from any other known form. Considerable variation was noticed 
in the mouth parts. In alcohol it is a slaty-grey colour, but when 
dry the specimens look like large pearls. 


Cubaris granulatus, n. sp. 
(Plate xii, figs. I-11.) 


Body oblong-oval, moderately convex, finely granulated with 
few irregular rugosities on the cephalon. Cephalon (figs. 1 and 2) 
small, anterior margin slightly raised, lateral lobes small, median 
lobe absent, posterior margin distinct, irregularly rugose, epistome 
with triangular convexity, deeply sunken around base of antennae. 
Eyes moderately large, situated dorso-laterally. Antennulae small, 
3-jointed. Antennae (fig. 3) short, covered with fine setae, 2nd 
to 4th joints grooved on their inner side; flagellum 2-jointed, the 
distal joint being nearly three times as long as the proximal one. 
First maxillae (fig. 4), outer lobe terminates in four stout incurved 
spines and six smaller, almost straight ones; inner lobe terminally 
rounder, with two long setose spines. Segments of the mesosome 
with posterior angles of I-4 produced backwards, overlapping the 
succeeding segments, fitting into a slight groove in segments 2-5, 
lateral plates of segments 6 and 7 slightly expanded. Segments I 
and 2 notched on their inner margins for reception of succeeding 
segments (figs. 5 and 6). Lateral plates of metasomatic segments 
3-5 elongated. Maxillipedes (fig. 7), outer palp terminates in a 
multispinous process on the outer side and two long inner spines. 
at the base of the innermost are two very small spines; the inner 
palp has a single spine and asmall tooth-like process. Thoracic 
appendages (fig. 8) comparatively short, setaceous with dense mass 
on the inner side of the 3rd and 4th joints. Uropoda (figs. 9 and 
10) not extending beyond the telson, basal plate somewhat trian- 
gular, posterior margin almost straight, plicated on the ventral 
side; exopodite small, situated on the inner border of the basal 
plate, endopodite two-and-a-half times as long as the exopodite, 
setaceous, situated at the top of the inner border of the basal 
plate. Telson (fig. 11) slightly longer than broad posteriorly, 
expanded anteriorly, posterior margin almost straight with con- 
cavity anteriorly in the median line. Length 5°5 mm. Colour 
(in alcohol) dark olive brown. 

Habitat.—Rambha, L. Chilka, Ganjam Dist. , Madras, 22-ix-13, 
No. 8639-10. ‘‘ Probably a terrestrial species’. (N. Annandale 
and S. W. Kemp.) 

Type.—In the collection of the Indian Museum. 


~ 
/ 
* 
* 
= 
, 
‘ 
5 
; As 
¢ j . | 
|  P : 4 
‘ 3 ; 
“ | { wes y : 
2 J 
H a 
t ‘ oo 
: 4 
- 
‘Try } ; 3 
£.. A 
S 
’ -_* 
Fr 
‘ 
U » 
i | | | 
4} 
' $ ‘ ( | 
| ; ‘ ¢ ey: | = 
| , it) 4a 
Jj . y hi 


Basie. 
a 


EXPLANATION -OF PLATE, IV. 
Ennurensis hispidus, n. sp. 


Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 
,, 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 

3.—Antenna. 

,, 4.—First maxilla, terminal portions of inner and outer lobes 

», 5-—Second maxilla, terminal portion. 

,, ©.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 

,, 7.—Second thoracic appendage 

,, 8.—Left uropod, dorsal view. 

», 9-—Left uropod, ventral view. 

,, 10.—Last abdominal segment and telson. 


Rec. 


tnd. Mus .,Vol. xX! , 1915 . 


ENNURENSIS HISPIDUS, nop. 


Plate IV, 


A. Chowdhary, lith. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 
Philoscia tenuissima, n. sp. ° 


Fie. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 

2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 

3.—Antenna. 

4.—First maxilla, terminal portions of inner and outer lobes. 
5s  5-—Second maxilla, terminal portion. 

6.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 

7.—Second thoracic appendage. 

8.—Left uropod, dorsal view. 

»,  9.—Left uropod, ventral view. 

10.—Telson and last abdominal segment. 


Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol. XI, 1915. Pinte ae 


E.W.E. del. A. Chowdhary,lith. 


PAHILOSCIA TENUISSIMA »n.sp. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 
Hemtporcellio carinatus, n. sp. 


Fic. 1.— Dorsal view, X 83. 

2.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 

3._-Anterior view of the cephalon. 

4.—Antenna. 

»  5-—First maxilla, terminal portions of inner and outer lobes. 
.,  6.—Second maxilla. 

»,  7.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 

,, 8.—Second thoracic appendage. 

g.—Leift uropod. 

10.—Last abdominal segment and telson. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI, 1915. Plate VI. 


Fig.1.E.Wilson del. 
E.W.E. del. A.Chowdhary,lith. 


HEMIPORCELLIO CARINATUS, n.sp. 


i 
‘ 
. 
* 
Py 
* 
* 
i 
2 ~ 
» — 
’ 
< 
tf = 
* . 
s ' 
4 i 
7 
’ 

4 

a i +r 
a * q 
a . ; 
k ir 7 
i. 
. , % bal & res 
‘. 

, a 2 7 ‘> 7 


T Giese, fa 
a 
7 
Bis 
.s- ’ 


7 a 
MF 
_ - 
s 
i 
Se 
; 
e 
‘ 
- . 
ab 
f i 
‘ $a 
‘ 
= > 
: a) 
& <a 


oe TIC? Pdi? 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. 


Hemiporcellio hispidus, n. sp. 


Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 


2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 

3.—Antenna. . 

4.—First maxilla, terminal portions of inner and outer lobes. 
5.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 

6.—Second thoracic appendage. 

7.—Left uropod, dorsal view. 

8.—Left uropod, ventral view. 

g —Telson and part of last abdominal segment. 


Reo. une. Mus. Vol. 2), 1915: Plate VII. 


E.W.E.del. A.Chowdhary, lith. 
HeEMIPORCE LLIO HISP] DUS, nsp. 


Comer 6181 1X .JOV,.auM .bal os 


Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of cephalon. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. 


Arhina barkulensis, n. sp. 


2.—Anterior view of cephalon. 
3.—Antennule. 

4.—Antenna. 

5.—First maxilla, terminal portion of inner and outer lobes. 
6.—Second maxilla, terminal portion. 
7.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 

8.—Second thoracic appendage. 

9.—Left uropod, dorsal view. 
10.—Telson and part of last abdominal segment. 


Bec. Ind Mus. Vol.x119i5. °° . Plate VIL 


= Sa 


er, 


PW. del. A.Chowdhary, lith. 
ARHINA BARKULENSIS, nsp. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 
Periscyphis gigas, ni. sp. 


Fic. z.—Dorsal view, X 23. 
2.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 
,»  3-—Anterior view of the cephalon. 
4.--Antennule. 

5.—Right mandible. 

6.—Outer lobe of Ist maxilla. 

7,—Second maxilla, 

8.—Maxillipede. 

g.—Second thoracic appendage. 
ga.—Terminal portion of spine, much enlarged. 


1o.—Left uropod. 


mec. Ind. Mus.,Vol.XI 1915. Plate [X. 


Fig. #}. Wilson del. 
EW.E. del. A Chowdhary, lith. 
PERISCYPHIS GIGAS,n.sp. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. 
Cubaris solidulus, n. sp. 


Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 


», 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 


Bay. Loe 
4.—Antenna. 


5.—First maxilla, terminal portion of inner and outer lobes. 
6.—Second maxilla, terminal portion. 


7.—Lateral portion of Ist mesosomatic segment, showing 
notch on the under side. . 


8.—The same on the 2nd mesosomatic segment. 


Antennule. 


g.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 
10.—Second thoracic appendage. 
I1.—Right uropod. 

12.--Last abdominal segment and telson. 


Rec. Ind: Mus., Vol-X!I,1915. Plate, 


E .W.B, del. A.Chowdhary, lith. 
CUBARIS SOLIDULUS,n.sp. 7 


4 


yest: 


=) 
AZ. 4 aa | 
i 4 
‘a= 
rhs . if 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. 
Cubaris nacrum, n. sp. 


Fic. 1.—Antero-dorsal view of the cephalon. 
»»  2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 
3.—Antennule. 
4.—Antenna. 
5.—First maxilla, terminal portion of inner and outer lobes. 
6.—Second maxilla, terminal portion. 
7.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 
8.—Second thoracic appendage. 
», 9-—Last abdominal segment and telson. 
,, LO.—Right uropod. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI, 1915. Plate 2 


E.W.E. del. A.Chowdhary,lith. 


CUBARIS NACRUM,n.sp. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 
Cubarts granulatus, n. sp. 


Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 
2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 
3.—Antenna. 


3) 


»  4-—First maxilla, terminal portion of inner and outer lobes. 


5, 5.—Lateral portion of the ist mesosomatic seginent, showing 
notch on the under side. 


,, ©.—The same on the 2nd mesosomatic segment. 
»,  7.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 
,, 8.-—Second thoracic appendage. 

», 9.—Right uropod, dorsal view. 

,, 10.—Right uropod, ventral view. 

,, 11.—Last abdominal segment and telson. 


Rec. Ind. Mus. 


E.W.E. del. 


;valeXT 1915; 


Plate XIL 


en 
“SAK Tay 
~ = 


1 ees pee 
/ 


Cf 


A.Chowdhary, lith,. 


CUBARIS GRANULATUS,n.sp. 


Velie O Ne LEE ANATOMY, OF A BURMES.E 
Shu GOR Lie GE NUS 
Agl OF OS”, 


By EKENDRANATH GHOsH, M.Sc., Assistant Professor of 
Biology, Medicai College, Calcutta. 


(Plates xvi—xix.) 


Two specimens of this slug were collected by Mr. F. H. 
xravely, Assistant Superintendent, Indian Museum, from the 
base of Dawna Hills near Thingannyinaung, about goo ft. above 
sea-level, on the 27th November, I1gIT. 

They belong to the genus Atopos, Simroth, and are made 
the type of a new subgenus (Parapodangia) under the name of 
A. (P.) gravely. 


Subgenus Parapodangia, nov. 


An anterior portion of the mantle (notum) (about 4th the 
body length) along the middle line separate from the thin dorsal 
wall of the body beneath. An lW-shaped fold of the integument 
beneath the mouth between the precephalic flap and the foot. The 
lower tentacles fused with the precephalic flap as in Podangia. 


Atopos (Parapodangia) gravelyi, n. sp. 


Colour of notum sepia (with a slight brownish tint) with 
blotches and pinpoint dots of dark brown above, and of slaty gray 
(bluish) with blotches and spots of slaty black below; in the 
middle, a longitudinal row of pale buff blotches above and a 
continuous dark clove-brown band below. The anterior portion 
of the head (with ommatophores, lower tentacles and precephalic 
flaps) is slaty blue, while the posterior portion is ochraceous 
yellow behind. Foot sole pale yellow. Keel prominent, rounded 
and of dark clove-brown colour. 

Length of notum (along mid-dorsal line) 14°7 cm. Height of 
notum I'4cem. Breadth 1°3 cm. Female genital aperture 1°35 cm. 
from male genital aperture. 


ANATOMY. 
I. Body wail. 


The inner surface of the thick mantle in its anterior portion 
where it is separate from the dorsal integument beneath, is very 
vascular and appears to share a prominent part in respiration. 


154 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XT, 


The vessels are connected to the dorsal sinus in the mid-dorsal 
line of the body wall. In other respects, the body wall is quite 
similar to that in other species. 


II. Pallial Complex. 


The pallial complex forms a circular area extending from the 
right side at the junction of the inner surface of the mantle and 
the dorsal surface of the foot to within 6 cm. of the margin 
of the mantle on the lett side. It lies at about 2.4 cm. distant 
from the anterior margin of the mantle. The pericardium lies 
in the anterior two-thirds of the pallial complex and to the right, 
the kidney occupying the remainder. There is no distinct pul- 
monary chamber at all. The whole pallial complex is adherent to 
the thick mantle and is rocfed by a thin membrane which is fused 
with the inner surface of the latter. The ventral wall lies over 
the anterior end of the liver. 

The heart is placed in the long axis of the pericardium. The 
auricle is placed behind the ventricle. 

Minute structure of the ventricle.—The outer surface is lined by 
a single layer of cubical-cells with oval nuclei. There is no 
distinct epithelial lining of the cavity. The superficial layers form 
a thin continuous coat of transversely-arranged muscle fibres. 
Beneath this, the muscle fibres form thick bundles which are 
disposed irregularly in different directions. Just beneath the 
superficial layer, the thick bundles are arranged circularly in a 
transverse direction, being separated from the former widely in 
many places by thick bundles which pass inwards, some radially 
and others obliquely, from the superficial bundles to these circu- 
lar ones with which they seem to unite. More internally the 
disposition of the fibres are mainly longitudinal with a few oblique 
ones. The cavity of the ventricle is traversed by these muscle 
bands which extend through the cavity in various directions. 

Minute structure of the auricle.—The wall is lined externally 
by a layer of rectangular cells with their long axis parallel to 
the surface. ‘The superficial muscles form a transversely circu- 
lar layer. ‘The inner bundles form a longitudinally circular layer. 
Between these two layers, there are a few bundles which are 
arranged obliquely and seem to pass from one layer to another. 


III. Digestive System. 


(i) The buccal bulb forms a protrudable proboscis which, 
when retracted, is placed inside a proboscis sheath having a 
narrow tunnel-like shape at its outer aspect. The proboscis forms 
the acrecbolic (pleurembolic) introvert of Sir KE. R. Lankester. 

As seen in a longitudinal section, the proboscis, when re- 
tracted, lies in the tubular space formed inside the proboscis 
sheath, which is folded a little behind its middle in such a way 
that its posterior portion is invaginated into the anterior portion ; 


1915.] E. GHosH: The Anatomy of a Burmese Slug. 155 


the morphologically inner surface of the posterior portion of the 
sheath now becomes external and lies in contact with the inner 
surface of the anterior portion. On the dorsal surface and the 
lateral aspects of the anterior portion of the proboscis sheath 
are numerous flattened muscular strands which pass upwards 
and backwards to be inserted into the thin dorsal integument. 
The presence of these strands prevents this tubular anterior 
portion of the proboscis sheath from being protruded with the 
proboscis. Again the posterior division of the sheath, which, 
owing to the doubling of its wall, is placed inside the anterior 
division, is prevented from being straightened out behind by 
the presence of fine strands of connective tissue, which extend 
from its morphologically outer side (inner side in the present 
condition) to the outer surface of the proboscis in a direction 
backwards and inwards from the wall of the sheath. 

It is remarkable to note that in A. (P.) kempit, Ghosh, 
owing to the absence of special muscle strands from the outer 
surface of the proboscis sheath to the dorsal integument, the 
proboscis can be extended to its full extent so that the wall of 
the sheath is seen to become continuous with the anterior end 
of the head in the position of the mouth. A partial protrusion 
of the proboscis is only possible in the present case. Again a 
simpler condition exists in A. (P.) sanguinolenta (Stol. MS.). 
Here the proboscis is attached behind to the posterior end of 
the sheath surrounding it, just in front of the beginning of the 
oesophagus, so that after the proboscis has been fully protruded 
it drags from behind the sheath which then becomes gradually 
everted and forms a covering of the radular portion of the 
proboscis, so that the proboscis sheath becomes continuous with 
the proboscis in front. 

Hence the present species shows an intermediate condition 
as regards the structure of its protrudable buccal bulb. 

Minute structure of the proboscis.—The inner surface is raised 
into transverse folds; the ridges on the upper half fit into 
depressions on the lower half like the teeth on the blades of a 
pair of forceps. The inner surface of the organ is lined by 
a single layer of cubical epithelium which secretes a layer of 
hard homogenous cuticle,.as thick as the cells themselves. On 
the outer side of the epithelium are placed the muscular layer, 
the bundles being arranged in various directions. 

(ii) The vadula sac is a club-shaped body curved somewhat 
like the letter S, the narrow end of which is attached to the 
posterior end of the proboscis. The sac is surrounded by a thin 
outer coat of muscular tissue within which is a thick muscular 
coat. Both these two coats are continued behind to form the 
retractor muscle. Beneath the thick inner coat and lying in 
the ventral and lateral aspect of the cavity of the sac, is a thick 
flap of muscular tissue which is attached to the inner surface of the 
muscular sheath behind and laterally, but projects anteriorly into 
the cavity about half the length of the sac from its posterior 


156 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor,. XT, 


end; this free anterior end of flap gives attachment to the 
radula. Inside the muscular sheath and lying over the flap is 
a bilobed hollow fibrous cushion with a thick and hard wall. 
This cushion is free at its round anterior end and ventral aspect, 
but is attached to the muscular sheath behind and laterally 
towards the dorsal aspect. Ventrally between the two lobes is a 
deep transverse fissure into which the anterior end of the ventral 
flap fits. The dorsal surface of the cushion is convex in the 
middle line, but concave at the sides, where it is continuous 
with the inner surface of the muscular sheath. A little anterior 
to the middle of its length is a transversely placed crescentic 
aperture leading into the radula sac proper. The vadula is 
attached to the anterior end of the ventral flap and passes 
over the anterior rounded end of the cushion to its dorsal 
surface over which it is traced backwards into the radula sac 
proper. The portion of the radula lying over the dorsal surface 
of the cushion extends laterally on the concave lateral portions 
of the surface and the inner surface of the muscular sheath, 
so that in a longitudinal section a little to one side of the middle 
line we get two sections of the radula—one lying on the dorsal 
surface of the sac, and another beneath the inner surface of the 
inner muscular sheath at a higher level than the first. 

Minute structure of the radula and the radula sac proper.— 
The vadula consists of the following layers :— 


(1) A thin fibrous membrane lined beneath by a_ single 
layer of pavement epithelium. The membrane con- 
sists of white fibres alternating with single rows of 
connective tissue corpuscles. 

(2) A single layer of cubical epithelium over the fibrous 
layer. 

(3) A thick homogeneous corneous layer with fine longi- 
tudinal striation. To this are attached the bases of 
the teeth which are all unicuspid and are arranged in 
V-shaped rows. 


The vadula sac lies in the middle of the bilobed cushion in 
its dorsal aspect. The cyescentic aperture (mentioned above) 
leads into the narrow cavity which is directed downwards and 
backwards, and which ends blindly after curving a little back- 
wards and outwards. At the sides the cavity extends downwards 
and outwards and then upwards and inwards again for a short 
distance, where it ends blindly abutting on the wall of the hollow 
mass on the dorsal aspect. In a longitudinal section of the sac, a 
little to the side of the middle line, we get asort of horse-shoe-shaped 
appearance as the cavity extends for some distance on the anterior 
aspect where the two portions become continuous. Ina transverse 
section through the middle of the sac we get a reniform outline 
with the middle third of the convex side absent. 

The sac is surrounded by a sheath of connective tissue. 
The ventral and the outer walls of the sac are thin; the lower 


1Q15.] E. GuosH: The Anatomy of a Burmese Slug. 157 


surface of the radula is applied on these surfaces. A little in 
front of the posterior blind end of the cavity, the lower and 
outer walls of the sac is lined by a single layer of large granular 
cells with round or oval nuclei. This layer is continuous with the 
cubical epithelium of the radula. At the extreme posterior end 
of the cavity of the sac lies a mass of cells arranged obliquely 
and probably in several rows. These are placed on a thin layer 
of connective tissue, and seem to be continuous in front with 
the layer of granular cells just mentioned, while the connective 
tissue layer is continued in front to that of the radula. 

The corneous layer on which the teeth are placed becomes 
suddenly narrowed down, just behind the point where the cubi- 
cal epithelium ends, and is continued backwards as a thin layer 
to the tip of the cavity where it ends above the upper tiers 
of cell of the cellular mass just mentioned. The dorsal and 
inner lining of the cavity is convex and have the teeth 
of the radula embedded in them. The cavity of the sac is 
thus so narrow as to keep the radula between its two surfaces, 
there being no space left between the radula and the lining 
of the cavity of the sac. The postero-dorsal wall of the sac 
is thick and projects into the cavity of the sac. The base 
of the projecting mass consists of a curved stratum of connective 
tissue in front of which lies an oval mass of large muscular fibres, 
arranged transversely and separated widely from each other by con- 
nective tissue fibres and cells. Still in front lies an elongated mass 
of connective tissue cells embedded in a gelatinous matrix tra- 
versed by a few fine fibres, on the lower aspect of this wall lies a 
row of much elongated obliquely-placed cells, continuous round 
the blind end of the cavity to the cellular mass on the upper 
and outer aspect of the cavity. On the lower surface of this 
cellular layer are seen two or three transverse rows of teeth 
one before another and placed flatly on the homogeneous layer. 
In front of these rows, the teeth are arranged obliquely on 
the thick homogeneous layer between rows of cells continued 
to the posterior and inner wall of the sac, and filling up the 
space between the successive rows and probably between the 
individual teeth of the same row. ‘The cells are probably con- 
cerned in the secretion of the teeth of the radula. 

(iii) The two salivary glands are fused to form a single 
oval mass, but there are two salivary ducts which pass to their 
destination as usual. 

(iv) The oesophagus ends in the substance of the liver. Its 
course is exactly similar to that in other species. 

(v) The digestive gland is elongately conical in shape and 
rounded in front. It ends about 1°5 cm. in front of the 
posterior end of the mantle. The upper surface is convex from 
side to side; it presents the S-shaped curve of the rectum in 
its anterior portion about th the length of the gland from this 
end. The cavity of the liver is a C-shaped slit in transverse 
section. 


155 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voru2i; 


(vi) The zntestine forms a S-shaped curve lying partially 
embedded in the substance of the liver on the dorsal aspect. It 
begins on the left lateral aspect of the liver and, taking the 
curve just mentioned, emerges out of its wall from near the 
anterior end to the left. It then passes along the anterior border 
of the liver forwards and outwards to the right, being surrounded 
by a coil of the oviduct in its course, to end in the anus in the 
groove between the foot and the mantle. The portion which 
lies beyond the liver may be conveniently named rectum. 


IV. Reproductive System. 


(i) The hermaphrodite gland is an oval mass—more or less 
flattened from side to side and placed on the right side of the 
anterior end of the liver. The organ is connected to the liver 
by a flat strand of fibrous tissue. The retractor penis muscle 
passes over the outer side of the gland. 

Minute structure-—Under the low power the true glandular 
portion of the body lies in its distal end. It consists of a flattened 
mass o! more or less rounded acini held together by loose con- 
nective tissue. Each acinus gives rise to a duct which unites with 
others to form the oviduct. The oviduct is coiled and looped in 
various ways as it passes on, and then emerges from the glandu- 
lar mass after having received the vas deferens in the same. ‘The 
vas deferens seems to arise from the centre of the glandular mass, 
and passes outwards nearly to its proximal end where it opens 
into the oviduct. 

(ii) The albumen gland forms an elongated mass along the 
upper border of the hermaphrodite gland with which it is insepa- 
rably fused from the distal end. 

Minute structure —Tre gland consists of numerous irregular 
lobules separated somewhat widely from each other by loose 
connective tissue. Each lobule consists of an irregular mass of 
acini held together by a thin layer of connective tissue. ‘The acini 
open together into a short duct which ends in the main duct of 
the gland. The main duct passes along the upper border of the 
hermaphrodite gland and then turns downwards between the 
glandular mass and the coiled mass of oviduct to the lower border, 
where it seems to open into the oviduct. It also receives several 
ducts of lobules scattered along its course. 

(iii) The hermaphrodite duct is a short tube which forms a 
V-shaped loop as it emerges from the glandular mass and coils 
itself round the intestine to pass outwards, downwards and a little 
backwards, where it ends in the external genital aperture placed 
just behind and internal to the anus. 

(iv) The fens is enclosed in a penial sheath, which opens on 
the outer side of the base of the lower tentacles. ‘There is one 
simrothian gland, on the right sideonly. The penial sheath as usual 
gives attachment to a retractor penis muscle. A fine thread-like 
tubule, the flagellum, also opens into the penis, at its distal end. 


I9I5.] E. GHosu: The Anatomy of a Burmese Slug. 159 


The pental sheath consists of two portions: (1) A stout 
reniform mass containing the penis when the latter is fully 
retracted, the wall of the penis being continuous with that of 
the penial sheath at their distal ends. (2) A narrow tubular 
portion, which ends in the external aperture .with the right 
stmrothian gland. 

(v) The vight simrothian gland consists of two portions: 
(r) A narrow tubular portion coiled in various ways in its distal 
two-thirds. (2) A stout portion (also looped once) ending in the 
external aperture. At the junction of the two, is a fine tubular 
blind-sac (coecum) directed towards the outer end. ‘The base of 
the sac gives attachment to a few muscle fibres. ‘These corre- 
spond to the first and fourth portions of the simrothian glands of 
A. (P.) sanguinolenta. 


V. Nervous System. 


The general arrangement of the ganglia is similar to that in 
other species. As the system has not vet been studied in detail in 
other species, it is convenient to deal with them rather fully 
in the present species. 

(i) Cerebral ganglia. Each ganglion contains numerous 
groups of ganglionic cells arranged correspondingly tothe origin of 
nerves from it. Three such rows can be recognized as follows :— 


(1) An elongated row of cell-group in the inner third of the 
ganglion along the whole length. 

(2) A similar row in the outer third. 

(3) A narrow elongated group in the middle third in its 
anterior fourth. 

The nerves (C 1-5) from the cerebral ganglion :-— 

(1) A stout nerve on the inner side lying close to the nerve 
of the opposite side. It arises from the ventral 
aspect and supplies the ommatophore. 

(2) A stout nerve dividing into three branches immediately 
after its origin. These supply the cephalic flap and 
its retractor muscle. One of these communicate 
with the buccal ganglion of the same side. 

(3) A stout nerve from the antero-external corner of the 
ganglion ; it supplies the outer side of the head. 

(4) A fine nerve on the dorsal aspect of the nerve (3) 
supplying the dorsal integument of the head. 

(5) Several small nerves on the outerside supplying the sides 
of the head and the muscular strands in connection 
with the proboscis and proboscis-sheath. 

(6) A few fine nerves from the ventral aspect to the body wall 
at the base of the proboscis, one of which supplies 
the retractor muscle of the tentacle (C 6). 


(ii) Buccal ganglia.—Kach ganglion gives off (1) a number of 
nerves which spread over the proboscis and its radular portion ; 
(2) one long nerve which passes along the oesophagus and serves 


160 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


to supply this portion of the alimentary canal. It gives off a fine 
nerve to the salivary gland. 
(iii) Viscero-pleural ganglia.—The nerves (VP I-5) are:— 

(1) Two stout nerves arising side by side from the outer 
side. The outer one can be traced to the V-shaped 
process at the anterior end of the foot of the same 
side. ‘The inner one seems to supply the anterior end 
of the foot. These two nerves arise from the oval 
eroup of ganglionic cells on the outer and anterior 
portion of the ganglia. 

(2) A fine nerve arising from the outer aspect of the left 
ganglion at its posterior end. It passes along the 
gullet and ends in the liver a little behind the 
antero-inferior surface of the liver. 

(3) A nerve from the right ganglion which supplies the fe- 
male genital organs. : 

(4) A fine nerve from the right ganglion to the penis, penial 
sheath and the simrothian gland. 

(5) Nerves to the side of the mouth above the pedal groove 
(VP 5). 

(iv) Pedal ganglia (P 1-3).—The nerves are :— 

(1) A nerve to the pedal giand. 

(2) Nerves to the lateral wall of the mantle just above the 
groove round the foot. 

(3) The long pedal cord which passes backwards along the 
dorsal surface of the foot to its posterior end. It 
gives off numerous nerves from its outer side to 
supply the foot. 


VI. Eyes and Head Appendages. 


The eyes are of rhipidoglossate type. Each forms a vesicle 
which is closed anteriorly forming a cornea composed of an exter- 
nal layer of epithelial cells, continuous with the tegumentary 
epithelium, an internal layer of epithelial cells (continuous with 
retina) and an intervening layer of transparent connective tissue. 
There is an oval crystalline lens with a surrounding layer of 
vitreous humour. 

Ommatophore.—The cylindrical body of the ommatophores is 
hollow with a thick wall. Just behind the optic vesicle is a thin 
septum of connective tissue stretching transversely across the 
cavity. The wall consists of the following layers :— 


(1) A single layer of cubical epithelium on the outer side. 

(2) A thick layer of connective tissue with numerous cells. 
This layer contains some mucous glands placed at 
distant intervals, ‘There are numerous pigment gra- 
nules along the course of the connective tissue fibres. 

(3) A layer of circular muscle fibres with a few radial fibres 
from the next internal coat. 

(4) A layer of longitudinal muscle fibres. 


1915. | E. Guosu: The Anatomy of a Burmese Slug. 161 


VII. Pedal Gland. 


(i) The pedal gland isa tubular body. The anterior portion 
is somewhat flattened from above downwards, while the posterior 
portion is triangular in transverse section. 

Minute structure.—The pedal gland agrees in minute structure 
with that in Azopos (Podangia) kempti, Ghosh, except in the 
following points :— 

(rt) In the present species there is a blood-sinus on the dorsal 
aspect of the lumen of the gland in the middle line. Its wall 
consists of longitudinal muscle fibres bounded on the outer side by 
a layer of connective tissue. 

(2) Owing to the interposition of a blood-sinus, the lumen of 
the gland comes to lie more or less in the centre and has become 
flattened out a little, instead of lying more towards the dorsal 
aspect and of being circular in transverse section as in A. (P.) 
kembit. ; 

(ii) The supra-pedal gland is a small tongue-shaped body lying 
between the proboscis sheath and the pedal gland, and opening 
into the exterior just above the aperture of the pedal gland. 

Minute structure.—The anterior portion forms a wide U-shaped 
cavity with the curve of the U continued in front to open into 
the exterior. The posterior two-thirds form a glandular mass, 
which consists of numerous lobules held together by connective 
tissue. Each lobule consists of a number of many-sided cells with 
spherical nuclei placed on one side. The ducts of these glands 
seem to open into the cavity of the body. On the outer aspects 
of the cavity, there are also numerous glands of similar structure 
with ordinary mucus-secreting cells in addition. The cavity of 
the gland is lined by a single layer of cubical cells. Immediately 
on the outer side of the epithelium is a thin layer of connective 
tissue which is prolonged outwards between the lobules. 


LITERATURE 


For references see my paper ‘‘ Mollusca, I’’, in the Zoologi- 
cal Results of the Abor Expedition (Records of the Indian Museum, 
VIII, part III, No. 15). 


; 
- 
. 
i 
7 
- 
¢ 
i 
i 
s : Zz 
. ‘ »* p . 
{ ] \, ‘ 
: * 
i 
é - a 
; - i 
y ; F ’ eta 
14 at 
i ? 5 ne 
sy ; u 
- * 
i aan 
t s7f ‘ LAD + 
Wiz She of A 
a? 7 : J i 
Baws i ite =P | ia gis 2 oa 


cfr aes = ee coe He aera sits 


a ae i ae oe 7 é a bs 7 Sed 


nei? Niger tae 


’ x is al 
Sey Figtat< rl. eonsy Piss SE: ae 
ede! oo oe. é- ¥ et! th 
ine ‘% ng Fi rete : py Pra cies br PS a = fy at ty 
c VE : oh Sens ind Sy 
ri Pa ite eee a feiyitilsters ae Hee tile seas 4 


& : a i=, 2 ie Dl Fi bi -wi a Ae 
> eee | ARO AN Sion Soe he ies a ihe Se 
; ‘ ‘ os Tee “i A 


oe mee ai Mes 
| per TD Na iran 


FIc. 


> 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 
Atopos (Parapodangia) gravelyi, n. sp. 


1.—Side view of the mature specimen (nat. size); o, male 
aperture. 


Ia,—Side view of the smaller specimen (nat. size); the 
proboscis is protruded. 


1b.—Ventral view of the head. 
Ic.—Side view of the head. 


2.—Transverse sections of the body; a, through the 
middle; 6, about 1°4 cm. in front of the posterior 
end; c, about 6 cm. from the posterior end. 


3.—Inner surface of the anterior portion of the mantle; 
I, attachment of the foot; 2, line of attachment 
of the dorsal integument to the mantle; 3, the 
dorsal blood sinus. 


4.—Pallial complex seen from the inner side, X 2. I, 
rectum; 2, renal aperture; 3, ventricle; 4, auricle; 
5, kidney; 6, pericardium. 

5.—Longitudinal section of the ventricle. 

6.—Longitudinal section of proboscis, diagrammatic. 

7-—Longitudinal section of the radular portion of the 
proboscis (a litcle to the side of the middle line); 


1, wall of proboscis sheath; 2, 3, radula; 4, radula 
sac; 5, salivary duct. 


Rec.Ind. Mus., Vol.X],1915. 


Win 


E.N. Ghosh, del. A.Chowdhary, lith. 


‘ 
, 
4 ¢ ‘ ~ 
. i 
a I. nm 
> a 
+ é 
ive 
en 7 * 
> = 
- a 
Ey ‘ 4 ny 
a TF 
a _ “1% es; : 
. » 
‘ 2 »- 
, a a . 
Ps" 
‘ vs ; 
4 ‘a ’ 
4 . 
7 4, , ey 
5 
Lats 
é 
* o )¢ = “a 
Yrs “> )27 . C2 


Fic. 


9) 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. 
Atopos (Parapodangia) gravelyi, n. sp. | 


8.—Longitudinal section of the radular portion of the pro- 
boscis (diagrammatic) in the middle line. 


g.—Transverse section of the same, a-b. 
10.-— Dorsal view of the aperture of the radula sac. 
11.—A tooth of radula [Zeiss ocular vi, Leitz obj. 6]. 


12.—Longitudinal section of radula sac. [Zeiss ocular vi, 
Leitz obj. 3]- 


13.—A portion of the same, marked B roughly in fig. 12. 
I4.—A portion of the same as in fig. 12, marked A. 
15.—Digestive gland, X I. I, oesophagus; 2, rectum. 
16.—Anterior portion of digestive gland, ventral view, X I. 


17.—'Transverse sections of the digestive gland at various 
levels shown in fig 15. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI,1915. Plate XVII. 


\ ‘ 4 o\ SV) Sh 
wise PS aN 
ON. cs 


a 


Vy 


te 2 
i oS 


moat 


os! 


SRST! 


E.N.Ghosh, del. A.Chowdhary,lith. 


i 
= + 
ree 
i 
3 
vad 
' 
* 
: 
é ql 
> 
£4 = 
ait a 
ey) abs 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 
Atopos (Parapodangia) gravelyt, n. sp. 


Fic. 18—Proboscis, its radular portion (a) 
Cai. 


18a.—Ventral view of the proboscis with the ends of the 
salivary ducts, X I. 


,, 18b.—Longitudinal section of proboscis, X 2. 
,, 19.—Salivary gland with the two ducts (a), X I. 


, 20.—Genital organs; 1, hermaphrodite duct; 2, rectum; 3, 
hermaphrodite gland. 


», 21.—Inner surface of the gland. 

3. 22: Pedal pland, <x <x. 

»» 23-—Suprapedal gland, x 1. 

;» 24.—Transverse section of the pedal gland, X 103. 
», 25.—Longitudinal section of the suprapedal gland. | 
;, 26.—A portion of the same marked a-b in fig. 25. | 


and salivary gland, (), 


d 


? 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. X1,1915. Plate XVII. 


i y 
CTs 


23, 


E N. Ghosh, del. A.Chowdhary, lith. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. 
Atopos (Parapodangia) gravelyt, n. sp. 


Fic. 27.—Male genital organs; 1, flagellum; 2, penis; 3, simro- 
thian gland (right). 

28.—Diagrammatic enlarged drawing of the hermophrodite 
gland of the smaller specimen. a, Albumen gland; 
b, acini; c, coiled mass of oviduct; d, spermduct. 


+) 


,, 29.—Nervous system ; a, nat. size; 6, enlarged drawing. 


el i 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.XI,1915. Plate XIX. 


Ray n 

& 3 

% Wee 

x BS V P 
eh 4, 
2g alte 


i 
yey 
i 

1 


oe fl 


a 
a 


BF tye: 
fy - 
Gtk “Gay, 
\ ca 

S 


E.N. Ghosh, del. A.Chowdhary , lith. 


Wie talliere highs Cr FuND OO US h kh AB EA AN D 
BO Mena i rib > Pi Chi S “Or “Pi ¥ 1,A-C.TO- 
io, Nea © Ure © bs v2 OLA: 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, 
Indian Museum. 


(Plates: Tle EEL). 


I described the genus Australella in 1910! in a footnote to a 
paper on Indian Phylactolaemata, but the type-species, which was 
the only one then distinguished, was an Australian form (Lopho- 
pus lendenfeldi, Ridley?) known from the original description 
only. The type-specimen is in the British Museum, whence I 
have been able to obtain a iragment through the kind offices of 
Mr. R. Kirkpatrick. This schizotype was before me when I des- 
cribed the genus, but the shrivelled condition of the colony ren- 
dered it necessary to rely on Ridley’s diagnosis and figures rather 
than on direct observation. Relying, therefore, on this descrip- 
tion, I placed Austvalella in the subfamily Lophopinae. An 
examination of admirably preserved material of a new species 
leaves no doubt now that it belongs to the Plumatellinae, as is 
indicated by Kraepelin’s* recent note on Lophopus jheringi, Meiss- 
ner, which he regards as a congener. 

We owe the discovery of the new species to Mr. Baini Prasad, 
Patiala Research Scholar in the Government College, Lahore, 
whose keenness as a collector and observer is already beginning to 
cast light on obscure places in our knowledge of the aquatic 
fauna of the Punjab. 

The genus Australella may now be defined as follows :— 


Genus Australella, Annandale. 


Plumatellinae in« which the colonies are recumbent and 
dendritic but enclosed in a uniform apparently structureless 
jelly that fills up the interstices between individual zooecia 
and branches. There is no stolon; the zooecia arise directly 
one from another. Individually they are semirecumbent, the 
proximal part of each resting, when the branch to which it 
belongs is fully formed, on the object to which the colony its 
fixed, while the distal part is almost vertical. The polypide 


L Rec. Ind. Mus. V, p. 40 (1910). 

2 Fourn. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.) XX, p. 62 (1890). 

8 Michaelsen’s Land und Susswasserfauna Deutsch-Sudwestafrikas 1, Bryo- 
zoa, p. OF (1914). 


164 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL 


is normal; it has some 40 to 60 tentacles, which are moder- 
ately or very long. The lophophore generally resembles that 
of Plumatella. The statoblasts are large (0°'4 mm. to I mm, 
long), but asa rule smaller than those of the Lophopinae. 
They resemble the free statoblasts of Plumatella in structure 
and have neither marginal processes nor terminal prolonga- 
tions. 


Apart from the synoecial jelly, the structure of the colony in 
this genus is very like that of Plumatella, but the order of branch- 
ing is not quite the same. In the younger parts each zooecium 
normally produces a single bud, but the precise stage at which this 
bud is produced differs in different species and even in different 
parts of the same colony; in A. lendenfeldi it probably does not 
appear as a rule until the mother-zooecium is well developed, 
whereas in A. indica it develops while the latter is still small. 
As a rule, in both species, it arises on the left and the right side 
respectively of alternating zooecia, so that a zig-zag stem is pro- 
duced, consisting of a linear series of zooecia pointing alternately 
in different directions. As the colony grows older a secondary 
bud is often produced on the opposite side of the mother-zoo- 
ecium to that on which the primary bud was formed. These 
secondary buds are the mother-zooecia of lateral branches that 
pursue a similar course to that of the stem from which they 
orginated, but at an acute angle to it. The figure may be further 
complicated by the production of secondary buds, and ultimately 
of secondary branches, from zcoecia of the primary branches, and 
as a matter of fact this often takes place at an early stage in the 
development of the colony. 

The result is the formation of a solid encrusting body closely 
compacted and agglutinated together by the synoecial jelly, but 
increasing in bulk mainly in one plane and without vertical 
branches. 

It sometimes happens that branches or parts of branches die 
off or are killed by injury. In such cases the synoecial jelly 
remains intact. New branches may arise in vacant masses of 
jelly by budding from isolated fragments of the polyparium and 
are thus found separated from the remainder of the colony expect 
in so far as they are united by the jelly. This fact sometimes 
gives the whole structure the false appearance of being a com- 
pound colony like that of Pectinatella. 

The genus Australella has now been found in Australia, India 
and South America. 


Key to the species of AUSTRALELLA. 


I. Synoecial jelly cartilaginous, scanty. 
Statoblasts oval, rounded at the ends .. A. tdica. 

II. Synoecial jelly soft, very copious. 
A. Statoblasts oval, subtruncate .. A. lendenfeldt. 
B. Statoblasts subcircular or polygonal A. jheringt. 


IQI5.| N. ANNANDALE: Phylactolaematous Polyzoa. 165 


Australella indica, sp. nov. 
(Plate II.) 


Zoarium.—The zoarium forms a massive, somewhat nodular 
structure growing round the stems of water-plants. It has an 
opaline gelatinous appearance and (preserved in formalin or spirit) 
a hard but elastic consistency. Even when the polypides are 
completely retracted the individual zooecia are distinctly visible, 
each having the appearance of being enclosed in a separate cell- 
like compartment. ‘The surface, apart from the larger nodulosity, 
is otherwise smooth. 

As is usually the case in the Plumatellinae, the precise organiza- 
tion of the colony is best seen in its terminal parts. There it is 
quite evident that the zoarium consists essentially of a main stem 
giving off lateral branches symmetrically in pairs, one branch at 
each side. The branches join the main stem at an acute angle 
aud those that form each pair are given off almost simultaneously 
at the same level. The main stem is, as a whole, recumbent and 
adherent, but the lateral branches, although they are horizontal, 
at first run in the synoecial jelly, parallel to rather than in con- 
tact with the object to which the colony is attached. As they 
develop further, they become adherent and themselves give off 
lateral branches. Both the main stem and the main branches have 
actually a zig-zag course, because they are composed of zooecia 
which point alternately in two directions, this can only be seen 
clearly in the younger parts; for in the older parts interdigitation 
of the secondary branches takes place to such an extent that it 
is difficult to follow the course of any one branch, and the whole 
mass of zooecia seems to have a practically homogeneous honey- 
comb-like structure. Although the phase ‘“‘ main stem” is a 
convenient one, it must be understood that there are actually 
several or many stems of the kind in a single large colony such as 
the one figured on plate II, and that each is actually a unit or ray 
in a radiate dendritic whole. 

The jelly which fills the interstices between the zooecia and 
between the stems and branches occupies a relatively small space. 
It is colourless and hyaline and, preserved in spirit or formalin, 
has the consistency of cartilage. I can detect no cells either in it 
or on its surface except, on the surface, those of unicellular algae. 
It is easily removed from the zooecia. 

Zooecia —The individual zooecia are distinctly J-shaped. The 
horizontal arm is more slender than the vertical one, which is 
sometimes constricted at its base in such a way that it assumes 
an outline like that of an egg-cup. The soft tissues are very 
delicate and easily torn and there seems to be no horny or other 
non-cellular layer between them and the jelly, which, indeed, is 
itself the homologue of such a layer. 

Polypides.—The polypides closely resemble those of Pluma- 
tella. ‘The lophophore is slender and bears between 40 and 50slen- 
der and moderately elongate tentacles which have a narrow but 


166 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XT, 


distinctly festooned web at their base. ‘The epistome is large and 
rather broad. The whole polypide is slender, the stomach particu- 
larly so. The colour of the latter in formalin is pale yellowish 
green. 

Statoblasts.—The statoblast is of moderate size, elongate and 
rounded at the extremities; the capsule is broadly oval and often 
sometimes eccentric (fig. 1). The swim-ring is broad. It is remark- 
able for its vertical curvature (figs. ra and 1b), surrounding the 
capsule like the rim of a dish in such a way that one surface of 
the statoblast is distinctly concave and the other convex, al- 
though the capsule itself is perfectly symmetrical. The convex 
surface is the one by which it is fastened to the funiculus. 

The average length of the statoblast is about 0°46 mm. and 
the average breadth about 0:29 mm., the corresponding dimen- 
sions of the capsule being about 0°25 and 0187 mm.; but owing 


Y 
Wn 
Ni 


ii 


Fies. 1, ta, 1b.—Statoblast of Australella indica, sp. nov. 
Fie, 2.—Statoblast of Plumatella punctata var. longigemmts, nov. 


to the curvature of the rim it is difficult to obtain exact measure- 
ments. 

Type.—No. 6629/7 Z.E.V., Ind. Mus. A cotype has been sent 
to the British Museum. 

Locality.—Yahore, Punjab (12-x-14). 

The points in which this species differs from 4. lendenfeldi 
are discussed under the heading of that species. 

In one of the specimens part of the colony is undergoing 
regeneration. The polypides have apparently been killed or 
injured but the jelly remains intact New branches are arising 
from single polypides or pieces of polypides that have not per- 
ished. ‘They consist of single or double rows of zooecia which 
have not yet produced lateral branches. The precise structure 
of such rows has already been discussed (p. 164). 


I9I5.] N. ANNANDALE: Phylactolaematous Polyzoa., 167 


One colony examined seems to have overwhelmed a colony 
of Plumatella emarginata. The latter, which has assumed the 
Alcyonelloid form, has managed to keep a small space clear for its 
more vigorous branches in the midst of the Australella. 

Mr. Baini Prasad has given me the following notes on the 
occurrence of A. indica and on some species found in the same 
environment. 


“On the occasion of a recent visit to Ferozpore I collected 
some material from the stagnant rainwater pools that abound on 
the banks of the river Sutlej mostly near the Kaiser-i-Hind 
railway bridge. The following representatives of the three classes, 
Sponges, Hydrozoa and Polyzoa were found. 


SPONGES. 
Spongilla cartert, Carter (Bowerbank 77 Jitt.). 


Large masses of this sponge were found in two ponds, some 
measured more than a foot in length. Large dried-up masses 
consisting of spicules and gemmules only were found in another 
place where the water had quite dried up. 


Spongilla lacustris subsp. reticulata, Annandale. 


Large flat masses of this sponge of a bright green colour were 
found attached to the stems and leaves of Potamogeton. The 
pond was in an open place with no shade at all. 


HYDROZOA. 
Hydra oligactis, Pallas. 


Oniy a single specimen of this form was found. It was 
attached to a Potamogeton leaf from the same pond in which 
Spongilla lacustris subsp. reticulata had been found. ‘The specimen 
has only four tentacles and one bud, which shows the rudiments 
of the tentacles. 


POLYZOA. 
Australella indica, Annandale. 


Large masses of this polyzoon were found in the same pond; 
these were covering the Potamogeton stems and leaves. Most of the 
individuals, however, were dead and large numbers of statoblasts 
had developed in them.’’ 


Australella lendenfeldi (Ridley). 


1890. Lophopus lendenfeldi, Ridley, Journ. Linn. Soc. London 
(Zool.) XX, p. 62. 
So far as I can judge from the specimen before me, this species 
differs from A. indica mainly in the following characters :— 


168 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor. sal; 


Lame 


. The synoecial jelly is much softer and more copious. 
. The colony is broken up into a number of short branches 
lying separated in the jelly. 
3. The tentacles of the polypide are longer and more 
numerous. 

4. The statoblast is larger and has the sides more nearly 
parallel and the extremities subtruncate; the swim- 
ting is not curved in cross-section. 


No 


Ridley’s statement that the different parts of the polyparium 
are joined together by a stolon is due to a misunderstanding : 
a stolon is indeed present at the base of the jelly, but it is that 
of a hydroid (Cordylophora whiteleggi, v. Iendenfeld), of which 
I have found a single hydranth projecting from the surface of the 
colony in the schizotype of the polyzoon. 


Australella jheringhi (Meissner). 


1893. Lophopus jheringhi, Meissner, Zool., Anz., p. 290. 

1914. Australella jheringhi, Kraepelin, Michaelsen’s Land und 
Stisswasserfauna Deutsch-Siidwestafrikas 1, Bryozoa, p. 
61, pl. i, fig. 9. 


I have not seen this species, which is only known from 
Brazil. It may be readily distinguished from the other two by its 
nearly circular statoblasts. 


Genus Plumatella, Lamarck. 
Plumatella punctata, Hancock. 


1887. Plumatella punctata, Kraepelin, Deutsch. Susswasserbryo- 
zoen I, p. 126 (numerous figures). 

1911. Plumatella punctata, Annandale, Faun. Brit. Ind., Fresw. 
Sponges, etc., p. 227, p. 213, figs. 42 G and G’ and pl. iv, 
fig. 5. 

1914. Plumatella punctata, Kraepelin, op. cit. supra, p. 60, pl. i, 
fig. 10. 

Since 1911 I have found this species fairly abundant, with 
Fredericella sultana indica and Plumatella tanganyikae bombay- 
ensts, in the canal at Cuttack in Orissa. Kraepelin has recently 
recorded its occurrence in South-West Africa. 


var. longigemmis, nov. 
(Plate IIT, fig; 2). 


A closely allied form grows luxuriantly in a small pool of prac- 
tically fresh water on Barkuda Island in the Chilka Lake (Gan- 
jam district, Madras Presidency). It agrees with P punctata 
in every respect except that the gemmules ate uniformly more 
elongate and have relatively smaller capsules than is usually the 
case (fig. 2, p. 166), ‘They have the swim-ring slightly curved in - ; 


IQI5.| N. ANNANDALE: Piylactolaematous Polyzoa. 169 


cross-section, in this respect somewhat resembling those of Austra- 
lella indica, though the feature is less marked. The average 
length of the gemmule is 0°42 mm., the average breadth 0°25 mm., 
but the difficulty in exact measurement noted in the case of 
A. indica (p. 166) also occurs with reference to them, though not 
to the same extent. The average measurements of the capsule 
are about 0°24 X0°17 mm. 

The colonies of this new variety were found on stones and 
rushes in July, 1914. ‘They exhibited among themselves, so far 
as the zoarium was concerned, a complete transition between the 
two seasonal phases of the species found in Europe. In several 
instances the freshwater sponge Sfongzlla alba, Carter had already 
begun to grow over them; by November of the same year it 
seemed to have exterminated them altogether. 


Genus Stolella, Annandale. 
Stolella himalayana, Annandale. 
(Place: bi fic. 1). 
rgt1. Stolella himalayana, Annandale, Faun. Brit. Ind., Freshw. 
Sponges, etc., p. 246, fig. 49. 
For some reason all reference to this species is omitted from 
the Zoological Record. I take the opportunity to reproduce an 


enlarged photograph of one of the types, a young colony from 
Malwa Tal in the Western Himalayas. 


Stolella indica, Annandale. 


1g11. Stolella indica, Annandale, op. cit., p. 299, fig. 45, pl. v, 
figs. 3, 4.. 

Professor K. Ramunni Menon has sent me specimens of this 
species from the town of Madras. It thus occurs in the Main 
Area of the Indian Peninsula as well as in the Indo-Gangetic 
Plain. 


eee ee et 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. 
Australella indica, sp. nov. 


Fic. 1.—The type-specimen, X 2. 
2.—Terminal part of the same specimen further enlarged. 


3.—Surface of a piece of the central part of the colony, 
showing the honeycomb-like arrangement of the zooecia. 

4.—Part of another colony in which regeneration of the 
branches is taking place in a mass of dead synoecial 
jelly. 


3) 


Plate ik: 


el OS. 


Mus. Vol 


Ind 


Ree 


Australella indica. 


Mondul, Phot. 


€. 


S. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. 


Fic. 1.—Stolella himalayana, Annandale. 
Part of one of the type-specimens, a young colony, 
enlarged. X = the terminai branch of a colony of 
Fredericella sultana (Blumenbach). 


,, 2.—Plumatella punctata, Hancock var. longigemmis, nov. 
Part of the type-specimen, enlarged. 


Rees Ind. Mus... Vol, XI, #915. Plate Lit: 


Ss. C. Mondul, Phot. 


2. Plumatella punctata var. longigemmis. 


Peo ON HR ESAWATER SPONGES. 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, 
Indian Museum. 


No. XVI.—THE Genus Pectispongilla AND Its ALLIES. 


The genus Pectispongilla was described in 1909 (Rec. Ind. Mus. 
III, p. 103) for the reception of a single species (P. aurea) from 
Travancore in the south-west of the Indian Peninsular Area; the 
subsequent account in the “ Fauna” (Freshwater Sponges, etc., 
p. 106: 1911) added nothing to the generic diagnosis, but included 
the description of another form (subspinosa) from Cochin in the 
same part of India. This form was then regarded as a variety of 
P. aurea. ‘The receipt of fresh material from Cochin has resulted 
in a re-examination of the original specimens and in the detec- 
tion of an error in the generic diagnosis, viz. the statement that 
free microscleres were absent. It has also been found necessary 
to recognize at least three distinct species. 

The genus may now be redefined as follows :— 


Small Spongillinae of massive or encrusting habit, of soft 
and friable consistency, with delicate skeletons in which the 
vertical fibres, though well-defined and not devoid of horny 
substance, are always very slender. Dermal membrane aspi- 
culous. Skeleton-spicules rough or smooth amphioxi; free 
microscleres present in the flesh of the sponge, often of more 
than one type ; gemmule-spicules with the extremities flat- 
tened and expanded in the main axis, the terminal expansions 
bearing, on one face only, large spines arranged longitudinally 
in parallel comb-like rows. 


Type-species.—Pectispongilla aurea, Annandale. 

Geographical Distribution.—The plains of Travancore and 
Cochin in the southern part of the Malabar Zone of Peninsular 
India. 

Affinities.—In the original description of the genus I sug- 
gested that the peculiar gemmule-spicule had been derived from 
that of Ephydatia by a rotation of the terminal rotules. Dr. W. 
Weltner wrote to me shortly afterwards expressing the opinion 
that this type of spicule had more probably been produced from 
one like that of Spongilla by a specialization of the extremi- 
ties. A consideration of the form of the gemmule-spicules in 
the species of Spongilla most nearly related in general structure 
to Pecttspongilla has induced me to accept Dr. Weltner’s views. 
These species of Spongilla constitute a little group in the sub- 


172 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor 21, 


1G. 1.—Spicules of Spongilla hemephydatia, Annandale. 


1G. 2.—Spicules of Spongilla sansibarica, Weltner. 


I915.] N. ANNANDALE: Notes on Freshwater Sponges. 173 


genus Euspongilla typified by S. crateriformis (Potts), and dis- 
tinguished from other members of the subgenus by the erect or 
semi-erect posture of all or most of their gemmule-spicules and 
by the fact that the terminations of these spicules are clearly 
specialized. The specialization may, however, take one or other 
of two directions, for the ends of the spicule may (as in S. 
cratertformis and the closely allied S. biseriata, Weltner') bear an 
imperfect horizontal rotule of large recurved spines, or they may 
(as in my own S. hemephydatia, in S. sansibarica, Weltner!-and 
apparently in Haswell’s imperfectly known S. botryoides) be in- 
flated, so that the spicule is technically tornote. The group is, 
therefore, of particular interest as representing the ancestral 
form, at any rate so far as the gemmule-spicule is concerned, 
of both Ephydatia and Pectispongilla. 

I give figures here, in both cases from the type-specimens, 
of S. hemephydatia (fig. 1) and S. sanstbarica (fig. 2). The 
tetraxon spicules that occur not uncommonly among the macros- 
cleres of the type-specimen of the former are of course abnormal, 
but they have some interest as possible examples of reversion of 
the type by no means uncommon in the Spongillidae. 

The general structure of the skeleton in Pectispongilla is 
identical in the different species and does not differ in any im- 
portant feature from that found as a rule in Euspongilla. In 
particular it agrees closely with that which can be readily demon- 
strated by the use of pyrogallic acid in S. hemephydatia, S. crateri- 
formis and S. sanstbarica. Weltner (op. cit., p. 127), indeed, 
states that the skeleton of the last species corresponds precisely 
with that of the Chalininae, in that the fibres are enclosed in a 
sheath of horny substance. That this substance is present in 
amount much greater than can be seen in unstained preparations 
or might be argued from the thinness of the fibres, is certainly a 
fact ; but its arrangement seems to me to be quite different from 
that I recently demonstrated in Lubomirskia*, for although it 
permeates the fibre, cementing together the component spicules 
and occupying the spaces between them, I can detect no external 
fibre-sheath. Where, as is often the case, it forms veil-like films 
at the nodes of the skeleton, it has the appearance of a perfectly 
homogeneous film. 

The geographical distribution of Pecsispongilla is peculiar. 
It is apparently the only genus of the Spongillinae that has so 
limited a range, for even Astevomeyenia,’ which is confined, so 
far as we know, to the southern part of the United States of 
America, considerably surpasses it in this respect. 

The two species of Spongilla most closely allied to Pectispon- 
gilla (S. hemephydatia and S. sansibarica) occur in the main area 


| Mitt. Naturh. Museum Hamburg XV, pp. 121, 127, pl—, figs. 1-5, 
13-17 (1897). 

2 Rec. Ind. Mus., X, p. 144, pl. ix, fig. 1a (1914). 

5 Annandale, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XL, p. 593 (1911). 


174 


Records of the Indtan Museum. [ VOL. 


STN 


/ 


Hic. 3.—Spicules of Pectispongilla aurea, Annandale. 


ee SS 


— 
@ 


& 


i” 
t, 
i] 


Fic. 4.—Spicules of Pectispongilla stellifera, sp. nov. 


1915.) N. ANNANDALE: Notes on Freshwater Sponges. 175 


of the Indian Peninsula and at Zanzibar off the East Coast of 
Africa respectively, while S. botryoides, which may also be related, 
has been found only in New South Wales. 


Key to the known species of PECTISPONGILLA. 


I. Skeleton-spicules quite smooth. 
Free microscleres of two types: (a) 
minute, smooth, rhomboidal, and (0) 
moderately large, slender, spindle- 
shaped, bearing scattered spines .. P. aurea. 
2. Skeleton-spicules rough or spiny. 
A. Free microscleres of two types: (@) 
amphioxous, spindle-shaped, some- 
what closely spined, and (b) sub- 
spherical with scattered tubercles. P. stellifera. 
B. Free microscleres less distinctly of 
two kinds, spindle-shaped or cylin- 
drical, amphioxous or truncated, 
all definitely spiny .. P. subspinosa. 


Pectispongilla aurea, Annandale. 


(Fig. 3). 


1909. Rec. Ind. Mus., III, p. 103, pl. xii, fig. 2. 
tot1. Faun. Brit Ind., Freshw. Sponges, etc., p. 106, fig. 20. 


In describing this species I neglected to observe the free 
microscleres, or rather confused them with immature macroscleres 
and with the skeletons of diatoms. ‘The free spicules are actually 
of two kinds: (1) small, slender, straight or nearly straight, 
spindle-shaped, sparsely spiny amphioxi on an average about 
0084 mm. long, and (2) minute, smooth, relatively thick am- 
phioxi rhomboidal in outline and on an average about 0°024 mm. 
long. The former (1) are extremely scarce, the latter (2) abun- 
dant. Both types of spicules are confined to the flesh of the 
sponge. P. aurea is only known from Tenmalai on the western 
side of the Western Ghats in Travancore. 


Pectispongilla stellifera, sp. nov. 


(Fig. 4). 


The sponge apparently forms thin films encrusting bodies 
such as the fibres of cocoanut-husks that have fallen or been 
thrown into the water, but my specimens are dry and not in 
very good condition. They have a brownish colour. The skele- 
ton resembles that of P. aurea, but is rather stouter. 

The macroscleres are slender and sharply pointed; they 
have minute rounded spines or tubercles scattered almost uni- 


Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


DI ha nn y 
eo PEEL ERTE 


< “38s 


Lama Rg 
RS 


aS 


<~ 

Aa 

ry 
V 


wi Fe 
BE 


SS 
See 


Fic. 5.—Spicules of Pectispongélla subspinosa, Annandale. 


1915.) N. ANNANDALE: Notes on Freshwater Sponges. 177 


formly, though sparsely, over their surface, but their extremities 
are as a rule smooth. 

The gemmule-spicules resemble those of P. aurea but are a 
little stouter. 

The free microscleres are of two quite distinct kinds: (1) 
slender, spiny, spindle-shaped, straight or nearly straight am- 
phioxi, and (2) short, stout, cylindrical or subspherical tuber- 
culate bodies of very characteristic form. The former vary 
greatly in size and proportions ; their spines, which are scattered 
less sparsely than those of the macroscleres, are short and not 
very sharp. ‘The free microscleres of the second type are, so far 
as I am aware, unique in the Spongillidae ; their form is shown in 
the figure. 


Diameter of gemmule Ee =) $0;265, mitt. 
Length of macrosclere (average) ae 7 
Diameter of macrosclere (greatest average) 0°0084 ,, 
Length of gemmule-spicule (average) 525 OHO 3301 6. 


Length of free microsclere of type I 0°0546—0'I554_ ,, 
Diametér of free microsclere of type I 
0'002I—0'0063_s—", 
Length of free microsclere of type 2 (average) 
Ga1r26) =. 
Diameter of free microsclere of type 2 OL OOGda 


Locality.—Trichur, Cochin State, Malabar Zone. 
lype-shectmen.—Z E.V. 3790/7. Ind. Mus. 


Pectispongilla subspinosa, Annandale. 
(Fig. 5, A-B). 


IQLI. Pectuspongilla aurea vat. subspinosa, Annandale, Faun. 
Brit. Ind., Freshw Sponges. etc., p 107. 


This species is closely related to P. stellifera, with which it 
was at first confused, but lacks the aster-like microscleres charac- 
teristic of the latter. 

_ The free microscleres are not so definitely separated in o two 
kinds as in the other two species of the genus but, in the type- 
specimen from Ernakulam at any rate (fig 5A), there are a few 
spicules that closely resemble the gemmule-spicules of Spongzlla 
cratertfornis in shape, being truncate at the extrem.ties, and 
having rudimentary rotules thereat ‘These spicules are, how- 
ever, lacking in sponges recently obtained vy Mr «*. H Gravely 
at Trichur (fig 58) in which the amphioxous free microscleres 
are also” more variable. The truncate spicules may possibly be 
adventitious and until further specimens are obtained it seems 
inadvisable to separate the form discovered by Mr. Gravely as a 
species or variety. His specimens, which were growing on rocks 
in a small pool connected with a sluggish stream, are (in spirit) 
of a dull brown colour and form an irregular crust some 2 to 5 
mm. thick. The external apertures are small and inconspicuous, 


178 Records of the Indian Museum. |VOU. XI, 1915.] 


the subdermal cavity is relatively small and the external surface 


smooth. ‘The skeleton resembles that of P. stellsfera. 
P. subspinosa is known only from Trichur and Ernakulam in 


the plains of Cochin. 


Ce aa ah ee oe aie ad 


he lea Gk ki at ND) ALE ECULI DAE. DES 
“INDIAN MUSEUM.” 


Von F. BORCHMANN, Hamburg. 


LAGRIIDAE. 
1. Lagria ventralis, Reitt. 


Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1880, p. 255. 

Viele Exemplare. Sikkim, E. Himalayas; Sukna, EK. Hima- 
layas, 500 ft.; Mazbat, Mangaldai distr., Assam; Dejoo, 
N. Lakhimpur, Upper Assam; Wan-hsaung, near Myitkyina, 
N.O. Burma, 600 ft; betw. Mongwan and Nan Tien, Yunnan. 


2. Lagria hirticollis, Borchm. 


Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana 1909 (1910), p. 201. 

Kawkareik, Amherst distr.,. Burma; Khayon, nr. Moulmein, 
L. Burma. 

Die Art wurde von Pegu, Borneo, beschrieben. 


3. Lagria concolor, Blanch. 


Voyage au Pole Sud IV, 1853, p. 104, t. xii, f. Io. 

Mazbat, Mangaldai, Assam; Assam-Bhutan Frontier, Mangal- 
dai distr., N.E.; Burdwar, Nepal Terai. 

Die Art ist sehr weit verbreitet. 


4. Lagria ruficollis, Hope. 


Gray’s Zool. Misc. 1831, p. 32. 

Viele Exemplare. Kurseong, 5000 ft., E. Himalayas; Bim 
Tal, 4500 ft., Kumaon; Pussumbing, Darjeeling, 4700 ft. ; 
Siliguri, base of E. Himalayas; Ghumti, Darjiling distr., 
4000 ft. 


5. Lagria foveifrons, n. sp. 


Lange: 643—7 mm., Schulterbreite 2}—3 mm. Nach hinten 
schwach erweitert, missig gewdlbt, massig glanzend, oben ziem- 
lich dicht, unten spirlicher lang weisslich behaart ; schwarz mit 
bronzenem und violettem Metallschimmer oder dunkelblau, Vor- 
derk6rper oben dunkelblau, Fliigeldecken griinlich bronzefarbig, 
Beine schwarzblau, Fiihler schwarz; Kopf rundlich, flach und 
undicht punktiert, Mundteile typisch, Endglied der Maxillartaster 
kurz und sehr breit; Oberlippe kurz, vorn etwas ausgerandet, 


180 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor XI, 


Vorderrand glatt, sonst dicht, fein und tief punktiert, lang bebors- 
tet; Clypeus stark quer, nach vorn verengt, Vorderrand so breit 
wie die Oberlippe, stark ausgerandet, von der Stirn durch eine 
starke, fast gerade Querfurche geschieden ; Stirn im hintern Teile 
mit einem starken, hufeisenformigen Eindrucke ; Schlafen grob 
punktiert, etwa so lang wie ein Auge; Fihler schlank, die Schul- 
tern iiberragend, mit Ausnahme des 2 alle Glieder langer als 
breit, 3. Glied etwas langer als das 4., Endglied so lang wie das 
10., spitz, 10. Glied wenig langer als breit; Augen stark ausge- 
randet, gewolbt, Abstand auf der Stirn gleich 1 Augendurchmess- 
er von oben gesehen; Halsschild sehr wenig quer oder quadra- 
tisch, vorn etwas breiter als der Kopf mit den Augen, undicht mit 
flachen, tuberkelartigen Punkten besetzt, Vorderrand gerade, 
schmal gerandet, Hinterrand in der Mitte etwas eingezogen, 
breiter gerandet, Seiten vor der Basis eingezogen, Vorderecken 
abgerundet, Hinterecken etwas vortretend, Scheibe uneben vorn 
in der Mitte und vor der Basis beiderseits mit einem breiten, fla- 
chen Eindrucke ; Schildchen kurz, rundlich, dicht punktiert; Fli- 
geldecken doppelt so breit wie der Halsschild, Schultern nach 
vorn etwas vorgezogen, Scheibe dicht, grob und ziemlich stark 
querrunzlig punktiert, im 1. Viertel flach quer eingedriickt, Decken 
einzeln zugespitzt, etwas vorgezogen, Epipleuren breit, skulptiert 
wie die Fligeldecken ; Unterseite sehr fein punktiert, Hinterleibs- 
ringe an den Seiten mit ringformigen Eindriicken, Spitze des 
Analsegments rund, Intercoxalfortsatz des 1. Segments so lang wie 
breit, spitz, breit gerandet; Beine mittel, Schenkel wenig verdickt, 
Schienen schwach gebogen, Schienenspitze innen dicht gelb be- 
haart, Hinterschenkel erreichen kaum den Hinterrand des 3. 
Segments, Metatarsus der Hinterfiisse so lang wie Glied 2 und 3 
zusammen. 

2 #o@.von Dibrugarh, N.E. Assam, 17—109-xi-t9g1I. Die 
Art ist der Lagria concolor, Blanch. ahnlich, unterscheidet sich 
aber leicht durch die abweichende Farbung und durch den Mangel 
des quergerunzelten Eindruckes auf dem Halsschilde. 

1 @ von N.O. Sumatra, Tebing-tinggi (gesammelt von Dr. 
Schultheiss) unterscheidet sich durch die viel schlankere Form und 
die stark abweichende Farbung: dunkelbraun mit starkem blauen 
Scheine, Basis der Oberschenkel braun, Vorderkorper griin bronze- 
farbig, Schildchen blau, Fligeldecken rétlich metallisch, Naht 
schmal griin. Ich benenne die Varietat sumatrana, n.v. 


6, Lagria nigrita, n. sp. 


Lange: 8mm. Form wie L. concolor, Blanch , Fliigeldecken 
hinter den Schultern etwas flachgedriickt; massig glanzend, lang, 
abstehend, weisslich behaart; tiefschwarz, Spitze des letzten Hin- 
terleibssegmentes rot; Kopf gewohnlich, grob, undicht unpunk- 
tiert; Oberlippe stark quer, gew6lbt, ausgerandet ; Clypeus eben- 
falls stark quer, nach vorn verengt, stark ausgerandet, von der 
Stirn durch eine tiefe, gerade Furche getrennt; Stirn mit hufei- 


IQ15.] F. BORCHMANN: Lagritdae und Alleculidae. r8I 


senformigem Eindrucke, Schlafen langer als ein Auge, Hals deut- 
lich ; Augen schmal, stark ausgerandet, weit getrennt; Fiihler 
mittel, die Schultern tberragend, nach aussen etwas verdickt, 
Glieder kiirzer werdend, Grundglied dick, 3. Glied etwas langer 
als das 4. Endglied so lang wie Glied 9 und Io zusammen, stumptf 
zugespitzt ; Mundteile gew6hnlich. Halsschild so breit wie der 
Kopf mit den Augen, fast quadratisch, massig grob, nicht dicht, 
etwas querrunzlig punktiert, in der Mitte eine rundliche Flache 
mit feinerer und dichterer Punktierung, Vorderrand nicht, Hin- 
terrand deutlich gerandet, Seiten in der Mitte eingeschniirt, Vor- 
derecken abgerundet, Hinterecken stumpf, Scheibe in der Mitte 
an der Seite beiderseits mit einem Quereindrucke, Schildchen gross, 
rundlich, fein und dicht punktiert; Fltigeldecken zweimal so breit 
wie der Halsschild, ziemlich dicht und grob runzlig punktiert, 
Schultern etwas eckig gefaltet, Decken einzeln zugespitzt, Epi- 
pleuren breit, skulptiert wie die Fliigeldecken, vor der Spitze nach 
aussen gewendet ; Beine schlank, Schienen wenig gebogen ; Meta- 
tarsus der Hinterfiisse so lang wie die folgenden Glieder zusammen ; 
Unterseite feiner punktiert, Seiten gréber ; Fortsatz des Abdomens 
breit, zugespitzt, gerandet. 

4 2¢ von Burdwar, Nepal Terai, I-i-1910; Thamaspur, 
Nepal, 18—20-11- 1908 ; Noalpur, Nepal, 21-ii-1908 ; Paresnath, W. 
Bengal, 4000 ft., 9-iv-1g09. 

Die Art ist nahe verwandt mit L. concolor, Blanch., unter- 
scheidet sich aber leicht durch die Farbe und die abweichende 
Halsschildbildung. 


7. Cerogria nepalensis, Hope. 


Gray’s Zool. Misc. 1831, p. 32.—Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit. 
XLVII, 1886, p. 354. 

Viele Exemplare. Kurseong, E. Himalayas, 5000 ft. ; Cheera- 
punji, Khasi Hills, Assam. 


8. Cerogria basalis, Hope. 


Gray’s Zool. Misc. 1831, p. 32.—Dohrn, Stett. Ent. Zeit. 
XLVII, 1886, p. 353. . 

Kurseong, E. Himalayas, 5000 ft.; Karak, 3000 ft., 109-1ii- 
1gi2. 


g. Cerogria quadrimaculata, Hope. 


Gray’s Zool. Misc. 1831, p. 32. 

Siliguri, base of E. Himalayas; Kurseong, E. Himalayas, 
4700-5000 ft.; Pussumbing, Darjiling, 4700 ft.; Mazbat, Mangal- 
dai, Assam. 


10. Cerogria flavicornis, Borchm. 


Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 1909 (IgI0), p. 210. 
Shan Hills, Upp. Burma. 


r 


182 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor. XI, 


11. Lagriocera cavicornis, Fairm. 


Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XL, 1896, p. 41. 
t Exemplar. Shan Hills, Upper Burma. 


12, Nemostira hirta, n. sp. 


Lange: 64 mm. Gestreckt, nach hinten sehr wenig erwei- 
tert, massig glanzend, undicht, sehr lang, abstehend braun 
behaart; glanzend schwarz, Fltigeldecken mit griinlichem Metall- 
schimmer, Fihler braunschwarz. Kopf gestreckt; Oberlippe 
gewolbt, quer herzformig, fein punktiert, lang beborstet, vorn 
nicht ausgerandet; Clypeus nach vorn verengt, gewdlbt, fast 
glatt, an der Basis mit wenigen Borstenpunkten, nicht ausge- 
randet, von der Stirn durch eine gebogene Furche getrennt, Stirn 
grob, zerstreut punktiert, zwischen den Augen mit einem tiefen 
Quereindrucke, Hinterkopf glatt, Schlafen langer als ein Auge, 
grob punktiert, beborstet, Hals diinn; Fihler gleich der halben 
Korperlange, kraftig, alle Glieder mit Ausnahme des 2. langer als 
breit, Glieder gegen die Spitze etwas breiter, 3. Glied kiirzer als 
das 4., Endglied diinn, etwas gebogen, langer als die 3 vorhergehen- 
den Glieder zusammen; Augen schmal, stark gewolbt, vorn wenig 
ausgerandet, Stirnabstand bedeutend grésser als ein Augendurch- 
messer; Mundteile typisch. Halsschild kaum breiter als der 
Kopf mit den Augen, so lang wie breit, grob und ziemlich dicht 
punktiert, beborstet, gewolbt, Vorderrand gerade, fein gerandet, 
Hinterrand in der Mitte etwas eingezogen, breiter gerandet, Seiten 
gerundet, grodsste Breite in der Mitte, vor der Basis eingezogen, 
Vorderecken stumpf, Hinterecken vortretend, Seitenrand ge- 
schwunden. Schildchen langlich, abgerundet, fast glatt. Fliigel- 
decken doppelt so breit wie die Halsschildbasis, mit groben 
Punktreihen, Streifen wenig vertieft, Punkte gegen die Spitze 
flacher, Zwischenraume fast eben, Schultern vorgezogen, Spitzen 
abgestutzt, Nahtwinkel zahnchenartig, Epipleuren schmal, ver- 
kurzt, ausgehohlt. Unterseite lackartig glanzend, Seiten der 
Brust grob punktiert ; Intercoxalfortsatz der Vorderbrust so hoch 
wie die Hiiften, gerandet, in der Mitte vertieft, nicht hinter die 
Huften verlangert; Beine kraftig, Schenkel keulig, Hinterschen- 
kelspitze fast die Spitze des Hiuterleibes erreichend, Seiten des 
glatten Abdomens mit flachen Eindriicken, Intercoxalfortsatz des 
1. Segments abgerundet, schmal gerandet, die Mitte mit einer 
starken dreieckigen Erhebung, die einen Langskiel bildet, 2. Seg- 
ment mit einer ahnlichen Bildung ; Schienen schwach gebogen; 
Metatarsus der Hinterftisse fast so lang wie die folgenden Glieder 
zusammen. 


I @. Silonbari, North Lakhitmpur (base of hills), Upper 
Assam (H. Stevens), 31-v-I9IT. . 
Die kleine Art unterscheidet sich leicht von ihren Verwandten 


durch die eigentiimliche Bildung der beiden ersten Abdominal- 
segmente. 


TQI5.] F. BORCHMANN: Lagritdae und Alleculidae. 183 


13. Nemostira ceylanica, n. sp. 


Lange: 84-9 mm. Form und Grosse der N. teryminata, Fairm. 
und der Casnonidea brevicollis, Fairm.; massig glanzend, gewolbt 
nach hinten wenig erweitert, ziemlich dicht, lang, abstehend, 
rotgelb behaart; schwarzlich braun, Basis der Beine wenig heller, 
Kopf, Halsschild und Vorderbrust und die Fliigeldecken braunlich 
rotgelb, Fliigeldecken mit schwarzen Epipleuren, schwarzer Naht 
und je einer grossen schwarzen Makel, die das letzte Viertel 
einnimmt; Kopf rundlich, zerstreut punktiert; Oberlippe quer, 
flach ausgerandet, fein punktiert; Clypeus quer, nach vorn 
verengt, von der Stirn durch eine gebogene Furche getrennt, breit 
und flach ausgerandet; Stirn mit 2 grdésseren Punkten zwischen 
den Augen, Scheitel mit Griibchen; Augen gross, ausgerandet, 
Abstand auf der Stirn gleich 4 Augendurchmesser (7); Schlafen 
kurz, Hals sehr deutlich ; Fuhler gleich der halben Korperlange, 
kraftig, nach aussen etwas verdickt, nicht gesagt, 3. Glied gleich 
dem 4., Endglied etwas ktrzer als die 3 vorhergehenden Glieder 
zusammen (@), beim @ kurzer; Endglied der Kiefertaster schmal, 
aber nicht messerformig ; Halsschild etwas langer als breit, von 
typischer Form, gerstreut punktiert, etwas breiter als der Kopf 
mit den Augen; Schildchen klein, rundlich ; Fliigeldecken doppelt 
so breit wie die Halsschildbasis, mit starken Punktstreifen, Punkte 
in den Streifen gross, dicht, rund, nach hinten feiner, Zwischen- 
raume gewolbt, mit zahlreichen feinen Borstenpunkten, Spitzen 
der Flugeldecken zusammen abgerundet; Unterseite feiner, die 
Seiten grob punktiert; Abdominalfortsatz kurz, rund, breit geran- 
det; Prosternalfortsatz breit, gerandet, hinter den Hutften nicht 
erweitert: Beine kraftig, lang behaart, ohne Geschlechtsmerk- 
male; Metatarsus der Hinterftisse wenig kiirzer als die folgenden 
Glieder zusammen. 

2 Exemplare Paradeniya, Ceylon, 8-viii und 18-v-1gro. 

Die Art ist mit den oben genannten nahe verwandt, unter- 
scheidet sich aber leicht schon durch die Farbung. 


ALLECULIDAE. 
1. Allecula indica, Borchm. ? 


Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1909, p. 714.—Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. 
Belg., XL, 1896, p. 38 (brachydera Fairm.). 
1 Exemplar. Kurseong, E. Himalayas, 4700-5000 ft. 


2. Allecula arthritica, Fairm. 
Ann. Soc. Ent. France LXII, 1893, p. 36. 
Sikkim, E. Himalayas, v—vi-1912. 

3. Allecula femorata, n. sp. 


Lange: 124-144 mm.; Breite: 33-4mm. Gestreckt, ~schlan- 
ker als 2, @ nach hinten verengt, 2 nicht; dunkel pechbraun, 


184 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Mundteile rétlich, Fiihler hell rétlich, gegen die Spitze dunkler, 
Beine gelblich, Kniee und Fiisse dunkler; massig glanzend ; ziem- 
lich dicht, anliegend, nicht sehr dicht gelblich behaart. Kopf 
verlangert, Mundteile vortretend; Oberlippe quer, dicht und 
ziemlich fein punktiert, mit langen gelben Borsten, vorn stark 
ausgeschnitten, Seiten gerundet, gegen die Basis verengt; 
Clypeus ebenso skulptiert, Vorderrand gerade, so breit wie die 
Basis der Oberlippe, von der Stirn durch eine gerade Furche 
getrennt; Stirn ebenso skulptiert wie die Oberlippe; Schlafen 


2, 


a, 


Allecula femovata, n. sp. 


a. Unterlippe und Mentum ; 6. Mandibel von unten ; 
ce Mandibel von oben; d. Maxille. 


sehr kurz, Hals durch eine scharfe Furche abgesetzt; Augen gross, 
gewolbt, ausgerandet, Abstand auf der Stirn 4 Augendurchmesser 
2, # noch geringer. Mandibeln zweispitzig, schlank, mit krafti- 
gem Sacke; innere ade der Maxillen sehr klein, aussere gross, 
auf der Oberseite filzartig behaart, Endglied der Taster quer, 
dreieckig; Unterlippe stark quer, vorn ausgeschnitten, Vorder- 
ecken spitz, Seiten gegen die Basis stark verengt, Endglied der 
Taster dreieckig; Mentum stark quer, vorn fast gerade, Vorder- 
ecken scharf, Seiten zweimal gebogen verengt ; Fiihler wenig kiirzer 


1915. ] F. BORCHMANN: Lagriidae und Alleculidae. 185 


als der Korper, dtinn, fadenformig, Glieder nehmen nach der 
Spitze an Lange ab, 3. Glied kaum langer als das 4 ; Halsschild 
breiter als der Kopf mit den Augen, wenig kiirzer als breit, wenig 
gewolbt dicht und ziemlich fein punktiert, nach vorn verengt, 
nahe der Basis oder an der Basis jederseits nahe der Ecke mit 
einem flachen Grttbchen, zuweilen auch die Scheibe nahe der Mitte 
mit 2 Griibchen, Vorderrand schmal, Hinterrand etwas breitex 
gerandet, flach zweibuchtig, in der Mitte etwas eingedriickt, Vor- 
derecken gerundet, Hinterecken fast rechtwinklig, Seiten etwas 
gerundet, Seitenrand vollstandig. Schildchen klein, rundlich. 
Fligeldecken an den Schultern kaum breiter als der Halsschild, 
mit Punktstreifen, Punkte grob, gegen die Spitze schwindend, 
Streifen kaum flacher, Schulter schrage, Spitzen zusammen ab- 
gerundet, Zwischenraume der Streifen etwas gewolbt, sehr dicht, 
sehr fein punktiert; Epipleuren schmal, an der Spitze nach aussen 
gewendet. Abdomen ziemlich dicht und fein, die Seiten der 
Brust grober punktiert, Analsegment @ gerundet; Fortsatz der 
Vorderbrust hinter den Htiften etwas vorragend, stumpf. Beine 
kraftig, lang, Schienen gebogen, 2-4. Glied der Vorder- und 
Mittelftisse, 3. Glied der Hinterfiisse gelappt, 1. Glied der Vor- 
derfiisse beim o@ stark erweitert und unten ausgehohlt. 

I 7, 2 9¢@. Kurseong, E. Himalayas, 4700-5000 ft., 
24-vi-1910 (Annandale). 

Die Art ist durch die Behaarung leicht kenntlich. 


4. Allecula sukliensis, n. sp. 


Lange: 14mm. Korper etwas kraftiger als bei der vorigen 
Art, nach hinten fast gleichmassig erweitert, madssig gewdlbt, 
wenig glanzend, tberall fein, kurz, anliegend, gelb behaart ; pech- 
braun, Vorderkérper, Schieldchen und Fliigeldecken rétlich, Fiihler 
und Beine gelb, Schenkelspitze und Tarsen gebraunt. Kopf 
gewohnilich, fein und dicht punktiert; Oberlippe stark quer vorn 
weniger ausgerandet als bei der vorigen Art, beborstet, Clypeus 
quer, vorn gerade, von der Stirn durch eine breite, schlecht 
begrenzte Furche getrennt, Schlafen sehr kurz, Hals dick; Augen 
schmal, gewélbt. stark ausgerandet, Abstand auf der Stirn gerin- 
ger als ein Augendurchmesser; Fiihler fadenférmig, (beide bes- 
chadigt), 3. Glied kiirzer als das 4.; Endglied der Lippentaster 
nach innen stark eckig erweitert. Halsschild bedeutend breiter 
als der Kopf mit den Augen, leicht quer, fein, massig dicht punk- 
tiert, vorn und hinten fein gerandet, etwas 2 buchtig, Mitte 
schwach vorgezogen, Scheibe mit schwacher Mittelfurche, Vor- 
derecken gerundet, Hinterecken fast rechteckig, Seiten nach vorn 
schwach gerundet verengt, Seitenrand deutlich. Schildchen kurz, 
tundlich. Fligeldecken nicht doppelt so breit wie die Halsschild- 
basis, mit Punktstreifen, Punkte ziemlich fein, nach hinten 
schwindend, Zwischenraume wenig gewolbt, mit sehr feinen Bors- 
tenpunkten, Schultern schrage, Spitzen einzeln abgerundet, Epi- 
pleuren erst sehr breit, dann stark verschm4lert; Unterseite stark 


186 Records of the Indian Musewm. [Vor. Xt, 


glanzend, fein und dicht, Seiten der Brust grob punktiert, Anal- 
segment gerundet, Intercoxalfortsatz des I. Segments schmal, 
spitz, gerandet, Hinterbrust zweilappig vorgezogen, Fortsatz der 
Vorderbrust wie bei der vorigen Art. Beine kraftig, Schenkel 
keulig, Vorder- und Mittelschienen gebogen, Fiisse breit, an den 
Vorder- und Mittelfiissen Glied 1-4 gelappt (an den Mittelfiissen 
Glied 1 schwach), an den Hinterfiissen deutlich nur Glied 2 und 3, 
Metatarsus der Hinterfiisse etwas kiirzer als die folgenden Glieder 
zusammen. 

I @ von Sukli, Ostseite der Dawna Hills, 2100 ft., 22—29-xi- 
IgII, gesammelt von Herrn F. H Gravely. 

Die Art unterscheidet sich von ihren Verwandten durch die 
Bildung der Fiisse, der Hinterbrust und der Lippentaster. 


5. Allecula sobrina, n. sp. 


Lange: 11 mm. Form wie Allecula femorata, wenig gewolbt, 
wenig glanzend, ziemlich lang, abstehend, undicht gelblich be- 
haart; dunkelbraun, Fligeldecken rotbraun, Beine gelb, Spitzen der 
Schenkel und Basis der Schienen oder die ganzen Schienen dunkel- 
braun, Fuhler rotbraun, die einzelnen Glieder an der Spitze 
dunkler. Kopf gewohnlich, ziemlich dicht, nicht grob punktiert ; 
Oberlippe kirzer, weniger ausgerandet als bei A. femorata, 
Augen schmaler, weniger genahert, Endglied der Lippentaster 
weniger breit; Fihler fadenfoérmig, (beide beschadigt) 3. Glied so 
lang wie das 4.; Halsschild so lang wie breit, glanzlos; Schild- 
chen kurz, rundlich; Fligeldecken mit starker eingestochenen 
Punkten in den Streifen; Beine wie bei der genannten Art, aber 
an den Vorderfiissen Glied 1 erweitert, unten gekielt, Glied 1-4, 
an den Mittelftissen Glied 3-4 und an Hinterfiissen Glied 2 und 3 
gelappt; Metatarsus der MHinterfiisse langer als Glied 2 und 3 
zusammen; das Ubrige wie bei A. geniculata m. 

I o# von Kurseong, Ost-Himalaya, 4700-5000 ft., 2I-vi-I910, 
gesammelt von Annandale. 


6. Borboresthes suturalis, n. sp. 


Lange: 6-7 mm. Form etwas schlanker als B. fuliginosus, 
Fairm.; Brust braun, Bauch hellbraun, Beine, Fiihler und Fli- 
geldecken hell gelbbraun, letztere mit schmaler dunkler Naht und 
schmalem, dunklem Seitenrande, Vorderk6rper rotbraun; massig 
glanzend, massig gewolbt; fein, anliegend, wenig dicht, ziemlich 
kurz gelb behaart. Kopf fein punktiert; Oberlippe stark quer, 
vorn gerade, Clypeus ebenso, von der Stirn undeutlich geschieden ; 
Augen gewolbt, weit getrennt, Schlaéfen sehr kurz; Fiihler halb so 
lang wie der K6rper, fadenférmig, 3. Glied kiirzer als das 4., 
Endglied kirzer als.das 1t0.; Halsschild stark quer, Vorderrand 
gerade, Hinterrand zweimal gebuchtet, Seitenrand scharf, Seiten 
gerundet verengt, Hinterecken fast rechtwinklig; Schildchen rund- 
lich; Fliigeldecken mit starken Punktstreifen, die hinten nicht 


1gI5.] F. BORCHMANN: Lagridae und Allecultdae. 187 


flacher werden, Punkte schwinden gegen die Spitze, Spitzen 
zusammen abgerundet; Epipleuren schmal, ganz, glatt. Unter- 
seite und Beine gewohnlich; Metatarsus der Hinterfiisse viel 1an- 
ger als die folgenden Glieder zusammen. 

_2 Ex. Kurseong, E Himalayas, 4700-5000 feet 24-vi-1910 
(Annandale). Unterscheidet sich durch die Farbung und die 
schlankere Gestalt leicht von ihren Verwandten. 


7. Cistelopsis (?) aborensis, n..sp. 

Lange: 7mm. Form typisch. Rotbraun; miassig glanzend; 
anliegend, ziemlich dicht gelblich behaart. Kopf verlangert, 
ziemlich fein und dicht punktiert; Oberlippe und Clypeus stark 
quer, vorn gerade; Clypeus von der Stirn durch eine wenig gebo- 
gene Furche getrennt; Augen stark gewolbt, ausgerandet, Ab- 
stand auf der Stirn gleich einem Augendurchmesser; Fiihler 
typisch, so lang wie der halbe Korper, 3. Glied halb so lang wie 
das 4., Endglied kirzer als das 10. Glied; Endglied der Kiefer- 
taster fast messerf6rmig, der Lippentaster dreieckig; Form des 
Halsschildes typisch, rings um scharf gerandet, dicht mit Nabel- 
punkten besetzt, Basis in der Mitte breit vorgezogen, Hinterecken 
etwas abgerundet; Schildchen breit, spitz; Fliigeldecken mit 
feinen Punktstreifen, die an der Spitze vertieft sind, Zwischen- 
raume flach, dicht, etwas querrissig punktiert, Epipleuren massig 
breit, vollstandig ; Unterseite feiner, an den Seiten gréber punk- 
tiert. Prosternalfortsatz hinter den Hiiften nicht verlangert; 
Abdominalfortsatz spitz; Hinterhiiften hinten scharf gerandet. 
Beine gewohnlich; das vorletzte Tarsenglied aller Fiisse gelappt; 
Metatarsus der Hinterfiisse so lang wie die folgenden Glieder 
zusammen. 

I Exemplar. Kobo, Abor country, 400 ft., 8-xii-1g1I (gesam- 
melt von Mr. Kemp), unter Baumrinde. 


Cistelopsis rufa, n. sp. 


Lange: 7mm. Formsehrahnlich wie C. validicornis, Fairm.., 
aber etwas schlanker, die Schultern weniger gerundet; rotbraun, 
Hinterleib dunkel, letztes Fiihlerglied gebraunt; kurz, anliegend, 
gelb behaart; Halsschild fein, wenig dicht, nicht runzlig punk- 
tiert, Hinterrand in der Mitte breit vorgezogen, sonst gerade, 
Hinterecken rechtwinklig; Schildchen dreieckig; Fltigeldecken 
wenig erweitert, sehr fein punktiertgestreift, Streifen nicht ver- 
tieft, nur gegen die Spitze 3 vertiefte Streifen, nicht querrunzlig, 
Spitzen zusammen abgerundet; Epipleuren schmal; Metatarsus 
der Hinterfiisse so lang wie die folgenden Glieder zusammen. 
Alles Ubrige wie bei C. validicornis, Fairm. 

I Ex. von Pattipola, Ceylon, 6000 ft., 13-x-IgIT. 


8. Cistelomorpha andrewesi, Fairm. 


Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XL, 1896, p. 58. 
Phagu, Simla Hills, gooo ft. 


188 Records of the Indian Museum. |Vou. XI, 1915. ] 


9g. Cistelomorpha alternans, Fairm. 


Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg, XX XVIII, 1894, p. 40. 
Kurseong, E. Himalayas, 4700-5000 ft.; Sikkim, E. Hima- 
layas; Mungphu, Darjiling distr. 


- 


10. Cistelomorpha trabeata, Fairm. 


Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX XVIII, 1894, p. 40. 
Bangalore. 


a OUTS ONS ONE IN PLAN? C HHL ONT A: 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, 
Indian Museum. 


The majority of the specimens mentioned in these notes have 
been sent me by Dr J. R. Henderson of the Madras Museum, 
who has been at great pains, in this and other respects, to assist 
us in the Indian Museum with specimens from the Madras Presi- 
dency. 


Family TRIONYCHIDAE. 
Trionyx leithii, Gray. 


1873. Tvrionyx leithit, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 49, fi 
(skull). 

1873. Tvrionyx gangeticus, id., 1btd., pl. viii. 

1889. Tvrionyx leith, Boulenger, Cat. Chel. Brit. Mus., p. 249. 

1912. Tvrionyx leitiiz, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus., VII, p. 159, 
fig. 2 (plastron of young). 


Boulenger regards this species as intermediate between 7. 
gangeticus, which it somewhat resembles in colouration, and 7. 
hurum, with which the shape of its skull is to some extent in 
agreement; but the structure of the skull is nearer that of T. 
formosus. ‘The only differences that I can detect are that the 
snout is a little less declivous and slightly longer, the horizontal 
groove on the palate broader, the post-cranial spine less dilated 
and the proximal articular part of the lower jaw more slender in 
T. letthit than in the Burmese species. The former has much the 
same relationship to the latter as T. nigricans has to T. phayret, 
and the existence in T. Jetthiz of two neural bones between the 
first pair of costals is a modification probably of slight importance 
though it serves to separate all the Indian forms from their Bur- 
mese allies. The branchial skeleton of T. leithii also resembles 
that of 7. formosus, in particular in that two additional ossifica- 
tions are present at the tip of the hypobranchial bone. In the 
adult animal the hypoplastra approach one another in the middle 
line of the plastron, though they do not actually meet, and the 
internal projections practically disappear. 

The natural colouration and the external appearance of the 
disk do net appear to have been observed in the adult living ani- 
mal. ‘The following notes are based on two individuals which 
Dr. Henderson has been kind enough’ to send to Calcutta for 
examination. . 


Igo Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


The dorsal surface of the disk is greenish black obscurely 
vermiculated and marbled with olive-green; that of the limbs and 
tailis also blackish, while that of the head is variegated with dark 
olive-green and a much paler olivaceous brown. In one specimen! 
dark green predominated on the head and the paler markings were 
not of a very definite nature, but on that of the other (fig. 1) 
there was a much larger proportion of the paler shade, a dark line 
extended backwards and downwards from each eye and there were 
two distinct forwardly-directed Y-shaped black bars on the tem- 
poral and occipital regions, interrupted somewhat at their apices 
in the middle line; the ends of the bars extended backwards more 
faintly on to the neck. 

The cartilaginous disk is long and relatively narrow, expand- 
ing slightly behind. In front of the bony carapace there is a 
conspicuous projecting pad of coarsely tuberculate cartilage, and 


Fie. 1.—Trionyx letthii, Gray. 
Head of a living specimen from the Kurnool district (x 3). 


behind there is a group of large tubercles in the central region. 
The anterior part of the carapace itselt bears a prominent rounded 
boss; there is no middorsal ridge or groove 

The disk of the larger of the two specimens is 49 cm. long and 
4I cm. broad, that of the smaller one 47 cm. X 42cm. In the 
former the breadth of the bony carapace, which is broadly 
emarginate behind, is 29 cm. and the breadth 32cm. The length 
of the skull, which agrees well with Gray’s figure of 1873 except 
that the lower jaw is not cleft at the tip, is 91 mm. and the 
zygomatic breadth 58 mm. 

Dr. Henderson’s specimens, of which the larger has been re- 
tained in the Indian Museum and the smaller returned to Madras, 
were taken by his assistant Mr. Sundara Raj in a small stream in 


_ + The snout had been injured in this specimen and possibly the dark coloura- 
tion was to some extent due to inflammation or congestion. 


1QI5. | N. ANNANDALE: Notes on Indian Chelonia. Ig1 


the Nallamalai range of the Eastern Ghats, where they were dug 
from the mud in the bed of a pool in January or February. 

The evidence for the occurrence of this species in the Ganges 
or the Indus is not satisfactory. Murray’s specimens from Sind 
assigned provisionally to it by Boulenger, apparently on the 
grounds of probability only, were almost certainly representatives 
of T. gangeticus, while those from which Hardwicke’s Ms. figures 
(reproduced by Gray in 1873) were drawn, though said to be from 
‘*Futtegurh’, may have been either introduced or ascribed to an 
incorrect locality. All definite records of specimens now in exis- 
tence refer to places in the Indian Peninsular Area south of the 
Indo-Gangetic Plain. 


Trionyx hurum, Gray. 


1912. Tvrionyx hurum, Annandale, Rec Ind. Mus., VII, pp 160, 
180, pl. v, fig. 3. 

Mr. F M. Howlett. Imperial Pathological Entomologist, has 
recently sent me a young specimen taken in the Little Gundak 
River near Pusa in Bihar Its colouration is normal agreeing 
closely with that of a young turtle from Dacca in Eastern Ben- 
gal. It is thus clear that the normal T hurum has made its way 
in the Gangetic system far above the delta. 


Family TES TUDINIDAE. 
Testudo travancorica, Boulenger. 


1906. Testudo ivavancorica, Boulenger, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc., XVII, p. 560, 2 pls 

Mr. F H. Gravely recently obtained further specimens in the 
forests on the western slopes of the Western Ghats in Cochin, 
while Mr. F. Hannyngton, I.CS., has presented to the Indian 
Museum one from Coorg on the eastern side of the Ghats. The 
known range of the species may, therefore, now be stated thus :— 
Travancore and Cochin on the western sloves of the Western 
Ghats and Coorg on the eastern slopes. It is probable that the tor- 
toise also occurs on the western side of the hills in the western 
districts of the Madras Presidency, and also in parts of Travancore 
and the adjacent districts situated on the eastern side, but no 
records as yet exist. The common land-tortoise over the greater 
part of the Presidency is certainly T. elegans, which as Mr. 
Sundara Raj informs me, occurs in the Eastern Ghats in the 
Kurnool district. 


Geoemyda trijuga (Schweigg.) 


1913. Geoemyda trijuga, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus., IX, p. 67. 
It is probable that the range of the typical form of this 
species is confined to ‘he east-central part of the Madras Presidency, 
but specimens from Mysore, the northern part of the Presidency 
and other parts of the I eninsular Area must be examined before 


192 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


this question is settled. I have here to describe a new race from 
Coorg on the east side of the Western Ghats considerably east and 
a little south of the Madras district. 

The following key to the known races may be useful :— 


Key to the races of G. trijuga. 


I. Head with conspicuous red or yellow markings. 
A. Temporal regions pale yellow, snout 
black; shell uniform black or very 

dark brown .. . coronata. 
B. Whole of the head black with orange- 
red streaks and spots; shell dark 
brown plastron as a rule bordered with 


yellow a . thermalis. 
II. Head without conspicuous ra or aller 
markings. 


A. Head plumbeous grey, obscurely vermi- 

culated on the temporal regions ; shell 

brown, the plastron with yellow bor- 

ders . plumbea. 
B. Head olivaceous with i inconspicuous y el- 

lowish or greenish spots and streaks; 

shell brown or blackish, the plastron 

as a rule with yellow borders. 

forma typica (madraspatana). 

C. Head uniform brown or with an obscure 

reticulation of olive-brown and orange- 

yellow; shell of adult black, the plas- 

tral borders and the dorsal keels yel- 

low - a .. edentana. 


Subsp. plumbea, nov. 


The carapace is dark brown and when wet appears to be ob- 
scurely murbled with a still darker shade; there are as a rule 
yellow markings on each or some of the costal shields and the 
dorsal ridges are for the most part tinged wit yellov. Tae cen- 
tral part of the plastron is dark brown with broad yellow margins ; 
the bridge is da k brown with yellow spots along the ouver edge. 
In life the dorsal surface of the limbs, head and tail is leaden grey; 
that of the snout and of a triangle extending backwards from the 
eyes has a brownish tinge and is devoid of markings. The tem- 
poral region is obscurely vermiculated with a paler shade of grey 
and two pale lines extend backwards from the eye above the 
tympanum, which is somewhat darkened; the beak and the ven- 
tral suriace of the head, neck and limbs are pale grey; on the 
chin and neck there are obscure dark horizontal lines. 

After some weeks in spirit the markings on the head have 
become obscure and the whole has a livid greyish tinge very 


IQI5.| N. ANNANDALE: Notes on Indian Chelonia. 193 


different from the colour of that of specimens of the typical form 
of the species that have been even Jonger in alcohol. 

The iris is pale chestnut. There are a number of small tuber- 
cles on the side of the head between the eye and the tympanum. 

I can detect no constant peculiarity in the skull or in the 
shell, except that the dorsal keels appear to be blunter than in 
specimens of the same size from Madras. Possibly this is corre- 
lated with the fact that the race is a very small one and that 
shells of small size are therefore more worn and belong to older 
individuals than their dimensions would suggest. The concentric 
rings on the dorsal shields are, however, very distinct. 


Carapace. 
Reg. No. Reg. No. 
177 task) |Z 7 ESS) 


Total length with the callipers . 155 mm. 162 mm. 
Total length with the tape el Osere EGS: vee 
Total breadth with the callipers LOO % sah ae Saray 
otal breadth withthe tape « “<5 125./—,, I44 ;; 
Depth of the shell .. igre * Oa Ss SVeeey 
Plastron. 
Total length with the callipers. TE aes 145-3, 
Length of the bridge Beieiats aye OG" S5; 
Skull, 
Total length e Meee: tear 
Zygomatic breadth .. BES 


Types. No. 17712 (skeleton) and No. 17715 (spirit), Ind. Mus. 


I have examined three living specimens which Dr. Henderson 
has been kind enough to send me. ‘They were collected by his 
" assistant Mr. Sundara Raj ina pond. One has been returned to 
the Madras Museum, one skeletonized and one preserved in alcohol. 
All are apparently adult females of approximately the same size; 
they are very uniform as regards their racial characters. 


Subsp. coronata ( Anderson ). 


1913. Geoemyda trijuga coronata, Annandale, op. cit., p. 68, pl. 
vi, figs. 3, 3. 

It is strange that there is no reference to this very distinct 
race in the “‘ Fauna”, but, to judge from the labels on specimens 
in the British Museum, it seems possible that it was regarded by 
Dr. Boulenger as the fully adult or possibly aged phase of the 
typical! Madras form, to which Anderson gave the name madras- 
patana. 

We have received from Dr. Henderson specimens of this race 
from Chalakudi in Cochin and from a locality about 25 miles N.E. 
of Calicut in the Malabar district of the Madras Presidency. 


194 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor XI, 


The Malabar specimen is a large female, of which the measure- 
ments are given below. The shell, dry, is practically black all 
over. The central dorsal keel remains distinct throughout its 
length, but the lateral keels are obsolescent. The colour of the 
head was typical though slightly less brilliant than in smaller 
individuals, 


Carapace. 
Reg. No. 17437 (sk.) 
Total iength with the callipers “'} 233 mm. 
{(. tape a 2. OO es 
Total breadth with the callipers cs ifs, B5G (ae 
5 neue ie 5. Ba aes 
Depth of the shell ¥ es a Lae 
Plastron. 
Total length with the callipers oe li BOO IEG 
Total length of the bridge of Nae 8 fete 


Subsp. thermalis (Lesson). 


1913. Geoemyda trijuga thermalis, Annandale, op. cit., p. 68, pl. 
vi, figs. 4, 4a. 
Further specimens of this race were recently obtained in the 
Ramnad district by Dr. Henderson and Mr Kemp 


Geoemyda tricarinata, Blyth 


1913. Geoemyda tricarinata, Annandale, op. cit., p. 73, pl. vi, figs. 
6, 6a, 6b. 


In a footnote to the paper cited ( p. 74) I have recorded the 
occurrence of this species in the Jalpaiguri district of northern Ben: 
gal. Possibly it is one of those Assamese reptiles whose western 
range along the base of the Himalayas has been limited or practi- 
cally limited by the R. Tista. If so, its occurrence in Chota 
Nagput is all the more remarkable. 


Geoemyda silvatica, Henderson. 
1912. Geoemyda silvatica, Henderson, Rec. Ind. Mus., VII, p. 217. 


The type-specimen of this species has been presented by the 
Madras Museum to the Indian Museum. It is now preserved in 
spirit and is numbered 17115 in our register of reptiles. A good 
watercolour sketch of the living animal was made by Babu Abhoya 
Charan Chowdhary and is available for reference. 


Bellia crassicollis, (Gray). 


1906. Bellia crassicollis, Annandale, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal (n.s.) 
IT, p.\205,. 


The specimen said to be from ’{ravancore and referred to in 
the paper cited had, it is now evident, suffered from an accidental 


IgI5. | N. ANNANDALE: Notes on Indian Chelonia. 195 


transposition of labels. ‘There is, therefore, no reason to think 
that this Malayan species occurs in South India. The authentic 
in the collection of the Indian Museum are from Burma and 


Penang. 


Pari NOLES ON ORTEN TAL DRAGCONELIES 
INS THE: INDIAN MUSEUM. 


By F. F. LAIDLaw. 


Nov i. tum Genus OROGOMPHUS:. 


Order ANISOPTERA. 
AESCHNIDAE. 
CHILOROGOMPHINAE. 


So far as at present known only the genus Ovogomphus 
occurs in the Indian area. ‘The other genus of the family, 
Chlorogomphus is found in Sumatra, Java and Tonkin, whilst 
Orogomphus has representatives in Bengal, Burma and the Hima- 
layas, as well as in Borneo, the Philippine Islands and Formosa. 
The subfamily is the only one confined to the Oriental region. 

Four species of Orogomphus are known. They are— 


Orogomphus atkinsonit, de Selys. Bengal, Assam. 

spectosus, de Selys. Burma, Darjiling. 

splendidus, de Selys. Philippine Islands, Bor- 
neo, Formosa. 


a) 
+) 


dyak, Laidlaw. Borneo. 


3) 


For figures of O. splendidus see Ris in Supplementa Entomo- 
logica, No.1, 1912: text-fig. 15 a-b; taf. iii, fig. 1-6; taf. v, fig. 
5 In this paper Dr. Ris also discusses the venation and charac- 
ters of the male previously unknown (/oc cit. pp. 77-79). 

The wings of a female presumed to belong to this species, 
collected in Borneo, are figured by myself (Proc. Zool. Soc. 
London, 1914, pl. i, fig. 8). Selys’s original account of the type 
female from Luzon is given in his 4" additions. Synops. Gomph , 
Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. x\vi (2), 1878, pp. 681-682. 


Orogomphus atkinsoni, de Selys. 


O. atkinsont, Selys, 4m¢ add. Synops. Gomph., p. 082 (1878). 
Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 79 (1890). 
Selys, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova (2) x, pp. 481-482 (1591). 
Williamson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxxii, pp. 278-279, fig. 5-0 
(1907). 
Laidlaw, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pp. 01-62 (1914). 


1 o *4* rt 9 *448. Both specimens are named; the male is 


without a locality, the female from Sibsagar, Assam. The speci- 
men recorded by me (/oc. cid.) is from Kumaon, de Selys’s type is 


198 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor 2a: 


from ‘Bengal.’ He was not acquainted with the male at the 
date of publication of the species (1878). Both the present 
specimens are in poor condition, but fortunately the abdomen 
of the male is complete. I take the opportunity of figuring the 
anal appendages of the male. These bear a close resemDlae 
to the corresponding structures of O. dyak. 


Orogomphus speciosus, de Selys. 


O. speciosus, Selys, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova (2) x, pp. 481-482 (1891). 
Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 79 (1890). 

I @ i150. Lord Carmichael’s collection, Darjiling District, 
1000-3000 ft., May, 1912. 

The male of this species has not been described. 

The dimensions of the specimen are as follows :— 

Length of abdomen 54 mm., of hind-wing 40 mm., breadth 
of h. w. 12°5 mm.; of the type female, length of abdomen 57 mm., ~ 
of hind-wing 46 mm., breadth of h. w. 15 mm. 


eee 


ph el 


Fic. 1.—Profile of anal appendages of O. atkinsoni 2. 


There is thus a considerable difference in size, scarcely 
greater than occurs in other species of the genus. 

In colouring the present example shows the following points 
of parece with the accouut of the type. 

. The occiput is black not yellow. 
it, Abdominal segment 2 is largely yellow above, with a 
transverse black band not touching either extremity. 
iz. Segment 8 shows no lateral yellow spot. 
Venation-formula : 


Anal loop. An. n. Pn. n, M. Cu. t. (cells) supra. t. 
basal post-costal) ».0s - Slee ieee el 77 ee 43 
+ 9—9  20—22 I16—I15 I—1 5—6 2—2 3-3 
23—23 13713 2 (0 | ee 4—4 
2 type sae - on — 
YI 17—19 17—17 2 3-3 44 


In other respects there is close agreement between the charac- 
ters of the male here recorded and those of the female as described 
by de Selys, so that I have little hesitation in referring them both 
to the same species. 


IQI5. | F. F. Larriaw: Oriental Dragonflies. 199 


The wing of the male is colourless and is very like that of 
the male O. atkinsoni, broadly speaking. 

The anal appendages differ markedly in detail from those of 
the allied species. . The upper pair are stout, a trifle shorter than 
the lower appendage, and are curved inwards towards each 
other; bifid at the extremity, and with a very small ventro- 


a oy 
pe < ao rs ; > 
be OA ee N 
of 


o 


ee 
R/S 


Ww. 
1G. 2a.—Profile of anal appendages of O. speciosus ¢. 
2b.—lL.ower anal appendage of O. spectosus ¢, viewed from 
below. 


internal tubercle on each just beyond its middle and scarcely 
visible in profile. 

The lower appendage likewise is stout; its two limbs each 
catry a projection directed straight upwards. his terminates in a 
doubly toothed point. Beyond the projection each limb ends in a 
pointed, backwardly directed spur. When looked at from below 
the lower appendage appears as ending in a pair of triangular 
processes not divaricated from each other. 


oles ° 


Bitlis NOTHeSON ORTENTAL SYRPHIDAE: 
Wii! DESCRIPTIONS OF 
NEW SPECIES. 


Part II. 
By E. BRUNETTI. 


(Plate xiii.) 


My previous paper on this family appeared in April, 1908 
and revised our knowledge of certain oriental genera up to 
that date, including descriptions of thirty-nine new species. 

In the present paper thirty-five additional species and some 
new varieties or ‘‘ forms’’ are described, and those set up by 
other authors recorded, with such synonymical and other notes 
as appear of interest. 

Two or three genera are, perforce, treated herein tentatively, 
such as Sphaerophoria and Eumerus, whilst many species of 
Syrphus and Eristalis are still imperfectly understood. Dr. 
Meijere has made much progress in identifying and redescribing 
several of the older authors’ species of lristalis and offers a 
valuable tabulation of those known to him. 


Subfamily SYRPHINAE. 
PARAGUS., 


One new species rufiventris recently described by me (Rec. 
Ind. Mus., viii, 157, ™ 1913) from Assam, the Western Hima- 
layas and Ceylon, Type in Indian Museum, 


Paragus serratus, I’. 


This common and widely distributed species extends to 
Assam; Sadiya, 23-xi-rr, and Dibrugarh, 17-19 xi-rr. I have 
it in my own collection, taken by myself from Cawnpore 
29 xi-04, Calcutta 1-iio7 and Rangoon gii-o6. It is common at 
Pusa in Bihar, 


Paragus indica, Brun. 
Pipizella indica, Brun., Rec. Ind. Mus. II, 52. 


This species was wrongly placed by me in Pipizella Further 
specimens in the Indian Museum are from Darjiling, Matiana, 
and Tenmalai (Travancore), 21-xi-o8. It is perhaps identical 
with Paragus politus, W. described from China. The sides of 


202 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor.sck 


the thorax are not whitish as in Wiedemann’s species, but bear 
some long white hair anteriorly. 


Paragus atratus, Meij. 


One specimen from Bijrani, Naini Tal District, 19-iii-ro, 
in the Indian Museum, agrees exactly with a specimen in the 
collection from Java, sent by Dr. Meijere. He records further 
specimens of both sexes from Java. 


Pipizella rufiventris, mihi, sp. nov. 


@” Western Himalayas. Long. 7 mm. 


Head.—Vertex aeneous black, with violet reflections, and black 
hairs; ocelli concolorous. Frons and upper part of antennal 
prominence shining blue black, with black hairs; a broad grey 
dust band from eye to eye across middle of former. Tip of 
antennal prominence, just between the antennae, pale. Antennae 
black, 3rd joint large and elongate, arista black. Face yellowish, 
with whitish pubescence, a little darker about mouth opening; 
a black narrow median stripe. Eyes brown, with short distinct 
grey pubescence; occiput black, with yellow hairs around margin. 

Thorax aeneous black, shining, with soft yellowish grey pubes- 
cence, which is more whitish and ragged on the sides. Scutellum 
luteous, semi-translucent, a little darker in middle, pale yellow 
pubescent. 

Abdomen reddish yellow, basal segment, central basal part of 
2nd segment, a moderately narrow band on hind borders of 2nd 
and 3rd segments, apical half of 4th and all the 5th segment, 
black. Dorsum of abdomen with pale yellowish grey pubescence, 
which is longer and thicker about sides of 2nd segment. Belly 
vellowish, a broad black transverse band on 2nd segment, apical 
part of abdomen black. 

Legs.—Coxae, basal half of anterior femora and basal three- 
fourths of hind femora, black; also median half of hind tibiae, 
though less well defined; and upper sides of all tarsi. Rest of legs 
brownish yellow ; underside of hind tarsi with golden brown pubes- 
cence. 

Wings clear, subcostal cell pale yellowish; squamae pale 
yellow ; halteres yellow. 

Described from a perfect ~ in the Indian Museum, presented 
by Col. Tytler, taken by him at Kousanie, 6075 ft., Kumaon 
District, 22-vii-14. 


Psilota cyanea, mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xiii, fig. r.) 


¢ Eastern Himalayas. Long. 44 mm. 


Head.-—Frons and face brilliantly shining violet black ; the 
vertical triangle demarcated by an impressed line; antennal 


1915. | E. Brunetti: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 203 


prominence very slight. Some erect brown hairs on vertex. Frons 
and face with sparse whitish soft hairs. Viewed from above, a 
just perceptible whitish dust spot about the middle of the frons, 
contiguous on the eye margin each side, and the edges of the 
face with vague whitish reflections in certain lights. Upper 
mouth border distinctly produced!; proboscis short, brownish 
black. Antennae brownish yellow, under side of 3rd joint much 
paler. Eyes of exactly the same vertical height as the head, 
dark brown, very shortly but rather thickly pubescent ; occiput 
slightly produced behind the vertex, aeneous black, with a fringe 
of short white hairs. 

Thorax shining cyaneous black with a faint violet tinge, 
scutellum concolorous, both with sparse very short whitish pubes- 
cence ; some rather long whitish hairs at sides, anteriorly. 

Abdomen of three obvious segments only, the first very 
narrow, the 2nd, 3rd and 4th subequal, the 5th barely visible ; 
all wholly cyaneous black, with short soft pale pubescence, belly 
similar. 

Legs black; knees, tibiae tips and anterior tarsi brownish 
orange, hind tarsi darkened above. Hind femora and all tibiae 
with a little pale pubescence. 

Wings almost clear; stigma pale yellow; halteres reddish 
brown. 

Described from two ¢ 2; Gangtok, Sikkim, 6150 ft., 
g-ix-09, type; and Kurseong 10 —26-ix-og. In Indian Museum 


Chrysogaster (Orthoneura) indica, mihi, sp. nov. 


@ Punjab. Long. 6 mm. 


Head.-—-Vertex very small, with a little dark brown hair. 
Eyes contiguous for a moderate space, about half the height of 
the frons, dark brown, bare. Frons shining blue black, with light 
brown or greyish hairs; antennal prominence slight. Face shining 
blue black with a little whitish hair, mouth border well produced. 
Proboscis and palp blackish brown. Antennae rather dark 
brown, 3rd joint ovate, arista almost basal. Occiput blackish, not 
at all produced beyond upper half of eye and only slightly so on 
lower half, which bears a fringe of white hairs. 

Thorax cupreous, with brownish or yellowish hairs ; scutellum 
aeneous, similarly pubescent. Sides of thorax cupreous, with a 
little greyish hair. 

Abdomen cupreous, with moderately thick soft whitish 
pubescence, which is thicker at the sides and on the belly. 

Legs wholly black, with the usual amount of greyish pubes- 
cence, undersides of tarsi reddish brown. 

Wings pale grey, stigma yellowish, halteres orange. 

Described from a unique ~ in the Indian Museum from the 
Kangra Valley, 4500 ft., xi-o9 [Dudgeon]. 


« A generic character according to Verrall, 


204 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL.Aaet. 


CHILOSIA, Mg. 


One new species apicalis @ recently described by me (Rec. 
Ind. Mus. viii, 158, 1913) from Rotung, 1400 ft. (N. E. Front. 
Ind.) 4—13-ill-12. Type in Indian Museum. 


Chilosia hirticincta, mihi, sp. nov. 

@ Daryjiling. Long. 9-10 mm. 

Head.—Eyes covered with dense brownish yellow pubescence, 
touching for a considerable space, leaving a very small vertical 
triangle, blackish, with three or four long black hairs intermixed 
with the long brownish yellow ones. Frons sharply demarcated 
from face, very convex, aeneous blackish, with only a very narrow 
grey-dusted eye border, and an indistinct median similar line; 
the whole frons covered with long black hair. 

Face moderately prominent, central bump small, mouth 
bordér not very prominent, extremely narrowly orange, the face 
blackish, with very short, almost microscopic pubescence. Eye 
margins greyish, with long yellowish grey hair. Occiput and 
lower part of head grey, with yellowish grey hairs. Proboscis black. 
Antennal first two joints, black, 3rd black, with, visible in certain 
lights, a greyish dust; rounded, but with rather truncate tip; 
arista bare, black. The depression in which the antennae are set, 
brownish yellow. 

Thorax and scutellum shining aeneous with rather long and 
thick brownish yellow hair with which some black hair is inter- 
mixed. No stiff bristly hairs on either thorax or scutellum. 
Sides of thorax cinereous grey (the colour extending almost over 
the shoulders), with rather long brownish yellow hair. 

Abdomen aeneous black, shining, with long yellowish hair ; 
the third segment with all black hairs on the dorsum. 

Legs —Femora blackish with long yellowish hair, extreme tips 
orange. Tibiae black, the base broadly, the tips less broadly 
orange or brownish yellow; with yellow or golden yellow short 
pubescence on front side of front pair. ‘Tarsi blackish above, 
with a little yellowish brown hair, under side with rich golden 
brown or golden yellow close pubescence, the first two joints of 
the middle pair brownish yellow. 

Wings pale grey, a little yellowish on basal half anteriorly, in 
one specimen slightly yellowish in the neighbourhood of the veins. 
Halteres and tegulae brownish yellow. . 

Descnbed from 3 @o@ in the Indian Museum from the 
Darjiling District [Lynch]. 

This species is easily known by the conspicuous, wholly black 
haired 3rd abdominal segment. 


Chilosia nigroaenea, mihi, sp. nov. 
@ 2 Simla District. Long. 7 7 2 6 mm. 


Head.—Eyes in @ contiguous for about one-third of the 
distance from extteme vertex to root of antennae, vertical triangle 


1915. | E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 205 


blackish, with some long black hairs. Eyes with rather thick 
short yellowish grey pubescence, which when viewed from certain 
directions appears quite white. Frons as in hirticincta, the dust 
on the eye margins less distinct. Face with the centrai knob 
somewhat large, conspicuous and rounded; aeneous black, shining, 
with very sparse and short, almost microscopic greyish pubescence, 
the central knob and the space immediately below it very 
shining black. Mouth border narrowly orange, moderately pro- 
duced, with a small bump on each side of it. Eye margins dull 
blackish, with sparse rather short greyish hairs. Occiput grey with 
short greyish hairs. Antennae dul! dirty brownish grey, arista 
bare, black. 

In the @ the frons not much narrowed on «vertex, and about 
one-third the width of the head just above the antennae is shining 
black with a little grey pubescence. 

Thorax and scutellum shining black, with rather thick 
brownish yellow pubescence, a few black bristly hairs intermixed 
in front of wings, and on hind margin of scutellum, where these 
black hairs are much longer than the general pubescence. Sides 
moderately dark shining greyish, with yellowish grey hair. 

Abdomen all shining black, with close, pale yellowish grey 
pubescence; belly similar. 

Legs blackish, with pale yellowish grey pubescence. Extreme 
tips of femora, base of tibiae rather narrowly in @# and to the 
extent of basal third in 2, brownish yellow. Tarsi blackish, 
with pale hairs above and thick rich golden brown or golden yellow 
pubescence below; base of middle tarsi above more or less 
brownish yellow. 

Wings very pale grey, ~, practically clear, ?; stigma pale 
yellow, halteres vellowish. 

Described from a single #, Matiana and 2, Simla 7-v-10 
in the Indian Museum [both Annandale]. 


Chilosia plumbiventris, mihi, sp. nov. 


Q Simla. Long. 8 mm. 


Head.—Frons and face shining aeneous black, almost with a 
deep indigo tinge, the frons widening gradually from vertex to 
about one-third the width of the head above the antennae. Frons 
slightly prominent above the antennae from eye to eye, giving 
the appearance of an elongate transverse callus. Above this callus- 
like prominence is an oval, yellowish grey dust spot each side 
touching the eye margins. Frons, except the dust spots, wholly 
covered with thick black hairs. Face shining black, the central 
knob large and prominent, the mouth border but slightly produced, 
very narrowly orange; a little almost microscopic pubescence at 
the sides of the mouth but not extending just below the eyes. 
Eye margins distinct, grey, widened immediately below antennal 
prominence, and on this wider part on each side of the face 
are three elongate notches as though impressed with a knife. 


206 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


Vertical margin, occiput and lower part of head aeneous black, 
but the facial eye margins are continued narrowly round the eyes 
to the vertex, bearing a fringe of yellowish grey hairs, and 
similarly coloured hairs also cover the lower part of the head 
below and behind the eyes. Antennal first two joints brownish 
yellow, 3rd large, broadened, rounded, darker and duskier brown ; 
arista concolorous, bare. 

Thorax dark aeneous black, shining, covered rather closely 
with very short brownish yellow pubescence, which, viewed at a 
low angle from in front, appears uniform and continuous over the 
who!e dorsum, but viewed from behind appears to form three 
longitudinal stripes, the median one narrowly divided in the 
middle and attaining the front margin; the exterior ones fore- 
shortened. Sides of thorax concolorous, with very sparse and 
short, brownish yellow hair. Scutellum concolorous, with short, 
brownish yellow pubescence and a single pair of well separated 
apical long black bristles. 

Abdomen shining lead colour with almost microscopic pale 
yellow pubescence; a dull black broad band, half the length of 
the segment, on the hind margins of 2nd and 3rd segments, 
narrowed to a point at the sides of the segment, and very slightly 
notched in the middle in front. These transverse black bands 
are best seen from behind. 

Legs dark reddish brown: femora with a moderate amount 
of pale yellow pubescence ; extreme tips of all femora, basal half 
of all tibiae, tips of middle tibiae and first three joints of middle 
tarsi, brownish yellow, the posterior margins of these three joints 
blackish. Under sides of fore and hind tarsi with golden brown 
pubescence. 


Wings very pale grey, stigma pale yellow, halteres bright 
orange. 


Described from a single @ in the Indian Museum from Simla 
7-v-10 [Annandale]. 


The shining lead colour of the abdomen will easily distinguish 
this species. 


Chilosia ? grossa, Fln. 


A o and @ taken at Binsar, Kumaon District, 28-v-12, 
by Dr. A. D. Imms, sent to me for examination appear to be this 
rather widely distributed European species. 

Unfortunately no specimens are at hand for comparison, but 
the only discrepancies from Verrall’s description are as follows. 
The antennae are dull dark reddish brown, not blackish; the 
vertex and frons have an admixture of black hairs in the pubes- 
cence, which is not the casein grossa; the tibiae are mainly 
black (not orange) in both sexes, with the base broadly, and 
the tip much less broadly orange, the black part beginning always 
distinctly before the. middle, whilst of grossa Verrall says 
‘« blackish ring just below the middle.’’ The halteres are wholly 
orange yellow, not with blackish knobs. Inthe ? the 4th and 


1915. | E. Brunetri: Notes on Oriental Syrphidac. 207 


5th abdominal segment shew no trace of black hairs (though the 
pubescence is considerably worn off). 

In gvossa the whole of the 5th segment, and the major part 
of the 4th segment are entirely black haired. 

On the other hand, the special points of similarity, in addi- 
tion to a very close general agreement with Verrall’s description, 
are the shape of the face in profile, the three faint channels 
on the frons in the 9 ,and the distinctly more reddish colour 
of the pubescence on the head and thorax in the @ specimen. 
The size also agrees, @ I10 2 If mm.; Verrall giving ‘‘about 
crsmina, 


MELANOSTOMA, Sch. 
Melanostoma ambiguum, [ln. 
Melanostoma dubium, Zett. 


These two European species were introduced in my previous 
paper on Oriental Syrphidae, on a single example of each from 
the Simla District. The former, represented by a @ from 
Matiana, is truly identified, agreeing in every particular with 
Verrall’s very faithful description, but the specimen referred by me 
to dubium proves on a closer examination to be only a melanoid 
Platychirus albimanus, F. There is the less excuse for this error, 
seeing that I knew this species to occur in the Himalayas. 


Melanostoma orientale, W. 
(Plate xili, fig. 2.) 


In my notes on diptera from Simla (Rec. Ind. Mus. i, 168) 
were included M. mellinum, L. and M. scalare, F., both common 
European species. The examples referred to scalare are only 
ovzentale, and as regards those supposed to be mellinum there 
is ample room for doubt as to their identity. In fact mellinum 
in typical form may possibly not occur in the East at all, although 
as it isso abundant throughout the whole of Europe it will be 
curious if it is not found in the Himalayas. 

However, it seems to me highly probable that ovtentale is 
not specifically distinct from mellinum, a species it is more akin 
to than scalare. 

The principal alleged difference is the grey-dusted frons and 
face in orientale, but numerous specimens occur in which this 
is much less conspicuous than usual, thereby closely approx1- 
mating to mellinum. Among the males, specimens occur which 
are hard to definitely assign to either species, and three Darjiling 
specimens in the Museum taken by me may really be true 
mellinum. 

The females in orientale are more easily recognised by the dust 
spots on the frons being more closely approximate, so that the 
vertex and the lower part of the frons are more clearly demar- 
cated, but a near approximation to this is not infrequently met 


208 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vox 2ed3 


with in mellinum @. Meijere’s redescription of the species is 
wholly applicable to the specimens referred by me to orientale. 
It was my impression at first that the facial bump was not so 
large or conspicuous as in mellinum, but an examination of a large 
number of specimens shews that there is no difference. Moreover, 
such examination has revealed the existence of an apparently 
undescribed form (pl. xiii, fig. 3) with a facial profile inter- 
mediate between orientale and univittatum, in which the central 
bump though distinct is much less conspicuous than in orzentale. 
This form is represented by a dozen females from the Simla and 
Darjiling districts, the United Provinces, Bengal and Bangalore. 
It is further distinguished from the specimens representing my 
final view of orzentale 9 by the rst pair of abdominal spots being 
larger than in orventale, oval, and carried over the side of the 
2nd segment below the base. Also the hind femora are all 
yellow, the hind tibiae bearing only an indistinct median dark 
band which is frequently absent. 

Meijere reports the Ist pair of spots in ortentale as smaller, more 
rounded and ‘‘petty”’ as compared with mellinum, whilst 
Wiedemann describes them as obliquely placed 

These twelve specimens approach my wnivittatum 2 , but the 
presence of the small though perfectly distinct facial bump at 
once separates them. When all the specimens are examined in 
conjunction with a series of wnivittatum 92 they are seen to be 
almost certainly specifically distinct. I am at a loss to satisfac- 
torily dispose of them, but as there are no males with the same 
characters, to set them up as a new species would be premature. 


Melanostoma univittatum, W. o 9. 
(Plate xiii, figs. 4-6.) 
2 Syrphus planifactes, Macq. 


Wiedemann described only the ~ of this species, nor have 
I seen any mention of the @ having been described. Nine speci- 
mens in the Indian Museum can hardly fail to be that sex of 
this species. They possess the smooth face without any trace 
of a central bump so characteristic of univittatum, and the pecu- 
liarity of the Ist pair of spots being fully as large as the others, 
with their bases on the anterior border of the segment or 
enclosing the anterior angle of it, or carried over the side just below 
the base. These front spots are sometimes whitish in colour, 
and occasionally occupy the whole of the segment, the colour 
extending well over the base of the 3rd segment also. The Ist 
pair of spots in univittatum o also occupy nearly all the znd 
segment, and have their bases on the anterior border of that 
segment; although a more suitable description would be to regard 
the abdomen as reddish yellow, with a narrow black median line 
and the posterior borders of the segments narrowly black, the 
colour extending slightly forward towards the sides. The hind 


1915. ] E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 209 


legs are wholly yellow except for an indistinct median dark band 
on the tibiae, and this is often absent. 

As regards plantfactes, Macq. I think it may also be regarded 
as the 2 of univittatum. The sole disagreement in Macquart’s 
description is the colour of the thorax and frons, which he says is 
greenish black. Although in the nine 9? 9 that I refer to 
univittatum the thorax and frons are aeneous black as it normally 
is in the @, some ” @ in the collection exhibit a distinctly 
greenish tinge. One of the 2 examples (from Bangalore) agrees 
exactly with Macquart’s plate, and his remark that the pale 
colour at the base of the abdomen extends to the side borders 
agrees with the nine specimens referred to. The legs in these 
specimens agree with those of my male wnivittatum. 

Meijere records three planifacies from Singapore, Sumatra 
and Queensland respectively, but no o. 

The @ univittatum specimens in the Indian Museum come from 
Darjiling, Katmandu, Dibrugarh, the Assam-Bhutan Frontier, 
Mergui, Travancore, Bangalore and Coromandel; whilst theg ? 9 
hail from Bhim Tal, the Assam-Bhutan Frontier, Sadiya, Travan- 
core, Bangalore, Coromandel and Sarawak, the localities of both 
sexes thus supporting the view that they are the same species. 
Its range of distribution is evidently very wide. 


Melanostoma cingulatum, Big. 


This can hardly be a Melanostoma, the yellow scutellum and 
side stripes to the thorax throwing it out of this genus altogether. 
Bigot says it resembles Syrphus consequens, Walk., which latter has 
been reterred to Asarcina, a totally different group of species. 
Bigot, in fact, did not understand the genus Melanostoma and 
introduced, with a query quite anumber of species. In the Indian 
Museum are two specimens marked ‘‘ Melanostoma, hemtptera, 
Big.’’ in that author’s handwriting which are merely the common 
Syrphus (Asarcina) aegrotus F. 


Platychirus manicatus, Mg. var. himalayensis, mihi, nov. var. 


Three ¢ ofrom Garhwal differ from the European manicatus 
sufficiently to rank them as at least a very distinct variety, if not 
a distinct species. The dilatation of the first two joints of the 
front tarsi is more conspicuous, and more produced forwards on 
the inner side of the Ist joint. The hind metatarsus is distinctly 
less thickened in the middle though obviously broader through- 
out than the femur or the remaining tarsal joints. 

The present form is 11°5 millimetres long, as against g to at 
most 10 millimetres in manicatus, and the abdominal yellow 
spots are smaller, more quadrate and of uniform size, the first 
pair being as large and as square as the others. 

The close similarity in all other characters causes me to 
refrain from considering this form distinct, at least until further 
specimens are available. 


210 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vor, Gea 


Dideoides ovata, Brun. 


One o Sikkim v-1912; one ? Shillong 10o—12-x-14 [Kemp]. 


ASARCINA, Macq. 


his is not a good genus but I collect under this heading 
the species referred to it. Meijere regards it as a subgenus, Bezzi 
as a valid genus. 


Syrphus (Asarcina) aegrotus, F. 


One of the commest species in the East, and easily recognized 
by the broad blackish band across the middle of the wings. This 
band sometimes extends to the base of the wing, and a specimen 
of this nature in the Indian Museum bears a label Melanostoma 
hemiptera, Big. Meijere records it from several places in Java and 
the Indian Museum has it from a wide range of localities. 


Syrphus (Asarcina) ericetorum, F. 
S. salviae, Wied. 


S. saluiae, W., is identical with ericetorum, F., described 
originally from Africa, and the latter name will have to be used for 
it. Meijere records it from Java, the Indian Museum has it from 
many localities and I took two at Colombo in June, 1904. Two 
were taken at Simla viii-14 by Capt. Evans, R.E., and two at 
Cherrapunji, Assam, 4400 ft., 2—8-x-14 [Kemp]. 


Syrphus (Asarcina) consequens, Walk. 


Meijere records this species from Sumatra, Java and Papua, 
and confirms Osten Sacken’s suggestion that striatus, Wulp, is 
synonymous. 

The following two species have been recently described as 
belonging to A sarcina. 

A. biroi, Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Hung. vi, 902 (1908). 

A. morokaensis, Meij., Tijd. v. Ent. li, 308 o@ @, pl. vili, 33 

(1908), Papua. 
Meijere records bivoi from several localities in Papua. 


SYRPHUS, F. 


Dr. Meijere gives a table of a number of species of Svrphus 
and records sevarius, Wied., from Pattipola, Ceylon (200 metres), 
[ Biro}. 


Syrphus balteatus, DeGeer. 


Very common in the Himalayas and also in the plains of 
India and Assam, extending to Java, China and Japan. 


IQI5.| E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 211 


The following new species were described by Meijere recently 
Bid. veut, li, 1908) :— 


luteifrons, p. 304, ©, pl. viii, 37, Moroka (1300 metres), 
Papua [Loria]. Type in GenoaMuseum,a unique specimen. 

triangulifrons, p. 305, 7 ¢, pl. viii, 36, Moroka, Papua 
[Loria]. ‘Types in Genoa Museum, a unique pair. 

circumdatus, p. 3c6,-@7 9, pl. viii, 35, Moroka, Papua 
[Loria]. ‘Types in Genoa Museum. 

longirostris, p. 307, 7, pl. vili, 34, Moroka, Papua [Lora]. 
Type in Genoa Museum. 

morokaensis, p. 308, 7 @, pl. villi, 33, Moroka, Papua 
[Loria]. Types in Genoa Museum. Referred to the sub- 
genus Asarcina. 

elongatus, p. 3090, 7 @, pl. vili, 32, Moroka, Papua [Loria]. 
Types in Genoa Museum. 


Four species taken on the Abor Expedition were described 
as new by me in Rec. Ind. Mus., viii (1913). Types in Indian 
Museum. 


aeneifrons, o, p. 159, N.E. Front. India, roo ft., 17-iii-12; 
4000 ft., 18-1i1-12. 

transversus, 2, p. 160, Sadiya, 28-xi-II, a unique specimen. 

fulvifacies, 2, p. 161, Rotung (N.E. Front. Ind.), 26-ix-rr, 
a unique specimen. 

maculipleura, @ ,p. 162, Rotung, 25-xli-I1, a unique speci- 


men. 
Syrphus distinctus, mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xili, fig. 7). 
o Western Himalayas. Long. 14—15 mm. 


Head.—Frons, face and under side of head covered with pale 
orange yellow tomentum, being more dusky towards the frons. 
A broad median blackish stripe. rons with black hairs. Vertex 

. blackish with black hairs. Antennae and arista wholly black. 
Back of head dark grey with short yellow hairs, some black 
ones behind the vertex. 

Thorax.—Blackish on dorsum, yellowish grey at sides, mainly 
covered with brownish yellow pubescence. Scutellum orange yellow 
with black hairs in the middle and yellowish white ones on anterior 
and posterior margin and below the latter. 

A bdomen.—Blackish, Ist segment yellowish, hind margins of 
and, 3rd and 4th segments pinkish grey, with a rather narrow 
cross band of the same colour across the middle of each; that 
of the 4th segment lying just before the middle. Dorsum of 
abdomen with rather thickly placed black hairs except on the 2nd 
segment, onthe pale band on the 3rd and at the sides of the whole 
abdomen where the pubescence is whitish yellow. Belly blackish, 
yellowish at base and along the hind borders of the segments, 


ai Records of the Indian Museum. [VOLi 28, 


covered with yellow or black pubescence according to the colour 
of the surface. 

Legs.—Anterior pairs principally orange yellow; anterior 
femora black on about the basal half; hind legs principally black, 
knees broadly brownish yellow as are the last four tarsal joints. 
Anterior femora with some moderately long yellowish or brownish 
yellow hairs on under side, with black hairs intermixed towards 
tips of fore pair and generally on underside of middle pair. 
Conspicuous thick but short black hairs on hind femora, longest 
on underside, and on front and hind sides of hind tibiae. 

Wings yellowish grey, stigma brown; squamae yellowish 
brown with fringe of the same colour. 

Described from 3 ¢ # from Tolpani, Garhwal District, 9500 ft., 
23-iv-14 to 13-v-14 

The unbroken pinkish grey bands on the abdomen easily 
separate this species from all other Oriental ones, and from all 
European or North American species known to me. 


SPHAEROPHORIA, St. Farg. 


Few genera offer more complexities than this, as s regards the 
limits of the species. 

The present notes must therefore be regarded as simply a 
contribution towards a better knowledge of the Oriental species ; 
and apart from the two perfectly good species scutellaris, F., and 
javana, W., the four forms recognized and described herein are 
termed and understood as ‘‘ forms ’’ only, although it seems prob- 
able that vividaenea will eventually prove specifically distinct. 

In working out the fairly good series of specimens in the 
Indian Museum I adopted the plan of dividing them into ‘‘ forms’’ 
previous to consulting any of the descriptions, treating the 7 7 
first and the @ 2 subsequently, moreover in each case without any 
reference to the localities of the specimens. 

By this method one avoids being prejudiced in favour of 
pairing off #» 7 and 2? @ according to the localities, and a more 
trustworthy result is likely to ensue. 

In the present instance the six male forms sorted themselves 
readily enough and were backed up in every case by females from 
the same localities; proving to be the two well marked and known 
species scutellaris, F., and javana, W., with four remaining forms 
of which I have ventured to give names to three. 

One point noticeable about them all is that the yellow 
markings of the abdomen are almost always definite bands and not 
pairs of spots more or less resolving into bands as in the European 
species. 

Apart from scutellaris, F. (with aegyptius, W., longicornis, 
Macq., splendens, Dol., and Melithreptus novaeguineae, Kert., as 
synonyms), and javana, W. (with Melithreptus distinctus, Kert., 
as a synonym) the only other two described species are bengalensis, 
Macq., and indianus, Big. 


Igt5.] E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 213 


Macquart’s bengalensis may be anything; he separates it 
from taeniata, Mg., on the shorter abdomen, with wider (yellow) 
bands, the 4th segment being tawny with a dorsal line. Though 
no individual specimen answers to this amongst those before me 
it may very well be my ‘‘ Form 1.”’ 

Bigot’s description of his zmdiana (o@), from Bengal, though 
more lengthy is very inconclusive and may easily be the same 
form again. His ‘‘ derniers segments des tarses un peu brunatres”’ 
cannot be regarded as pointing to my wmigritarsis, in the three 
@ @ of which the tarsi are very distinctly wholly deep blackish or 
blackish brown. 

The characters studied in the present differentiation of forms 
are as follows :— 

(1) Length of 3rd antennal joint. This is always simply 
elongate or almost rounded, except in scwutellavis, F., a very 
distinct species which may be recognized at once by this character 
alone. 

(2) Markings on frons and face, or absence of same. 

(3) Thoracic dorsum with pale grey stripes or not. 

(4) Scutellum with yellow or black hairs, or both. The 
best way to decide this is to view this part from behind and 
slightly above. If wholly yellow haired, hardly any pubescence 
can be seen at all at this angle, whereas any dark hairs are 
visible at once. 

(5) Abdominal markings. 

(6) Comparative length of wing and abdomen. One or two 
of the older writers spoke of the wing being longer than or equal 
in length to, the abdomen. It is the abdomen, which in some 
species (scriptus, L., of Europe, for instance) is abnormally long, 
that varies, the proportional length of the wings to that of the 
rest of the body being the same in all the forms now treated of.! 
Moreover it appears to vary within reasonable limits, and if 
‘form 2’’ is the same species as my ‘‘ flavoabdominalis’’ form, 
the proportionate length of wing to abdomen will prove to be of 
less value still. 

(7) Coxae all yellow, or black marked. This hardly affects the 
Indian forms at all. 

(8) Hind tibiae mainly yellow or mainly black. This charac- 
ter only serves to separate the second well known and distinct 
species javana, W., which has them wholly black except for a 
clear cut median yellow band of some little width ; all the other 
forms possessing entirely yellow hind tibiae. It is true that 
scutellaris often has an indistinct obscure ring about the middle, 
but the very elongate 3rd antennal joint will always distinguish 
that species. 


1 If there is any exception td this it is in my ‘ flavoabdominalis’’ torm 
amongst the [Indian ones, and in scriptus, L., with its varieties, amongst the 
European ones. 


214 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vor. XE, 


(9) Hind tarsi distinctly black or dark brown above, or mainly 
yellow. This only separates my form nigritarsis from the remain- 
der, after eliminating scztellaris and javana. Occasional individuals 
of various forms may have them a /ittle brownish, or a deeper 
orange yellow, but never sufficiently darkened to be mistaken for 
nigritarsis. 


> 


Table of Oriental species and ‘ forms’’ of SPHARROPHORIA. 


A Antennal 3rd joint very elongate, 
about twice as long as broad. sp. 1. scutellaris, F., 7 2. 
AA Antennal 3rd joint simply oval or 
rounded. 
B Hind tibiae wholly black except a 
well marked yellow median not 
very wide ring. sp. 2. javana, W., & 2. 
BB Hind tibae wholly yellow. 
C Face without black stripe. Thorax 
blackish with two obvious though 
faint grey stripes. 
D Hind tarsi all yellow. 
E Abdomen all yellow after 2nd seg- 
ment, shorter than wings in o&, 
generally alsoin 9. 
‘“Form 1.” flavoabdominalis, mihi, 7 @. 
EE Abdomen with 3rd and 4th seg- 
ments black at base and tip to a 
varying extent. Abdomen as 
long as wings @ @. ‘Form 2:"" -mihij io 
DD Hind tarsi all black above, anterior 
tarsimore orlessso. ‘‘Form3’’. migritarsis, mihi, 7 ¢ . 
CC Face with distinct black median 
stripe. Thorax aeneous green, 
absolutely unstriped. ‘‘ Form 4.” viridaenea, mihi, ? °. 
It will be seen that four ‘‘ forms ’’ are recognized in addition to 
the two well marked species scutellaris, F., and javana, W., which 
have been known for nearly acentury. To three of the ‘ forms” 
I have ventured to give names tentatively, to facilitate reference 
to them, and it seems probable that vividaenea will prove speci- 
fically distinct. 


‘*Form 1, flavoabdominalis’’, mihi. 


@ 2 Baluchistan, Persia, Simla, Nepal, Punjab, Bushire. 

o Frons and face all yellow, rarely a very small black 
mark on or near central knob or mouth border; an individual 
aberration only. Thorax normally distinctly though faintly striped 
on at least anterior half, but occasionally the dorsum is quite 
dull and the stripes absent even in perfect specimens. Scutellum 
all yellow haired. 


IQgI5 | EK. BRUNETTI: Notes on Ortental Syrphidae. 215 


Abdomen with Ist segment shining aeneous, often appearing 
like a prominent triangle on each side of the base of the 2nd 
segment. The 2nd segment black, with a broad, clear cut, bright 
yellow transverse uninterrupted band forming about one-third of 
the segment; remainder of abdomen normally orange yellow, 
unmarked, and though there are generally a few irregular obscure 
markings there is nothing in the nature of transverse black 
bands or pairs of spots. Abdomen distinctly shorter than the 
wings. Coxae all yellow (in only one specimen the hind pair show 
a slight darkening); remainder of legs wholly yellow, the hind 
tarsi a little deeper orange. 

Long. 6—7 mm. 

Baluchistan, Bushire, Katmandu (Nepal), Dharampur (Simla 
Hills), 5000 ft., 6—8-v-07 [Annandale] ; Agra, 4-iv-05; Ferozepore 
(Punjab), 28-iv-05 [Brunett?]. 

? Differing from the ~ only as follows. Vertex shining black 
or dark aeneous, with a concolorous stripe, narrowing considerably 
and approximately reaching the antennae. 

Abdomen about as long as the wings, 3rd and 4th segments 
with a wide black band on posterior margin. 

I took this form in abundance at both Agra and Ferozepore, 
in company with the ¢ ~ reterred to, during April, 1905 in fields 
of dry grass, stubble and general vegetation. : 

One @ from Purneah (Bengal), 8—g-iiiog [Paiva] agrees 
technically, but the wings and abdomen are equally long, and it is 
a little more robust. Long. 7 mm. 

It is difficult to differentiate this form from scriptus, L., yet it 
seems quite a distinct local race. Verrall notes the partiality of 
this species to form local races. Apart from size the ~ in the pre- 
sent form is exactly like scviftus with all yellow abdomen after the 
2nd segment, a form that species very often takes in European 
specimens, but on the other hand the ¢ does not so closely 
resemble the @ scriptus, the abdomen being mainly yellow, with 
black bands, instead of mainly black, with interrupted narrow 
yellow bands. 


B) 


Form ‘277, mihi. 


@ @ Shanghai, Simla, Nepal, Bengal. 

@ This differs from Form 1 only in the 3rd and 4th ab- 
dominal segments in the ~ having a narrow black band at the base 
and a broad one at the tip of each. The wings are as long as the 
abdomen. 

Long.6 mm. Shanghai, 17-iv-06 [Brunetti]; Songara, Bengal, 
3—5-ili-07. 

2 Agreeing with but the scutellum sometimes has some black 
hairs on the hinder part. ‘The abdominal black bands are broader. 
Vertex shining aeneous black, frons with a broad black stripe to 
the antennae, this stripe sometimes of uniform width, sometimes 
narrowing anteriorly. 


216 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL XT, 


Shanghai, in company with ~; Noalpur (Nepal), 21-ii-08; 
Dharampur, Simla, 5000 ft., 6—8-v-07 [Annandale]; Katihar, N. 
Bengal, 8—g-iii-og [Paiva]: Bhanwar, Bengal, 26-ii-07. 

This formseems to me practically identical with S. menthrastri, 
L. (taeniata, Mg.), the females agreeing exactly. but unfortunately 
there are no @ menthrastrt specimens available for comparison, 
and there are several minor discrepancies between Verrall’s descrip- 
tions of this sex and myo @. 


‘Form 3, nigritarsis’’, mihi 


¢ @ Simla, Kurseong. 

@ Differing from Form 1 as follows. 

Scutellum with distinct blackish hairs on hinder part; these 
black hairs being longer than the yellow ones, or than the yellow 
hairs on the hinder part of the scutellum in Form 1. Abdomen 
with 3rd and 4th segments each normally with a rather narrow 
black basal band and hind border of broader, but varying width. 
In one specimen these black bands are indistinct on the 3rd 
segment and altogether absent on the 4th. Wings and abdomen 
equal in length. Coxae wholly yellow in two specimens, in the 
other two, the front coxae are dusky on the anterior side. Legs 
yellow; hind tarsi wholly distinctly black or dark brown on 
upper side; anterior tarsi always distinctly brown or dark brown, 
always much deeper coloured than in Forms 1 and 2. The middle 
pair of tarsi the least deeply coloured of the three. 

Long. 6 mm. Matiana, 28—30-iv-07, Theog, 27-iv-07, Simla 
Distr., 8000 ft. [Annandale]. 

Two? 2? from Simla and Kurseong respectively , agree with the 
@ except that the hind tarsi are a little less dark brown on the 
upper side, and the anterior tarsi are lighter brown but distinctly 
darker than the tibiae, yet not so dark asin the ~. The frons 
has a very broad aeneous black stripe from the similarly coloured 
vertex to the antennae. 

Kurseong, 7-ix-09, Kodiala, Simla Distr. [Annandale]. 

The black or nearly black upper side of the tarsi (always at 
least the hind pair) will distinguish this form from all the others. 
It is impossible to identify it with any recognized European variety 
of which an adequate description is open to me. 


‘*Form 4, viridaenea’’, mihi. 


@ 9 Simla, Kurseong. 

@ This form varies from Form I very materially and will 
probably prove a good species. 

Frons with a very small frontal triangle; face with distinct 
black median stripe, not very regular in width. Thorax with 
wholly aeneous green shining dorsum, clothed with close yellow 
pubescence, without any trace of stripes; scutellum wholly, or at 
least mainly black-haired. Abdomen with 3rd and 4th segments 


1915. ] E. Brunetti: Notes on Oriental Syrphidac. 20g 


orange yellow, the posterior border with a moderately broad black 
band, the anterior border generally black also. Wangs and abdo- 
men subequal. Legs all yellow, but hind tarsi rather darker orange. 

Long. 6-7 mm. Simla, 16-v-09, Theog, 2-v-07 [Annandale] ; 
Kurseong. 

@ A single specimen from Kurseong, 4-ix-og [Annandale | 
agrees absolutely with the ~o. The vertex is broadly shining 
dark aeneous green with a broad stripe similarly coloured reaching 
the antennae. 

I feel convinced this is a good species on the strength of the 
unstriped greenish aeneous thorax and very distinct black facial 
stripe, yet it seems preferable to rank it for the present as a 
orm; only, 


Sphaerophoria scuttellaris, F. 


In the Indian Museum from Maho, base of Nepalese Hima- 
layas, 17-iii-09; Ferozepore, 28-iv-05 ; Agra, 3-iv-05 [both Brunettz] ; 
Paresnath, W. Bengal, 4300 ft., 15-iv-o9 [Annandale]; Bhanwar, 
26-ii-07 ; Bettiah, Champaran, 8-iii-o8; Dhampur, 24-11-07; Raj- 
mahal, 6-vii-og; Kulti. Sitarampore, 10-viii-og [Lord]; on launch 
off Coconada, Madras coast, 15-iv-08 [Paiva]; Calcutta, iii, x, Xi, 
common. All the above localities in India. Base of Dawna Hills, 
Tennasserim, 4-iii-o8 [Annandale]. I also took it myself at many 
places in India and the East but exact data are not available. 


Sphaerophoria javana, W. 


In the Indian Museum from Ukhrul, Manipur, 6400 ft. [Pett- 
gvew]; Dawna Hills, 2000-3000 ft., 2 —3-1ii-08 [Annandale]; base 
of Dawna Hills, 1-iti-o8 [Annandale]; Sukli, 2100 ft., 22—29-xi-11 
[Gravely]; Sukna, 500 ft., I-vii-o8 [Annandale]; Burma-Siam 
Frontier, 900 ft., 24—26-xi-11 [Gravely}. 

This species was, by a clerical error of my own, recorded in 
my paper on the Diptera of the Abor Expedition (Rec. Ind. Mus., 
viii, 164), as S. scutellaris, F. Specimens were taken at Sadiya, 
Assam, 23—28-xi-II; Rotung, 1400 ft., 29-xli-11, and Kobo, 400 
ft., 30-xi-II, the last two places being on the north-eastern Fron- 
tier of India. 


Eriozona himalayensis, mihi, sp. nov. 


¢” Western Himalayas. Long. 13—1I4 mm. 


Head wholly moderately shining black. Frons with a pale 
yellowish grey tomentum when viewed in certain lights. Face 
with more obvious similarly coloured tomentum or minute pubes- 
cence; a median rather broad space being bare; some longer black 
hairs on the cheeks. Proboscis black. Eyes with thick dark brown 
pubescence. Antennae black, 3rd joint dull, arista black. Occi- 
put blackish grey with yellow hairs around the margins, with which 
are intermixed some black hairs behind the vertex. 


218 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Thorax moderately shining black, with, in certain lights, a 
slight aeneous tinge: prothorax dull aeneous, covered with light 
brownish yellow, rather thick pubescence, rest of dorsum covered 
with black pubescence; scutellum with long thick black pubescence, 
lower posterior margin with a fringe of short yellowish hairs. 
Mesopleura and sternopleura with thick yellowish pubescence, rest 
of sides of thorax with sparser black hairs. 

Abdomen shining black, covered thickly with bright red pubes- 
cence, which becomes more yellowish on Ist segment and on sides 
of 2nd. Margins of 3rd and 4th segments, and whole of belly 
with black pubescence. Genitals dark grey with black hairs. 

Legs black, with short black pubescence, which is rather long 
on under side of femora, the hind pair having in addition two 
diverging rows of long widely separated hairs. 

Wings grey, anterior margin slightly darker; a broad brown- 
ish infuscation from around the stigmatic region across the middle 
of the wing, extending half way to the posterior margin. Hal- 
teres yellow, clubs black. 

Described from several 7 » from the Kumaon District, 20-6-14 
to 20-7-14. 

This species evidently mimics the bee Bombus haemorrhotdalis, 
Smith. 


BACCHA, .F. 


Meijere tabulates and notes a number of oriental species 
(Tijd. v. Ent. li, 316) and records the following previously known 
species: pulchrifrons, Aust., from Depok, W. Java, Singapore and 
Tsushima; pedicellata, Dol., from Semarang and Tandjong Priok, 
Java [Jacobson| also 7a” @ from Krakatua, and purpuricola, 
Walk., from two Papuan localities and the Kev Islands, 

I have myself received males of nubilibennis, Aust., and 
pulchrifrons, Aust., from Kandy and Peradentya respectively. 

Since Van der Wulp’s catalogue, quite a number of new species 
of this genus have been set up. These are listed here. 

rubella, Wulp, Termes. Fuzet. xxi, 423 (1898), Papua. 

Meijere notes both sexes from Papua. 

mundula, Wulp, loc. cit., 423, 2, Papua. 

Meijere records the @# from Sukabumi, Java [Kramer], 
anda @ from Dilo, Papua [Lorza}. 

circumcincta, Meij., Tijd. v. Ent., li, 320 (1908), 2 , Buiten- 

zorg, Java[ Jacobson]. Type in Amsterdam, a unique 
specimen. 
pallida, id., loo. cut., 322, ~ Stephansort, Papua [Bzro]. 
Type, a unique specimen, in Hungarian Museum. 

loriae, id., loc. cit., 324, @ Paumomu, Papua [Loria]. Type, 
a unique specimen, in Genoa Museum. 

austeni, zd., loc. cit., 325, 7 2, environs of Buitenzorg, Java 
[ Jacobson]. 


1915. | E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oricntal Syrphidae. 219 


bicincta, id , loc. cit., lili, t04 (1910), o 2 , Batavia, T'andjong 
Priok (Java), Bekassi and from Krakatua [Jacobson]. 
Types in Amsterdam Museum. 

chalybea, 7d., loc. cit., 105, 7 2 , Pasuruan, Java and Kraka- 
tua [Jacobson]. ‘Types in Amsterdam Museum. 


Baccha dispar, Walk. 


A @ specimen in the Indian Museum, without data, identi- 
fied by Bigot, is certainly this species. 


Baccha robusta, mihi. 


Three (@ 2) have been seen by me from Dehra Dun, sent by 
Dr. Imms; one @ in the Indian Museum from the base of the 
Dawna Hills, 4-iii-o8 [Annandale]; and four (¢” ¢) from Sikkim, 
v-IQI2. 
Baccha flavopunctata, mihi. 


The specimens referred to in my description of this species, 
with the exception of the type, appear to be a different species, 
which is here described as elegans. 

Of true flavopunctata further specimens have been acquired 
from Sibpur, Bengal, 4-iv-13 [Gravely]; Cherrapunji, Assam, 4400 
ft., 2—-8-x-14 [Kempj; with an additional apparently immature 
one from the same locality. All are females. 

It is possible that this species is synonymous with fedicillata, 
Dol., though that author’s species is described as blackish brown 
with two semilunar pale bands; and mine as yellowish with black 
bands on the 3rd and 4th segments. Two specimens in the Indian 
Museum from Sibpur, Bengal, have the ground colour brown and 
the black bands a little larger and more extended at the sides of 
the abdomen, thus making a very close approximation to Doles- 
chall’s figure. 

His description agrees exactly, except that he does not men- 
tion the conspicuous perpendicular yellow stripe on the meso- 
pleura, with the adjoining spot on the sternopleura. His ‘‘ meta- 
thorax luteo cincto’’ may refer to the conspicuous elongate yellow 
spot on the metapleura. 

The specimens of this species with conspicuous yellow abdo- 
mens must bear some resemblance to vespaeformis, Dol. Flavo- 
punctata differs from Doleschall’s species by the presence of the 
metapleural and sternopleural yellow spots; by the black band 
at the base of the 3rd abdominal segment ; the black rings on the 
hind legs and the blackish subcostal cell. Doleschall says the 
wings are clear except for a brownish red fore-border. There is 
little doubt the two forms are distinct. In the four examples pre- 
sent of flavopunctata, two (including the type) have the ground 
colour of the abdomen yellow, in the other two it is brownish, 
and in these the shape of the abdomen is also slightly different, 
the breadth of the 3rd, 4th and 5th segments being greater, and the 


220 Records oj the Indian Museum. [VoL.xis 


widening of the 3rd segment more sudden than in the type and 
the Cherrapunji specimen. in both of which the greatest width of 
the abdomen is proportionately less, and the widening more gra- 
dual. However, I include all under one species as in every other 
particular they agree with one another and it is no uncommon 
thing for the yellow parts of a species of Syrphidae to be replaced 
in individuals by brownish. 


Baccha elegans, mihi, sp. nov. 


@ North Bengal; Lower Burma. Long. II—I2 mm. 


Head.—Eyes absolutely contiguous for about half the distance 
from frontal triangle to vertex; (in one example they are quite 
distinctly though very narrowly separated). Frons shining violet 
black, frontal triangle and face wholly deep chrome yellow, with a 
very distinct median black stripe, broader on upper part, from 
below antennae to mouth border. No obvious bump on face. 
Antennae wholly bright orange yellow, antennal prominence hardly 
noticeable. Occiput whitish grey, cut away in profile behind 
upper part of eyes; a fringe of short white hairs round entire 
ocular orbit. Proboscis brownish yellow. 

Thorax.—Dorsum shining deep blue, with very short whitish 
depressed pubescence. Sides dark blue black. Pale callus-like yel- 
low spots are placed as follows: a large one on the shoulder con- 
tiguous to a lateral oblong one along the side, just below the dor- 
sum and just touching a large perpendicular oblong one on the 
mesopleura, which in its turn is sub-contiguous to a round one on 
the sternopleura. A more or less oval one behind the wings. 
Scutellum mainly blackish brown, with a well marked pale lemon 
yellow base, this colour extending over the sides. Metanotum dark 
bluish black. 

Abdomen.—First segment very short, sub-triangular; 2nd 
exceedingly narrow and elongate; 3rd equally narrow on basal 
third, thence suddenly widening to three times that width, the 
whole segment less long than 2nd; 4th distinctly shorter than 
3rd, 5th less than half as long as 4th. The enlargement of the 
abdomen continues to the tip of the 4th segment, the 5th narrow- 
ing. ‘The 1st segment is wholly brownish yellow, the rest of the 
abdomen is shining dark brown, with a vague violet tint, and 
there is a pale narrow space at the junction of the 2nd and 3rd 
segments, also broadly at tip of 3rd segment. Genitalia shining 
brownish yellow, with some obscure markings and a small process 
below. Belly mainly a replica of upper side. The whole abdo- 
men with a little very short blackish pubescence, some longer, 
though still short, whitish pubescence at sides of first two segments. 

Legs.—Anterior pairs bright brownish yellow, bare except for 
a little pale hair below the femora; hind legs with coxae obscure 
above, femora darker brownish yellow, tibiae pale yellow on basal 
half, black on remainder, as is also the metanotum ; hind tarsi tips 
brownish. 


No 


IQI5.] E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 2Oy 
Wines clear, except subcostal cell, from base to tip blackish 
or blackish brown, the colour carried narrowly along the front 
margin to tip of 3rd longitudinal vein. Halteres brownish yellow. 
Described trom several ~ @ in the Indian Museum from 
Sukna, 500 ft. 1 and 2-vii-o8; and from jungle at base of Dawna 
Hills, r-iii-o8 [both Annandale]; Rungpo, Sikkim, 1400 ft. , 6-ix-o09. 
In the latter specimen the face is wholly pale, but it is undoubtedly 
this species. 
This is evidently distinct from flavopunctata, though bearing 
a close resemblance, and at one time I thought it the @ of that 
species. It differs in the distinct blue tinge to the whole thorax 
instead of the almost cupreous dorsum in flavopunctata. Also 
in the metapleural stripe which is shorter and more truncate at its 
lower end, instead of longer, elongate oval and sometimes divided 
transversely. The femora are only slightly browner apically than 
basally, the tips seldom paler; instead of a deeper brown middle 
part, the base distinctly pale and the tips always more or less so. 
The whole hind metatarsus is black, instead of only at the 
base; the costal cell quite clear, not yellowish. The abdominal 
marks appear constant in elegans in the five specimens seen, except 
that the 3rd segment in one of them is all black. 


Baccha apicenotata, mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xiii, fig. 8). 
@ Western Himalayas. Long. Io mm, 


Head.—Frons shining aeneous black, with a dark blue tinge, 
narrowest immediately below vertex, thence gradually widening to 
double that width just above antennae. An elongate grey dust 
spot at about the middle of the frons each side, contiguous to 
eye margin. Face grey at sides, leaving a broad median blue 
black shining stripe; the central bump rather large. Antennal 
prominence rather large, antennae bright orange. Proboscis 
brownish yellow. Occiput greyish, ocular orbit with a fringe of 
whitish hairs. 

Thorax.—Dorsum shining dark blue, with sparse short brown- 
ish grey pubescence. Sides obscurely brownish, a small greyish 
shoulder spot, another similar spot half way between the latter 
and the wing root, contiguous to a perpendicular, similarly coloured 
oblong spot on the mesopleura. Scutellum shining dark blue with 
very sparse short pale hairs. 

Abdomen only very slightly widened,! dark brownish, posterior 
margins of 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments broadly black, 5th segment 
mainly so. 

Legs.—Anterior pairs wholly yellow; hind pair a little more 
obscure ; coxae darkened, a subapical light brownish ring on 


! A little may be allowed for the sides curling underneath, but the species is 
evidently nearly linear in form. 


222 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vox.. XI, 


femora and a broad apical band on tibiae, neither of the rings 
very definite, tarsi wholly yellow. 

Wings clear; subcostal cell wholly blackish brown, and beyond 
tip of cell the colour spreads into an apical wing spot, contiguous 
to front margin and limited posteriorly by the 3rd longitudinal 
vein. Halteres brownish yellow. 

Described from a single ¢@ from Bhowali, 5700 ft., vii-og 
[Zimms], the specimen presented by him to the Indian Museum. 

This might easily be taken for the 2 of elegans, but a good 
structural difference exists. In apicenotata the antennae are seen 
to be set on a rather conspicuous prominence, and the facial bump 
is also distinct, but in elegans there is no obvious antennal promi- 
nence and the facial bump is barely noticeable. Other differences 
consist of the absence of the yellow stripe on the metapleura, 
the wholly blue scutellum, the wholly yellow hind metatarsus and 
the more conspicuous wing-tip spot. 

There are two further examples in the Museum collection 
which are apparently additional 9 @ of the present species. The 
differences in the first are: (1) the frons is a little broader, (2) the 
abdomen enlarges very suddenly at the base of the 3rd segment 
and reaches its greatest width at the tip of that segment. The 
abdomen is black, except for the Ist segment, the extreme base 
of the 2nd and (indistinctly) the basal half of the 3rd. The black 
streak on the costa reaches the tip of the 3rd vein, but only weakly, 
and shows no sign of enlargement into an apical spot as in 
apicenotata. ‘The specimen is from ‘‘ Jungle at base of Dawna 
Hills’’, r-iii-o8 [Annandale]. 

The second specimen is an obviously immature one from 
Cherrapunji, Assam, 4400 ft., 2—8-x-14 [Kemp], and differs only 
in the wholly clear wings. 


Baccha plumbicincta, mihi, sp. nov. 


Q Assam. Long. 84 mm. 


Head.-——Frons broad, distinctly but not greatly broader above 
antennal prominence, where it is nearly one-fourth the width of the 
head ; bluish black, the colour sharply demarcated behind vertex; 
a little whitish tomentum about the middle of inner orbit of eyes. 
Face, down to a little above mouth opening, bluish black, slightly 
grey-dusted, with a central conspicuous black bump. Remainder 
of lower part of head, including buccal region, uniformly bright 
yellow. Antennae black, 3rd joint broad, arista black. Occiput 
grey. 

Thorax.—Dotrsum and scutellum almost lead colour, shining, 
with slight coloured reflections when viewed from different angles ; 
minute yellow pubescence; remainder of thorax bright yellow. 

Abdomen.—Only slightly contracted on 2nd segment, remain- 
der of segments barely wider, the abdomen at no point quite so 
wide as thorax, shining bluish black with very short inconspicuous 


1915. | E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 223 


pubescence, base of 3rd, 4th and 5th segments with a moderately 
broad lead coloured band. 

Legs yellow ; an‘indistinct broad brownish ring on apical half 
of hind femora; the apical half of hind tibiae blackish except 
broadly at tip; upper side of hind metatarsi brown, rest of hind 
tarsi black. 

Wings clear; subcostal cell dark brown except on the narrow 
basal part; halteres yellow. 

Described from one perfect 2 in the Indian Museum from 
Cherrapunji, 2—8-x-14 [Kemp]. 


SPHEGINA, Mg. 


One species described by me recently, (vistriata, 2 , from a 
unique specimen from Rotung (N.-E. Front. India), 6—13-iii-12 
(Ree; Ind. Mus., viii, 165, 2, pl. vi, 1913). Type in Indian 
Museum. 


Sphegina bispinosa, mihi, sp. nov. 


@ 9 Assam, FE. and W. Himalayas. Long 53 mm. 


This species is remarkably close to the tolerably common and 
very widely distributed S. clunipes, Flin. of Europe, but differs in 
two essential characters. 

In the first place there is a short tooth-like black spine on the 
side of the basal abdominal joint lying immediately behind the 
halter. Three or four stiff black bristles lie behind the spine. 

The second specific character is that the costa is a little. 
brownish about the middle, the colour spreading slightly over the 
base of the 2nd longitudinal vein. The turned-up portions of the ath 
and 5th longitudinal veins, with the posterior cross vein, are all 
distinctly brown suffused. 

Described from a & (type) from Margherita, Assam,a 2 (tye) 
from Darjiling (7000 ft.) taken by me, 29-v-10; alsotwo ? ¢ taken 
by Mr. Imms near Bhowali, Kumaon, Western Himalayas 
(5700 ft.) in July, 1go09. 

Type » and @ in Indian Museum. 


Sphegina asciiformis, mihi, sp. nov. 


2 Darjiling. Long. 4 mm. 


Head.— Frons aeneous black, with a little yellowish grey 
tomentose dust along the eye margins. Antennae with rst and 2nd 
joints dark brown, 3rd joint black with long dorsal arista placed at 
the base of the joint. Mouth parts reddish brown. Occiput dark 
grey. 

Thorax.—Yellowish grey-dusted, alittle lighter on the shoulders ; 
three moderately wide dorsal infuscated stripes, separated from 
each other by less than their own width. Scutellum shining black, 


224 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou eat: 


with a little hoary dust. Sides of thorax blackish, with a little 
greyish dust on upper parts. 

Abdomen.—The Ist segment narrow, 2nd very much contracted 
at base, thence suddenly widened; rich shining deep mahogany 
brown, nearly black, with very sparse and almost microscopic 
whitish hairs, Belly yellow ochre; two small black spots in a 
dorsal line near the base, and a median well marked black line on 
the apical half. 

Legs —Anterior four bright yellow. Hind femora much 
incrassated, yellow, a blackish band in the middle (incomplete 
below), and a complete broad black ring at thetip. Underside with 
two rows of minute black spines; hind tibiae pale vellow, a long 
black streak below at base, and a blackish ring (incomplete on 
upper side) at tip. Hind tarsi brown, their metatarsi distinctly 
thicker than the tibiae, nearly half as long and about as wide as 
rest of tarsi. 

Wings absolutely clear, brilliantly iridescent ; halteres blackish. 

Described from a unique 2 taken by me, 29-v-I0, at Darjiling. 
In the Indian Museum. 

From the small size and very contracted base of the abdomen, 
this species closely resembles an Ascza. 


Sphegina tenuis, mihi, sp. nov. 


@ Darjiling. Long. 44 mm. 
Head.—Frons dull black, with grey dust, ocelli distinct, red ; 

the concavity in profile below the antennae well marked. Anten- 
‘nae black, a little dull grey-dusted, arista very curved; mouth 
parts reddish brown. Occiput grey. 

Thorax black, with yellowish grey dust, and three dersal 
infuscated stripes, the median one the widest, the outer ones 
slightly interrupted at the suture, and not reaching the shoulders. 
A pale grey spot on the latter can be seen if viewed from behind. 
Sides of thorax blackish, with yellowish grey hair. 

Abdomen black, 2nd segment much attenuated and very 
long, 3rd with a broad yellowish sub-basal band. Genital organs 
large, globular apparently. Belly black, greater part of 3rd_ seg- 
ment brownish yellow. 

Legs.—The two first pairs pale yellow with the two last tar- 
sal joints black. Hind coxae black, hind femora considerably 
incrassate; basal half pale yellow, apical half black. Hind tibiae 
mainly dark brown, pale at tips, and a narrow band just beyond 
the middle (which band appears as if in some examples it might 
be interrupted). Hind tarsi blackish brown, the hind metatarsi 
thickened, but only one-third as long as the tibiae. 

Wings yellowish grey, brilliantly iridescent; stigma long, 
brown, halteres brownish yellow. 

Described from one ¢ from Darjiling, taken by me, 29-y-I0. 
In the Indian Museum. 


IQI5.] E. BruNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 225 


Sphegina tricoloripes, mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xiii, fig. 9). 
2 Western Himalayas. Long. 7 mm. 


Head.—Frons blackish grey, nearly one-third the width of the 
head, uniform in width, vertical triangle not very distinct; face 
blackish grey. Upper mouth border well produced, proboscis 
moderately long, brownish yellow. Antennal prominence distinct 
but small, antennae blackish; 3rd joint slightly produced above 
at base; occiput blackish grey. 

Thorax dull blackish, with two rather narrow, well separated, 
greyish dorsal stripes from anterior margin to scutellum; shoulders 
a little greyish. Scutellum rather shining black, with a pair of 
apical pale bristles, convergent and weak. 

Abdomen.—Tawny brown, much contracted at base, widening 
rapidly from middle of 2nd segment to tip of 3rd, thence gradually 
narrowing. Upper side of last segment a little obscure. A few 
long whitish hairs at sides at base of abdomen, the remainder of 
the dorsal and ventral surfaces practically bare. Belly tawny 
brown. 

Legs.—Front pair with coxae, base and tip of femora, basal 
half of tibiae and the metatarsi yellow, the remainder black. 
Middle pair similar, but the very short coxae obscure. Hind pair 
much enlarged, with obscure coxae. Of the hind femora the basal 
fourth is bright lemon yellow, the remaining portion having the 
proximal half black and the distal half reddish brown; the 
extreme tip is black. Under side beset with several rows of very 
short spines, and an additional row of about 8 or g longer ones. 
Tibiae distinctly but not greatly curved, pale yellow, rather less 
than the apical half black; tarsi all black, metatarsi distinctly 
enlarged and lengthened. 

Wings pale grey; subcostal cell yellowish from tip of auxi- 
liary vein; 4th longitudinal vein curved upwards to 3rd in a very 
rounded loop; 5th vein bent upwards at a slightly obtuse angle; 
halteres yellow. . 

Described from a single @ in the Indian Museum presented 
by Dr. A. D. Imms, taken by him at Bhowali, Kumaon Dis- 
trict, 5700 ft., 2-vii-Io. 


Rhinobaccha gracilis, Meij. 


One specimen in the Indian Museum taken at Pattipola, Cey- 
lon, 3-vil-10, the exact locality from which the type came, agrees 
with every generic and specific character as given in Meijere’s 
description. 

I am uncertain as to its sex having seen only the one, but it 
is apparently a o@. 

The genus was described by Meijere in the Tijd. v. Ent. li, 
315 (1908). 


226 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XI, 


SPHEGINOBACCHA, Meij. 
Tijd. v. Ent. li, 327 (1908). 


Neat Ascia and Sphegina. One species is referred here, 
Sphegina macropoda, Big. Meijere figures this, /.c. pl. vili, 43, 
and records a o@ and @ from Semarang [Jacobson]. 


RHINGIA. 
Rhingia binotata, Brun. 


Only the @ was described originally. The ° has appeared 
from the banks of the Siyom River, near Yekshi (N.-E. Front. 
India), 3-ii-12, taken by Mr. Kemp on the Abor Expedition. In 
the Indian Museum. 

R. sexmaculata, sp. nov. @, described by me (Rec. Ind. 
Mus., viii, 163, 1913) from a single @ from Dibrugarh, Assam, 
17-xi-11 [Kemp]. Tvpe in Indian Museum. 


Subfamily VOLUCELLINAE. 
Volucella pellucens, L. 


One o of this very common European species from Takula, 
Kumaon District, Western Himalayas. Not previously recorded 
from India. In the Forest Zoology Coll My basalis is very 
near it, but the distinctions stated in my description of the | 
species hold good. 

Meijere records V. ¢rifasciata, Wied , from Semarang and 
discolor, Brun. from Japan. 


GRAPTOMYZA, Wied. 


Meijere records G. longirostris, W., and brevirosiris, W., from 
Java, and adds a note on G. atrifes, Big.; whilst brevirosivis was 
taken by Mr. Kemp at Rotung, 1400 ft. (NE. Front. India), 
25-xii-If. It also occurs in the Nilgiri Hills. 


Graptomyza ventralis, W. var. nigripes, Brun. 


Gangtok, Sikkim, 6150 ft., g-ix-og, one @, and Kurseong, 
3-vii-o8 and 9-ix-og {Annandale}. In Indian Museum. Meijere 
records ventralis, Wied., from near Buitenzorg, Java. ; 

One @ from Sadiya, Assam, 27-xi-11 [Kemp]. Of the typical 
form Mr. Kemp took a @ at Rotung, 26-xit-II. 

Five new species have been recently described by Meijere: 

punctata (Tijd. v. Ent., li, p. 280, pl. viii, 28, 1908). Erima, 

Astrolabe Bay, Papua [ Biro]. 
Type in Hungarian Museum, a unique specimen. 


IQI5. | KE. BrunETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrbhidac. 227 


longicornis, /.c.,. p. 281. Sattelberg, Huon Gulf, Papua 
[Biro]. 
Type in Hungarian Museum, a unique specimen. 
trilineata, /.c., p. 282, 7, Paumomu-Fluss, Papua [Loria]. 
Type in Genoa Museum. 
jacobsoni, loc. cit., liv, 343 (1911). Telaga Mendjer and 
Gunung Ungaren, Java [ Jacobson]. 
flavipes, p. 344, Gunung Ungaren [ Jacobson]. 


Graptomyza tinctovittata, mihi, sp. nov. 


(Platé xiii, fic. 10): 
2 N. Bengal. Long. 3 mm. 


Head.—Pale lemon yellow, face with a shining brown median 
stripe from antennae to mouth border. Occiput black, the colour 
encroaching narrowly on the vertex. Frons with a very large sub- 
quadrate blackish brown, moderately shining spot, which occupies 
~ nearly all the surface, not contiguous to the eyes, but extending 
downwards to the root of the antennae; this square spot joined 
to the vertex by a short, broad stripe embracing the ocelli. Eves 
sparsely and microscopically hairy. Antennae brownish yellow, 
upper side a little brownish, arista bare. 

Thorax.—Shining black, with short yellowish grey pubes- 
cence; side margins and posterior margin of dorsum narrowly pale 
yellow. Shoulders with a yellow callus, and there is an elongate 
perpendicular yellow spot on the mesopleura, just before the 
wing and united to the yellow margin of the thorax. Scutellum 
shining black, with two long bristles on each side of margin near 
the base and a pair of similar, widely separated apical ones. 

Abdomen.—Bright yellow, 2nd segment with a broad black 
band on posterior border, widest in the middle, where it extends 
nearly to the base of the short and very narrow Ist segment. 
A similar band on 3rd segment, rest of abdomen black. Belly 
yellow, with a few blackish marks. 

Legs.—Wholly yellow, except the hind coxae rather obscure, 
a broad dark brown band on hind femora leaving the knees 
narrowly pale, and hind tibiae blackish brown, with base and 
tips narrowly yellow. 

Wings.—Very pale grey. A brownish very short stripe from 
tip of auxiliary vein to 2nd longitudinal vein, a second stripe 
from tip of Ist vein to (and indistinctly including) the upturned 
end of lower branch of 4th vein, and a 3rd stripe from tip of 2nd 
vein to, and including, the upturned end of upper branch of 4th 
vein; all these stripes being narrow and indistinct yet perfectly 
obvious. The closed anal cell very slightly infuscated at tip. 
Halteres brownish yellow. 

Described from one specimen in the Indian Museum, sex 
uncertain but probably @ , from Sukna, 500 ft., I-vii-o& [Annan- 
dale), 


228 Records of the Indtan Museum. [Vor.- ie 


Subfamily ERISTALINAE. 
ERISTALIS, Latr. 


This genus was not dealt with in my first paper owing to 
reluctance to identify closely allied species from descriptions alone. 
A certain number of interesting notes on some of the species are 
now added. 


Eristalis tenax, L,. 


This very cosmopolitan species occurs freely in the Himalayas 
during the summer, the specimens in no way differing from Euro- 
pean and North American ones. 

The var. campestris, Mg.,isalsocommon, 9? 2 only. E. tenax 
occurs sparingly in the plains (Meerut, 8—14-ili-o7; Bareilly, 
15—22-iii-o7 ); and it is in the Indian Museum, from Yunnan, 
China. I have taken it freely at Mussoorie and Darjiling. 


Eristalis sepulchralis, F. 


This common European species was taken by me at Shanghai, 
i-v-06 and at Hankow, 22—26-iv-06, at both places being common, 
The dark spot on the 2nd abdominal segment in the o~ instead of 
being of the usual shape takes the form of a broad stripe with a 
transverse line at base and apex, whilst in the 2 the spot on 
the rst segment is almost reduced to a broad stripe, and that on 
the 2nd segment to a narrow streak. The antennae in the ? are 
apparently a little darker. 

Ona @ specimen in the Indian Museum from Yange-Hissar 
taken on the Yarkand Expedition, the abdominal spots are quite 
normal. 


Eristalis arvorum, F. 


Meijere makes E. quadrilineatus, F., a synonym. 

The species is the commonest of the Indian ones and occurs 
apparently all over the country from the Himalayas to the south ; 
extending also to the East Indian Isiands and China. It has been 
found by Dr. Annandale breeding in rotting seaweed in brackish 
water at Lake Chilka, Orissa, in February and November. 


Eristalis quinquestriatus, F. 
Meijere records it from various localities in Java and re- 
describes both sexes. 
Eristalis obliquus, Wied. 


Meijere records, figures (pl. vii, 17-18), and notes both sexes, 
the @ from Papua, the ¢ (hitherto unknown) from Batavia. It is 
closely allied to arvorum, F. 


IQ15.| E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 229 


Eristalis orientalis, Wied. 


Wiedeman described the ~ only. Meijere records and des- 
cribes the 2 from Tosari, Java [Kobus]. Some of both sexes are 
in the Indian Museum from Sikkim and the Darjiling District. 

Eristalis niger, Wied. 

The » redescribed by Meijere from Sukabumi, Java [ Kramer]. 
A 2, without data, is under this name in the Indian Museum, 
identified by Bigot, but I cannot be sure that it is this species. 

Eristalis sinensis, Wied. 

Two specimens from Assam are in my collection purchased 

some years ago in a miscellaneous lot of diptera at a sale. 
Eristalis taphicus, Wied. 


A few in the Indian Museum from Karachi, both sexes. Ver- 
rall claims this to be a variety of the European aeneus, Scop., from 
a series taken at Aden, and this may probably be the case. 

Eristalis splendens, Le Guillon. 


Apparently generally distributed in the East, Meijere record- 
ing it from Erima, Papua [Bzvoj. I possess one specimen from 
Key Island. 


Eristalis tortuosa, Walk. 


This species, described in Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., v, 266 (1861), 
was omitted from Van der Wulp’s Catalogue. The @ only is 
mentioned, coming from Tondano. There is no indications as to 
where the type is located. 

Eristalis suavissimus, Walk. 


Meijere records from Meranke, South Papua [Koch]. 


Eristalis postcriptus, Walk. 
One in my collection from Papua, but I do not know if the 
identification is correct. 
Eristalis resolutus, Walk. 
Recorded from several localities in Papua by Meltjere. He 
redescribes both sexes. 
Eristalis muscoides, Walk. 


Meranke, Etna Bay, South Papua [Koch]. Recorded and 
noted by Meijere, both sexes. 


230 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL~ Sale 


Eristalis externus, Walk. 


A o and 2 under this name exist in the Indian Museum 
collection. ‘They were identified by Bigot but, I think, incor- 
rectly, owing to discrepancies in the size, the length of the 
abdomen and the marks of the latter. 


Hristalis nitidulus, Wulp. 


Meijere records a 7 from Semarang, July [Jacobson]. 


Eristalis solitus, Walk. 


This species is common in Himalayan localities occurring 
freely at Darjiling during my two last visits (13—18-ix and 
I—II-x-13) and I have taken it as far north-east as Yokohama, 
24-v-06. In the Indian Museum from Shillong, Darjiling, Mus- 
soorie, Naini Tal, Simla and Gangtok. 


Eristalis inscriptus, Dol. 


Meijere records this from Paumomu-Fluss, Papua [Loria], 
noting that it is very near muscoides, Walk. 


Eristalis saphirina, Big. 


This species, placed in the sub-genus Evistalomyia and described 
in Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x, 230 (1880) from Papua, was omitted 
from Van der Wulp’s Catalogue. Type in the Bigot collection. 

The following new species are set up by Dr. Meijere in the 
paper from which the above notes by him are taken (Tijd. v. 
Ent. li, 1908). They are preceded by a very valuable analytical 
table of over twenty species known to him. 


obscuritarsis, p. 250, 7 2, pl. vii, 19,20. Semarang [Jacob- 
son]; Singapore and Bombay [Bzvo]. 
kobusi, p. 252, ” 2, Tosari, Java [Kobus]. 
kochi, p. 255, 7 2, Meranke, South Papua [Kach]. 
collaris, p. 258, @ 2 , Papua, several localities. 
Types in Hungarian Museum. 
maculipennis, p. 261, 7, Lawang, Java [Fruhstorfer]. 
Type in Hungarian Museum, a unique specimen. 
lunatus, p. 264, 2 , Astrolabe Bay, Papua [Bzro]. 
Type in Hungarian Museum. 
fenestratus, p. 269, 2 , Friedrich Wilhelmshagen, Papua. 
Type, a unique specimen, in Hungarian Museum, 
cupreus, p. 271, #2, Simbang, Huon Gulf, Papua [Biro]; 
Meranke, Papua [ Koch]. 
Types in Hungarian and Amsterdam Museums. 
heterothrix, p. 273, 7 2 , Tami, Cretin Is., Mahakkam, Bor- 
neo [| Nieuwenhuis ]. 


1915.] E. BRuneEtTI1: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 227 


From the context it is to be gathered that the type o and 
? are in the Hungarian National Museum and a further specimen 
in the Leyden Museum. 


In doc. cit., liv (1911), the same author describes the following :— 

nigroscutatus, p. 337, «7, Tandjong Priok and Batavia 
environs [ Jacobson]. 

ferrugineus, p. 330, ~ @, Batavia environs [Jacobson], a 
unique pair. 

neptunus, p. 340, %, a unique specimen, Batavia environs 
[Jacobson]. : 

lucilia, p. 341, @, a unique specimen, Semarang | Jacobson]. 

tristriatus, p. 342, 7, Semarang, Batavia [Jacobson]. 

The types of these species are in the Amsterdam Museum. 


MEGASPIS, Macq. 


Meijere records M. chrysopygus, W., ervans, V., zonalis, F.,and 
cvassus, F., all from Java and relegates my ¢vansveysus to a 
synonym of argyrocephalus, Macq (Eristalis). He adds a table 
to five species, including sculplatus, Wulp. I have seen M. 
cvassus and zonalis recently from Darjiling—and an errans 
from Cochin State, 1700-3200 ft., 16—2 4-ix-14 [Gravely]. 

Mr. Austen writes me that Megaspis is antedated by Phyto- 
myia, Guer. (1833), in Belanger’s Voyage aux Indes orientales, 
509, with chrysopygus, Wied., as type, but I do not like to change 
the name after it has stood so long. 


HELOPHILUS, Me. 


Meijere gives a table embracing eight species, including the 
following new ones, in Tijd. v. Ent. li (i908) :— 


niveiceps, Pp: 230; a, pl: -vil, 16, Java. [Prepers|. 
Type in Amsterdam Museum. 

fulvus, p. 237, ”, Moroka, Papua, 1300 metres [Loria]. 
Type in Genoa Museum. 

scutatus, p. 238, 7 , Paumomu Fluss, Papua [Loria]. 
Type in Genoa Museum. 


Dr. Meijere redescribes H. qguadrivittatus, Wied., 7 2, and 
records it from Semarang; also adding notes on curvigaster, Macq., 
and vestitus, W. (recording it from Sumatra). 


AXONA, Walk. 


To this interesting genus I have been able to add a second 
species, cyanea (Rec Ind. Mus., ix, 272 (~) and 277 2, pl. xiv. fig. 
3, full insect, 1913), from Darjiling, iv-19g13, sent to the Indian 
Museum by Lord Carmichael. Only one species, chalcopygus, W., 
was previously known. 


232 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


MALLOTA,. 
Mallota rufipes, Brun. 


Described from a unique @ (Rec. Ind. Mus., ix, 271, 1913) 
from Singla, Darjiling District, April 1913. 


Merodon ornatus, mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xin) -fig.-27), 


@ Western Himalayas. Long. I0 mm. 


Head.—Vertex wholly occupied by a moderately elevated 
aeneous black tubercle, bearing the three reddish ocelli. Frontal 
triangle small, black, with alittle yellowish grey tomentum. The 
eyes contiguous for barely one-third of their total height, as 
viewed from in front. Whole under side of head yellowish, with 
whitish reflections, except the projecting face, which is shining 
black: the oral margin very narrowly reddish brown. Antennae 
pale brownish yellow, the Ist joint the darkest, the 3rd with 
whitish dust and a pale yellowish, basal, bare arista. Proboscis 
blackish. Back of head aeneous black, the upper ocular orbit 
with short yellow hair, the outer and lower ocular orbits with 
whitish hair. 

Thorax.—Dorsum dull aeneous black, mainly covered with 
short yellowish hair, but which takes a golden brown hue where 
it forms two moderately broad dorsal stripes. The yellow hair is 
a little more prominent below the broadly whitish shoulders, 
behind the wings and on the entire hind margin of the concolo- 
rous aeneous scutellum. 

In an indistinct manner, the dorsum of the thorax bears 
three broad blackish stripes; a median one, and one on each side of 
it, well separated, commencing just behind the whitish shoulders 
and continued to the posterior margin, the median dark stripe 
attaining the anterior margin of the dorsum. 

Between these three indistinct dark stripes, the aeneous ground 
colour is more pronounced, and these spaces bear deeper golden 
brown hairs. Under side of thorax blackish, slightly aeneous, a 
patch of white hair between the anterior pairs of legs, immedi- 
ately below the end of the transverse suture; and a little white 
hair generally distributed over the ventral surface. 

Abdomen.—Black, moderately shining, with an aeneous tinge, 
which latter is most conspicuous on the unicolorous Ist segment ; 
the 2nd segment has a pair of large yellowish spots, separated by a 
moderately wide space, and enlarged laterally to the full length of 
the segment. A similar pair of spots on the 3rd segment, but nar- 
rower at the sides, the colour not there reaching the hind margin. 
he whole surface of the abdomen is covered with short bright 
yellow hairs. At the sides, the hair is more whitish, especially 
towards the base, where it is also longer. 


IgI5.] E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oniental Syrphidae. 233 


Belly mainly black, except on 2nd and 3rd segments, which 
are yellowish. 

Legs.—Coxae black, with a little pale greyish hair, anterior 
pair grey-dusted; remainder of anterior legs wholly bright pale 
yellow. Hind femora greatly incrassated as usual, reddish brown : 
a few short black spines of unequal length on under side towards 
the tip, the whole limb with short soft yellow hair. Hind tibiae 
well curved, yellowish, with a tolerably distinct subapical black 
band with ill defined edges, and a tendency to a sub-basal nar- 
rower and still less definitely marked band. ‘The whole limb with 
very short yellowish hair, but on the inner side is a thick row of 
very short and stiff black hairs; hind tarsi vellow. Claws, basal 
half bright yellow, apical half black. 

Wings.—Pale yellowish grey, stigma brownish yellow; hal- 
teres bright yellow. 

Described from one @ in the Indian Nee etl from Bhowali 
(5700 ft.), Kumaon District, taken by Mr. A. D. Imms, June 1909. 


Subfamily MILESINAE. 
Myiolepta himalayana, mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xiii, figs: 125/13). 


#7 2 West Himalayas. Long. 7—8 mm. 


Head, 7 .—Eyes bare; contiguous for only a short space, leav- 
ing a rather small vertical triangle, which is shining black, with 
some yellowish grey hairs. Sides of frons narrowly grey-dusted, 
the whole of the upper part of the face also, that is to say, the 
part immediately below the rather conspicuously produced anten- 
nal prominence, which latter is shining black, the extreme fron- 
tal edge narrowly orange. Facial bump very large and conspi- 
cuous, the central knob distinct, not cut away below (in profile), 
but the mouth opening less projecting. The whole protuberance 
shining black. The lower sides of the face with a little grey dust, 
and a few stiff long hairs near lower corner of eyes. Anten- 
nal third joint rounded, the whole organ pale vinaceous, with a 
hoary bloom, arista bare, orange at base. Back of head shining 
black, ash grey behind lower part of eyes, where it is considerably 
developed, and bearing there a fringe of yellowish hairs. An are 
of short bristly brownish black hairs behind the vertex. 

In the 2 the frons, at the level of the antennal prominence, is 
one-third the width of the head, the frons and face being mainly 
shining black but narrowly grey-dusted at the sides, and with a © 
little stripe of very short greyish pubescence along the sides from 
the cheeks to the mouth opening. There isa little grey hairin 
front of the lower corner of the eyes as inthe 7. Eye margins are 
present in both sexes as in Chilosia. 

Thorax and scutellum aeneous black, with short yellowish grey 
pubescence; anterior margin of dorsum, including humeri, a little 


234 Records of the Indian Museum. Yoru. 2s 


ash greyish. A fringe of long yellowish grey wavy hairs placed 
transversely in front of the wings. 

Abdomen blackish ; 2nd segment nearly wholly orange red- 
dish, the colour encroaching on base of 3rd segment, whilst in 
the @ the posterior border is also reddish. Extreme tip of abdo- 
men orange red. Whole abdomen with short greyish pubescence, 
which is a little longer at the sides. Belly blackish, with grey 
pubescence, dull orange reddish for a considerable space about the 
2nd segment. 

Legs simple but somewhat strong, the femora having small 
spines below, towards the tips; black, with fairly dense greyish 
pubescence. Trochanters, base and tips of tibiae, orange yellow. 
The underside of the hind tarsi (of which the metatarsus is dis- 
tinctly though not greatly enlarged), brownish yellow, and the 
upper side of the 2nd and 3rd joints is brown in the ~. In the 
@ the first three joints of the middle tarsi are orange yellow, as 
is the whole middle tarsus in the 9. The exact limits of the pale 
colour in the tarsi is probably variable. 

Wings pale yellowish grey, stigma yellowish, subcostal cell 
up to the stigma, brownish; a barely obvious suffusion immedi- 
ately before and below the stigma. Halteres pale orange. 

Described from a single ~ and @ in the Indian Museum 
from Matiana taken by Dr. Annandale. 

It has been rather difficult satisfactorily to place the present 
species generically. It has every appearance of a Chilosia, even to 
the eye margins, which are quite as distinct as in many species of 
that genus. But Chilosta should have no trace of pale markings, 
so that the nearly all orange red 2nd abdominal segment would 
throw it out. Considering the species as of the Syrphinae, it works 
down by Verrall’s table of genera to Chrysochlamys, a genus 
which it is totally unlike in facies, colour, the shape of the closed 
Ist posterior cell and in the absence of the thoracic and scutellar 
bristly hairs. 

If the exact position of the anterior cross-vein is not regarded 
as an absolute character, and Verrall doubted its inviolability,! it 
becomes a Mytolepta, which that author puts in the Milesinae, 
considering its affinities with Tvopidia greater than those with 
Syrphinae, and he speaks of the genus as of ‘‘ rather doubtful 
location.’’ He says the femora are all swollen, and serrate near 
the tips below, but as Schiner gives the femora as simply “‘ rather 
thickened ’’’ and there seems to be no further discrepancy, the 
new species is placed here. 


XYLOTA, Mg. 


One new species described, X. aenetmaculata, Meij., in Tijd. v. 
Ent. li, 227, 1913 from Moroka, Papua, 1300 metres [Loria]; one 
@ inthe Genoa Museum. Dr. Meijere adds notes on some of the 


! British Flies, Syrphidae, 572, footnote. 


« 


IQI5. | E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 235 


other known species, and I have described an additional species 
from Darjiling, annulata @ 9? , v-12 and iv-13 (Rec. Ind. Mus., 
1, 270, ‘o 9, pl. Xiv, 11-15, I9r3). 


Xylota bistriata, mihi, sp. nov. 


x 2 Cochin. Long. 1I—13 mm. 


Head.—Eyes in o@ practically contiguous for about lower 
third of distance from vertex to base of frons. Width of vertex 
about one-eighth that of head, vertex blackish aeneous with a 
little pale hair, the small ocelli distinct, reddish. Eyes in 9 
separated by a frons about one-eighth the breadth of the head, 
widening a little at base of antennae. 

Face and frons blackish, covered with yellowish white tomen- 
tum; antennae covered with yellowish grey dust, arista black, 
base brownish yellow. Occiput blackish grey, with whitish dust ; 
some bright yellow short hairs along top of head, intermixed 
behind vertex with black ones. Ocular orbit with a fringe of 
short white hairs which are longest on under side of head. 

Thorax.—Dorsum greenish aeneous, with short and rather 
thick bright yellow pubescence. A pair of well separated pale 
median longitudinal stripes bearing short bright yellow hairs, be- 
coming indistinct posteriorly but just attaining the scutellum, 
which latter is also greenish aeneous with short yellow pubescence 
and a fringe of short yellow hairs below hind margin. Sides of 
thorax blackish aeneous, nearly bare; sternopleura and mesopleura 
with a grey tinge and bearing some short yellow pubescence. 
-Humeri apparently bare; but if viewed from behind they are seen 
to bear some short yellow pubescence. 

Abdomen.-——Blackish aeneous with a dull steel tinge, which on 
the 2nd segment in the @ may occasionally shew, seen from be- 
hind, a pale violet reflection; basal segment a little darker; on 
hind margin of both 2nd and 3rd segments a large dull black (seen 
from behind) sub-triangular spot, the apex reaching nearly to the 
base on the 2nd segment, but only to the middle on the 3rd seg- 
ment. Dorsum of abdomen with microscopic dark hairs, sides 
with short pubescence, which is longer towards the base and is 
yellowish in the ~ and white in the @. Genitalia in ~ globular, 
of a dull steel colour, with some yellow hairs ; ovipositor brownish 
yellow. 

Legs.--Coxae aeneous, grey-dusted ; hind pair with soft pale 
hair below. Anterior legs yellowish with short concolorous pubes- 
cence, which is longest on inner side of middle tibiae; tips of 
middie femora narrowly brown. Anterior tibiae longitudinally 
streaked irregularly with brown on inner and outer sides, last 
tarsal joint brown. Hind femora considerably incrassate, brown- 
ish yellow with a broad blackish brown median band, and the tips 
datk brown ; a moderately long distinct black spine below at base 
and on the under side towards tip, an outer row of 6 to 8 black 
spines of moderate size, gradually diminishing in length posteriorly , 


230 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XI, 


and also an inner row of about four shorter ones of uniform 
length. A little long soft pale yellow hair on middle of under- 
side; remainder of hind femora with very short yellow pubes- 
cence, which is longest about the middle on the outer side. Hind 
tibiae considerably curved yellow, with yellow pubescence, inner 
side mainly black; hind tarsi blackish brown with pale yellow 
pubescence; golden brown minute pubescence below. 

Wings pale grey; subcostal cell pale yellow; halteres pale 
lemon yellow ; anterior cross-vein barely beyond middle of discal 
cell. 

Described from 3 a7 @ and @ @ in perfect condition in the 
Indian Museum from Parambikulam, Cochin, 1700—3z00 ft., 
16—24-ix-14 [Gravely]. 


Criorhina imitator mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xiii, fig. 14). 
@ Western Himalayas. Long. 17 mm. 


Head produced downwards to a greater length than height of 
eyes. Frons and vertex blackish, with yellowish grey dust and 
dark brown hairs, the vertex with long brownish yellow hairs. 
Antennal prominence shining black, with yellow dust about the 
sides, and covered with some sparse brownish yellow hair. Face 
and lower part of head shining black, face with yellowish brown 
tomentum on each side up to end of snout, leaving an irregular 
median bare stripe; a few yellow hairs along inner orbit of eyes. 
Proboscis considerably longer than head, blackish, labella rather ° 
large ; palpi more than half as long as proboscis, blackish. An- 
tennal Ist and 2nd joints black, 3rd reddish brown, blackish at 
tip, arista black. Back of head dull shining black with brownish 
yellow hair, which extends to the vicinity of the cheeks, where it 
is longer. 

Thorax moderately shining black, with a grey tinge anteriorly, 
covered with thick pubescence, which is mainly black, but is 
yellow on about the anterior half, and again for a narrow space 
along the hind border. The shoulders, posterior corners and 
scutellum are covered thickly with yellow pubescence which 
extends to the pleura below the shoulders, 

Abdomen moderately shining black, with black pubescence. 
On 2nd segment the pubescence is yellowish, on posterior margins 
of 3rd and whole surface of 4th and 5th, bright red, long and 
conspicuous. Belly black, with pale yellow hairs on basal 
half. 

Legs black, some yellow pubescence about the base and sides 
of all the femora. 

Wings pale grey, pale brown tinged on anterior half; a slight 
infuscation about the stigmatic region, origin of 3rd vein, the 
posterior cross vein, and most of the veins being just perceptibly 
infuscated, 


1915. | E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 237 


Described from one @ in the Indian Museum from Onari, 
Garhwal Distr., 11,000 ft., W. Himalayas, 27-vi-14 (Tyiler). 

In connection with this species may be noted an interesting 
case of mimicry. C. imitator itself, in the pale pubescence on 
the anterior part of the thorax and on the scutellum, in the colo- 
ration of the abdomen, the black legs and grey wings, distinctly 
resembles the bee Bombus trifasciatus, Smith; but the protective 
resemblance accorded to a large Echinomyia-like Tachinid fly 
(though not belonging to that genus), 20 mm. long, by the simi- 
larity of its appearance to that of the bee, is even more striking. 
The pubescence of the fly is tolerably dense, black, except for 
a broad yellowish grey band on the anterior margin of the thorax, 
and on the scutellum. The apical third of the abdomen bears 
rather bright red pubescence. No strong bristles are present any- 
where, the eyes are bare, the antennae short, the 3rd joint much 
broadened vertically, notched at the truncate apex. Five speci- 
mens are present, taken in company with the Syrphid and one 
specimen of the bee. 


Lycastris cornutus, Enderl. 


Described in Stett Ent. Zeit. Ixii, 136 (1g10), from Formosa. 
Type in Stettin Zoological Museum. 


SY RIT TA, ‘St; Fare: 


In my previous paper on Syrphidae my impression that there 
were only three Indian species of this genus was noted, and the 
further examination of a good number of specimens increases that 
impression. One of these is the common S. pipiens, L,., of Europe 
and North America which occurs commonly in the Himalayas and 
also more rarely in the Indian plains. One specimen is in the 
Indian Museum from Mergui. 

Of ortentatis, Macq.' and rufifacies, Big., I prefer to speak at 
present, as forms only, for two reasons. Firstly because there is 
primarily S. indica, Wied., to be disposed of as the earliest des- 
cribed oriental species; but as his description is so meagre, it is 
unidentifiable. Still he says ‘‘ very like pipiens, L.’’ from which 
_ it may be inferred that the hind femora are practically wholly 
black. Now in pzfiens there is normally a pale transverse streak 
in the middle, on the underside, which is often of considerable 
width and length, but which also is sometimes barely traceable, 
so that specimens may quite possibly occur which are practically 
wholly black. Wiedemann’s type, moreover, may have not been 
in the best condition so that the presence or absence of such a 
pale streak may not have been easily ascertained, nor, inciden- 
tally, considered of much consequence in those days. Therefore, 


| See Tijd. v. Ent. li, 224 for redescription ¢ ?. 


238 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor. XI, 


if zndica should have wholly black hind femora there can be little 
doubt of its identity with orientalis, Macq., the former name 
taking priority.! 

This form ortentalis (I call it so until the synonymy is 
established) is quite a good one and is mainly distinguished by 
the wholly black hind femora. 

Dr. Meijere sinks Senogaster lutescens, Dol., as synonymous, 
whilst laticincta, Big., nom. nud., in the Indian Museum from 
Karachi and Calcutta, is certainly so; moreover illucida, Walk., 
from Celebes is likely to be also identical, the expression ‘‘ vertex 
black with an elongated white point on each side’’ reading as 
though reference was made to the small portion of the whitish 
grey occiput visible on each side from above. 

S. amboinensis, Dol., from Amboina may or may not be dis- 
tinct; the anterior legs are obscurely ringed, which may mean 
anything, and as occasional specimens of both pipiens and orientalis 
have a dark streak on the anterior femora, it may be only a 
variety of the latter. 

The form rufifacies, Big., is as well marked as orientalis and is 
distinguished by its bright reddish orange hind femora, the apical 
third being black. Though Dr. Meijere records it as synonymous 
with orientalis, the form is as distinct as that one, several of each 
sex in the Indian Museum answering exactly to Bigot’s descrip- 
tion. I have taken it myself at Agra, 4-iv-05. 

There are, however, 2 7 @ in the Museum collection which 
appear intermediate between orientalis and rufifacies, and which 
may break down the barrier between them. These have dark 
brown or reddish brown femora and one has the tips more or less 
darker still. I have one in my own collection taken by me at 
Agra. 

The abdominal markings are but a slight guide, as in both 
orientalis and rufifacies the pairs of spots on the 2nd and 3rd seg- 
ments” are sometimes quite separate and sometimes merged 
into a transverse band. This happens with each pair of spots 
independently of one another and is equally variable in both 
forms, 

There appears to be no other character offering any solution 
of the number of forms existing. 

At present my own opinion is towards the following synony- 
my, regarding them taxonomically as forms only, except pipiens 
and my supposed indica of Wiedemann. 


| There is certainly the possibility that zdica may be simply pipiens after 
all, but it is hardly to be supposed that Wiedemann would not have recognized it 
as such, although probably in those days species were not thought to have so 
wide a distribution. 

% Macquart speaks of the spots on the second segment being united into a 
band, but as it is more usually those on the third segment which are contiguous, 
I think he must have overlooked the very short 1st segment and was really refer- 
ring to the 3rd segment. 


915.] E. Brunetti: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 239 
I. pipiens, L. 


2. indica, Wied. 


orientalis, Macq. 

lutescens, Dol. (Senogaster). 
tllucida, Walk. 

laticincta, Big. nom. nud. 


3. amboinensis, Dol. 


4. rufifacies, Big. 


(Possibly synonymous with orzentalis). 


5. luteinervis, Meij. 


The latter species, recently described (Tijd. v. Ent. li, 226, 
2 , 1908), from Papua, is distinguished from ortentalis by the pale 
yellow veins, which seems at best a very slender character. 


EUMERUS, Mg. 


Meijere describes four new species in the Tijd. v. Ent. li 
(1908). 

flavicinctus, p. -15, @, Semarang, Java; Medan, Sumatra. 

parallelus, p. 217, pl. vii, 12, 2 , environs of Batavia. 

niveipes, p. 220, ”, Batavia: (@ described by him in Joc. 
cit. liv, 335, from Semarang). 

peltatus, p. 223, o, Friedrich Wilhelmshafen, Papua 

Types of the first three species in Amsterdam Museum, 
type of the last one in the Hungarian Museum. 

I have myself described a new species from Darjiling, E. 
vufoscuteliatus, # (Rec. Ind. Mus. ix, 269, &, pl. xiv, 13). 

I had anticipated drawing up a table of oriental species in 
this genus, but from the descriptions only this is quite impracti- 
cable, the species being very closely allied, whilst the few charac- 
ters that appear most useful taxonomically, viz. the width and 
shape of the frons, the structure of the hind tarsi and the degree of 
pubescence or bareness of the eyes, are ignored by all the older 
writers. ‘The presence or absence of an infuscation at the wing 
tip, the intensity or entire absence of the pale stripes on the thorax, 
and the proportion of tawny colour in the legs are all characters 
subject to considerable variation. 

It is probable that my nepalensis will sink to synonymy, but 
it is not certain which species it is identical with, as three or four 
appear very closely allied if allowances for variation are made. 
These are macrocerus, W., aurifrons, W., (sblendens, W.), nicobaren- 
sis, Sch., and niveipes, Meij. Specimens agreeing with the descrip- 
tion of my nepalensis are in the Indian Museum from Mergui, Mar- 
gherita, Pallode and Travancore, 15-xi-o8 [Annandale], these 
being four males, and from Mergui, Nepal (the type specimen of 


240 Records of the Indian Museum, [VoL“xae 


nepalensis), and Sibu, Sarawak, 2-vii-ro [Beebe], three females, 
that is seven specimens altogether. 

All these appear to come within the range of a single species 
possessing the following variations of character. The frons in the 
female from shining black to rich blue black; the antennal 3rd 
joint may be black on upperside or unicolorous; the dorsal tho- 
racic stripes vary in intensity and the 3rd pair of abdominal spots 
are wanting in one specimen; the wing tip varies from quite 
clear to distinctly and broadly brown infuscated; the hind tarsi 
vary from white to brownish yellow, the upper side of the meta- 
tarsus (and sometimes also the basal half of the succeeding joint) 
may be wholly or partly brown. 

Taking all things into consideration the chances are in favour 
of aurifrons, W., being the species at present referred to. 

A description of the specimen from Borneo is added, simply 
as such, as an augmentation of that of my nepalensis. In the o 
of the species under discussion, whatever it may be, the frons 
is two to three times as broad on the vertex as at the point of 
nearest contiguity of the eyes. There was an error in my descrip- 
tion, the frons not being black but brilliantly shining blue black. 


Eumerus aurifrons, Wied. 


Dr. Meijere makes sflendens, W., a synonym of this and redes- 
cribes the o , recording the species from Batavia, Semarang, Cey- 
lon and the Dammer Is. (Tijd. v. Ent. li, 218). This may be the 
species described by me as nepalensis (infra). 


Eumerus nepalensis, Brun. 
(Description of a specimen from Borneo). 


2 Borneo. Long. 5—6 mm. 


Head.—Frons distinctly narrowed at vertex, measuring at 
the greatest width, just above the antennae, one-fourth of the 
head; shining black, with a grey-dusted spot each side about the 
middle of the eyes and contiguous to these latter, the spots nearly 
meeting one another in the middle of the frons. Vertex with 
brown hairs. Back of head behind vertex and upper part of 
eyes, shining black, narrow, occipital margin imperceptible below 
middle of eyes, occiput dark grey or blackish. The margins of 
the face from opposite the base of the antennae, a little grey- 
dusted, and the face itself with a little yellowish hair. Antennae 
bright brownish yellow, upper margin of 3rd joint blackish, arista 
black, base a little pale. 

Thovax.—Shining black, with two well separated narrow 
whitish median stripes from anterior margin to behind transverse 
suture. Anterior part of dorsum a little aeneous in certain lights. 
Dorsum with yellow hair which becomes greyish about the shoul- 
ders and pleurae. Sides of thorax dull black; scutellum shining 
black, with yellowish grey hairs. 


IQI5.] E. BRuNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 241 


Abdomen.—Shining black, with almost microscopic greyish 
pubescence except towards the sides where it is quite distinct. 
The 2nd segment with two oval yellowish, diagonally placed good 
sized spots. The 3rd and 4th segments each with two narrow 
greyish, barely curved lunules, diagonally placed, beginning in the 
middle of the segment, well separated from one another, and 
lying towards the posterior corners of the segments. Belly 
yellowish with a median black stripe. 

Legs.—Coxae and anterior femora black, the latter narrowly 
but very distinctly brownish yellow at tip; anterior tibiae mainly 
brownish yellow with a more or less distinct wide blackish band 
beyond the middle; anterior tarsi brownish yellow with whitish 
reflections. Hind femora much larger than anterior pairs but not 
incrassated, with a row of about twelve small spines on apical 
half of underside; and a second row towards the outerside of a 
less number; hind tibiae mainly black, narrowly brownish yellow 
at base and tip; hind tarsi brownish yellow with whitish reflec- 
tions, basal half of upper and underside of hind metatarsi black. 
Anterior femora with grey hair below; anterior tibiae with similar 
hair but more extensive; hind femora and tibiae covered with 
moderately short greyish hairs; all tarsi moderately grey pubes- 
cent. 

Wings.—Very pale grey; stigma yellowish brown, a very 
slight suffusion over upper part of the upturned section of the 4th 
longitudinal vein; there is also the suspicion of an appendix in 
the middle of the outer side of the anterior cross vein. Halteres 
very pale lemon yellow. 

Described from a single perfect 2 from Sibu, Sarawak, 2-vii-10 
[Beebe], in the Indian Museum. 


Eumerus flavipes, mihi, sp. nov. 


2 Borneo. Long. 5 mm. 


A single example, taken by Mr. Beebe Io miles south of 
Kuching, Sarawak, 24-vi-10, appears to be a closely allied species 
to the above. The principal difference is in the anterior legs 
which are all wholly bright orange yellow. ‘The other differences 
are as follows: the 2nd pair of abdominal spots are yellow, not 
white; the 3rd antennal joint is wholly bright yellow, without 
trace of darkening on the upper edge; the greyish stripes on the 
thorax are absent; the wing tips are distinctly, though not deeply 
darkened as far inwards as to encroach on the Ist posterior cell, 
and there is no sign of an appendix to the anterior cross-vein. 


Eumerus halictiformis, mihi, sp. nov. 


7 2 Bengal. Long. 5 mm. 


Head.—In @ eyes quite bare, touching for a short distance 
only, the front facets a little larger than the others. Frons 
shining black with greyish dust except for a space bearing the 


242 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


two upper ocelli a little below the vertex, and a space lower on 
the frons bearing the 3rd ocellus. Blackish hairs on the frons 
rather thickly placed. Face and the narrow occipital margin 
wholly ash grey-dusted, the former with whitish hair. Antennae 
blackish, 2nd joint wholly and the 3rd joint more or less, dull 
reddish brown on the basal part. 

In the @ the frons is barely narrowed at the vertex, and at 
the level of the antennae is equal to one-fourth the width of the 
head; the lowest ocellus less far removed from the others than in 
the ~. ‘he frons is considerably covered with yellowish grey 
hair. 

Thovrax.—-The general impression of the dorsum is that of a 
bluish grey background with four dark spots, one pair of which 
are more or less rounded ones on the anterior half occupying the 
greater part of the space, with a second pair, produced poste- 
riorly, behind the suture, less in size than the others; whilst 
there are two median narrow black stripes from the anterior mar- 
gin in about the middle. Sides grey with whitish grey hair on 
pleurae; scutellum aeneous with rather thick brownish yellow 
hair. 

Abdomen.—Shining black, with, on each of the 2nd, 3rd and 
4th segments, a pair of diagonally placed grey lunule-like, barely 
curved spots, beginning almost contiguous to one another in the 
middle of the segment near the anterior margin, and extending 
to the posterior corners, which they attain. The whole abdomen 
covered with very short yellow socketed hairs. Belly dark. 

Legs.—Anterior femora and tibiae black, both brownish 
yellow at both base and tip, the former with greyish white hair 
behind, and the latter more extensively covered with similar hair. 
Hind femora considerably incrassated, aeneous, covered with grey 
hair; hind tibiae aeneous, covered with grey hair; knees and 
base of hind femora brownish yellow. Anterior tarsi brownish 
yellow with whitish reflections viewed in certain lights; hind tarsi 
brown, the hind metatarsi much enlarged, black. The hind tarsi 
with yellowish grey hair above and rich golden brown pubescence 
below. 

Wings.—Nearly clear; stigma pale brownish yellow; halteres 
pale brownish yellow. 

Described from one @” and one @ from Puri, Orissa Coast, 
I—5-viii-1o [Annandale]. In the Indian Museum. 


Eumerus halictoides, mihi, sp. nov. 


a7 @ EK, and W. Himalayas. Long. 5—6 mm. 


Very near halictiformis but certainly distinct. The differ- 
ences are as follows :— 

The 3rd antennal joint is rounded above at the tip, instead 
of being broadly truncate; the thorax is a little, but obviously, 
cupreous, with two widely separated whitish dorsal lines; the 
frontal triangle in the @ is distinctly yellow, with yellow hairs, 


IgI5.] E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 243 


in complete contrast to the whitish face; the hind metatarsus 
is not greatly thicker than the rest of the hind tarsus and is 
longer proportionately than in halictiformis, in which the hind 
metatarsus is twice as broad as the other joints, and apparently 
flatter; lastly the tibiae and tarsi are nearly wholly black except 
the reddish brown underside of the hind tarsi. 

The species is also slightly larger and more robust. 

Described from a type @ from Darjiling, 2-x-08 [Brunetti], 
and a type ¢ from Simla, 9-v-o9 [Annandale]; both in the Indian 
Museum, 


Eumerus pulcherrima, mihi, sp. nov. 


2 Darjiling. Long. 7 mm. 

Head.—Frons one-sixth the width of the head, aeneous, 
darker on vertex, a slightly greenish tinge in front, minutely 
punctured. Ocelli small, red, well separated from one another 
and from the eye margins. At each side of the frons, along the 
eye margins, from the lowest ocellus to just above the antennae, 
a little yellowish pollinose dusting, which becomes white at the 
level of the antennae, where it merges in the white-dusted face 
covered with yellowish white hair. 

The frons is covered with a moderate amount of light 
yellowish hair, which on the vertex is replaced by dark brown 
hair. Posterior orbits of eyes rather narrow, yellow-dusted, with 
bright yellow hair behind the vertex. Eyes with dense short 
brownish grey hairs. Antennae black, with a little hoary bloom, 
if viewed from in front; the dorsal arista black, curved upwards, 
a little pale at the base. Proboscis dark brown. 

Thorax.—Aeneous, with brilliant cupreous and violet reflec- 
tions; a little but conspicuously hoary below the anterior margin 
in front. Three very narrow whitish dorsal lines from the ante- 
rior margin, but not reaching the posterior margin; a transverse 
narrow whitish line follows the transverse suture. Sides below 
shoulders yellowish white with rather shaggy yellowish white hair. 
Humeral calli small, aeneous; remainder of thorax below dorsum, 
grey. Scutellum very conspicuous, bright shining cupreous with 
dense long reddish orange hair. 

A bdomen.—Aeneous violet; a large triangular cupreous spot 
with yellow hairs in front and with whitish hairs behind, on each 
side of the 2nd segment. In certain lights the sides of the abdo- 
men towards the tip, and the whole of the last (4th) segment 
appear more or less cupreous or aeneous. On the middle of each 
of the 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments are two greyish white, narrow 
stripes, beginning in the centre of each segment, almost conti- 
guous, and extending diagonally to the posterior corners. The 
whole surface of the abdomen is uniformly punctured, and is 
covered with short light yellow hairs, which are depressed, and 
which are much thicker on the last segment. Belly dull liver 
brown. 


244 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL ae 


Legs.—Coxae blackish, with hoary bloom and greyish hairs. 
Anterior femora dull aeneous black, a little brownish yellow at 
base and tips; a fringe of pale yellow hairs on underside; hind 
femora considerably enlarged, distinctly aeneous, covered with 
yellowish grey hair; brownish yellow at base and tips. 

Anterior tibiae with basal half brownish yellow, apical half 
or thereabouts, blackish; the tips brownish yellow, the whole 
tibiae with yellowish grey hair. Hind tibiae as aeneous as hind 
femora, considerably larger than the anterior ones, being covered 
with much more hair. Anterior tarsi moderately bright brown 
with yellowish grey hairs; hind tarsi blackish above with yellowish 
grey hairs, bright reddish brown below. 

Wings very pale grey; stigma small, dark brown; halteres — 
pale yellow. 

Described from a perfect unique ¢ in the Indian Museum 
from Kurseong, 8-vii-08. 

Allied to sflendens, W., and albifrons, Walk. From the 
former it is distinguished by the black (not brilliant red) antennae, 
and its larger size; from the second species by the bright reddish 
orange hair of the scutellum and the black antennae; it is also 
rather larger and more robust than the specimen of albifrons, 
Walk., sent to the Museum by Herr Meijere. The differences, 
however, may be sexual and pulcherrima may prove to be the 2 
of Walker’s species. 

It is the most handsome eastern species of the genus known 
to me. 


Eumerus aeneithorax, mihi, sp. nov. 


@ Simla. Long. 7 mm. 


Head.—Eyes contiguous for a comparatively short space 
only. Frons and vertex brassy aeneous, shewing various tints 
when viewed from different directions; black hair on lower part 
of frons, yellow hairs on upper part and on vertex. Face dull 
blackish grey, with light tomentum which appears yellowish 
white viewed from above. Face clothed with white hairs. An- 
tennae wholly black, 3rd joint with obtusely rounded tip. Occi- 
put whitish grey with a narrow fringe of whitish hairs round the 
margins, some yellow hair on the brassy aeneous upper ocular 
margin, which is moderately puffed out. 

Thorax and scutellum, shining brassy aeneous, both rather 
thickly clothed with brownish yellow pubescence; dorsum with 
a pair of widely separated whitish tomentose stripes and traces 
of a very narrow median line of the same colour. Pleura dull 
aeneous with a little greyish hair. 

Abdomen dull aeneous black, 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments each 
with a pair of whitish dust lunule spots of the usual size and 
shape, placed diagonally ; the upper ends approximate to one 
another above the centre of the segment, the posterior ends of Ist 
and 3rd pairs reaching the side margin near the posterior angles 


1915. | EK. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 245 


of the segment; the 2nd pair of spots not attaining the margin. 
All the spots bear a little yellowish white hair, which also occurs 
at the posterior angles of the segments and about the tips of the 
abdomen. ‘The dark portions of the surface covered with almost 
microscopic black pubescence. Belly dull aeneous, with some 
pale yellowish hairs. 

Legs.—Femora aeneous black, with rather thick yellowish 
pubescence on hinder and outer sides, and microscopic pubescence 
of the same colour on the remainder of the surface. Tibiae 
aeneous black, rather broadly pale reddish brown at base. Tarsi 
blackish, emarginations slightly reddish brown; hind metatarsi 
blackish on disc, reddish brown towards sides and on under- 
side. 

Wings grey, stigma blackish, inconspicuous; halteres pale 
yellowish. 

Described from a single perfect @ taken by Capt. Evans, 
R.E., at Simla in August 1914, and generously presented by him, 
with other diptera, to the Indian Museum. 


Eumerus sexvittatus, mibi, sp. nov. 


2 Western Himalayas. Long. 8 mm. 


Head.—Black, rather dull; vertex and upper part of frons 
with short black hairs; ocelli small, dull, dark reddish; lower 
part of frons with yellowish grey hair. Face, seen from below, 
whitish grey, with whitish grey hair. Back of head black, with 
a little short whitish hair on the eye orbits. Proboscis black, 
reddish brown towards tip. Antennae black, rather large, lower 
part of 3rd joint white-dusted. 

Thovax.—Black, rather dull, with very short yellowish brown 
hait covering all the dorsum and scutellum, and extending over 
the sides below the shoulders. Sides blackish. 

A bdomen.—Black, dull, 1st segment only with a little aeneous 
tinge, 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments with a pair of diagonally placed 
whitish elongate spots, each beginning near the centre of the 
segment, but well separated from one another, and reaching to- 
wards but not attaining the hind corners. The abdominal pubes- 
cence is black on the black parts and yellowish on the spots; 
also towards the upper corners of the abdomen and at the sides. 

Legs.—Black, with yellowish grey or whitish grey pubescence. 
Basal half of anterior tibiae (and, apparently occasionally, the 
extreme tips of the femora), reddish brown, the colour on the 
hind pair of legs much restricted; middle tarsi reddish brown, 
except towards tips. Hind femora greatly incrassated as usual, 
hind metatarsi considerably incrassate. 

Wings.—Pale grey, stigma brownish; signs of a very slight 
brownish suffusion across the middle of the wing. Halteres yellow. 

Described from one Q from Bhowali, Kumaon District, 5700 
ft.. October 1909 [Imms]. In the Indian Museum. 


246 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. 2 


SERICOMYIA, Mg. 
Sericomyia eristaloides, Brun. 


Described from a 2 (Rec. Ind. Mus. viii, 167 2 , 1913), from 
near Rotung, 2200 ft., 20-xi-r1 [Kempj. A unique specimen, in 
the Indian Museum. 


Temnostoma nigrimana, mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xiil, fig. 15). 


@ Western Himalayas. Long. 16 mm. 


Head wholly bright yellow with concolorous tomentum and 
a little yellow hair along eye margins below antennae. Antennal 
prominence, facial bump and mouth opening a little more orange. 
Oral orifice, proboscis and a short black stripe from lower corner 
of eye reaching half way to end of snout, black. Antennae 
orange, Ist joint and basal half of 2nd black, arista dull orange. 
Vertex reddish brown with long black hairs in front and brownish 
yellow ones behind. Occiput greyish, with a fringe of yellow 
hairs behind eyes, becoming longer on underside of head and 
hinder part of cheeks. 

Thorax slightly shining black, a trace of a pair of narrow 
median grey stripes towards anterior margin; humeri conspicu- 
ously bright yellow, the anterior margin on inner side of them 
dull reddish orange. An elongate brownish orange spot on the 
side of the dorsum just above and in front of the wing, reaching 
to the similarly coloured posterior calli. A rather small oval 
bright lemon yellow spot on propleura. Pubescence of disc of 
dorsum rather thick, black; bright yellow on humeri and on 
pleura below the lemon-coloured spot; reddish on the marginal 
spot above the wings and on posterior calli, where there are black 
hairs intermixed. Scutellum reddish brown, the base black nearly 
to the middle, long yellow hairs on anterior half and brownish 
black hairs on posterior half. A large bunch of long reddish . 
orange hair on mesopleura. 

Abdomen black; Ist segment with bright brown hair at sides; 
2nd with hind border reddish brown, the colour widest towards 
the sides, a bright chrome yellow, moderately narrow band in 
front of the middle; 3rd with a similar orange band in front of 
the middle and another on posterior margin; 4th similar to 3rd 
but the hinder band much wider; genitalia wholly reddish brown. 
Pubescence on dorsum of abdomen mainly bright yellow, be- 
coming brown on the black parts of the surface; mainly black 
on 4th segment and genitalia. Belly black, with a rather narrow 
yellowish band on posterior margin of segments. 

Legs principally orange; coxae, and a broad stripe on under 
side of hind femora, black; a black streak on front side of middle 
femora; apical half of fore tibiae and the fore tarsi wholly, 


= 


IQI5.] E. BRUNET?I: Notes on Ontental Syrphidae. 247 


black. Pubescence on legs mainly yellow, bright lemon yellow 
short pubescence on basal parts of tibiae. 

Wings yellowish grey, anterior part brownish yellow as far 
inwards as to fill both basal cells. Halteres yellow. 

Described from 2 o# @ in the Indian Museum from the Garh- 
wal District, 11,000 ft., vi-14. 

There is a considerable general resemblance at first sight 
between this species and my Muilesta ferruginosa, which is not 
rare in the Kumaon District. 


Arctophila simplicipes, mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xiii, figs. 16—r8). 
9 Western Himalayas. Long. 12—13 mm. 


Head.—Frons blackish aeneous, with a transverse groove at 
base of antennal prominence, which is of the same colour; both 
frons and prominence covered with rather long yellowish hairs, 
intermixed on vertex with black hairs. The dull reddish ocelli 
placed flat on the vertex. Face blackish, with whitish tomentum 
and microscopic pubescence, and some long soft white hairs along 
inner orbit of eyes. A nearly bare irregular median stripe on face. 
Cheeks and underside of head blackish, with soft comparatively 
short yellowish hairs. Proboscis blackish. Antennae dull dark 
brown, 3rd joint with greyish tomentum, arista brownish yellow, 
with 16 or 17 long hairs along the entire upperside and about 12 
shorter hairs on apical half of underside. Occiput blackish grey 
with a little minute vellow pubescence; some long brownish yellow 
hairs behind vertex and yellowish grey hairs on underside. 

Thorax.—Black, barely shining, with a pair of median moder- 
ately narrow, barely perceptible greyish stripes and a narrower 
one between them ‘The whole dorsum and the scuteilum covered 
with thick long canary yellow pubescence, except narrowly on 
anterior margin. The pubescence extends thickly over the 
vicinity of the mesopleura. 

Abdomen moderately shining black, with thick yellowish 
pubescence on anterior corners, and bright red pubescence on 
major (apical) part of last segment and on the concolorous red 
genitalia. On the rest of the dorsum the pubescence is black, 
short and very fine; a little longer on hind border of segments 
and obviously long and thick on the sides. Belly black, with 
short sparse yellowish hairs, hind margin of segments narrowly 
pale, last segment red. 

Legs black, tarsi reddish; femora mostly covered with short 
black pubescence, except on upper side; rest of legs with minute 
black pubescence, some short yellow pubescence on outer side 
of middle tibiae. 

Wings grey, a moderately wide dark brown band from middle 
of anterior margin to a little beyond the 4th longitudinal vein 
Halteres blackish ; squamae brownish, with fringe of brown hair. 


248 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vou. XI, 


Described from several 2 2 in the Indian Museum from the 
Garhwal District, Kumaon, 11,000 ft., 20-v-14 to 20-vii-14. 

Arctophila, according to Schiner, its founder, should have 
considerably thickened hind femora and curved hind tibiae, but 
Verrall in describing A. mussitans,F.,says, “hind femora rather 
thick, hind tibiae slightly curved’’, so, as the character is not so 
pronounced, the present species is referred to this genus though 
the hind femora and tibiae are but little thicker or more curved 
respectively than the others. The genus is, however, otherwise 
sufficiently characterized. Only three other species are known, 
two from Europe and one from North America. 


MILESIA, Latr. 


Meijere records M. macularis, W., from Sukabumi, Java, one 
o¢ [Kramer]; and I have noted a specimen from Sikkim which 
may be a variety of this species (Rec. Ind. Mus., ix, 268). 
Meijere also records gigas, Macq., from the environs of Semarang, 
1000 metres [Jacobson]; and variegata, Brun., from Sikkim, one 
a. Among the diptera sent to the Indian Museum by Lord 
Carmichael were 3 gigas{@ @) from Sikkim, v-12 and Singla, 
Darjiling, iv-13; and a good series of both variegata, 7 @ and 
balteata, Kert. 7 ? (with which my himalayensts is synonymous, 
as announced by Meijere), from both these localities. I have 
seen three 2 @ from the same localities, in the same collection 
which may be doriae, Rond. WM. ferruginosa, sp. nov., is described 
by me in Rec. Ind. Mus., ix, 268, @ , pl. xiv, 12, from the Eastern 
and Western Himalayas. 


Milesia sexmaculata, mihi, sp. nov. 


# South India. Long. 23 mm. 


Head.—The eyes touching for a distance equal to one-third 
of the height of the frons which is yellowish; in the form of an 
elongate isosceles triangle with yellowish hair; the ocelli red, 
inconspicuous. Eye facets in front for a short space just percep- 
tibly larger than the others. Face moderately projecting with 
brownish yellow tomentose dusting, becoming paler yellowish 
about the mouth, the latter black, cheeks black. Occiput dark 
grey with pale yellowish grey margin, with a row of short grey © 
hairs behind the eyes. Proboscis black, shining, projecting, two- 
thirds as long as the height of the head. Antennae dull ferru- 
ginous brown with concolorous style. ; 

Thovax.—Dorsum dull black; shoulders and a lateral stripe 
extending above the wings from the shoulders to the scutellum, 
yellowish brown. ‘Two dorsal median rather thin yellowish grey 
stripes, alittle dilated on the anterior margin, and reaching nearly to 
the posterior border, on which latter is an indistinct yellow tomentose 
streak. Scutellum shining black, with a distinct yellowish brown 
posterior margin; metanotum shining black. Surface of thorax 


IgI5.] HE. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 249 


and scutellum covered with yellow hair. Sides of thorax blackish, 
apparently a yellowish spot on the mesopleurae. The stigmatic 
spots yellow. 

Abdomen.—Black, shining, Ist segment wholly black; 2nd 
with a yellow transverse sublunate spot on each side near the 
base, and contiguous to the side margin; the two spots fairly 
widely separated from one another. On the 3rd segment a nearly 
similar pair of yellow spots which are more elongo-conical in 
shape and are similarly situated; on the 4th segment a pair of 
yellow nearly triangular spots similarly situated ; all the six spots 
of about the same size and of the same colour. Abdomen with 
close black pubescence, except that over the spots, which is 
yellow. Belly black, yellowish at base of 2nd, 3rd and 4th seg- 
ments, the colour forming two spots on the 2nd segment. 

Legs.—Bright brownish yellow ; anterior femora with a black 
streak above and below on basal half; hind femora considerably 
enlarged, with a conspicuous reddish tooth-like prolongation on 
underside towards the tip; black, except at tips, the reddish 
brown colour more extensive on underside. 

All the legs with short yellow pubescence, but the hinder 
side of the middle and hind tibiae with a very thick long fringe 
of bright yellow hair; (hind tarsi missing). 

Wings.—Yellowish grey, subcostal cell brownish yellow. 
Halteres very small, yellow. 

Described from a single @ from Trivandrum, Travancore 
State: in the Indian Museum received from the Trivandrum 
Museum, 


Subfamily CHRYSOTOXINAE. 
Chrysotoxum convexum, mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xiii, fig. 19). 
@ Western Himalayas. Long. 14 mm. 


Head.—Frons with yellowish grey dust ; antennal prominence 
shining black, with black hairs, a few of which extend to the 
adjacent parts of the frons; antennae all black, arista reddish brown 
on basal portion. Face bright yellow with a broad median black 
stripe; a black band from the corner of the eye to the mouth 
border, which latter is reddish and shining. Under side of head 
yellowish orange; proboscis dark brown with short yellowish hairs. 
Black hairs on vertex, and a fringe of yellow hairs along posterior 
orbit of eye. 

Thorax moderately shining black with short sparse black 
pubescence, a few rather bright brown hairs in the middle of the 
disc. A pair of moderately narrow vellowish grey median stripes 
on anterior border, extending only for a short distance. Humeri, 
and posterior calli with a short lateral contiguous narrow stripe, 
bright yellow; a short stripe on the pleura just below but not 
touching the humeri, the base of the wings, a duller yellow. 
Scutellum bright yellowish orange on anterior margin, orange 


250 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou Rok 


yellow on hind margin, the remainder, forming the bulk of the 
disc, moderately shining black. 

Abdomen black, slightly shining ; posterior border of 2nd, 3rd 
and 4th segments dull brownish red, the colour extending forwards 
in the centre of the 2nd and 3rd segments nearly to the middle 
of the disc. A pair of elongate triangular yellow spots on 2nd 
segment, placed at the middle of the side, their apices nearly 
reaching the middle of the disc. A pair of moderately wide, 
slightly curved, with the convex side placed anteriorly, extending 
from each hind corner of the 3rd segment to the anterior margin, 
where their ends nearly meet. The 4th segment similar, 5th 
mainly yellowish orange, a narrow median line from anterior 
margin, forking early, the ends not reaching the margiu. Base 
of underside of abdomen yellowish white ; a pair of oval yellowish 
spots placed transversely near anterior margin and near the sides 
of the 3rd and 4th segments ; those on the 4th segment shorter, 
the hinder part of that segment more or less reddish orange. 
Dorsal side of abdomen with black hairs except on the yellow; 
markings, where the pubescence is concolorous. On the belly the 
whole pubescence is black. 

Legs.—Coxae black with black hair; fore femora yellow, 
about the basal half black; anterior femora reddish brown, 
middle pair more broadly, hind pair very narrowly black at base. 
Tibiae and tarsi orange yellow, base of tibiae more lemon yellow. 
The femora bear short black pubescence, a little longer on the 
base, the hind pair with some very short yellow pubescence 
intermixed on lower side; tibiae and tarsi with yellow pubescence. 

Wings grey, anterior margin narrowly brownish yellow: 
halteres yellow ; squamae yellowish orange, with deeper edges and 
yellow fringe. 

Described from a single @ in the Indian Museum from Andar- 
ban, Garhwal Distr., 11,000 ft., W. Himalayas, vi-14 (Col. Tytler). 

This species has a considerable resemblance to the C. 
intermedium of Europe, differing in its larger size and the greater 
prominence of the buccal region. 

It is just possible that it is a variety of the European 
species. 

Subfamily CERINAE. 


Dr. Meijere has described three new species, C. (he employs 
the name Certotdes, Rond., instead of Ceria) flavipennis (Tijd. v. 
Ent. li, 195, 1908), from Minahassa, Celebes, one o ; fruhstorfert 
(J.c. 196, pl. vii, 1-2) one ? from Sikkim, and himalayensis (I.c. 198) 
one 2? fromSikkim. He says his /ruhstorferi is very near obscura, 
Brun., of which species he records a specimen, a o , from Sikkim. 

He gives a useful table comprising 9 species. The types of 
his three new ones are in the Hungarian Museum. 

Of C. compacta, Brun., described by me from a type & in 
my collection from Mussoorie, I have found another specimen 
amongst my unnamed material, which is also a @ and from 


1915. | E. BRUNETTI: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 251 


Mussoorie, 4-iv-05. I have seen several specimens of C. javana, 
W., 2, and ¢trinotata, Meij., from Darjiling, v-I912, and have des- 
cribed a new species tviangulifera, 7 2 (Rec. Ind. Mus., ix, 273, 
pl. xiv, 10) from the same district and noted some specimens of 
further undescribed species. 


Ceria fulvescens, mihi, sp. nov. 
(Plate xiii, figs. 20—2r1r). 


@” Western Himalayas. Long. 13 mm. 


Head.—Hinder orbit of eyes lemon yellow. The whole front 
part of the head lemon yellow, except for a broad median brown 
stripe, extending to the mouth, and which is enlarged around the 
base of the antennae into a diamond-shaped patch which occupies 
all the upper part, except for the rather narrow lemon yellow bor- 
der immediately contiguous to the eyes. The side corners of the 
diamond-shaped brown part just touch the eyes at about half 
their height, viewed from in front. The cheeks are wholly simi- 
larly brown coloured, leaving a broad lemon yellow space between 
them and the lower part of the median stripe. Ocellar triangle 
small, brown. Eyes closely contiguous for the short distance 
that they touch. Antennae with Ist joint reddish brown, or 
more neatly maroon; 3rd joint brownish yellow, lighter towards 
tip; style brownish yellow at base, the remainder yellowish 
white. Back of head more or less yellowish or brownish yellow. 

Thovax.—Reddish brown or ferruginous. Humeral calli lemon 
yellow; a prealarlemon yellow callus at each end of the trans- 
verse suture, and lemon yellow coloured marks are placed as 
follows. Two faint short lines from the anterior margin which 
neatly meet, and short transverse similar marks placed longitudi- 
nally along the transverse suture, one on each side of the middle. 
An elongate triangular mark on hind margin of dorsum, the base 
of the triangle coinciding with the margin; a narrow sub-laterai 
streak towards each side near the wings; a rather large very 
clearly cut mark on each of the meso- sterno- and metapleurae, 
the first one approximately oval, the others roughly circular. 
Scutellum reddish brown, the base and hind margin rather broadly 
jemon yellow; metanotum reddish brown. 

Abdomen.—Reddish brown or ferruginous; a large triangular 
lemon yellow spot on each.side at the base of the very narrowed 
and segment; posterior margins of 2nd and 3rd segments yellow- 
ish, that of the 4th also indistinctly so. Belly reddish brown, a 
small lemon yellow transverse spot towards the hind margin of 
and segment. 

Legs uniformly ferruginous brown. 

Wings.—Pale yellowish; anterior half yellowish brown, the 
colour filling the marginal cell and extending partly into the Ist 
basal cell. Stigma a little darker brown MHalteres with yellow- 
ish white stems and reddish brown knobs. 


252 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VOL, sxe 


Described from one o in the Indian Museum from Bhowali 
(5,700 ft.), July 1909 [A. D. Imms}. 


Ceria ornatifrons, mihi, sp. nov. 


(Plate xiii, fig. 22). 

2 Nepal. Tong. 9 mm. 

Head.—Occipital margin moderately wide directly behind 
frons and upper part of eyes, but disappearing at about the 
middle of the eyes. It is bright light reddish brown, with a 
small lemon yellow triangular spot at the inner corner of each 
eye. The space between the eyes across the middle of the head 
equal to nearly half that width. Upper part of frons light red. 
On each side of the frons, on a level with the antennae, is a semi- 
circular lemon yellow callus-like spot, its convexity contiguous 
to the eye margins. Barely separated from the lowermost part 
of this spot is, on each side, a nearly vertical lemon yellow stripe, 
contiguous to the eye margins for a short distance, and then, 
bending inwards, proceeding to the mouth, above which the two 
stripes meet. At the spots where the stripes quit the eye mar- 
gin, there is (but on the inner side of each stripe) a finger-like 
projection (mark) running towards the centre of the face. The 
whole space around the base of the antennae and of the face 
comprised between these two pairs of yellow calli-like markings, 
is moderately dark brown, punctuated by a number of fine black 
spots. The sides of the head below the eyes (cheeks) are lemon 
yellow, a broad reddish brown stripe between the cheeks and the 
yellow vertical facial stripes. Antennal Ist and 2nd joints 
brownish yellow (3rd joint missing). The head is placed very 
broadly and squarely on the thorax, no vestige of neck being 
apparent. 

Thorax.—Broad; reddish brown, with a little hoary bloom, 
viewed from certain directions. Humeral calli lemon yellow; a 
small oval lemon yellow spot on the mesopleura. Transverse 
suture very narrowly yellowish. Scutellum wholly dull lemon 
yellow; metanotum reddish brown. 

Abdomen.—The 1st and 2nd segments reddish brown, a con- 
spicuous lemon yellow callus on each side at the base of the rst 
segment. An indistinct though obvious circular black spot in 
the middle of the dorsum of the 2nd segment; 3rd and 4th seg- 
ments dark reddish brown or brown; posterior margin of each 
with a thick lemon yellow band, whole abdomen with a slight 
greyish bloom. Belly concolorous, with an indistinct yellow band 
on hind margins of 2nd and 3rd segments. 

Legs (fore pair missing) light reddish brown with a hoary 
bloom; knees and base of tibiae a little yellowish in certain 
lights. 

; Wings clear; anterior part yellowish brown, the colour reach- 
ing to the spurious vein. A subapical blackish spot of some 
size from the costa, extending posteriorly just below the 3rd vein 


1915. | EK. BRUNETII: Notes on Onental Syrphidae. 253 


and reaching basally to about in a line with the anterior cross 
vein. The wing tip below this subapical spot lightly blackish. 
No obvious stigma. Halteres reddish brown. 

Described from one @, Kumdhik, base of Nepal Himalayas, 
22-11-09. Inthe Indian Museum collection. This should be near, 
but quite distinct from ewmenotdes, Saunds., described from North 
India, the latter is, however, double the length of the present 
species. 


Ceria crux, mihi, sp. nov. 
@ Western Himalayas. Long. 10 mm. 


Head black. A bright yellow, moderate-sized round spot on 
frons between base of antenna and eye, contiguous to latter but 
not to former. A broad yellow stripe on each side of face, be- 
ginning in a point just below the circular spot, broadening rapidly, 
thence gradually narrowing to a point at the mouth border. 
These four yellow spots leave a black cross, viewed from in front 
of the head, extending from vertex to mouth opening. Antennae 
black, Ist joint, which is nearly as long as 2nd and 3rd together 
(these two being subequal), reddish brown, especially on underside. 
Apical style of 3rd joint conical, with short narrow elongate tip; a 
little yellowish or greyish pubescence, almost tomentum, behind 
vertex, some slight grey pubescence on lower ocular orbit. 

Thorax black, A bright yellow spot on each humerus, a 
triangular one at each end of the transverse suture, which itself 
bears a thin greyish line. A bright yellow vertical stripe on 
mesopleura and a round similarly coloured spot on sternopleura, 
both stripe and spot nearly in a line with the spot at the end 
of the transverse suture. Scutellum bright yellow, black at 
base. 

Abdomen black, anterior corners of Ist segment with a round 
bright yellow spot; hind borders of 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments 
with a moderately wide well defined band of same colour. Ist 
segment contracted distinctly but not greatly towards tip, and 
2nd segment equally contracted at base ; the contracted part at 
its narrowest point being one-third as wide as the abdomen at its 
broadest part. 

Legs.—Coxae blackish; anterior legs ferruginous brown, traces 
of an indistinct blackish ring on all tibiae beyond the middle ; 
hind femora blackish, except at base, tip and underside ; tarsi a 
little darker. 

Wings grey ; anterior half from base to tip, and as far hind- 
wards as just beyond 3rd longitudinal vein, blackish brown, the 
colour darker here and there; basal half of Ist basal and whole 
of 2nd basal cell also dark brown, costal cell clearer. Halteres 
bright yellow. 

Described from a perfect unique specimen in the Indian Muse- 
um from Kousanie, 6075 ft., Kumaon, vii-14 [Col. Tyéler]. 

Ceria probably contains numerous as yet undiscovered species 
in the Himalayas. In the Indian Museum are five undescribed 


254 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vox. 258, 


species with 8, 2, 2, 2 specimens, and I specimen, respectively, 
but all in bad condition. 


Note on Ceria. 


The name Ceria is of far too old standing to be changed 
now. Verrall (British Flies, Syrvphidae, 665) enquires into the 
alleged synonymy and substantiates its retention, it having stoud 
unchallenged since 1794. I cannot but agree with ‘‘ continuity 
before priority ’’ as did both Osten Sacken and Verrall, two of the 
greatest systematic dipterologists of recent times. The retrograde 
nature of the changes of the names of nearly all the old familiar 
genera (involving in many cases the change of the family name 
also!), as suggested in Kertesz’s addenda to Vol. VII of his 
otherwise admirable catalogue of the world’s diptera, consequent 
on the proposed adoption of the names of genera in Meigen’s 
paper of 1800, is incalculable, and it is most unfortunate that 
some dipterologists have followed this lead. 

The names in question were given up by Meigen himself in a 
further paper in r803 and even this latter paper was regarded by 
him as wholly preparatory, since he hardly ever referred to either 
paper, as recorded by Verrall (British Flies, Stratiomytdae, 285) ; 
sothat itis a poor compliment to him who has well been called the 
father of European diptera to ignore his wishes in the matter. 

Moreover, as Williston, Aldrich, and others have pointed out 
no species were accorded to any of the generic names in Meigen’s 
‘* 1800 paper ’’, so that on that score alone they are quite in- 
admissible. All the names of well-known genera in diptera which 
have stood unchallenged since the days of Meigen, Schiner, 
Zetterstedt, Macquart, Loew, Walker and their contemporaries, 
and more especially still, those which give their names to families 
or subfamilies must be regarded, in the best interests of zoology, 
to be beyond the sphere of priority, and exempt from change or 
modification through any cause whatever, and personally I shall 
most rigorously refuse to accept any such alterations. 

The only way to obtain ultimate finality in nomenclature is 
rigidly to establish it now by upholding all time-honoured names 
and by ruthlessly ignoring the present fevered craze in some 
quarters for change. 


Subfamily CHRYSOTOXINAE. 
Chrysotoxum sexfasciatum, Brun. 


Only the @ was described by me of this species (Rec. Ind. 
Mus., ii, 89). A o@ has since been acquired by the Indian 
Museum taken by Dr. Annandale at Simla, 9-v-ro. It agrees 
closely with the ? but is brighter and more lemon yellow in 
colour, the eyes are absolutely contiguous for the normal distance, 
the facial stripe is brownish ; the hind femora have a pale brown 
broad band at the tip, the hind tibiae with a narrow brown 


1915. | FE. Brunetti: Notes on Oriental Syrphidae. 255 


apical ring, and all the tarsi are pale brown. A further ~ was 
taken near Rotung (N.E. Front. India) 20-xi-1r [Kemp]. 


Subfamily MICRODONTINAE. 
Microdon, Mg. 


In the Tijd. v. Ent. li (1908), Dr. Meijere describes the follow- 
ing new species :— 
fulvipes, p. 203, 2, Tandjong Morawa Serdang (Sumatra) 
[Hagen]. Type in Leyden Museum. 
fuscus, p. 204, 2, Medan, Sumatra [ Bussy]. 
simplicicornis; p. 205, pl. vii, 6, @, Buitenzorg, Java 
[ Jacobson]. 
novae-guineae, p. 206, pl. vii, 5, 2 , Papua, several localities. 
Type in Hungarian National Museum. 
grageti, p. 207, pl. vii, 10, #7 , Graget Is., Papua. 
Type in Hungarian National Museum, one ¢. 
limbinervis, p. 208, pl. vii, 8, 9, Sattelberg, Huen Gulf, Papua 
[Bivo]. Type in Hungarian National Museum, one o@. 
tricinctus, p. 208, pl. vii, 7, 7 2, Batavia [Jacobson]. 
vespiformis, p. 210, pl. vii, 7, Batavia [Jacobson]. 
odyneroides, p. 213, Simbang, Huon Gulf, Papua [Biro]. 
Type in Hungarian National Museum. 


The types of fuscus, simplicicorms, tricinctus and vespiformis 
are in the Amsterdam Museum. 

Dr. Meijere records M. stilboides, Walk., from Sukabumi 
(Java) one @, and indicus, Dol., from Bali. 


M. annandalei, Brun. 


I described only the @ of this. Since then I have seena 2? 
from Bhowali, Kumaon, 2-vii-12 [Jmms] 


M. indicus, Dol. 


__ Meijere records a pair im cop from Semarang taken in April 
| Jacobson]. 


Microdon unicolor, mihi, sp. nov. 


@” Orissa. ong. 10-II mm, 


Head dark violet, a dark bluish tint behind upper part of 
eyes ; frons and face with rather long yellowish grey hair, leaving 
the centre of the latter bare. It is also sparser on the vertex and 
around the ocelli. A few stiff black hairs behind vertex. Middle 
and lower ocular orbits with short vellowish grey hair. Proboscis 
brown. Antennal Ist joint distinctly longer than 3rd, nearly as 
long as 2nd and 3rd together ; 3rd three times as long as 2nd, rst 
and 2nd joints black, 3rd black with dirty brownish grey 
dust. 


256 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 1915.] 


Thorax and scutellum deep violet, only a little shining, with 
rather thick short black pubescence, which also occurs on the 
pleura; mesopleura with a little short grey hair. 

Abdomen deep violet, a little shining; dorsum with very short 
black pubescence ; longer all grey pubescence at sides, also sparsely 
on hind margins of segments. Belly deep violet, nearly bare. 

Legs blackish violet with minute black pubescence; tibiae 
with grey pubescence except on inner sides; tarsi with a little 
grey pubescence above, with which at least on hind metatarsi, 
some black pubescence at the sides is intermixed. 

Wings rather dark brown, a little paler on posterior half; 
halteres brownish yellow. 

Described from a perfect » from near Puri, Orissa, 6-x1-12 
[Gravely]. In the Indian Museum. 

The only other violet black species from the East is sumatra- 
nus, Wulp, which is punctuated freely on the body and legs with 
white hair spots. 


Mixogaster vespiformis, Brun. 


Described by me (Rec. Ind. Mus. viii, 169, ¢@ , pl. vi, 8—10, 
wing, head, abdomen, 1913), from a unique ¢ in the Indian 
Museum taken by Mr. Kemp on the Abor Expedition at Dibrugarh, 
Assam, I7—I10Q-xi-II. 


ADDENDUM. 


Whilst this paper was pussing through the press a long one 
by Dr. Meijere on Javan diptera has appeared (Tijd. v. Entom. 
Ivii, 1914), in which the following new species have been described. 


X ylota decora, pe-142,. cone 9: 
,,  strigata, EAG;. ves 
Milesia simulans, EA4y. soteQ:. 
Evistalis nebulipenmis , 145, one Q. 
e simpliciceps , TADS eae * 
Graptomyza cornuta, 149, one oc”. 
Chilosia javanensts, TRO; se Gee 
Syrphus konigsbergeri, E52.) he 
“ latistrigatus, 153, one *c 
ie depressus, 153), 0ne..0'; 
a torvotdes, I55, ome 2. 
4 gedehanus, 156, one o, 
,,  tchthops, 157, One Cy ehlavee 
head. 
Sy cinctellus, Zett. var. nov. strigtfrons, 158, 7 @ 
sg monticola, 159, @ 
Chamaesyrphus nigripes, 162. GOR 
Melanostoma 4 notatum, 163% how 
ee > var. nov. gedehensis, 163, oo 
Sphaerophoria obscuricornis , 165. cay 
re javana var. nov. medanensis, 166, @ 2 (Sumatra) 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. 


1.—Psilota cyanea, Brun. sp. nov. 
2.—Melanostoma orientale, W. 
2.—Melanostoma undescribed form 
4.—Melanostoma umvittatum, W. 


~ 


I, 9 
6.— ia 

7.—Syrphus distinctus , Brun. sp. nov. 
8.—Baccha apicenotata, x a 
9.—Sphegina tricoloripes, is Fe 
10.—Graptomyza tinctovittata, ,, a 
11.—Merodon ornatus, 2d of 
12.—Myiolepta himalayana + ae 
13.— > . ss 50 
14.—Criorhina imitator, 5 bs 
15.—Temnostoma nigrimana, ,, ‘i 
16.—Arctophila simplicipes,  ,, be 
17.— A 

18,— a 

19.—Chrysotoxum convexum, _,, z 
20.—Ceria fuivescens, ms S 
2I1.— a 9 3 
22.—Certa ornatifrons, i ri 


head in profile. 


abdomen o@. 
‘, Q. 
abdomen. 
part of wing. 
wing. 

» 
abdomen. 
head in profile. 
wing. 
full insect. 
abdomen, 
full insect. 
hind leg. 
arista. 
abdomen. 
thorax 
abdomen. 


front view 
head. 


of 


Plate X111. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. X1, 1915. 


Bemrose, Collo., Derby. 


ORIENTAL SYRPHIDAE. 


f sate &* 
oe re 


v7 


r i? ry ny bs 


et ae 


7, 


ae iri: 
Ve ane, 


SVs NOTES, ON INDIANZ MYGALOMORPH 
oS Par Die S) 


By F. H. GRavety, M.Sc., Asst. Superintendent, Indian Museum. 
(Plate XV). : 


The present is intended to be the first of a series of papers on 
Indian spiders, based on the collections in the Indian Museum. 

The earliest descriptions of species in this collection were 
published by Stoliczka, in the Journal of the Asiatic Society for 
1869. He pointed out in a most forcible manner the extraordi- 
nary neglect with which the study of so important and fascinating 
a group as the Indian Arachnida had met, a neglect which he set 
himself to remedy. The variety of other groups with which he 
was occupied can have left him little time for such work, and he 
only published two papers! in connection with it. But he collect- 
ed specimens vigorously right up to the time of his early death 
in 1874. The whole of his private collection was bequeathed to 
the Indian Museum, where most of it still remains in good condi- 


. tion. 


Since Stoliczka’s death several Orders of Indian Arachnids 
have been investigated by Kraepelin, Pocock, Thorell, Roewer, 
Nuttall, Warburton and others; but our knowledge of Indian 
spiders is still woefully incomplete. 

In the years 1887-9 the spiders preserved in the Indian 
Museum formed the subject of a series of short papers contributed 
by Simon to the Journal of the Asiatic Soctety of Bengal. And a 
short paper on our Mygalomorphae was published by Hirst in the 
Records of the Indian Museum for 1909. 

In 1895 the British Museum published an account of the 
spiders of Burma by Thorell, who in 1896 and 1898 respectively 
contributed two lengthy papers on the spiders collected in Burma 
by Fea, to the Annals of the Civic Natural History Museum of 
Genoa. 

: In 1899 the Bombay Natural History Society published a 
paper by Pocock on Indian spiders with which they had supplied 
him. This was followed in 1900 by a paper in the same Journal 
containing descriptions which ‘‘ were drawn up for publication in a 
volume upon the Arachnida of India, forming part of the Fauna 
of India Series’’ but which ‘‘ together with the diagnoses of many 


! * A Contribution towards the Knowledge of Indian Arachnoidea” (¥.A.S.B. 
xxxvili [IT], PP: 201-251, pls. xvili-xx) ; and ‘Notes on the Indian species of 
Thelyphonus”’ (F.A.S.B. xiii [11], pp. 126-141, pl. xli). 


258 Records of the Indian Museum. { VOL. sas 


previously established species’? were omitted on account of 
‘exigencies of space.’”” Why any volume of a series of books, 
whose chief value lies in their completeness, should have been 
thus curtailed, it is difficult to understand, especially as the volume 
in question is one of the shortest of the series and attempts to 
deal with four comparatively small Orders as well as with the 
immense Order Araneae. It is particularly unfortunate that 
spiders should have been treated in this way, for there is probably 
no other group in the whole of the animal kingdom which is so 
universally distributed in India, and at the same time so striking 
and varied both in structure and in habit. New and interesting 
facts about spiders force themselves upon one’s attention wher- 
ever one goes; but a satisfactory record of them is commonly 
rendered almost impossible by the difficulty of indicating with 
sufficient precision the different kinds of spider to which the vari- 
ous facts refer. 

The extension in 1912 of the space available for the research 
collections of the Indian Museum allowed of a much needed ex- 
pansion of our collection of spiders. Previous to this extension 
the space allotted to spiders was so crowded by bottles of mixtures 
from different localities that no attempt at organization could be 
made. Since then I have devoted such time as I could periodi- 
cally spare to sorting out the contents of these bottles, and getting 
both the named and the far larger unnamed collections systemati- 
cally arranged. 

The present paper, and those with which I hope to follow it, 
are the outcome of this work, which is now approaching its pro- 
visional conclusion. ‘These papers will not aim at an extensive 
revision of the Indian spiders, but will discuss, in the light of the 
specimens in our collection, the classification adopted by Simon 
in his ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Araignées’’ (Paris, 1892 and 1897), 
and record the localities from which the specimens dealt with have 
been obtained. 

The extremely scattered literature relating to species of spiders 
already described, often all too briefly and usually without figures, 
together with the means which a large proportion of these species 
possess in early life of travelling long distances through the air, 
render it hopeless for anyone who cannot work on spiders during the 
greater part of his time to determine with certainty whether a species 
he has been unable to name is new to science or not. ‘There are, 
however, many indications that a large proportion of such species 
are actually new. For instance, some common Himalayan spiders 
were described as new by no less an authority than Simon as 
recently as 1go6. It is highly desirable, I think, that as many as 
possible of our more distinctive species should be described and 
named without delay, even at the risk of the creation of a few 
synonyms. ‘The final revision of each family of spiders will have 
to be made by a specialist 1n a position to deal with members of 
that family from all parts of the world, and the richer the pub- 
lished material at his disposal, provided that the descriptions and 


ee ee ee 


1915.] F. H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 259 


illustrations it contains are adequate and that reasonable care has 
been taken to avoid repetition, the more complete is his work 
likely to be. I propose therefore to describe a certain number of 
species as new, even though I may not be able to trace every pos- 
sible description that may refer to them. 

‘The very small number of extra-Oriental forms in our collec- 
tion makes it impossible for me to criticize the relation which 
these bear to Oriental forms in Simon’s system. Where, however, 
as in the case of the Aviculariinae dealt with in the present paper, 
the Oriental forms appear to exhibit definite structural zoogeogra- 
phical relationships to one another, I have not hesitated to suggest 
the advisability of trying to alter his system in order to bring 
these into prominence. Such relationships have been found in all 
of the few groups in which I have looked for them. In the case 
of one of these groups—the Passalidae—in which such relation- 
ships recently led me to separate the Indo-Australian forms from 
those of the rest of the world, none of which I had seen, I have 
already obtained proof that the separation was justified; though 
some of the latter resemble certain Indo-Australian forms so 
closely that I, like previous authors, should probably have been 
misled by striking superficial characters, had not my earliest work 
on the family been confined to Indo-Australian species. 

The characters on which the classification of spiders is at 
present based are to a great extent admittedly unsatisfactory ; 
and itis quite possible that by dealing separately with the faunas 
of different zoogeographical areas—the extent of the areas that will 
have to be taken may be found to differ in different groups— 
local relationships may be brought to light which will lead to the 
discovery of new characters of deeper significance where we least 
expect them, especially among the more sedentary families. 

References to Simon’s ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Araignées”’ 
and to Pocock’s ‘‘ Fauna’’ volume are so numerous that I have 
omitted the titles of these works throughout. Where not otherwise 
stated all references to these authors imply references to these 
works, Where no references to descriptions of species are given, 
these will be found in the ‘‘ Fauna’’. | 

It has been convenient to put this paper into the form of 
a catalogue of the specimens in our named collection, a form 
which wili probably be convenient for the rest of the series also. 
Our collection of spiders has recently been increased to a con- 
siderable extent by the generosity of collectors in different parts 
of India. This has made it more representative of India generally 
than would otherwise have been the case, and has greatly facili- 
tated my work. Our thanks are due to all who help us in this 
way, and especially to H.E. the Governor of Bengal who, with 
the assistance of Mr. Mdller, has been making large collections of 
the Invertebrata of the Darjeeling District; to Dr. Sutherland 
who has collected spiders extensively round Kalimpong in the 
same district; to Mr. M. Mackenzie who has sent numerous 
specimens from Siripur in Bihar; to Mr. (+. Henry who has 


260 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


submitted to me the specimens he has been able to collect in 
Ceylon during his tours on behalf of the Colombo Museum; to Mr. 
T. Bainbrigge Fletcher of Pusa ; and to Mrs. Drake of Serampore. 


Family LIPHISTIIDAE. 
Genus Liphistius, Schiddte. 


This interesting genus is represented in our collection by a 
single damaged specimen from Moulmein in Lower Burma. 


Family AVICULARIIDAE. 

: Subfamily CTENIZINAE. 
Group PACHYLOMEREAE. 

Genus Conothele, Thorell. 


Two female or immature specimens were collected by Theo- 
bald in the Nicobars. These differ from C. birmanica, Thorell, in 
having the posterior series of eyes procurved, and in having more 
teeth on the labium; but they may perhaps belong to some Malay- 
sian species. 

Group IDIOPEAE. 


I am unable to follow Simon’s final revision of this group 
(Vol. II, pp. 888-890) except as regards the union of Acanthodon 
with Idiofs, a union the necessity of which is supported by the 
occurrence in our collection of the male of an Indian species with 
the eyes of the second group closely crowded and. strongly 
unequal. 

Simon separates the American genera of Idiopeae from those 
of the Old World on the grounds that in the former the eyes of 
the posterior line,.seen from above, are lightly procurved whereas 


in the latter they are lightly recurved, the area occupied by the - 


four median eyes being moreover parallel-sided in the former and 
broader behind than before in the latter. 

In all our specimens, however, and apparently also in those 
described in the ‘‘ Fauna,’’ the posterior line-of eyes is distinctly 
procurved and never recurved, the posterior margins of the large 
laterals never being behind, and the anterior margins of these 
eyes always being in front, of the corresponding margins of the 
smaller posterior median eyes. And the area occupied by the four 
median eyes is not always even slightly wider behind than before. 

Further, when these characters are disregarded, and an 
attempt is made to put our three specimens of the group into 
the Old World genera which would otherwise receive them, only 
one of the three (Heligmomerus sp.) is found to fit. The other 
two resemble Gorgyrella in the structure of the chelicerae, and 
Pachyidiops and Titanidiops im the shape of the lahium, differing 
markedly from all of these and from one another in their com- 


A a tt ho 


1915.] F.H. GraveLy: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 261 


binations of the other characters used by Simon in his generic 
definitions. 

I have therefore fallen back on Simon's earlier revision of 
the group (Vol. I, pp. 90-92), which, when Acanthodon has been 
merged in /diops, takes in all these forms conveniently. 


Genus Heligmomerus, Simon. 


Represented by one female, caught in the Royal Botanical 
Gardens at Sibpur near Calcutta, where it may easily have been 
introduced among plants from some other place. Its burrow, a 
short silk-lined tube, closed externally by a trap-door, is also in 
our collection. 


Genus Idiops, Perty. 


Represented by a female from Bellary in South India, and by 
a male whose characters seem sufficiently well defined to permit 
of its description here as a new species. 


Idiops biharicus, n. sp. o@. 
(Pl. xv, figs. 1 a-b). 


Locality.—Sahibgunge in Bihar. 

Dimensions.—Carapace 6:0 X 5°2 mm.; sternum 3:0 X 2°8 
mm.; legs in the order 1, 4, 2, 3. In the first legs the femur is 
fully, and the combined tarsus and metatarsus are scarcely, as 
long as the carapace. The patella and tibia combined are a little 
longer than either. The tibia and metatarsus of the second legs 
are about equal to the patella and tibia of the first in length, 
but are much slenderer. The tibia of the third leg on each side 
is nearly three times as long as wide; the femur and patella of 
these legs are together scarcely as long as the carapace, and are 
about equal to the femur alone of the fourth legs. 

Colour.—Carapace plum-coloured; appendages dark reddish 

“above, paler beneath especially basally ; sternum and lower surface 
of abdomen also pale, almost ochraceous; upper surface of al)do- 
men dull brown. 

Structure.—The carapace is ovate, slightly narrower behind 
than in front, with the posterior margin short and faintly concave 
in the middle line. The anterior lateral eyes are situated close 
together on a prominent tubercle close to the anterior margin. The 
remaining eyes are situated in a compact group: of these the ante- 
tior medians are almost in contact, and are the largest ; the posterior 
medians are separated by a distance about equal to a diameter of 
one of the anterior medians, and are the smallest; both are almost 
in contact with the posterior laterals, whose long diameter is about 
equal to that of an anterior median, and whose other diameter is 
about equal to that of a posterior median. The fovea is large 
and very deeply impressed in the form of a procurved semicircle. 


262 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor. XI, 


In front of it the cephalic part of the carapace is strongly 
elevated, and bears a pair of broad longitudinal bands of sparse 
coarse tubercles, which become faint on either side of the posterior 
group of eyes and disappear before they reach the anterior 
margin of the carapace, this being quite smooth. The rest of the 
margin is granular except in the median concavity behind, and 
broadening bands of coarse tubercles radiate towards it from the 
fovea. 

The lJabium is about as broad behind as it is long, and is 
slightly narrower in front. It is unarmed. 

The sternum appears to have been spiney. 

The chelicerae are provided each with a rastellum set on an 
apophysis overhanging the base of the fang. The chelicerae are 
armed each with 5 outer and 7 or 8 inner teeth. 

There is no stridulating organ. 

The tibia of the palp is excavate beneath in its distal third, 
the outer side of the hollow being armed with stout spines, of 
which those at the two ends are long and those in the middle 
short. The distal end of the tarsus bears a bluntly conical 
process on the outer side. 

The bulb of the palpal organ (fig. 1b) is helicoid. The style 
consists of two parts, a basal lamina which is triangular in shape 
and somewhat narrower at the base than it is long, and a very 
slender, slightly curved, distal duct of about the same length. 

The /egs are spiney. The extremity of the tibia of the first 
legs (fig. Ia) is armed on the inner side with two stout conical 
apophyses, of which the proximal has a simple apex turned slightly 
downwards when viewed laterally, while the distal is strongly 
indented on the lower side below the somewhat upwardly directed 
apex. The metatarus is somewhat bent outwards and swollen on 
the inner side below the middle; it lacks the submedian conical spur 
found in I. constructor (Pocock), but bears numerous stout spines 
on the lower side, as does the tibia also. 

The tibiae of the third legs are faintly excavate above, though 
not definitely so as in Heligmomerus. 

This species seems to be most closely related to I. constructor 
(Pocock), from the male of which it differs chiefly in the large size of 
the anterior median eyes—assuming that Pocock’s description of 
the eyes of the female applies also to the male, except as regards 
their proximity where he notes a difference between the sexes. 
The unarmed labium appears to be another distinguishing charac- 
ter. In any case the present species differs from J. constructor 
in the absence of the metatarsal spur of the first leg of the male. 


Group CyYRTAUCHENIEAE, 
Genus Atmetochilus, Simon. 


Represented by the type of A. fossor, Simon (genotype), and 
by an immature male from Upper ‘Tenasserim. 


1915.] F.H. Graveny: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 263 


Group AMBLYOCARENEAE. 
Genus Damarchus, Thorell. 


Represented by the type specimen (male) of Damarchus 
assamensts, Hirst, and by three females associated with it which 
‘“do not differ in structure from the female of D. oatesii (19009, 
p. 384).” iso by a small specimen from Gmatia in the Birbhum 
District of Bengal. 


Group ARBANITEAE. 
Genus Scalidognathus, Karsch. 


Represented by specimens of S. vadialis (Cambr.), from 
Kandy, Galagedara and Newara in Ceylon. 


Genus Nemesiellus, Pocock. 


Represented by specimens from Barkuda Island, Chilka Lake 
(north-eastern end of Madras Presidency), and from §S. India. 
The lateral spacing of the eyes is distinctly less in both than it is in 
our specimens of the preceding genus, which makes the anterior 
line appeai more procurved, and makes the anterior and posterior 
lateral eyes on each side appear relatively further apart. 


Subfamily BARYCHELINAE. 
Group DIPLOTHELEAE. 
Genus Diplothele, Cambr. 


Represented by one specimen of D. walshi, Cambr . from 
Waltair on the eastern side of the Madras Presidency. 

Neither Simon nor Pocock appear to have been aware that 
Walsh described this species under the name Adelonychia nigro- 
striata, n. gen. and sp. (J.A.S.B., LIX, [II], pp. 269-270) at about 
the same time that Cambridge described it from specimens which 
Walsh hadsent him. Walsh’s description was received on Oct. 27, 
read on Nov. 5, aud published on Dec. 10, 1890. Cambridge’s 
description was received on Oct. 23 and read on Nov. 18 of the 
same year; the date of publication is not recorded and cannot 
have been much if at all before Dec.10. Cambridge’s name has, 
however, been universally adopted, and it seems in any case un- 
desirable to change it. 


Group BARYCHELEAE. 
Genus Sasonichus, Pocock. 


The description of this genus, and of the single species on 
which it is based, are very imperfect. So far as I can tell the new 
species which I am referring to the genus differs from the original 
species in one only of the characters to which generic value has 


264 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vor. 2a 


been attached. To avoid establishing a new monospecific genus 
this character, the presence or absence of apical apophyses on 
the tibia of the first leg of the male, may be given specific value. 


Sasonichus arthrapophysis, n. sp. o. 
(Pl. xv, figs. 2 a-b). 


Locality.—Barkul in south-east Orissa. 

Dimensions.—Carapace 7°5 X 6°0 mm.; sternum 2°7 X 2°5 
mm.; legs in the order 4, I, 2, 3. 

The patella and tibia of the first legs are together equal to 
the length of the carapace; the tarsus and metatarsus are together 
slightly shorter, and the femur is shorter still, the femur and 
half the patella being about equal to the length of the carapace, 
as are also the femur of the second legs with the whole of the 
patella, the tibia and metatarsus together of the third legs, and 
the patella and tibia together and the metatarsus alone of the 
fourth legs. 

Colour.—Dark brownish above, paler below, the ends of the 
tibiae of the legs silvery above—least so on the hind legs. 

Structure.—The carapace is ovate, slightly broader behind than 
in front. ‘The ocular area is very compact and is situated on a 
clearly defined tubercle approximately circular in outline. The 
anterior lateral eyes are oval, and are situated obliquely in front of 
the rest about a short diameter away from the anterior medians 
and fully a long diameter from one another. The anterior medians 
are round, their diameter fully as great as the long diameter of 
the anterior laterals; they are separated by a distance about 
equal to a diameter of the small posterior medians. The posterior 
medians and anterior laterals form a square; and the centres 
of the former are directly behind the outer margins of the 
anterior medians. The posterior laterals are quite as long as 
the anterior laterals, but much narrower. A line of low tubercles 
extends medially from the ocular tubercle to the fovea, which is 
linear as a whole, but distinctly recurved just at its extremities. 
Lines of tubercles radiate from the fovea. The whole carapace 
has probably been covered with long golden brown hair and 
scattered black spines, but most of these have disappeared. The 
spines are very long and thick posteriorly, where they project 
outwards and curve forwards. 

The labium is very imperfectly separated from the sternum. 
It is armed behind the anterior margin with a line of four more or 
less distinct erect teeth, among long spiniform hairs. 

The steynum is covered with erect spiniform hairs, and is 
bordered laterally and behind by a single row of long black 
slender spines. The coxae, trochanters and femora are similarly 
armed; but long white silky hair surrounds the mouth, both on 
the labium and on the coxae of the palps. On the latter it 
hides a group of denticles like those which form a line on the 
labium, but much more numerous. 


I915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 2605 


The chelicerae are armed with about ten inner but no outer 
teeth, and are provided with a rastellum whose spines are some- 
what long and slender. 

There is no stridulating organ. 

The tarsus of the palp is lobed on the inner side below. The 
style of the palpal organ (fig. 2b) is more or less lamelliform and 
parallel-sided throughout the greater part of its length, and is 
twisted on its own axis through about go°; distally it is sharply 
pointed. 

The legs are spiney, with a series of very stout spines on the 
tibia and metatarsus. The tibia of the first legs is armed on the 
inner side near the end with two stout apophyses, of which the 
distal is ventral to the other (fig. 2a). They curve towards one 
another as a whole, but the extreme apices are slightly turned in 
the opposite direction. The distal part of each, which is greater in 
the proximal than in the distal, appears to be jointed on to the 
basal part. From this it seems probable that the former is move- 
able in life. I do not remember to have heard of any other Arach- 
nids with jointed apophyses; but the jointed setae of Nereidiform 
Polychaet worms and the jointed tooth found on the mandibles of 
most Passalid beetles, afford instances of similar jointing of chiti- 
nous structures in other groups. 

This species differs from S. sulivani chiefly in the presence of 
apophyses on the tibiae of the first legs. 


Group SASONEAE. 
Genus Sason. 


Represented by specimens of S. cincttpes, Pocock, from 
Peradeniya in Ceylon, and by one undetermined specimen from 
the Nicobars. S. cincttpes lives on moss-covered rocks or walls 
where it constructs a curious flat, more or less 8-shaped nest. 
The upper part of this nest consists of two rounded flaps hinged 
together along their contiguous borders, these borders forming 
the cross-piece of the eight. The double trap-door is attached to 
the basal part of the nest on either side of the cross-piece. 


Subfamily AVICULARIINAE. 


Five of the groups of this sub-family recognized in Simon’s 
“Supplement” occur in the Indian Empire, and of these four 
are only known from the Oriental and Australian Regions. The 
fifth is the most primitive of them all, and has a much wider dis- 
tribution; it may be looked upon as the ancestor of the other four. 

This group, the Ischnocoleae, is almost confined in the 
Oriental Region to the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon. The genera 
which occur there are found nowhere else, except perhaps in the 
Eastern Himalayas and Burma. In Simon’s arrangement they are 
scattered among genera from other parts of the world; but when 
taken by themselves they are found to fall into line, not only with 


266 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor, ie 


one another, but also with the Thrigmopoeeae, each genus of the 
two groups (except perhaps Annandaliella, see below, p. 271) 
representing one stage in an evolutionary series culminating in the 
genus Thrigmopoeus. 

Simon’s final revision of the Ischnocoleae brings all the 
Oriental species of the group into three genera, Phlogiodes, 
Heterophrictus and Plesiophrictus, and to these Hirst has since 
added the genus Annandaliella. Of these the first appeats to 
have been known to Simon only from Pocock’s imperfect descrip- 
tion of two forms which probably, as pointed out below (p. 269), 
are opposite sexes of a single species. Of the second he appears 
to have seen a female (the only sex known) of the single species as 
yet referred to it. Of the third the male was evidently known to 
him from Pocock’s description only. It is, therefore, scarcely to 
be wondered at, that his definitions of these genera are somewhat 
unsatisfactory, and that several of the species described below 
differ from the genera in which I have placed them in one or more 
of the characters used in his keys; but as they differ at least 
equally widely from all extra Oriental genera and appear to be 
closely related to one another, I have thought it best to place 
them in these Oriental ones. 

An account of the genera of Indian Ischnocoleae and of 
Thrigmopoeeae will be found below (pp. 269-280). It is designed to 
bring out the evolutionary sequence which the genera appear to 
illustrate. This sequence seems to me to indicate that the two 
groups should ultimately be united; and that if any characters can 
be found to separate both of them from the extra-Oriental Ischno- 
coleae, a new group should be instituted for them. But as I have 
no extra-Oriental forms for comparison I am not able to attempt 
this at present. 

None of the genera of Indian Ischnocoleae and ‘Thrigmopoeeae 
have attained so high a degree of specialization as have the 
genera Poecilotheria and Chilobrachys, which also live in the Indian 
Peninsula and Ceylon. The former lives in trees and in the 
thatch of houses, so can scarcely be regarded as entering into 
competition with ground-dwellers like the Indian Ischnocoleae!. 
I have elsewhere (1915, pp. 417-418) given reasons, largely zoogeo- 
graphical, for supposing that it originated from a primitive stock— 
presumably of the Ischnocoleae or Thrigmopoeae—in the Indian 
Peninsula or Ceylon. It will be sufficient here to point out that 
it differs from the Selenocosmieae not only in important details of 
the stridulating organ, but also in the structure of the labium—for 
which reasons, among others, I prefer to follow Simon who estab- 
lished a special group, Poecilotherieae, for its reception, rather 
than Pocock who united it with the Selenocosmieae. 


! Nothing appears to be known of the habits of the Uhrigmopoeeae, which 
probably resemble those of the Ischnocoleae. The specimen | obtained in Cochin 
was not recognized when captured. If I caught it myself it must have been on 
the ground, like all the other Mygolomorphae I found. But it may have been 
brought to me by someone else. ~ 


parte 


I915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 267 


The only remaining genus of Aviculariinae found in the Indian 
Peninsula or Ceylon is Chilobrachys, the most highly specialized 
genus of the group Selenocosmieae. The whole history of the 
evolution of this ground-dwelling genus can be read in the forms 
inhabiting the countries north and east of the Ganges to-day; and 
there seems no reason to doubt that its evolution took place 
there. The primitive forms left there are extremely rare, having 
no doubt suffered in the struggle for existence with their more 
highly specialized relatives. The most highly specialized genus 
of these has spread into the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon, a fact 
which probably accounts for the concentration southwards and 
westwards of the Indian Ischnocoleae and the Thrigmopoeeae. 

The evolution of the Selenocosmieae has already been dealt 
with from a primarily zoogeographical point of view (Gravely, 
1915), with the results indicated in the above summary. The 
morphological point of view must now be more fully considered. 

Reference has been made above to the existence in parts of the 
Oriental Region north and east of the Ganges of a few primitive 
species of Aviculariinae. These appear to be extremely rare, and 
those hitherto described are known to me from descriptions only. 
There is, however, in the Indian Museum collection, a single imma- 
ture specimen from the Darjeeling District which must be asso- 
ciated with them. The species already described are two in 
number; both were collected by Fea in Burma, and referred by 
Thorell to the genus /schnocolus (1896, pp 170-175). More recently 
Simon (Vol. II, p. 925) has shown that this genus /schnocolus must 
be restricted to species from the Mediterranean and Ethiopian 
regions; but he makes no mention of the position to be assigned 
to the Burmese forms. In describing the labium of one of these, 
“‘ Ischnocolus’’ brevipes, Thorell says, ‘‘ apice fascia transversa sat 
lata granulorm densissimorum praeditum.’’ With regard to the 
labium of the other, ‘‘ Ischnocolus’’ ornatus, which he described — 
from two immature specimens, he says, ‘‘ quod .... apice minus 
dense granulosum est—an ita etiam in adultis?’’ Now the pre- 
sence of a densely granular transverse band on the apex of the 
labium is characteristic of the Selenocosmiae. In all other 
Oriental groups of Aviculariinae the anterior part of the labium 
is more sparsely armed. The distinction, although qt&ntitative, 
is very marked; and except perhaps in very young and imper- 
fectly hardened specimens such as no one could think of naming, 
a glance at the labium is sufficient to show whether a specimen 
belongs to the Selenocosmieae or not. 

The only Burmese species in which the labium is sparsely 
armed, other than those referred by Thorell to the genus /schnoco- 
lus, are those comprising the group Ornithoctoneae, which are 
separated from all other Oriental species by the densely hairy 
outer surfaces of their chelicerae. That the occurrence of a 
sparsely armed labium in a Burmese species without externally 
hairy chelicerae struck Thorell as very remarkable, seems to be 
indicated by his suggestion that its presence was due to the imma- 


268 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


turity of his specimens, a suggestion which is not supported by 
the immature specimens of Selenocosmieae in our collection. 
The dense armature of the labium of the Selenocosmieae has 
been recorded as a group character by Simon (Vol. II, p. 953), 
though he does not appear to have attached much importance to 
it. In view of the fact, however, that it supplies a clearly 
defined character which, unlike the stridulating organ, appears 
unchanged in all genera of the group, and thus enables us to 
recognize as a primitive ally of the group ‘‘ Ischnocolus’’ brevipes 
in which no stridulating organ occurs at all, its importance asa 
group character should, in my opinion, be ranked even higher 
than that of the stridulating organ itself. ‘° Ischnocolus’’ brevipes 
may therefore be transferred to the Selenocosmieae, the evolution 
of the higher forms of which is discussed below (pp. 282-287). 

‘“Tschnocolus’’ ornatus must now be considered. It differs 
from the Selenocosmieae not only in the structure of the labium, 
but also in the greater number of spines on its legs. In the 
former character it resembles all, and in the latter the more 
primitive, of the Indian Ischnocoleae. For the present then it 
will be best to associate it with this group and especially with 
the primitive genus Plestophrictus. But its genus cannot be 
definitely determined in the absence of mature specimens of 
either sex. This applies also to the immature specimen referred 
to above, which was collected in the Darjeeling District, and is 
preserved in our co'lection. These two forms are presumably 
remnants of a primitive Himalayo-Malaysian fauna from which 
both the Selenocosmieae and Ornithoctoneae have originated; 
and their rarity is probably accounted for by their inability to 
compete successfully with these more highly specialized groups. 

The Ornithoctoneae are the only Oriental Aviculariinae that 
have not been dealt with above. They form so compact and 
isolated a group that little or no direct morphological. evidence 
of their affinities with other groups is to be found (see Gravely, 
IQI5, p- 417). 

The five Oriental groups of Aviculariinae as described above 
may now be defined. 


‘Anterior part of labium armed with den- 


) ticles somewhat sparsely distributed .. 2. 
{Anterior part of labium covered with 
closely crowded granules .. Selenocosmeae, p. 282. 


2. {Outer surface of chelicerae bare ca 
) Outer surface of chelicerae densely hairy Ornithoctoneae, p. 280, 


No bacilli present on anterior surface of 
coxae of palps, this surface bearing at 
most small spines 
3. A cluster of more or less Gavitorn bacilli, 
accompianed by one or more stout den- 
ticles, present on anterior surface of 
coxae of palps ui .. Poecilotherieae, p. 280. 


1915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 269 


{ 


a stridulating organ present between 


)  chelicerae and coxae of palps .. Ischnocoleae, p. 269. 
a | A stridulating organ present in this posi- 
tion i ths .. Thrigmopoeeae, p. 278. 


If any character can be found by means of which the Indian 
Ischnocoleae can be separated from the Ischnocoleae of other 
parts of the world it will be advantageous, as pointed out above 
(p. 266), to bring about this separation, at the same time uniting 
the former with the Thrigmopoeeae 


Group ISCHNOCOLEAE. 


Among Indian genera of this group there appears to be a 
marked sexual dimorphism. All known males are distinguished 
by the more or less extensive and conspicuous development of 
white hair on the feet, especiaily the anterior ones. 

In the two species of which males are known to me, the 
anterior tarsal scopulae, which, except in the genus Phlogiodes, 
are always more or less clearly divided in females,! are either 
undivided in the male or less clearly divided in the male than in 
the female; also the anterior median eyes tend to be enlarged in 
the male and the anterior laterals in the female.? As yet all 
species of this group appear to have been described from one sex 
only; but there can be little doubt, I think, that Phlogtodes ro- 
bustus, Poc. (2°) = P. validus, Poc. (o&), since both are found at 
Matheran. In the former, according to Pocock (1899, pp. 748-9), 
the tarsal scopulae are broadly divided on legs 2-4, in the latter 
they are undivided except on the fourth leg where the division is 
narrow. 

I have found it impossible to separate the genus Heterophrictus 
from Plesiophrictus. Pocock’s distinction, based on slight differ- 
ences in the shape of the fovea, is very unsatisfactory. 

Simon separates them primarily on characters presented by 
the vestiture of the anterior surfaces of the coxae of the first legs. 
But these vary even in mature examples of one sex of asingle species, 
and they are clearly correllated with size, the Plestophrictus 
characters being found in the young of large forms whose adults 
have well-marked Heterophrictus characters, as well as in adults 
of species of small size similar to that of the species grouped 
together by Pocock in the former genus. 

The genus Annandalella ought also, perhaps, to be merged in 
Plesiophrictus ; but as the spines on the inner surfaces of the cheli- 
cerae, by which it is characterized, are sharply distinctive, I retain 
the genus provisionally. These spines are considered by Hirst to 


! They are said to be undivided in Annandaliella travancorica, but fresh 
specimens show a median line of fine hairs such as accompany the spines by which 
the scopulae of the other feet are divided. 

2 In females of Plesiophrictus sericeus, collinus and fabret, according to 
Pocock, the anterior laterals are not larger than the medians. Males do not 
appear to be known in any of these species. 


270 Records of the Indtan Museum. [Vo.. XI, 


be stridulatory structures; but so far as 1 know there is no direct 
evidence on this point. It is difficult to find any other explana- 
tion for them; in view, however, of the fact brought out by 
material recently added to our collection, that they do not occur 
in specimens less than half grown, or in mature males, their physio- 
logical homology with the stridulating organs of other Oriental Avi- 
culariinae is open to question. But for the importance that has 
been attached to these spines the only species yet referred to the 
genus would find its natural place somewhere near the middle of 
the series of species composing the genus Pleszophrictus. 

This series shows a gradual change from small forms with 
small marginal posterior sigilla and more distinctively Plesio- 
phricticid anterior coxae, to larger forms with larger posterior 
sigilla more widely separated from the margin of the sternum and 
more distinctively Heterophricticid coxae, characters all of which 
are intensified in the genus Phlogiodes, which affords a transition 
to the Thrigmopoeeae. 

If the genus Phlogiodes were only distinguished by the size 
and position of its sigilla, and by the shape of its fovea—the cha- 
racters used by Pocock in his key—its distinctness from Pleszo- 
phrictus could hardly be maintained. Probably the most important 
character separating the two genera is the absence in Phlogiodes 
of the tibial apophysis of the first leg of the male—a cha- 
racter which separates it alike from Plesiophrictus and An- 
nandaliella.'| But this character does not help in the case of 
species (unfortunately the majority) known from females only. 
It appears, however, that Phlogiodes approaches the Thrigmo- 
poeeae in the characters of its feet, as in so many other features. 
The feet of the Thrigmopoeae are very different from those of 
Plesiophrictus ; and it is likely, I think, that the character will 
prove to be a valid one for the separation of Phlogiodes from 
Plesiophrictus, in spite of a certain amount of variation which it 
exhibits in the latter and perhaps in both genera. 

The genera of the Indian Ischnocoleae may now be redefined 
thus :— 

/A row of stout spines present on the inner 

surfaces of the chelicerae of mature fe- 

males ; feet of first legs slender, the divi- 

sion of their tarsal scopulae more or 

less obsolete especially in male; male 

with tibial apophysis of first leg .. Annandalella, p.271. 
No spines on the inner surfaces of the 

chelicerae sh 63 is a; 


1 The possession of this apophysis, and of somewhat numerous spines on the 
legs generally, suggests a possible relationship between the more primitive Indian 
Ischnocoleae and the Indian Barychelinae. In the Indian Barychelinae, however, 
the spines thickly cover all joints of the legs, and no definite arrangement of them 
can be recognized. In the Indian Ischnocoleae such an arrangement is recog- 
nizable among the few spines that may be present on the anterior legs, and is 
repeated on the posterior legs in all species in which their spines have been 
reduced to a small enough number (sce below, p. 274). 


IQI5.] F. H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph S prders. 27 


feet of first legs slender, their tarsal 
scopulae (? always) clearly divided.. Plesiophrictus, p. 273. 
2.) Male without tibial apophysis of first leg ; 
| feet of first legs stout, their tarsal 
scopulae (2? always) undivided .. Phlogiodes, p.278. 


| with tibial apophysis of first leg ; 


Genus Annandaliella, Hirst. 


It will be convenient to deal first with this genus, which 
appears to form a lateral offshoot from the main trend of evolu- 
tion, leading up towards the Thrigmopoeeae. It appears to have 
originated from some species near the middle of the evolu- 
tionary series of the genus Plesiophrictus, and to differ there- 
from only in the presence of the characteristic spines on the 
inner surfaces of the chelicerae of the female, and perhaps in 
the absence of spines from among the fine hairs by which the 
anterior tarsal scopulae are divided in the female, hairs which 
are not sufficiently numerous in the male even to form a definite 
line. The absence of the characteristic spines from the mandibles 
of the male (and young) is very remarkable, if, as has hitherto 
been supposed, they constitute a stridulating organ comparable 
to that found between the chelicerae and palps of the more highly 
specialized Oriental genera of Aviculariinae. 

The genus is represented in our collection by a number of 
specimens of A. tvavancorica, Hirst (1909). It is also represented 
by a specimen from Chalakudi in the cultivated low country of 
Cochin which may perhaps belong to the same species; by a speci- 
men said to come from Hung in Persian Baluchistan—a locality 
which I have reason to think was at some time attributed to at least 
one bottle of mixed spiders from Southern India or Burma; by a 
mutilated specimen from Ootacamund ; and by a young one from 
Coimbatore. 

Annandaliella travancorica, Hirst. 
(Pl. xv, figs. 4a-b). 

This species is represented in our collection by the type from 
Travancore; by a female from Kulattupuzha in the same State, 
at the base of the western slopes of the Western Ghats; and by 
numerous specimens, including three males, from under stones 
and logs of wood, in the rich evergreen jungle at the base of the 
same range near Trichur (Cochin) and near the rubber estate 
between the tenth and fourteenth miles of the Cochin State Forest 
Tramway. It is very sluggish, at least by day, crouching down 
when discovered, and remaining quiet with its legs drawn up 
against the body when seized. 

This species has hitherto been known from the type only. 
Now that more extensive material is available it may be redes- 
cribed as follows :— 

2. Dimensions.—Carapace 72 X 6:0 mm.-g'2 X 83 mm. 
Sternum 3°'4 X 3°0 mm.-4'4 X 3°99 mm. ‘The fourth leg longer 


292 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XI, 


than the first. ‘Tarsus and metatarsus together of first and third 
legs, and metatarsus alone of fourth legs, about equal to carapace 
in length; tarsus and metatarsus of second legs slightly shorter, of 
fourth legs longer by about half the length of the metatarsus, this 
joint being slightly longer than the femora of the first and fourth 
legs which are about equal to one another and to the femur to- 
gether with half the patella of the second and third legs. The 
proportions all somewhat variable. 

Colour.—Dark olivaceous brown, the tarsi and metatarsi of the 
two front pairs of legs, and the tarsi and distal halves of the meta- 
tarsi of the two hind pairs, white. The tarsi of the palps whitish. 

Structure.—The carapace resembles in shape that of Plesio- 
phrictus satarensts described below, but the fovea is lightly pro- 
curved, andthe anterior median eyes vary from slightly smaller 
than, to distinctly larger than, the anterior laterals, the diameter 
of the former being in the latter case about equal to the long 
diameter of the latter. 

The posterior sigilla of the steynum vary in position from 
being almost close to the margin to being separated from it by 
somewhat more than the diameter of one of them. 

The /abium and its teeth are normal. 

The inner surfaces of the chelicerae lack the row of spines 
characteristic of females of this genus. 

The palps are slender, their tarsi bilobed, with the outer 
lobe itself obscurely divided into two parts, one anterior to the 
palpal organ and the other on its outer side. The palpal organ is 
shown on pl. xv, fig. 4b: the spiral curvature of its gracefully 
bowed, slender, tapering style is very slight. 

The first Jegs are unarmed except for the usual apical spine 
on the metatarsus and apophysis (fig. 4a) and spine (the latter 
sometimes absent) on the tibia. The metatarsus of the second 
legs is armed with three apical spines and one (rarely absent) 
about in the middle of the ventral side. The tibia of the same 
leg has two apical spines and often one mid-ventral one. The 
tibiae and metatarsi of the third and fourth legs are each armed 
with a number of spines in the distal two-thirds of their length. 

Of the tarsal scopulae only the fourth is divided. The meta- 
tarsal scopulae are all apical only; those of the third and fourth 
legs are sometimes obsolete. 

2. Dimensions.—Carapace up to 11°0 X 84mm. Sternum 
up to 4°55 * 3°8 mm. Legs in the order 4, I, 2, 3, but relatively 
much shorter than in the male. Carapace of about the same 
length as sum of tibia and patella or metatarsus of first leg, to 
sum of femur and patella of second leg, to patella and tibia with 
half metatarsus of third, to tibia with patella or half metatarsus 
of fourth; metatarsus of fourth about equal to tarsus and meta- 
tarsus combined of first and second legs, slightly shorter than 
those of third legs. As in the male these proportions are not alto- 
gether constant ; the fourth metatarsus is, for instance, sometimes 
relatively longer as compared with the other joints. 


1915.| F. H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. Pg 5 


Colour.—Brown, much paler than in the male and _ not 
olivaceous. 

Structure.—-The carapace differs from that of the male in hav- 
ing the fovea transversely linear, and the anterior median eyes 
smaller than the anterior laterals. Sterynum and labium as in 
male; posterior sigilla often obscure. 

The tibia of the palp is armed with two apical spines as in 
Plesiophrictus satarensts. ‘The tibia of the first Jeg has one or two 
apical spines and no apophysis; otherwise the armature of the 
legs resembles that of the male, except that the metatarsus of the 
second leg usually has one instead of three spines. The meta- 
tarsal scopulae are denser and more extensive than in the male, 
those of the first legs extending practically to the base of the joint. 
The first tarsal scopula is often somewhat indistinctly divided by 
a row of long hairs, rather than by a definite band of spines; 
the second is divided by a line of spines, the third and fourth 
also by bands of spines. 


Genus Plesiophrictus, Poc. 
Incl. Heterophrictus, Poc. 


This genus appears to have given rise to both the other 
genera of Indian Ischnocoleae, and through one of them to the 
Thrigmopoeeae also. It is much larger than any of the four 
derived genera; and the following description, based mainly on 
the species by which it is represented in our collection, may serve 
as a standard by comparison with which these genera can be more 
briefly described. In Plestophrictus satarensis, of which alone the 
male is known to me, the characters mentioned are found in both 
sexes unless otherwise stated. 

The ocular area is rectangular, nearly or quite three times as 
broad as long. The eyes of the anterior line, which is lightly pro- 
curved, are about equally spaced, somewhat variable in relative 
size but together larger than the eyes of the posterior line together. 
The median eyes of the posterior line, which is very lightly re- 
curved, are smaller than the posterior laterals, with which they are 
practically contiguous being widely separated from one another. 
The anterior medians are circular, the rest are more or less oval. 

The position of the posterior sigilla of the sternum varies. 
In small species they are (? always) marginal; in larger ones they 
tend to be separated from the margin by a distance not (? ever) 
exceeding their own width. 

The Jabium is about as long as broad, with slightly concave 
anterior margin, immediately behind which it is armed with a 
transverse band of somewhat sparsely scattered denticles, rather 
coarse in the female but sometimes very fine in the male. Similar 
denticles occupy a roughly equilaterally triangular patch on the 
lower surface of the coxa of the palp, a patch of which one side is 
formed by the anterior half of the basal margin. 


274 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. Sa 


The chelicerae are armed with a row of denticles on the inner 
side only. 

The trochanters of the pa/ps are not scopulate; their vestiture 
resembles that of the trochanters of the legs. The tarsal scopulae 
of the palps (?) resemble those of the first legs. The penulti- 
mate joints are not scopulate. 

The first Jegs are almost always shorter than the fourth’, the 
second than the first, and the third than the second. The tarsal 
scopulae of the first legs are (? always) divided (? sometimes 
imperfectly especially in the male). The tarsal scopulae of the 
fourth legs are always divided in both sexes, and in the female at 
least the division is sometimes so broad that the scopula appears 
only as a pair of narrow lateral bands. The spiney armature of 
the legs does not reach its full development in all forms; and it 
is noteworthy that this is especially the case in relatively large 
forms whose posterior sigilla are situated away from the margin 
of the sternum. Such forms resemble Phlogiodes and the Thrig- 
mopoeeae in these respects. 

The spines develop only after the specimen has attained a 
moderate size; they appear in a definite order, and those which 
are normally developed last are the first to be lost in the larger 
and more highly specialized species. The complete armature may 
now be described. The spines are confined to the lower surface 
and sides of the tibiae and metatarsi. On the third and fourth 
legs they are relatively numerous in well-grown specimens of all 
species. On the first and second legs, however, they are less nu 
merous and occupy very definite positions. The metatarsi of these 
legs may bear the following spines—one midapica!l, a pair of 
lateral apicals, and one median, of which the midapical always 
appears first, the order of appearance of the others being less 
constant; but I do not know of any species in which any of these 
except the first is developed on the front leg. The complete 
armature of the tibiae consists of the following spines—inner 
apical, outer apical, and median, developed in that order. The 
tibia of the palp is similarly armed, except that so far as I know 
the median spine is never developed. 

The species of Plestophrictus in our collection are as follows :— 


Plesiophrictus satarensis, n. sp. 
(Pl. xv, figs. 3a-bd). 


Localities—Medha, 2200 ft., in the Yenna valley (7 7); 
Umbri, 3500 ft., Taloshi, 2000 ft., Helvak, 2000 ft., and Kemhsa, 
2650 ft., in the Koyna valley (@ 2 and immature). All these 
localities are in the Satara district of the Bombay Presidency. 
The upper parts of the valleys of the Yenna and Koyna, rivers 
which flow into the Krishna, are only separated by one ridge of 


——— —_— _ i 


| P. tenuipes, Poc., from Ceylon, is an exception. 


a 


19gI5.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 27 


n 


hills, and I have no hesitation in regarding the males found in the 
one as belonging to the same species as the females found in the 
other. I have selected the largest male as type. 

o@. Dimensions.—Carapace 5°0 X 3°4 mm.-7'2 X 4'9 mm. 
Sternum 3°0 X 2°4 mm.-2‘'I X 1'°6 mm. Fourth leg ionger than 
first. Carapace about equal in length to patella and tibia of first 
and fourth legs, to tibia and metatarsus with patella or tarsus 
of second and third.' Legs relatively a little longer in small 
than in large specimens. 

Colour.—-Brown, sternum and coxae slightly brighter than 
the rest because less obscured by hair. The anterior metatarsi 
whitish. 

Structure.—The carapace is ovate, broader behind than in 
front; it is smoothly rounded, free from tubercles, but clothed with 
hair. The anterior median eyes are as large as the anterior laterals. 
The fovea is transversely linear. 

The posterior sigilla of the sterynum ace marginal. 

The Jabium is armed with teeth so small as to be distinct 
only under a much higher magnification than is usually necessary. 
The patella of the falp is swollen distally and the tibia 
proximally. The tarsus is bilobed. The palpal organ is shown in 
pl. xv, fig. 3b; its stvle is slender, tapering and spirally curved. 

The first two pairs of /egs are unarmed except for the usual 
apical spine on the metatarsi,” the apophysis and its accompanying 
stout spine on the tibia of the first leg (see pl. xv, fig. 3a) and 
one or two apical spines (not always found) on the tibia of the 
second leg. ‘he metatarsus of the first leg is lobed on the outer 
side at the base (fig. 3a). The tibia and metatarsus of the third 
and fourth legs are armed ventrally with 2-3 transverse series of 
2-4 spines each. ‘The first tarsal scopula is undivided, the second 
very narrowly, the third and fourth more (but not very) widely 
divided. 

The metatarsal scopula of the first legs is a little less dense 
than the tarsal, it is broad distally and narrow proximally, but 
extends over rather more than the distal half of the joint. On 
the second legs it is similar, but less obscured by long hair; on 
the third and fourth it is much smaller and confined to the sides of 
the distal part of the joint. 

The male of this species appears to differ from P. millardi, 
Pocock (the only male hitherto described in the genus) in the 
denser metatarsal scopula of the first legs, and in the presence of 
a small apical metatarsal scopula on the fourth legs. 

2. Dimensions.—Carapace up to 6:0 X 4'°5 mm., sternum 
up to 2°77 X 255mm. The fourth leg longer than the first as in 
the male; the pieces which are about equal in length to the 
carapace in the male seem to be a little shorter in the female. 


| These joints are a trifle longer in the second than in the third leg—slightly 
.so in the type specimen, decidedly so in the other two, which are much smaller. 
2 Occasionally another near it in the second legs. 


276 Records of the Indian Museum, [Vor. XI, 


Colour.—Distinctly yellower than the male; no white hairs 
on any of the legs. 

Structure.—The carapace resembles that of the male, but the 
anterior lateral eyes are somewhat larger than the anterior 
medians. 

The steynam is somewhat broader in proportion to its length 
than in the male. 

The teeth on the /abium are stouter than in the male, normal. 

The tibia of the palpf is armed with two apical spines. 

The first Jegs are armed only with the usual apical spine of 
the metatarsus, and sometimes with a small apical spine on the 
inner side of the tibia; the metatarsus is not lobed at the base. 
The tibia is similarly armed in the second legs, but the meta- 
tarsus of this pair has three apical spines. The metatarsi of the 
third and fourth legs are armed as in the male, but the tibiae of 
these legs appear to be unarmed in their basal halves. All the 
tarsal scopulae are divided, those of the anterior legs normally, 
those of the posterior legs very widely. The metatarsal scopulae 
resemble those of the male, but are perhaps a trifle less pro- 
nounced. 

The female of this species differs from P. tenuipes, the only 
species previously described in which the anterior median eyes are 
smaller than the anterior laterals, in having the anterior legs 
distinctly shorter than the posterior. 


Plesiophrictus raja, n. sp. 


This handsome species resembles Annandaltella travancorica in 
habits. Its name is given in recognition of the facilities for col- 
lecting kindly afforded me by H. H. the Raja (now the ex-Raja) 
of Cochin, and of the interest which he took in my work. 

Localities. —-~Kavalai, 1300-3000 ft. on the Cochin State Forest 
Tramway, and near the rubber estate on the lowest slopes of the 
Ghats between the tenth and fourteenth miles of that tramway. 
Only one specimen, however, was obtained from the latter place. 
I have selected the largest of the Kavalai specimens as type. 

@”. Unknown. 

¢. Dimensions.--Carapace up to 9'°0 X 65 mm. Sternum 
up to 3°2 X 3°2. The fourth legs longer than the first. Carapace 
equal in length to femur and patella and to tibia metatarsus and 
tarsus of first legs, to patella tibia and metatarsus of second legs, 
to femur patella and tibia of third, and to femur and patella and 
to metatarsus and tarsus of fourth. 

Colour.—-Carapace and abdomen covered with hair, occa- 
sionally (in one faded-looking specimen from Kavalai) dull 
greenish brown throughout, usually deep blue above, giving the 
whole upper surface of the body a rich dark, steel-blue lustre. 
Legs and lower surface of body olivaceous, sternum and coxae 
more reddish; anterior tarsi and apical half of anterior metatarsi , 
pale. 


1915.] F.H. GRrAvety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 277 


Structure.—The carapace is ovate, broader behind than in 
front. The fovea is lightly procurved. The anterior lateral eyes 
are at least as large as the anterior medians. 

The sternum is no longer than it is broad. The posterior 
sigilla are fully a diameter distant from the margin. 

The labium is normal. 

On the tibia of the falps only the inner apical spine is 
developed. 

The first /egs are unarmed except for the usual apical spine on 
the metatarsus. The second legs have three apical and one median 
spines on the metatarsus; their other joints are unarmed. The 
third and fourth legs bear spines on the distal two-thirds of the 
length of each. All the tarsal scopulae are completely divided, 
but the spines between the two halves are stouter and more 
widely spaced on the two posterior pairs of legs than on the two 
anterior pairs. All protarsal scopulae are more or less obsolete. 

This species differs from all that have hitherto been described 
in its deep steel-blue colour. 


Plesiophrictus bhori, n. sp. 


This species resembles Annandaliella travancorica and Plesio- 
phrictus raja in its general habits, The jungle in which it lives 
is, however, largely of the deciduous type, instead of the ever- 
green type that predominates at the base of the hills and at 
Kavalai. <A large proportion of the specimens were found under 
pieces of wood in open jungle consisting largely of bamboo, a type 
of jungle of which neither insects nor arachnids seem usually to be 
fond. The species is named after Mr. J. Bhore, the Dewan of 
Cochin, whose constant help enabled me to make interesting col- 
lections in places that I could not otherwise have reached during 
my short visit to the State. 

Locality.—Parambikulam in the Western Ghats, Cochin 
State, at altitudes varying from 1700-3200 ft. 

#7. Unknown. 

@. Dimensions.—Carapace up to I2°0 X I0°0 mm. Ster- 
num up to 5°3 X 5°3. The fourth leg longer than the first. 
Carapace slightly shorter than femur and patella or tibia meta- 
tarsus and tarsus of first leg, about equal to (perhaps slightly 
longer than) patella and tibia of same leg, to femur and patella 
and to tibia metatarsus and tarsus of second legs, to trochanter 
femur and patella of third legs, and to tarsus and metatarsus of 
fourth, scarcely as long as femur and patella of fourth. 

Colour.—Almost uniformly brown. 

Structure.—The carapace, sternum and labium resemble those 
of the preceding species. The sternum is, however, somewhat more 
densely hairy. The tibia of the palps is armed with two apical 
spines only in the largest specimen seen (the type), in other large 
specimens only the inner one is present, the palps being as usual 
unarmed in the very young. 


278 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor, 2s 


The first /egs are armed as in the preceding species, except 
that in full grown specimens there is (? always) a small apical 
spine on the inner side of the tibia. The same applies to the 
second legs except that this inner apical spine of the tibia appears 
at an earlier stage, and is followed by a mid-ventral spine and an 
outer apical one. The third and fourth legs are armed as in that 
species. The tarsal scopulae resemble those of the preceding 
species. ‘The metatarsal scopulae are dense on the first pair of 
legs, slightly thinner on the others; they occupy the distal half of 
the metatarsi of the first two pairs of legs, but are more restricted 
on the last two. 

This species seems to be very closely allied to P. millett. It 
agrees with Pocock’s short description of that species in all struc- 
tural characters, but differs in the colour of its pile which is 
distinctly brown, not red, being almost olivaceous on the abdo- 
men: it also differs in the absence of white hairs from the extre- 
mities of the legs. The localities from which the two species come 
are very widely separated; and a fuller description of H. millets 
will probably reveal structural differences between the two. 


Genus Phlogiodes, Pocock. 


This genus is not represented in our collection, unless it be by 
two immature specimens from the Bombay Presidency. I canadd 
nothing to what I have already said about it above (pp. 269-270). 


Group THRIGMOPOEEAE. 


Pocock’s key to the two genera recognized in this group 
seems quite satisfactory. 


Genus Haploclastus, Simon. 


The stridulating organ of the new species of. this genus 
described below is of a very simple, almost rudimentary type. 
It has been figured elsewhere (Gravely, 1915, pl. xxxi, fig 1). The 
bacilli on the chelicerae are situated on the lower margin, into the 
gereral hairiness of which they merge, and the minute scattered 
bristles on the anterior surface of the coxa of the palp are 
scarcely if at all different from the more numerous bristles which 
cover this surface in the first legs. In other characters, the genus 
closely resembles the preceding ' which has no stridulating organ, 
and the following in which the stridulating organ is of a some- 
what more advanced type. It may therefore be regarded as 
transitional between the two. 


Haploclastus kayi, n. sp. 


Locality. —Parambikulam, 1700-3200 ft., Cochin State, where 
the wide knowledge of the country and its jungles possessed by 


| This refers to the female. No male Thrigmopoeeae yet appear to be known. 


1915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 279 


Mr. P. B. Kay enabled me to find without delay the most promis- 
ing collecting grounds of the neighbourhood. Only one specimen 
of the present species was obtained. 

@. Unknown. 

9. Dimensions.—-Catrapace 13:0 X 98 mm. Sternum 
61 X 555mm. First legs fully as long as fourth which are slen- 
derer than any of the others; second shorter than first and fourth, 
longer than third. Carapace not quite as long as patella and tibia 
of first legs, much longer than femur and than tarsus and meta- 
tarsus of same, and than femur or patella and tibia or tarsus and 
metatarsus of second legs; fully as long as femur and patella of 
third legs, scarcely as long as tibia metatarsus and tarsus of same; 
about equal to femur and haif patella, to patella and tibia, and 
to tarsus and metatarsus of fourth legs. 

Colour.—Reddish brown, except the upper sides of the patella 
and tibia of the second legs which are paler, almost golden; and 
of the patella, tibia, and base of metatarsus of the first legs which 
are paler still and greyish. 

Structure.—The shape of the carapace resembles that of the 
preceding species. The anterior median eyes are larger than the 
anterior laterals, the diameter of the former being about equal to 
the long diameter of the latter. ‘The fovea is lightly procurved 
and very deeply inipressed. The /abium is normal, the sternum 
is very hairy, with large sigilla which are rounded in front and 
pointed behind. ‘The chelicerae resemble those of Plesiophrictus 
apart from the presence of stridulatory spines upon them. There 
is the usual mid-apical spine on the metatarsi of the first pair of/egs, 
but it is much hidden by the dense scopula. I have not been able 
to detect any spine on the second metatarsus, but here too the 
scopula is very dense. The metatarsi of the two hind legs each 
have three apical spines. ‘The tibiae of the palps and of all the legs 
are unarmed. ‘The tarsal and metatarsal scopulae are divided in 
the fourth leg only. The metatarsal scopulae of the first two legs 
ate very dense, and extend to the base of the segment. Those of 
the third legs, though dense, only cover the distal half of the 
segment. ‘Those of the fourth legs are weaker and apical. 

This species differs from H. nilgivinus in that the fourth leg 
is longer than the second, and from H. cervinus in that the 
patella and tibia of the first are together longer than those of the 
fourth. From both it appears to differ in colour, but this differ- 
ence may be less real than it seems as its most striking feature— 
the light grey of the upper surface of the patellae and tibiae of 
the anterior legs—is not apparent as long as the specimen remains 
superficially wet. 


Genus Thrigmopoeus, Pocock. 


A single immature specimen from South Arcot is the only 
representative of this genus which we possess. Its stridulating 
organ differs from that of Haploclastus kayi in the more definite 
arrangement and slightly greater size of the spines on the palps, 


280 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL,, 2 


and also in the greater distinctness of the group of bacilli on the 
chelicerae from the hairs which clothe the lower sides of these 
appendages. The organ has been figured elsewhere (Gravely, 
1915, pl. xxxi, fig. 2). 


Group POECILOTHERIEAE, 


This group, which contains only one genus, appears to have 
originated in the Indian Peninsula or Ceylon, from some form 
presumably allied to the foregoing genera of Aviculariinae, as a 
result of adaptation to a new mode of life (see Gravely, 1915, 
pp. 417-418). 

Genus Poecilotheria, Simon. 


Poecilotheria miranda, Pocock. 


One female specimen from ‘‘ Kharagpur Hills’’ ', and another 
from near Chaibassa in the Singbhum District of Chota Nagpur. 


Poecilotheria regalis, Pocock. 


One male from Bangalore, and one female from the Anna- 
malai Hills. The latter record extends the known range of this 
species to the hills south of the Palghat Gap, an extensive low- 
lying plain which cuts right across the hills of South India. The 
specimen is one determined by Mr. Hirst of the British Museum, 
who presumably had the type available for comparison. The 
discovery of a male in the Annamalais is greatly to be desired, as 
it is possible that its palpal organ may prove to differ from that 
of the male found on the opposite side of the Gap. 


Poecilotheria striata, Pocock. 


One female from South India, and one somewhat smaller 
specimen from Pamben on Rameswarem Island. 


Group ORNITHOCTONEAE. 


Only one species of each of three genera of this group are 
recorded from the Indian Empire. Of these Melopoeus minax is 
much the commonest, and is represented in our collection by 
females from ‘‘ Burma’’, ‘‘ Upper Tenasserim’’, Myawadi on the 
Burmo-Siamese frontier (Thoungyin valley, Amherst District of 
Tenasserim), the hills between the Thoungyin and Me-Ping in 
Siam, and from Pitsanuloke in Siam. It spends the day in silk- 
lined burrows devoid of a trap-door, but comes out in the even- 
ing. ‘The only specimen I saw outside seemed very sluggish. 

The road between Thingannyinaung and the base of the 
Dawna Hills, on the extreme west of the Thoungyin Valley, 


| Kharagpur is situated in the Midnapur District of Bengal, in the western 
part of the flat country bordering on the Gangetic Delta. The hills referred to 
are probably those of Singbhum, a district of Chota Nagpur immediately to the 
west of Midnapur, 


1915.]| F. H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 281 


was lined with these burrows; but having little time to spare 
when I noticed them, and no proper digging implements, I only 
got one spider from them. This was a male which I had no 
hesitation in associating with the similar-looking female common 
in the district, 7.e. with Melopoeus minax. Its characters were, 
however, those of a Cyriopagus rather than of a Melopoeus. 
This led me to consider whether Cyriopagus might not be simply 
the male of Melopoeus. The type of the former genus is record- 
ed as a female; but it is in our collection, and there can, I 
think, be no doubt at all about its immaturity. It may there- 
fore be a male. Omothymus schioedtei, Thorell, which Simon 
refers to the genus Cyriopagus, is described from a male only. 
The male of Selenocosmia albostriata, the species for which Pocock 
established the genus Melopoeus, is described by Simon (1886, 
p. 162) as ‘‘feminae subsimilis sed cephalothorace humiliore.’’ 
The low cephalothorax is one of the two chief characters in 
which Cyviopagus differs from Melopoeus; and nothing is said as 
to the distance of the eyes from the margin of the carapace in 
either sex of the species in question. I conclude, therefore, 
that Cyriopagus and Melopoecus represent opposite sexes of one 
genus. 

Of these two names the former has priority. This is unfor- 
tunate, inasmuch as the genus Ovnithoctonus, which is known 
from the female sex only, differs from Cyriopagus in the same 
characters as does ‘‘ Melopoeus’’, and may also very possibly have 
a male with Cyviopagus characters. The characters by which 
Pocock separates Cyriopagus (== Melopoeus) from Ornithoctonus 
are unsatisfactory even for females; and the two genera will very 
likely have to be united. 

The material before me is not, however, sufficient to justify 
this course at present, so the probable relation of the genotype 
of the former, Cyriopagus paganus, to other members of these 
genera must be considered. ‘Ihe characters by which their females 
are separated are found in practice to be so unsatisfactory even in 
that sex, that it would be hopeless to try to apply them to the 
other. Pocock’s figure of the stridulating organ of Ornithoctonus 
suggests, however, another means of separating that genus from 
Cyriopagus. For the stridulatory processes of the palp are shown 
as long spiniform structures, whereas in Cyriopagus minax they are 
short and denticuliform. And it may be mentioned that a speci- 
men in our collection which seems to approach the genus Orni- 
thoctonus rather than “‘ Melopoeus”’ in the characters of its legs and 
fovea has spiniform, not denticuliform, stridulatory processes on 
the palp. Unfortunately the locality of the specimen is not known, 

The stridulatory processes on the palp are denticuliform in 
the genotype of Cyriopggus; so it is Melopoeus rather than 
Ornithoctonus that must now be sunk as a synonym. Whether 
Ornithoctonus is to be sunk as well requires further investigation. 

Apart from the immature type of Cyrtopagus paganus, 
C. minax is the only named species of this group in our collection, 


282 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


Lab e . . e 
The male specimen is at present on loan in America so I cannot 
give the description of it which ought to appear here. 


Group SELENOCOSMIEAE, 


This group, as defined above (p. 208), contains all the Indo- 
Australian Aviculariinae in which the anterior part of the labium 
is covered with densely packed granules, no matter whether a 
stridulating organ is present between the chelicerae and palps or 
not. 

The only known species which lacks the stridulating organ is 
‘© Tschnocolus’’ brevipes, Thorell, but in ‘‘Ischnocolus’’ subarma- 
tus, Thorell, this organ is quite rudimentary. The latter species 
was removed by Simon (Vol. II, p. 925) to the genus Phlogiellus, 
Poc., a genus which has since been shown by Hirst (1909, p. 384) 
to be indistinguishable from Selenocosmia and Chilobrachys. For 
the species subarmatus, however, he instituted a new subgenus 
Neochilobrachys, on account of the rudimentary nature of the 
stridulating organ (oc. cit., p. 389). 

Neochilobrachys subarmatus differs from species belonging to 
the genus Chilobrachys in having a much smaller number of 
stridulating rods on the coxa of the palp, and Chilobrachys differs 
from Selenocosmia in the same way. It was presumably for this 
reason that Hirst decided to regard Neochilobrachys as a subgenus 
of the former rather than of the latter. The change from the 
Selenocosmia to the Chilobrachys type of stridulating organ—of 
which many stages can be illustrated from species found at the 
present day—has, however, been accompanied by a marked in- 
crease in the specialization of the stridulating rods. The whole 
organ is clearly of a more advanced type in Chilobrachys than 
in Selenocosmia, and the reduction in the number of the rods 
cannot be regarded as in any way indicating a tendency towards 
degeneration—the only process which could bring them to the 
rudimentary condition of the ‘‘rods’’ found in Neochilobrachys 
subarmatus. The ‘‘rods’’? of N. subarmatus are, indeed, mere 
spines, comparable to those composing the dorsal and lateral parts 
of the groups of ‘‘rods” found in Selenocosmia, in which genus 
only the middle and ventral elements of these groups are really 
bacilliform. 

In my opinion, therefore, Neochilobrachys subarmatus should 
be regarded as a primitive form transitional between ‘‘ Jschnoco- 
lus’’ brevipes with no stridulating organ, and the genus Seleno- 
cosmia which possesses a stridulating organ of some complexity. 
In this case Neochilobyachys cannot remain as a subgenus of 
Chilobrachys; and as it differs from Selenocosmia more widely 
than does that genus from certain species of Chilobrachys, it may 
be regarded as a distinct genus. For the present it will be best, I 
think, to define this genus somewhat loosly, so that ‘‘ Ischnocolus”’ 
brevipes may be included in it. Otherwise yet another mono- 
specific genus would be required. 


1915.| F.H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 283 


The three genera Neochilobrachys, Selenocosmia and Chilo- 
brachys represent three stages in the evolution of the type of 
stridulating organ found in the group. The Selenocosmia stage is 
found in the localized genera Lyrognathus (3 species), Coremtocne- 
mis (2 species), Selenostholus (1 species) and Selenotypus (1 species) 
as well as in the large and widely distributed genus Selenocosmia. 
Of these the last two are Australian, and I am not in a position 
to say anything about them. Of the desirability of keeping the 
first two distinct from Selenocosmia I am very doubtful. The 
Indian species of Selenocosmia appear to be transitional between 
this genus and Coremtocnemis, a genus which should certainly, I 
think, be abandoned. And the value of the single character by 
which the genus Lyrognathus is distinguished is probably small. 
I have, however, provisionally retained Lyrognathus as a sub- 
genus. Similarly, I am inclined to doubt the advisability of 
keeping distinct from the larger and more widely distributed genus 
Chilobrachys the mono-specific genus Orphnoecus from the Philip- 
pines. 

The genera of Selenocosmieae found in the Indian Empire may 
be distinguished as follows :— 


Stridulating organ between chelicerae and 
I palps rudimentary or absent .. Neochilobrachys. 
Stridulating organ well developed .. a 


Stridulating organ consisting of a dorsal 

crescent of fine spines, merging into 

and partially surrounding a _ ventral 

group of more or less claviform, but 

always somewhat slender, bacilli .. Selenocosmia, p. 284. 
A few of the bacilli in the ventral row 

very large and strongly claviform ; the 

number of rows, both of bacilli and of 

spines, often greatly reduced; the ven- 

tral row of bacilli usually extending 

beyond the spines in one or other 

direction... - .. Chilobrachys, p. 285. 


Genus Neochilobrachys, Hirst. 


So far as I know, only two species have yet been described 
which can be placed in this genus. They are N. brevipes (Thorell, 
1896, pp. 170-173) and N. subarmatus (Thorell, 1891, p. 13). In 
the former there is no stridulating organ between the chelicerae 
and palps. In the latter, which is represented in our collection 
by a number of specimens from the Nicobars, there is a row of 
2-6 (see Hirst, 1909, p. 388) stout spinules on the palp, and a 
group of somewhat similar but scattered and smaller spinules on 
the sides of the chelicerae close to the hair on the proximal part 
of the lower margin. ‘This stridulating organ has been figured 
elsewhere (Gravely, 1915, pl. xxxi, fig. 3). The part on the 
chelicerae has also been figured by Hirst (1909, pl. xxiv, fig. 2). 


284 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vol 


Genus Selenocosmia, Ausserer. 


The palpal parts of the stridulating organs of this genus 
have already been described (p. 283). The parts situated on 
the sides of the chelicerae normally consist of a number of long 
and slender spines mixed with, and not always sharply differen- 
tiated from, scattered hairs which are continuous with the thicker 
covering of the lower margins. In S. himalayana, however, these 
spines are shorter, and not mixed with hair, resembling those found 
in Chilobrachys assamensis and /umosus, rather than those found in 
other members of its own genus. In this species, too, the group 
of claviform bacilli on the palp is elongated at the expense of the 
downwardly curved ends of the group of simpler bristles, the two 
groups being almost equal in extent. It approaches Chilobrachys 
in these characters of the palpal part of the stridulating organ, 
to a greater extent than does any other species of Selenocosmia 
known to me. I have elsewhere figured a typical stridulating 
organ of the genus Selenocosmia (1915, pl. xxxi, fig. 4). 

Two Indian subgenera may be recognized, though their value 
is uncertain. They may be distinguished thus :— 


Fourth legs much thicker than first, 

their metatarsal scopulae entire and 

extending to the base of the segment Lyrognathus. 
Fourth legs not thicker than first, their 

metatarsal scopulae weaker and 

apical ue a .. Selenocosmta., 


Lyrognathus is represented in our collection by two specimens. 
One, from the Khasi Hills, has been determined by Hirst as L. 
crotalis; the other, from the Garo Hills, has been determined by 
myself as L. pugnax. I am very doubtful whether they are 
really distinct. 

Selenocosmia is represented by one specimen from the Anda- 
mans doubtfully referred by Hirst to S. javanus ; by two imma- 
ture specimens from the same group of islands; by several 
specimens with slenderer legs from Sibsagar in Assam; and by 
several specimens (mostly males) of S.iimalayana. The last named 
species was described by Pocock from a specimen from Dehra Dun, 
said to be a female, the length of whose carapace was I5 mm. 
Hirst (1907, pp. 523-4, text-fig. 2) has since described a male from 
Kasauli, 6,600 ft., with a carapace length of 20 mm., and a female 
from Dalhousie, 6000 ft., with a carapace length of 18 mm.; he 
therefore concludes that the type wasimmature. This was not neces- 
sarily the case, however, for we have adult males whose carapace 
lengths range from 8'5-12°0 mm. ‘Two of these are from Dehra 
Dun, two from Almora, 5500 ft., and two from Naini Tal. We 
also have one female from Dehra Dun. ‘The species is evidently 
very variable in size. In one of the males from Dehra Dun the 
characteristic projection on the outer side of the palpal organ, 
though present on that of the left side, is absent on that of the right, 


r9t5.| F. H. GRAVELY: Indian Mygalomorph S piders. 285 


Genus Chilobrachys, Karsch. 


Simon’s definition of this genus applies only to those species 
in which the stridulating organs approach or attain their highest 
degree of specialization. To the simpler forms it is inapplicable. 
This is especially so in the case of C. assamensis and C. fumosus, 
species which resemble Selenocosmia himalayana in the structure 
of the parts of the stridulating organs situated on the chelicerae, 
and approach it more closely than do any other species of Chilo- 
brachys known to me, in the structure of the parts of these organs 
situated on the palps. The stridulating organ of C. assamensis has 
already been figured (Gravely, 1915, pl. xxx1, fig. 5). 

C. assamensts and C. fumosus are closely allied to one another. 
C. fumosus appears invariably to attain a much greater size than 
C. assamensis. but in view of the great range in size shown by 
S. himalayana (see previous page) and by C. hardwickii (see fol- 
lowing page) this, the only difference known to me in females, 
cannot be regarded as an altogether satisfactory character. 

The palpal organs of males of the two species are remark- 
ably alike in their general features, but the style is longer and 
more abruptly spatulate at the end in C. fumosus than in C. assam- 
ensis. The latter species is represented in our collection by 
cotypes of both sexes from Sibsagar in Assam. ‘The former is 
represented by two males from Kurseong, on one of which (that 
collected by Dr. Annandale) Hirst’s description of this sex (1909, 
pp. 386-7—the only one yet published) was based. Females and 
young, which must provisionally be referred to this species, are 
represented in our collection by specimens from Chitlong in Nepal ; 
Singla, 1500 ft., Darjeeling, Sureil and Kalimpong in the Darjeeling 
District ; the Assam-Bhutan Frontier of Mangaldai District; and 
Burroi at the base of the Dafla Hills. It remains to be seen, 
however, whether the males from all these localities belong to a 
single species. If not, as the type is a female labelled ‘‘ North 
India’, the name C. fumosus should be kept for the Kurseong 
(Darjeeling District) form. The arrangement of the spines on 
the chelicerae in parallel rows is more or less clearly marked in 
certain specimens of this and other species; it cannot be regarded 
as a good specific character. 

In Chilobrachys assamensis and fumosus the largest bacilli on 
the palps are situated in the distal half of the ventral row, and 
the stridulating processes of the chelicerae are slender and spini- 
form as in Selenocosmia. In all other species which I have seen the | 
largest bacilli are proximal, and the projections against which 
they work are short and denticuliform. In a species from the 
Malay Peninsula, however, the former are practically median, 
though the dorsal spines are concentrated a little on the distal side 
of them. It is possible that Chilobrachys assamensis and fumosus 
have originated independently of the rest of the genus, in which 
case the former might be made the type of a new genus containing 
the latter and perhaps also Selenocosmia himalayana, But the 


286 Records of the Indian Museum. Vol. ae 


evidence is not yet conclusive; and in any case these species 
furnish an interesting indication of the manner in which the more 
typical forms of the genus Chilobyachys must have arisen. I have 
already figured elsewhere the stridulating organ of the type speci- 
men of C. styidulans (1915, pl. xxxi, fig. 6). 

Of the three remaining Indian species of Chilobrachys, which I 
am able to identify in our collection, C. fimbriatus appears to be 
the most primitive, z.c. the least removed from Selenocosmia, in the 
structure of its stridulating organs; for the rows of small bacilli 
are more numerous than is usual in either of the others. In Chilo- 
brachys hardwickit the extent of these small bacilli appears to 
be somewhat variable, but it is usually less than is the case in our 
single specimen of C. fimbriatus ; the shape of the whole group of 
bacilli in C. hardwickii is, moreover, longer and narrower, and so 
more like that of C. stridulans, in which the rows of small bacilli 
left exposed by the dorsal fringe of hair are still fewer. Another 
variable feature of C. hardwickii, and one in no way correlated 
with the variations found in the stridulating organ, is its size. 
The mature males in our collection have carapaces varying in 
length from barely 10 to over 16 mm. in length. The smallest 
males are associated with specimens of similar dimensions which 
are presumably mature females. Pocock’s suggestion that females 
of this species may always be distinguished from those of C. nitel- 
linus by their larger size can no longer, therefore, be maintained. 

C. fimbriatus is represented in our collection by a single male 
from Hoshali in the Shimoga District of Mysore. C. hardwickit 
is represented by specimens from Dharhara (Monghyr District) 
and Sahibgunge in Bihar; from Chakardharpur (Singbhum Dis- 
trict) in Chota Nagpur; and from Gmatia (Birbhum District) and 
Murshidabad in Bengal. C. stridulans is represented by specimens 
from Punkabari at the foot of the Darjeeling Hills, and from 
Goalpara, Shamshernager (Sylhet), Silcuri (Cachar), Aideo' and 
Sibsagar in Assam. 


Subfamily DI PLURINAE. 
Group MACROTHELEAE. 
Genus Macrothele, Ausserer. 
Macrothele vidua, Simon. 
(Pl, xv, fig. 5). 


I have little hesitation in referring to this species specimens 
sent me by Dr. Sutherland from Kalimpong. The species was 
described by Simon (1906, p. 306) from the ‘‘ bas plateaux de 
’Himalaya’’; and the only way in which our specimens appear to 
differ from it is in the armature of the anterior tarsi, which is 
present on the outer as well as on the inner side. 


! { do not know in which district Aideo is situated. 


—e 


1915.] F. H. Gravety: Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 287 


The Kalimpong series includes one male, and we have a male 
of the same species from Kurseong. This sex differs from the 
female in having the anterior median eyes more distinctly larger 
than the anterior laterals, and the posterior medians much smaller 
than the posterior laterals. The lower surface is inclined to be 
somewhat reddish throughout—more so in our Kurseong specimen 
than in the other. The legs and spinerettes are much slenderer 
in the male than in the female; and the abdomen is shorter in 
proportion to the length of the spinerettes. The palpal organ is 
lightly constricted below the stout conical base of the remarkably 
long slender and almost straight style (see pl. xv, fig. 5). 


LIST OF LITERATURE. 


1886. Simon, E. ‘‘ Arachnides Recueilles par M. A. Pavie dans 
le royaume de Siam, au Cambodge et en Cochinchine.’’ 
Actes Soc. Linn. Bordaux (4) X, 1886, pp. 136-187. 

1891. Thorell, T. ‘‘Spindlar fran Nikobarerna och andra delar 
af Sodra Asien.’’ K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. XXIV (2), 
1891, 149 pp. 

1892. Simon, HE. “ Histoire Naturelle des Araignées.” Vol. I, 
Paris, 1892. 

1895. Pocock, R. I. “‘On a New and Natural Grouping of 
some of the Oriental genera of Mygalomorphae, with 
descriptions of new genera and species.’’ Ann. Mag. 
Nat. Hist. (6) XV, 1895, pp. 165-184, pl. x. 

1896. Thorell, T. ‘‘Secondo Saggio sii Ragni Birmanie i 
Parallelodontes—Tubitelariae.”’ Ann. Civ. Mus. Genova 
(2a), XVII (XX XVII), 1896-7, pp. 161-267. 

1897. Simon, E. ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Araignées.’’ Vol. II, 
Patis; 1307. - 

1899. Pocock, R. I. ‘‘ Diagnoses of some new Indian Arachnida.” 
J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XII, 1898-1900, pp. 744-753. 

1900. Pocock, R.I. ‘‘TheFauna of British India.—Arachnida.”’ 
London, rgoo. 

1906. Simon, EK. ‘‘ Descriptions de quelques Arachnides des bas 
plateaux de l’Himalaya.’’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France LXXV, 
1906, pp. 306-314. 

1907. Hirst, A. S. ‘‘On Two Spiders of the genus Seleno- 
cosmia.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) XIX, pp. 522-524, 
2 text-figs. 

1909. Hirst,A.S. ‘On some new or little-known Mygalomorph 
Spiders from the Oriental Region and Australia.’’ Rec. 
Ind. Mus., III, 1909, pp. 383-390, pl. xxiv. 

I9gI5. Gravely, F. H. ‘‘ The Evolution and Distribution of 
Oriental Spiders belonging to the sub-family Avicula- 
riinae.’’ J.A.S.B. (in the press). 


eaaererowrerer'wrm?>s=s es ee S=—"—0 eae 


2 
~ 
ee ——* 
+ - « 
P 
' . 
Ms , - 
tt. Ter ss ng 
rr P ? bee 
: Hi P 
“ ta 
j , . 
7 ‘ 
’ 
* s 
. e rs ws 
# 
bal . Zz + . 
> t isi 2 
we 3 
td - Pe Say Bas oA > Her : , 
: : i “6 1 as ethe Yio 12 ay why 77) : ‘ < 
WEE EDT | bee ae ae ot oe Pe t oe 
— te eee ‘ a2 ia) ys At 1% if " 
- - J aa roe - ol 
* 3 —* Pet eel aay Dey mee! =e as 79) 1) Hy 


re ‘Ah ke we ~ ue ban 14 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. 


Fic. 1.—Idiops biharicus, type (@). 


a. Junction of tibia and metatarsus of first leg of 
_ fright side, from above and in front. 
b. Outer side of right palpal organ. 
2.—-Sasonichus arthrapophysis, type (@). 
a. Junction of tibia and metatarsus of first right leg , 
from the inner side. 
b. Outer side of right palpal organ. 
3.—Plesiophrictus satarensis, type (@). 
a. Junction of tibia and metatarsus of first right leg 
from below. 
b. Outer side of right palpal organ. 
4.—Annandaliella travancorica (oo). 
a. Tibial apophysis of first right leg from below. 
b. Outer side of right palpal organ. 


5.—Macrothele vidua (v). Outer side of right palpal organ. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI, 1915. Plate XV. 


ae 


a aA Lb d 
“ON : 
3a 32. 
( aa 
4a. 


Indian Mygalomorph Spiders. 


PV Chee hel wn koe POR TON MOLLUSC A 
Pub Ove jake. Cet, KoA yO Not EE 
BeAr LC ORAS TO LN DLA; 


by TW. Bb. PRESTON, 2.2.95. 


At the request of Dr. Annandale of the Indian Museum the 
author has examined a second collection of Mollusca from Lake 
Chilka, a report on which is given below. The first collection was 
made by Dr. Annandale and Mr. Kemp in 1913 and included 
thirty-four species of which twenty-one were described as new,! 
though two of these (Velovita satbaraénsis and Tornatina soror) 
have from the examination of considerable further material 
proved to be unworthy of retention, as will be seen later. The pre- 
sent collection was made by the same collectors during Septem- 
ber and December of 1913 and January, February, March, July 
and September of 1914, and contains sixty-seven species of which 
twenty-five appear to have hitherto escaped notice and are described 
and figured in the present report, the type specimens in all cases 
being returned to the Indian Museum. This large number of new 
forms in both collections may be accounted for by the fact that 
practically no systematic collecting has ever been previously done 
in the lake. 

As was to be expected a large proportion of the species origi- 
nally recorded are again included in this second collection, some 
however very sparingly while others are conspicuous by their 
total absence. This is largely because examples of some easily 
recognized species were not sent. 

In conclusion the author would take this opportunity to 
express his thanks to Mr. E. A. Smith, I.S.O., for much help 
ungrudgingly given in the generic determination of the smaller 
Pelecypods of which both collections contain a large number. 


Clas GASTROPODA. 
Order PROSOBRANCHIA. 
Family TEREBRIDAE. 
Terebra rambhaénsis, Preston. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., X, p. 297. 
Nalbano and channel S.E. of Nalbano, 4-8 ft. 


l Rec. Ind. Mus., X, pp. 297-310 (1914). 


290 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL 2ak, 


Family NASSIDAE. 
Nassa sistroidea, G. and H. Nevill. 


jas: 0c. Bengal, XL pt. 2. plac. 6, 
Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. (two immature examples). 


Nassa marratii, Smith. 
J. Linn. Soc., XII, p. 543; Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1878, p. 
80g. 
Channel off Satpara Point, 8-12 ft. 


Nassa orissaénsis, Preston. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., X, p. 299. 


Channel off Barhampur Id., 6-9 ft.; 1 mile N.E. by E. of 
Chiriya Id., 54-62 ft.; opposite Barkul bungalow; 2-8 miles 
N.H. 4 E. of Kalidai, 5-6 ft.; S.E. of Barkuda and Samal Id., 
+ mile off shore, 6 ft.; 2-3 miles S.E. by E. 4 E. of Patsahani- 
pur, 43-54 ft.; Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft.; channel between Barnikuda 
and Satpara, 64 ft.; about 4 miles E.N.E. of Kalupara Ghat; 
1-1} miles off Kalupara Ghat. channel from Satpara towards 
Barnikuda, 9-12 ft. 


Nassa denegabilis, Preston. 


T. ¢., pp. 297-299. 

Channel between Satpara and Barhampur, 8-20 ft.; Nal- 
bano and channel S.E. of Nalbano, 4-8 ft.; Sand-dunes oppo- 
site Manikpatna; Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. 


Bullia vittata, Linn. 


Syst. Nat., Edit. 12, p. 1206. 
Outer bar close to mouth (a single young and dead specimen). 


Family STROMBIDAE. 
Strombus isabella, Lk. 


Anim. s. vert., IX, p. 700. 
Chilka Lake (a very young specimen). 


Family CERITHIIDAE. 
Potamides (Tympanotonos) fluviatilis, Pot. and Mich. 


Cat. Moll. de Douat, p. 363. 


Channel between Satpara and Barhampur, 8-20 ft.; channel 
from Satpara towards Barnikuda, 9-12 ft.; off Barnikuda, 5-12 ft. 


1915.] H.B. Preston: Mollusca trom Lake Chilka. 291 


Potamides (Telescopium) fuscum, Schumacher. 


Essat Nouv. Syst., p. 233. 
Outer bar opposite Manikpatna temple. 


Family FOSSARIDAE. 
Chilkaia, gen. n. 


Shell minute, ovate, rimate, with large body whorl and 
aperture, spirally lirate and transversely plicate; operculum ? 


Hab.—Lake Chilka, E. coast of India. 


we 


ear 


Fic. 1t.—Chilkata imitatrix, sp. n. X 10. 


» = (sculpture) X 30. 
Ate 2 —Litiopa (Alaba) copiosa, sp.n. X 8. 
i Cee) i (sculpture) xX 12. 


1 | 6G eenoLhyra tr igona, sp.n. X 14. 
“s ie —Stenothyra obesula, sp.n. X 8. 
» 5-—Epttentum hamatulae, sp. n. X 4. 


Chilkaia imitatrix, sp. n. 
(Figs. 1, 1a.) 


Shell small, oblong ovate, covered with a light reddish 
periostracum; whorls 3, finely and wavily spirally lirate and 
slightly distantly obliquely transversely plicate, the last whorl 
shouldered in the infra-sutural region; suture impressed; perfora- 
tion very narrow; columella whitish, descending in a curve, 
extending above into a thick, white, restricted, parietal callus 
which unites it with the labrum above; labrum acute, a very 
little dilated below; aperture oblique and rather elongately 
ovate. 


292 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou, cats 


Alt. 2°5, diam. maj. 1°75 mm. 

Aperture: alt. 1°25, diam. °75 mm. 

Hab.—Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 4-8 ft. (Tye); 
Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. 

Bearing, in miniature, an extraordinary resemblance to the 
more ovate forms of Pavamelania {rom Lake Tanganyika. 


Family LITIOPIDAKE. 
Litiopa (Alaba) kempi, Preston. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., X, p. 300. 

8 miles W. by S. of Breakfast Id., 5-5? ft.; E. side of 
Rambha Bay, 1-42 ft.; 1 mile N.E. by E. of Chirtya Id., 
53-63 ft.; Breakfast Id., midway between Ganta Sila and 
Chiriya Id. South Pt., 5-6 ft.; Nalbano and channel N.E. of 
Nalbano, 4-8 ft.; southwards from Mahosa, 5-9 ft.; Mahosa, 
Barhampur Id.; off Sankuda Id., Ganjam District, Madras; 
Rambha Bay; among grass-like weeds on sandy bottom in 3-34 
ft. of water close to shore of Barkuda Id. 


Litiopa (Alaba) copiosa, sp. n. 
(igs: (2, 22, p..201.) 


Shell small, fusiformly turrite, whitish, showing traces of 
having been covered with a thin greenish periostracum, the last 
whorl narrowly transversely banded with reddish brown; whorls 
6, the last two moderately convex, the upper whorls flattish, 
sculptured with fine, closely-set, spiral lirae and slightly oblique, 
rounded, rather distant, transverse costulae; suture impressed, 
crennellated by the terminations of the transverse costulae; 
columella obliquely descending, scarcely reflexed, diffused above 
into a restricted, well defined, parietal callus which reaches to 
the upper margin of the labrum; labrum simple; aperture ob- 
lique, ovate. 

Alt. 3°75, diam. maj. 1°75 mm. 

Hab.—Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. (Type); channel between Barni- 
kuda and Satpara, 63 ft.; Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 
4-8 ft.; channel from Satpara towards Barnikuda, 9-12 ft.; 
Nalbano and channel $.E. of Nalbano, 4-8 ft. 


Family HYDROBIIDAE. 
Stenothyra minima, Sow. 


Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist. London (Charlesworth’s series), I, 1837, 
p. 217 (as Nematura). 

Opposite Barkul bungalow; 1-5 miles N. by E. of Kalidai, 
7-74. ft.; 1 mile N.E. by E. of Chiriya Id., 54-6} ft.; southern- 
most island of Manikpatna series; 1 mile S. of Kalidai, 4-8 ft.; 
Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft.; between Barkuda and mainland, 6-8 ft. | 


Ig15.] H.B. Preston: Mollusca from Lake Chilka. 293 


Stenothyra chilkaénsis, Preston. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., X, p. 300. 


Serua Nadi, 5-9 it.; 4-9 miles E., 4S. of Barkul bungalow, 
54-52 ft.; channel off Barhampur Id., 6-9 ft.; 1 mile N.E. by 
E. of Chiriya Id., 53-62 ft.; channel between Barnikuda and 
Satpara, 64 ft.; off Barnikuda, inside lake, 6 ft.; 2-8 miles N.E. 
4 E. of Kalidai, 5-6 ft.; 1 mile S. of Kalidai, 4-8 ft.: between 
Barkuda and mainland, 6-8 ft.; Nalbano and channel S.E. of 
Nalbano, 4-8 ft.; southwards from Mahosa, 5-9 ft.; S.E. of 
Barkuda and Samel Id., + mile off shore, 6 ft.; channel from 
Satpara towards Barnikuda, 9-12 ft. 


Stenothyra orissaensis, Preston. 


T.c., pp. 300-301. 

Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft.; Rambha Bay, about 6 it. of water, 
among weeds; about 4 miles E.N.E. of Kalupara Ghat, 6-7 ft.; 
I mile N.E. by E. of Chiriya Id., 54-63 ft.: Nalbano and chan- 
nel S.E. of Nalbano, 4-8 ft.; 2 miles N.E. by N. 3 N. of Kalidai, 
ait, 


Stenothyra trigona, sp. n. 


(Fig. 3, p. 192.) 


Shell rimate, thin, turrite, semitransparent, greyish white; 
whorls 5, smooth, rather rapidly increasing, the last inflated, 
ascending a little in front; suture impressed, margined below; 
perforation appearing as a narrow and not very deep chink; 
columellar lip descending in a curve; labrum continuous; aper- 
ture oblique, ovate. 

Alt. 2°5 (nearly), diam. maj. 1°5, diam. min. I mm. 

Hab.—Lake Chilka, opposite Barkul bungalow (Tye); Ram- 
bha Bay, among weeds; Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft.; 1 mile N.E. by E. 
of Chiriya Id., 53-6? ft.; Nalbano and channel S.E. of Nalbano, 
4-8 ft. 


Stenothyra obesula, sp. n. 


(Fig. 4, p. 291.) 


Shell rimate, ovately fusiform, of an olive colour; whorls 4, 
smooth, the first three small and regularly increasing, the last 
large, inflated, descending in front; suture impressed, very 
narrowly margined below; perforation reduced to a mere chink; 
labrum continuous, the margin dark brown; aperture slightly 
oblique, ovate; operculum normal. 

Alt. 3°25, diam. maj. 2°25 mm. 

Hab.—Southernmost island of Manikpatna series. 

This species stands out, owing to the obese form of the last 
whorl, from any other yet described from the Indian region. 


294 Records oj the Indian Museum. [Voy. XI, 


Family NATICIDAE. 
Natica marochiensis, Gmel. 
Syst. Nat., p. 3673, No. 15. 


Satpara, Chilka Lake. 
Dead shells inhabited by Coenobita. 


Natica maculosa, Lamarck. 


Anim. s. vert. (Desh. ed.), VIII, p. 641. 


Satpara, Chilka Lake. 
Dead shells inhabited by Diogenes. 


Family SCALARIIDAE. 


Epitonium hamatulae, sp. n. 
(Hig. 5 p320r.) 


Shell imperforate, turritely fusiform, whitish flesh colour; 
remaining whorls 5, sculptured with rather fine, erect and closely- 
set, transverse costulae, the terminations of which are bent for- 
ward in a hook-like manner in the immediate super-sutural region 
and of which there are seventeen on the last whorl, the interstices 
being quite smooth; suture impressed, crenellated by the hook- 
like terminations of the transverse costulae; columella descending 
in a slightly angular curve; aperture oblique, oval. 

Alt. 7:75, diam. maj. 4°5 mm. 

Aperture: alt. 3, diam. 2 mm. 

Hab.—Channel off Barhampur Id., 6-9 ft. 


‘Family PYRAMIDELLIDAE. 
Chrysallida (Mormula) humilis, Preston. 


Journal of Malacology, XII, 1905, p. 6 [as Pyramidella (Mor- 
mula) |. 


Channel off Barhampur Id., 6-9 ft.; Nalbano and channel 
S.E. of Nalbano, 4-8 ft. (a single deformed specimen): E. side 
of Rambha Bay, I 42 ft.; southwards from Mahosa, 5-9 ft.; 
main channel W. of Satpara Id., 3-8 ft.; Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft.; 
Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 4-8 ft. 

This appears to be a very variable species in sculpture, 
convexity of the whorls and size. Specimens differing in all these 
characters merge into one another but perhaps a single tapering 
specimen, which the author was at first inclined to regard as 
distinct, from ‘‘ Breakfast Island midway between Ganta Sila 
and Chiriya Island South Point (5-6 ft.)’’, may be especially men- 
tioned, the dimensions of this individual being: 

Alt. 8°75, diam. maj. 2°75, diam. min, 2°5 mm. 

Aperture: alt. 2, diam. I mm. 


r9g15.] H. B. Preston: Mollusca from Lake Chilka. 295 


While those of the type specimen from Ceylon with which a 
number of Lake Chilka examples fairly agree are— 

Alt. 4°75, diam. maj. I1°5 mm. 

Aperture: alt. 5 mm. 

Nevertheless one race would seem to stand out from all 
others and to be worthy of subspecific rank, while two other 
forms are so distinct as to warrant the accordance of full specific 
status. 


Chrysallida (Mormula) humilis chilkaénsis, subsp. n. 
(Figs. 6, 6a.) 


Shell differing from the typical P. (M.) humilis, Preston, in 
its less tapering, shorter and proportionately broader form, finer 
transverse costulae, coarser spiral striae and more oblique aper- 
ture. 


Fic. 6.—Chrysallida (Mormula) humilis chilkaensts, subsp. n. x 8. 
64.— 5 ” ” (sculpture) X 12. 
7.—Chrysallida (Mormula) ecclesia, sp.n. X 4 
7a.— hae iG (sculpture) x 8. 
8.—Chrysallida (Mormula) nadtensts, sp.n. X 
8a.— 6 ; G (sculpture) X 12. 


Alt. 3:25, diam. maj. 1°75 mm. 

Hab.—Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. (Type); main channel W. of 
Satpara Id., 3-8 ft.; southwards from Mahosa, 5-9 ft.; channel 
between Barnikuda and Satpara, 6} ft.; Nalbano and channel 
S.E. of Nalbano, 4-8 ft.; Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 
4-8 ft.; channel from Satpara towards Barnikuda, 9-12 ft.; off 
Barnikuda, inside lake, 6 ft. 


Chrysallida (Mormula) ecclesia, sp. n. 


(Figs. 7, 7a.) 


Shell subulately fusiform, tapering, reddish brown; whorls 
84, regularly increasing, not very convex, sculptured with rather 
closely-set, perpendicular, transverse plicae, crossed by fine, spiral 
lirae; suture impressed; columella descending in a curve, porcel- 


296 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


lenous, slightly reflexed, extending above into a thin, well defined, 
restricted, parietal callus which reaches to the upper margin of 
the labrum; labrum acute, a little dilated at the base; aperture: 
ovate, very slightly oblique. 

Alt. 8°75, diam. maj. 2°75, diam. min. 2°25 mm. 

Aperture: alt. 2, diam. I mm. 

Hab.—Breakfast Id., midway between Ganta Sila and Chi: 
riya Id S. Point, 5-6 ft. 


Chrysallida (Mormula) nadiensis, sp. n. 
(Figs. 8, 8a, p. 295.) 


Shell fusiform, white; whorls 6, regularly but rather rapidly 
increasing, shouldered above and below, transversely costulate 
and finely spirally striate, the costulae becoming obsolete and 
the striae coarser on the base of the shell; suture well impressed ; 
columellar margin somewhat obliquely descending and a little 
inwardly bulging above, curved below, extending above into a 
thickish, well-defined, parietal callus which unites it with the 
upper margin of the labrum; labrum acute, rather dilated at the 
base; aperture slightly oblique, ovate. 

Alt. 3°25, diam. maj. 1°25 mm. 

Hab.—Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. (Type); Mahosa, southwards 
towards sandhills, 4-8 ft.; Nalbano and channel S.E. of Nalbano, 
4-8 ft.; 1 mile S. of Kalidai, 4-8 ft. 


Odostomia chilkaénsis, Preston. 
Rec. Ind. Mus., X, pp. 301-302. 
Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 4-8 ‘ft. 


Family NERITIDAE. 
Neritiua souverbiana, Montrouzier. 
J. Conchyliol., Paris, XI, 1863, pp. 75, 175, pl. v, fig. 5. 


Mahosa, Barhampur Id.; Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft.; 1 mile E. 
by N. of Patsahanipur, 44 ft. (dead shells only). 


Family CYCLOSTREMATIDAE 


Cyclostrema (Tubiola) innocens, sp. n. 
(Figs. 9, ga-b, p. 299.) 


Shell small, discoidal, almost planulate, milk white, smooth 
throughout; whorls 3, rather rapidly increasing, the last convex, 
marked only with growth striae; suture well impressed; umbili- 
cus moderately wide; labrum continuous, simple; aperture rather 
large for the size of the shell, subcircular. 

Alt. °5, diam. maj. 2, diam. min. 1°75 mm. 

Hab.—Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. 


1915.) H. B. PRESTON: Mollusca from Lake Chilka. 207 


Family TROCHIDAE. 
Umbonium vestiarum, Lin. 
Syst. Nat., X; p. 758. 
Outer bar close to mouth; outer bar opposite Manikpatna 
temple. 
Solariella satparaénsis, Preston. 
Rec. Ind. Mus., X, pp. 302-303. 
Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 4-8 ft. (a single dead 
specimen). 
Order OPISTHOBRANCHIA. 
Family BULLIDAE. 
Bulla (Haminea) crocata, Pease. 


Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1860, p. 19. 


Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. (a single small, though apparently, fully 
grown specimen). 


Family TORNATINIDAE. 
Tornatina estriata, Preston. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., X, p. 303 

Channel from Satpara towards Barnikuda, 9-12 ft.; one 
mile N.E. by E. of Chiriya Id., 54-62 ft. ; Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft.; 
off Barnikuda, inside lake, 6 ft.; channel off Barhampur Id., 
6-9 ft.; main channel W. of Satpara Id., 3-8 ft.; Nalbano and 
channel S.E. of Nalbano, 4-8 ft.; southwards from Mahosa, 5-9 ft. ; 
2 miles N.E. by N., 3 N. of Kalidai, 7 ft. 

In view of the plasticity of the members of this genus, the 
author considers it necessary to unite T. sovor! with the present 
species, this conclusion having been come to as a consequence of 
the examination of a very large further series of examples from 
the lake in which more or less connecting links between the two 
originally described forms occur. 


Class PELEC YPODA 
Order TETRABRANCHIA. 
Sub-order MyTILaAceEa. 
Family MYTILIDAE. 
Mytilus smaragdinus, Chemnitz. 


Conch. Cab., VIII, pl. 1xxxiii, fig. 745. 


Manikpatna, oyster-beds (a single, very immature speci- 
men). 


1 Rec. Ind. Mus., X%, p. 303- 


298 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XI, 


Modiola undulata, (Dkr.). 


Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1856, p. 363. 

Channel off Barhampur Id., ro-20 ft.; channel between 
Satpara and Barhampur, 8-20 ft.; Nalbano and channel S.E. of 
Nalbano, 4-8 ft. (young examples only); 1 mile N.E. by E. of 
Chiriya Id., 53-6? ft. (young only). 


Var. crassicostata, Preston. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., X, p. 304. 
Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. (young specimens only); main channel 
W. of Satpara Id., 3-8 ft. (a young specimen). 


Sub-order ARCACEA. 
Family ARCIDAE. 
Arca (Fossularca) lactea, Lin. 


Syst. Nat. p. 1141. 

Channel between Satpara and Barhampur Id., 6-8 ft., and 
8-20 ft.; main channel W. of Satpara Id., 3-8 ft.; Satpara. 

After very careful comparison the author is unable to sepa- 
tate the present shells from the’ common European form, which 
has already been recorded from Bombay and Mergui as well as 
from S. Africa, the Red Sea, Aden, Ascension Id. and (somewhat 
doubtfully) from the Philippines. 


Sub-order ERYCINACEA. 
Family ERYCINIDAE. 
Kellya chilkaensis, sp. n. 
(Figs. 10, Ioa, p. 299.) 


Shell very thin, flattened, oblong-ovate, transparent, pale 
brownish, except towards the margins where it is covered with a 
thin membranaceous reddish brown periostracum, concentrically 
striate; umbones very small; dorsal margin arched; ventral 
margin gently rounded; anterior side obtusely rounded ; poste- 
rior side very slightly produced, rounded; hinge-teeth normal. 

Long. 4°25, lat. 5°75 mm. 

Hab.—Channel between Satpara and Barhampur Id., 6-8 ft. 
(Type); Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 4-8 ft.; 1 mile 
S. of Kalidai, 4-8 ft.; channel off Barhampur Id., 6-9 ft.; 4-7 
miles E. 4 S. of Patsahanipur, 4-4} ft. 


Kellya mahosaénsis, sp. n. 


(Fig. 11, p. 299.) 


Shell minute, inequilateral, oblong-ovate, transparent, pale 
yellowish horn colour, reddish at the margins, concentrically 


= 


I9I5.| H. B. Preston : Mollusca from Lake Chilka. 299 


striate; umbones comparatively large and rather prominent: 
dorsal margin strongly arched; ventral margin contracted in the 
median part; anterior side very obtusely rounded; posterior side 
rounded; hinge-teeth normal. 

Long. 1°5, lat. 1°25 mm. 

Hab.—Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 4-8 it. 


Family GALEOMMIDAE. 
Scintilla chilkaénsis, sp. n. 
(Figs. 12, 12a.) 


Shell oblong ovate, considerably flattened, very thin, trans- 
parent, pale yellowish, polished, shining, irregularly concentri- 
cally striate; umbones very small; dorsal margin arched at either 
side, slightly sloping in the umbonal region; ventral margin 


Fics. 9, 9a, 96.—Cyclostrema (Tubiola) tnnocens, sp. n. X 10. 
10, 10a.—Kellya chilkaensis, sp. n. X 6. 
,, 11.—Kellya mahosaensts, sp.n. X 14. 
12, 12a.—Sctntilla chilkaenstis, sp. n. X 4. 
gently rounded; anterior side bluntly rounded; posterior side 
sloping above, rounded below; hinge-teeth normal. 
Long. 4°5, lat. 5°75 mm. 
Hab.—Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 2-8 it. (Tye); 
channel south of Satpara Point, 8-12 ft.; channel between Sat- 
para and Barhampur, 8-20 ft. 


Sub-order CARDIACEA. 
Family CARDIIDAE. | 
Cardium (Fulvia) rugatum, Gronov. 


Gronovius, Zoophylaceum, pl. xviii, fig. 5. 
Outer bar close to mouth (juvenile examples only). 


300 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy 27; 


Sub-order CONCHACEA. 
Family VENERIDAE. 
Meretrix casta, Chem. 


Anim, s. vert., VI, p. 299. 
Satpara Bay; Mahosa, Barhampur Id.; outer bar, opposite 
Manikpatna temple (young only); swamp inside bar, N. of Bar- 


hampur Id.; Manikpatna Id. 
A very large example was secured, but has reached the writer 


with no other locality attached than ‘‘ Chilka Survey’’; the 
dimensions of this specimen are as below. 

Long. 67, lat. 73 mm. 

Having now had the opportunity to examine fresh specimens 
of this species from the outer channels of the lake, the author is 
of opinion that the shell recently described by him as Corbicula 
(Velorita) satparaénsis' cannot stand, the worn subfossil remains 
upon which the species was based clearly proving it to be identi- 
cal with individuals of M. casta now to hand; this conclusion is 
borne out by Blanford’s record of the occurrence of M. casta in 
the Rambha Island Beds.” 


Meretrix ovum, Hanley. 


Proc. Zool Soc. London, 1846, p. 21. 
Satpara Bay; Mahosa, Barhampur Id. 


Meretrix morphina, Lk. 


Anim. s. vert., VI, p. 300. 
Channel off Barhampur Id., 10-20 ft. (a single valve). 


Tivela dillwyni (Deshayes). 


Cat. Brit. Mus., Conchif., 1853, p. 49; Cytherea mactrovdes, 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch., II, p. 615, pl. 128, fig. 56, 20 Born, nec 
Chemnitz, mec Lamarck. 

Serua Nadi, 5-9 feet (young specimens only). 


Meroé scripta, Gray. 


Rumphius, Mus. Amb., pl. xliit, figs. L, M. 
Outer channel, Lake Chilka (a single much worn valve). 


Tapes pinguis, Chem. 
Conch. Cab., VI, p. 355, pl. xxxiv, figs. 355-357 (as Venus). 
Manikpatna Id. (a somewhat inflated and rounded variety) ; 


Manikpatna Id. (a normal specimen); swamp inside bar N. of 
Barhampur Id.; S. side of Satpara Id., opposite bungalow. 


1 Rec. Ind. Mus., X, p. 306. 2 Rec. Geol. Surv. India, V, p. 61. 


1915.| H.B. Preston: Mollusca from Lake Chilka. 301 


Tapes ceylonensis, Sow 


Thes. Conch., I, p. 683, pl. cxlvi, figs. 24-25. 

Sand-dunes opposite Manikpatna (juvenile examples); chan- 
nel near Mirzapur, 8-12 ft.; Mahosa, Barhampur Id ; Serua Nadi, 
5-9 ft. (young specimens only). 


Clementia annandalei, Preston. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., X, p. 300. 
Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. (young examples); Nalbano and channel 
S.E. of Nalbano, 4-8 ft (also young). 


i 


L By. 


SS 


—A Ww x ; 7 e Sy 
~~ Ly \. a =e 
Yi ) \ a 
yy } CKEw«~ 
ee a 


h LE <= 
~ Z G a 
CAA) EN 
babe rail Mey 
es at 
/ : 
: 
4 . 


Fics. 13, 13a.—Petricola esculpturata, sp. n. X 3. 
14, 14a.—Diplodonta satparaensis, sp. n. X I. 


- Tes ‘ x (hinge) 1a. 
15.—Diplodonta barhampurensis, sp. n. X 3. 
15a.— 5 4 (hinge) X 3. 


Family PETRICOLIDAE. 
Petricola esculpturata, sp. n. 
(Figs. 13, 13a.) 


Shell oblong, rather solid, white, showing traces of having 
been covered with a thin pale greenish brown periostracum, con- 
centrically striate with lines of growth, but without other sculp- 
ture; umbones small, not very prominent, very anteriorly situa- 


302 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL ar 


ted; dorsal margin sloping towards the posterior side; ventral 
margin nearly straight; anterior side obliquely and rapidly slop- 
ing above, somewhat rounded below; posterior side produced, 
very obtusely rounded, angled below; hinge normal. 

The dimensions of the type specimen are as follows :— 

Long. 13°25, lat. 23, diam. 75 mm. 

Those of a larger, though imperfect individual are— 

Long. 17, tat. 315, diam. 11°5 mm: 

Hab.—Manikpatna, oyster-beds. 

Since the above was written the author has seen more speci- 
mens of this species from the Chilka Lake, the largest of which 
yields the following measurements :— 

Long. 27°5, lat. 47, diam. 17°25 mm. 


Family UNGULINIDAE. 
Diplodonta satparaensis, sp. n. 
(Figs. 14, 14a-b, p. 301.) 


Shell ovately rhomboidal, fragile, slightly glossy, whitish, 
covered with a very thin, pale greenish yellow periostracum, 
irregularly finely and closely concentrically striate; umbones 
small, but slightly prominent; dorsal margin arched; ventral 
margin anteriorly sloping, posteriorly rounded; anterior side 
angled above, then descending in a rather oblique curve; poste- 
rior side sloping, rather abruptly rounded; right valve bearing 
two small cardinal teeth, of which the anterior is short and slop- 
ing and the posterior narrowly bifid above, broadly so. below ; 
left valve also bearing two cardinals of which the anterior is 
rather narrowly bifid and the posterior very fine and oblique. 

Long. 19, lat. 20°5 mm. 

Hab.—Channel between Satpara and Barhampur, 8-20 ft. 
(Type); swamp inside bar N. of Barhampur Id.; channel off 
Satpara, 16-20 ft.; Kalidai Id.; between Mahosa and Satpara, 
6 ft.; Satpara Bay; channel off Barhampur Id., 10-20 ft.; chan- 
nel off Barhampur Id., 6-9 ft.; channel between Barnikuda and 
Satpara, 6} ft.; southwards from Mahosa, 5-9 ft.; Mahosa, Bar- 
hampur Id. 


Diplodonta barhampurensis, sp. n. 
(Figs. 15, 15a, p. 301.) 


Shell inflated, subequilateral, roundly trigonal, covered with 
a dark brown periostracum, finely concentrically striate; um- 
bones rather large, prominent; dorsal margin somewhat angularly 
arched; ventral margin rounded; anterior side rounded; poste- 
rior side obtusely rounded; hinge normal. 

Long. 13°75, lat. 14°75, diam. Io mm. 

Hab.—Channel off Barhampur Id., 10-20 ft. 


1915.) H. B. PrEstoN: Mollusca from Lake Chilka. 303 


Diplodonta (Felania) annandalei, Preston. 


hee. Ind. Mus., X, p.. 307. 


Channel between Satpara and Barhampur Id., 6-8 ft.; outer 
bar close to mouth; main channel W. of Satpara Id., 3-8 ft.; 
channel off Barhampur Id., 6-9 ft.; 3-4 miles KE. by S. 4 S. of 
Patsahanipur, 5-54 ft ; 4-9 miles E. by S. 4 S. of Patsahanipur. 
4-5 ft.; near Barnikuda, inside lake, 54 ft.; Satpara Bay; outer 
bar opposite Manikpatna temple; Maludaikuda Id.; 2-8 miles 
N.E. 4 E. of Kalidai, 5-6 ft. 


Diplodonta (Felania) chilkaénsis, Preston. 


Tee. p 307. 

Manikpatna Id., sand-dunes opposite Manikpatna; outer bar 
I mile S.W. of mouth, 6 ft.; swamp inside bar N. of Barhampur 
Id.; outer bar opposite Manikpatna temple; S. side of Satpara 
Id., opposite bungalow. 


Diplodonta (Felania) ovalis, Preston. 


T.c., pp. 308-309. 
Outer bar, 1 mile S.W. of mouth, 6 ft.; channel between 
Satpara and Barhampur Id., 6-8 ft. 


Family DONACIDAE. 
Donax pulchella Hanley. 


Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 6. 
Outer bar close to mouth (a single valve). 


Family PSAMMOBIIDAE. 
Psammobia mahosaénsis, sp. n. 
(Figs. 16, 16a-b, p. 304.) 


Shell small, very inequilateral, ovately cuneiform, concentri- 
cally striate, whitish, covered with a thin brown periostracum 
which is chiefly noticeable round the margins, both valves angled 
posteriorly; umbones small; dorsal margin angularly arched; 
ventral margin gently rounded; anterior side rounded; posterior 
side rather abruptly descending ; right valve furnished with two 
minute cardinal teeth, the anterior being placed at a very obtuse 
angle to the posterior; the left valve also bearing two minute 
cardinals of which the anterior fits between those of the right valve. 

Long. 6°25, lat. 9°25 mm. 

Hab.—Southwards from Mahosa, 5-9 ft. (Type); channel 
between Satpara and Barhampur, 8-20 ft.; channel between Bar- 
nikuda and Satpara, 6} ft.; on swamp inside bar N. of Barham- 
pur Id.; Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 4-8 ft. 


304 Records of the Indian Museum. + [Voter 


Family SOLENIDAE. 


In the writer’s former paper, on the Mollusca of the Chilka 
Lake, he recorded what he supposed to be juvenile examples of 
S. truncatus, Wood! this determination however cannot stand: 
Dr. Annandale has since gone thoroughly into the matter and 
reports that there are, in his opinion, no less than three forms in 
the lake, one, a form only found on a bottom of fine mud inside 
the lake, a second, which only differs in its larger size and thicker 
shell and which according to Dr. Annandale is found ‘‘ at sandy 
localities in the outer parts of the lake’’, and a third, which is 
found with the second, but has a much narrower shell. 

The first (7.e. the smallest) of the three forms would appear, 


Figs. 16, 16a.—Psammobia mahosaensis, sp. n. X 4- 
166,.— i 5 (hinge) X 4. 


from Dr. Annandale’s investigations, to be sexually adult and, as 
no such small forms are known from the Indian region, the shells of 
the last two are described in the present paper, no material being 
at the time of writing on hand from which to draw up a diagnosis 
of the first, the specimens having been returned to the Indian 
Museum with the author’s previous report. 


Solen annandalei, sp. n. 
(Figs. 17, 174, p. 305.) 


Shell smail, covered with a yellowish brown, glossy, shining, 
polished periostracum, and plainly marked with concentric growth 
lines; dorsal and ventral margins quite straight; anterior side 
obliquely sloping in an anterior direction; posterior side obtuse, 


‘Sowerby, Genera of Shells; Reeve, Con. Icon., Solen, XIX, 1874, pl. i, fig. 1. 


I915.] H.B. Preston: Mollusca from Lake Chilka. 305 


slopingly rounded at the ventral corner and sharply so at the 
dorsal corner; right valve bearing a single cardinal tooth which 
is grooved below and posteriorly erect above; left valve furnished 
with a very anteriorly erect, somewhat claviform, cardinal tooth. 
Long. 49°25, lat. 9°5 mm. 
Hab.—Satpara Bay. 


Solen kempi, sp. n 
(Figs. 18, 182.) 


Shell differing from S. annandalet, in its smaller and propor- 
tionately much narrower form, it is of a thinner texture and the 
concentric growth lines are not so clearly marked, the anterior 
side is more obliquely truncate, the cardinal tooth in the right 


(7a. 


Fic. 17.—Solen annandalei, sp. n. X 1}. 


» 17a.— (hinge) ee 
Fe 13. —Solen kempi, Sp. ni Xie. 
18a.— ,, Ae (hinge) X 13. 


valve is grooved, though only shallowly, throughout its whole 
breadth, while that in the left valve is more rigidly erect, even 
than is the case in S. annandalez. 

Long. 43, lat. 6-5 mm 

Hab.—z20 miles S.E. by S. of Patsahanipur, 54 feet. 


Sub-order MYACEA. 
Family MACTRIDAE. 
Standella annandalei, sp. n. 
(Figs. 19, 19a-b, p. 306.) 


Shell thin, fragile, gaping posteriorly, broadly cuneiform, 
whitish, covered with a thin brownish yellow periostracum, con- 
centrically striate; umbones small; dorsal margin arched ante- 


306 Records of the Indian Musewm. [Vora 


tiorly, sloping posteriorly; ventral margin very gently rounded; 
anterior side rounded; posterior side produced, rather sharply 
rounded; right valve furnished with a V-shaped, somewhat ante- 
riorly erect and jagged cardinal; left valve bearing an even more 
erect, but not jagged, cardinal tooth; lateral teeth in both valves. 
short and sloping. 

Long. 15'5, lat. 23°5 mm. 

Hab.--N.E. side of Nalbano (Type); Satpara Bay. 


Figs. 19, 19a.—Standella annandalei, sp. n. X 2. 


5, 19b.— 48 ty (hinge) X 3. 
,, 20, 20a.—Tellina chilkaensis, sp.n. X 3. 
20b.— ‘ * (hinge) x 3. 


Sub-order A DESMACEA. 
Family TEREDINIDAE. 
Xylotrya stutchburyi, Sow. 


Con. [con., XX, ol. ui, fig 520,005 e: 
Post in channel off Satpara Point, 3-8 ft. 


Order DIBRANCHIA. 
Sub-order TELLINACEA. 
Family TEILLINIDAE. 
Tellina chilkaénsis, sp. n. 
(Figs. 20, 20a-b.) 


Shell small, elongately ovate, yellowish flesh coloured, po- 
lished, shining, somewhat iridescent, concentrically striate; um- 


1915.] H.B.PREstTON: Mollusca from Lahe Chilka, 307 


bones small, rather flattened; dorsal margin anteriorly sloping 
and slightly arched, posteriorly shortly excavated; ventral mar- 
gin very gently rounded; anterior side sharply rounded above, 
slopingly so below; posterior side bluntly rostrate; right valve 
bearing two divergent, short, grooved, cardinal teeth, a strong, 
anteriorly overhanging, anterior lateral and a very weak posterior 
lateral; left valve bearing a rather strong bifid anterior and a 
very weak posterior cardinal only. 

Long. 6°25, lat. 9°75, diam. 3°25 mm. 

Hab.—Channel off Barhampur Id., 6-9 ft. 


Fic. 21.—Tellina barhampurensis, sp n. X 3. 

er 2s 55 (hinge) X 3. 

5, 22, 22a.—Cumingia hinduorum, sp.n. X 43. 
23, 23a.—Cuspidaria annandalet, sp. n. X 6. 


Tellina barhampurensis, sp. n. 
(Figs. 21, 21a.) 


Shell oblong-trigonal, whitish, concentrically and faintly 
tadiately striate; umbone small; dorsal margin strongly arched ; 
ventral margin almost straight; anterior side obtusely rounded ; 
posterior side broad, rounded; anterior cardinal tooth very ob- 
lique, rather broadly bifid; posterior cardinal tooth angularly 
bent in a posterior direction; anterior lateral tooth very weak; 
posterior lateral short, erect. 

Long. 14°5, lat. 20°5 mm. 

Hab.—Channel between Satpara and Barhampur, 8-20 ft. 

Unfortunately only a single valve (the right) has been avail- 
able for description; but this is so characteristic that the author 
considers that no further apology is necessary for the founding 
of a species upon such scanty material. 


308 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Family SCROBICULARIIDAE. 
Theora opalina, Hinds. 
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 78 (as Neaera). 


Main channel W. of Satpara Id., 3-8 ft.; main channel be- 
tween Satpara and Barnikuda, 6 ft.; 2-8 miles N.E. } E. of Kali- 
dai, 5-6 ft.; 1 mile N.E. by E. of Chiriya Id., 54-6? ft.; Serua 
Nadi, 5-9 ft.; 1-14 miles off Kalupara Ghat, 6-7 ft.: channel be- 
tween Satpara and Barhampur Id., 6-8 ft. 


Cumingia hinduorum, sp. n. 
(Figs. 22, 22a, p. 307.) 

Shell ovately rhomboidal, very thin, greyish, concentrically 
striate with growth lines only; umbones small; not very promi- 
nent; dorsal margin arched; ventral margin anteriorly rounded, 
posteriorly sloping; anterior side produced, rather sharply 
rounded; posterior side very obtusely rostrate; hinge normal. 

Long. 6°5, lat. 9g mm. 

Hab.—Main channel W. of Satpara Id., 3-8 ft. (Tvfe); chan- 
nel off Barhampur Id., 6-9 ft.; Mahosa, southwards towards 
sandhills, 4-8 ft ; 3-4 miles E. by S. 4S. of Patsahanipur, 5-54 
ft.; channel between Satpara and Barnikuda, 6-10 ft.; south- 
wards from Mahosa, 5-9 ft.; Mahosa, Barhampur Id. 


Sub-order ANATINACEA. 
Family CUSPIDARIIDAE. 
Cuspidaria annandalei, sp. n. 


(Figs. 23° 23@, (pp. 307.) 

Shell small, irregularly triangulate, thin, yellowish white, 
except for the posterior prolongation and ventral margin which 
are covered with a light brown, membranaceous periostracum, 
concentrically striate, both valves being obliquely angled from 
the umbones downward, the angle being more accentuated in the 
tight valve and extending to the ventral margin on the posterior 
side; umbones small, somewhat prominent; dorsal margin ante- 
riorly arched, posteriorly gently sloping; ventral margin gently 
rounded especially anteriorly; anterior side rounded; posterior 
side rostrately produced, obliquely truncate, bearing a depression 
in both valves for about three-fourths of its length. 

Long. 4, lat. 6°5 mm. 

Hab.—4-9 miles E. by S. 4S. of Patsahanipur, 4-5 ft. (Type); 
Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft.; 4-7 miles E.4 S. of Patsahanipur, 4-4} ft.; 
about 4 miles E.N.E. of Kalupara Ghat, 6-7 ft.; 4-9 miles E. } S. 
of Barkul bungalow, 54-5} ft.; 1-14 miles off Kalupara Ghat, 
6-7 ft.; 1 mile S. of Kalidai, 4-8 ft.; Nalbano and channel S.E. 
of Nalbano, 4-8 ft.; main channel W. of Satpara Id., 3-8 ft.; 
main channel between Satpara and Barnikuda, 6 ft.; Mahosa, 
Barhampur Id. 


1915.] H.B. Preston: Mollusca from Lake Chilka. 309 


Family LYONSIIDAE. 
Lyonsia samalinsulae, Preston. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., X, p. 310. 


Main channel W. of Satpara Id., 3-8 {t.; Serua Nadi, 5-9 ft. ; 
Mahosa, southwards towards sandhills, 4-8 ft. 


Family ANATINIDAE. 
Anatina barkudaensis, sp. n. 
(Figs. 25, 25a.) 


Shell rather small, oblong, gaping at both ends, but especially 
posteriorly, concentrically striate and minutely pustulate except 
at the posterior side, where the pustules cease abruptly and the 
shell is only very coarsely and irregularly concentrically striate ; 


24, 


Fics. 24, 24a.—Anatina barkulensis, sp.n. X 3. 
4» 25, 25a.—Anatina barkudaensis, sp. n. X 3. 


umbones of moderate size, slightly prominent; dorsal and ventral 
margins nearly straight; anterior side rounded; posterior side 
very abruptly rounded; hinge quite normal. 

Long. 9°25, lat. 17 mm. 

Hab.—Barkuda Id. (Tye); Chiriya Id.; Manikpatna Id.; in 
mud at edge of Lake Rambha, Ganjam District, Madras; swamp 
inside bar, N. of Barhampur Id. ; Satpara Bay; channel between 
Satpara and Barnikuda, 6-10 ft.; E. side of Rambha Bay, 1-4? ft. 


Anatina barkulensis, sp. n. 


(Figs. 24, 24a.) 


Shell oblong ovate, thin, gaping at both sides, white, 
minutely pustulous, the margins showing traces of a reddish lami- 
niferous periostracum, concentrically striate; umbones rather 
large, moderately prominent; anterior margin somewhat straight ; 


310 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vow. XI, 1915. ] 


ventral margin gently rounded; anterior side rounded above, 
receding below; posterior side rounded; hinge normal. 
Long. 11°25, lat. 20 mm. 


Hab.—Barkul Point (Type); Mahosa, southwards towards 
sandhills, 4-8 ft. 


Pa aA as aot TO a aot Dom ea Al ete metal ED. yd hoor 


PVN Olho. PROM <rHE BRNGAL FIS H- 
Ee Rei Bio iy: a Bb OIR-AvE OORT Y:,° IT N-D FAN 
MUSEUM. 


No. 2. ON SOME INDIAN PARASITES OF FISH, WITH A NOTE 
ON CARCINOMA IN TROUT. 


Bye SOUTHWELL, A R-C.S.,) F-L.9., £.Z.9., Dy. ‘Director of 
Fisheries, Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, Honorary Assistant, 
Indian Museum. 


(Plates xxvi-xxviii). 


CONTENTS. Page 
(rt) A skin disease found on Rasbora daniconius et CRT 
(2) A parasite encysted in the skin of Cirrhina latia. .. 313 
(3) Cercaria in skin of Nuria danrica. : Pe eawie ft 
(4) Cysts from the skin of Nuria danrica var. grahami See SEs 

(5) Encysted Cercaria in the superficial frnecles of Labeo 
vohita and Catla buchanant 316 

(6) Carcinoma of the thyroid in eanhow trout (Salmo 
ivideus) from Naini Tal .. 317 

(7) Description of a new species of Tsopod Crustacean 
parasitic on the Bhekti (Lates calcarifer) 321 

(8) Argulus foliaceus, Linn., from the skin of Labeo 
roluta Se in ae 323 

(9) Amphilina magna, n. sp., from the coelom of Dia- 
gramma crassispinum 326 


(10) Syndesmobothrium filicolle, Linton, parasitic in the 
flesh of Harpodon nehereus (“‘ Bombay duck”? ) 
from Diamond Harbour .. »+ 329 
(II) Disease in the eye of Holocentrum rubrum Boe £210) 


The following paper deals with a variety of fish diseases, all 
of which are—with two exceptions—caused by parasites. 

The ‘‘lice’’ which live on the skin of Bhekti are not more 
harmful than other lice which live on other animals. The “‘ lice” 
which are described from Rohu are, however, much more danger- 
ous than those found on Bhekti. In rants and confined water- 
areas these parasites may cause great mortality amongst Rohu, 
and every fish in the tank may die. 

The larval Trematodes which live in the skin and flesh of a 
number of fish are of some importance. Heavy infection most 
probably interferes somewhat with normal growth, and it is not 


312 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


impossible that certain of these parasites may mature in the 
human intestine. 

The ‘“‘pox’’ recorded from Rasbora daniconius (Bengali 
‘“dankona”’) may become a very fatal disease when occurring in 
limited water-areas such as tanks. 

The parasite from the abdomen of Diagramma crassispinum 
(a fish somewhat like the one known in Bengal as Khora Bhekti) 
is not of any commercial importance. 

An epidemic of goitre amongst the trout at Naini Tal is of a 
serious nature, and if not kept in check will interfere greatly with 
the successful cultivation of this species. 

A case of Glaucoma of the eye in a marine fish recorded in 
this paper is of pathological interest only. 


(1) A skin disease found on Rasbora daniconius. 
(Plate xxvi, fig. 3). 


Four specimens were collected by Capt. R. B. Seymour 
Sewell, B.A., I.M.S., from a stream near Katiwan, Mirzapore 
(U. P.), India. 

In all, six cysts were found on the four fish in question. 
They were situated immediately below the scales, in the epidermis, 
and were milky-white, soft, flattened, and roughly oval in shape. 
The largest measured 1°t mm. No pigment was present. 

Preparations of the contents of these cysts showed that they 
contained Myxosporidia, or parasitic protozoa. The order 
Myxosporidia, Butschli, contains a series of parasites which occur 
in both fresh water and marine fish. They are usually found 
beneath the skin, as small wart-like nodules near the fins and on 
the gills. The parasite causing the well-known silkworm disease 
(Glugea bombycis) is closely related to the parasite recorded in the 
present paper. Representatives of the Myxosporidia have also 
been found in the urinary bladder and gall bladder of fishes, and 
they are also recorded as occurring in Crustacea, frogs, and croco- 
diles. At the present time over 60 species of fish are known to 
harbour parasites included in the order Myxosporidia and about 
50 distinct species of parasites are recognized. In Europe 
epidemics amongst fish have frequently been traced to the pre- 
sence of such parasites, although it appears that the mortality is 
not directly due to their presence, but to the presence of bacilli 
which develop within the cysts and give rise to ulcerations, which, 
discharging, not only kill the fish, but spread the disease. 

Our parasites belong to the family Myxobolidae, Thelohan. 
The characters of this family are as follows :— 

Spores with one or two polar capsules and with a peculiar 
iodinophilous vacuole in the sporoplasm (Minchin). 

The genus Myxobolus, Butschli, 1882, to which our specimens 
belong, are characterized by the presence of one or two polar 
capsules and by the absence from the spore-membrane of a tail- 
like process. Minchin (Lankester’s Zoology, Part I, London 1903, 


1915. | T. SOUTHWELL : Indian Parasites of Fish. 253 


p. 296) states that the genus is divisible into three sections. One 
section possess pear-shaped spores each with a single polar capsule. 
In the second section the two polar capsules are of unequal size. 
In the third section are numerous forms characterized by two polar 
capsules of equal size. M. pfeiffert, Thel., gives rise in Europe to 
the deadly ‘‘ barbel disease.’’ MM. cyfrint, Dofl. has been recorded 
from carp. As far as I have been able to ascertain, the only 
papers available in Calcutta which deal with the genus Myxobolus 
are the following :— 

(1) Minchin, vide ante. 

(2) Gurley. On the classification of the Myxoporidia, a group 
of Protozoan parasites infesting fishes. Bulletin United States 
Fish Commission, vol. XI for 1891, Washington, 1893, pp. 407-420. 

(3) Ludwig Cohn. Uber die Myxosporidien von Esox lucius 
und Perca fluviatilis. Zool. Jahrb., Anal. Abth., vol. IX, text and 
plates, Jena, 1896, pp. 228-272. 

(4) (a) Linton. On certain wart-like excresences occurring on 
_ the short Minnow, Cyprinodon vartegatus, due to Psorosperms. 

(b) Notice of the occurrence of Protozoan parasites 
(Psorosperms) on Cyprinoid fishes in Ohio. Bulletin United States 
Fish Commission, vol. IX for 1889, Washington, 1891, pp. 99-102 
and 359-361. 

Our specimens apparently do not belong to any of the species 
described in the above papers, but they are very closely related to 
the Psorosperms obtained by Linton from Cyprinodon vartegatus. 
Owing to lack of literature I have been unable to determine 
whether our parasites represent a new species or not. Further, 
as our material was scanty, I have not been able to work out all 
the details regarding the shape of the spores. I have therefore 
deerned it advisable to leave our specimens unnamed, at least for 
the present. Myxobolus cyprini has been recorded from Cyprinus 
carpio, and it is quite possible that our parasites may belong to 
M.cyprint. The following details were ascertained. 

Cyst.—lLenticular. Greatest length 1°I mm. 

Spore.—Length 134; breadth 13+. 

Capsules; 2, equal, 4» in length, 4» in breadth, with a very 
short anterior tail-like process. 

Vacuole present. 

As all my specimens were at once stained and mounted in 
balsam, I was unable to conduct re-actions with iodine, and 
sulphuric acid. 

Habitat.—Sub-cutaneous intermuscular tissue of Rasbora dant- 
contus, Day (=Cyprinus daniconius, Ham. Buch.). 


(2) A parasite encysted in the skin of Cirrhina latia. 
(Plate xxvii, fig. 10). 


Three specimens from Mr. Mitchell, Srinagar, Kashmir, Sep- 
tember, 1914. Mr. Mitchell stated that such diseased fish were 
fairly plentiful. Other genera or species affected were not defined. 


314 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL 2, 


One fish measured 77 mm. long and 28 mm. broad. 

The size of the largest cyst found on this fish was 4 mm. X 
2°5 mm., and that of the smallest was 1°25 mm. X Imm. There 
were 7 cysts on one specimen distributed as follows :— 


A. (1) Behind junction of upper and lower left lips. 
(2) One mm. behind left eye. 
(3) Ten mm. behind base of left pectoral fin. 
(4) Three mm. behind base of right pectoral fin. 
(5) Near posterior extremity of right pectoral fin. 
(6) Anterior and a little to left of anus. 
(7) Four mm. in front of anus. 


B. This fish measured 89 mm, long and 18 mm. broad. The 
positions of the cysts were as follows :-— 


(x) Undertettreye: 
(2) Above right eye. 
(3) Between the branchial apertures. 
(4) Near posterior extremity of left pectoral fin. 
(5) One and a half mm. posterior to base of left pectoral 
fin. 
(6) Two mm. behind left eye, near middle line. 
(7) On the right side of the dorsal fin. 
(8) At the base of the caudal fin on the right side. 
(9) On anal fin. 
(10) Anterior to anus. 
(11) Near middle of right side of body-wall. 
(12) Kighteen mm. anterior to base of caudal fin, on the 
left side. 
(13) Twenty-nine mm, anterior to base of caudal fin, on 
the left side. 
(14) Ten and a half mm. posterior to right eye. 
(15) Mid-ventral line, between mouth and anus. 


In every case the cysts were situated in the epidermis and 
were covered by scales. No cysts were found in the muscles. 
The wall of one cyst was I°I mm. thick and was densely pigmented 
with black. To the naked eye the cysts appeared of a dark 
steel-grey colour, due to the unpigmented covering of scales and 
epidermis. ‘The wall of the cyst was tough and fibrous, and, as 
we have already noted, densely black. 

The cysts contained Cercaria of a milky-white colour. They 
measured -7 mm. long and were bent upon themselves. The fish 
were not well preserved and the Cercaria were of a pasty con- 
sistency which did not allow of a careful examination of their 
anatomy. One sucker, however, appeared quite distinct. Itis, of 
course, impossible to state the probable identity of the adult 
species represented by these immature forms. Similar cysts and 


parasites have been recorded by Linton from a ‘‘cunner’’, . 


Tautogolabrus adspersus (Bull, U.S. Fish Comm., Washington 


1915. | T. SOUTHWELL : Indian Parasites of Fish. 315, 


1889, page 296, pt. 40, figs. 76-81), and by Ryder (Bull. U.S. 
Fish Comm., 1884, pages 37-42). 

The ‘cunner’ however is a marine fish of the Wrasse family , 
and it is unlikely that our parasites are identical either with those 
obtained by Linton or Ryder. 

Hofer (Handbuch der Fischkrankheiten, Miinchen, 1904) des- 
cribes a number of similar cysts from European fresh-water fishes 
and classifies them as Holostomum cuticula. It is quite possible 
that our larvae belong to the same species. 

If these encysted immature forms of Trematodes are actually 
the young of Holostomum cuticula, it is almost certain that the 
adult forms will eventually be found in the intestine of fish-eating 
birds. The two species of fish infected are both very small and 
would be easily available and readily eaten by such birds. 


(3) Cercaria in skin of Nuria danrica. 
(Plate xxvii, fig. 9). 


Eight specimens presented by Mr. J. Taylor, Angul, Orissa, 
4-v-14. All these fish (which are known in Bengal as “‘ danrika ’’) 
were very heavily infected. In the largest fish, which measured 
36 mm. in length, 27 cysts were counted scattered all over the 
body. The smallest fish measured 21 mm. and 18 cysts were 
counted on this specimen. ‘The older cysts were black pigmented, 
but the pigmentation was not nearly so dense as in the preceding 
form. The capsule was very delicate and easily ruptured. The 
amount of black pigment that was present varied, but was never 
very great. In two very young larval forms, which were removed 
from the gills, no pigment was present. In slightly older stages 
only a little pigment was observed, whilst in the largest and oldest 
forms obtained the pigment was never sufficiently abundant to 
obscure the larval cyst. 

The largest cyst observed was oval and measured I'I mm. by 
‘gmm. The larva only occupied about one-half the interior space 
of the capsule. It measured ‘4 mm. and was folded upon itself. 
What appeared to be a sucker was discernible in the older forms. 

It will be obvious that these larval forms differ from those 
obtained from Civrhina latia in being younger and much smaller. 
Whether or not they are identical with those found on that 
species remains to be determined. 


(4) Cysts from the skin of Nuria danrica var. grahami. 
(Plate xxvi, figs. 5, 5a, 5b and 5c). 
Champadanga, R. Damodar near Calcutta, July, 1913. 


This fish, which only measured 17 mm. long, was caught 
along with the young of a number of carp, Ambassis spp., and 
Barbus spp. 

Three specimens were obtained having black cysts in the skin. 

In one specimen there were 7 cysts, in another 13 or 14, and in 


316 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. 27, 


the third there were over 20. The cysts were distributed generally 
over the body and were situated in the epidermis. They were 
surrounded with dense black pigment. On opening the cyst a 
milky-white larva was obtained which measured °7 mm. long and 
‘5 mm. broad. This larva was enclosed in a thin, but pigmented 
sac, which was unattached and easily removed. Figures of the 
parasite are given on plate xxvi, figs. 5a,b andc. ‘There was an 
outer, somewhat egg-shaped membrane, which was tough and 
transparent. The contents of this membrane were disposed to- 
wards one pole. A few cells in an active state of division were 
observed, towards the pole. The larva is evidently too young to 
admit of certain identification. 

It is probable that the adult of this parasite will be found in 
fish-eating birds as its host is commonly eaten by them. 


(5) Encysted Cercaria in the superficial muscles of Labeo 
rohita and Catla buc hanani. 


(Plate xxvi, fig. 4). 


Locality.—(I) Labeo rohita and Catla buchanant from Raj- 
mehal, Bihar, India, October, 1913. 
(II) Labeo rohita (other specimens). No history. 


The cysts were smaller but similar in outward appearance to 
those found in Cirrhina latia. They were, however, situated in 
the superficial muscular layer. The two suckers were prominent. 
At present, the identification of these larval forms is impos 
sible. E 

Their occurrence in the muscular tissue of these fish is a fact 
of considerable importance. These two species of carp are the two 
most important food-fishes in Bengal and they frequently attain a 
weight of over 25 lbs. The fact that the larvae occur in the mus- 
cular tissue and not in the skin, means that they are not removed 
during the ordinary process of cleaning, prior to the fish being 
placed on the table. It is true that if well cooked, the larvae are 
destroyed. Even if not destroyed by cooking we have no informa- 
tion at present as to whether these larval forms mature in the 
human intestine, or not. 

In a previous paper (Rec. Ind. Mus. vol. 1X, part II, June, 
1913) I called attention to the fact that the rare Trematode, 
Gasterodiscus hominis, Lewis and McConnel, has been recorded twice 
from man in Calcutta. It is quite possible that the larval form of 
this Trematode may occur in the skin of fish. In this connection 
it is to be remembered that fish is one of the staple articles of food 
in Bengal. 

Although I have examined several thousands of marine fish 
during an experience of roughly six years on the Ceylon Pearl 
Banks, I have never found either Trematodes or Sporozoa in the 
skin. : 


1915. | T. SOUTHWELL : Indian Parasites of Fish. S77 


(6) Carcinoma of the Thyroid in rainbow trout (Salmo 
irideus) from Naini Tal. 


(Plate xxvi, figs. I and 2). 


During the early part of 1914, the Dy. Conservator of Forests, 
Naini Tal, United Provinces, India, in a letter to me, stated that 
numbers of rainbow trout (Salmo irideus) were dying in the hill- 
waters in the vicinity of Naini Tal. I requested him to forward 
to me specimens of the dead fish, preserved in spirit. In all, I 
received 13 specimens. The largest measured 154 inches and the 
smallest ro inches. ‘There were 4 or 5 females with ripe eggs. No 
external or internal parasites were discovered. Three of the fish 
had a small abrasion on the body. These wounds, however, were 
occasioned during packing and transit, and were in no way con- 
nected with the death of the fish. Out of the 13 fish sent, tumours 
were found on the gills of three. Excepting the tumours just 
mentioned, the fish appeared normal and well fed. The location 
of the tumours was as follows :-— 

(1) A small trout 10 inches long.—The tumour was situated in 
the gills, on the convex (postero- ventral} edge of the gill-arches on 
the right side. Only one tumour was present (plate xxvi, fig. 2). 
It measured 17 mm. long, g mm high and 4 mm. thick. The 
outer surface of the gills in the vicinity of the tumour was slightly 
pigmented with biack. The tumour did not involve the bony 
branchial arches, but only the gill-filaments in the vicinity, 7... 
the tumour replaced the gill-filaments. The gill on the last bran- 
chial arch was the only one not involved. 

(2) A large trout 154 inches.—Two tumouts, one in each bran- 
chial cavity, visible ventrally as coarsely nodulated or lobated 
masses in the anterior extremity of each branchial chamber. ‘The 
one on the right side was larger than that on the left. The mea- 
surements were as follows :— 

Large tumour—long 20 mm., high 13 mm., thick Ir mm. 

Small tumour— ,, 14 ,, * Geet eee say 
The external gill-filaments on the right side were only slightly 
affected. The cotresponding gill-filament on the left side was not 
involved. 

(3) A medium-sized fish Two tumours situated as in (2), 
both of the same size and measuring 20 min. long, 14 mm. high 
and 15 mm. thick. 

The latter tumours were situated at the anterior extremity of 
the branchial chamber just below the eye, and were sufficiently 
bulky to project into the buccal cavity. The tumours consisted for 
the most part of a yellow-white cheesy substance enclosed in a thin, 
but slightly tough, fibrous capsule. The tumours were not pedun- 
culated, but were supported by the capsule, which was attached 
at various places to the anterior wall of the branchial chamber. 
Posteriorly the cyst was free. Anteriorly the two tumours were in 
contact in the centre line. The tumours consisted entirely of the 
caseous substance referred to above. 


318 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Unfortunately only spirit specimens were available and hence 
I have been unable to make observations on fresh material. Sec- 
tions were made from one of the larger tumours. These tumours 
are undoubtedly due to a disease of the thyroid variously known 
as gill-disease, thyroid tumour, endemic goitre and carcinoma of 
the thyroid. The disease was first noted in 1883 by R. Bonnet 
(t)'—in Tyrutta lacustris obtained from a hatchery in Torbole on the 
Gardasee. ‘The disease accounted for the death of 3000 fish. 

The first investigator to define the tumour as Carcinoma was 
Scott (9) who found it in Salmo frontinalis from ponds at Opoho 
belonging to the Dunedin Acclimatisation Society, New Zealand. 

In 1902, Marianne Plehn (8) recognized that the tumours 
were due to a disease of the thyroid gland. In 1903, L. Pick (70) 
described the disease fully. Gilruth (3) in the reports of the 
New Zealand Department of Agriculture (Veterinary Division, 
Igor and 1902) described a similar disease in Salmo salar as 
‘‘ Epithelioma affecting the branchial arches of Salmon and Trout.”’ 
Later, this author recorded the disease from Salmo trideus. 

L. F. Ayson, Chief Inspector of Fisheries, New Zealand, stated 
in a letter to Gilruth that he had noticed the disease in Salvelinus 
frontinalis in 1890. In 1908, Jaboulay (5) reported the disease in 
six trout from Thonon. Up to the present, five species of fish from 
Europe and 21 species from America have been recorded suffering 
from the disease. In America the disease appears to have been 
known for a long time although not described until 1909, when 
Dr. Gaylord read a paper on ‘‘an epidemic of cancer of the 
thyroid in brook trout’ before the American Association for 
Cancer Research. The initial investigations into diseased thyroids 
in the Salmonidae by the American Association for Cancer Re- 
search were due to the papers on the subject which had previously 
appeared by Plehn and Pick. 

The Association continued to make extensive observations on 
the disease, and an excellent and exhaustive report on the subject 
was published in the Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries vol. 
XXXII, 1912 (“‘ Carcinoma of the Thyroidin the Salmonoid fishes,” 
by Harvey R. Gaylord, etc., Doc. No. 790. Issued April 22, rgr4). 
To these authors I am indebted for most of the details set forth in 
the present paper. In Salmonoid fishes the thyroid is a more or 
less diffuse, unencapsuled organ, distributed along the course of 
the ventral aorta. The gland, however, appears to be much more 
diffuse in domesticated trout than in wild trout. Gudernatch 
states that in wild species the gland may extend into the gill- 
arches and even into the muscle bundles of the isthmus. This 
circumstance serves to explain the fact that tumours may be found 
in places as far removed as the jugular pit and the rectum. The 
disease is universal where trout are artificially cultivated, and in 
certain hatcheries it may become endemic. Artificial cultivation 
is obviously a predisposing factor since the disease is rare in nature. 


' ‘These numbers refer to the literature cited on p. 320. 


1915. | T. SOUTHWELL : Indian Parasites of Fish. 319 


Healthy wild fish placed in hatcheries where the disease is endemic 
soon become affected. The first symptoms of disease of the 
thyroid is simple hyperplasia usually marked in living specimens 
by a redness of the throat (‘‘red floor’’) near the second gill 
arches, and caused by an increase in the blood supply to the 
thyroid, and to hyperaemia of the adjacent tissues. This condition 
of simple hyperplasia passes gradually into the stage of visible 
tumour. Various structural types of infiltrating tumour are known 
amongst Salmonoid fishes, including the alveolar, solid, tubular, 
papillar and mixed, and the investigations of workers in America 
show that the tumour is of a true malignant nature. 

The cause of the disease has not been definitely determined, 
but it is known that trout fed on animal proteid food, in an 
uncooked condition, are more heavily infected than those fed on 
cooked animal proteid food. The crowding together of fish in con- 
fined spaces, and other generally unsatisfactory hygienic conditions 
also favours the spread of the disease. 

General insanitary conditions alone are, however, insufficient 
to account for the phenomenon. A specific living organism is 
suspected, although no such organism has been isolated up to the 
present. In America it was found that scrapings from the inner 
surface of the wooden tanks in which diseased fish were kept, if 
suspended in water and administered to certain mammals. pro- 
duced in such animals a definite condition of goitre, and it was 
accordingly believed that this agent was the cause of the disease 
amongst the fish in the tank. 

It was further shown that by boiling the water the effective 
agent was destroyed. The disease does not appear to be directly 
transmissible from one individual to another. 

Some species of the Salmonidae are practically immune from 
the disease, and in other species spontaneous recovery frequently 
occurs. Especially is this the case if the diseased fish are removed 
to natural conditions and allowed to feed on natural food. More- 
over the disease is directly susceptible to treatment. At all times 
the normal thyroid contains traces of iodine. During hyperplasia 
the proportion of iodine appears to be reduced. Occasionally 
human goitre reacts favourably to treatment with iodine. In all 
stages’ of its growth the tumour in fish is favourably affected by 
solutions of iodine as well as by those of mercury and arsenic. It is 
thus possible, in a limited way, to treat these diseases in hatcheries 
and in limited water-areas. At the same time it will be obvious 
that the object of fish culturalists should be to prevent the disease 
rather than to effect its cure. 

A tumour, apparently of a similar nature, is recorded by 
Williamson (Fisheries Scotland, Scientific Investigations for 1911, 
Glasgow, 1913, page 23) in the following words. 


‘* Tumour tn the pharynx of a Salmon caught in the sea.”’ 


‘*It was found loose in the gill cavity after the fish had been 
killed by a blow on the head. ‘Two of the gills were found to be 


320 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor, 21, 


damaged. ‘There was a sinus in the free edge of the gill. It is not 
clear how the tumour was attached, but the connection was ap- 
parently a slender one. The tumour is lobulated, fibrous in 
structure, without any distinct lamina.”’ 

Simple hyperplasia of the thyroid has also been recorded in 
pike, bass, and occasionally in herring, by Marine and Lenhart. 

During an experience of about five years on the Ceylon Pearl 
Banks, although I had occasion to examine very many thousands 
of fish, in no instance did I see a case of visible tumour in any 
examined. 


LIST OF LITERATURE /CIIaD: 


1. Bonnet, R.—Studien zur Physiologie und Pathologie der 
Fische. Bayerische Fischeret-Zeitung, Miinchen, nr. 6, p. 79, 1883. 

2. Gaylord, H. R. and Marsh, M.C.—Carcinoma of the Thyroid 
in the Salmonoid Fishes. Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries, 
vol. XXXII, 1912. Document No. 790. Issued April 22, 1914. 

3. Gilruth, I. A.—Epithelioma affecting the branchial arches 
of salmen and trout. Report of the New Zealand Department of 
Agriculture, Division of Veterinary Science. 1902. 

Gudernatsch, J. F.—The structure, distribution and varia- 
tion of the thyroid gland in fish. Journal of the American Medical 
Association, vol. 54, no. 3, Jan. 15, 1910, p. 227. (American 
Association for Cancer Research, meeting held November 27, 1909). 

5. Jaboulay.—Poissons atteints de goitres malins hereditaires 
et contagieux. Journal de Médécine et de Chirurgie pratiques, t. 
79; P. 239, 1908. 

6. Marine, David and Lenhart, C. H.—-On the occurrence of 
goitre (active thyroid hyperplasia) in fish. John Hopkins Hospital 
Bulletin, vol. XXI1, no. 229, p. 95, April 1910. 

7(a). Pick, L.—Der Schilddrusenkrebs der Salmoniden. Aus 
dem Laboratorium der L. und Th. Landauschen Frauenklinik, 
Berlin. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, 1905, nos. 46-49, p. 1435- 
1542. 

7(b). Pick, L.—Ueber einige bemerkenswerte Tumorbildungen 
aus der Tierpathologie, insbesondere uber gutartige und krebsige 
Neubildungen bei Kaltblutern. Berliner klinische Wochenschrift, 
1903, nos. 23-25. Abstract in Journal American Medical Associa- 
tion, August 8, 1903, p. 401. 

8. Plehn, Marianne.—Bosartiger Kropf (Adeno-Carcinom der 
Thyreoidea) bei Salmoniden. Allgemeine Fischeret-Zeitung, Miin- 
chen, no. 7, p. 117-118, April 1, 1902. 

9. Scott.—Note on the occurrence of cancer in fish. Tvan- 
sactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, Wellington, 
N.Z., vol. 24, 1891 (issued May, 1892), pp. 201, 1 plate. 


IgI5.] T. SouTHWELL : Indian Parasites of Fish. 321 


(7) Description of a new species of Isopod Crustacean 
parasitic on the Bhekti-(Lates calcarifer). 


Rocinella latis, n. sp. 


(Plate xxviii, figs. 12-15). 


No. 2985 From skin of Lates cal- | Diamond Harbour (R. —_T. Southwell. 
carifer, 15-11-1915. Hughli), near Cal- 
cutta. 


All the specimens caught were males. The head projects well 
beyond the basal joints of the first and second antennae as a 
broadly rounded plate, convex from above. The first peraeon 
segment is longer than the rest. The first five segments of the 
pleon are a little narrower than those of the peraeon. The telson 
is slightly narrower than the preceding segments of the pleon. 

The eyes are large, well separated, and situated laterally. 
They extend on to the ventral surface. 

The bases of the first and second antennae are hidden in dor- 
sal view by the frontal lamina which extends well beyond them. 
The first antennae are much stouter and much shorter than the 
second antennae. The flagellum is 8-jointed and terminates ab- 
ruptly. The last joint extends to the middle of the first peraeon 
segment. ‘The second antennae are, as noted, slender. 

The flagellum consists of Io (possibly 11) joints and it extends 
to the posterior extremity of the first peraeon segment. In length 
it exceeds that of the first antennae by its terminal 3 joints. The 
basal joints of the antennae are not distended. 

The upper lip is crescentic, thin and membranous. 

The mandibles have the palp somewhat elongated. 

The first three pairs of legs are prehensile and have long and 
evenly curved dactyli, the extremities of which are of a dark 
brown colour in most specimens. The propodus is broad and 
crested and is armed with about 8 long, pointed, comb-like spines. 
There is a single elongated spine at the distal and exterior angle 
of the merus. The spines on the propodus of the first pair of 
legs are not quite as well defined as those of the second and third 
pairs. 

The four gressorial legs are very similar to the first three pairs 
of legs, but a little more slender. The dactylus bears two spines 
near its base. The propodus bears 8 spines, but the spines are not 
borne on a crest, z.e. the propodus is not nearly so broad as is the 
case in the first three pairs of legs. The carpus bears four spines 
and the merus two. All these spines are situated on the internal 
surface. The last pair of legs is slightly smaller than the rest. 

The largest specimen measured 14 mm. long and the greatest 
breadth was 4°5 mm. 

In young specimens the whole surface is marked with minute 
pigment spots, hardly visible to the naked eye. In adults, how- 
ever, the pigment consists of three very narrow longitudinal bands, 
one on each side and one running along the centre of the carapace. 


322 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


This latter band spreads out between the eyes. Each band of 
colour consists of very numerous pigment spots. 

The Bhekti on which these parasites occurred was caught in 
the vicinity of Diamond Harbour in the Hughli river near 
Calcutta on February 15, 1915. When placed on deck alive, some 
three dozen parasites were found to be moving over the skin of 
the fish. A few left the host and were picked up from the deck 
of the ship. I have never seen these parasites on any Bhekti in 
the markets and I believe that after the fish are removed from 
water the parasites quickly drop off. 

The parasites are Isopods of the tribe Flabellifera. They are 
included in the family Aegidae and fall in the genus Rocinella, 
Leach, 1818. The characters of this genus are as follows :—- 

‘‘ Form of body resembling that of Aega, though being some- 
what less compact and more depressed. Metasome generally less 
broad, with the terminal segment rounded off at the end and finely 
ciliated. Eyes well developed with very large and conspicuous 
cornea. Antennae slender, the superior ones much shorter than 
the inferior, and with the basal joints not expanded. Epistomal 
plate very small and narrow. Mandibles considerably produced, 
with the cutting edge expanded inside to a linguiform lamella 
(molar expansion) ; palp well developed with the basal joints much 
elongated. Maxillae nearly as in Aega. Maxillipeds with the 
palp composed of only two joints, the terminal one armed with 
strong recurved teeth. The three anterior pairs of legs having the 
propodus more or less expanded and armed inside with strong 
spines, dactylus forming a very large and evenly curved hook. 
The four posterior pairs slender, resembling in structure those in 
Aega. Pleopoda and uropoda normal ’”’ (Sars). 

The conspicuous cornea, the non-expanded base of the 
antennae, the nature of the propodus in the three anterior pairs 
of legs, the evenly armed dactylus on the three anterior pairs of 
legs, and the four-jointed maxillipeds, distinguish the parasite as 
belonging to the genus Rocinella. An outstanding feature of the 
species is the broad elongated head-shield which extends well be- 
yond the bases of the two pairs of antennae. 

The specimens have been deposited in the Indian Museum, 


LITERATURE. 


Stebbing.—History of Crustacea, London, 1893. 
Stebbing.—Ceylon Pearl Oyster Reports, vol. V, London, 1905. 
Sars.—Crustacea of Norway, vol. II, Isopods, Bergen, 1899. 
Hansen.—Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology, Harvard 
College, vol. XXXI, no. 5, Cambridge, Mass., 1897. 
Richardson.—Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, vol. 21, 1899. 
Richardson.— do. vol. 23, I9OI. 
Richardson.— do. vol. 27, 1904. 
Richardson.—Bull. U.S. Fish Comm., 1903. 
Moore.— do. do. vol. 20, part 2, 1900. 


1915.] T. SOUTHWELL : Indian Parasites of Fish. 323 


(8) Argulus foliaceus, Linnaeus, from the skin of Labeo 
rohita (Rohu). 


(Plate xxvili, figs. 16-18), 


Agricultural Farm tank, Siripur, Bihar, India. August 20, 
1913. 

During the year 1913 I was engaged making observations with 
reference to the breeding habits of Indian Carp. For this purpose 
three tanks were dug in the Agricultural Farm at Siripur. The 
measurements of the three tanks were the same, namely, 50 ft. in 
length, 37 ft. in breadth and 7 ft. in depth. 

These tanks were situated in a line at right-angles with, and 
very close to, a neighbouring stream, from which they received 
water. 

In addition, it was found that a small spring of water existed 
in the middle tank. The tanks were only separated from each 
other by a narrow bund and they were in connection with each 
other by means of a pipe running through each bund near the 
surface. The tank which we will consider as No. 1 was situated 
nearest to the stream, from which it was distant only about three 
or four yards. 

About eighteen mature specimens of Labeo rohita, both males 
and females, were placed in these three tanks during the latter part 
of July. It was found that large numbers of frogs entered the 
tank nearest to the river. In order to exclude frogs from this 
tank a matted fence was erected all round it. About the middle 
of August, Mr. Mackenzie, the Superintendent of the Agricultural 
Farm, noticed that the fish became sluggish and floated on the top 
of the water. On examining one or two it was found that they 
were covered with external parasites. These were preserved in 
spirit and forwarded to me. The steps taken by the Farm 
Superintendent to remedy the disease were as follows:—First, 
all the fish were captured and scraped as clean as possible. 
The fence matting was then removed giving free access to frogs, 
etc. Lastly, an upright bamboo was erected in the centre of the 
pond. The Farm Superintendent, whose observations and _ state- 
ments are thoroughly reliable, states that the fish proceeded forth- 
with to rub themselves against this bamboo. There were no 
deaths. 

About the end of September all the fish were captured and 
killed and were then found to be perfectly clean; not a single 
parasite was found. The fish present in the second and third 
tank were not affected. I have since ascertained that extensive 
deaths amongst carp in tanks due to “‘ external parasites ’’ have 
occurred, within the last four years, in the districts of Mymensingh 
and Murshidabad, and I have no doubt that the parasite causing 
these diseases was identical with the one obtained from Siripur. 
The forms examined by me are undoubtedly Argulus foltaceus, 
Linn., and have been recorded as external skin and gill parasites 


324 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XI, 


from a large number of European freshwater fishes, such as Tinca 
vulgaris, Gasterosteus spp., Cyprinus carpio, Esox lucius, Perca 
fluviatilis, Salmo trutta, etc., and even from the tadpoles of 
frogs. 

The parasites attach themselves to their host by means of two 
strong suckers which are the modified anterior maxillipeds. Like 
other parasitic Copepoda they suck the blood of their host. 
This is effected by means of a proboscis or dart which is evertable, 
and which is formed by a modification of certain of the mouth 
parts. The posterior maxillipeds are also modified for the purpose 
of clasping, and thus enable the parasite to cling to its host. In 
addition, the basal joints of the anterior antennae are modified for 
a similar purpose. The parasites lie inserted between the scales of 
the fish, with their long axis parallel to that of the host. They 
are, however, by no means stationary and fixed, but may be seen 
to skip about over the fish’s body as if in search of a better posi- 
tion. During the breeding season they voluntarily leave the body 
of the fish and swim about actively in the water by means of four 
pairs of swimming legs. Unlike other Copepoda, the eggs, which 
are laid in gelatinous strings of two rows, are usually shed into the 
water and not carried about by the female. On being shed, the 
gelatinous covering hardens and thereby firmly attaches the eggs 
to the object on which they were deposited. Observations made in 
Europe show that the parasite breeds three times a year. Under 
these circumstances it is clear that there are three occasions each 
year when infected fish may free themselves from their parasites. 
The development of the egg occupies about a month. 

Wilson states that the newly-hatched larvae have the general 
characters of the adults and on hatching begin to swim at once. 
The nauplius, metanauplius and early cyclops stages are passed 
inside the egg. After a few moults they become adult. Certain 
species of Avgulus appear to be capable of living on both fresh 
and salt water fishes. This circumstance, together with the fact 
that the parasites can swim freely and frequently leave their host, 
accounts for the fact that the same species of parasite is often 
found on different species of fish. 

As far as I am aware this is the first definite record of this 
parasitein India. In April, 1910 Mr. S. W. Kemp, Senior Assistant 
Superintendent, Indian Museum, inspected a tank near the palace 
of the Maharaja of Cossim Bazar in which diseased fish (Rohu, 
Labeo rohita) were living. He found that the disease was associated 
with scanty food, and the presence of large numbers of leeches 
and parasitic Copepoda, the latter belonging to the genus Argulus. 

On April 17th, 1911, Dr. Annandale obtained a free-living 
Argulus from the Atrai river, near Siliguri, at the base of the 
Himalayas (Jalpaiguri District, Bengal). I have examined the 
latter specimen and found it to be a very small male Argulus 
foliaceus, Linn. Unfortunately I have been unable to obtain the 
specimens collected by Mr. Kemp, but it is very Se ae that 
they also belong to this species. 


1915. ] T. SOUTHWELL: Indian Parasites of Fish, 325 


It is significant that the parasites, both at Cossim Bazar and 
Siripur, only attacked Labeo rohita, although other species of fish, 
such as Catla buchanani and Cirrhina mirgala, were living in the 
same tank at Cossim Bazar, and in the next tanks at Siripur. 
The mortality amongst tank fish in particular, due to the pre- 
sence of this parasite, is, in all probability, fairly extensive in 
Bengal. In nature, however, the parasites are rarely dangerous. 
The practice of stocking tanks with fish—so prevalent in Bengal— 
undoubtedly favours conditions under which the parasite thrives. 
It is known that in Europe the parasites themselves are eagerly 
devoured by roach, dace and bream. The presence of such fish 
therefore tends to check the distribution of the parasite and thus 
to protect other fish from their attacks. It seems possible that in 
our tanks at Siripur, the frogs, when allowed to enter, also de: 
voured the parasites, but no direct observations were made in this 
connection, and hence we have no certainty that such was really 
the case. 

The family Argulidae, Muller, belongs to the sub-order 
Branchiura, Thorell, and to the order Copepoda, Muller. It con- 
tains three genera viz. Argulus, Chonopeltits and Dolops. In the 
former two genera the first maxillipeds are modified into sucking 
discs and in the latter genus sucking discs are absent. The genus 
Argulus contains about thirty-two species of which only three are 
European, the rest being found in American waters. The majority 
of the forms are marine. The various species exhibit but little 
trace of degeneration, a circumstance one would expect consider- 
ing the alternation which exists between temporary parasitism 
and a free life. The males differ but slightly from the females but 
are considerably smaller. 

Our specimens, of which we have over 200, are small, the ex- 
treme length of the largest female was 3'2 mm. and the greatest 
breadth was 2°72 mm. The carapace is elliptical. The posterior 
sinus extends nearly half-way up the length of the carapace. The 
abdomen is almost square and about + the length of the body. 
The suckers are small, placed quite anteriorly and well separated 
from each other. Their diameter is almost -¢ mm. The basal 
plate of the posterior maxillipeds is triangular in shape with 
three well defined, sharp, rectangular teeth. All the swimming 
legs extend well beyond the edge of the carapace. In the male 
the abdomen is much longer and narrower than in the female, and 
the sinus is narrow, sharply cut, and deep. 

The specimens have been deposited in the Indian Museum 
and are numbered °93*, 


LITERATURE. 


Wilson, C. B.—North American Parasitic Copepoda of the 
family Argulidae, with a Bibliography of the group and a systema- 
tic review of all known species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. XXV, 
Pp. 635-742, pls. viii-xxvi (no. 1302). Washington, 1902. 


326 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


(9) Amphilina magna, n. sp. from the coelom of 
Diagramma crassispinum, 


Group CESTODARIA, Mont., 1892. 


= Cestoidea monozoa, Lang. 
= Cestodes monogeneses, V. Ben. 
== Atomiosoma, Monticelli, 1892 ? 


Cestodes in which the animal consists of a single segment, 
containing a single set of reproductive organs. In addition to 
the male pore and female (vaginal) pore, there is a third aperture, 
that of the uterus (birth-pore). The apparatus by which fixation 
is effected, consists usually of a single sucker, but presents con- 
siderable variation in form, as well as in disposition, with regard 
to the genital pores. 


Family AMPHILINIDAE, Braun, 1883. 


Oval or leaf-shaped, without a distinct ‘‘ head’’, but with a 
single small acetabulate sucker at one end. 


Genus Amphilina, Wagener, 1858. 


‘Body flat. Long egg-shape to leaf-like. Anterior and pos- 
terior ends pointed. Dorsal surface more arched than ventral sur- 
face. Skin with a net pattern caused by regular pit-like depres- 
sions. Anterior extremity usually with a pit, deep, or otherwise, 
according to the degree of contraction. This extremity may also 
present the appearance of a papilla or glandiform snout. On 
this papilla numerous one-celled glands occur, with long excretory 
ducts. The excretory system consists of anastomosing vessels 
with pore posterior. Testes numerous. Cirrus-sac absent. Ovary 
and reproductive aperture posterior. Opening of vagina a little 
way from posterior extremity, marginal or on surface. Uterus a 
long N-shaped canal, first running forward, then turning round and 
running posteriorly, then again curving round and running for- 
ward’’ (Wagener). 


Apmhilina magna, n. sp. 
(Plate xxvii, figs. 6-7). 


Z.E.V. £246 Coelom offDiagramma Pearl Banks, Ceylon. T. Southwell. 
crassispinum. 


Three specimens. ‘Two damaged, one perfect. 


A description of the superficial characters of this worm was 
given by me in the Ceylon Marine Biological Reports, Vol. VI, 
Jan. 1912, page 273, and this I reproduce here. 

‘‘During the examination of a number of specimens of 
Diagramma crassispinum, three specimens were found to (each) 
contain a most remarkable free living parasite in the coelom. Un- 


IQI5.] T. SOUTHWELL : Indian Parasites of Fish. 327 


fortunately I have not had time to make a careful examination of 
this parasite, and I am at present uncertain of its strict zoological 
MOSICION SS 2aks/2 ek In the living condition it measured 15 inches 
long and 1} inches broad. It was quite flat, and had a thickness 
of ~,thinch. The preserved specimens, of which I have 3, measure 
gt inches long, ? inch broad, and are about } inch thick. The ex- 
tremities are rounded and terminate in a minute, acute point. 
At one extremity there is a minute sucker-like aperture situated 
centrally, whilst at the other extremity there is a similar but 
slightly larger aperture situated laterally. This latter aperture 
appears to open to the interior of the worm. The edges of the 
worm are straight and parallel. A pair of narrow blackish tubes 
tun along the lateral margins, one on each side. Down the centre 
of the worm, and stretching from one extremity of the worm to 
the other, is an opaque milky-white mass 4 inch broad. On each 
side of this mass there are a series of black coiled tubes, };th inch 
in diameter disposed in bunches, also running the entire length of 
the worm, but situated for the most part on one side. No other 
apertures could be detected. In consistency the worm is that of a 
stiff (milky-white) jelly, (in formalin).’’ 

For assistance in working out the anatomical details of this 
worm I am indebted to Dr. Ekendranath Ghosh, L.M.S., M.Sc., 
Assistant Professor of Zoology in the Medical College, Calcutta. 

The following measurements of the specimens (preserved in 
formalin) have been taken recently :— 


Length. Breadth. 

Specimen I eee 2a Ona th: a 20) tie, 
Somes a ROU a) Soars Sot) ag eae 
III S88) TOO Ashe cos see 59s), 5 


») 


The testes lie scattered about through the parenchyma. Ata 
point about 15 mm. from the posterior extremity, the paired vas 
deferens unite in the middle line, and open by a minute pore I 
mm. from the posterior extremity. 

The germarium is situated in the middle line 15 mm. from the 
posterior extremity. It is 7mm. long and 3°5 mm. broad. Im- 
mediately posterior to it are the paired follicular shell-glands. 
These are each 3 mm. long and together are 3 mm. broad. The 
vaginal pore is 2 mm. from the posterior extremity. The vitelline 
glands are paired, linear, and cylindrical, one on each side, near 
the lateral margins. They extend the whole length of the worm. 
At 4 mm. from the posterior extremity of the worm their ducts 
curve towards the vagina and open close to the shell-gland. The 
uterus is a long convoluted tube having exactly the same form as 
that figured for A. foliacea. It opens by a minute pore, which is 
situated at the base of the small anterior end of the worm. In 
this respect it agrees with A. liguloidea, Diesing, and differs from 
A. foliacea (Rud., 1819). It differs, however, from A. ligulotdea in 
the absence of a vagina, anterior to the germarium. The situation 


328 - Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XI, 


of the male and the vaginal pores also resemble that of A. ligu- 
loidea, and differs from that of A. foliacea. 

No hooklets were observed on the penis of our specimens. 
The eggs are large, measuring almost ‘1 mm. In shape they 
resemble half a sphere, the flat surface of which has became con- 
cave. No filament was observed. Compared with other known 
species of Amphilina, our specimens are enormous, as will be seen 
from the following table :— 


Length. Host. 
A. foliacea . »)) 6Ognaiaa .. Acipenser sp. 
A. liguloidea :y/'80 taiat, ie ? 
A. neritina > «ht pS ane .. Actpenser sp. 
A. magna .« 250hmm; .. Diagramma 
crassispinum. 


The nearly related genus Wageneria contains the following 
species :— 
W. proglottis (Wag., 1854), Mont., 1892. 
W. aculeata, Cohn, 1902. 
W. porrecta (Liihe), Cohn, 1902. 
W. wmpudens (Crep., 1846), Cohn, 1902. 
W. sp. Ltihe, rgo2. 
W. sp. (Mont.) ? 


Unfortunately I have been unable to compare my types with 
descriptions of any of the above species of Wageneria, as literature 
was not available in India. The type of Amphilina magna, n. sp. 
is deposited in the Indian Museum. 


LITERATURE. 


Wagener, G.—Enthelminthica No. V. Ueber Amphilina 
foliacea mihi (Monostomum foliaceum Rud.), Gyrocotyle 
Diesing und Amphiptyches Gr. W. (Arch. f. Naturges. 
24 Jahrg. I Bd., pp. 244-249, Taf. viii, Berlin, 1858). 
2. Salensky, W.—Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelungs- 
geschichte der Amphilina. (Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. 
XXIV, pp. 291-342, Taf. xxviii-xxxii, Leipzig, 1874). 

3. Monticelli, F. S.—Appunti sui Cestodaria. (Atti Accad. 
Napoli. Ser. 2, Vol. V, No. 6, pp. 67-78, 4 figs., 1892). 

4. Braun, M.—Vermes in Braun’s Thierreichs, Bd. IV, Abt. 
Ia, 1893. 

5. Cohn, L.—Zur Kenntnis des genus Wageneria, Monticelli, 
und anderer Cestoden. (Centrbi. Bakter., Bd. XX XIII, 
pp: 53-60, 7 figs., Jena, 1902). 

6. Pintner, Th.—Ueber Amphilina. (Verhandl. Ges. deuts. 
Nat}. und Aerzte. 1905.) 

7. Janicki, C. V.—Uber den Bau von Amphilina liguloidea, 
Diesing. (Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. LXXXIX, pp. 568- 
599, Taf. xxxiv-xxxv, Leipzig, 1908.) 

8. Southwell, T.—Ceylon Marine Biological Reports. Pt. 

VI, Jany. 1912, Colombo. 


Ln) 


1915. | T. SOUTHWELL: IJndtan Parasites of Fish. 329 


(10) Syndesmobothrium filicolle, Linton, parasitic in the 
flesh of Harpodon nehereus (‘‘ Bombay duck ”’’) 
from Diamond Harbour. 


(Plate xxvii, fig. 8). 


Z.E.V. £882 Flesh of Havpodon Diamond Harbour,  T. Southwell. 
nehereus. 17-ii-IQ15. 

The original description of this parasite was given by Linton 
in the Report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1887 
(published 1891, Washington), page 861, plate xv, figs. 2 and 4. 
The description was from a single specimen and the details given 
are so meagre that the identification of the parasite is attended 
with a little uncertainty. The adult form was obtained by 
Linton from the spiral valve of Trygon centrura at Woods Hole, 
Mass. Encysted forms were also obtained by Linton from various 
species of Teleosts such as Pomatomus saltatrix, Cybium regale, etc. 

The present writer also obtained the same parasite on the 
Ceylon Pearl Banks from the intestines of Cybium guttatum (Seer 
fish) and Chorinemus lysan (Southwell, Ceylon Marine Biological Re- 
ports, Part VI, page 269, plate ii, figs. 16 and 17. Colombo, 1912). 

The flesh of Harfodon nehereus (when alive) is transparent, 
resembling that of a jelly-fish. The cysts being milky-white were 
easily discernible with the naked eye. Many cysts were 16 mm. 
long and the smallest obtained was 4 mm. They were all roughly 
tadpole-shaped, but the ‘‘ tail’’ portion varied greatly in length 
and thickness. When removed, the cyst moved about actively. 
The parasite itself could be seen under a low power as a more 
densely milk-white spot in the head of the cyst. Over 80 cysts were 
taken from the flesh of a single fish which measured 34 inches long. 

Harpodon nehereus was very plentiful in the river between 
the sea and Diamond Harbour; in the vicinity of the latter place 
it was scarce and ten miles further north entirely absent. Every 
fish caught was infected. As far as I am aware, this is the first 
record of a cestode parasite occurring in the flesh of any fish, east 
of Suez. The parasite becomes adult in the larger species of 
Trygon and Hypolophus. In other words when rays and skates eat 
the infected Bombay duck, the larval parasites in the latter be- 
come adult tapeworms in the intestines of the rays. The parasites 
do not inhabit the human intestine and hence there is not the 
slightest danger of human beings becoming infected by eating the 
infected fish. 

Diamond Harbour is on the river Hughli and is situated 
about 40 miles from the sea. 


LITERATURE. 


Linton.—Notes on entozoa of Marine fishes. Report U.S. Fish 
Comm. for 1887, pp. 862-866, plate xv, figs. 5-9. Washington, 1891. 

Southwell.—Ceylon Marine Biological Reports, Part VI, page 
273, plate ii, fig. 40. Colombo, I9g12. 


330 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL. XI, 1915.] 


(11) Disease in the eye of Holocentrum rubrum. 
(Plate xxviii, fig. II). 


The opportunity is taken of recording in this paper the occur- 
rence of a disease of the eye in Holocentrum rubrum. This fish is a 
marine species. 

I noticed the disease in question in January, 1915 during a 
visit to the Marine Aquarium, Madras, where the fish was then 
living in one of the tanks. 

I am indebted to Dr. J. R. Henderson, Superintendent of the 
Madras Museum, for kindly presenting the specimen. Dr. Henderson 
suggested that the disease was a glaucoma, probably caused by an 
accident whilst the fish was being captured at sea or during its 
transference to the aquarium. 


Since the above paper was written I have obtained very large 
cysts containing young Trematodes from the flesh of Ophio- 
cephalus striatus, Ophiocephalus marulius and Ophiocephalus gachua. 
Smaller cysts, apparently containing Cercaria, have also been ob- 
tained from the flesh of Saccobranchus fossilus and Trichogaster 
fasciatus. In Saccobranchus fossilus over 140 cysts were counted 
in the flesh of a small specimen. 

The infected fish were obtained from beels in the Khulna 
district. I hope to describe the parasites in a future paper. 


ee Oe ee 


. 
' 
: 
5 24) uy > oe | / %) : 
. “> >. - a 
i 
y : : “5 
= e* . 5 i7¢ rye ¢ ‘ 
. ¥ : 
2: Ben rea y7 6) EARL SSA" Sp ; ; 
5 
° : 
: : aks } 
tar ven cdi fle, dele) Bras Fite ' ; , : 
VERITY HonB fs) mVMCPLEM ESTERS RN GPE CSD EE AAS CWS Liss aby) 
SOI aug 1) AMOMIIKS TW) Penne ons Te) (ellie 29 7eyou = > 
» oe Aon 7 = , 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI. 


Fic. 1. Carcinoma in Salmo ivideus. Ventral view, X %. 
MP 2s s a a Latero-ventral view, X #. 
., 3. Rasbora danicontus, showing white spot near dorsal fin 


containing Myxobolus sp.. X 14. 
», 4 Labeo rohita, showing encysted Cercaria, X I$. 


» ~=—5 54, 50, 5c. Nuria danrica vat. grahami, showing cysts re- 
moved. 


Explanation of Lettering. 
(a) anterior ; (6) vas deferens ; (c) germarium ; (@) shell glands; (e) vaginal 


pore; (/) gills; (g) vitteline glands; (h) carcinoma; (/) posterior; (¢) testis; 
(w) uterus. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.XI, 1915. Plate XXVI. 


Bemrose, Collo., Derby. 


PARASITES OF INDIAN FISH. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII. 


Fic. 6. Amphilina magna, n.sp., X #. 
a8 posterior extremity, X 2. 


Harpodon nehereus, showing encysted larvae of Syndes- 
mobothrium filicolle, Linton, X I4. 


» 9 Nuria danrica, showing Cercaria in skin, x I+. 
10. Cirrhina latia, showing parasites encysted in skin, xX I$. 


com 


Explanation of Lettering. 


(a) anterior ; (d) vas deferens ; (c) germarium ; (d) shell glands ; (e) vaginal 
pore; (7) gills; (g) vitteline glands; (h) carcinoma; (p) posterior ; (¢) testis ; 
(w) uterus. 


Plate XXVII. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI,1915. 


ARS NR ms, =. —— 
aa Ray 


BASS, 
— Ss CSR 


be S24 2 


PHL aah 15 5 


oval 


ae 
payee 
pon ~~ boon 


cz fy 


nee 


ee 


~~ 
n 
‘ 


a ee 


SS ee 


oa 
’ 


@ 


eK 


VE 
Ms 


ge 


»/ 


Ny, 


2CAK, 06.055, 


Bemrose, Collo.,Derby 


agehi & A. Chowdhary, del. 


PARASITES OF INDIAN FISH. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII. 


Glaucoma in eye of Holocentrum rubrum, natural size. 
Rocinella latis, n. sp., male, ventral view, X 64. 


ic _ dorsal view, X 64. 
_ se first gnathopod, X 30. 
+ - second peraeopod, X 30. 


Argulus foliaceus, Linn., female, ventral view, X 30. 
ae a dorsal view, X 30. 
a Se male, dorsal view, X 30. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI, 1915. Plate XXVIII. 


A 


\ 


4 
4 al * 
¢ 
é 
r é 
| : 
th bs 
a = 
" * 7 
rt \ + 
\ 
e 
» 
. 
. 


Bemrose, Collo,Derby 


PARASITES OF INDIAN FISH. 


CGVElew Ores, BROOM THE BENGAL 
FISHERIES LABORATORY, 
INDIAN MUSEUM. 


No. 3.—ON HELMINTHS FROM FISH AND AQUATIC BIRDS IN 
THE CHILKA LAKE. 


By, 5 SOULHWELI) AKC .o., Lond.. PoLS3, BZ.S.; 
Dy. Director of Fisheries, Bengal, Bihar and Orissa, 
Honorary Assistant, Indian Museum. 


Dr. Annandale visited the Chilka Lake during the last two 
weeks of November 1914, in order to continue his enquires into 
the fauna of this area. I had the pleasure of accompanying him, 
and the parasites described in the following paper were collected 
during the investigations. 

The fish from which the parasites were taken were caught in 
an otter-trawl about two miles east of Rambha. They appear to 
feed principally on prawns and crabs. 

A number of small rays (Trygon imbricata) were also caught 
and examined, but no parasites were found. This species appears 
to feed on small crustaceans and on thin-shelled molluscs. 

The little cormorant was shot on the shore of the lake near 
Rambha, and the pochard ( Nyroca ferina) was shot in a swamp 
neat Nalbano Island. 

Other birds and fish were examined but no parasites were 
found. 

The collection is an interesting one, but possesses no out- 
standing or distinctive features. 


Family TETRABOTHRIDAE, Linton, 18o1. 
Tribe TETRABOTHRIINAE, Perrier, 1807. 
Genus I. Phyllobothrium, Van Beneden, 1849. 


Body articulate, taeniaeform; head separated from the body 
by a neck, with four opposite sessile bothria, each bothrium 
lacinio-cristate on the margin and provided with a single ampulla- 
like supplementary disc. Genital apertures marginal. 


Phyllobothrium pammicrum, Shipley and Hornell. 


Z.E.V, £879 Hypolophus sephen. Main area T. Southwell. 
Chilka Lake, 
Thirteen specimens. Dec.1914. 


Extreme length, 4°2 mm. to 5°5 mm. 
Breadth of head, *4 mm. 


332 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XI, 


Breadth of last segment, °25 mm. 
Length of last segment, I mm. 
Length of neck, ‘25 mm. 


The head consists of four sessile, crimpled bothridia, which 
have their edges slightly thickened. There is no myzorhynchus, 
and accessory suckers are absent. 

There is a short neck. The worms consist of 5, or at most 
6 segments. In many, what appeared to be the terminal vesicle 
was still intact. As in Shipley’s specimens (Ceylon Pearl Oyster 
Reports, V, London, 1906, p. 53) the genital organs were 
developed in the very first segment, and no short, shallow, young 
proglottides were observed in any of our specimens. The genital 
aperture was only obvious in the last segment. This segment had 
the sides slightly curved, and the greatest breadth was across the 
middle, through the genital aperture. 

The testes are very numerous and large, and were disposed on 
each side of the longitudinal axis of the proglottid. The cirrus 
pouch is not conspicuous. No spines were observed on the penis. 
The deferent canal runs transversely to the genital pore. The 
vitteline glands were disposed parallel, and external to the testes. 
The ovary and shell gland were situated posteriorly. The ducts 
from the vitteline glands also unite in the centre line posteriorly. 
The oviduct occupies a central position and runs anteriorly in a 
loosely coiled manner. 

The genus Phyllobothrium, Van Beneden, is closely related to 
the genus Cvrossobothrium, Linton. The latter differs from the 
former only in having the bothria pedicelled and in possessing no 
neck. It will be noted that our specimens do not possess acces- 
sory suckers. No mention is made of accessory suckers in Phyllo- 
bothrium blaket, Shipley and Hornell (Ceylon Pearl Oyster Reports, V, 
London, 1906, p. 70, figs. 72 and 73), although suckers are shown in 
P. pammicrum, Shipley and Hornell. Johnstone was unable to find 
accessory suckers in specimens of P. lactuca, Van Beneden (Tvans 
Biol. Soc. Liverpool, XX, 1906, pp. 159-160), and he refers to the 
absence of a myzorhynchus in both P. lactuca, Van Beneden, and 
P. thridax, Van Beneden. 

No myzorhynchus was observed in our specimens and no myzo- 
rhynchus is described or figured for the following species :— 


P. minutum, Shipley and Hornell, 

P. pammicrum, Shipley and Hornell, 
P. blakei, Shipley and Hornell, 

P. lactuca, Van Beneden, - 

P. thysanocephalum, Linton. 


A neck is absent in P. blaket, Shipley and Hornell, long in 
P. lactuca, Van Beneden, P. minutum, Shipley and Hornell, and 
P. thysanocephalum, Vinton. 

The characters of the genus Spongtobothrium, Linton, are as 
follows :— 


1915.] I. SOUTHWELL: Parasites from Fish and Aquatic Birds. 333 


Body articulate, taeniaeform. Head separated from the body 
by a neck. Bothria 4, opposite, pedicelled, broken up into lacinio- 
cristate folds which are transversely costate. Unarmed. Auxiliary 
acetabulum none, terminal papillanone. Genital apertures marginal. 

The genus Phyllobothrium would thus also appear to be closely 
related to the genus Spongiobothrium, from which it differs only 
in the absence of the cristate folds on the rostellum. It will be 
observed that the characters of the genera Cvossobothrium and 
Spongiobothrium relate almost entirely to external features, and 
the anatomical details are few and unsatisfactory. It is highly desir- 
able that such details should be worked out so that the true rela- 
tionships of the genera could be determined. It is not impossible 
that subsequent research may suggest the desirability of regarding 
_ external features such as the presence or absence of a neck, or sup- 
plementary suckers, or of a myzorhynchus, as specific, rather than 
generic, characters. 


LITERATURE. 


Shipley and Hornell, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Reports, Part V, 
London, 1906. 


Genus II, Parataenia, Linton, 1889. 


Parataenia medusia, J,inton, 1889. 


Z.E.V 887+ Intestine of Main area, T. Southwell. 
fly polophus Chilka Lake, 
sephen. Nov. 29, 1914. 


Only two species of Parataenia are known, viz. P. medusia, 
Linton, and P. elongatus, Southwell. The latter differs from the 
former in being ten times longer, in possessing a neck, and in the 
ripe segments being broader than long. 

Linton’s specimens of P. medusia measured 6 mm. long, but he 
observed that ‘‘ they must grow somewhat longer than this.” Our 
specimen (we obtained only one) measured 15 mm. In other res- 
pects it agreed with Linton’s description. 


LITERATURE. 

Linton, Notes on Entozoa of Marine Fishes. U.S. Fish 
Comm. Report for 1887, pp. 862-866, plate xv, figs. 5-9 
(Washington, 1891). 

Southwell, Ceylon Marine Biological Reports, Part VI, p. 273, 
pl. ili, fig. 40 (Colombo, 1912). 2 


Tribe CALLIOBOTHRIINAE, Perrier, 1897. 
Genus Calliobothrium, Van Beneden, 1850. 


Calliobothrium eschrichtii, Van Ben. 


Z.E.V. $822 Spiral valve of Main area, T. Southwell. 
Hypolophus Chilka Lake, 
sephen. Dec. 1914. 


334 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy XL, 


A single specimen is referred here with some hesitation. A 
definite identification was impossible because the spines were some- 
what damaged. In other details it agreed with Van Beneden’s 
species eschrichtii. The length of the worm isgmm. There were 
only about 13 segments the last of which measured I mm. long. 


LITERATURE. 


Linton, U.S. Fish Comm. Report for 1887, pp. 812-1816, figs. 
5-12 (Washington, 1891). 

Van Beneden, Acanthobothrium eschrichtit. Bull, Acad. Belg., 
Ser. 2, Vol. XVI, p. 280. 

Van Beneden, Calliobothrium eschrichtti. Mem. Acad. Belg., 
Vol. XXV, 1850, pp. 145 and 195. 


Family HYMENOLEPIDIDAE, Railliet and Henry, 1909. 
Genus Hymenolepis, Weinland, 1858. . 


Hymenolepis breviannulata, Fiihrmann, 1906. 


Z.E.V. £875 Phalocrocorax Chilka Lake, T. Southwell. 
javanicus Dec. 1914. 
(the little Cor- 
morant). 


Two specimens, 57 mm. long and 5 mm. broad. Rostellum 
with 20 hooks. 


Fiihrmann in his original description states ‘‘ leider fehlt der 
scolex.”’ 


The genital openings are unilateral and are situated near the 
anterior extremity of the proglottid. 


LITERATURE. 


Fiihrmann, Centrbl. Bakter., 1. Abt. Bd. XLII, Heft 4, pp. 445- 
446, fig 25, 1906. 


Family TAENIIDAE, Ludwig, 1886. 
Genus Diploposthe Jacobi, 1896. 


Diploposthe laevis, Jacobi, 1896. 


Z.E.V, 2874 Nyroca ferina, Chilka Lake, T. Southwell. 
(the Pochard). Noy. 1914. 

A single specimen is referred here with some hesitation. No 
spines could be detected on the rostellum when the head was 
cleared in clove oil. Three testes were observed near the posterior 
border of the proglottides. The vesiculae seminalis is large. The 
cirrus is large, tubular, and armed with strong spines. 

The female genital organs lie inthe centre of the proglottid. 
No other details could be observed save that masses of eggs lay in 


1915.] IT. SOUTHWELL: Parasites from Fish and Aquatic Birds. 335 


what appeared to be a lateral extension of the uterus, close to the 
cirrus sac, and of about the same size as the latter. 

The synonymy of this species is extensive. For a full account 
the reader is referred to Johnstone (i). 


LITERATURE. 


(1) Johnstone, T. H. H., On a re-examination of the types 
of Krefft’s species of Cestoda in the Australian Mu- 
seum, Sydney, Part I. 

(2) Fihrmann, Centrbl. Bakter., Vol. XL, 1906. 

(3) Fuhrmann, Zool. Jahrb., Supplt. Bd. X, Heft I, 1908. 


Anaporrhutum largum, Luhe. 


Z.E.V. 8282 Hypolophus sephen. Chilka Lake, T. Southwell. 
Stations 
140-141, 
Nov. 1915. 

This Trematode was found on the liver and in the coelom of 
the above ray. It is a transparent leaf-like form, and occasion- 
ally occurs in such numbers as to completely cover the outer 
surface of the liver. The fish was caught in the main area of the 
lake. 


LITERATURE. 
Lithe, in Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Oyster Reports, Pt. V, 


London, 1906. 
Southwell, Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. IX, Pt. II, Calcutta, June, 


1913. 


SVrLIio NOPE S > ON. OO RLEN DPA > DRAG ON - 
EEE St PN ek BE at ND TAN 
MUSEUM, No. 2. ° 


By F. F. LAIDiaw. 


LIBELLULINAE. 
Genus Amphithemis, 
See Ris, Monogr. Libell., pp. 88-91 in Coll. Zoolog. Selys, Fasc. IX, 
1goQg. 

Anal loop feebly developed, containing few cells. Arculus 
lying between the second and third antenodal nerve. Costal side 
of discoidal triangle of fore-wing relatively long, broken. Radial 
supplementary sector moderately developed, median supplement 
not at all. Proximal side of discoidal triangle of hind-wing a little 
distal to the arculus. Three or four median nerves on the hindwing. 
Discoidal triangle followed by one or two rows of cells, increasing. 

Colouration black with yellow or brick-red markings; (adult 
male of A. vacillans, Selys, with pruinescence on basal segments of 
abdomen). Abdomen rather long, slender and cylindrical; seg- 
ment 8 of female without dilatation. Legs long, the hairs on 
femora rudimentary. 

The discovery of A. martae necessitates a slight modification 
in the definition of the genus shown in the character italicized. 

This interesting genus is confined to S. India and to the 
Indo-Chinese Peninsula so far as is at present known; the S. Indian 
species A. mariae, here described as new, being very distinct from 
its congeners. This distribution of a genus is somewhat unusual. 
Its nearest aliy is Pornothemis from Sumatra and Borneo. 

A. marae is readily distinguished from the two remaining 
species by wing characters, the discoidal triangle in each wing 
being followed by a single row of cells, in A. vacillans and A. 
curvistyla by two tows. The Deccan species is moreover more 
brilliantly coloured, with bright yellow bands on the dorsum of the 
thorax. 

The Burmese species are not so readily distinguished from one 
another. A. curvistyla is distinctly the smaller (hind-wing 18-22 
mm. as opposed to 21°24 mm. in A. vacillans). 

It has also much red on the abdomen, whilst A. vacillans has 
yellowish markings in the young male and female, its adult males 
having the body entirely black. 

Males of these two species are well characterized by the anal 
appendages. In A. vacillans the upper pair are twice as long as the 


338 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Voy, 24, 


lower appendage and end in a fine upturned point, in A. curvistyla 
the upper pair are about equal to the lower appendage, rather 
stout, curved downwards and divaricate from one another. 


Amphithemis vacillans, Selys. 
26 D1 #851 4852 4853 Sibsagar, Assam. 

These specimens were named by deSelys in whose handwriting 
ate the labels. They are unfortunately in poor preservation, the 
best preserved specimen, an adult male, has the body entirely 
black. A male from the Abor Expedition collection, still more 
adult, has the second and third segments of the abdomen covered 
with bluish-white bloom. 

Distribution: Burma, Assam. 


Fic. 1.—Wings of Amphithemis mariae, sp. n. 


Amphithemis curvistyla, Selys. 
Ig 1 9 #854 246 Sibsagar, Assam.| 
As with the last species the specimens were named by de 
Selys. ‘Their condition is too bad to admit of a satisfactory exam- 
ination. 
Distribution: Burma, Tonkin, Assam. 


Amphithemis mariae, sp. n. 


4 44 Q (inspirit.) ®289 S259 8280 S279 8351 Forest tramway, mile 
29-30, 1600 ft.; Parambikulam, 1790-3200 ft., Cochin State, 16— 
24-ix-14 (F. H. Gravely). 
(For the photograph reproduced in text-figure 1, I am much 
indebted to Messrs. H. and F. E. Campion). 
Types o @ in the Indian Museum. 


1 On several labels of specimens from this locality de Selys wrote ‘‘ Palone.”’ 
It is not clear what he means. 


IQI5.] F. F. LaiwLaw : Oriental Dragonfiies. 339 

Abdomen 7 I9 mm., 2? 19mm. Hind-wing 7 20 mm., 9 21 
mm. 

Venation characters (see text-fig.). 

Wings relatively shorter and broader than in the other species 
of the genus. Triangles and supratriangles normally uncrossed. 
Cubito-anal (median) space of hind-wing with three cross-nerves. 
Discoidal triangles in both wings followed by a single row of cells; 
supplementary radial sector feebly developed. Base of wings tinged 
with yellow to level of discoidal triangles. 

@ Lower lip cream-colour edged with black. Upper lip, 
post- and anteclypeus and vertical part of frons also creamy-yellow ; 
upper surface of frons, vertex, and occiput metallic green. 

Prothorax black. 

Thorax dorsal surface black with a broad greenish yellow 
humeral stripe on either side; inter-alar space brick-red. Lateral 
surface brownish yellow with two well-defined dark bands on 
either side, ventral surface yellow. 

Abdomen. Segments 1, 2, 3 brick-red, the last with a narrow 
black terminal ring. The remaining segments black, 4-7 with a 
basal yellow ring, most marked laterally, and progressively smaller 
from before backward. 

Legs black, first pair of femora with a yellow line on their pos- 
terior side. 

Anal appendages black, rather short, upper pair regularly 
curved downwards, moderately stout. Lower appendage a little 
shorter than the upper pair. Resemble in general the appendages 
of A. curvistyla, Selys. 

Genital structures on segment 2. Anterior lobe very small, 
hamulus on either side with a fine backwardly directed spur. 
Lobe of segment 2 small, triangular, curved a little forward. 

? Head coloured as in the male. 

Prothorax pale yellow. 

Thorax brownish black anteriorly, with a pair of very wide 
pale yellow ante-humeral bands, much larger than those of the male 
and united above at the base of the wings. The rest of the thorax 
is pale yellow in colour. 

Abdomen. Segments I, 2, 3 pale yellow, 3 with a fine black 
terminal ring, 4-8 yellow at the base, the apical half of the segment 
(two-thirds in 8) black; the yellow ring divided dorsally by a fine 
black line along the mid-dorsal carina. Segments 9g, 10 entirely 
black. 

Legs as in the male, anal appendages black. Lateral margins 
of segment 8 not widened. Valvulae vulvae very small. 

Distribution : Southern Peninsular India. 


ite 
412 ; 
fat 
: } } , s 
: 
t 
¢ 
° 
2 se 
« Bei - - Fis, eo Ae r 
yt ae ote) be eliesele me): 
ua >| » 
? I ie 
« 
rh 
54 
A nee 
; tt ts 
sige? 
: 5 
Missi art} a36) 
> #tf tle el CoM ha hare 
A 


aif oe fa Sas fore ie cane late 


ye Senay mdash 2H efi oh Ages aie 
jos] a Legentiy gtent turwige Lt, Seger 
aha Ste} | Hi a5 eats (7 ce : +? 
aublive4iea ae 
apie Eh2! ig. 2 inp: te ayes da tol eae? semen WON a 
abe: sisi SOE h ie begs 3U it at “aid ead ea itm Role 


i ee aert 4 edods hag ’ 

“at ad ‘ a3, sik gy ad a echt) giti S104 a 
eae af 1 ag oe os : a ie ee beit ees wah 
roe et me sn gaet tA 
: Lye Lee ey S- 
1 Csny be, as 


os = 


page eee eh; On OrG- l CAT YN OF BSA ND 
DEHOCREPTITONS. 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, Indian 
Museum. 


(Plate xxxiii.) 


Trionyx sulcifrons, sp. nov. 
(Plate: xxxiii, fies. 1, 1a, 2;) 


The head is relatively small, triangular in shape and some- 
what flattened; the tubular nostrils are relatively long and have 
a well-developed median longitudinal groove on the dorsal sur- 
face; the interorbital space is narrow and in fresh specimens the 
supercillary regions are raised. 

A number of small longitudinal grooves originate between the 
eyes and, proceeding forwards, diverge on the forehead. ‘These give 
an excuse for the specific name. 

The disk is sub-circular, coarsely tuberculate in front of and 
behind the bony carapace; there is no dorsal ridge or groove, but 
a large prominence occurs on the bony carapace in front. 

In the young (pl. xxxiii, fig. 2) the head is olivaceous, with a 
smallish yellow spot beneath each eye, and another rather larger one 
at the junction of the jaws; the following black linear marks 
occur on the dorsal surface—a sinuous line originating behind the 
lower part of each eye, proceeding upwards and then bending 
downwards and running along each side of the head to disappear 
on the nape, and a large Y-shaped mark situated in the middle 
of the dorsal surface some distance behind the eyes and con- 
nected somewhat indefinitely with diverging lines on the nape. 
In the adult these dark marks break up as shown in fig. 1 
(p. 342) and perhaps disappear finally. The yellow spot at the 
junction of the jaws persists but its limits become somewhat 
indefinite. In the adult living animal the eyelids are reddish-brown 
and such dark marks as persist are bordered with a brighter shade 
of the same colour. ‘The disk of the young bears (? 4 or) 5 
relatively small ocelli, the ground-colour being dark olivaceous 
obscurely reticulated ; there is a narrow yellow margin. In the 
adult the ocelli disappear and the whole disk becomes dark oliva- 
ceous green obscurely marbled with a paler shade. 

The pupil of the eye (in the only living individual, an adult 
female, examined) was black and the iris dark olivaceous with a 
yellow ring internally. 


342 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL oes 


The skull (pl. x xxiii, figs. 1, 1a) resembles that of T. gangeti- 
cus in general appearance, but is considerably smaller and nar- 
rower. ‘The interorbital space is slightly concave and consider- 
ably narrower than either the nasal cavity or the orbit; the post- 
orbital arch is rather more than half as broad as the orbit and the 
post-orbital foramen remarkably small. The snout is longer than 
the orbit and distinctly declivous; it is more pointed than in 
T. gangeticus, but less so than in 7. hurum and T. leithii. The 
symphysis of the lower jaw is long, equalling the orbit in length; 
the jaw itself is bluntly pointed; there are no ridges either longi- 
tudinal or transverse in this region; the two rami are more con- 
vergent than in 7. gangeticus. 


i) 


I 


Fic. 1.—Head of Trionyx sulcifrons (from life), 3 nat. size. 

,  2.—Head of Trionyx gangeticus mahanaddicus (from type specimen), 
1 14 
} nat. size. 


The branchial skeleton resembles that of T. gangeticus,’ but 
the greater cornua are more slender and the ceratobranchials 
stouter and shorter; the hypobranchials are distinct and show 
traces of segmentation into 2 or 3 pieces; this is, however, less 
marked than in T. gangeticus. 

The margin of the bony carapace is concave in front and 
almost straight behind ; the sculpturing of the posterior region is 
coarser than that of the anterior and near the posterior border 
there are small scattered bony tubercles. There are two or three 
neural plates between the first pair of costals. The plastron 
closely resembles that of T. gangeticus, but the hypoplastra and 
hyoplastra of the two sides apparently remain widely separated 
in the adult and all the bones are smaller. 


1 Annandale, Rec. /nd. Mus. VU, p. 159, fig. 1 (1912). 


1915. ] N. ANNANDALE: Herpetological Notes. 343 


Type.—An adult female, which was examined alive and is now 
preserved as a skeleton in the Indian Museum (No. 17973: Kept. 
Ind. Mus.). The skin of the head is preserved in spirit. 

I have also examined a slightly larger female (stuffed) anda 
young individual (in spirit) (pl. xxxiti, fig. 2), both the property 
of the Nagpur Museum. 

The following are the measurements of the type :— 


Disk. Skull. 
Total length... ». 407 mm.| Length ae .. 84mm, 
breadth ... ats es lm Breadth 3 ae ae 

Bony carapace (length) ... 335, Orbit tae Pe 1S 
- (breadth pers Sains: Snout ue a gel 
Interorbital width enh th 
| Nasal aperture (width) sea ERR 
| Postorbital arch... ees 
| Mandibular symphysis Fes 


Distribution.—The type is from a tank in the town of Nagpur, 
the capital of the Central Provinces of India, as is also the adult 
specimen in the Nagpur Museum; while the young example in 
that museum is from a canal or stream at the same place. 

This species is related to T. gangeticus, Cuv., the chief differ- 
ences being (1) the presence of ocelli on the disk of the young and 
the absence of forwardly directed V-shaped markings’ on the head, 
(2) the more pointed snout, (3) the smaller postorbital foramen, 
(4) the longer symphysis of the lower jaw and the absence of a 
transverse ridge on its inner margin. 

The eggs are small, the diameter being only 31 mm. in exam- 
ples found ready for deposition in the type-specimen, which was 
killed in June. Another female killed at Nagpur was found to 
contain fully formed eggs in January. 


I have to thank Mr. E. A. D’Abreu for the opportunity of 
making this very noteworthy addition to the herpetological fauna 
of India. He has also sent me for examination two specimens of 
the form I recently described as T. gangeticus subsp. mahanaddt- 
cus.' One is a skeleton of an adult slightly larger than the type 
(fig. 2, p. 342), while the other is a much smaller stuffed example. 
The localities are (?) Jubbulpore and Seonath R., Bilaspur dis- 
trict ; both places being in the Central Provinces. 


Trionyx leithii, Gray. 
1915. Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. X1, p. 189, fig. 1. 


In a recent paper I cast doubt on the occurrence of T. letthii 
in the Gangetic river-system, but I now take the earliest opportu- 


l Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, p. 262 (1912). 


344 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vox. axes 


nity to note that I have found in the old collection of the Indian 
Museum a number of young specimens from Allahabad and the 
River Hughli. There is no specimen of this species in the Nagpur 
Museum, though it occurs in the Central Provinces 


Gonatodes bireticulatus, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxiii, figs. 3, 3a.) 


Head small, ovate, moderately convex above; snout obtusely 
pointed, declivous, a little longer than the distance between the 
eye and ear-opening and more than twice as long as the eye; fore- 
head grooved; ear-opening moderate, oval; 7 upper and 8 lower 
labials. 


Fic. 3.—Gonatodes bireticulatus, sp. nov. 


A. Snout in lateral view, X 3. B. Lower surface of head, X 3. 
C. Lower surface of fifth toe, x 8. 


Body and limbs moderate, the hind limb reaching the axilla; 
digits slender, basal joints not dilated and without transverse 
plates; five relatively large plates below the first articulation. 
Dorsal surface covered with conical keeled tubercles, which vary 
considerably in size, and are much smaller on the head than on the 
body; throat covered with similar tubercles; mental moderate in 
size, subtruncate posteriorly and followed by two small flattened 
scales placed transversely ; several enlarged scales, which decrease 
in size from before backwards, on either side below the labials. 
Ventral scales small, leaf-shaped imbricate. Male with 7 femoral 
pores on each side. Tazl cylindrical, tapering, covered above 
with small, oval, sub-imbricate, almost smooth scales, and below 


ss. -— ©6~—C 


1915. | N. ANNANDALE: Herfetological Notes. 345 


with flattened scales, the central row of which is distinctly en- 
larged. 

Colouration.—Brown above, with a coarse black reticulation 
and, superimposed upon it, a much finer one of dotted white 
lines; two parallel white lines running backwards from the eye 
to above the ear; throat brownish, with a coarse, irregular white 
reticulation and with a white line running along each side; 
chest and abdomen brownish grey speckled with white. Ventral 
surface of tail greyish brown speckled with white; about 12 pale 
transverse bars on the dorsal surface. Fingers and toes with 
alternate brown and white bands. 


Measurements. 
Total length a HA apap esbeuls 
Length of tail oi dee Ou thee 
Length of head fe pe a te 
Breadth of head S stag LOS) 5 


Type.—No. 17970: Rept. Ind. Mus. 

Locahity.—In jungle at Kavalai, 1300-3000 feet, Cochin State 
(F. H. Gravely). 

Numerous specimens of G. wynadensis (Beddome) and a few of 
G. gracilis (Beddome) were taken with the type, which is an 
unique specimen. 

The species is closely related to G. wynadensis, but is distin- 
guished from it (among other characters) by its colouration, by 
the larger number of femoral pores and by differences in the scal- 
ing of the feet. 


Tropidonotus sancti-johannis, Boulenger. 
1893. Boulenger, Cat. Brit. Mus. 1, p. 230, pl. xv, fig. 1. 

This snake, which seems to me to be a distinct species, has 
been recorded from several widely separated localities in Kashmir, 
the Himalayas and central India. I am not aware, however, that 
it has been found hitherto in the Malabar Zone. A typical speci- 
men was obtained by Mr. F. H. Gravely at Chalakudi in the State 


_ of Cochin in September last. 


Chirixalus simus, sp. nov. 


Head large, broader than long; snout truncated, considerably 
shorter than the diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis barely 
distinguishable; loreal region vertical, slightly concave; nostrils 
much nearer tip of snout than eye; interorbital region broader than 
upper eyelid, flat; tympanum about one-third the diameter of the 
eye. 

Limbs.—Inner fingers with a very slight rudiment of a web; 
toes about two-thirds webbed; disks of fingers smaller than tym- 
panum, slightly larger than those of toes; subarticular tubercles 


340 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


well-developed; a small and rather indistinct inner metatarsal 
tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. 

Skin.—Skin of head with small round scattered warts, of 
back nearly smooth; sides and throat with similar warts, abdomen 
and inner surface of thighs coarsely granular; a glandular fold 
extending from the supercilliary region to above the shoulder, and 
another, somewhat interrupted, from the gape to the same point. 

Colouration.—Dorsal surface pale buff with several indistinct 
longitudinal dark lines and numerous scattered black specks. 
Ventral surface yellowish; throat and chest with minute black 
and white specks. Limbs without definite markings, inner sur- 
face of thighs reddish. 


Measurements. 
Total length of head and body .. pf s22 iin, 
Length of head fe Be iO bes 
Breadth of head .. on eo 
Length of hind limb af 432) 


Fic. 4.—Head of Chirtxalus stmus, sp. nov., X 3. 


Type.—No. 17971: Rept. Ind. Mus.: an unique specimen. 

Locality.—Mangaldai, Assam north of the Brahmaputra 
(S. W. Kemp, 6-i-11). 

This species differs from C. doriae,' the only other as yet 
known, in its larger head, truncated snout, smaller tympanum 
and rather longer hind legs, and in possessing a glandular fold 
between the eye and the shoulder. 

C. dortae, which was described from Upper Burma, has 
recently been recorded from the Himalayan foot-hills? immediately 
to the north of Assam. The discovery of a second species near 
the base of the same hills is therefore interesting. 


Ichthyophis glutinosus var. tricolor, Annandale. 


1909. Annandale, Rec. /nd. Mus. III, p. 186. 


Two specimens of this variety or local race were found by 
Mr. F. H. Gravely on the eastern slopes of the Western Ghats in 
Cochin in September last, the exact locality being Parambikulam 


| Boulenger, Ann. AZus. Genova (2) XIII, p. 341, pl. x, figs. 5, 5a (1893). 
2 Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII, p. 18 (1912). 


1915. | N. ANNANDALE: Herpetological Notes. 347 


(alt. 1700-3200 ft.). The specimens are considerably larger than 
the type, one of them being 280 mm. long. The yellow lateral 
band on each side is separated from the white median ventral 
band by a dark one, which is greyish in spirit. This dark band 
varies considerably in breadth. 


Ichthyophis monochrous (Bleeker). 


1912. Boulenger, Faun. Malay Penin., Rept., p. 286. 


Boulenger notes (op. cit.) that this species has not been re- 
corded from Ceylon, but there are two specimens from that island 
in the collection of the Indian Museum. They were taken some 
years ago at Pattipola in the hills of the Central Province (alt. ca. 
6000 feet) by Mr. F. H. Gravely. 


ADDENDA. 


Since these notes went to the press I have received specimens 
of three species of Chelonia from Mr. W. J,ancelot Travers, who 
obtained them near Baradighi in the Jalpaiguri district of Bengal. 
The same gentleman had already sent me examples of two others 
fromthe same locality. As our knowledge of the Chelonia of north- 
ern Bengal is still far from complete, this little collection is of 
considerable importance. It includes the following species :—Chitra 
indica (several young specimens), Emyda granosa (a half-grown 
specimen of the typical form), Testudo elongata (one young speci- 
men), Geoemyda tricarinata (one adult), Geoemyda indopeninsularis 
(a large male). 

It is of particular interest to find that the range of 7. e/on- 
gata actually extends, as Anderson thought probable, along the 
sub-Himalayan tract to the west of Assam, and that G. indopenin- 
sularis occurs north of the Ganges. 

The specimen of the latter species agrees well with the male 
type.! The shell is actually deeper as a whole than in G. érijuga 
var, edeniana, but the bridge has relatively a much smaller vertical 
depth. The specimen from Assam referred doubtfully to edeniana 
(op. cit., pp. 69, 70) should probably be assigned to G. indopenin- 
sulavis, in spite of its broad second vertebral shield; it is much 
smaller than the other three in the collection. 


L Rec. Ind. Mus. 1X, p. 71, pl. v, fig. 2. 


_-~ -~ 


——— 


sul. 1 e 
7M A * 5 


Ves 


~ 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII. 


All the figures on this plate are from untouched photographs of natural size. 


Fics. 1, 1a, 2.—Tvrionyx sulctfrons, sp. nov. 


1.—Skull of type-specimen as seen from above: la.—lLower 
jaw of the same specimen. 


2.—Young specimen preserved in spirit. 


Fics, 3, 34.—Gonatodes bireticulatus, sp. nov. 


3.—Type-specimen from above: 3a.—Same specimen from 
below. 


~~ 


ineer linc Maris. Volo XIs1!915: Jedlsmne.@, OAM 


by 


Photo by S.C.Mondul, 
lla,2.TRIONYX SULCIFRONS. 3,3a.GONATODES BIRETICULATUS. 


MISCELLANEA. 


HYDROZOA. 
A Short Note on Hydra oligactis, Pallas. 


On the oceasion of a recent visit to Ludhiana (Punjab) I found 
a few specimens of Hydra oligactis, Pallas, in a small pond full of 
the pond-weed Potamogeton pectinatus, Linn. One of these speci- 
mens of Hydva was rather peculiar in having seven tentacles. 
Ir. Annandale in his account (fauna of British India, Freshwater 
Sponges, Hydroids and Polyzoa, p. 159) says that he has not seen 
any Indian specimen with more than six tentacles, while quite a 
large number of specimens that I have examined from Lahore and 
Ferozpore had usually four, and in exceptional cases five tentacles. 
The manner of capturing food was also observed, it exactly 
corresponds to Dr. Annandale’s account.(Fauna, p. 152) of Hydra 
vulgaris phase ortentalts Annandale. ‘The food consisted of very 
young individuals of the Aphis Szphocoryne nymphae which was 
infesting the plant in large numbers. 

BAINI PARSHAD, B.Sc., 


Government College, ? Alfred Patiala Research Student, 
Lahore. Zoological Laboratory. 


BATRACHIA. 
The larva of Rhacophoras pleuarostictus, Boul. (Fauna, p. 479.) 


The tadpoles, which were collected in Coorg, presented some 
difficulty in the matter of identification. This was due to the 
absence of any four-legged forms in the collection; but Dr. N. 
Annandale, who had received a fine collection of tadpoles from 
Cochin, has by a process of exclusion identified them as the larvae 
of Rhacophorus pleurostictus; as he has pointed out, the character 
of the feet at onee excludes these larvae from the genus Rana. 

The head and body are moderately flattened above and broadly 
oval, ventrally convex. The snout is rounded. The length of 
the body is to the breadth as 7:5. The body is finely pitted 
above, perfectly smooth below; but in specimens in which the 
hind limbs have not sprouted it is smooth above as well as below. 
Two conspicuous oval parotoids are present. 

The eye and nostril are both small, dorsally placed, by no 
means prominent. The nostril is very small, directed almost 
anteriorly, equidistant between the eyes and the tip of the snout. 
The internasal space is twice the interorbital. 

The mouth is subterminal, small. Its greatest width is only 
slightly greater than the interorbital space (as 7:5). The lower 


350 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor oe 


lip is strongly developed, directed backwards; the upper is not 
prominent. The distribution of tubercles varies; they are generally 
absent or only sparsely present on the upper lip, while stronger 
ones fringe the corners and the lower lip. The dental formula is 
liable to vary. It may probably be expressed thus :— 


B35 715 — 7A te 


The uninterrupted tooth rows on both the lips are longest.? 
The lower jaw is V-shaped with granulate or dentate edge. The 
upper beak is broadly crescentic. Almost every specimen in the 


Parotoid. Spiracle. 


B. 


Fie. 1.—Tadpoles of Rhacophorus pleurostictus. 
A. Lateral view. B. Mouth, showing the beak, tooth-rows and tubercles. 


collection shows the lower jaw to be cornified, but the upper beak 
is very fully developed. No glandular swellings are present at the 
corners of the mouth. 

Skin and glands.—In specimens in which the hind limbs have 
not developed, the skin is smooth and no whitish glandular pits 
occur. When the hind limbs have grown, the dorsal surface is 
beset with numerous cutaneous glands, which are distributed 
over the head as well. ‘Iwo most conspicuous large oval paro- 
toids, twice the diameter of the eye, are present; they may be 


In the specimens in my collection I could discover no horny teeth, only 
bare ridges; but Dr. Annandale, to whom examples have been sent, states that 
he has found patches of small teeth in a few. 


inna 


IQI5. | Miscellanea. 951 


yellow or darker in colour. One or two irregular rows of white 
round glandular swellings exist on both the caudal crests. 

Spiracle.—Sinistral, large, very slightly tubular; opens just 
below the parotoid; nearer to it than to the eye. The opening is 
directed slightly upwards, not visible from above or below, quite 
as large as the eye. 

Vent.—Tubular, median or slightly dextral, quite as large as 
the spiracular opening. 

Tail.—Gradually pointed or only slightly rounded at the tip. 
The muscular portion is very strongly developed, the mem- 
braneous crests are thin and transparent. The total length of 
the tail is nearly 13 times the length of the body and head, and 
the muscular part is only 4 the total width. Both crests are 
strongly convex and of equal depth. 

Colouration.—The young tadpoles are nearly transparent and 
the parotoids are bright yellow with a dark central spot. A few 
dots occur on the tail. In older specimens, the body is dull grey 
(slightly bluish in spirit specimens) with more numerous blotches 
on the back and the muscular part of the tail. Generally there is 
a ring of small dots with a bigger one in the centre on the paro- 
toids. The central surface is dirty white, in most specimens 
immaculate. 

Dimensions.—The measurements of (A) an individual in which 


the hind limbs have not sprouted, and of (B) an individual in 


which they have fully grown are as follows :— 


A. B. 
Votal length .. Aen mss ioe g2 mm. 
Length of head and body .. 24 mm. 36 mm. 
Hength of tail :. fey 26 sa 56 mm. 
Maximum breadth of body’: 13 mm. 25 mm. 
Maximum depth of body .. II mm. 20 mm. 
Maximum depth of tail .. 10 mm. 16 mm. 


Biological.—These tadpoles occur in abundance in tanks in the 
vicinity of houses where fish are reared. The bottom of the tanks 
being more are less clayey, the tadpoles can hardly be made out 
in the water. Water snakes destroy them in large numbers. 


C. R. NARAYAN Rao. 


BIRDS. 
An Albino Bulbul. 


A very fine specimen of an Albino Bulbul, Wolpastes burma- 
nicus, has recently been sent to the Museum from Mr. A. H. 
Ricketts. 

The bird was captured when only just commencing to learn to 
fly, and was at that time wholly white, with the typical white 
bill, feet and claws and bright red eyes of a true albino. 


352 Records of the Indian Museum. \|Vou. XI, 1915.] 


After being about six months in captivity this bird acquired 
the normal brilliant crimson colouring on the under tail coverts 
and (in the skin) a faint shade of reddish or buffy brown may be 
noticed both on the head and the rectrices. At the same time the 
bill and claws are still entirely colourless showing that, as a 
whole, there was no probability of increase in the pigmentation. 
Mr. Ricketts records that when about a year old the bird developed 
epileptic fits and died. 

This specimen is very interesting not only in that it possesses 
one patch of most brilliant normal colouration in spite of the rest 
of the plumage remaining that of a true albino, but also in the fact 
that the faint tinge of colouration elsewhere discernible is buff or 
reddish. 

Reds and yellows are the most volatile of all colours and in 
skins of birds exposed to sun and weather the first colours to eva- 
porate are the yellows and then the reds, yet we find in this 
bulbul, as in many albino snipes, etc., the buff persisting to some 
extent to the exclusion of the far more permanent browns whilst 
the one vivid colour retained is crimson. 

The conjunction of epileptic characteristics with albinism is 
also worthy of note as the same is known to obtain in human 


beings and other animals. 
FE. C. Stuart BAKER. 


ee rr Laney Ay ND PUPAE OF SOME 
BEL ES = ReOM COCHIN. 


By F. H. Gravery, M.Sc., Assistant Superintendent, Indian 
Museum. 


(Plates xx-xxi). 
I Cucujidae—Uletota indica, Arrow. 
(Plate xxi, figs. 13-19). 


The specimens on which the following descriptions are based 
were found by Mr. B. Sundara Raj under bark at Parambikulam, 
1700-3000 ft. 

The adult agrees with the description! of the species to 
which I have referred it in every detail, except that the third 
joint of the antenna is slightly shorter instead of longer than 
the succeeding ones. In this respect, however, I find it to be in 
agreement with cotypes from Kanara, presented by Mr. H. E. 
Andrewes to our collection and to that of the Agricultural Research 
Institute at Pusa, and with others which Mr. Andrewes very kindly 
sent me for examination. 


LARVA. 


The larva of U. indica is whitish in colour, and closely resem- 
bles larvae of other species of the genus in general appearance. 

The antennae arise from collar-like sockets which Perris 
(see ‘* Larves de Coléoptéres,’’ p. 61) has supposed to represent a 
distinct segment, making four in all. The first segment beyond 
this is about half as long as the second, which bears a minute 
conicai process on the inner side of its distal end and is sre ntly 
longer and much stouter than the third. 

Immediately behind the base of each antenna are five ocelli, 
Normally four of these appear to be arranged in a row, with 
the remaining ocellus immediately behind the middle of the space 
between the upper two. But on one side of one specimen the 
solitary ocellus is in front of the space between the lower two 
members of the row. 

The apex of the mandibles is strongly bidentate, and is fol- 
lowed by a row of about four small teeth on the inner edge. 

The blade of the maxilla is strongly fringed at the apex. The 
three joints of the maxillary palps are of about equal length, but the 


!-Tvans. Ent. Soc. 1961, pp. 599-600. 


354 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


third is much slenderer than the other two. The terminal joint 
of the two-jointed labial palps is slightly longer and slenderer 
than the basal. 

The anterior margin of the first tergite is convex, overlapping 
the back of the head. The posterior margins of all segments are 
straight, both above and below. All segments are distinctly 
broader than long. The two joints of the appendages of the 
eighth abdominal segment are distinct as in U. planatus, the basal 
joint being stout and the distal spiniform. The three joints of the 
appendages of the ninth abdominal segment are more or less com- 
pletely fused as in U. serricollis. 


U. serricollis is a Ceylonese species and its larva appears to 
resemble that of U. indica more closely than does any other larva 
yet described. 


The larvae at present referred to the genus Uletota may be 
distinguished from one another as follows :— 
Appendages of ninth abdominal seg- 
ment two-jointed, not spiniform; 
only one ocellus on each side ..Gernet’s undetermined larva. 

I. ( Appendages of ninth abdominal seg- 

ment spiniform, joints three in num- 

ber when not all fused together ; 

several ocelli on each side . 2, 
Apex of mandibles bidentate; all 

three joints of maxillary palps 

equally distinct B: 
Apex of mandibles tridentate: basal 

joint of maxillary palps very short 

and obscure (ocelli 3 4% 2 on each 

side) A . U. crenatus. 
Ocelli 4 + 2 on each sides gone: 

of ninth abdominal segment distinct- 

ly jointed .. . U. planatus. 
Ocelli 4 + I on each side; “appendages 

of ninth abdominal segment ne 

throughout 4. 
Appendages of eighth eodcmiel seg- 

ment two-jointed (z.e. the termina! 

spine articulated, not fused, to the 

basal part); seventh abdominal seg- 

ment wider than long .. .. U. indica. 

Appendages of eighth abdominal 

segment rigid; seventh abdominal 

segment longer than wide .. U. serricollis. 


ee OO 


PUPA. 


The pupa is white in life, and is very like that of U. serricollis, 
The antennae are much shorter than in the pupa of U. serricollis 


IQI5.] F. H. GRAVELY: Beetles from Cochin. 355 


(2? in both sexes). They are ornamented with fleshy processes, of 
which the larger are placed in circlets round the ends of the 
developing segments of the antennae of the adult, and the smaller 
round the middle of each of these segments except the long basal 
one on which they are more numerous. ‘The abdomen is armed on 
either side with a series of long, fleshy, more or less forwardly- 
directed processes, on to the end of each of which a large and more 
or less backwardly-directed spine is articulated. 


A considerable number of Cucujid life-histories have already 
been worked out wholly or in part, and the following is a list of 
the descriptions known to me. 


Key for the determination of genera of Cucujid larvae. 


P. de Peyerimhoff, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., XXII, 1902 (1902-3) 
pp. 717-8. 


J 


Catogenus rufus, Fabr. 


* G. Dimcock, Psyche, III, pp. 341-2. 
* W. F. Fiske, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, VII, p. go. 


Prostomis mandibularis, Fabr. 


W. F. Erichson, Arch. Naturg., 1847, pp. 285-6. 

Chapuis and Candéze, ‘‘ Catalogue des Larves des Coléop- 
betes. Mem. Soc. hk. Sct. Liéee, VIII; 1853, p.. 425.) 

J. Curtis, Trans. Ent. Soc. London (n.s.) III, 1854-6, pp. 37-39, 
pl. v, figs. 23-24. 

B. Perris, ‘‘ Larves de Coléoptéres”’, Paris, 1877, p. 56. 


Cucujus clavipes, Fabr. 
* Wilson, Bull. Brooklyn Soc., 1, p. 56. 


Cucujus coccinatus, Lewis. 
A. S. Olliff, Cisé. Ent., III, 1882-5, pp. 59-60, pl. iii, fig. 7. 


Cucujus haematodes, Erichs. 


* W. F. Erichson, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl., III, 1845, p. 310. 
H. Assmann, Stett. Ent. Zett., XII, 1851, p. 352, pl. ii, figs. 
C-D. 
Chapuis and Candéze, Mem. Soc. R. Sci. Liége, VIII, p. 426, 
pl. 1, fig. 8 (figure reproduced in Lefroy’s ‘‘Indian Insect Life,”’ 
pe. gOL); 


* Papers marked thus are not available in Calcutta. 
! Apparently = p. 85 of reprint (see Perris, ‘‘ Larves de Coléoptéres ”, p. 56). 


356 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor XI, 


Platisus integricollis, Reitter. 


A. M. Lea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, XXIX, 1904, 
pp. 88-9, pl. iv, fig. 6. 


Inopeplus praeustus, Chevol. 
P. de Peyerimhoff, Ann. Soc. Ent. 'r., WXXI, 1902-3, pp. 
715-8, 3 text-figs. 
Uleiota' crenata, Payk. 


F. B. White, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, 1871-2, pp. 196-8. 
E. Perris, ‘‘ Larves de Coléoptéres”’, pp. 60-62. 


Uleiota! planata, Linn. 
* W.F. Erichson, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl., 1846, p. 332. 

Chapuis and Candéze, Mem. Soc. R. Sct. Liége, VIII, 1853, 
pp. 428-9. _ 

KE. Perris, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) I, 1853, pp. 621-626, pl. 
xix, figs. 127-137 (2 figs. reproduced by Sharp, Camb. Nat. Hist., 
Insects, pt. il, p. 234, fig. 115), and ‘‘ Larves de Coléoptéres’’, pp. 
57-59.- 

Uleiota! serricollis, Candéze. 

M. E. Candéze, Mem. Soc. R. Sct. Liége, XVI, 1861, pp. 
341-343, pl. ii, figs. I-re. 

% Uleiota' sp.’ 

C..v. Gernet, Horae Soc. Ent, Ross. VI, 1869, pp. 3-6, pl. 1, 
figs. 7-72. 

Laemophloeus ater, Oliv. 


J. O. Westwood (‘‘ Cucujus spartii’’: see Perris, ‘‘ Larves de 
Coléoptéres ’’, p. 60, concerning this synonymy), ‘‘ Introduction to 
the Classification of Insects” I, pp. 149-150, fig. 12 (19). 

H. Perris, ‘‘ Larves de Coléoptéres’’, p. 62. 

Laemophloeus bimaculatus, Payk. 


E. Perris, “‘ Larves de Coléoptéres’’, p. 62. 


Laemophloeus clematidis, Erichson. 


H. Perris, ‘‘ Larves de Coléoptéres”’, p. 62. 


* References marked thus are not available in Calcutta. 

! Or Hyliota = Brontes, incl. Dendrophagus ; see Arrow, Trans. Ent. Soc. 
IQOT, P. 593. 

2 Not U. crenata; see White, Ent. Mo. Mag., VIII, 1871-2, p. 198. The 
larva was not reared, and White thought it could not belong to the genus U/erota 
at all. But it has all the distinctive characters of the larvae of this genus given 
in Peyerimhoff's key. 


IQI5.] F. H. GRAVELY: Beetles from Cochin. 357 


Laemophloeus dufouri, Laboulbéne. 
B.,Petts, Ann. So¢. Eure Fr: (3) 1,/1853, pp: 618-621, ‘pl. 
xix, figs. 122-6. 
Laemophloeus ferugineus, Stephens. 
Carpentier, Bull. Soc. Linn. nord France, 1877, pp. 239-241. 
H. S. Olliff, Entomologist, XV, 1882, pp 214-5. 
Laemophloeus hypobori, Perris. 


By. Perris, “* Larves de'Coléoptéres ’’, p. 62. 


Laemophloeus juniperi, Grouvelle. 


F. Decaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1890, pp. cxxv-cxxvi. 


Laemophloeus monilis, Fabr.! 


* Bellevoye. Bull. Soc. Metz (2) XIV, 1876, pp. 183-9. 


Laemophloeus testaceus, Fabr. 
E. Perris, ‘“‘Larves de Coléoptéres’’, pp. 59-60, pl. ii, 
figs. 43-45. 
Lathropus sepicola, Miiller. 


* . Perris in Gobert’s Cat. Col. Landes, fasc. 3, p. 122, 
and “‘ Larves de Coléoptéres’’, pp. 62-65, pl. ii, figs. 46-53. 


Pediacus dermestoides, Fabr. 
E. Perris, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) II, 1862, pp. 190-2, pl. v, 
figs. 535-543- 
Prostominia convexiuscula, Grouvelle. 
P. de Peyerimhoff, Tvan. Linn. Soc. London (2 Zool.) XVII, 
1914, pp. 156-159, figs. A.-F. 
Silvanus advena, Waltl. 


E. Perris, ‘‘ Larves de Coléoptéres’’, pp. 65-68. 


Silvanus surinamensis, Linnaeus.’ 


J. O. Westwood, ‘‘ Introduction to the Classification of 
Insects’ I, p. 154, fig. 13 (10-12). 


* References marked thus are not available in Calcutta. 

1 = denticulatus, Preyssl. (Munich Catalogue). 

2 The larvae figured by different authors are not all alike, and it scarcely 
seems possible that all of them can belong to one species. 


358 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


J. F. J. Blisson (S. sexdentatus), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) VII, 
1849, pp. 163-172, pl. vi, fig 1. 
C. Coquerel (S. sexdentatus), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. VII, 1849, 
fee} 
; e H. Chittenden, U. S. Agric. Ent. Bull. (n.s.) 4, 1896, pp. 
121-2, figs. 59a-d (figure of larva reproduced with new figure of 
adult in Fletcher’s ‘‘ South Indian Insects”’, p. 290). 
* Jablonouski, Termes. Kosl., 1899, pp. 126-130, text-figs. 
* J. Curtis, ‘‘ Farm Insects’’, Lond., 1883 (figure reproduced in 
Ind. Mus. Notes III [3] p. 120). 
Lefroy, ‘‘Indian Insect Life’’, pp. 300-301, text-figs. 179- 
180. 
Silvanus unidentatus, Fabr. 


E. Perris, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) 1, 1853, pp. 627-633, ph, 
xix, figs. 138-143. 
E. Perris, ‘‘ Larves de Coléoptéres’’, p. 65. 


2 Nausibius dentatus, Marsh. 


J. O. Westwood, ‘“‘Introduction to the Classification of 
Insects’’ I, pp. 153-4. 


II. Lycidae—Lyropaeus biguttatus, Westwood,! and 
some “‘ Trilobite Larvae.” 


(Plate xx, figs..1-12). 


Larvae, pupae and an adult of this species were found clus- 
tered together on the under side of a large slab of stone, which 
was resting on other stones in such a manner as to leave a clear 
space above the ground beneath it. The pupae hung head down- 
wards from the mid-dorsal fissure of the cast larval skins, which 
remained unshrivelled on the stone in the positions taken up by 
the larvae prior to pupation. 

Adults were obtained in Cochin at altitudes varying from the 
level of the base of the hills to two or three thousand feet above 
the sea, and there is one specimen in our collection from the 
Nilgiris. The distribution of black pigment is very variable, and 
the black spots on the elytra are often absent. A specimen from 
Nedumangad in Travancore, determined by Bourgeois himself as 
L. aurantiacus, Bourgeois,* evidently belongs to the same species ; 
and L. aurantiacus may therefore be regarded as a synonym of 
L. biguttatus. 


LARVA. 


The larva is flattened as a whole, and is of a blackish brown 
colour. 


* References marked thus are not available in Calcutta. 
' Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) V, 1880, p. 213. 
2 Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. LXXVII, 1908-9, pp. 503-4. 


1915.] F. H. GRAVELY: Beetles from Cochin. 359 


The head can be retracted into a tubular pouch opening 
below the anterior margin of the prothorax, and the short thick 
antennae can be retracted into the head. The almost globular ter- 
mination of each antenna is ornamented with more or less labyrin- 
thine markings. The mandibles are small and are inserted in the 
middle line as in other Lycid larvae. ‘They are very slender and 
project almost vertically downwards as a whole, but are directed 
slightly backwards basally and forwards distally, being lightly 
curved throughout. Their extremities rest in grooves on the upper 
surfaces of the somewhat fleshy blades of the maxillae, and as the 
mandibles are rather long they press the maxillae downwards till 
they too project almost vertically. The maxillary palps are three- 
jointed (excluding the basal support), and the labial palps two- 
jointed; both have the form of a slender cone. 

The pronotum is roughly triangular, nearly as long as wide, 
truncate in front, and slightly rounded at the two posterior angles. 
The mesonotum and metanotum are roughly rectangular, slightly 
more than twice as wide as long, with the anterior angles some- 
what obtuse and the posterior somewhat acute, especially those of 
the metanotum. Equally well developed spiracles are present on 
the mesothorax and metathorax. 

The first eight abdominal tergites are much alike. The 
anterior ones are somewhat, and the posterior ones much, nar- 
rower than the thoracic segments, and all are very much shorter. 
Each is produced laterally into a simple stout backwardly-curved 
process. The terminal abdominal segment is somewhat longer 
than the segments immediately in front of it, being little more 
than twice as wide as long. 

The abdominal sterna bear a pair of small conical processes on 
their posterior margins. These processes are more distinct on the 
posterior than on the anterior segments, and bear a tuft of 
bristles on the last two. The sternum of the terminal segment is 
without these processes, and bears the sucker-like anus. 


PUPA. 


The pupa is white in life, but the preserved specimens have 
become brownish. 

The pronotum is quadrangular with almost straight sides; it 
is broader behind than in front, and even in front is broader 
than long. It does not overlap the head, which is bent down- 
wards. 

Each of the first three abdominal segments bears on either 
side above the stigma an elongate simple process with conical 
base, and below it a similar but moniliform (? jointed) process. 
The five following segments bear only a pair of conical processes 
above the stigmata, those of the first of these segments being the 
smallest. The terminal segment bears a pair of much slenderer 
processes. 

The appendages are smooth, and not distinctly segmented. 


360 


Records of the Indian Museum. (Voy. XI, 


“* TRILOBITE LARVAE.’’ 


The Lyropaeus larva described above belongs to the group 
known as ‘‘ Trilobite Larvae.’’ ‘The “‘ Trilobite Larvae,” which 
have hitherto attracted most attention, have been of extraordi- 
narily large size, and the group has been a puzzle to entomolo- 
gists ever since Perty described his Larva singularts in 1831. The 
following references to “‘ Trilobite Larvae”’ are known to me:— 


*I83r, 
1839. 
1841. 
1861. 


1887. 


1887. 


1898. 
*1 899. 
1899. 


1899. 
1899. 


1900. 


IgOl. 
1908. 


1913. 


Perty, M. ‘‘ Observationes Nonnullae in Coleoptera Indiae 
Orientalis ”’, p. 33, pl. i, figs. 8-9. 

Westwood, J. O. ‘‘ Introduction to the Classification. of 
Insects’ I, p. 254, figs. 27 (1) and 28 (1). 

Erichson, W. F. ‘‘Zur systematischen Kenntniss der 
Insectenlarven.’’ Arch. Naturg., VII, pp. 91-92. 

Candéze, M. E. ‘‘ Histoire des Metamorphoses de quel- 
ques Coléoptéres exotique.”’ Mem. Soc. R. Sct. Liége, XVI, 
1861, pp. 358 (apparently p. 34 in reprint) and 403-4, 
pl. vi, fig 2. 

Kolbe, H. J. ‘‘ Ueber einige exotische Lepidopteren- und 
Coleopteren-Larven, (6) Perty’s ‘ Larva singularis’.” 
Ent. Nachr., Ill, pp. 37-39. 

Lucas, M. H. Bull. Soc. Ent Fr., 1887, pp. xxxv-xxxvil, 
reprinted in ‘‘ Mission Pavie Indo-Chine 1879-1895’’, 
1904, pp. 104-5. 

Gahan, C. J. ‘‘ Dipeltis a Fossil Insect?” Nat. Sct. XII, 
PP. 42-44, 2 text-figs. 

Bolivar, I. ‘‘ Anomalous Larvae from the Philippines.’’ 
Act. Soc. Espan. 1899, pp. 130-133, text-figs. 

Bourgeois, J. “‘ Description de deux larves remarkables 
appartenant probablement au genre Lycus.’’ Bull. Soc. 
Ent. Fr., 1899, pp. 58-63, 2 text-figs. 

Sharp, D. ‘‘ Onthe Insects from New Brittain,’’ Willey’s 
Zool. Results, p. 383, pl. xxxv, figs. 4-40. 

Sharp, D. Cambridge Natural History, Insects, pt. II, 
p. 251. 

Hanitsch, R. ‘‘An Expedition to Mount Kina Balu, 
British North Borneo.’’ J. Straits R. Asiatic Soc. 
No. 34, PP: 77-79. 

Shelford, R. ‘‘ Notes on Some Bornean Insects.’’ Rep. 
Brit. Ass., 1901, pp. 690-691. 

Gahan, C. J. ‘‘Lampyridae from Ceylon.’’ Proc. Ent. 
Soc. London, 1908, p. xlviii. 

Gahan, C. J. ‘‘ On some Singular Larval Forms of Beetle 
to be found in Borneo.’’ J. Sarawak Mus. I, pp. 
61-65, 3 text-figs. 


Perty thought his Larva singularis was to be ascribed toa 
Necrophagous rather than to a Malacodermatous insect; but 
Westwood disagreed with him, and suggested that it belonged 


* Papers marked thus are not available in Calcutta. 


1915. | F. H. GRAVELY: Beetles from Cochin. 361 


rather to some species of Lycus. To this genus—which has since 
been subjected to extensive subdivision—he was also inclined to 
refer the slender parallel-sided insect of the ‘‘ Trilobite’’ group, 
which he was the first to notice and figure. 

Erichson accepts these insects as Malacoderms, but in spite 
of their weak mandibles regards them, because of their shape 
and because the head is completely retractile, as Lampyrids 
rather than Lycids. Candéze agrees with Erichson; but Kolbe 
returns to Westwood’s view, and even goes so far as to suggest 
that the specimens which were sent to him were probably the 
larvae of Lycus (Lycostomus) melanurus, Blanchard.' The opin- 
ions of other authors are similarly divided. 

Gahan (1913) favours Lycidae, but does not think the insects 
can belong to the genus Lycus,as they are very unlike the authenti- 
cated larvae of that genus. He thinks it more probable that they 
belong to some genus in which only the male—perhaps not even the 
male*—is winged. Further, he points out that the known distri- 
bution of ‘‘ Trilobite Larvae” corresponds to that of the genus 
Lyropaeus, of which only males are known to him ; and he suggests 
an association with this genus. His conclusion is in a measure 
confirmed by the above observations on the development of 
Lyropaeus biguttatus, and it is noteworthy that all the winged 
specimens that I have seen are males. 

The larvae which give rise to these winged insects are, 
however, not particularly large, and throw no certain light on the 
status of the much larger insects with which the name ‘‘ Trilobite 
Larvae’’ is more particularly associated. Two large insects of the 
‘“ Trilobite’ type were also, however, found in the Cochin forests. 
These are figured on pl. xx, figs. 9-12. 

One of them (pl. xx, figs. 9-10) is very like the larvae found 
to develop into males of Lyropaeus biguttatus. The principal 
differences are the presence of more definite tubercles at the 
angles of the thoracic terga in the former than in the latter; 
the paler colour of the upper surface; and the yellow colour of 
the legs and sterna and of the lower surface of the lateral ex- 
tensions of the terga, which contrast strongly with the black 
pleural structures. These, however, are features which may well 
be acquired only as maturity is approached. The specimen is 
not nearly so large as many species are known to become, and 
dissection has shown it to be immature; but it may perhaps 
represent a stage in the development of the female of Lyropaecus 
biguttatus, a female which in that case will almost certainly 
prove to be larviform. 

The other specimen of ‘‘ Trilobite Larva’’ found in Cochin 
(pl. xx, figs. 11-12) is slightly smaller, is black in colour, and is 
ornamented with more numerous and more elaborate tubercles and 


| Authenticated larvae of this species have since been briefly described by 
Shelford (Rep. Brit. Ass., 1901, p. 690). They do not appear to be of the 
‘“ Trilobite’ type, and are only 25 mm. long when full grown. 

2 See also Shelford’s comment on a previous note by Gahan (Joc. cit. 1908) 


362 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


papillae, and appears to have shorter mandibles as these do not 
press the maxillae downwards and so are completely hidden. It 
differs greatly in this way from the larvaé of Lyropaeus biguttatus, 
and need not be further discussed here. 

Another South Indian species is represented in our collection 
by a dried specimen whose head, prothorax and legs are miss- 
ing. It is transitional in character between the two preceding, 
resembling the former in colour, but having a double row of 
rudimentary tubercles down the back, and rudimentary tubercles 
on the abdominal epimera and episterna, It may represent a 
further stage in the development of that species; or it may be 
more nearly allied to a series of smaller larvae from Naduvotam 
(Nilgiris, 7000 ft.) which are preserved in the collection of the 
Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa, whence two specimens have 
been presented to our collection. It closely . resembles these 
larvae in structure, but in them the yellow on the lower surface is 
confined to the anterior part and lateral angles of the prothorax, 
the anterior parts of the mesosterum and metasternum near the 
middle line, the abdominal sterna, and the bases of the legs. 

The occurrence in the Pusa collection of a male insect 
from Naduvotam, belonging to the Lyropaeus-like genus Calo- 
chromus, suggested the possibility that this might be an adult of 
the species to which the ‘‘ Trilobite Larvae’’ from that locality 
belonged. Calochromus is placed by Bourgeois (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 
XI, 1891, p. 348) in the Lygistopterus group of genera, which 
immediately precedes in his system the Dilophotes group contain- 
ing Lyropaeus!; and the larva of C. melanurus which has been 
briefly described by Shelford (Rep. Brit. Ass., Tg01, p. 690) ap- 
pears to be of the “‘ Trilobite”? type. Males of Calochromus are 
much more numerous than females among the few specimens I 
have examined; but this may be due to their being more active, 
and females undoubtedly occur in some species. It is, however, 
possible, that some species of the genus may have large larviform 
females, or even that winged and larviform females may occur 
together in some or all species. 

Our collection contains, in addition to the above South 
Indian specimens of the Lyropaecus or broad type of ‘* Trilobite 
Larva’’, specimens of this type from the following localities :— 

Ceylon: Peradeniya (? two species”). 
Bengal: Chittagong—Rangamatti. 
Burma: Sadon (Myitkyina Dist.); Pegu. 
Malay Peninsula: Lankawi; Singapore. 
Philippines. 


1 The genera Calochromus and Lyropaeus are, however, placed almost at 
opposite ends of the family by Westwood (7rans. Ent. Soc. London, 1878, 
pp. 96 and 104-5, and ‘‘ Illustrations of Typical Specimens of Coleoptera in the 
collection of the British Museum, Pt. I, Lycidae '’, London, 1879, pp. 2-8 and 78). 

2 In one of these, represented by a single small specimen, the metathoracic 
stigmata are absent, and the prolongations of the angles of the abdominal terga 
and of other plates are very feebly developed. 


TQT5.} F. H. GRAVELY: Beetles from Cochin. 363 


Specimens of the slender type are represented from the 
following localities :— 
Malay Peninsula: Johore. 
Sinkep Island (near Sumatra). 


I have examined the mouthparts of one specimen of the 
latter type from Johore, and of one of the specimens of the 
former type from Lankawi and of those from Ceylon. They are 
all constructed on the same plan, but are apt to be less slender 
than inthe larva of Lyropaeus biguttatus.} 

It is difficult to see how these creatures can feed. The man- 
dibles are presumably used to pump juices along the grooved 
maxillae in much the same way as the maxillae are used to pump 
juices along the grooved mandibles of Hemerobiid larvae. But 
‘“Trilobite Iarvae’’ seem to have no means of grasping prey. 
Presumably therefore they must eat something which they need 
not grasp securely, such as snails or planarians. Dr. Annandale 
tells me that he found these ‘‘larvae’’ in great abundance in 
the Malay Peninsula. He noticed that the broad and slender 
types always occurred together, which led him to think that 
the difference might conceivably be sexual*®; and that they were 
only found where planarians were plentiful and snails scarce. It 
seems not unlikely, therefore, that they feed on planarians. It 
is also possible that they may feed on the juices of decaying 
wood, etc., which might account for the long periods of time 
during which they have been known to live without being known 
to feed (Gahan, 1913, p. 62). 

Trilobite larvae are known in some instances at least to be 
luminous. This was first recorded by Kolbe (loc. cit.) on very 
uncertain authority, but Shelford (loc. cit.) has since noticed that 
one species has a pair of phosphoresecent organs on the penulti- 
mate segment of the abdomen. 


III. Tenebrionidae—Catapiestus indicus, Fairmaire. 
(Plate xxi, figs. 20-25). 


Fairmaire described this species (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge. XL, 
1896, p. 28) from specimens collected in Kanara, and noted that it 
occurred in ‘‘ Sikkim” also. It appears to have a wide distribu- 
tion extending from the Western Ghats of Southern India to the 
Abor country and Lower Burma (for details see Tenebrionidae 
of the Abor Expedition, Rec. Ind. Mus. VIII). 

The specimens described below were taken with adults from 
under the bark of a fallen log. A cast larval skin was found close 
behind the pupa. 


! Other authors refer to the maxillary and labial palps as four and three- 
jointed respectively, instead of as three and two-jointed as they appear to me to 
be both in cleared cast-skins and potashed specimens. _ 

2 The slender type does not seem to occur in the Indian Peninsula or Ceylon ; 
but this may mean that it is only in the Malay Region, where ‘' Trilobite Larvae ”’ 
appear to reach their highest development, that larviform males occur. 


364 Records of the Indian Museum. {Vo.L. XI, 


LARVA. 


The larva of Catapiestus indicus is a parallel-sided, elongate, 
flattened insect, brownish in colour, and terminated behind by 
a pair of long spiniform processes (see pl. xxi, figs. 20-21). 

The head is almost semicircular, with a well-defined and some- 
what prominent clypeus which bends downwards, so that the 
semicircular labrum is almost vertical and only partly visible 
from above. The suture limiting the frons behind is (? always) 
very distinct; it extends on either side from a point in the middle 
line immediately in front of the anterior margin of the pronotum, 
almost in a straight line towards a point on the margin of the head 
immediately behind the base of the antenna; but after traversing 
nearly half this distance, it turns abruptly forwards to run 
a short distance parallel to the sagittal plane and then bends 
straight outwards till it regains its former line, which it resumes 
and follows to the margin of the head. 

The ocelli are four in number on each side, three in a line 
situated immediately behind the base of the antenna, and one a 
little behind them on the dorsal surface. : 

The antennae are four-jointed. The basal joint is scarcely 
as long as broad; the second joint is somewhat longer than 
bread; the third joint is fully twice as long as the second and 
scarcely as thick; the fourth joint is minute, being only about as 
long as the third joint is broad, and about one-third as broad 
as long. 

The mandibles are stout and are tridentate distally, the 
middle tooth being»the largest and most prominent, the lowest the 
smallest and more or less fused with it. There is a very large 
molar tooth. 

The lobe of the maxilla is about twice as long as broad, simply 
rounded distally. The maxillary palps have three joints, of which 
the middle one is a little the longest and the third is slenderer 
than the other two, which latter are of uniform width throughout 
and are together about as long as the lobe. The labial palps have 
two joints of about equal length; the basal is stouter than the 
distal. 

The terga are traversed, except in the terminal segment, by a 
median longitudinal groove or suture which does not, however, 
extend across the slightly darkened transverse band by which 
each is bordered behind. Each segment except the last bears 
laterally a few long erect hairs. 

The last segment bears on each side two stout backwardly- 
curved spines, of which the posterior is followed dorsally by 
three similar spines. The last four form a straight line lying ob- 
liquely across the base of the long terminal spine. The terminal: 
spine bears two long erect hairs rather more than half way along 
the ventral surface. One such hair is associated with each of the 
smaller spines, except the middle one of the three above the 
base of each terminal spine; and six are arranged in a semicircle 


IgI5.] F. H. GRAVELY: Beetles from Cochin. 365 


on the ventral surface of the body of the segment, between the 
anal papilla and the margin. The anal papilla is semicircular, and 
bears one pair of blunt conical spinules in the angles, and four 
smaller spinules arranged in a square medially. Of these four 
the two anterior are distinctly smaller than the two posterior. 


Pupa. 


The pupa is white in colour. Its form is shown on pl. xxi, 
figs. 22-23. Each of the marginal denticulations of the protho- 
rax is continued into a papilla which is empty and transparent in 
the preserved specimen and so does not show in the photograph, 
and these papillae are tipped with long erect hairs. Similar hairs 
are present one on either side of the labrum, three on either side 
of the clypeus, two immediately in front of each eye, two between 
and behind the eyes, one in the middle of the anterior margin of 
the pronotum, two on either side mounted on papillae a little 
behind the anterior margin of the pronotum, one on either side a 
little in front of the posterior margin of the pronotum, two on 
either side of the meso- and metanotum,! one on either side of the 
third and two on either side of the fourth to eighth abdominal 
sterna. 

The first six abdominal sterna are quadrangular, the seventh 
and eighth more nearly triangular. There is a pair of short diver- 
gent styles in the position of the anal papilla of the larva. The 
terminal segment is very like that of the larva; the anterior pair 
of marginal spines and the semicircle of hairs behind the anal 
papilla have, however, disappeared ; and the two hairs on each of 
the terminal spines are now mounted on strong spinules. 


The most important works on Tenebrionid larvae appear 

to be ? :— ; 

1839. Westwood, J. O. ‘‘Introduction to the Classification ot 
Insects ’’ I (London, 1839), pp. 316-324, text-figs. 

1853. Chapuis and Candéze. ‘‘ Catalogue des Larves des 
Coléoptéres.’’ Mem. Soc. R. Sct. Liége, VIII, pp. 513- 
517, pl. vi, figs. 5-6a. 

1877. Perris, E. ‘‘ Larves de Coléoptéres’’ (Paris, 1877), pp. 
252-294, pl. viii, fig. 277, pl. ix, fig. 310. 

1877. Schiodte, J. C. ‘‘De Metamorphosi Eleutheratorum 
Observationes ”’ Naturhist. Tidsskr. XI, pp. 479-598, 
pls. v-xii. 


All known larvae of the subfamily Tenebrioninae, in which 
Gebien places the genus Catapiestus (Junk’s ‘‘ Coleopterorum 
Catalogus”, Tenebrionidaem-Trictenotomidae), appear to be 
described or referred to in these works, except that of Menephilus 


1 Three on the left side of the mesonotum in our only specimen. 

2 A useful list of Tenebrionid larvae, with a key to generic characters, is 
given by Kiesenwetter and Seidlitz, Naturg. Ins. Deutschl.—Coleoptera V (1) 
Tenebrionidae (Berlin, 1898), pp. 207-217. 


366 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XI, 1915.] 


cylindricus (=curvipes).! This larva, and two others belonging to 
the same subfamily, seem to resemble the larva of Catapiestus 
indicus more closely than do any other Tenebrionid larvae of which 
I have seen descriptions. The other two are [phthimus ttalicus?*, 
and the South American species of Upzs referred to on p. 319 of 
the first volume of Westwood’s ‘‘ Introduction to the Classification 
of Insects.’’* The larva of the last named insect is, however, 
known only from fragments of its cast-skin, and many of its 
characters are consequently somewhat uncertain. 


1 Described by Perris, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) V. 1857, pp. 361-7, 
pl. vill, figs. 444-457. 

2 Described by Mulsant and Reveliére, Opusc. Ent. XI, 1859, pp. 63-66. 

8 Described by Westwood, 7vans. Ent. Soc. London, 11, 1837-40, pp. 
157-162, pl. xiv, figs. 11-18. 


! 
f 
! 
si 
' 
aacat 
mated 
=? 
} 
4 (it 
+ ae | sy 
7 « 4 
ear v ; 7 
a ee kG eels $3 aa SUG, , 4 
- . : 
‘2 LU heer ails Bar Bean Cat a a ‘ ites t 
5 a ‘ 7 m a" AVI } j 
| rr i ter : 
ee t1Tt ty" i reitd G35 Ta hc eee 
—— 2 ‘hike “ aig bSEZAS : eke let ey} ' 
_—_ 
en 2, Yak 4 a | 
+ “> ee ere 4 
oe = ia ais 1 6tii Sie bles inti ey; 10 'S4: 


vx' 

z 

7 

hs | 

4s 
,) 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. 


1.—Lyropaeus biguttatus, Westwood. Larva from below. X 2. 

Qin i) 29 ” ” »? above. x 2. 

3.— = eS ot Part of ventral surface 
of abdomen more highly magnified. 

4.—Lyropaeus biguttatus, Westwood. Head of larva in pro- 
thoracic sheath, from in front. 

5. —Lvyropaeus biguttatus, Westwood. Pupa with larval skin 
attached, from the side. X 2. 

6.—Lyropaeus biguttatus, Westwood. Pupa with larval skin 
removed, from above. X 2. 

7.—Lyropaeus biguttatus, Westwood. Male from below. X 2. 

8.— Be me he 13 yy” DOVE Ree 

9.—? Immature female of Lyropaeus biguttatus, Westwood, 
from below. X 2. 

10.—? Immature female of Lyropaeus biguttatus, Westwood, 
from above. X 2. 

11.—Another form of “‘ Trilobite Larva’ from Cochin, from 
above... -% 2: 

12.—Part of ventral side of abdomen of same specimen more 
highly magnified. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI, 1915. Plate XX. 


BEETLES FROM: COCHIN. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI. 


Fic. 13.—Uleiota indica, Arrow. Larva from above. X 44: 


pe TA fi i Posterior end of larva more 

highly magnified. 

Ee 15.—Uletota indica, Arrow. Left spine of ninth abdominal 
segment of larva. X 30. 

16.—Uletota indica, Atrow. Left spine of eighth abdominal 
segment of larva. X 40. 


,,  17.—Uletota indica, Arrow. Pupa from above. X 4}. 


a as . ne 5. below, > 548. 

Y) ri ee ga ys Adult from above. xX 44. 

5,  20.—Cataptestus indicus, Fairm. Larva from above. X 2. 
> ie * os a », below. X 2. 
5» 22,.— a ah vi Pupa from above. X 2. 
ee rs > mA 2 », below. * 2. 
3 (24. a ¥ re Adult from above. X 2. 
» 25— oe 3 - ie ,, below. X 2. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI, 1915. Plate XXII. 


BEETLES FROM ‘COCHIN, 


ee eee kev POSE OM Bor Osh EEN DTAN 
MUSEUM. 


Part IL 


By S. MauuK, B.A. (Cantab), F.E.S., Impertal College 
of Sctence and Technology, Umwversity of London. 


This paper is my second report on the Cryptostomes con- 
tained in the collections of the Indian Museum, my first having 
appeared in this journal (Vol. IX, part II, No. 7, 1913). In pre- 
paring it, I have followed the same method as before. The usual 
notes regarding distribution and variation have been added. 
Twenty-two species of the Hispinae are enumerated here, six of 
which are new to science, as is shown in the following list :-—- 


1. Botryonopa sheppardi, Baly (var.) 
2. Macrispa krishnalohita, n. sp. 
3. Anisodera guerini, Baly. 
4. nr excavata, Baly. 
5. Prionispa himalayensts, n. sp. 
6. Oncocephala quadrilobata, Guér. (var.) 
7. Javeta pallida, Baly. 
8. Agonia saundersi, Baly. 
9. Gonophora bengalensis, Ws. 
10 a haemorrhoidalis, Weber. 
II. Monochirus sthulacundus, n. sp. 
12. Hispella stygia, Chap. 
in be vamosa, Gyll. 
14 .,  andrewesi, Ws. (?) 
15. Rhadinosa girtja, n. sp. 
16 ee laghu, n. sp. 
17. Asamangulia cuspidata, n. g., n. Sp. 
18. Dactylisha spinosa, Weber. 
19. Hispa armigera, Oliv. 
20. Platypria echidna, Guér. 
re hystrix, F. 
22 =e evinaceus, F. 


I have to thank the Indian Museum authorities for sending 
me their material here. To Mr.Andrewes my acknowledgments 
- are due for his kindness in letting me see the types in his collec- 
tion and also for letting me have three specimens of one new 
species described here. Dr. Gestro, of the Genoa Museum, has 
very kindly sent me some of his types, for which I wish to 
express my thanks. My obligations are also due to the British 
Museum authorities and Dr. Gahan for affording me all facilities 
in the Museum. 


368 Records oj the Indian Museum. [ VOL. 2a, 


Family CHRYSOMELIDAE. 
Group CRYPTOSTOMATA. 
Subfamily HISPINAE. 
Tribe BOTRYONOPINI. 

Genus Botryonopa, Blanch. 


Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Jns. II, 1845, p. 181. 

Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 91, t. 2, f. 6. 

Chapuis, Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. 291. 

Rane: Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 94, t. 
Chapuis, Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. eee 


Botryonopa sheppardi, Baly (var.). 


Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 92, t. 7, f. 4. 
Weise, Stett. Ent. we LXIX, I o8: p. 214. 


Locality.—Silchar, Cachar (J. Wood-Mason). One example. 


It is asmall specimen. The upper portion of the elytra and 
the prothorax are yellow and not of the usual red colour. 


Genus Macrispa, Baly. 


This genus was erected by Baly in 1858 (Cat. Hisp. 1858, 
p. 90) for the reception of Macrispa saundersi, Baly. The locality 
of this insect was not known at that time. Twenty-one years 
later, in working out the Phytophagous Coleoptera collected by 
Chennell in Assam, Baly found a very imperfect specimen of Mac- 
vispa. This localised the habitat of the genus (Czst. Ent. II, 
1879, p. 405). The imperfect specimen has been indentified as 
M. saundersi, which, as I shall show, is not correct. In 1906 
Gestro in a little note (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1906, p. 130) said 
that in the Oberthtir collection he had found one example reported 
from British Bhutan. Thus there exist in the collections only 
three examples of the genus. I have before me three more 
examples (I 7 2 2 @) which clearly belong to Macrispba. But it 
will be necessary to describe them as a new species. 

In enumerating the generic characters, Baly states in refer- 
ence to the antennae:—‘‘Corporis dimidio longitudine, super 
tubercula duo inter oculos insertae, subfiliformes, ad apicem sub- 
incrassatae, articulo primo incrassato, secundo brevi, duobus prox- 
imis elongatis, gracilioribus, caeteris fere aequalibus, obconicis, 
perparum leniter incrassatis, subcompressis.”’ 

The following points in this description call for notice :— 


(rt) As the length of the antenna differs in the sexes (Baly 
had one @? specimen before him when he drew up the 
description) its relation to the length of the body can- 
not be made a generic character. 

(2) In the specimens before me the third and fourth joints of 
the antenna are not slenderer than the rest. 


| 


1915.] S. MAULIK: Cryptostomes of the Indian Museum. 369 


(3) The antenna does not gradually increase in thickness 
towards the apex. 


As these characters are not present in the specimens before 
me, they cannot be made generic characters. 

One of the secondary sexual characters of this genus isa 
semilunate depression on the last abdominal sternite of the female. 
The depression varies in different species. Judging from this 
character, M.saundersi, Baly (one example in British Museum) 
is a female, and the imperfect specimen (British Museum) is also 
a female, but the depression being different, its identity as M. 
saundersi (Cist. Ent. II, 1879, p. 405) is doubtful. Besides, the 
elytra of the imperfect Macrispa is rufous and subnitid, whereas 
M. saunderst has opaque fulvous elytra. 


Macrispa krishnalohita,! n. sp. 


Macrispa krishnalohita, n. sp. is distinguished from M. saun- 
derst, Baly, by the following characters :— 


M. krishnalohita. M. saunderst. 
1. | Smaller insect, 22 mm. | Larger insect, 25"°5 mm. 
2. | Apices of the joints of antennae not | Apices of the joints of antennae 
| knobby. | knobby. 
3. | Thorax suddenly constricted in front. ; Thorax less constricted in front. 
4. | Colour of elytra subnitid, rufous. | Elytra opaque, fulvous. 
5. | Semilunate depression on the last | The depression narrower. 
abdominal sternite ( 2) broader. | 
| 
| 


Elongate; head, antennae, prothorax, abdomen, legs, shining 
black ; elytra rufous, subnitid; the disc of the proethorax with a 
large finely punctate area in the middle, base transversely strigose. 

Length: 22 mm. 

Locality.—Dejoo, North Lakhimpur, base of hills, Upper As- 
sam (H. Stevens, iv—viii-I91I). 

Described from three examples 22 9,1¢. 

Type in Mr. Andrewes’ collection, London. 

Co-type in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 


Fuller description. 


Head.—Surface rugose, coarsely aud deeply punctate, a deep 
groove from the vertex running along the middle line; 7 proximal 
joints of the antennae with coarse and elongated punctures and 
shining, 4 distal joints covered with a bloom, apical joint 
pointed, apices of all joints (except the last) impunctate and 
shining. Mouth parts covered with fulvous hairs. 

Prothorax quadrate, abruptly narrowed in front, anterior 
angles obtuse and rounded, sides parallel, their margins slightly 


1 The specific name is derived from two Sanskrit words: krishna = black, 
lohita = red, thus indicating the two colours of the insect. 


370 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


sinuate, subreflexed, posterior angles are sharp right angles; 
above shining black, anterior half of disc smooth, finely and 
sparsely punctate, this smooth shining surface narrows along the 
middle line and extends a little beyond the middle, one or two 
deep punctures on this smooth surface; on each side of the middle 
line a deep depression with punctures in it,—this character is not 
marked in M. saundersi, Baly; posterior half of disc coarsely and 
deeply punctate; at the base in front is a depression, base itself 
transversely strigose, the sides of the base sharply cut off, a 
character not present in M. saundersz, Baly. 

Scutellum longer than broad at base, at a quarter of its 
length from the base it is bent, depressed in the middle, one or 
two transverse ridges on the surface near the apex, apex rounded. 

Elytra broader than the prothorax, elongate, subparellel in 
front, slightly dilated behind, extending considerably beyond the 
sides and apex of abdomen, their apex rounded, sutural angles 
armed with an acute tooth; surface subnitid; nine costae on 
each elytron, Ist an abbreviated one anastomosing with the 
sutural ridge, 2nd-5th run parallel to each other down the whole 
length of the elytron, 6th a short one terminates by breaking up 
into deep punctures, 7th runs down the whole length of the elytron, 
meeting the 5th at the apex, 8th short and similar to 6th, 9th 
runs down the whole length of the elytron; deep punctures between 
the costae, between the 5th and the 7th and between the 7th and 
the 9th confusedly and deeply punctate; these costae are thicker 
at their bases than at the apices, where there is a tendency to 
their being obliterated by the deep punctures. Margins of the 
elytra subreflexed. 

Underside shining, black; femora armed with a short flat- 
tened tooth, finely punctate. 

2 Antennae shorter, femora of fore legs not incrassate, last 
abdominal sternite with a semilunate depression. 

@ Antennae longer, femora of fore legs incrassate, last abdom- 
inal sternite without a semilunate depression. 


Tribe ANISODERINI. 


Genus Anisodera, Baly. 


Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. Tot, t. 2, f. 8. 
Chapuis, Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. 295. 
Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1897, p. 118. 


Anisodera guerini, Baly. 


Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 101 (ferruginea), p. 168, t. 7, f. 8. 
Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1885, p. 163. 

‘; l.c. 18G0, p. 233, et 1897, p. 50. 
ferruginea, Guer., Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 333. 


Locality.—Sonapur, Assam (L. W. Middelton). One example. 


It has a wide distribution, having been reported from a Lava 
Burma, Mungphu Sikkim, ‘Tenasserim. 


I9gI5.] 5S. MauLik: Cryptostomes of the Indian Museum, 371 


Anisodera excavata, Baly. 
Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 105, t. 8, f. 1. 


Locality.—Sadon, U. Burma, 5,000 ft., April trg1z (E. 
Colenso). One example. 

It has been reported from the Himalayas, Tonkin, and Mung- 
phu. The excavation on the disc of the prothorax is variable; 
it is not always deep, and in some specimens it has almost dis- 
appeared. The blackness of the prothorax also is not constant, 
for in some cases the prothorax is of the same chestnut colour as 
the body. These notes are taken from the numerous examples 
in the collection of the British Museum. 


Tribe CHOERIDIONINI. 


Genus Prionispa, Chap. 


Chapuis; Gen~Col. XI, 1875, p- 337: 
Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1890, p. 226. 


Prionispa himalayensis, n. sp. 


Cuneiform, rufo-testaceous, legs pale flavous, eyes, mandibies, 
labrum, and the apical four joints of the antennae black; external 
apical angles of the elytra are right angles, not produced into a 
spine; six large and small tubercles on each elytron. Length from 
head to apex of elytron 5 mm. 

Described from one example. 

Locality.—Kurseong, E. Himalayas, alt. 4,700-5,000 ft., 
21-xi-10 (Annandale). 

Type in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 


Fuller description. 


Head rather projected, cylindrical, interantennal protuber- 
ance prominent, a few punctures on the vertex, underside smooth, 
shining; eyes oval, black; antennae, Ist joint small, 2nd joint 
longer than Ist, constricted at base, 3rd joint longest, 4th-7th 
gradually thickened towards the apex and each being shorter than 
the preceding. Joints 1-7 have got a peculiar transparency and a 
thin red ring at the apices; joints 8-11 opaque, black, 11th joint 
pointed. 

Prothorax cylindrical, longer than broad, base bisinuate, sides 
with straight dark red margins, anterior angles toothed, disc 
coarsely and deeply punctate. 

Scutellum longer than broad, narrowed at the apex, apex 
broadly rounded. 

Elytra much broader at base than the prothorax, punctate- 
striate, shoulders elevated and projected ; at about the middle of 
each elytron is a large shallow depression. There are two costae 
from the elevated humeral angle, one along the elevated surface 
up to the depression, the second below the elevated surface along 


372 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL XI, 


the side to the apex of the elytron. ‘There are six tubercles on each 
elytron, disposed as follows :— 

A little distance posterior to the base of the elytron is a 
small tubercle, at about the middle of the elytron between the 
suture aud the elytral depression is the largest tubercle, which 
is concave on its outer side; posterior to this tubercle are two 
small tubercles, one very close to the suture and the other beyond 
the line on which the largest tubercle is situated ; external to this 
tubercle a little thickening of the second costa looks like a minute 
tubercle, but is not really so. Finally, there are two minute 
tubercles on the sloping apical portion of the elytron, one on the 
line of the preceding sutural tubercle, the other on the line of the 
largest tubercle. The tubercles are darker in colour. Suture 
raised, widely divergent at base for the reception of the scutellum. 

Underside.—Legs pale flavous, transparent; underside of tho- 
trax, coxae and claws dark red. 


Tribe ONCOCEPHALINI. 
Genus Oncocephala, Chevr. 
Chevrolat in Dorbigny, Dict. Univ. Hist. Nat. 1X, 1847, p. 110. 
Chapuis, Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. 308. 
Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 313. 


Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1899, p. 313. 
Nepius, Thomson, Arch. Ent. II, 1858, p. 225. 


Oncocephala quadrilobata, Guér. (var.) 


Localitty.—Dawna Hills, 2000-3000 ft., I,. Burma, 2—3-iii-08 
(Annandale). Six examples. 
This species has not been reported from this locality before. 


Tribe COELAENOMENODERINI. 


Genus Javeta, Baly. 


Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 108, t. 2, f. 10. 


Javeta pallida, Baly. 


There are four examples from Calcutta. Baly records it from 
Madras. 


Tribe GONOPHORINI. 


Genus Agonia, Ws. 


Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1905, p. 116. 
Gonophora, Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 108 (pars.) 
Chapuis, Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. 303. 

Distolaca, Baly, l.c., p. 116 (pars.) 

Chapuis, /.c., p. 305. 

Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1897, p. 67. 


1915.] S. MauLiK: Cryptostomes of the Indian Museum. 


iS) 
“I 
Oo 


Agonia saundersi, Baly. 
Baly;.2.c3 pe. U10;,t. S, f. 4. 
Locality.x—Mungphu. One example. 


Genus bree Baly. 


Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 108, t. 2, f. 
Chapuis, Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. 303. 


Gonophora bengalensis, Ws. 
Weise, Stett. Ent. Zert. LXIX, 1908, p. 214. 


Locality.—Rungpur, Bengal. Two examples. 


Gonophora haemorrhoidalis, Weber. 

Weber, Obs. Ent. 1801, p. 64. 
Fabricius, Syst. El. II, 1801, p. 60. 
Illiger, Mag. I, 1802, p. 183 (Hispa). 
Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 112. 
Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1885, p. 167. 

pete 2.61 hOO7 pps 50; et4o2: 

» Notes Leyd. Mus. X1X, 1897, p. 174. 

,, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 1902 (1908), ps 24x. 
Var. niasensis, Gest., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1897, p. 57. 
Var. undulata, Ws., Arch. f. Naturg. 1905, p. 98. 


Locality.—Johore, Malay Pen. (Motivam). One example. 


Tribe HISPINI, 


Genus Monochirus, Chap. 
Chapuis, Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. 330. 
Hispellinus, Weise., Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p.144. 
of Can RODS, DIR ue 
There are six specimens which belong to this genus, but as 
they are not in perfect condition, I do not wish to pronounce any 
opinion as to their specific character, although they appear to be 
new to science. All of them were found at Calcutta, 12-viii-07, 
4-1x-07, 2I-x-11, Maidan; these dates show that they are obtain- 
able in August, September and October. It is possible, therefore, 


to get some more specimens, so that they may be specifically 
determined, 


Monochirus sthulacundus,! n. sp. 


Black, shining, elytra spiny, basal six joints of the antennae 
bare, punctate, apical 5 joints formed into a very thick club 
which is covered with brown pubescens, Ist joint with a spine. 

Length from head to apex of elytra 4 mm. 

Described from one example. 


| The specific name is derived from two Sanskrit words, viz., sthula= thick, 
cundum = antenna. 


374 Records of the Indian Museum. VOL. pels 


Locality.—Berhampur, Murshidabad district, Bengal, 1-1-08 
(R. E. Lloyd). 
Type in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 


Fuller description. 


Head rugose, coarsely punctate, a fine groove from the vertex 
runs down the middle, an incomplete ridge enclosing a row of 
short brownish hairs round the eyes; basal 6 joints of the anten- 
nae black, bare, and punctate, apical 5 joints form a very dilated, 
round club which is covered with reddish brown pubescence, basal 
joint bearing a long spine on the dorsal side, 2-4 joints small, 
rounded, 5-6 joints subequal and together as long as 2, 3, and 4, 
apical joint pointed. 

Prothovax more opaque than the elytra, as long as broad, nar- 
rowed in front, lateral margins rounded ; surface coarsely punctate, 
covered with brown pubescence; a bare longitudinal area in the 
middle, the bare area is more or less elevated; two transverse 
shallow depressions; two pairs of bifid and erect spines on the 
front margin, one pair of similar bifid spines and a single one on 
each lateral margin; base bare, transversely channelled; each of 
the four lateral angles ends in a minute blunt tooth. 

Elytra shining, sides parallel, rounded at the apex, deeply 
and coarsely punctate-striate, thinly covered with stout and erect 
spines, the marginal row of spines horizontal. 

Legs short, stout, punctate, sparsely covered with brown 
pubescence; a pointed tooth on the underside of the fore femora, 
3 in similar positions on each of the mid and hind ones, fore and 
hind tibiae straight, emarginate at the apices, mid tibiae curved. 


Genus Hispella, Chap. 


Chapuis, Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. 334. 
Weise, /ns. Deutschl. V1, 1893, p. 1061 and 1064. 
Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 143. 
In erecting Hispella as a subgenus of Hispa, Chapuis stated 
the characters as follows :— 


‘“Antennes de I1 articles, courtes, et ne dépassant pas la 
base du pronotum, comprimées et spinuleuses, I article assez 
gros, prolongé en dessus en une longue épine arquée en avant, 2 
plus court, muni d’une spinule plus courte, 3-6 légérement dilatés 
de la base a Vextrémité, les angles de celle-ci assez satllants, les 
supérieurs plus que les infévieurs, 7 en céne, 8-10 transversaux, 
trés-serrés, II aigu a l’éxtrémité, pattes courtes et robustes, 
tibtas droits, comprimées, dilatés au bord externe, anguleux et souv- 
ent épineux avant l’extrémité. 

‘Cette division a pour type la Hispa atra, de Linné, qui 
habite les contrées tempérées et méridionales de 1’ Europe.”’ 

The italics are mine, 

At present Hispella comprises six species, including the type 
H. atra, .., from which the above description is taken. The other 


1915.) S. MAvULIK: Cryptostomes of the Indian Museum. 375 


five species are all from the Indian region. The Indian forms 
differ from the type in the following characters :— 

(rt) The long dorsal spine of the first joint of the antenna is 
not bent forward. 

(2) 3-6 joints of the antennae are not dilated as in H. atra, L. 

(3) The tibiae are not dilated as in H. atra, L. 

The middle tibiae in the Indian forms are curved, which is not 
so in the case of H. atra, L. 

The differences of the characters between the type and the 
Indian forms, the homogeneity of those of the Indian forms, and 
the fact that H. atra, L. is found in the temperate zone, all point 
to the conclusion that the Indian forms may be separated and 
formed into a new genus. On the other hand it may be pointed 
out that a slight gradation in the characters is noticeable in the 
Indian forms. Ido not, therefore, propose to separate them at 
present, unless more material from the Indian region establishes 
this fact beyond doubt. 

Instead, for the sake of convenience, I shall characterise the 
genus as follows :— 

Antennae.—1-6 joints spiny, 3-6 may be dilated, apical 5 
joints forming a club. 

Claws.—Completely separate. 

Tibiae.—Straight, dilated or not dilated, middle tibiae may 
be curved. 

A table will distinguish the forms thus :— 


I. 3-6 joints of antennae dilated (flat- 


tened) i as Gln. 1). 
2. 3-6 joints of antennae ae dilated eS 3 
3. Antennae short, stout, Ist joint with 5 

dorsal spines .. brachycera, Gestto. 
4. Antennae long, slender, ist joint with 

less than 5 dorsal spines 5. 


5. Ist joint of antennae with 4 dorsal 
spines, 2nd joint with 2 dorsal spines stygia, Chapuis. 
6. Ist joint of antennae with less than 4 
dorsal spines 7. 
Fania joint of antennae with 3 dorsal 
spines, 2nd joint with 1 dorsal spine ramosa, Gyll. 
8. Ist joint of antennae with 2 dorsal 
spines, one very minute .. andrewest, Weise. 
Owing to the reasons stated by Weise (Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, 
p. 127) I do not include Motschulsky’s species ceylonica in this 
table. 
Hispella stygia, Chap. 
Chapuis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XX, 1877, p ae 
Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1897, p. 124, f. 
Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 126. 
Locality.—This example has ‘‘Bombay’’ on its label. I 
have seen other specimens taken at Belgaum which is in the Bom- 


376 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoLaces. 


bay Presidency. This specimen may have been taken at the 


same place. 
Hispella ramosa, Gyll. 


Gyll. in Schonh., Sy. Jus. 1, 3, App. 1817, p. 6. 
Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1897, p. 124, f. 13. 
Localities.—Paresnath, W. Bengal, 4,000-4,400 ft., I5-iv-09 
(Annandale); Bangalore, S. India, 3,000 ft., 15-x-Io (Annandale) ; 
Dhikala, Naini Tal District, U.P., 26-iv-08 (Mus. Collr.). Three 
examples. 
This species is apparently confined to the hills. 


Hispella andrewesi, Ws. 
Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 126. 


Locality.—Monda, Nepal, 12-v-o8 (Mus. Collr.) One ex- 
ample. 

The spines on the first and second joints of the antennae 
being broken, I doubtfully indentify this example. There is also 
a difference in the colour of the elytra, but no structural differ- 
ence is observable. H. andrewest, Ws. was taken at Kanara. 


Genus Rhadinosa, Weise. 


Weise, Deut. Ent. Zett. 1905, p. 318. 


Rhadinosa laghu,! n, sp. 


Oblong, small, not thickset as the other members of this 
genus, black, with a faint metallic sheen, in some specimens the 
colour is a mixture of testaceous and black, subnitid, thoracic 
and elytral spines are long and slender as compared with the size 
of the insect, sparsely covered with white adpressed hairs; elytra 
deeply punctate-striate; besides these deep punctures, the surface 
is very minutely punctate. This character distinguishes this 
species from all others of the genus. 

Length from head to apex of the elytra 3-5 mm. 

Described from 15 examples. 

Type in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 

Localities.—12 examples from Calcutta, 3—4-viii-o7 (N.A.); 
Mangaldai, Assam, 16—r18-x-10 (Kemp); Siliguri, base of E. 
Himalayas, 3—4-vi-rg11 (N.A. and S.K.); Basanti, Forest Station, 
24 Parganas, Sunderbuns, 16-xi-og (T. Jenkins). 


Fuller description. 


Head coarsely punctate, not rugose, from the vertex to a 
point between the bases of the antennae deeply sulcate, a row of 


1 Laghu is a Sanskrit word meaning light. The name is applied to this 
species in reference to its light build. 


a 


19g15.| S. MauLix: Cryptostomes of the Indian Museum. 377 


white hairs round the eyes, a few similar hairs on other parts of 
the head; antennae long, slender, thickened towards the apex, 
apical 5 joints form a club, thickly covered with brownish pubes- 
cence, apical joint bluntly pointed, basal joint long and stout, 
with a long dorsal spine pointing forward, 2nd joint short and 
rounded, 3rd, 4th, 5th joints longer than 2nd, and almost equal to 
each other in length, 6th joint shorter than the preceding ones, Ist- 
6th joints with a few scattered white hairs. 

Prothorvax quardrate, as long as broad, lateral margins round- 
ed, two pairs of bifid spines in front, on each lateral margin one 
pair of bifid spines, the space enclosed between these spines is 
rugose and coarsely covered with short white hairs, on the portion 
of the disc posterior to the single lateral spines is a shallow 
transverse depression, each of the 4 anterior and posterior angles 
of the prothorax ends in a blunt tooth. 

Scutellum finely punctate, apex rounded, in the @ rather 
broader than long, slightly depressed in the middle, apex widely 
rounded. 

Elytra sparsely covered with short white hairs, thinly covered 
with long spines, marginal row horizontal. 

Underside.—Legs finely punctate, mid tibiae curved, all the 
femora with 3 small, pointed, curved teeth on the underside, the 
third tooth may be very minute. 


Rhadinosa girija,! n. sp. 


Oblong, black , shining, sparsely covered with long, erect, 
brownish hairs, as compared with the size of the insect, the protho- 
racic and elytral spines are short and stout. The structure of the 
disc of the prothorax distinguishes it from all others. 

Length from head to apex of elytra 4 mm. 

Locality.—Chutri Gouri, Nepal Terai, 26—27-iv-07 (Mus. Collr.). 
One example. 

Type in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 


Fuller description. 


Head tugose, forehead depressed in the middle, interantennal 
space elevated into a sharp ridge, spaces between the bases of the 
antennae and the eyes are also elevated; antennae thickest in the 
middle, z.e. the 7th joint is the thickest, gradually becomes thinner 
towards the apex, apical 5 joints form a club, covered with 
brownish pubescence, basal joint long, stout, with a dorsal stout 
spine, 2nd joint short, rotinded, 3rd joint longest, 4-6 joints equal 
in length, basal 6 joints bare. 

Prothorax quadrate, almost as long as broad, narrowed in front, 
lateral margins rounded, 2 frontal (bifid), 2 marginal (bifid), 2 
marginal (single) spines, short and stout. The surface of the disc 


! The specific name is derived from a Sanskrit word girz, meaning mountain, 
givija = originating in a mountain. 


378 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


is broken up into many shallow hollows. In the centre there is a 
shining depressed elevation. Posterior to the single marginal 
spines the portion of the disc is a shallow and wide depression. 
Base smooth; each of the four anterior and posterior angles ends 
in a small blunt tooth. 

Scutellum as long as broad, finely punctate, apex rounded. 

Elytra punctate-striate, punctures large and shallow, the 
spines short and stout. 

Underside black, shining, legs short, femora with a small 
tooth on the underside, mid tibiae curved. 

There are two specimens of this genus from Shillong. They 
appear to be new to science. I do not describe the species be- 
cause the examples are not perfect. 


Asamangulia,' new genus. 


Body elongate, antennae Ii-jointed, Ist joint with a dorsal 
spine, claws completely separate, unequal, inner claw being smaller 
than the outer; frontal and marginal spines of the prothorax short, 
robust, and suberect. Elytra punctate-striate, tuberculate or 
spinose, with a row of horizontal marginal spines, at the apex the 
spines are longer. 

This genus is distinguished from all the other genera of the 
Hispini by the wnequal claws and the single dorsal spine on the first 
joint of the antennae. I attach generic importance to the inequality 
of the claws, because, since Chapuis laid stress on the character of 
the claws in founding the genus Monochirus in 1875, they have been 
found useful in separating the spiny Hispinae into genera. Except 
in the present case, however, the claws have not been found un- 
equal, although they have afforded many other characters. 

Asamangulia, n.g., is related to Phidodonta, Ws., by the form 
of the body, and to Rhadinosa, Ws., by the completely separated 
claws. I place the new genus Asamangulia after the genus Brachis- 
pa, Gestro. 


Asamangulia cuspidata, n. sp. 


Elongate, black, shining; prothorax sparsely covered with 
brownish adpressed hairs. Apical 5 joints of the antennae form a 
pointed club and are covered with reddish brown pubescence. 
Scutellum depressed in the middle. Elytra deeply punctate- 
striate, cuspidate; these cusp-like tubercles on the elytron are 
smaller at the base of the elytron, becoming larger (almost stout 
spines) towards its apex. 

Length from head to apex of elytron 5-6 mm. 

Locality.—Pusa, Bihar. Eleven examples. 

Type in Mr. Andrewes’ collection, London. 

Co-types in Genoa Museum of Natural History, in the Indian 
Museum and in the British Museum. 


| The generic name is derived from two Sanskrit words: asama = unequal, 
anguli = claw. 


1915.] S. Mavuiik: Cryptostomes of the Indian Museum. 379 


Fuller description. 


Head rugose, prominently elevated round the bases of the 
antennae ; antennae thickest in the middle, Ist joint large, dorsally 
produced into a long spine; 2nd joint small, rounded; 3rd joint 
longest ; 4-6 joints subequal ; 2-6 joints surface strigose. 

Prothorax more opaque than the elytra, disc rugose, with two 
transverse depressions, a longitudinal deep furrow down the mid- 
dle, sides rounded, front margin with two pairs of bifid spines, a 
few longer hairs between these spines, each lateral margin with 
one pair of bifid spines and a single one; the spines are short, 
stumpy and suberect. 

Scutellum rounded, punctate, depressed in the middle. 

Elytra deeply punctate-striate. 

Mid tibiae curved. 


Genus Dactylispa, Ws. 


Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 137- 

Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. 1899, p. 265. 

Podispa, Chap., Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. 335 (pars.). 
Hispa, Chap., Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. 333 (pars.). 
Monohispa, Ws., Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 147. 
Triplispa, Ws., l.c., 1897, Pp. 147. 

Gestro, Bull. Soc. Ent. [tal. 1902, p. 59. 


Dactylispa spinosa, Weber. 


Weber, Obs. Ent. 1801, p. 65. 

Fabr., Syst. El. I1, 1801, p. 58. 

Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1897, p. 86 (Hispa). 
5» Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 1902 (1903), p. 150. 


Locality.—Sarawak, Borneo (C. W. Beebe). Two examples. 

In the latest catalogue of the Hispinae by Weise, it is not 
mentioned that H. saliatrix, F. is a synonym of this species of 
Weber’s. 


Genus Hispa, L. 


Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. XII, 1767, p. 603. 

Chapuis, Gen. Col.. X1, 1875, p- 334. 

Weise, Jus. Deutschl. V1, 1893, p. 106. 

Weise, Deut. Ent. Zett. 1897, p. 137. 

Dicladispa, Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1897, p. 81. 
75 i | L.6s,1890) Pe 320. 


Hispa armigera, Oliv. 


Oliver, Ent. VI, 1808, p. 763, t. 1, f. 8. 
cyanipennis, Motsch., Schrenck’s Reise Amur. II, 1861, p. 238. 
aenescens, Baly, Fourn. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1887, p. 412. 
aenescens, Cotes, Ind. Mus. Notes, 1889, p. 37: 

Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1890, p. 248. 

Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1897, p. 82. 

Ws., Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1904, p. 457: 


Localities.—Calcutta, 2-xi-07, 22-v-09, 28-viii-06, 14-viii-06, 
12-ix-o7; Howrah, near Calcutta; Midnapore and 24 Parganas, 


380 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


Lower Bengal (Cotton and Lyall); Goalbathan, East Bengal, ro- 
vii-og (R. Hodgart); Balighai, near Puri, Orissa coast, 16—20-Vviii- 
11; Malabar district, W. India (E. Thurston); Mandalay, U. 
Burma (H.M.S. Matthews); Khulna, E. Bengal (Rainy); Mung- 
phu, near Darbhanga, N. Bengal (H. S. Beadon); Sibsagar, As- 
sam; Backergunge, E. Bengal; Bilaspur, Darbhanga, N. Bengal 
(G. W. Llewhelin); Saraghat, N. Bengal; Katmundu, Nepal. 
Eighty-four examples and about 412 in alcohol. 

Distribution.—This insect has a wide distribution. Dr. Modig- 
liani reports it from Sumatra: Siboga, Baligha, Pangherang- 
pisang and Pedang (ref. 6). Nothing about the food-plant of this 
insect in these localities is mentioned. In India it is a pest of 
the Rice plant. 

Weise has sunk Motschulsky’s species cyanipennis as a 
synonym of armigera, Oliv. (ref. 7). .Comparing Motschulsky’s 
description (ref. 2) with Olivier’s, and also Baly’s, I find no 
reason why cyanipennis, Mots. should be considered as a synonym 
of armigera, Oliv. Motschulsky writes: ‘‘ Corslet assez lisse, sans 
epines dorsals; elytra fortement ponctuees avec quatre efines sur 
leur milieu.’’ Olivier in his description of armigera says: ‘‘Le 
corcelet est armee de cinq epines de chaque cote; la quatra 
anterieures ont une base commune; la cinquieme la plus courte 
de toutes, est places un peu au-dila. Les elytres sont d’un bleu 
fonce luisant; elles sont des points enfonces et un grand nombre 
d’epines.’’ Baly’s description of aenescens (ref. 4) runs as fol- 
lows:—‘‘ Thorace rugoso-punctato lateribus anti medium spinis 
quatuor, basi connatis et pone medium spina unica armatis; ely- 
tris anguste oblongis, fortiter seriato-punctatis, spinis validis 
triseriatium dispositis instructis.’’ . 

From the above it is evident that cyanipennis, Mots., cannot 
be a synonym of armigera, Oliv.; cyantpennis has no spines on the 
thorax and only four spines on the elytra. In his description 
I have italicised these portions. Avmigera, Oliv., and aenescens, 
Baly, the descriptions of which agree well, both have five spines 
on the thorax and a great many on the elytra. In the absence of 
any reason from Weise for sinking cyanipennis, Mots., I consider 
it necessary to point out that Motschulsky’s description does not 
warrant it. ‘The type of cyanipennis is supposed to exist in the 
Museum of the University of Moscow. 


Genus Platypria, Guér. 


Guérin, Revue Zool. 1840, p. 139. 

Chap., Gen. Col. XI, 1875, p. 336. 

Gest., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1890, p. 229. 
1.c,, 1807; Ps 210s eae OOS sp. 515: 


Platypria echidna, Guér. 


Guér., Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 139. 
Gest., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1890, p. 246, fig.; 1897, p. 112. 


Localities —The Nilgiris; Kanara. Two examples. 


I9I5.] S. Maurik: Cryptostomes of the Indian Museum. 381 


Platypria hystrix, F. 


Fabr., Suppl. Ent. Syst., 1798, p. 116. 

Fabr., Syst. El. II, 1801, p. 59 (Huspa). 

Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 140. 

Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1897, p. 113. 

erinecea, Oliv., Ent. VI, 1808, p. 762, t. 1, f. 6 (Hispa). 
digitata, Gest., l.c., 1888, p. 178. 


Localities—Sadon, U. Burma, alt. 5,000 ft., April, r1g11 
(E. Colenso); Katmundu, Soondrijal, Nepal; Calcutta, 4-vii-1907. 
Four examples. 


Platypria erinaceus, F. 


Fabr., Syst. Ei. Il, 1801, p. 59 (Aispa). 
Ill., Mag. III, 1804, p. 169. 

Guér., Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 141. 

Gest., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. 1897, p. II. 
Var. bengalensis, Gest., l.c., 1897, p. 112. 


Locality.—Jafna, Ceylon, June 1910. One example. 


wo 8 Nae eoreeaeSerre~sSsSs ae terre 


eel Pon Ol ES ONG PED hPAL Poh Ny TERE 
COLEBCTEON OF -FHE FNDIAN- MUSEUM. 


V.—TARTARIDES COLLECTED BY Mr. B. H. BUXTON IN CEYLON 
AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 


By F. H. Gravety, M.Sc., Assistant Superintendent, 
Indian Museum. 


A valuable collection of Pedipalpi has recently been presented 
to the Indian Museum by Mr. B. H. Buxton, who obtained them 
in Ceylon and the Malay Peninsula when collecting further mate- 
tial for his work on Arachnid morphology. The Thelyphonidae 
and Tarantulidae will be dealt with in papers dealing with the 
Indo-Australian members of these groups as a whole. The time 
does not, however, appear to be ripe for the preparation of a 
general account of the Tartarides, of which group Mr. Buxton’s 
specimens form the subject of this paper. 

The chief points of interest brought out by Mr. Buxton’s 
collection of Tartarides are (1) the unsatisfactory nature of the 
distinction between Schizomus and Trithyreus+, a distinction in- 
volving the separation into different subgenera of such obviously 
allied species as crassicaudatus and perplexus; and (2) the increas- 
ing number of Oriental species whose females closely resemble the 
Papuan modestus, Hansen. It seems to me undesirable to go on 
describing these species in the absence of males on the basis of 
measurements alone. 


Schizomus (Trithyreus) perplexus, n. sp. 


Locality.—Polonuruwa, North-Central Province, Ceylon (under 
bricks 47 @, 19; under leaves I 9 and several young). 

@. Cephalothorax.—Eye-spots absent. Cephalic sternum 
about as long as broad. 

Arms.—Nearly as long as the body. ‘Trochanter slender as 
in S. (s. str.) crassicaudaius® ; lower margin lightly sinuous, convex 
basally , convex distaliy ; anterior angle long and spiniform, directed 
slightly upwards, with a similar but somewhat smaller, lightly 
upturned process arising on the inner side at its base; anterior 
margin strongly convex. Femur with a ventral tubercle at the 
base as in S. crassicaudatus, but prolonged beyond this, the total 
length of the ventral margin in front of the trochanter being more 


! See Hansen and Sérensen, Arkiv for Zoologi II (8), 1905, pp. 33-34: 
> See Hansen and Sérensen, Arkiv fdr Zoologi Il (8), 1905, pp. 40-42, 
pl. iil, figs. 1a—11. 


384 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


than half as great as the depth of the femur at its distal end. 
Patella also somewhat slenderer than in S. crassicaudatus, the 
median ventral tooth shorter and not directed forwards, the margin 
strongly concave behind it, more lightly concave in front. Tibia 
concave ventrally at base, then abruptly swollen and gradually 
tapered; the basal concavity hidden when the arm is not extended. 
Upper margin of tarsus two and a half times as long as claw. 
First legs.—Nearly half as long again as body. Coxa termin- 
ating behind base of trochanter of arm. Femur about three 
quarters of length of patella, slightly longer than tibia. Tibia 
about one-fifth as long again as foot. Foot about ten times as 
long as deep, deepest at end of metatarsus. Second metatarsus 
about three-fifths as long as whole tarsus and about ge to five 


Rees 
i 


Fic. 1.—Schizomus EIS) perplexus & left arm, X 30. 


2.— ”” 2 ” x 30. 
Shee " ” buxtont rf x. 30; 
4.— ” ry * 3 foot of antenniform leg, X 65. 


proximal tarsal joints which are subequal in length, the basal being 
perhaps somewhat shorter than the others. 

Fourth legs.—Femur slenderer than in S. crassicaudatus, 
about two and a third times as long as deep. 

Tail.—Resembles that of S. crassicaudatus. 

2. Cephalothorax.—As in the male. 

Arvms.—About three-quarters the length of the body. Tro- 
chanter with both margins lightly and evenly convex, practically 
straight ; anterior angle less strongly produced than in male, a 
small spine present on inner surface some distance from it. 
Femur shorter than in male, free ventral margin not longer than 
basal tubercle. Lower margin of patella biconcave; ventral spine 
represented only by a tubercle between these concavities. Ventral 
margin of tibia concave basally, then lightly swollen. Upper 
margin of tarsus twice as long as claw. 


1915. | F. H. GRavELY : Notes on Pedipalpr. 385 


First legs—Nearly a quarter as long again as body. Coxa 
terminating behind base of trochanter of arm. Femur about three 
quarters length of patella, about as long as tibia. Tibia about a 
quarter as long again as foot. Foot about ten times as long as 
deep, deepest at end of metatarsus. Second metatarsus scarcely 
as long as sum of five proximal tarsal joints, about half as long 
again as terminal tarsal joint. First tarsal joint slightly shorter 
than any of the succeeding four. 

Fourth legs.—t,ike those of male. 

Tail.Long and slender, about six times as long as deep. 
Basal joint nearly twice, second scarcely more than once as long 
as deep. Separation of third and fourth joints obscure. 

Colour of both sexes.—Pale reddish brown, the abdomen and 
legs faintly greenish. 

Length —o about 35,2 about 3:0 mm. The arms of the 
male show this species to be closely related to Schzzomus (s. str.) 
crassicaudatus from Ceylon; but its thoracic terga have the struc- 
ture characteristic of the subgenus Tvithyreus. 

The distinctive features of the arms are fully developed in large 
specimens only. ‘They are scarcely distinguishable in small ones, 
which are often most difficult to distinguish from immature speci- 
mens of the next species. 


Schizomus (Trithyreus) buxtoni, n. sp. 


Localitves.—Polonuruwa, North-Central Province, Ceylon 
(several oo, 2 2; under bricks, many under leaves); Min- 
neriya, North-Central Province (30); Sigiri, Central Province 
(many 70, 9? @). 

@. Cephalothorax.—Eye-spots absent. Cephalic sternum 
slightly longer than wide. 

Arms.—Slender and of moderate length, without distinctive 
tubercles or spines. Trochanter with lower margin distinctly con- 
vex, anterior angle obtuse and more or less rounded with a small 
spine on the inner side behind it, anterior margin practically 
straight. Femur slender, with free ventral margin about equal tc 
anterior margin of trochanter. Claw about half as long as upper 
margin of tarsus. 

- First legs.—Very slender, about one and a half times as long 
as body. Coxa terminating behind base of trochanter of arm. 
Femur much shorter than patella (7: 9), slightly longer than tibia, 
much longer than foot (7:5). Second metatarsus about as long as 
five succeeding tarsal joints, which increase regularly in length 
from basal to distal. 

Fourth legs—Femora fully two and a half times as long as 
deep. 

Tatl.—Somewhat like that of S. suboculatus, but the disc 
broader and more evenly rounded behind, with the sides more 
convex distally—sometimes almost circular or even squarish. 
When seen from the side it lacks the profound dorsal excavation 
seen in Hansen and Sérensen’s figure of that species. 


386 Records of the Indian Museum. [VouL,. XI, 1915.] 


2. Closely resembles the male in general features, but the first 
legs are only about twice as long as the body. The tail is slender, 
being about five times as long as deep. The first joint is longer 
than the second, which is scarcely as long as broad. The first 
and second joints combined are scarcely as long as the third and 
fourth which are indistinctly separated. 

Colour of both sexes.—Pale brown, sometimes with a greenish 
tinge in large specimens. 

Length.—Up to about 3 mm. 

This species seems to be allied to S. vittatus', but is paler and 
usually browner in colour, and lacks the eye-spots so conspicuous 
in that species. The tail of the female (the only sex known in 
S. vittatus) is, moreover, much slenderer, and lacks the swelling 
characteristic of that species. 


Schizomus (Trithyreus) spp. af. modestus, Hansen. 


Localtties.—Malay Peninsula (outside Kubang Tiga and 
Jerneh caves, Perlis; Grik and Lengong, Perak). 

The specimens, although fairly numerous, are all female or 
immature. The terminal joint of the tarsus of the antenniform 
legs is somewhat more than half as long as the metatarsus, as in 
S. modestus,® which the specimens appear to resemble in a general 
way, as do also the females of S. vittatus,! greeni,> buxtoni, etc. 
In the absence of any really definite characteristics, such as would 
doubtless be found in the tail of the male, it seems undesirable 
either definitely to record the Papuan species from the Malay 
Peninsula, or to provide the specimens before me with a new 
specific name. It is possible that more than one species may be 
represented. 


1 Schizomus (Trithyreus) vittatus, Gravely, Spolia Zeylanica VII, tort, 
pp. 138-139, text-fig. 2c. 

2 Trithyveus modestus, Hansen and Sorensen, Arkiv for Zoologi II (8), 1905, 
pp. 63-65, pl. vi, figs. 3a-3f. 

5 Schizomus (Tvithyreus) greent, Gravely, Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, 1912, p. 109, 
text-fig. B, ; 


BBO OO Oooo 


XSGtIr: NOTES ON, ORIENTAL DRAGON- 
FLIES IN THE INDIAN MUSEUM. 


No. 3.—INDIAN SPECIES OF THE ‘I,EGION ’ PROTONEURA. 
By F. F. LArLaw. 


The distribution of the species belonging to this ‘ Legion’ in 
British India and Burma is very interesting, although probably 
still inadequately known. The species of the group have as a 
rule a restricted range and are all to a great extent forest-haunt- 
ing insects, at least they are not commonly found in areas which 
have been much affected by human industry. 

The museum collection contains what are, I believe, the first 
examples of the Legion recorded from the Himalayas. From what 
is known of the group it appears probable that whilst Ceylon and 
the Deccan are inhabited by a rich and peculiar series of species, 
the great river valleys have no representatives of the group, whilst 
the great mountain ranges of the north possess few species, only 
one, namely that here described as a new species under the name 
ot Protosticta carmichaeli, being recorded. Burma shows a distinct 
Malayan influence in the possession of three species, all with a 
range right down the Malay Peninsula. With the somewhat 
scanty material available it is impossible to dogmatize as to the 
distinctness of the Ceylon fauna from that of the Deccan. But it 
may be noted that whilst Disparoneura quadrimaculata (Ramb.) 
appears to be common in the Satara district, and was first recorded 
from ‘ Bombay’, it does not occur amongst the material collected 
in Cochin State by Mr. Gravely, andso far as I know is not record- 
ed from any locality so far south. Further, it is worth remark that 
none of the species from Ceylon have been recorded from the 
mainland, and also that no mainland species is known from 
Ceylon. The sole exception is Platysticta maculata, Selys, which 
has a distinct representative race in Cochin State readily distin- 
guished from the typical Ceylon form. The following table shows 
the recorded species with their known distribution. 


CEYLON. 
Platysticta maculata, Selys. Platysticta tropica, Selys. 
i apicalis, Kirby. en Fey hilaris (Hagen), 
ie montana, Selys. os digna, Selys. 


Species marked thus * are represented in the museum collection. 


oo |} 


388 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Disparoneura caesia (Selys). Disparoneura sita, Kirby. 
- centralis (Selys). « oculata, Kirby. 
- tenax (Selys). 
S. INDIA. 


(Nilgiri Hills; Cochin State.) 


Disparoneura westermanni (Selys). 

be gomphotdes (Ramb.). 
*Platysticta maculata deccanensis, subsp. n. 
*Protosticta gravelyi, sp. n. 


BOMBAY PRESIDENCY. 


*Disparoneura quadrimaculata (Hagen). 


HIMALAYAS. 
(Darjiling District). 


*Pyrotosticta carmichaeli, sp. n. 


BuRMA-ASSAM, 


Platysticta quadrata, Selys. Disparoneura verticalis (Selys). 
Disparoneura atkinsoni, Selys. mf interrupta (Selys). 


Platysticta maculata deccanensis, subsp. n. 
(Text-fig. 1.) 
338°.5 do, Kavalai, Cochin State, 24—27-ix-14 (in spirit). 
Length of abdomen 45 mm., of hind-wing 32°5 mm. 
Differs from the typical race from Ceylon as follows :— 
The prothorax is dark brown above. The thorax is brown 
without markings save for a fine black line along the mid-dorsal 
carina. The brown colouring becomes 
paler on the sides and ventrally. 
Segments 8-9 of the abdomen vivid 
turquoise blue above. Segment 10, 
which is very short, is entirely black. 
I have figured the anal appendages 
of the male; they are evidently very 
similar to those figured by Kirby for 
Fic. 1.—Anal appendages of his Platysticta greeni, which he subse- 
one side of Platysticta macu- quently regarded as a synonym of P. 
lata deccanensis §, seen rather jyaculata, Selys (see Kirby, Proc. Zool. 


cbliqhelyeiaa ae Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 203, pl. xx, figs. 3, 
3a and J. Linn. Soc. XXIV, p. 561, 1893). 


Species marked thus * are represented in the museum collection. 


1915. ] F. F. LaiwLiaw : Oriental Dragonflies. 389 


Platysticta hilaris (Hagen). 


Platysticta hilaris, Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 132 (1890). 
; 5 id., F. Linn. Soc. XXIV, p. 562 (1893). 


so 1 G, Kandy, Ceylon, 21-i-10. 


The prothorax in this specimen appears to be uniformly dark 
on the dorsal surface. The middle lobe of the prothorax carries a 
pair of small rounded bosses, one on either side of the middle line. 
The colouring of the abdominal segments is evidently much faded, 
but the specimen is, I believe, identical with that described in de 
Selys’ synopsis under this name. 


Protosticta gravelyi, sp. n. 
(Text-fig. 2.) 
8231 7 ¢ 1 2, Kavalai, 1300-3000 ft., Cochin State, 24—27-ix-14 (spirit 
specimens). 

@?. Length ot body 44 mm., of hind-wing 21 mm. 

Head, under surface brownish black, upper lip, genae and 
anteclypeus white, the upper lip with a fine black margin, the 
rest of the dorsal surface black. 

Prothorax white; a black triangle occupies the posterior lobe 
and its apex extends forward on to the middle lobe. Thorax black, 
with a metallic lustre on the dorsum; laterally marked with two 
moderately broad bands of white, of which the anterior encloses 
the stigma; ventral surface black, but the infra-episternum is white. 

Abdomen, segments 1-2 black above, sides and ventral sur- 
faces white, but the genital appendages on 2 are tinged with dark 
brown. Segments 3-7 each with a 
white sub-basal ring, which laterally 
and ventrally is more extensive than 
it is dorsally. In the case of segment 
7 the white mark is divided dorsally 
by a fine longitudinal line which is 
black, and it occupies about the first 
third of the dorsum of the segment; x 

. : Fic. 2.—Anal appendages 

ventrally it extends for two-thirds of of Pyotosticta gravelyt 3, 
the length of the segment. On end of seen from the side. 
segments 3-6 the white mark is much 
less extensive occupying only a small fraction (one-tenth or less) 
of the dorsum of the segment. There are no markings on segments 
8-10 which are entirely black. 

The relative length of the abdominal segments is as follows: 


Laer Oe sOr ee? LO: 784743)" Li-§. 


nN 


Legs white, with black ridges and cilia. 

Anal appendages about twice as long as segment Io. Upper 
pair stout at their bases with a small angular projection on their 
inner side; curved inwards and downwards, strongly chelate at 
their distal extremities. Tower pair rather slender, simple, curved 


390 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor 2a8; 


a little upwards, shorter than the upper pair. Colour entirely 
black. 

Venation, 13 postnodals. Pterostigma rather large, covering 
one and a half cells, its anal margin longer than the costal and its 
inner side oblique. MM, rising from nerve descending from nodus, 
Rs one cell more distal. The rudiment of Cw, lies rather nearer 
the level of the second antenodal nerve than of the first. 

The female specimen is very immature and too much macerated 
for measurement. It is possible to determine that the colouring 
is generally similar to that of the male, but that segments 8 and 9 
of the abdomen have white lateral markings; also that the poste- 
rior lobe of the prothorax is simple and that segment 8 of the 
abdomen is about equal in length to segment 9. 

This species is readily distinguished from other members of 
the genus by the remarkable chelate superior anal appendages of 
the male. 


Protosticta carmichaeli, sp. n. 


(Text-fig. 3.) 
C.c. 1066-67 2 ¢ 22, Darjiling Dist.: Singla, 1500 ft. (spirit specimens, 
all in poor condition). 

@. Length of abdomen 35 mm., of hind-wing 22 mm. 

Head, upper lip bluish-white, the whole of the rest of the 
dorsal and posterior surfaces bronze-black. 

Prothorax and thorax also bronze-black dorsally ; underneath 
dull black. 

Abdomen, segment 1 dark brown. Segments 2-6 yellowish- 
brown, darker in the middle part of the segment. Each segment 
has a light apical ring and a dark ter- 
minal ring. Segment 7 is all dark brown 
save for a small apical ring which is 
light yellowish-brown. The three ter- 
minal segments are uniformly black, the 
tenth segment is very short. 

Pies 4 Anal aenvendaneeee The legs are yellowish-brown, with 
of Protosticta carmichaeli G, Cilia of the same colour. Anal appen- 
seen a little obliquely from the dages black, upper pair more than twice 
left ‘side. as long as the tenth segment. ‘They are 
A-shaped when seen in profile; towardsits distal extremity each is 
flattened a little from side to side. The lower pair is shorter than 
the upper pair, cylindrical and nearly straight; each curves in- 
wards a little at its free extremity. 

Venation, 13 postnodals on the fore-wing. Pterostigma cover- 
ing one cell, its anal margin a very little longer than its costal. 
M, rising from nerve descending from nodus, Rs about one cell 
distally. Rudiment of Cu, half-way between level of first and 
second antenodals. 

The condition of the female specimens is such as to make des- 
cription impossible. Generally speaking the colouring is similar to 
that of the male. ‘The posterior margin of the prothorax is simple. 


19I5.] F. F. Larmriaw ; Ortental Dragonfites. 391 


Note on the genus Protosticta. 


Seven species of this genus have been named. It ranges from 
S. India, the Himalayas and the Malay Peninsula to Borneo and to 
Celebes. The genus appears to be a specialized form derived from 
Platysticta. It is even possible that the genus is polyphyletic, 
and in support of this view one might urge that P. gravelyt bears 
a very strong resemblance to the large species of Platysticta which 
occur in Ceylon, whilst the Bornean species resemble rather the 
small Malayan Platystictas. On the other hand all the species of 
Protosticta are alike in the great relative length of the very slender 
abdomen, and generally in venation; whilst the rather large Cele- 
besian species resemble the large Ceylon Platysticta spp. 


Disparoneura quadrimaculata (Ramb.). 


Disparoneura quadrimaculata, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) X, p. 446 
(1860). 
5 -? id., Mem. Cour. XXXVIII, p. 163 
(1836). 
Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 133 (1890). 
6510 | -) mn ey Medha, Yenna Valley, Satara district, ca, 2200 
ft., 17-iv-12 (F. H. Gravely). 


65694 1 Q (in spirit), from the same locality. 


Se OESEOOOESEeaeSeee ore 


this: 


at | 


, ie 


ox Mie NO SON TaN stk Ee SPIDERS OF 
Dobe IOA MOREY ACT ARSE eA EIN EP EE COL- 
Peet lOon OF Lik TN DEAN, WU Ss & UM: 


By Karm Narayan, M.Sc., Professor of Biology, St. John’s 
College, Agra. 


(Plate XXXII.) 


The present paper describes the ant-like spiders of the family 
Attidae in the Indian Museum collection. Most of the specimens 
have been collected in Bengal, while a few from Ceylon, Madras 
and other places have also been described. 

The work of identifying these spiders has been rather labo- 
rious, as the family Attidae has not been studied systematically in 
India so far. Mr. Gravely, in a recent paper (Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, 
p. 257, 1915), has called attention to the neglect which the study 
of spiders has met with in India. The remark applies much more 
forcibly to the Arachnomorph spiders than the Mygalomorphs. 
Pocock, in the “‘ Fauna of British India (Arachnida)”’, omits the 
family Attidae altogether and says, ‘‘ The group contains a vast 
number of species and is very imperfectly known—so imperfectly 
that no satisfactory account of it can at present be given.’’ The 
most complete work on ant-like spiders is Peckham’s ‘‘ Amt-like 
Spiders of the family Attidae’’ published in 1892, but since then a 
good deal of work has been done and the literature addedto. Itis 
rather unfortunate that the literature relating to species of these 
spiders already described is extremely scattered and the descrip- 
tions are mostly brief and very often no diagrams are given. In 
certain cases immature specimens have been made the basis of 
new species. However, I have followed McCook who, in his book 
** American Spiders and their Spinning Work,” says that the epi- 
gynum and male palpus are essential structures on which specific 
characters can be based with certainty and that immature specimens 
are not worth keeping in a collection. Consequently, I have not 
referred to any of the immature specimens that I came across in 
working out the collection, except those accompanied by adults. 
At the end of the paper I have put together most of the literature 
so far published on the species from the Oriental region of the two 
genera dealt with in this paper. 

I have to thank my Professor, Lt.-Col. J. Stephenson, I.M.S., 
who very kindly obtained permission for me to work in the Indian 
Museum and also got a number of books for me from the research 
grant of the Government College, Lahore. My thanks are also 
due to Dr. Annandale and Mr. Gravely for their valuable sugges- 


394 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. x 


tions and kind help given while I was working at the Indian 
Museum. 


Harmochirus [loydii, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxii, figs. Ia-c.) 


The genus Harmochirus was first described by Simon (Faune 
Arachnologique de 1’Asie Méridionale, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France 
X, 1885, p. 440), who named his species Harmochirus malaccensis. 
Peckham describes another species which he calls’ H. albi-barbis 
(Spiders of the Homalattus Group, Milwaukee, 1895). Still a third 
species has been described by Thorell as H. brachiatus. 

It is a curious fact that in all these descriptions only @ 
spiders have been described. I have nowhere found any descrip- 
tions or diagrams of a female Harmochirus. ‘The present descrip- 
tion is based on a female specimen collected by Major R.E. Lloyd, 
I.M.S., from the Calcutta Medical College compound and preserved 
in the Indian Museum. 

Measurements. 


Total length 3°4 mm. 

Cephalothorax: length I1°4 mm.; width at dorsal eyes 
I'2 mm.; cephalic part I mm. 

Legs 1423. 

The cephalic part is moderately high, but a little lower than 
the abdomen. The thoracic part is very short and is on a sharp 
declivity behind the cephalic part. The eyes of the 2nd row are 
nearer the 3rd than the Ist row. The anterior eyes are directed 
forwards but the middle and dorsal eyes are situated on the sides. 
The interesting point about the chelicerae in this specimen (pl. 
xxxil, fig. 1b) is that, on the inferior margin from the ventral side, 
the right chelicera is fisstdentate and the left is distinctly wnidentate 
(cf. Simon, Hést. Nat. Araign., vol. ii, p. 383), but Simon includes 
this genus in Salticidae fissidentati. The ‘ piéces buccales’ are 
shown in pl. xxxii, fig. 1c, and the shape of the lower lip and the 
maxillary process of the palp are quite different from those of 
H. brachiatus (Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign., vol. ii, p. 867). 

The ist leg has the characteristic shape shown in pl. xxxii, 
fig. 1a, with the femur compressed 
and much dilated, claviform, 
and the tibia disciform and sub- 

i begin 77) globose. There are black stiff 

Mu bristles on both edges of the tibia 

together with three special sharp 

spines dorsally as well as ven- 

trally. The femur of the 2nd leg 

is compressed, while that of the 

3rd leg, as also of the 4th leg, is 
cylindrical. 

The epigynum (text-fig. 1) con- 

sists of two dark-red tubercles 


Text-FiG. 1.—Epigynum of Har- 
mochirus lloydii, sp. nov. 


1915. ] K. Narayan: Ant-like Spiders. 395 


which are produced both antero-laterally and internally into short 
processes. There is also a median elongated tubercle which seems 
double at its anterior end. There is a sort of a ‘‘ halo” or crown 
of short black hairs extending from the outer extremity of one 
tubercle to that of the other. Rows of hairs are also seen project- 
ing inwards from the tubercles internal to the lateral margins of 
the ‘‘crown.”’ In front of the epigynum are two yellowish-white 
areas as shown in the diagram. 


Colour.—The cephalothorax is dark brown, the cephalic part 
being covered with small white hairs which are longest towards 
the anterior eyes; there is a fine row of white hairs on the inferior 
lateral of the cephalic part. The thoracic part occupies a trape- 
zoidal area dorsally and is devoid of hair; its posterior edge is 
emarginate. The falces are medium brown. 


The 1st leg is medium brown except the tibia which has a 
dark tinge. The metatarsus is lined with black. The remaining 
legs are yellowish-white. The femur of the 2nd leg has a dark 
brown line on its anterior side, while the tibia has a black line 
anteriorly. The femur of the 3rd leg is black-lined anteriorly and 
posteriorly and the tibia only anteriorly. Also the posterior half 
of the femur is black-lined anteriorly and posteriorly, but the tibia 
only posteriorly. The sternum and lower lip are dark brown 
but the maxillary process of the palp and chelicerae are light 
brown. 


The abdomen is dull brown with very few white hairs. There 
is, however, a group of white hairs just behind the top of the 
anterior end of the abdomen, where it forms a white spot. There 
are yellowish-white punctate spots all over the abdomen ; they are 
arranged in regular rows and lines, running, for the most part, 
antero-posteriorly. There are also a few gold-coloured spots on the 
dorsal side of the abdomen. 


KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Harmochirus. 


I, Tibia thick but cylindrical, not flattened. No 
special spines besides those that are situated inter- 
nally and externally on the tibia ; Hi. albi-barbis ( 3g ). 
II. Tibia flattened, discitorm and subglobose ; rae special 
spines dorsally and ventrally on the tibia. 
A. Lower lip longer than broad ; apex of the maxil- 


lary process of the palp directed outwards H. brachiatus ( ¢). 
B. Lower lip broader than long ; apex of the maxillary 
process directed inwards . A, lloydii (9). 


The following characters mentioned by Simon for H. malac- 
censis are not found in this species: 

‘‘ Cephalothorax supra valde clathrato- “rugosa et sat dense 
fulvo- -squamulata. Clypeus fere glaber parcissime cinereo-setosus. 
Scuto nigerrimo et nitidissimo supra obtectum, Pedes I nigro- 
aenei metatarsis tarsisque paulo dilutioribus. Femora nigricantia 


supra albo- lineata, tibiae metatarsique obscure fulvi postici nigro- 
lineati.”’ 


396 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Myrmarachne plataleoides, Camb. (@) 


Salticus plataleoides, Cambridge, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) III, p. 68 
S090). 

Pe plataleoides, Peckham, Ant-like Spiders, 1892, p. 33. 
Cambridge described this species from a single specimen in 
the Hope collection at Oxford, the habitat of which was unknown. 
He, however, confirmed his identification on receiving specimens 
from Ceylon. Peckham also describes the species from Ceylon. 
There are 5 specimens in the Indian Museum collection; their 
localities together with the names of collectors are given below :— 


Peradeniya, Ceylon (Ff. H. Gravely). 

Pusa, Bihar (FP. H. Gravely).* 

Sibpur, near Calcutta; 1894 (T. H. T. Walsh).* 
Calcutta (G. C. Chatterjee).* 

Calcutta (F. H. Gravely).* 


Size.—These specimens vary from 6 to 7°5 mm. in total length; 
the falces are from 2 to 5 mm. long. In at least two specimens the 
falces exceed the length of the cephalothorax. 

Simon says, ‘‘ Anterior eyes are in a straight row ’’, but in all 
the specimens, these eyes are a little recurved. The trochanter 
of the 4th leg is whitish and the posterior two-thirds of the 
abdomen ventrally and laterally is of a drab colour. There is a 
yellowish band in the mid-ventral line of the hinder two-thirds of 
the abdomen. 

It is interesting to note that the tube containing the speci- 
men collected by Mr. Gravely at Pusa also contains specimens 
of the ant Oecophylla smaragdinea, which the spider mimics. Dr. 
Annandale tells me that he has seen this or a very similar spider 
eating specimens of this ant. 


Myrmarachne incertus, sp. nov. (2?) 
(Plate xxxii, fig. 2.) 
This species resembles in general shape and appearance 

M. plataleoides and was for some time mistaken for the latter by 
me, but there are important differences which justify its being 
placed in a different species. The following description, which 
embodies differences of this species from M. flataleotdes, is based 
upon 3 specimens as given below :— 

1, Calcutta (N. Annandale). 

2. Pusa, Bihar (F. H. Gravely). 

3. Pusa, Bihar. 


Measurements. 
Cephalothorax 
Total length. (length). (width). Legs. 
I 7T mm. 3°2 mm. I'4 mm. 4132 
2 7 mim, 29mm I mm. 4132 
3 8 mm. 3 _mm. I'5 mm. 4132 


* See note regarding these specimens under MW. 1ncertus, p. 397. 


1915. ] K. Narayan: Ant-like Spiders. 397 


The thoracic part at its apex is almost as high as the cephalic, 
and not lower as in # M. plataleoides. ‘The cephalic part rounds 
off behind the dorsal eyes but not so abruptly asin M. plataleoides. 
In M. plataleoides the thoracic part is almost flat dorsally but in 
this species there is a hump just in front of the middle. There 
is a sharp declivity in front of the hump, but it slopes gra- 
dually behind. 

The constriction in the abdomen is not so well-marked as in 
M. flataleoides ; it may possibly be due to its being full of eggs. 

The epigynum is characteristic (pl. xxxii, fig. 2) and serves to 
distinguish this species at once from the female of M. fplataleotdes, 
the vulva of which has an entirely different structure and shape 
(cf. Peckham, Ant-like Spiders, 1892, plate ili, fig. 1C). The vulva 
here consists of two circular white spots between which lies the 
genital armature. This is formed of two club-shaped masses which 
are fused just opposite the circular spots but diverge a good deal 
posteriorly ; they diverge a little anteriorly but soon converge 
again. Posteriorly, at the meeting point of the diverging flanks, 
there are 2 spine-like processes, one on each side. 

Colour.—The colours are mostly the same as in M. plataleoides, 
but the abdomen is yellowish-white and is covered all over with 
very stnall polygonal areas, flaky in appearance. In one of the 
specimens the abdomen is flat ventrally and is depressed in the 
middle line. 

It is worthy of note that the specimen collected by Mr. Gravely 
at Pusa was found along witha 7 M. flatalzotdes and a few of the 
ants of the species Oecophylla smaragdinea. It is possible that M. 
plataleoides and M. incertus are distinct in the female sex only, 
and that the males from Bihar and Bengal, which I have identified 
with the former species, belong in reality to the latter. 


Myrmarachne tristis, E. Simon. (2?) 
(Plate xxxii, fig. 3.) 


This species was first described by Simon in Ann. Soc. Ent. 
France, 1889, p. 115, but the description is based on a o& speci- 
men. Peckham also describes the species but gives no diagrams 
of the epigynum or other 9 characters, although he gives measure- 
ments of the 2 type. I have found 3 females in the Indian Museum 
collection which I have identified as belonging to this species. 


Calcutta (F. H. Gravely). 
Madras. 
Madras (Prof. Ramunnt Menon). 


Measurements. 
Calcutta specimen. 
Total length 6:2 mm. 
Cephalothorax : length 3 mm.; width 1°4 mm. 
Legs 4312. 


3908 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Peckham’s description of this species in ‘‘ Ant-like Spiders’? 
holds for these specimens. A few additional observations may, 
however, be added. ‘The eyes of the 2nd row are situated about 
midway between the first and the 3rd rows; there are 7 teeth 
on the inferior and 4 on the superior margin of the falces ; there 
are 4 pairs of spines on the anterior tibia and 2 pairs on the 
anterior metatarsus, while there are 3 pairs of spines on the tibia 
of the 2nd leg. 

The ist tibia is black-lined anteriorly and the femur posterior- 
ly; similarly, the 2nd femur has a black line on its anterior 
margin ‘The abdomen is olivaceous with a dark band running 
across the middle of the posterior two-thirds of the abdomen, 
which is depressed ventrally. 

The epigynum has a characteristic shape (pl. xxxii, fig. 3). 
There are two obliquely elliptical white areas, between which lie the 
chitinous genitalia. The latter consist of two halves which meet 
about midway but are separated anteriorly and posteriorly. 


Myrmarachne [aetus, Thorell. 
Ascalus laetus, Thorell, Spiders of Burma, 1895, p. 320. 
Synemosyna laeta, Vhorell, Ann. Mus. Genova XXV, p. 339 (1887). 

This is the commonest ant-like spider in India. The Museum 
collection contains 6 specimens of the male of this species, of which 
3 were collected by Prof. Ramunni Menon at Madras, one by 
Mr. Gravely and another by Mr. I,. L. Fermor at Calcutta, and the 
last has been obtained from the Nicobars.! 

One female specimen from Madras was collected by Prof. 
Ramunni Menon and another by Mr. Paiva from Katihar (Purnea 
district) in Bihar. 

Measurements. 


(Calcutta o specimen). 
Total length 7 mm. 
Cephalothorax: length 3° mm.; width 1°5 mm. 
Falces 2°I mm. 
Legs 4132. 

The specimens agree in almost all essential features with the 
description given by Thorell; a few minor points brought out by 
the examination of the males may be noted here. It may be 
‘mentioned that I have compared these specimens carefully with 
an identified specimen of this species sent to the Indian Museum 
by A. S. Hirst from the Brit. Mus. collection. 

The falces are divisible into two portions: asmall basal portion 
from which the greater part of the falx is separated by a con- 
striction. This basal portion is very prominent in some speci- 
mens, while in others it is sunk in the cephalothorax, but can be 


1 Since the above was written I have got three more ¢ specimens, one collected 
by Mr. Gravely at Calcutta, the other by Mr. Kemp at Port Blair (Andamans ) 
and the third by Mr, Paiva at Katihar, Purnea (Bihar). 


IQI5.] K. NARAYAN: Ant-like Spiders. 399 


seen with a little difficulty. As regards the colour, the Indian 
specimens are darker than the Brit. Mus, specimen in the cephalic 
part, the falces and the abdomen. 


Myrmarachne laetus var. flavus, n. var. (@) 


A specimen, collected by Mr. Paiva at Katihar, resembles 
M. laetus very closely, but there are the following differences. The 
fang is devoid of a tooth in the middle which is present in 
M.laetus. As regards the colour, this variety is distinctly pale 
yellow. The falces are pale yellow, with a blackish patch on the 
dorsal surface. The cephalic part is black dorsally, but laterally 
it is light brown like the thoracic part. The abdomen is yellowish 
anteriorly but black in the posterior two-thirds. 


Myrmarachne providens (Peckham). 
Peckham, Ant-like Spiders, 1892. 

One specimen was collected by me at Navankot (Lahore). 
This species is very similar to M. Jaetus but differs in the smaller 
size of the falces, which are more strongly rounded towards their 
exterior margin. 


Myrmarachne himalayensis, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxti, figs. 5a-c.) 


Two @ specimens of this species were collected by Mr. 
Gravely at Ghumti in the Darjiling district, at a height of about 
4000 ft. Unfortunately the abdomen is separated from the cephalo- 
thorax in both specimens; otherwise, the specimens are quite 
whole and all structures can be made out easily. 


Measurements. 


Total length 7 mm. 

Cephalothorax: length 3:'2 mm.; width 2 mm.; cephalic 
part 1°7 mm. 

Falces 1°6 mm. 

Legs 1432. 


The cephalothorax is moderately high, the cephalic part being 
a little higher than the thoracic. ‘The constriction between the 
cephalic and thoracic part is not so deep 
as in M. tristis or M. laetus, and it is 5 
only just indicated. The cephalic part 
is a little convex dorsally, almost flat, e182 
but rounded on the sides. The tho- 
racic part begins a little lower than the 
cephalic and slopes gradually to its pos- Text-ric. 2.—Cephalo- 
terior margin which isfairly broad. The Le a of | Myrmarachne 

é : uimalayensis, Sp. nov., from 

quadrangle of eyes is one-fourth wider iy. cide. 
than long and occupies about one-half 


400 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XI, 


of the cephalothorax. The anterior eyes are in a recurved row 
and are bent somewhat downwards. The middle eyes are situated 
about midway between the first and 3rd rows. 

The falces (pl. xxxii, fig. 5a) are comparatively short and 
stout and are divergent. ‘The unguis bears on its ‘‘ marge inferi- 
eure’’ 5 minute teeth, but on its superior margin there are 7 
larger teeth. ‘The fang is bent almost at right angles just a little 
above its base, where it is also constricted. The lip is longer 
than wide and there is a constriction about its middle (pl. xxxii, 
fig. 5c). The relative position and shape of the lip, maxillary 
process of the palp and coxa are also shown in fig. 5c. In the 
palpus, both the tibia and tarsus are flattened and constitute the 
palpal organ. A ventral view of the right palpal organ is shown 
in pl. xxxli, fig. 50. 

The coxae of the rst leg are separated by less than the width 
of the lip and are nearly approaching. ‘he rst femur is specially 
thick and the tibia of the rst leg bears 2 rows of 6 long and 
strong spines on its underside. The 2nd tibia bears three shorter 
and thinner spines. 

The sternum is long and narrow and is pointed both anteri- 
orly and posteriorly. The pedicle is moderately long. The abdo- 
men is long and oval with a constriction in the anterior third. 

Colour.—The cephalothorax is dark brown, but black round 
the eyes. A number of white hairs arise about the anterior eyes 
and also from the clypeus. The falces are dark brown and rugose 
dorsally ; ventrally the colour is lighter. The lip is darker in colour 
than the maxillary processes of the palps which are medium brown. 
The last two legs are darker than the Ist two, which are yellowish 
in colour. The rst femur is dark brown. The sternum is medium 
brown. 

The posterior two-thirds of the abdomen dorsally and laterally 
are shining and smooth and are of a testaceous colour; the anterior 
portion is of a duil greenish-brown tinge. In the mid-ventral line 
there is a broad yellowish band, while ventro-laterally there is 
a series of furrows and ridges running longitudinally. 


Myrmarachne ramunni, sp. nov. () 
(Plate xxxii, figs. 4a-c.) 


Some 13 @ specimens of this species were collected by Prof. 
Ramunni Menon at Madras and sent to the Indian Museum in 
two lots. ‘They are referred to a new species on account of the 
peculiarities in the falces and the abdomen. 


Measurements. 


Total length 6 mm, 

Cephalothorax: length 3 mm.; width 1°77 mm. 
Falces 3 mm. long; I mm. wide. . 
Legs 4132. 


~ ae ae 


I19t5.] K. NARAYAN: Anté-like Spiders. AOI 


The cephalic part is high and rounded on the sides. There is 
a constriction behind the dorsal eyes which cuts much more deeply 
into the sides of the cephalothorax than into the upper surface. 
The thoracic part is just a little lower than the cephalic; its 
highest part is in the anterior third, from which it slopes down in 
all directions, the slope being steeper on the sides than posteriorly. 
The posterior margin of the thorax is considerably narrower than 
the middle portion, where it is broadest. The quadrangle of eyes 
is more than a third wider than long and wider behind than in 
front. ‘The first row of eyes is bent a little downward with the 
eyes close together; the 2nd row of eyes is about midway be- 
tween the Ist and 3rd rows. 

The most characteristic feature which distinguishes this species 
at once from others is the shape of the falces (cf. pl. xxxii, 
figs. 4a, 4b). They are long, stout structures with their proximal 
halves compressed from side to side, and eiliptical in transverse 
section ; while the distal halves are convexly flat dorsally and 
ridged ventrally and triangular in transverse section, the dorsal 
surface forming the base of the triangle. At the junction of the 
two halves, there is, so to speak, a regular twist through a right 
angle, the outer edge of the distal half being continued into the 
mid-dorsal ridge of the elliptical posterior half of the falx. Looked 
at from the side the falx is sinuous and possesses a short basal 
piece as in M. laetus. Ventrally there is a row of 9 small teeth on 
the outer edge and a row of 17 larger teeth on the inner edge of 
the falx. The fang is as long as the falx and has a curve at the 
base and a bend at the apex. The right palpus from below is 
shown in pl. xxxii, fig. 4c. The tibia of the 1st leg bears two rows 
of five spines each on its underside and the femur has one spine 
dorsally. The lip is longer than broad and the sternum is truncate 
anteriorly. 

The abdomen also is characteristic. Out of 13 specimens 
almost all have got their abdomens flexed ; in some it is only bent, 
while in others it is distinctly vertical, the posterior two-thirds 
bending on the anterior third. It is long and oval, but is not 
constricted. Dorsally it is convex and hard with chitin, while 
ventrally it is soft and flat. 

Colour.—The cephalothorax is medium brown, the cephalic 
part with an olivaceous tinge dorsally. Both the cephalic and the 
thoracic parts are covered with short white hairs which also line 
the constriction behind the dorsal eyes specially towards the sides. 
The falces are dark brown in colour. ‘The abdomen is brown and 
is covered with glistening yellowish-white hairs. There are white 
hairs on the sides at the anterior third. The posterior legs are 
darker in colour than the anterior. The metatarsus and tarsus 
in all the legs are darker than the other joints. 

This species is closely allied to M. manducatoy (Westwood, 
Mag. de Zool. Anneé 1841, pl. i) from which it differs in the follow- 
ing points: the twist in the falx is characteristic of this species; 
the number of teeth on the ‘‘ marge inférieure”’ is 17 and not g 


402 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor 2a 


(5 anterior and 4 posterior) as shown by Westwood for M. mandu- 
catoy; the double curve of the fang is absent here and, lastly, the 
maxillary process of the palp has sharp bendings and is not rounded 
as in the other species. 


Myrmarachne uniseriatus, sp. nov. () 
(Plate xxxii, figs. 6a-b.) 


This small spider belongs to a new species and was collected 
by Prof. Ramunni Menon at Madras. 


Measurements. 


Total length 4°2 mm. 

Cephalothorax: length 2 mm.; width I'r mm. 
Falces 0°8 mm. 

Legs 4123. 

The cephalothorax is moderately high; the cephalic part is 
limited behind by a shallow transverse depression and not by a 
sharp constriction as in most other species. Laterally there is a 
crescentic groove to separate the cephalic from the thoracic part. 
The anterior thoracic part is at about the same level as the cepha- 
lic, behind which the thorax slants posteriorly. Asin most species 
the thoracic part narrows behind. The quadrangle of eyes is more 
than one-third wider than long and occupies two-fifths of the 
cephalothorax. ‘The anterior eyes are close together in a recurved 
row, the middle being twice as large as the lateral. The 2nd row 
is nearer the first than the third row. The dorsal eyes are of the 
same size as the lateral. 

The characteristic feature which distinguishes it readily from 
other species is that it has only one row of Io teeth on the 
ventral side of the falces. These teeth are situated quite towards 
the inner margin and therefore belong to the ‘‘ marge supérieure ”’ ; 
the teeth on the inferior margin are thus absent. The teeth present 
are larger towards the apex and smaller towards the base of the fang. 
It will be seen that in most of the species, as for example M. /aetus, 
M. himalayensis and M. ramunnt, the teeth on the inferior margin, 
or outer row, are smaller, both in number and size, than those of 
the superior margin. Inthe present species we have reached an 
extreme of this condition of the reduction of teeth on the ‘‘ marge 
inférieure.’’ Besides, the fang has an extra tooth on its under- 
side somewhere about the middle of its length (pl. xxxii, fig. 6a). 
‘The lip is longer than wide and there are 2 rows of 4 spines each on 
the under side of the rst tibia, and 2 rows of 2 spines on the 2nd 
tibia. The abdomen is long and oval and there is only an indica- 
tion of a constriction at the anterior third—nothing like what we 
find in other species. 

Colour.—The cephalothorax is light brown in colour except 
round the eyes, where it is black. There are white hairs both on 
the cephalothorax and the clypeus. ‘The falces are brown, but the 


IQ15.] K. NARAYAN: Ant-like Spiders. 403 


fangs are of a deeper colour. ‘The legs are yellowish. Dorsally, 
the abdomen is covered with two chitinous pieces which bear 
some resemblance to the pieces of a carapace. The anterior piece 
occupies a little more than one-fourth of the abdomen and the 
posterior, which is larger, covers the rest of it. It is shining and 
olivaceous dorsally but white ventrally. It is sparsely covered 
with white hairs dorsally but thickly on its ventral side. 


Myrmarachne manducator, Westwood. (7) 
(Plate xxxi, fig. 7-) 


Salticus manducator, Westwood, Mag. de Zool., 1841, pl. 1. 
Salticus luridus, Simon, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1885, p. 453. 
Ascalus manducator, Thorell, Spiders of Burma, 1895, p- 323. 
There is one specimen of this species in the collection sent by 
Mr. Mackenzie from Siripur, Saran (Chapra) in Bihar. It has 
already been recorded from Singapore and Tharawaddy (Burma). 
Westwood gives its locality as “‘ India septentrionali.’’ 
The only contribution I have made is a diagram of the ¢ 
palpus (pl. xxxii, fig. 7) which is not found in the literature cited. 


Myrmarachne paivae, sp.nov. (co) 
(Plate xxxil, fig:"8)) 


This new species is described from a specimen collected by 
Mr. Paiva at Katihar in the Purnea district (Bihar). It is one 
of the largest ant-like spiders in the Indian Museum collection. 


Measurements. 


Total length 81 mm. 

Cephalothorax : length 4 mm.; width 2 mm.; cephalic 

eee ae part 1'7 mm. ; thoracic part 2°3 mm. 
The cephalothorax is moderately high; the cephalic part is 

only a little higher than the thoracic. There is a constriction 

separating the cephalic from the thoracic 

part, which cuts much more deeply into 

the sides than dorsally. The thoracic part 

is distinctly longer than the cephalic and 

has a hump which slopes abruptly behind. 

The cephalic part is rounded dorsally and 

laterally and, being rather short, gives a 

rounded appearance asa whole. The quad- 

rangle of eyes is one-fourth wider than long, 

wider behind than in front and occupies less Fe as pe 

than one-third of the cephalothorax. The jy, Qrachne_ pir k eagles 

anterior eyes are in a recurved row and the nov., from above. 

middle row is nearer the first than the third. 

The dorsal eyes are just a little larger than the lateral and are placed 

on the side of the cephalothorax. 


404 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


The falces are characteristic. They are long and horizontal ; 
they are not flattened on the upper surface but the inner face of 
each falx slants downwards and inwards from the upper edge so 
that the two only meet along the line of their lower edges, not 
along the whole surface of the inner faces, as is usually the case. 
It agrees in this feature with Salticus imbellis (Peckham, Ant-lthe 
Spiders, 1892). In the present species, however, the inner edge of 
the falces is also curved like the outer and the outer edge at the 
distal extremity passes into a ridge situated on the upper face of 
the faleces behind (c/. WM. ramunni above). There are 11 large teeth 
in the inner row and g smaller teeth in the outer row of teeth of 
the falx. The lip is longer than wide and the sternum is elongated 
and pointed anteriorly as well as posteriorly. The tibia of the 1st 
leg has 6 pairs of spines and the tibia of the 2nd leg has 3 pairs of 
spines on their under surfaces. 

Colowr.—The spider is of a dark olivaceous colour dorsally, 
the cephalic part is darker, almost black, while the thoracic has a 
brownish tinge, the abdomen being paler towards its anterior 
third. There are white hairs about the anterior eyes and the 
clypeus ; on the latter, they arise from the sides and are bent in to- 
wards the middle line. The falces are reddish-brown and are also 
covered with white hairs. The legs are of the same colour as the 
cephalothorax, except the first which has a much lighter colour. 
The coxa and trochanter of the first and the trochanter of the 
fourth are pale white. Ventrally, the abdomen is of a yellowish 
colour with longitudinal blackish lines. The 1st femur is. black- 
lined anteriorly and posteriorly ; the metatarsus and tarsus of the 
and and 3rd legs are yellowish-white. 

This species is closely allied to Salticus imbellis from which it 
differs in size, shape of the cephalothorax, disposition and size of 
the eyes and the colouration. 


Myrmarachne satarensis, sp. nov. (2) 


(Plate xxxii, fig. 9,) 


The description of this new species is based on a specimen 
collected by Mr. Gravely at Helvak, Koyna Valley in the Satara 
district (Bombay) at a height of about 2000 ft. 


Measurements. 


Total length 9 mm. 

Cephalothorax: 3°5 mm. che. ; 16 mm. wide. 
Pedicle 2° mm. long ; 0°35 mm. wide. 

Legs 4132. 


The cephalothorax is moderately high; the thoracic part is 
dome-shaped and is as high as the cephalic, not lower, and is one- 
fifth longer than the cephalic. The cephalic part is separated from 
the thoracic by a constriction which cuts deeply into the sides. It 
is convex dorsally and is also rounded at the sides. The quadrangle 


1915. ] K. NARAYAN: Ant-like Spiders. 405 


of eyes is two-fifths wider than long, wider behind than in front 
and occupies about two-sevenths of the cephalothorax. ‘The first 
row of eyes is a little bent downward and is recurved. The 
2nd row is nearer the first than the 3rd row. ‘The dorsal eyes are 
of about the same size as the anterior lateral. The pedicle is very 
long indeed, more than 2 mm. in length, the longest I have seen so 
far in these spiders; it is biarticulate. The falces are short and 
stout and a little oblique. The sternum is long and narrow and 
the lip is longer than wide. The abdomen is long and oval ard 
has a constriction in the anterior third. The structure of the 
epigynum is shown in pl. xxxil, fig. 9. 

Colour.—The cephalic part is of a deep blue colour ; in strong 
light it gives a metallic, burnished lustre. The thoracic part, the 
pedicle and the falces are medium brown. The palps are also of a 
shining blue colour. The abdomen is darkish, olivaceous or dull 
black behind the constriction; anteriorly it is greyish-white. 
There are white hairs on the clypeus and also in the constriction 
between the cephalic and the thoracic parts. There are two white 
oblique bands, one on each side of the abdomen, running behind 
and from the abdominal constriction; they meet dorsally on the 
constriction. The last two legs are dark brown, but the Ist two 
are pale white in colour. The patella and tibia of the Ist leg 
and the trochanter, femur, patella and tibia of the 2nd leg are 
black-lined anteriorly. The tibia of the 1st leg bears 2 rows of 
4 spines and that of the 2nd leg bears 2 rows of 3 spines on its 
under surface. 

This species is allied to M. praelonga (—=Synemosyna prae- 
longa), Thorell (Ann. Mus. Genova, XXX, p. 64, 1890) from which 
it is easily distinguished by the depression and convexity of the 
cephalic part, the great length of the pedicle and also by the 
colour. 


List OF LITERATURE. 


Simon, E. .. Histoire Naturelle des Avaignées, vol. 
II, Paris, 1897, pp. 496—505 and 
866 — 867. 


2. Peckham, G. W. and 
HG: Ant-like spiders of the family Attidae, 
Occasional Papers of the Nat. Hist. 
Soc. Wisconsin, vol. II, No. 1, 1892. 

3. Peckham, G. W. and 
BE; G .. Spiders of the Homalattus Group of 
the Family Attidae, Occasional 
Papers of the Nat. Hist. Soc. Wiscon- 
sin, vol. II, No. 3, 1895, pp. 17I— 


172: 

4. Simon, E. .. Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, X, 1885, 
pp. 440—44I. 

5. Thorell, T. .. Abhandl. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesellsch. , 


1906. 


406 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XI, 1915.] 


6. Thorell, T. .. Spiders of Burma, 1895, pp. 320—329. 

7. Cambridge,O.P. .. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) III, 1869, pp. 
68—69. 

8. Westwood, J.O. .. Magazin de Zoologie, 1841, pl. i. 

9g. Strand, E. .- Zool. Anz., XXXI, 1907, pp. 568— 


569. 


: 
Pe Paks at 2 
’ - 
a | 
’ he 'd = ore yt 7 4 i he - 
: 2 Eve Saye Se We Sifenc é 
; PL ea ere, BOe aid Sen hes Tae is: 
= betel by Pare ° te. - ey 
*® ¢ *, A = A . = 
rie >| 4 5 Te 2 > e 2 ¥ » + ee. 
Hoy STE) SSF ee eel A reer es rea ee ie a 
s 7d 2 | 7 ae’ 5 P 
i, 
oy eo 2 F ree: oe 
= Big m3 ee ee eae are 7 7 * 
§ Yo "2n: % Shy 
> ae ‘ t 7 
ee PR ie et ivrtene Se ea Lk Oty eS 
ay : we PS ' ao one > 
4 A cr fa 
. *A Co - 7 
trey sGeoa! £4 as ne : vy 
i te SE: Y eas) tia ties } ; ; 4 if 


: 7 oes Pep st ; 7 7 lida su pe 


=e Plats oi agy eke BY ahs Peete % : vA 2 
; : ens oF . 5 = tee the te ‘2 


sis ne, atin saitiich ae tigi wipes jade os Bh. Pen x 


hte: be. 


: Binal nase PaOMUS Si te oles a Aa WER: A : ; } f 
onic saint 3 a | 


a2 
ma seen Mt tm 249 
i , : i nd ? 


las 


® 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII. 


Fic. 1a.—Harmochirus lloydii, first leg as seen from the ventral 
side; 1b, falces from below; Ic, lip and the maxil- 
lary processes of the palps. 


us 2.—Epigynum of Myrmarachne incertus. 
x 3.—Epigynum of Myrmarachne tristis. 


5, 4a.—Myrmarachne ramunni, falces of the @ from above ; 
4b, falx and fang as seen from the side; 4c, male 
palpus. 


», 5a.—Myrmarachne himalayensis, falces of the @ from 
above; 5), male palpus; 5c, relative positions of 
the lip, maxillary process of the palp and the base 
of the first leg. 


,, 6a.—Myrmarachne uniseriatus, falx from below; 6b, male 
palpus. 


»»  7—Male palpus of Myrmarachne manducator. 
,, 8.—Male palpus of Myrmarachne paivae. 


5» 9.—Epigynum of Myrmarachne satarensts. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI.’ 1915. Plate XXXII. 


K. Narayan, del. 


ANT-LIKE SPIDERS. 


<a 
: er. »”. L 
? ~*~ ¢ Ay a > e J 
t al, © ae : 
are 3 
@ 


iN ae CPLA OGCUE OF Sr RE LUCANIDAE 
iti COLDE CLIO Or THE, INDIAN 
MUSEUM. 


By F. H. Gravety, M.Sc., Asst. Superintendent, Indian 
Museum. 


(Plate XXIX.) 


The size and variability of the mandibles of male Lucanidae 
have naturally attracted special attention from the early writers 
on this family ; and the difficulty of correlating the sexes with 
certainty seems to have led to an undue neglect of the female. 
Leutner has, it is true, treated females as carefully as males in his 
monograph of the Odontolabinae; and a number of recently dis- 
covered species have been described from specimens of both sexes. 
But reasons for the traditional association of females with males 
seem in many species to have been too vague for record; and 
the most distinctive characteristics of the females of a number 
of well-known species seem still to remain undescribed. 

In the following short account of our collection I have there- 
fore paid special attention to females.' The determination of 
their subfamilies, and sometimes even genera, has been based on 
radition, and Iam doubtful whether any of my specific determi- 
nations are in disagreement with the associations commonly recog- 
nized in European museums. Butso far as our material permits, 
reasons for the association have been found and recorded, and atten- 
tion has been drawn to structural characters by which the females 
of various species may he recognized. 

In one instance the consideration of female characters has 
led me to suggest a change in generic definitions. The genera 
concerned are Hemisodorcus, Eurytrachelus and Dorcus of Van 
Roon’s catalogue.? 

The female of Hemisodorcus fulvonotatus was found to differ 
from that of H. nepalensis in having a pair of tubercles on the 
head instead of a single one; and the female of Dorcus suturalis 


! Except in the subfamily Odontolabinae, where Leutner has rendered this 
unnecessary, and in the subfamily Cladognathinae where our material, which is 
almost entirely Indian, is inadequate for this except in the genus Cladognathus. 
Outside this genus the association of opposite sexes of such species of Cladogna- 
thinae as we possess has been based on colour and locality. I have no doubt of 
the correctness of the determinations made, but have had no opportunity of con- 
sidering the differentiation of females of species differing in structure but not in 
colour. 

2 Coleopterorum Catalogus, Pt. 8, Lucanidae, Berlin, roto. 


408 Records of the Indian Museum. [Worn at 


was found to differ from the other species of Dovcus in our collection 
in the opposite direction. Further investigation then showed 
that the prosternal process of both sexes of the latter species was 
elevated as in Hentisodorcus, not flattened asin Dorcus ; and that 
the anterior plates of the head of the male of the former species 
resembled those of Eurytrachelus, not Hemitsodorcus. 

Thomson ! defines these genera—including as a distinct genus 
Platyprosopus, which Van Roon unites in his catalogue with 
Eurytrachelus—by means of the structure of the mandibles and 
anterior plates of the head of the male, and the structure of the 
prosternum. Hemisodorcus is said to differ from the other three 
genera in having elongate mandibles, and this character appears 
to have been regarded by subsequent authors as being in itself~ 
diagnostic of the genus. But it is not correlated with the other 
so-called generic characters, and a consideration of the female 
points to the conclusion that it is of less importance than them. 

The material in our collection does not enable me to deter- 
.mine whether these other characters are always sharply distinctive, 
or sometimes grade into one another, but it proves clearly that 
the extent of their development shows a considerable degree of 
variation in different species. Thus the posterior end of the pro- 
sternal process, though it is always much higher than the mesoster- 
num and more or less abruptly truncate in Hemisodorcus and 
Eurytrachelus, and is depressed in the most typical species of Dorcus 
and Platyprosopus, is sometimes, in the genus Dorcus at least, 
distinctly convex immediately in front of a narrow depressed 
posterior margin. 

In the table for the determination of these genera given below, 
I have found it convenient to attach primary importance to the 
structure of the prosternum, because this applies to both sexes.’ 
But when dealing with males only it is often easier to consider 
first the character of the anterior plates of the head. 

These plates, the clypeus and labrum, appear to be more or 
less fused in most, if not all, Lucanidae; and the plate thus 
formed—which may be termed the clypeolabrum—is often itself 
indistinguishably fused with the frons. Among the species before 
me the outlines of these plates are best seen in Lucanus cantori. 
In the female of this species the clypeus is less coarsely punctured 
than the frons, and is bounded behind by a tolerably distinct 
suture; it is very narrow and is keeled in front, overhanging by 
almost its whole width the larger, still more sparsely punctured, 
and much more hairy labrum.® 


In the male the ridge between the clypeus and the labrum is 


8 In the females of most species the labrum is much smaller and the clypeus 
somewhat larger ; consequently the labrum is much obscured. 


I915.] EF. H. Gravety: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 409 


frons appears only as an exceedingly obscure transverse convexity 
about one-third of the way from the clypeolabral ridge to the ridge 
between the anterior angles of the head. That this obscure con- 
vexity does really mark the junction of the clypeus and the frons 
is confirmed by the fact that in Hexarthrius forsteri—a species of 
which the female is unknown to me—it is replaced by a very 
distinct suture.’ In Hexarthrius forstert the clypeolabral ridge is 
replaced by a pair of angular processes, structures which reappear 
in many species of Lucanidae, and may be supposed when present 
always to represent this ridge. 

The presence of these processes, or of the ridge from which they 
are derived, distinguishes the genera Eurytrachelus and Platypro- 
sopus from Hemtsodorcus and Dorcus. But when the whole ridge 
is present it is often very low, and there seems reason to think 
that it has sometimes been overlooked, with the result that species 
of Eurytrachelus have been placed in the genus Doycus, and that 
the differences between the prosterna of these two genera have 
come to be regarded as of no importance. 

The morphological anterior margin of the labrum is, how- 
ever, densely fringed with hair, and the clypeolabral ridge is hairless. 
When, therefore, the apparent anterior margin of the clypeolabrum 
as seen from above is hairy, and no ridge or processes are seen, 
the specimen will belong to the genus Hemzsodorcus or Dorcus. 
When, however, it is hairless, a closer examination will show 
that this margin is really the clypeolabral ridge and that the true 
anterior margin of the plate is hidden beneath it. 

The genera Hemisodorcus, Dorcus, Eurytrachelus and Platy- 
prosopus may then be distinguished thus :— 

Posterior end of prosternal process abruptly rounded 
or truncate in both sexes, its horizontal surface raised 
well above surface of mesosternum se Be tk 
Posterior end of prosternal process lower in both sexes, 
either uniformly depressed, or convex in front of a 


narrow depressed border defined on the inner side 
by a marginal groove 


_ 
. 


w 


Clypeolabral ridge absent in male; female with upper 

tooth of mandibles very strong and with a median 

cephalic tubercle .,, a os ... Hemisodorcus. 
Clypeolabral ridge present in male (often as a pair of 

lateral teeth) ; female with upper tooth of mandibles 

very weak and with a pair of cephalic tubercles ... Eurytrachelus. 


to 


Antennae normal in both sexes; clypeolabral ridge 
absent in male; female with a pair of cephalic 
tubercles hs ae see ~3.  LIOYCUS, 
3- ) Seventh joint of antenna (the last before the three bear- 
ing pilose lamellae) with a slender polished anterior 
process as long as the lamella of the succeeding joint 
and tipped with a cluster of hairs (? in both sexes) ; 
clypeolabral ridge present in male ; female ? .. Platyprosopus. 


___ |! This suture is also present in the other species of Hexarthrius in our collec- 
tion ; but in them the clypeus is disproportionally large, the labrum being reduced 
to a narrow strip along its outer margin. 


410 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor. XI 


The above diagnoses are necessarily provisional, being based 
on Indian species only ; but I have found it convenient to adopt 
them in the following catalogue. Apart trom this I have followed 
the classification, and with one or two exceptions the synonymy, 
adopted in Van Roon’s catalogue (/oc. cit., above, p. 407, footnote), 
where references to literature will be found. As, however, many 
references are incorrectly given there, the following corrections of 
the inaccuracies I have noticed will facilitate use. 

Lucanus cantori. Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. London IV, 1845- 
7, p. 73; Hope, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. XII, 1843, p. 363. 

Odontolabis burmeisteri. Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 
III, 1841-3, p. 279, pl. xiii, fig. 3. 

Metopodontus maclellandi. Hope, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 
XII, 1843, p. 364; Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. London IV, 1845-7, 

rrmeis podeaie occipitalis = asteriscus. Add—Westwood, 
Cab.Or. Eni., pl.x;tige4: 

Metopodontus wentzel-heckmannae,. Locality—N. Nyassa- 

land, not Annam. 


Prosopocoelus buddha. Hope, Tvans. Linn. Soc. London 
XIX, 1843, p. 107; Parry, Trans. Ent. Soc. London (3) II, 1864, pl. 
Kil, fie as Cr: 

Prosopocoelus bulbosus. Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 
XVIII, 1841;>-p: 580; pl: xljme: 2: 

Aegus parallelus. Locality—Khasi Hills, not Prince of 
Wales Island. ‘The latter locality is recorded for A. capitatus (¢) 
=A. sinister (2), see Westwood, p. 56 of Parry’s Catalogue in 
Trans. Ent. Soc. London (3) II, 1864-6. 


Nigidius elongatus, Boileau, Natuvaliste XXIV, 1902, 
p. 205. 
- 
Nigidius vagatus. I have failed to trace this species at all. 


Boileau’s ‘‘ Note sur Lucanides conservés dans les collections 
de l’ Université d’Oxford et du British Museum’’ (Tvans. Ent. Sec. 
London, 1913, pp. 213-272, pl. ix) is an important paper pub- 
lished since the catalogue. 

When on leave in Europe in 1913, I took the opportunity of 
checking my identifications by comparison of a selection of our — 
specimens with those in the British Museum and the Deutsches 
Entomologisches Museum. My thanks are due to Mr. Arrow and 
Dr. Horn for the facilities granted me. I have also to thank 
Mr. Arrow for information with regard to a number of specimens 
which I had not time to examine fully in London myself, and 
H. E. Lord Carmichael, Mr. E. E. Green, Mr. R. S. Lister, Mr. 
E. A. D’Abreu, the Colombo Museum, the Bombay Natural 
History Society, and the Imperial Agricultural and Forest Research 
Institutes for the loan of specimens, a number of which have been 
added to the Indian Museum collection. 


1915.] F. H. GRavety: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 411 


Localities not represented by either sex in the Indian Museum 
collection are marked with an asterisk ( *). The types of Metopo- 
dontus foveatus subsp. birmanicus are now in the British Museum. 
Those of all other new forms described are in the Indian Museum. 


Genus PSPEUDOLUCANUS, Hope. 
Pseudolucanus atratus, Hope. 


E,. Himalayas: Darjeeling (o). 


ete (. 


Be 


oP 


TEXT-FIGURE TI. 


. Clypeus of Lucasus mearsi, ‘ 
i "ees lunifer, 
; cantort, . 
BPE, eft m andible of Lucanus mearst, 2. 
smitht, 2. 
Dist: ul ead of right anterior tibia of Lucanus mearsi, 9. 
westermanni, 9. 


O™NOOW> 


” ” ‘y ” 


Genus LUCANUS, Scop. 


Lucanus laminifer, Waterhouse. 


Assam: Khasi Hills, 1000-3000 ft.(o). 


Lucanus cantori, Hope. 
(Text-figure IC.) 


E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Darjeeling ( 9 ); Kurseong, 


5000 ft. (o). 
Khasi Hills: Shillong (~). 
The longitudinal yellow bands on the femora make the 
association of males and females of this species easy. In females 


412 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vox. XI, 


the clypeus is transversely linear (text-fig. rC), and the dorsal 
tooth of the mandibles is obsolete. 


Lucanus lunifer, Hope. 
(Text-figure 1B.) 


W. Himalayas: Simla (7); Dehra Dun* (o@); Mussoorie* 
(7 9); Naini Tal(o 9). 

Assam: Khasi Hills (o). 

In the specimen from the Khasi Hills the upper fork of the 
mandibles is distally enlarged and truncate ; in the rest it is 
normal as in the type specimen (see Boileau, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon- 
aon, I0T3, p. 218). 

The female closely resembles that of the preceding species, 
but the upper surface of the head is more convex ; the clypeus (text- 
fig.1B), whose anterior margin is strongly angular instead of almost 
straight, extends much further forward; and there is a small but 
distinct tooth on the dorsal surface on the mandibles. The asso- 
ciation of this form of female with the male of the present species 
rests on its uniformly black legs, which separate it from the pre- 
ceding species, and on its large size and apparent greater abundance 
in the Western than in the Eastern Himalayas, which separate it 
from the three following species. 


Lucanus mearsi, Hope. 
(Text-figures 1A, D and F.) 


W. Himalayas: Mussoorie (¢ @ ). 
E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Darjeeling, 7000 ft. (¢ 
2); Kurseong, 5000 ft. (7 @). 

To one specimen is attached the label ‘‘ Bores into dead sap 
wood of Kharani (Symplocas sp.); found at elevation 5000 to 
6000 ft. in Sikkim—G. Rogers.” 

Females of this and of the two following species differ from 
those of the two preceding species in their smaller average size, and 
in the shape of the clypeus (text-fig. tA) which, though produced in 
front as in L. lunifer, is always truncate or broadly rounded, 
instead of strongly angular, in the middle line. Females of the 
present species may be distinguished from those of the two follow- 
ing by the shape of their anterior tibiae, whose two distal marginal 
teeth are not specially elongated and are not fused at the base 
(text-fig. rF). They are usually of a deep olivaceous colour rather 
than jet black, and fresh specimens are more or less completely 
covered with fine golden pile—characters which are shared by the 
male sex. 


Lucanus smithi, Parry. 
(Text-figure IE.) 


_ _ Van Roon gives smithi, Parry, as a synonym of villosus, Hope, 
in his catalogue. Boileau, however, states (Trans. Ent. Soc. London 


I915.] F.H. Gravety: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 413 


1913, p. 219) that a male of L. villosus in the British Museum, 
possibly the type, closely resembles L. lumifer in structure ; 
the measurements given in Gray’s brief diagnosis! are too large 
for any specimens of L. smithi known to me; the mandibles of 
L. villosus are described by Gray as unidentate, whereas those of 
L. smithi are at least tridentate except in very small specimens ; 
Parry was acquainted with L. villosus when he described L. smuthv. 

L. smithi is represented in our collection from the following 
localities :— 

E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Darjeeling, 7000 ft., 

(a7 2); Mungphu (o); Kurseong, 5000 it. 
(@ @); Siliguri, in the Terai, a few miles 
south of the base of the hills (o @ ). 

The thickening of, and multiplication of teeth on, the mandi- 
bles of the male a little beyond the middle is reflected in the great 
breadth of the mandibles of the female (text-fig. IE) at about this 
point, beyond which the inner margin is straight or slightly wavy 
and blade-like instead of strongly excavate asin L. mearst and L. 
westermanni. ‘The surface is covered with pile as in L. mears?, and 
the form of the clypeus also resembles that of this species. The 
anterior tibiae of L. smithi resemble those of L. westermanm rather 
than those of L. mearsi. 


Lucanus westermanni, Hope. 
F (Text-figure 1G.) 
E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—-Darjeeling, 7000 {ft.* 
(a7 9); Kurseong, 5000 ft.(o 2 ). 

This species is less densely pilose in both sexes than are fresh 
specimens of either of the two preceding species. In very small 
males the mandibies are not forked distally, and the submedian 
tooth is minute. Small males of the two preceding species show a 
tendency in the same direction, and it is not impossible that in 
extreme cases the mandibles of L. smithi at least may be indistin- 
guishable from those of the present species—in such cases the length 
of the pile on the reflexed margins of the elytra would afford a use- 
ful guide to identification. _ Fully hardened specimens of both sexes 

are jet black in colour, others are reddish. None are in any 
degree olivaceous. 

The mandibles of the female resemble those of L. mearsv. 
The frons is more convex in the middle line in front than in that 
species. The clypeus differs from that of L. mearst and L. smitht 
in being less abruptly truncate, often broadly rounded, in front. 
The two distal teeth of the anterior tibiae (text-fig. 1G) are united 
at the base; their length is about equal to the greatest breadth of 
the tibia exclusive of its teeth. 

A female from Dehra Dun, in the Forest Research Institute 
collection, resembles L. westermanni in general appearance ; but its 
clypeus is like that of L. mearst , and its anterior tibiae are inter- 
mediate between those of these two species. 


414 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Genus HEXARTHRIUS, Hope. 
Hexarthrius davisoni, Waterhouse. 


Madras Presidency : Cuddapah* (7); Palni Hills (¢ 2). 


Hexarthrius mniszechi, Thomson. 
Assam: Sylhet (07). 


Hexarthrius forsteri, Hope. 
Assam: Khasi Hills (7). 


Hexarthrius parryi, Hope. 


Assam: Khasi Hills—Shillong, 3000-5000 ft.* (=). 
Sibsagar (7). 


The anterior parts of the elytra, though darker than the 
posterior, are not black in our specimen. They are not sharply 
marked off from the latter, as in Hope’s figure, either in our speci- 
men or in that from Shillong belonging to the Pusa collection. 


Genus NEOLUCANUS, Thonison. 
Neolucanus castanopterus, Hope. 


W. Himalayas: Almora—Ramnee. 
E. Himalayas: Nepal—Katmandu (@). 
Sikkim—Shamdang, 3000 ft. (~). 
Darjeeling District—Darjeeling, 6000 ities 
Mungphu (#); Kurseong, 6000 ft. (@) 
Singla, 1500 ft.* (o). 
Bengal: Duars—Buxa, near Bhutan frontier (0). 
Assam: Khasi Hills (o ¢ )—Shillong (@). 
Sibsagar (o). 


Neolucanus marginatus, Waterhouse. 


Lower Burma: Amherst District of Tenasserim—Misty 
Hollow to Sukli, 2100-2500 ft., Dawna 
Hills(-9:), 
This specimen closely resembles N. parryi, but the anterior 
femora are scarcely denticulate though they do not look worn. The 
mentum, too, has only a rudimentary crescent-shaped crest. 


Neolucanus lama, Olivier. 


E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Lebong* (2); Mungphu 
(¢@); Kurseong, 5000 ft. (@ 2). 
Assam: Khasi Hills (~), 


1915.] EF. H. GRAvELY: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 415 


Genus ODONTOLABIS, Hope. 
Odontolabis siva, Hope. 


E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District— Darjeeling, 7000 [t*. (¢ 
2); Mungphu (7 9); Pashok; (72): 
Bhutan (@ ). 
Bengal: Duars—Buxa (° ). 
Assam: Khasi Hills (@ @ )—Shillong (~). 
Sibsagar (o). 
Sylhet (o). 


Odontolabis cuvera, Hope. 


S. India (@~ 2); Slopes of Nilgiris (~); Wynad (co). 
E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Darjeeling (7 2); Le 
bong, 5000 ft.*(@); Pashok* ( ?); Mung- 
phu (co 2). 
Assam: Khasi Hills (¢ 2? )—Shillong (7); Cherrapunji (~). 
Naga Hills (o). 
Lower Burma: ? Rangoon*!(@ 2); near Sukli, Dawna Hills 
(Amherst District of Tenasserim), ca. 2000 
fio Pavoy( 2): 


This species is evidently rare in South India. There is, how- 
ever, a large male in the Madras Museum collection of South 
Indian insects; and in our collection are two intermediate males, 
one small male, and one female from South India. 

The female can easily be distinguished from that of O. deles- 
sevtt, which is much commoner in South India, by its broadly 
flattened mentum with distinct lateral keels close to the margin. 


Odontolabis delesserti, Guerin. 


S. India (@ 2); Travancore—High Range* (¢); Ponmudi* 
(2); Malabar—Wynad (2); Palni Hills* 
(7 9); Cuddapah* (9 ). 
The mentum of the female is broadly concave in the middle 
and broadly convex laterally. 


Odontolabis burmeisteri, Hope. 
S. India: Coorg—Mercara* (2); Travancore (2 ). 


The specimen from Travancore agrees in every respect with 
Leutner’s description of this species, except that there is only a 
narrow band of yellow on the reflexed borders of the elytra. The 
other specimen belongs to the Pusa collection. It is very much 


| This record is based on specimens in the collection of the Bombay Natural 
History Society. The male (a large one) Is the only specimen of its sex that I 
have seen from Burma, and establishes the identity of the form found there with 
that found in Assam and the Himalayas. The specimens are unlikely, however, 
to have come originally from Rangoon itself, for the species appears to be con- 
fined to hilly country, and is not known to descend below 1500 or 2000 ft. 


416 Records of the Indian Museum. [VorL. XI, 


darker in colour and has no black on the reflexed borders of the 
elytra. 


Odontolabis latipennis, Hope. 


Malay Peninsula: Johore (). 


Odontolabis aeratus, Hope. 


Sumatra: Sinkep Island (o @ ). 


Odontolabis carinatus, Linnaeus. 


Ceylon: Central Province—Lindula* (o); Maskeliya (o @). 
Sabaragamuwa—Bulutota in Ratnapura District ( 2 ). 


Genus HETEROCHTHES, Westwood. 
Heterochthes andamanensis, Westwood. 


South Andamans (¢@ @¢). 


Genus CLADOGNATHUS, Burmiester. 
Cladognathus arrowi, n. nom. 
=C. confucius, auct., nec Hope. 


E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Darjeeling, 7000 ft. (2 )> 
Singla, 1500 it. (@); Pashok (@). 

Assam: Sibsagar (0). 

The type specimen of C. confucius, Hope, is in the British 
Museum, and has proved to be a small specimen of the following 
species. A new name is therefore required for the present species 
in which the mandibles even of the largest males are straight and 
bear no very strong teeth. Ihavemuch pleasure in naming so fine 
an insect after Mr. G. J. Arrow, whose ever-ready help in the naming 
of Lamellicornia has greatly facilitated my work on the group. 

In the female the head is very finely punctured; the anterior 
angles of the pronotum are scarcely truncate ; and the terminal 
process of the anterior tibia is slender, being formed by the union 
of two spines only. 


Cladognathus giraffa, Fabricius. 


W. Himalayas: Dehra Dun (¢ ?), 
E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Singla, 1500 ft. (2); 
. Pashok (o@ @ ). 
Bengal: Kaptai, Chittagong Hill tracts (o 2). 
Assam: Khasi Hills (a). 
Sibsagar (@ @). 

Andamans: Port Blair (o). 

The large tooth and double curve of the mandibles, charac- 
teristic of large males of this species, are both lost in intermediate 


1915.| F.H. Gravety: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 417 


and small forms; but the forked apex is indicated even in a speci- 
men (in the Dehra Dun collection) in which scarcely a trace of any 
tooth except the basal remains. The wide separation of the 
tubercles on either side of the middle of the anterior margin of the 
head, and the sharp posterior margin of the lower surface of the 
anterior femora are characters which distinguish small as well as 
large males of this species from those of the last. Attention may 
also be called to three other differences, differences which, though 
slight in themselves, are worthy of note on account of their intensi- 
fication in the female. They are: the faintly rougher average tex- 
ture of the anterior parts of, the present species; the slightly 
broader (oblique) truncation of the anterior angles of the pro- 
‘notum; and the somewhat less slender terminal process of the 
anterior tibia. The female of the present species differs from that 
of the preceding species in having the head very coarsely punc-’ 
tured, the anterior angles of the pronotum distinctly (transversely) 
truncate, and the terminal process of the anterior tibia much stouter 
and composed of 3-4 teeth. 


Genus METOPODONTUS, Hope. 
Metopodontus foveatus, Hope. 
(Text-figure 2.) 


The type of this species, which has been re-examined by 
Boileau, is from Sylhet in Assam; our specimens of the typical 
form are from Assam and the adjacent Naga Hills. Boileau (Bull. 
Soc. Ent. France, 19tt, pp. 63-5, I text-fig.) has described asa 
distinct species M/. poulton: ‘‘ nombreux specimens des deux sexes, 
de diverses provenances, mais principalement recus du Boutan 
(Sakiou, Maria Basti').”’ Our specimens of this form are all from 
the Eastern Himalayas. A third form is represented by a series 
of specimens from (?) Rangoon,” belonging to the Bombay Natural 
History Society and to the Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. 
The large male of this series (text-fig. 2F) has one large tooth only 
on each mandible as in M. foveatus (text-fig. 2D), not two asin M. 
poultont (text-fig. 2A); but this tooth is basal as in males of M. 
joveatus of moderate size (text-fig. 2E), not median as in large 
males of that form. These three forms, and possibly M. cimnamo- 
meus from the Sunda Islands, should probably be regarded as 
local races of a single species. It seems doubtful whether any 
definite distinctions between them exist except in large males. 


I. M. FOVEATUS subsp. POULTONI, Boileau. 
W. Himalayas: Almora—Kimoli ( 2 ). 
E. Himalayas: Darjeeling Dist.—Darjeeling (). Kurseong 
(ano i: Pashole (o7 2 ). 


1 Maria Basti (or Kaggia Monastery) is situated in the part of the Darjeeling 
District sometimes known as “ British Bhutan.” Sakiou is doubtless a misprint 
for Sakion(g), a few miles further west in the same district. 

2 Probably brought with timber from some hilly district. 


418 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


The only male from Kurseong is a small one and, like all 
females, is identified on zoogeographical grounds. 


2. METOPODONTUS FOVEATUS, Hope, s. sir. 


Assam (¢): Khasi Hills—Cherrapunji (7). 
Naga Hills (o}. 


ACaCe 
LA \ 


‘TEXT-FIGURE 2. 
A-C. Left mandibles of macrodont males of Metopodontus foveatus subsp. 
poultoni, X 2. 


D-E. Left mandibles of macrodont males of Metopodontus foveatus, s. str., 
he aD 


K-J. Left mandibles of males of Metopodontus foveatus subsp. birmanicus, 
an 


3. M. FOVEATUS subsp. BIRMANICUS, n. subsp. 


The distinctive characters of this form have already been 
noticed (see previous page). All the specimens I have seen are 
somewhat dark in colour, therein resembling the Assamese race 
rather than the Himalayan. 

Upper Burma: Chin Hills—Haka* (7). 
Lower Burma: ? Rangoon! (¢@ @). 


! See previous page, footnote 2 


as 


1915.| F.H,. GraveELy: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 419 


Metopodontus maclellandi, Hope. 
(Text-figure 3A.) 


E. Himalayas: Darjeeling Dist.—Darjeeling (7); Pashok* 
(o). 


Assam : Sibsagar (o). 


Metapodontus impressus, Waterhouse. 
(Text-figure 3B.) 


E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District ( 9 ). 
Abor Country—Kobo, 400 ft. (o). 
Our only specimens of this species are a macrodont male 


and a female. The former is very slightly smaller than our 
macrodont male of the preceding species. The armature of the 


BF (Se 
TEXT-FIGURE 3. 
A. Left mandible of macrodont male of Metopodontus maclellandz, X 2. 
. ” is eee e impressus, X 2. 
C. poet te eA 5 Lalla nf biplagiatus, X 2. 


mandibles of these representatives of the two species is of one 
type, but is much weaker in M. impressus than in M. maclelland:. 
The obscure black median markings of the former species are 
absent in the latter, and on this character the identification of 
small males may probably be based. The hind tibiae are hairy on 
the inner side in both species, but not so strongly as in Westwood’s 
figure of M. jenkinst, nor are they enlarged as in M. calcaratus 
which Boileau believes to be identical with M. jenkinsz. 


Metopodontus suturalis, Olivier. 


E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District (o)—Kalimpong, ca. 
Arcot. (Sy: 
Harmutti, base of Dafla Hills (7). 
Bengal: Duars—Buxa near Bhutan frontier (o). 
Assam: Dunsiri Valley (o). 
Andamans (7). 


420 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Metopodontus occipitalis, Hope. 


Lower Burma: Rangoon (o& @ ). 


The median black mark on the pronotum of the male occupies 
about one-third of the distance between the anterior and posterior 
margins. In the female it is larger and touches both these margins. 


Metopodontus biplagiatus, Westwood. 
(Text-figure 3C.) 
1. METOPODONTUS BIPLAGIATUS, Westwood, s. str. 
E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Pashok* (7 & ). 
Assam: Cherrapunji (); Sibsagar (7). 
Lower Burma: Tavoy (@). 
Andamans: Port Blair (¢ 92). 


In the Sibsagar specimen the reddish areas of the pronotum 
are almost as dark as the black ones. One of the males from the 
Andamans is more highly macrodont than any that appear 
hitherto to have been described. The form of the mandible of this 
specimen is shown in text-fig. 3C. 


2. M. BIPLAGIATUS subsp. NIGRIPES, Boileau. 


Siam: Hills between Thaungyin and Me Ping, ca. 1000 ft. (@). 


The markings of this specimen agree exactly with those des- 
cribed by Boileau, but the slight structural characters mentioned 
are not clearly shown. ‘The pale markings are distinctly yellower 
than in our specimens of the typical form. 


3. M. BIPLAGIATUS subsp. INDICUS, n. subsp. 
S. India: Mysore (0). 


We have only one specimen, asmall male. The head, thorax, 
legs and lower surface of abdomen are uniformly black with a 


faint reddish tinge. The distal tooth on the mandibles is remark- 
ably strong. 


Genus PROSOPOCOELUS, Hope. 
Prosopocoelus approximatus, Parry. 
Siam: Raheng (o) ‘‘came into bungalow during the day 
time.” 
Prosopocoelus buddha, Hope. 
E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Singla, 1500 ft. (@ 2) ; 
Pashok (@ @ ). 


Prosopocoelus oweni, Hope. 
Assam: Sibsagar (07). 


1915.) F. H. GRAvELY: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 421 


Prosopocoelus wimberleyi, Parry. 


Andamans (o@ @ ). 

In our smallest male (14:3 mm. long) the colour is very near 
that of Metopodontus biplagiatus, though the black markings are 
less clearly defined. Transitional specimens connect this with the 
large form. The female resembles Metopodontus biflagiatus in 
colour still more closely. 


Prosopocoelus parryi, Boileau. 


k. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Ghumti ( 2); Nagri Spur*. 
Genus CYCLOMMATUS, Parry. 


Cyclommatus tarandus, Thunberg. 
Malay Peninsula: Johore (~). 


Genus PRISMOGNATHUS, Motschulsky. 
Prismognathus subnitens, Parry. 

E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Kurseong (¢  ). 

The small male (16 mm. long, excluding mandibles) resembles 
the form described by Parry, but the head is squarer than it 
appears in his figure. The clypeus is small and strongly bilobed. 
In the large male (21 mm. long) the head is flatter between 
the jaws, clypeus very broad and less strongly bilobed. The 
mandibles are armed with two stout teeth, one just below the tip 
and one about half way between this and the base : between these 
teeth, and between the median tooth and the base, it is armed 
with about 6-7 smaller teeth. 

The female (13°5 mm. long) is slightly darker in colour than 
the male. The mandibles have an upper, terminal, and lower 
tooth. The clypeus is undivided ; behind it the anterior border of 
the head is steep and concave much as in the small male, but there 
is no angular projection of the canthus. On each side of the head, 
between and in front of the eyes, there isa rounded ridge followed 
by a pronounced depression bordering a broad anteromedian con- 
vexity—structures which have their counterpart in the male. The 
whole upper surface is evenly but not very closely punctured, the 
head more strongly than the pronotum, and the pronotum than 
the elytra. 


Genus HEMISODORCUS, Thomson. 
Hemisodorcus nepalensis, Hope. 


W. Himalayas: Mussoorie (o @ ). 
Tehri Garhwal—Balcha (9 ). 
Almora—Binsa* (o 2 ). 
K. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Darjeeling, 7000 ft. 
(7%); Kurseong, 5000-6000 ft.(7 2); 
Mungphu (0). . 


422 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor te 


The elytra of the female are scarcely if at all less glossy at the 
sides than above; the sides (especially the anterior angles) of 
the pronotum ate finely roughened and are as a rule coarsely 
punctured in addition. ‘The head is finely roughened in front of 
the tubercle, coarsely roughened on either side of a smooth median 
band behind it. 


Hemisodorcus suturalis, Westwood. 


W. Himalayas: ? Kashmir Valley, ca. 5000-6000 ft. ( 2 ). 
Dehra Dun District—Jaunsar* (o 2 ). 
Tehri Garhwal—Balcha (7). 


This species has hitherto been placed in the genus Dorcus, from 
which it is distinguished by the structure of the prosternum and 
the characters of the female. The female differs from that of the 
preceding species in the more uniform sculpturing of the upper 
surface of the head, in the less prominent canthus, and in the 
elytra which, like those of the male, are polished only in their 
anterior inner angles. In the Kashmir specimen the distinction 
between the dull and polished parts of the elytra is much less 


ae 


‘TEXT-FIGURE 4. 
Left mandibles of large and small males of Dorcus vaksha, nat. size. 


marked than in the others. This specimen may, therefore, belong 
to a distinct species or local race ; or it may be in poor condition. 


Genus DORCUS, Macleay. 
Dorcus yaksha, n. sp. 
(Pl. xxix, fig. 1; text-figure 4.) 


E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Kurseong, ca. 5000 ft. 
(or). 
Dafla Hills—Dikrang Valley (o). 


This species resembles D. vicinus, Saunders and D. ratiocina- 
tivus, Westwood, but differs from both in having the large tooth 
on the mandibles much smaller in proportion to the size of the 
insect, and situated more basally. It also resembles D. antaeus, 
Hope, but is much smaller, its tooth being proportionally larger 
than in that species. Females closely resemble those of D. antaeus, 
but are very much smaller. 

From Kurseong we have two males, 33:and 29 mm. long res- 
pectively, and two females 28 and 22 mm. long respectively. 
They were all presented to us by Mr. N. B. Jahans, who collected 


1915.) F. H. Gravety: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 423 


them when he was at school there. We also have a male col- 
lected by Col. Godwin-Austen in the Dikrang Valley ; it is inter- 
mediate in size between the two males from Kurseong. 

In the largest males there is a rudimentary tooth on the 
gently tapered distal part of the mandibles as in large specimens 
of D. antaeus, and the proximal tooth is large and conical. In the 
smallest male there is no trace of the distal tooth, and the proxi- 
mal tooth is smaller and less acute. The mandibles of the female 
resemble those of D. antaeus. The upper surface of the head is 
glossy but very finely roughened in the male, and coarsely rough- 
ened in the female. 

The outer margins of the prominent anterior angles of the 
prothorax are highly S-shaped in the large male, the concavity 
being situated behind the convexity. In the small male and both 
the females it is entire In the small but not in the large male the 
lateral and posterior parts of the marginal groove of the pronotum 
are broad and coarsely punctured. In the female this puncturing 
is still more extensive. 

The elytra are glossy in both sexes. They are smooth above 
and coarsely and closely punctured at the sides; but the punc- 
tures are almost obsolete in the large male. In the smaller, and toa 
less extent in the larger of our two females, the smooth dorsal area 
is traversed by incomplete longitudinal rows of punctures, arranged 
after the manner of the striations with which the elytra of D. 
hopet are marked. The posterior margin of the prosternal process 
is bordered by a groove, in front of which there is a distinct con- 
vexity in both sexes. The anterior tibiae are armed with about 
six teeth, the middle and posterior each with one small tooth. 


Dorcus antaeus, Hope. 


EH. Himalayas: Darjeeling District, 4000 ft. (o#); Darjeeling, 
7000 ft. (# 2); Kurseong, 5000-6000 ft. 
(iary:2)). 

Upper Burma: Southern Shan States—Keng Dung* (7). 


The elytra of females and small males are obscurely punctured 
at the sides only. The Burmese specimen perhaps represents a 
distinct local race. It is about 54 mm. long (mandibles excluded), 
and may conceivably be the large form of D. /aevidorsis, Fairmaire. 
It is the property of the Bombay Natural History Society. 


Dorcus hopei, Saunders. 


W. Himalayas: Dehra Dun District—Jaunsar* ( @ ). 

EK. Himalayas: Darjeeling District~-Darjeeling, 7000 ft.(@ @ ); 
Kurseong, 5000-6000 ft. (& ¢ ). 

Assam: Khasi Hills (o). 


The elytra of females and small males are coarsely striato- 
punctate. 


424 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Genus EURYTRACHELUS, Thomson. 
Eurytrachelus fulvonotatus, Parry. 


E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Darjeeling, 7000 ft.(7 2) ; 
Kurseong 5000-6000 ft. (& @ ). 

This species is distinguished by the structure of its clypeus 
from the genus Hemisodorcus with which it has hitherto been asso- 
ciated. 

The extent of the fulvous markings is very variable in both 
sexes ; sometimes only the posterior spots on the pronotum and 
the posterior streaks on the elytra remain; usually their anterior 
counterparts are also present and these may fuse with them; the 
pronotum may be bordered by fulvous markings on all four sides, 
The female resembles the male in colour. 


Eurytrachelus reichei, Hope. 
(Pie sori ie 2) 


E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Darjeeling, 6000-7000 ft. 
(7 2); Kurseong 5000-6000 ft. (7 @); 
Siliguri, in the Terai a few miles south of 
the base of the hills (o). 


E. pracellens, Méllenkamp, also from the Himalayas, must be 
very near if not identical with this species. The thickness of the 
mandibles of relatively large males, and the width of the pair of 
teeth on the inner side of each, are very variable. 

Females of this species closely resemble those of E. tityus. 
They are, however, distinguished by the sculpture of the posterior 
ends of the elytra. In females and small males of both species the 
elytra bear a series of deeply impressed longitudinal punctured 
grooves with smooth ridges between them, of which ridges the first 
and third and often the sixth from the suture are the broadest. In 
the female of FE. veichei the sixth ridge is of approximately uniform 
width throughout, and tends to be enlarged at the posterior end 
where it bends inwards to meet the end of the third ridge (see 
pl. xxix, fig. 2). In small males of E. reichet, it is also of uniform 
width throughout but the posterior ends of all the ridges are 
obsolete. 


Eurytrachelus submolaris, Hope. 
(Pl. axes fig. 4.) 

W. Himalayas: Murree(o@ 92); Naini Tal* (7). 

This species is represented in the Dehra Dun collection by a 
short series of males without any locality record. The largest 
specimen answers closely to Boileau’s account of the type (Trans. 
Ent. Soc. London, 1913, pp. 251-2, pl. ix, fig. 10). There is a 
similar specimen from Naini Tal in the Pusa collection. : 

The female is very like that of E. reichei, but the striation of 
the elytra is weaker (see pl. xxix, fig. 4, and Boileau, Bull. Soc. 


19i5.] F.H. Gravety: Lucantdae of the Indian Museum. 425 


Ent. France, 1904, p. 27—Dorcus brachycerus = Eurytrachelus sub- 
molaris, Boileau, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1913, p. 251). 


Eurytrachelus tityus, Hope. 
(Pl xxix: figt's*) 
W. Himalayas. Naini Tal (o). 
E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Darjeeling(@” @ ); Kurse- 
ong, 5000-6000 ft. (@ 2) ; Soom, 4000-5000 
ft.( 2); Rungneet Tea Estate, 4500-5000 
ft.* (2); Siliguri, in the Terai a few miles 
south of the base of the hills (v7 @ )., 
Assam : Cachar ( @ ). 
In this species the third and sixth ridges of the elytra of fe- 
males and small males taper away behind, and their union is only 
faintly indicated (see pl. xxix, fig. 3). 


Eurytrachelus travancorica, n. sp. 
(PIA xxix, ee 5.) 
South India : -Travancore—High Range, 6000 ft. (7). 


A single male of this species has been presented to us by the 
Agricultural Research Institute. It is very small (12°3 mm. long), 
but the dorsal tooth on the punctured and glossy mandibles is so 
long and slender (pl. xxix, fig. 5) that I think the specimen must be 
a large one of its kind. Below and slightly proximal to the 
dorsal tooth is an obsolete ventral tooth as in Dorcus rugosus, 
Boileau, from which the species may be distinguished by its black 
colour and imperfectly divided eye. The punctured and finely 
roughened clypeolabrum is keeled above the margin, but the keel 
is low and is not more pronounced laterally than medially ; though 
perfectly distinct, it is not at all conspicuous. The prosternum, 
too, is that of a Eurytrachelus, not a Dorcus!. 

The anterior angles of the head are rounded and slightly prom- 
inent; the oblique anterior surface of the head is lightly con- 
cave and finely roughened between them; the remainder of the 
upper surface is glossy, and the whole is strongly punctured. 
The mentum is very coarsely punctured ; it is roughly trapezoidal 
with strongly rounded anterior angles and very faintly concave 
anterior margin. 

The pronotum is glossy and more coarsely punctured than 
the head; it is vaguely sulcate in the middle line. The anterior 
margin is convex in the middle. The anterior angles are acute 
and very strongly produced forwards by the side of the head. 
The sides are divergent and lightly convex. The posterior angles 
are replaced by a lightly concave margin. The posterior margin is 
faintly convex. 


! Since the above was written a specimen of Boileau’s species has been 
presented by Mr. H. E. Andrewes. It proves to belong to the genus Eurytra- 
chelus, not Dorcus. E. rugosus and E. travancorica are practically identical in 
structure apart from the slightly shorter canthus of the latter. 


426 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


The elytra are strongly rugose throughout, with indications 
of the striae found in small males of EF vetchei and E. tityus. The 
prosternum is coarsely but not very closely punctured in front 
of the coxae; between them it is more closely and finely punctured, 
clothed with golden yellow hair, and medially concave; it is closely 
punctured and almost rectangularly truncate behind. The meso- 
sternum and metasternum are coarsely and closely punctured and 
clothed with rather long hair. The abdominal sterna are less 
closely punctured and their hair is very short. 


Genus PLATYPROSOPUS, Hope. 
Platyprosopus titanus, Boisduval. 
1. PLATYPROSOPUS TITANUS, Boisd., s. sér. 
Malay Peninsula : Penang (o). 


2. P. TITANUS subsp. WESTERMANNI, Hope. 
EK. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—Pashok (7). 
Dafla Expedition (). 
Assam: Khasi Hills—Shillong (#7); Sibsagar (@). 


Genus GNAPHOLORYX, Burmeister. 
Gnapholoryx velutinus, Thomson. 


E. Himalayas : Darjeeling District—Darjeeling, 7000 ft. (2 ). 
Abor Country—Kobo, 400 ft. (@). 


Genus AEGUS, MacLeay. 
Aegus adelphus, Thomson. 
Malay Peninsula: Johore (0). 


Our specimen agrees in all respects with Deyrolle’s figure of a 
specimen from Borneo (Anum. Soc. Ent. Belg. IX, pl. ii, fig. 8). 


Aegus capitatus, Westwood. 
Malay Peninsula: Johore (~). 


Aegus labilis, Westwood. 


KE. Himalayas : Dafla Hills—Dikrang Valley (#); Dafla Ex- 
pedition ( 2 ). 
Abor Country—Upper Rotung, under leaf- 
stem of plantain ( @ ). 

Upper Burma: Southern Shan States—Reng Dung* (¢@ @ ). 

Andamans (7). 

The basal tooth is distinctly smaller than the dorsal in the 
large male (Dikrang Valley). In a smaller form (Andamans) it 
is smaller and median; in a smaller one still (Dikrang Valley) it is 
obsolete and very near the base; and in the smallest of all it has 


° 


1915.| F.H. GraveLty: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 427 


disappeared. The elytra are coarsely punctured marginally, espe- 


cially in small males. 

The clypeus of the female is very broad with concave anterior 
margin. The sloping anterior part of the head, which is lightly 
concave, meets the horizontal posterior part at a distinct angle. 
The pronotum and elytra are coarsely punctured at the sides, 
more finely above. In the female from Reng Dung, which belongs 
to the Bombay Natural History Society, the anterior part of the 
head is less markedly concave than in the Himalayan specimens. 
The male by which it is accompanied is of the small form in which 
the dorsal tooth on the mandibles is not developed. 


Aegus impressicollis, Parry. 


Sumatran Islands: Sinkep (~). 


Aegus chelifer, MacLeay. 


Malay Peninsula: Johore (). 


Aegus roepstorffi, Waterhouse. 


Andamans: Port Blair (7 ?). 

Nicobars ( @ ). 

? Lower Burma: Rangoon (9 ). 

The clypeus of the female is narrower than in the preceding 
species. The separation of the anterior and posterior parts of the 
upper surface of the head is less abrupt. The punctures of the 
pronotum and elytra are much coarser and tend, even on the inner- 
most ridge of the latter, to fuse together so as to produce a general 
rugosity of the surface. 


Aegus kandiensis, Hope. 


Ceylon: Central Province—Kandy (?); Peradeniya (7 2); 
Pundaluoya (¢ ); Talawakelle* (7). 
Sabaragamuwa—Kegalle (2); Yatiyantota (?). 
Uva—Halduinmulla (o). 
The female of this species closely resembles that of the last. 
It is, however, even more closely punctured, the difference—which 
is never very great —being clearest on the pronotum. 


Genus NIGIDIUS, Macleay. 
Nigidius dawnae, n. sp. 
(Pivexcixs fiat 47) 
Lower Burma: Amherst District of Tenasserim—near Misty 
Hollow and Sukli, towards the top of the 


western and eastern slopes respectively of 
the Dawna Hills, 2000-2500 ft. (7 2). 


Siam: Meetaw Forest, west of Raheng. 


428 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


The Burmese specimens of these beetles were found in the 
interior of two pieces of hard dry wood by the road-side. In 
one piece—that found on the eastern side of the hills—they were 
accompanied by larvae. 

¢. Short and stout like N. obesus. Black, 13°0-21°5 mm. 
long. The long curved dorsal tooth of the mandibles is about as 
long as the part of the mandible in front of it. Its posterior 
margin bears a rounded laminar tooth which is sharper in small 
than in large specimens. The apex of both mandibles is tridentate, 
but the lowest tooth is rudimentary on the right side The labrum 
is glossy; its anterior margin is concave and its anterior angles are 
laterally produced and acute; the clypeus forms a transversely 
linear convexity above its whole basal width, and is bounded 
behind by a groove from which a row of erect hairs project in un- 
worn specimens. 

The anterior margin of the frons is convex in the middle. 
The upper surface of the head is flattened as a whole, and slightly 
undulating ; its anterior part is always glossy, but its posterior part 
may be dull; its punctures are much finer in front than they are 
behind, where each is broad and flat with a raised ring in the centre. 
The canthus is abruptly constricted on the outer side about 
the middle of its length; the posterior part is broader and more 
convex than the anterior. It is coarsely and very closely punc- 
tured. The mentum is closely and very coarsely punctured ; it is 
slightly wider in front than behind and distinctly wider than long ; 
the anterior angles are rounded and the anterior margin is concave. 

The pronotum is more than twice as broad as long; it is 
strongly convex across the middle in front. Its surface is glossy ; 
it is coarsely punctured at the sides, along the anterior and posterior 
margins and in the median groove which does not nearly reach the 
anterior margin. The anterior margin is lightly concave on either 
side of a broad median convexity, the other margins are convex 
as a whole, but the anterior part of the narrow reflexed border is 
widened. In large specimens this widening is very abrupt (see 
pl. xxix, fig. 7). 

The grooves of the elytra each contain one row of large 
shallow punctutes, except the last, which contains about three such 
rows ; and there is a row of fine punctures on each side of each of 
the somewhat narrow ridges between them. 

All the sterna are somewhat coarsely punctured ; the proster- 
num is lightly keeled between the coxae and descends gradually to 
the level of the mesosternum behind them. The metasternum has 
a median groove. 

The basal piece of the genital tube is simple, and does not 
overlap the median lobe; it is not chitinized in the middle line 
above. The lateral lobes are very slightly concave on their inner 
sides. The median lobe is cylindrical and is deeply bifid. The 
internal sac is laminar, elongate and parallel-sided. It is sup- 
ported by a pair of strongly chitinized laminae of which one lies 
on either side of the ductus ejaculatorius in the tissues of the sac. 


1915.| F. H. Gravety: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 429 


The tips of these supporting laminae are weak and unite with 
the chitinous support of the ventral margin and lateral walls 
of the funnel-shaped aperture of the ductus ejaculatorius. The 
left lamina, in addition, gives off a broad tongue-like branch 
just below the tip. This tongue extends slightly beyond the end 
of the body of the sac. The tongue is unarmed, but a band of fine 
backwardly directed teeth extends along the ventral distal margin 
of the body of the sac, and thence obliquely backwards on both 
sides to the dorsal surface, where the left hand portion of the band 
ends about opposite the unpaired tongue-like process, the right 
hand portion being about five times as long. 

There is no flagellum. 

The internal sac is permanently everted. When the geni- 
tal tube is retracted this sac does not lie against the median lobe, 
but in a delicate sheath attached to the outer surface of the inter- 
nal abdominal segments. 

?. Differs from maies only in having somewhat smaller man- 
dibles in proportion to its size, and in the structure of the genitalia. 

This species appears to come very near N. obesus, Parry, but 
it is larger and the anterior angles of its pronotum are neither 
simple nor of the shape shown in Westwood’s figure (Tvans. Ent. 
Soc. London, 1874, pl. iii, fig. 5). 

The anterior margin of the frons, too, is concave on either 
side of the median convexity, not evenly convex as shown in that 
figure. There are also slight differences in the shape of the 
canthus. 

Nigidius himalayae, n. sp. 
(Pl xxix, fig. 6.) 

E. Himalayas : Darjeeling District—Pashok («). 

A male of this species was obtained by H.E. Lord Carmichael’s 
collectors in the Darjeeling District. It is 20:0 mm. long, and was 
the only specimen I had seen when the following description was 
drawn up. More recently Mr. Lister has sent me specimens from 
Pashok which vary from 13°7 to 17°7 mm. in length. 

In general appearance this species resembles the last, but it is 
distinctly slenderer. The lowest terminal tooth of the right man- 
dible is absent. The clypeus is longer than and scarcely as wide 
as in the last species, and is bilobed. The middle part of the 
frons is less prominent than in that species. The canthus is less 
deeply cleft, and the posterior part is less prominent. There is a 
strongly marked depression in the middle line towards the back 
of the head, as well as a pair of depressions behind the anterior 
angles. 

The pronotum is less than twice as broad as long. It is bord- 
ered in front by a very broad groove. This groove is marked with 
large shallow punctures, and is crossed in the middle line by a fine 
keel, which is terminated behind by a transverse keel of similar 
dimensions to itself. The broadly reflexed anterior parts of the 


430 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XI, 


lateral margins of the pronotum are well developed. The metaster- 
num is not punctured in the middle. The abdominal sterna are 
also less uniformly punctured than in V. dawnae. 

The basal piece of the genital tube is furnished with an elongate 
triangular mid-ventral lamella between the lateral lobes. Each of 
these lobes is strongly concave on the inner side, and is furnished 
with a large inwardly directed ventral lamina. Together these 
structures form an imperfect sheath in which the median lobe and 
the base of the internal sac are hidden. The exposed portion of 
the latter is ribbon-like with a rounded extremity; the terminal por- 
tion, though supported by the chitin accompanying the ductus ejacu- 
latorius, is composed apart from this of a curious cellular material 
which when dry resembles dried vegetable tissue. The armature is 
confined to the region immediately preceding this terminal portion. 
Although the internal sac is permanently evaginated, as in the pre- 
ceding species, it lies with the remainder of the genital tube inside 
the internal abdominal segments when at rest. 

In other respects this species resembles H. dawnae. 


Nigidius distinctus, Parry. 


Bengal: Duars—Maindabari, Buxa Division (¢@ @ ). 
Upper Burma: N. Shan States—Hsipaw* ( ? ). 


Mr. Beeson has sent me eight males and four females of what 
I take to be Nigidius distinctus from Maindabari. In both sexes 
there is some variation in the proportion of length to breadth, and 
in the puncturing. The specimens agree as well with Fairmaire’s 
description of N. oxyotus from Tonkin (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) VIII, 
1888, pp. 339-340) and Boileau’s description of N. biymanicus from 
Rangoon (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1911, pp. 446-449) as they do 
with Parry’s description and figure of N. distinctus (Trans. Ent. 
Soc. London, 1873, pp. 341-2, pl. v, fig. 7); and I am unable to 
distinguish them from the specimen from Hsipaw in the Dehra Dun 
collection. ‘fhe Hsipaw specimen is unfortunately a female, and I 
have been unable to examine the male genitalia of any Burmese 
or Malaysian specimens. Possibly they might afford distinctive 
characters as in the two species described above. 


Nigidius impressicollis, Boileau. 
Assam: Khasi Hills—Maflong, 5900 ft. (@ 2). 


Adults and larvae of this species were found by Mr. S. W. 
Kemp in damp and thoroughly soft and rotten wood. ‘The sexes 
are scarcely distinguishable externally. 


Genus FIGULUS, Macleay. 
Figulus interruptus, Waterhouse. 


Ceylon: Peradeniya. 


1915.] F.H. Gravety: Lucanidae of the Indian Museum. 


Figulus scaritiformis, Parry. 


Malay Peninsula: Johore. 


Genus CARDANUS, Westwood. 
Cardanus sulcatus, Westwood. 


Malay Peninsula: Johore. 


NN oe 


431 


bs a ae ‘ 
4% 
. @ . Dery 
’ ni 
A ti ad 
7 
be » 
y 2h Ole a 
. 7 
* guy rt 
. 
% 
7 
s . 
Poe Gear + 
“ < 4 7 
: Ci Sere 
: = ; 
eaeey + . ra koe 
a 
7 ; fc a cas Ot? tea v 
: - 3 if 
; - afl ee < | pee 
r f oe 
* ; Th ; ‘. : : Se 
~ ay ‘ 2 S 
. “4 


. : , a ). Alte whee 
F = 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX. 


Fic. 1.—Dorcus yaksha, n. sp. X 2. 
2.—Eurytrachelus veichet, Hope, 2? X 2. 

» 5 tutyus, Hope, @ X 2. 

» 4— % submolaris, Hope, 2 X 2. 

» 5-— 5 travancorica, n. sp. # (type) X 2. 
6.—Nigidius himalayae, n. sp. # (type) X 2. 
dawnae,n. sp. @ (type) X 2. 


+”) 


” tea > 


Plate XXIX. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.XI, 1915. 


Bemrose, Collo. Derby. 


LUCANIDAE. 


INDIAN 


Peel ean VIS mOMN, “One vol Eby VOR Te RIN TA: 1, 
SUBPAMILIES OF -IARANTULIDAE 
(OR DER PhD DP AIP i). 


By F. H. GraveEty, M.Sc., Asst. Superintendent, Indian 
Museum. 


(Plate XXXI.) 


The species of Tarantulidae are rendered exceptionally diffi- 
cult to separate and define by the insignificance of many of their 
most distinctive characters, and by the conspicuousness of others 
whose striking modifications indicate the age of a specimen rather 
than the species to which it belongs. It is only by the study of 
long series of specimens that the latter characters can be eliminated 
and the former recognized with certainty. Kraepelin’s ‘‘ Revision 
der Tarantuliden’” (Abh. Ver. Hamburg, xiii [3] 1895, 53 pp., I pl.) 
has straightened out the synonymy of the family, and has gone a 
long way towards putting the classification into shape. But when 
this, and the volume of ‘‘ Das Tierreich”’ by which it was followed, 
were written, the material available for study appears to have been 
somewhat scanty. A number of described species which are 
undoubtedly distinct had therefore provisionally to be united ; 
and a number of species still remain unnamed. 

I have now for several years been making special efforts to 
obtain adequate series of specimens from different parts of the 
Indian Empire, and whenever possible from beyond. In the pre- 
sent paper I propose to consider the Oriental species in the light 
of material recently obtained; and it seems best to complete the 
paper by references to all known members of the two subfamilies 
dealt with, although those found outside the Oriental Region are 
not well represented in the material before me. 

I am indebted for help in getting material to Dr. Henderson, 
Mr. E. E. Green, Mr. Kinnear, Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher and 
especially to Mr. B. H. Buxton who has presented to the Indian 
Museum a number of new species which he recently collected in 
the Malay Peninsula. 

With the exception of Stygophrynus moultom, of which the 
type is in the British Museum, the types of all new species des- 
cribed below are in the Indian Museum. 


SUBFAMILIES AND GENERAL STRUCTURE. 


The Oriental Tarantulidae fall into two very distinct subfamilies, 
which may be recognized thus :— 


434 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


Pulvilli present; hand able to bend till it forms a right 

angle with the tibia, the terminal spines of which are 

directed sideways; prosomatic sterna small, more or 

less tuberculiform ... ¥ a ... Charontinae, p. 435- 
Pulvilli absent ; hand unable to bend at less than an 

obtuse angle to tibia, the terminal spines of which are 

directed forwards in adults above base of hand ; proso- 

matic sterna broadly expanded, lightly concave or 

flat ae se ire ee Phrynichinae, p. 447. 


The American subfamily Tarantulinae differs from the sub- 
family Charontinae chiefly in the absence of a pulvillus. 

The structure of the arm and hand, though differing in detail 
in different species, is remarkably uniform in plan in the young of 
all the species of Tarantulidae whose development is known to me. 
Considerable changes, however, take place during the growth 
of individuals belonging to the larger species. This is especially 
the case with species of the subfamily Phrynichinae, the hand of 
which is so modified in the adult that each is capable of grasping 
prey without the aid of the other (see Gravely, 1915, pl. xxiv, 
fig. 28 of this volume). In this respect the Phrynichinae may be 
regarded as more highly specialized than the Charontinae, and as 
the structure of the arm and hand presents greater difficulties than 
does that of other organs, the Charontinae may conveniently be 
considered before the Phrynichinae. 

In some respects, however, the former are probably more 
highly specialized than the latter. The jointing of the hind tibiae, 
for instance, which is often less marked, when it occurs, in young 
specimens than in old ones, is carried further in the Charontinae 
than in the Phrynichinae. And it is difficult to think that pulvilli 
can ever have been present in creatures with the habits of the 
Phrynichinae, when these are not found in them at the present day. 
For both Phrynichinae and Charontinae habitually live clinging to 
the underside of stones or logs of wood; and the latter, which 
have pulvilli, can cling in this position to polished glass, whereas 
not even the young of the former, which lack them, can do this. 

The fundamental structure of the arms and hands of the 
Tarantulidae may now be described as it is to be seen, more or 
less distinctly, in the young probably of all species, and in the 
adults of many Charontinae,. The modifications to which it is 
subject during the growth of the more highly specialized forms are 
all in the direction of the specialization of particular spines and 
the loss of others. 

The anterior face of the trochanter is bounded above by a 
dorsal row of spines, and below by a ventral cluster; while be- 
tween these is a middle group or longitudinal row. 

The anterior face of the femur is flattened, and is bounded by 
a dorsal and a ventral row of spines. The tibia is similarly flat- 
tened in front and armed above and below, the spines of the distal 
half of the dorsal row always being much the longest. 

The hand is armed with two spines above and one below. 
Occasionally additional spines are also present. . 


I915.] F. H. GRAVELY : Oviental Tarantulidae. 435 


The finger may be armed at the base with 0, I or 2 dorsal 
spines, which remain throughout life. It is always unarmed 
ventrally. 


Subfamily CHARONTINAE. 


The structure of the second visible abdominal sternum and of 
the margin of the carapace opposite the lateral eyes, the relative 
lengths of the two dorsal spines on the hand and of those on the 
end of the arm, and the jointing of the finger and of the tibia of 
the fourth leg, appear to be the principal characters that have been 
used in the definition of genera. 

The structure of the posterior margin of the second visible 
abdominal sternum seems to be very variable, and I am unable to 
attach any importance to it. 

The segmentation of the hind tibiae is often less marked in 
the young of species in which it occurs, than in adults; it is 
sometimes variable within the limits of a single well-marked 
species, and it reaches its highest development in more than one 
genus, among them the specialized cavernicolous genus Stygo- 
phrynus. There can, I think, be little doubt that the extent of 
this segmentation is a mark of the degree of specialization in the 
species in which it occurs. Probably increased segmentation 
facilitates in some way the activities of the animal exhibiting it, 
and may appear independently in different branches of the 
subfamily. It is also found in the genus Damon of the subfamily 
Phrynichinae. 

In species in which the hind tibiae are normally not more 
than 3-jointed, the tarsi (excluding the metatarsi) appear to be 
invariably 4-jointed. In most species in which the hind tibiae are 
4-jointed the tarsi are 5-jointed. Sarax javensts is the only species 
known to me which appears to have both tibiae and tarsi of the hind 
legs 4-jointed, and as I have only one specimen before me the tibiae 
may be abnormal. The structure of the tarsi appears to be con- 
stant within the limits of each species, whereas in Phrynichosarax 
cochinensts and singapurae, and perhaps therefore in other species 
also, the structure of the tibiae is variable. Although, therefore, 
the structure of the hind tibiae is usually much easier to distin- 
guish than is that of the tarsi, it seems best to use the latter 
rather than the former for the separation of genera. 

The structure of the margin of the carapace appears to be of 
more fundamental importance from a taxonomic point of view 
than is the structure of the legs. By its means the subfamily may 
split into two distinct groups. One of these, which may be termed 
the Sarax group, includes only small species whose distribution 
extends from India through Malaysia as far as the Solomon Islands. 

The other, which may be termed the Charon group, includes 
the small species found on the outskirts of and beyond this area 
from the Seychelles to the Galapagos Islands, together with the 
large and highly specialized species belonging to the genera Stygo- 
phrynus and Charon. 


436 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


The Charon group is probably older than the Savax group, 
its range being wider, the hind tibiae being 4-jointed in all except 
two species (in which they are 3-jointed), and the arms being 
comparatively long and slender, at least in well developed males, 
in most if not all species. The carapace of the former group, too, 
resembles that of all other subfamilies of Tarantulidae, and also, 
apparently, that of the newly hatched larvae of the only species— 
Phrynichosarax cochinensis—of the Sarax group whose larvae I 
have seen, 

The hind tibiae of the Savax group may be 2-jointed (occa- 
sionally even entire), and the proportion of the species in which 
they are 4-jointed appears to be smaller than in the Charon group. 
The arms are almost invariably short and stout even in males. 

The relative lengths of the two dorsal spines on the hand, and 
of those on the end of the arm, may perhaps to some extent be 
correlated with cavernicolous habits in both groups. So far as I 
know, however, nothing is known of the habits of the genus 
Charon, one of the two genera of its group in which the spines 
tend to resemble those of the single exclusively cavernicolous genus 
Catageus of the Sarax group. A few species of the latter group 
belonging to the non-cavernicolous genera have, moreover, been 
found in caves. 

The finger is jointed in all genera except Charon. 

The genera of Charontinae may now be defined as follows :— 
Margin of carapace indentated beside ister 

eyes : (Sarax group) 2. 


isaterd eyes ‘situated further from margin of 
carapace, which is entire ... (Charon group) 4. 


j 

Longest spine on tibia of the arm the middle one 

of five well developed dorsal spines in adults, 

and of three in young; proximal dorsal spine 

of hand longer than distal Catageus, p. 437- 
Penultimate well dev eloped dorsal spine of tibia 

of arm the longest in all stages; distal dorsal 

spine of hand longer than proximal 3: 
Tarsi (exclusive of metatarsi) 4- -jointed ; Bieel 

tibiae 2- to 4-jointed (sometimes entire on one 

side) but normally 3-jointed (? always) Phrynichosarax, p. 437+ 
Tarsi (exclusive of metatarsi) 5- UAC irs hind 

tibiae 4-jointed f2 5 . Savax; p. 441. 
Penultimate dorsal spine of tibia af arm the ere 

est, the one next behind it longer than the one 

next behind that; distal dorsal spine of hand 

longer than proximal, not 5 aaa by 


additional spines i Be 
Penultimate dorsal spine of tibia of arm not 
ae longer than the one next behind it, often 


about equal to the one next behind that, 
sometimes even shorter; long spine on dorsal 
side of hand usually succeeded by several 
shorter ones,!a short spine often fused to it 
proximally at base ,,, Te ah 6. 


t Always, so far as is known, except in Stygophrynus moultont, for which a 
new genus ought perhaps to be established. 


IQI5.] F. H. GRAVELY : Oriental Tarantulidae. 437 


Tarsi (exclusive of metatarsi) 4-jointed; hind 
< f tibiae 3-jointed ... Charinides, p. 442. 
Tarsi (See of metatarsi) 5- jomnted hind 
Sl tibiae 4-jointed oe ... .Charinus, p. 442. 
( Finger jointed, three dorsal spines of tibia of 
6 | arm much longer than any others . Stygophrynus, p. 443. 
‘’\ Finger unjointed; two dorsal spines of tibia of 
| arm much longer than any others ... Charon, p. 446. 


Genus CATAGEUS, Thorell.! 


Type Catageus pusillus, Thorell. No other species of the 
genus is known, C. rimosus, Simon, belonging in reality to the 
following genus. 

Catageus pusillus, Thorell.’ 


(Plate xxx1, fig. I.) 


Catageus pusillus is only known from the Khayon (‘‘ Farm ’’) 
and Dhammathat caves near Moulmein. 

The Indian Museum collection includes specimens from both 
groups of caves They were found under stones, and their habits 
have already been described.’ 

The carapace of our largest specimen is 4°4 mm. across and 
3°2 mm. long in the middle line. The avms (see fig.) are short and 
stout in allspecimens. The finger is armed dorsally with two minute 
and slender spinules (see fig.). The antenniform legs are very vari- 
able in length, their femora being from about two to about three 
times as long as the carapace is broad. The femora of the first pair 
of walking legs are about 1°3-1'5 times as long as the carapace is 
broad. The metatarsi of the same pair of legs are about 1I°2 or 
I°3 times as long as the tarsi, and the first tarsal joints are about 
I'4 or I'5 times as long as the remaining tarsal joints. 


Genus PHRYNICHOSARAX, n. gen. 


Margin of carapace indentated beside lateral eyes; penulti- 
mate dorsal spine of tibia of arm longer than all others; distal 
dorsal spine of hand longer than proximal; hind tibiae normally 
composed of less than four pieces, tarsi of less than five. 

Type Phrynichosarax cochinensis, 0. sp. 

Five species are known to me. They may be distinguished 
thus :— 


4 Dorsal margin of finger armed with one spine Pe 

Dorsal margin of finger armed with two spines oe 
Spine of finger long ; hind tibiae 2- to 3-jointed =P. cochinensis, p. 438. 
Spine of finger minute; hind tibiae (? always) 


4-jointed .,, P, javensis, p. 439. 
Biites on finger large and conspicuous, the distal 
3 one about twice as long as the proximal .. LP. buxtont, p. 439. 
Spines on finger small and of more nearly equal size 4. 
Spines on finger small but quite distinct .. P. singapurae, p. 440. 
ni Spines on finger minute and inconspicuous’... P. vimosis, Pp. 440. 


1! Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XX VII, p. 530. 
2 Ibid., pp. 531-8. 
8 Fourn. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n. s.), 1X, 1914, p. 419. 


438 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


Phrynichosarax cochinensis, n. sp. 
(Plate xxxi, fig. 2.) 


This species is common under stones in the evergreen jungles 
of the lower slopes of the Western Ghats in Cochin, and it is on 
account of the large number of specimens available for study 
that I have selected it as the type of the genus. The specimens 
were found near Kavalai, on the Cochin State Forest Tramway, 
at altitudes up to about 2500 ft. above sea level; at about 
0-300 ft. above sea-level near the same tramway between miles 
to and 14; and at the base of the hills near Trichur. Specimens 
from the last-named locality differ from the others in that the 
legs (both kinds) tend to be much longer and slenderer, while 
the separation of the first and second joints of the hind tibiae is 
usually obscure or absent. In one specimen, indeed, the right 
hind tibia is entire. 

As type of the species I have selected a female with young 
still adhering to her back in the preserved state. This specimen 
is from jungle beside the lower part of the State Forest Tram- 
way. 

The cavapace is 14 times as wide as it is long in the middle 
line, or may be a little wider; its maximum width is slightly 
over 4mm. It resembles that of P. buxtoni (below, p. 439) in gene- 
ral structure, but is finely and evenly granular throughout, and 
usually looks much broader in proportion to its length. The 
depression in the median groove behind the eyes is less defined, 
although the groove is well developed. The second radial grooves 
of the two sides are united across the middle-line, together forming 
an almost straight line in contact with the anterior part of the 
fovea. 

The arms are always short and stout. The proximal dorsal 
spine on the hand is scarcely as long in proportion to the distal 
as in P. buxtont. There is only one spine onthe finger (see pl. 
xxxi, fig 2) ; it is situated close to the base of the dorsal margin, and 
is about as long as the ventral spine of the hand, which latter spine 
is situated close to the lower distal angle. 

The Jegs are variable in length. ‘The femora of the antenni- 
form legs may be from scarcely 14 to fully 24 times as long as the 
carapace is wide. The femora of the first pair of walking legs 
may be from a little less than, to nearly 14 times as long as the 
carapace is wide. The metatarsi are longer than the tarsi, and 
the first tarsal joint of each leg is longer than are the rest together 
—very slightly so in short-legged specimens and much more so in 
long-legged. The hind tibiae may be more or less distinctly 2- or 3- 
jointed. In one specimen that of the right side is entire, that 
of the left side being 2-jointed. The extent of the jointing of the 
hind tibiae and the slenderness of the legs appears to be corre- 
lated with locality as noted above. All the localities from which 
the species is yet known are situated in one comparatively small 
area, over the whole of which comparatively uniform conditions 


1915.] F. H. GRAVELY : Ortental Tarantulidae. 439 


probably prevail. Specimens from any one of these localities 
appear to exhibit a much smaller range of variation than the 
species as a whole, their extremes scarcely, indeed, overlapping. 
The fact that this much variation does, however, occur, and 
that specimens from other localities in the same neighbourhood 
may ultimately be proved to show similar ranges of variation 
which overlap extensively, seems to render it improbable that the 
Trichur form ought to be recognized as a definite race worthy of 
a subspecific name. 


Phrynichosarax javensis, n. sp. 
(Plate xxxi, fig. 3.) 


Only one specimen is known to me. It is from Buitenzorg. 
It differs from P. cochinensis only in the minuteness of the spine on 
the finger (see pl. xxxi, fig. 3) and in the 4-jointed hind tibiae. 
The 4-jointed tarsi suggest that a larger series would be not un- 
likely to show that the hind tibiae were normally 3-jointed as in 
other members of the genus. 

The carapace is 3°2 mm. broad by 2'2 mm. long in the middle 
line. The femora of the antenniform legs are 4°8 mm. long, 
those of the first walking legs 2°99 mm. 


Phrynichosarax buxtoni, n. sp. 
(Plate xxxi, fig. 4.) 

Two specimens (one immature) were collected by Mr. B. H. 
Buxton in Kubang Tiga cave, Perlis, Malay Peninsula. 

The carapace is heart-shaped. In the mature specimen ( @ ) it is 
4°I mm. broad by 3°3 mm. long in the middle line. Behind the lateral 
eyes it is bordered by a broad horizontal ledge. The fovea is 
deeply impressed, continuous with a pair of large lateral grooves 
directed slightly backwards, and with a short median groove behind 
it. In an anterior median groove, about two-thirds of the way from 
the fovea to the eye, is a hollow somewhat smaller than the fovea, 
with which, and with two pairs of lateral depressions together en- 
closing a rectangle, it forms an almost regular hexagon. The 
anterior sides of this hexagon are, however, a little longer than 
the posterior, and these than the lateral. A radial groove extends 
outwards and a little forwards from each member of the two pairs of 
lateral depressions, and between the posterior of these grooves and 
the lateral grooves connected with the fovea is a pair of short grooves 
extending from the margin about half way to the fovea. A single 
line of tubercles runs from the fovea outwards and backwards to- 
wards the margin between the last-mentioned grooves and those 
immediately behind them. ‘The rest of the surface is ornamented 
with less definite bands and patches of tubercles. 

The arms are short and stout. The proximal dorsal spine of 
the hand is little more than half as long as the distal; there is a 
somewhat shorter spine on the ventral margin. Even the ventral 
of the spines of the hand is, however, longer than either of the two 


440 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


spines with which the finger is armed. Both the spines on the 
finger are dorsal, and the proximal is less than half the size of the 
distal, being about equal in length to the distance from its base to 
the base of the finger or of the distal spine (pl. xxxi, fig. 4). 

The femora of the antenniform legs are 8-6 mm. long in the 
adult specimen, those of the first walking legs being 5°5 mm. 
The -anterior metatarsi are 2°6 mm. long, the anterior tarsi 2°0 mm. 
The tarsi are 4-jointed, the first joint distinctly longer in all legs 
than the other three together. The posterior tibiae are 3-jointed 
in both specimens. 


Phrynichosarax singapurae (Gravely).! 
(Plate xxxi, fig. 5.) 


In view of what has been pointed out above with reference 
to P. cochinensis, it is very doubtful whether the proportions of the 
legs have any great taxonomic importance ; and it was on these 
that my preliminary separation of the present form as a subspecies 
of Savax sarawakensis was based. A more detailed examination has 
shown, however, that the armature of the hand and finger of the 
Singapore form differs markedly from that of the Sarawak form, 
and that the tarsi have one joint less. 

Only one out of our series of eleven specimens from Singapore 
shows any trace of a fourth joint in the hind tibiae, though this 
joint is well developed in two specimens recently collected by 
Mr. B. H. Buxton in Lankawi (? main island) off the west coast of 
the Malay Peninsula. One of the Lankawi specimens has slenderer 
arms than any other specimen belonging to the Savax group known 
to me. 

This species is closely related to the next, from which it only 
differs in the larger size of the spines on the hand (compare figs. 5 
and 6, pl. xxxi). 


Phrynichosarax rimosus (Simon).? 
(Plate xxxi, fig. 6.) 


The Superintendent of the Cambridge University Zoological 
Museum has been good enough to send me the type specimen of 
this species for examination. It is an ovigerous female, and was 
found by a member of the ‘‘ Skeat’’ expedition to the Malay Penin- 
sula at Kuala Aring in Kelantan. The species is represented in 
our collection by two specimens (one probably, the other certainly, 
immature) collected by Mr. B. H. Buxtonin Lankawi (? small island 
not far from main island) off the west coast of the Malay 
Peninsula, . 

The carapace resembles that of P. buxtoni rather than that 
of P. cochinensis, but the depression in the anterior part of the 


| Savax sarawakensis subsp. singaporae, each Rec. Ind. Mus., VI, pp. 
36-38. 
2 Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1901, p. 77. 


1915. | F. H. GRAvELY : Onental Tarantulidae. 441 


median groove is not distinct. The hand also resembles that of 
P. buxtoni. The finger is armed above with two spines situated 
as in P. buxtont, but quite minute, each being about half as long as 
the shorter of the two found in that species (see pl. xxxi, fig. 6). 
In this character P. rimosus resembles species of the following 
genus. 


Genus SARAX, Simon.! 


Type S. brachydactylus, Simon. 

In ‘‘ Das Tierreich’’ Kraepelin recognized two species in this 
genus, S. brachydactylus, Simon, and S. savawakensis (Thorell). A 
number of species have undoubtedly, however, been grouped 
together by various authors under the latter name, including some 
belonging to the genus Phrynichosarax. 

S. brachydactylus is not known to me. The remaining species 
may be distinguished thus :— 


Proximal spine of hand slightly more than half 
as long as distal oe sat su. a Webley, p. 441. 
Proximal spine of hand scarcely half as long as 
distal ie Be oes ... S. savawakensis, p. 441 


Sarax brachydactylus, Simon.’ 


Simon records this species from Luzon in the Philippines, 
where it was found in the caves of Antipolo (Province Morong), 
San-Mateo (Province Manila) and Colapnitam (Province Camarines- 
Sur). 

Sarax willeyi, n. sp.’ 
(Plate’xxxi, fig. 7.) 

Two specimens preserved in the Indian Museum were col- 
lected by Dr. Willey in New Britain. The only character by 
which they appear to be distinguished from S. savawakensis has 
been noted in the above key (see also pl. xxxi, figs. 7 and 8). In 
both S. willeyi and S. sarawakensis the spines on the finger are 
extremely small. In this respect these species closely resemble 
Phrynichosarax rimosus, which S. willeyt also resembles in all other 
characters except the structure of the legs by which the genera 
Savax and Phrynichosarax are separated. 

A specimen from Narcondam Island in our collection, and 
one from Table Island (Andamans) in the British Museum collec- 
tion, must belong to this species or to one not yet described ; but 
the spines on the finger are imperfect in both. 


Sarax sarawakensis (Thorell).° 


(Plate xxxi, fig. 8.) 


This species was described by Thorell from Sarawak. Mr. 
Moulton has sent me from the Sarawak Museum two specimens 


—_——. 


1 Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXI, 1892, p. 43- 

2 [bid., pp. 43-44. 

3 Charon sarawakensts, Thorell, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXVI, 1888, pp. 
354-358. 


442 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XI, 


found on Klingkang summit, between Sarawak and Dutch Borneo. 
They differ from all other species of Savax and Phrynichosarax 
known to me in the markedly greater difference in size between the 
two spines on the dorsal margin of the hand (see pl. xxxi, fig. 8). 
The spines on the finger are minute as in the preceding species. 

The larger specimen is somewhat larger than the type, the 
carapace being 4°5 mm. in width. 


Genus CHARINIDES, Gravely.! 


Type Charinides bengalensts, Gravely. 

The genus Charimdes bears to Charinus the same relation as 
does the genus Phrynichosarax to Savax. Both Charinides and 
Charinus tesemble the preceding genera in general structure, and 
in the size to which specimens grow. They differ only in the struc- 
ture of the ocular part of the carapace and in this they resemble 
the following genera, from the much larger adults especially of 
which they differ markedly in the structure of the arm and hand. 

Only one species of Charinides is known. 


Charinides bengalensis, Gravely.! 


This species is only known from Calcutta and its immediate 
neighbourhood, where it is quite common under bricks in shady 
places where desiccation is not too severe. 

The proximal spine on the dorsal margin both of the hand 
and of the finger is about half as long as the distal. These 
spines are long and slender on the finger as well as on the hand 
(see pl. xxiv, fig. 29 of this volume). They closely resemble those 
of Phrynichosarax buxtoni (pl. xxxi, fig. 4). 


Genus CHARINUS, Simon.’ 


Type C. australianus (Koch). 

The genus Charinus is represented in the Indian Museum 
collection by two specimens of C. seychellarum, Kraepelin. 

Kraepelin distinguishes three species in ‘‘ Das Tterreich”’ :—C. 
austvalianus (Koch)* from Viti and Samoa, C. neocaledonicus, 
Simon,* from New Caledonia, and C. seychellarum, Kraepelin,° 
from the Seychelles. C. insularis, Banks,’ has since been des- 
cribed from the Galapagos Islands. 

This genus and the preceding include all the most primitive 
species of the group to which they belong, and it is noteworthy 
that they are only found north, east and west of the country in- 
habited by the following genera, genera of which the adults are 
much larger and have more highly specialized arms and hands. 


1 Rec. Ind. Mus., V1, pp. 35-36, fig. 2B. 

2 Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXI, 1892, pp. 43 and 48. 

’ Phrnynus australianus, Koch., Ver. Ges. Wien, XVII, p. 231. 
* Abh. Ver. Hamburg, XIII, p. 47. 

6 Mitt. Mus. Hamburg, XV, p. 41. 

5 Proc. Washington Ac., IV, p. 67, pl. i, fig. 8. 


1915.] F, H. GRAVELY : Oriental Tarantulidae. 443 


Genus STYGOPHRYNUS, Kraepelin.! 


Type S. cavernicola (Thorell). 

In this genus, as in all of the foregoing of which I have 
sufficient knowledge to speak with certainty, particular spines on 
the second appendages have proved to provide admirable charac- 
ters for specific diagnoses, while others are absolutely worthless 
for this purpose. The granulation of the surface of these appen- 
dages, and of the carapace, is also important in this connection. 

The following species may be recognized :— 

Armature of hand consisting of two long dorsal 
spines and one ventral one only ... S. moultoni, p. 443. 

1. Hand armed above and below with one long 
spine succeeded by a series of short spines 

which increase in length distally .. Pap 
Adults pale in colour 2, rather small and very 
lightly built, with long slender arms; occular 
lobes of carapace finely and evenly granular, 

without tubercles os = «. S- Cavernicola, p. 444. 

Adults somewhat or much darker in colour, 
larger and more heavily built with much 
stouter arms, occular lobes of carapace more 
coarsely and less evenly granular, usually 

marked with a number of scattered tubercles a 
Distal of three long spines on dorsal margin of 
tibia of arm with a spine of nearly half its own 

length on either side of it S. longispina, p. 445- 

Spines on either side of distal of three long 
spines on dorsal margin of tibia of arm quite 
short in adults, the proximal one short in young 

specimens also ay Ae 
er somewhat pale 2 in colour, not very 


strongly granular ce ... 9. berkeleyt, p. 445. 
Adults very dark and strongly granular ws. Se Cerberus, p. 446. 


Stygophrynus moultoni, n. sp. 
(Plate xxxips fie 565) 


Mr. Moulton has sent me a single much broken specimen of 
this species. It was found on Klingkang summit, between 
Sarawak and Dutch Borneo. It is somewhat small, but appears to 
be mature or very nearly so. It is a male and is very distinct 
from all other species of the genus. 

The carapace is 7'4 mm. broad by 5°7 mm. long in the middle 
line. It is somewhat pale in colour, finely granular and without 
tubercles, like that of S. cavernicola. 

The arms (pl. xxxi, fig. 9) are somewhat slender, but are 
much shorter than in adult males of that species, the femur being 
no longer than the carapace is broad. The armature of the femur 
resembles that of S. cavernicola, but the spines are necessarily 
closer together. The tibia is also ‘armed much as in that species, 
but the subsidiary spines among the longer spines of the ventral 


1 Abh. Ver. Hamburg, XIII, p. 44. 
2 The young of all species are pale in colour and have relatively short arms. 


444 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


margin are obsolete, while on the dorsal margin the first of the 
three long spines is situated in about the middle of the length of 
the joint, asin females of S. cavernicola. ‘This spine is preceded 
by an additional spine about half way to the base of the joint 
and nearly as long as the spine following the distal of the three 
long spines, which terminal spine is fully half as long as the three 
long spines. The granulation of the convex posterior surface 
of both femur and tibia is obsolete. The backs of the hand and 
finger are smooth. The hand is armed above by two spines of 
about equal length and not much shorter than the long spines of 
the upper margin of the tibia; it is armed below by one somewhat 
shorter spine opposite the distal of the two upper ones. The 
finger is armed above with three minute tooth-like spinules. 

The legs are coloured in a similar manner to the rest of the 
body. They appear to have been long and slender, with the 
antenniform legs exceptionally long as in the other species of the 
genus, all of which are known to be cavernicolous. The hind femur 
scarcely exceeds the basal piece of the hind tibia in length by 
more than the length of the patella, which suggests that the 
remaining pieces, which are broken, may have been two instead 
of three in number. 


Stygophrynus cavernicola (Thorell).’ 


The habits of this species have been described from speci- 
mens found, like the type specimen, in the Khayon or ‘‘ Farm”’ 
caves near Moulmein.” The Indian Museum collection includes a 
number of specimens from the larger of these caves, and two from 
a small cave at Dhammathat. The species has been recorded 
from Saigon by Kraepelin.* Kraepelin had, however, insufficient 
material for the determination of specific characters*, and geogra- 
phical considerations render it very improbable that this determina- 
tion is correct. 

The carapace of specimens which are probably adult—no 
ovigerous females of this species ever appear to have been found— 
is about 9°5 mm. broad by 7 mm. long in the middle line. It is 
of a pale yellowish-brown colour, and is finely granular as in the 
preceding species. 

The arms are always slender; in the female the femur is a 
little longer than the carapace is wide, in the male it is nearly 
twice as long. ‘The femur and tibia’are finely granular, with two 
smooth longitudinal bands on the convex posterior surface. There 

4 | Charon cavernicola, Thorell, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXVII, 1889, pp. 
-542. 
i 4 Fourn. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n.s.|, 1X, 1914, pp. 418-9. 
® Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1901, p. 265. 
* This statement is based on an examination of specimens from Mentawei and 
Java, which Prof. Kraepelin showed me in Hamburg. They, too, are distinct and 
Prof. Kraepelin very kindly promised to send them to me for description whenever 


I should be ready to deal with them, a promise whose fulfilment the war has 
unfortunately made impossible. 


‘I9Q15.] F. H. GRavELY : Oriental Tarantulidae. 445 


is sometimes a small spine between the three long distal spines on 
the dorsal margin of the tibia and the base of the joint, especially 
in the female. The three long spines are succeeded by a spine 
of about half their own length, but the spines between them are 
never well developed and are often absent. The hand is armed 
above and below with one very long spine, succeeded by a series of 
much shorter ones, of which the distal are longer than the proximal, 
the dorsal spines being somewhat longer than the ventral. The 
long dorsal spine bears at its base a strong backwardly directed 
spinule, and this is often succeeded in adults by a short row of 
very much smaller spinules on the margin of the long spine. The 
finger is unarmed. 
The /egs are pale in colour like the rest of the body. 


Stygophrynus longispina, n. sp. 
(Plate xxxi, fig. 10.) 


Two male and two immature specimens were collected by Mr. 
Buxton in a cave on Langkawi Island off the west coast of the 
Malay Peninsula. 

The carapace of the adults is about 12 mm. broad by 9 mm. 
long in the middle line. It is of a very dark brown colour, and is 
somewhat more coarsely and sparsely granular than is that of the 
preceding species, with a few strong tubercles among the granules. 

The arms are very short and stout, their femora being little if 
at all longer than the carapace is wide. ‘Their femora and tibiae 
are more coarsely granular than in S. cavernicola and the smooth 
bands on the convex posterior surface are invaded by scattered 
rows of granules. The three long spines on the dorsal margin of 
the tibia are followed, as in S. cavernicola, by a spine of about half 
their own length (perhaps a little shorter in the present species), and 
a similar but even longer spine occurs between the last two of 
them, serving to distinguish this from all other species known to 
me. The hand (pl. xxxi, fig. 10) is armed as in S. cavernicola, 
but is somewhat more coarsely and less extensively granular 
behind. The finger is unarmed as in that species. 

The legs, especially the antenniform legs, are long and slender 
as in other species of the genus. They are dark in tint, harmon- 
izing with the rest of the body though actually somewhat paler 
than the carapace and much darker than the abdomen. 


Stygophrynus berkeleyi, n. sp. 
(Plate xxxi, fig. II.) 


One male and several immature specimens were collected by 
Mr. Buxton in caves at Lenggong, Perak, Malay Peninsula. The 
species is named after Mr. H. Berkeley, the District Officer of Upper 
Perak, who greatly facilitated Mr. Buxton’s work in the district. 

The carapace of the adult male is 15 mm. broad by 10°5 mm. 
long in the middle line. It is paler in colour than is that of 


446 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


S. longispina, but lacks the yellow tint of that of S. cavernicola. 
The immature specimens with it suggest that this is the normal 
colouration of the species. The granulation of the carapace is 
very coarse, and the tubercles are more numerous and more con- 
spicuous than in S. longispina. 

The ayms are longer than in S. longispina, the femora being 
about 20 mm. in length (four-thirds as long as the carapace is 
broad), but are very stout. The granulation of the femora, tibiae 
and hands resembles that found in S. longispina (compare figs. 10 
and 11, pl. xxxi). The only well-developed spines on the upper 
margin of the tibia are the three long ones near the distal end 
which are characteristic of the genus; all others are quite small, 
the contrast being more marked in the adult than in the immature 
specimens. The hand and finger resemble those of S. longispina. 

. The Jegs resemble those of other members of the genus, but 

the walking legs especially are of a much paler and more yellowish 
colour than in S. longispina, this colour difference between the two 
species being somewhat more marked in the legs than in the 
carapace. 


Stygophrynus cerberus, Simon.! 
(Plate xxxi, fig. 12.) 


The habits of this species from the Jalor caves (Gua Glap or 
‘““Dark Cave’’, and Biserat) have been described elsewhere.? 
Cotypes have been presented to the Indian Museum by the 
Cambridge Museum. 

This species closely resembles S. berkeleyi, but has all the 
integuments harder, much darker in colour, and more strongly 
granular (compare pl. xxxi, figs. Ir and 12). 


Stygophrynus spp. indet. 


In addition to the species from Saigon, Mentawei and Java 
already referred to (p. 444), mention may be made of ‘‘ an animal 
allied to Phipson’s Tarantula” found by Flower in the depths of 
the Batu Caves at Selangor,’ which may well have belonged to 
this genus, 


Genus CHARON, Karsch. 


This genus is represented in the Indian Museum collection 
by one immature specimen of C. grayi, the only species recog- 
nized by Kraepelin in ‘‘ Das Tierretch.”’ C. annulipes, Lauterer,* 
does not appear to be referred to in that work, but it cannot be 
recognized either from the description or from the figure. It is 
compared with C. australianus, Koch, a species now placed in the 
genus Charinius. Its position must remain uncertain till the type 
is re-examined. 


! Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1901, pp. 76-7. 
2 Fourn. Asiat. Soc. Bengal (n.s.), UX, 1914, p. 419. 
8 Rep. Austr. Ass. VI, 1895, pp. 413-4, pl. lii. 

4 F. Straits R. Asiat. Soc., No. 36, 1901, p. 40. 


IQI5.] F. H. GRAVELY : Oriental Tarantulidae. 447 
Subfamily PHRYNICHINAE. 


Kraepelin divides this subfamily into genera as follows :— 


Tibia of fourth leg 1-jointed ; hand of adult with 
, 1 basal of two dorsal spines rudimentary or absent.! Phrynichus, p. 447. 
Tibia of fourth leg 2-jointed ; both dorsal spines 
{ of hand strongly developed in adult ... Damon, p. 455+ 


Genus PHRYNICHUS, Karsch.? 


Type P. veniformis (Linn.). 

The generic identity of Linnaeus’s Phalangium reniforme, which 
has an important bearing on the nomenclature of the subfamily, has 
been muchin dispute. Kraepelinsummarised the available evidence 
at the commencement of his ‘‘ Revision der Tarantuliden ’’?, and has 
given his final opinion as regards the correct nomenclature in 
“Das Tierreich.’* His conclusions have been confirmed by 
Lonnberg, who examined the type still preserved in the Zoological 
Museum at Upsala.® 

The generic identity of Phalangium reniforme having been settled, 
its specific identity was for Kraepelin a simple matter, since, from 
the material at his disposal, he was unable to recognize more than 
two species in the genus. The rich material in the Indian Museum 
collection shows, however, that several of the names regarded by 
Kraepelin as synonymous with Phrynichus rentformis will have to 
be revived: and that even these will not cover all the species to 
which the name P. reniformis may conceivably belong. ‘The des- 
cription of P. veniformis is generic rather than specific, and the 
identity of the species must, Iam afraid, remain a matter of doubt 
until the type is redescribed. Lonnberg says, ‘‘ To judge from the 
descriptions and from the table given by Pocock, the Linnean speci- 
men most closely agrees with ‘ Ph. deflerst,’ Simon.’’ But the 
value of the characters used by Pocock in diagnosing this species 
is perhaps open to question; and it is more likely that the 
Linnean specimen belongs to one of the two well-known forms 
called below P. ceylonicus and P. nigrimanus respectively, than to 
a species only known otherwise from a single specimen from 
Obock. 

The description of P. lunatus (Pallas) is also generic rather than 
specific; and the figures with which it is accompanied are too rough 
to be of any help. The identity of this species also must therefore 
remain in doubt. 

P. ceylonicus (Koch) is clearly a large species found in Ceylon. 
Only one such species is known to me, and I have accordingly 
applied the name to it. 

P. scaber (Gervais) comes from the Seychelles (? and Mauritius). 
It is probably distinct from the Indian and Ceylonese species, but 


L Except in P. deflersi (Simon). 

2 Arch. Naturg. XLV (1), 1879, p. 190. 

8 Abh. Ver. Hamburg XIII, 1895, pp. 1-53, I pl. 
# See also Zool. Anz. XXVIII, 1904, pp. 201-203. 
5 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 1, 1898, pp. 88-89. 


448 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Voy. XI, 


the description is again generic, not specific, and as I have no 
specimens before me from these islands I cannot add to it. 

P. nigrimanus (Koch) is from India. It is probably the species 
common in the Eastern Ghats, as has already been suggested by 
Hansen.! ‘This is the only species known to me of which (spirit) 
specimens ever seem to resemble Koch’s figure in colour. 

P. deflersi (Simon) may be distinguished by the presence, even 
in large specimens such as the type of the species, of two well de- 
veloped spines on the dorsal margin of the hand, as in the genus 
Damon. Both these spines are, however, present in the young of 
certain other species. 

P. jayakari, Pocock, differs from all other known species in 
the presence of a pair of stout spines on the margin of the carapace 
in front of the lateral eyes. 

P. phipsoni, Pocock, is a distinct species, apparently confined 
to the northern parts of the Western Ghats. 

P. pusillus, Pocock, is a common Ceylonese form, allied to 
but distinct from P. ceylonicus (Koch) of which it may conve- 
niently be regarded as a variety. It is much smaller than this or 
any other species of the genus known to me. 

Phrynichus scullyi, Purcell, from S. Africa® is probably des. 
cribed from immature specimens, but as I have not seen any I 
cannot speak with certainty. 

P. bacillifer (Gerst.) remains, of course, distinct. 

The determinable species of the genus may be recognized 
thus :— 

Margin of carapace without strong spines 3 2. 
Margin of carapace with a pair of strong for- 

wardly directed tooth-like aoe in front of 

lateral eyes aS: .. P.sgayakert, p. 455. 
One spine only present on upper waren, of hand 

of adult «.:; 3: 
Vertical basal spine as well as oblique spine distal 

to it persistent on upper margin of hand in adult P. deflersi, p. 455. 


i 

Anterior surface of femur of arm with 3-5 sharp 

spines, or simply granular; lower margin al- 

ways with some sharp spines 4. 
Anterior surface of femur of arm with 2 or 3 blunt 

rounded bacilliform processes in the basal ‘third ; 

lower margin spineless P. bacillifer, p. 455: 
A longitudinal row of granules present on lower 

surface of hand (pl. xxxi, fig. 14) P. ceylonicus, p. 449. 
Lower surface of hand smooth (pl. xxxi, fig. 13). 5: 
Tibia of arm of adult with two long terminal 

dorsal spines preceded only bya minute tuber- 

cle * ; basal dorsal spine of hand absent in adult, 

small or absent in young P. nigvimanus, p.453: 
Tibia of arm of adult with the two long terminal 

dorsal spines preceded by a short but well 

developed spine; basal dorsal spine of hand 

probably always well developed in young, re- 

presented by a tubercle in adult .,, 6. 


3: 


1 Ent. Med. 1V, 1894, p. 150. 2 Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 11, 1900-1902, p. 206. 
® This tubercle replaces a spine which is present in the young of this as of 
other species, 


1915. | F. H. GRAVELY : Oriental Tarantulidae. 449 


Terminal ventral spine of tibia of arm of adult 
small, more or less conical, not decumbent 
6. (much as in P, ceylontcus, pl. xxxi, fig. 14)... P. granulosus, p. 454. 
Terminal ventral spine of tibia of arm of adult 
long, parallel-sided, decumbent (pl. xxxi, fig.13) P. phipsoni, p. 454. 


Phrynichus reniformis (Linnaeus).! 


The identity of this species can only be settled by a further 
examination of the type which is preserved in the Zoological Museum 
at Upsala (see above, p. 447). 


Phrynichus lunatus (Pallas). 


Also an indeterminable species (see above, p. 447). 


Phrynichus ceylonicus (Koch)? 
(Plate xxsq, figs 147) 


Three varieties of this species may be recognized as follows :— 


A. @ & 2: width of carapace of adult 15-18 mm. ; 
length of femur of arm 
width of carpace 
B. 92; width of carapace of adult 13-14°5 mm.; 
lengthoffemurofarm “8 
width of carapace ee var. gractlibrachiatus, 
C. § width of carapace of adult 10°5-13 mm. ; Gravely.¢ 
length of femur of arm 
width of carapace 
D. ¢@ & 3; width of carapace of adult 8-10°5 mm. ; 
length of femur of arm 
width of carapace 


aoe ceyvlonicus (Koch), s. str. 


—o-oe2 


ah HI var. pusillus, Pocock.6 


I. PHRYNICHUS CEYLONICUS (Koch), s. sér. 


This form is remarkable for its ability to live in comparatively 
dry surroundings; it seems to live mainly in jungles where the 
soil is specially porous or the climate not very moist, and in houses 
in moister regions. Specimens from the following localities in 
Ceylon are preserved in collections belonging to the Indian Museum, 
to the Colombo Museum, or to Mr. E. E. Green :— 


North East Province: Horowapotama, ca. 200 f{t.; Moha-Illup- 
palama, ca. 300 ft. 

Western Province: Wennappuwa, 10 mls. from Negumbo. 

Central Province: Nalanda, ca. goo-1000 ft.; Galagedara, 
ca. 800-2000 ft.; Haragama, ca. 1200 
ft.; Kandy, ca. 1500-2000 ft.; Pera- 
deniya, ca. 1500 ft. 

Southern Province: Ambalangoda, 0-100 ft. ; Kottowa, o-roo ft, 


1 Systema Naturae, toth ed., p. 619. 

2 Spictlegia Zoologica, fasc. IX, pp. 33-37, Ppl. iil, figs. 5-6. 
3 Die Arachniden, X, p. 336, fig. 776. 

+ Spolia Zeylanica, VII, p. 140. 

5 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XIV, p. 296. 


450 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoE.cxas 


There must, I think, be some mistake about a specimen in the 
Indian Museum collection that is supposed to have been collected 
by Major Beddome in South India. 

This is the largest form of P. ceylonicus known, and full-grown 
specimens may easily be distinguished from the varieties gracili- 
brachiatus and pusillus by their size. Younger specimens may be 
distinguished by the loss, at a time when the size of the specimen 
is greater than that at which these changes take place in the per- 
manently smaller forms, first of the bright and chequered juvenile 
colouration, and later of the first of the three spines on the upper 
surface of the distal end of the tibia of the arm. But in the 
smallest specimens of all there appears to be no certain means of 
distinguishing the different forms. 

The fully grown female of var. gracilibrachiatus is the only 
other form at all likely to be confused with this typical form. 
It approaches the typical form much more closely in size than do 
either the male of the same variety or either sex of var. puszllus ; 
and, except when their maturity is made evident by the presence of 
embryos under the abdomen, the identity of these forms is very 
difficult to establish unless by comparison with a good series of 
typical specimens in various stages of growth. 

The presence of a pair of well-developed semilunar lobes on 
the posterior margin of the third abdominal sternum of P. ceylonicus , 
s. sty., is useful in checking the identity of immature specimens, as 
in the varietal forms these are always proportionally smaller than 
is usual in the typical one, and they are often apparently absent 
altogether. But as, in a long series, every stage can be found 
from their absence in the varieties to their full development in the 
typical form, their condition does not in itself fully indicate to 
which of the three forms a specimen belongs. 

The following measurements of the mature or approximately 
mature specimens in the Indian Museum collection will serve to 
indicate the proportions borne by the arms to the width of the 
carapace in adults of this form :— 


2 (with | 
Sex. 3 em- cl Jb ref ref 
bryos). 
Width of carapace in mm. 18 17°5 17 160 16 15 
Length of femur of arm in kat es : - 
iit 40°5 520 34 33 33 31 


2. P. CEYLONICUS var. GRACILIBRACHIATUS, Gravely. 


The habits of this form resemble, so far as is known, those of 
the next variety. 

The Indian Museum collection contains specimens from the 
following places in Ceylon :— 


1915. ] F. H. GRAVELY : Oriental Tarantulidae. 451 


Central Province : Nalanda, ca. goo-1000 ft.; Galagedara, ca. 
800-2000 ft.; Kandy, ca. 1500-2000 ft. ; 
Peradeniya, ca. 1800 ft. 


The sexes of this variety differ from one another in a more 
striking manner than do those either of the typical form or of the 
other variety of the species, and but for certain indications of an 
identical geographical distribution for the two and the fact that I 
have seen no female which superficially resembles the male of this 
variety ,and no male which resembles what I believe to be its female, 
it would hardly, perhaps, have occurred to me to regard them as a 
single form. ‘Thus the adult male is small,' often closely resembling 
var. pusillus in the size of its body, though always distinguished 
therefrom by its relatively longer appendages, the arms especially 
being very noticeably longer and slenderer, bearing about the same 
proportion to the width of the carapace as they do in adults of 
P. ceylonicus, s. str. ; whereas the female is large, being intermediate 
in size between P. ceylonicus, s. sty. and var. pusillus, and has pro- 
portionally shorter arms. Specimens in which maturity is not 
clearly indicated by the presence of embryos under the abdomen 
may therefore be very easily mistaken for immature specimens 
of P. ceylonicus, s. sty., since the proportion borne by the arms to 
the width of the carapace increases with growth. 

So far as I know it is impossible to distinguish immature 
specimens of either sex of var. gracilibvachiatus from those of var. 
pusillus; and from this it may be concluded that the arms of the 
male of the former become greatly lengthened at about the time 
when maturity is reached (as do those of the male of Charinides 
bengalensis) and that previously they are no longer than in the 
latter variety. 

In practice there is never any difficulty in distinguishing the 
adult male of var. gracilibrachiatus from the form most like it—the 
male of var. pusillus. But to distinguish adult females of var. 
gracilibrachiatus from immature females of P. ceylonicus, s. str , of 
the same size is much more difficult except, as has already been 
pointed out, when the former bear embryos. The chief differences 
between the two are :—(1) the retention in (? all) specimens of the 
latter of a distinctly spiniform rudiment of the first of the three 
dorsal spines at the distal extremity of the tibia of the arm, a 
spine which has probably already disappeared in all specimens of 
the former; and (2) the size of the semiiunar lobes on the posterior 
margin of the third abdominal segment, which are always present 


1 This difference in size and proportions shown by the two sexes is present in 
var. pusillus also, and probably in ceylonicus, s. str., as well; but in these two 
forms it is less striking, and only apparent in a series of measurements; whereas 
in var. gracilibrachiatus it is very noticeable at once--more so in fact than 
the measurements would lead one to suppose. The name gvacilibrachiatus is 
an unfortunate one now that pusillus, Poc., has to be regarded as a variety and 
not a species ; for it is from this form only that var. gractlibrachiatus is distin- 
guished by the slenderness of its arms, and not from P. ceylonicus, s. str. It was 
as a variety of P. pusillus, Poc., that gracilibrachiatus was originally described. 


452 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.L. XI, 


and usually well developed in P. ceylonicus, s. str. but are either 
small or absent in var. gracilibrachiatus. 

The following measurements (in mm.) were used in calculating 
the proportions given for this variety in the table on p. 449 :— 


| | 


| < 


| (itl evithe oa | 

| with / = 

| Sex. Ene | eme |) ie Sihid Hosl hod See 
| bryos). bryos). ze) 

FT lit i ae oe a ean 

babe of cara- | ye | 3) 13 | 13 | 13 | 13 | 22 larg lens] 11 Be 10°5 

“e. ial | 
[Length of femur | >; | 23 | 22 |2or5 [20'5|28'5| 25 | 24 | 24 [22's [20°5| 29 


3. P. CEYLONICUS var. PUSILLUS, Pocock. 


This variety is unable to live long in the absence of moisture. 
It is only known from the Central Province of Ceylon, and was 
first described from specimens caught at Punduloya by Mr. E. E. 
Green, who tells me he got them at an altitude of about 4200 ft. 
above sea level. It is represented in the Indian Museum collection 
by specimens from Nalanda, ca. goo-1o00 ft. ; Galagedara, ca. 
800-2000 ft.; Kandy,ca. 1500-2000 ft. ; Peradeniya, 1600-2200 ft. 

The best means of distinguishing this variety from the last and 
from the young of P. ceylonicus, s. str., have already been dealt 
with (pp. 450-451). One other character remains, however, to be 
noted here: it is quite common to find the first of the three dorsal 
spines at the distal end of the tibia of the arm represented in 
mature specimens of this variety by a distinct spiniform process. 
The process is, however, always very much smaller than in young 
specimens of equal size of P. ceylonicus, s. sty. Thus the greatest 
length for this spine seen in an ovigerous female of var. pustllus was 
about o'5 mm.; but in a specimen of P. ceylonicus, s. str., of 
approximately the same carapace-width (former 8 mm. the latter 
7°5 mm.) this spine is as much as 2 mm. long, and in a somewhat 
older specimen (carapace-width 9°5 mm.) it is 1°5 mm. long. 

The following are measurements (in mm.) taken from the series 
of this variety in the Indian Museum collection :— 


a 4 Agr Fes ae) E a 
me) 2 22 Ss | = in 
=| | = | 8 co) gq 
Sex cy OV | eo | | fot 
z e{ 9/9] e] sie aie TIS | El a : t1 4 eile + 
z Alten oe | Ee = 
O+ Or OF OF oo Or OF 
Width of | 
carapace. |10°5) 10 | 10/10/95 95| 9 | 9 | 9 | 85] 85] 85 | 8°5| 895|85]8'5| 8 | 8 | 8 18 
Length of / 
femur of |14°5|13'S|12°5| 12 | 11 10°5|13+5]11es} 10 115! 11 | 11 10%s! 10 | 9°5| 9 195] 9 | 9 [85 
arm. | | 


1915. ] F. H. GrRAveLy : Oriental Tarantulidae. 453 


Phrynichus nigrimanus (Koch).! 


The Indian and Madras Museums possess between them speci- 
mens from all but one* of the following localities, all of them on 
the eastern side of the Indian Peninsula :— 


Orissa: Hills, o'rooo ft., near Barkul, Chilka Lake ; Balugaon 
Chilka Lake. 

Ganjam: Russelconda. 

Vizagapatam District. 

Nellore: Rambuga cave, Udyagiri droog. 

Karnul: Bairani, Chelama Ry. Station, Nallamalais, ca. 2000 ft. 

N. Arcot: Vellore. 

Chengalpat: Pallavaram, 12 miles from Madras. 

Salem: Shevaroy Hills. 


Barkul is the only place where I have myself collected speci- 
mens of this species. They are quite common in the hills and in 
the jungle at the foot of them, but I failed to get any very large 
specimens or ovigerous females—though I went for this purpose in 
the rains, when P. ceylonicus breeds. None of the specimens found 
had lost the third spine on the dorsal surface of the distal end of 
the tibia of the arm; but one of the largest of them, in which it was 
quite small (about 0°5 mm. long), did so on casting its skin after a 
few weeks’ captivity, when the spine was reduced to a tubercle. 
The width of the carapace of the cast skin of this specimen is 12'0 
mm., that of the specimen itself being 14:0. Probably mature 
specimens are at least I4 mm. across the carapace and live, as is 
more or less the case with other species, in the securest retreats. 

In the hills further south the species attains a much greater 
size than at Barkul. This does not, however, appear to be the 
case near the coast since the width of the carapace of the Pallava- 
ram specimen, in which the third spine on the dorsal surface of 
the distal end of the tibia of the arm is absent, is barely 13 mm. 
The third spine on the dorsal surface of the distal end of the tibia 
of the arm is over 2 mm. long in the specimen from Rambuga cave, 
the width of whose carapace is Ir mm.; and it is nearly 24 mm. 
long in two specimens from the Shevaroys whose carapaces are 
nearly 1m and a little over 12 mms. broad respectively. The 
largest specimen I have seen is that from Bairani, whose carapace 
is 20 mm. broad. It appears to be a mature female. The length 
of the femur of the arm is 38°5 mm., and the third dorsal spine 
at the distal end of the tibia of the same appendage is tuber- 
culiform. This specimen belongs to the Madras Museum. It 
is possible that this form and the one common at Barkul may 
ultimately have to be recognized as distinct varieties or subspecies. 


| Die Arachniden, XV, p. 69, fig. 1464. 

2 The only specimen I have seen from Vellore belongs to Rev. J. E. Tracey, 
to whom my thanks are due for sending it. It is doubtless identical with the form 
described by Hansen (Ent. AZed. 1V, 1894) as common at Vellore. 


454 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. a8 


Phrynichus granulosus, n., sp. 


This species is represented in the collections of the Indian, 
Madras and Trivandrun Museums by specimens from the following 
localities :-— 

Cochin: State Forest Tramway toth-14th mls., 0-300 ft. ; 

Kavalai, 1300-3000 ft. 

Travancore : Ponmudi, 2000-3000 ft. 


The specimen which Pocock records in the ‘‘ Fauna’’ from 
Trivandrum under the name P. phipsoni doubtless also belongs in 
reality to the present species. 

This species, whose distinctive characters are given above 
(pp. 448-449), is intermediate in character between P. nigrimanus 
and P. phipsoni, resembling the former and P. ceylontcus in the 
shape of the terminal ventral spine of the tibia of the arm, and the 
latter in the other spines of both arm and hand. The integuments 
are more coarsely granular than in any other species with which I 
am acquainted. In this character the species presumably resem- 
bles P. scaber (Gervais) from the Seychelles. The male type—the 
largest specimen known to me—has a carapace 18 mm. broad, 
the femur of the arm being 31 mm. long. The female type has a 
carapace 15°5 mm. broad, the femur of the arm being 24°5 mm. 
long. Both these specimens are from jungle near the rubber 
estate between the roth and r4th miles of the Cochin State Forest 
Tramway. 

Phrynichus phipsoni, Pocock.! 
(Plate xxxi, fig. 13.) 

This species has been recorded by Pocock from Bombay and 
Trivandrum, and from various other localities by subsequent 
authors, who have apparently confused with it the earlier stages of 
other species, 7.e. the stages which retain the third dorsal spine 
of the distal end of the tibia of the arm. I have little doubt that 
the Trivandrum specimen referred to by Pocock belongs in reality 
to the preceding species, and that P. phipsoni is confined to the 
more northerly parts of the Western Ghats. 


Phrynichus scaber (Gervais).? - 


Gervais records this species from the Seychelles, and the same 
or an allied form from Mauritius. Its distinctive characters have 
yet to be described. 


Phrynichus scullyi, Purcell.’ 


This species is recorded only from Cape Colony (Pakhuisberg 
in Clanwilliam Division, and Namaqualand). ‘The specimens from 


which it was described were probably young, judging from their 
size and colour. 


1 Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XIV, 1894, p. 295, pl. viii, fig. 4. 
% Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, Apteres, 111, p. 3. 
5 Ann. S. Afr. Mus., II, 1902, p. 206. 


1915. ] F. H. GRAVELY : Ortental Tarantulidae. 455 


Phrynichus bacillifer (Gerstaecker).! 


This species, according to Kraepelin, occurs from Madagascar 
and Zanzibar to Mozambique, Tanganyika and Lake Rudolph. 


Phrynichus deflersi (Simon).? 


Described from a single specimen from Obock in French Somali- 
land. 
Phrynichus jayakeri, Pocock.’ 


Described from two specimens from Muscat in Arabia. 


Phrynichus spp. 


The above record of the distribution of various species of 
Phrynichus by no means exhausts the localities given by previous 
authors. Most of the additional localities refer to the composite 
‘“species’’ to which Kraepelin applied the name P. reniformis ; 
others refer to species which have clearly been wrongly named. 
These localities, and those of certain immature specimens in the 
Indian Museum collection, show the distribution of the genus to be 
wider than appears above, and may therefore be recorded here :— 


Africa: Natal; Mozambique; Kondoa (? French Congo) ; 
Massaua (Somaliland); several localities in Central 
Africa (Albert Lake, Kossenje; Kirk Falls south-west 
from Albert Lake; plains below Semliki; Awakubi). 
Madagascar (east coast). 
Asia: Arabia—Aden. 
Assam—Sibsagar. 
Siam—Chantaboon. 
Cochin China—Saigon. 
Malay Peninsula—Penang. 


Genus DAMON, Koch. 


Type D. vartegatus (Perty). 

I have nothing to add to Kraepelin’s account of this genus. 
It is mainly African, but Kraepelin records D. variegatus from 
Arabia as well. 


1 C. v.d. Decken’s Reisen in Ostafrica, I11 (2), p. 472. 
2 Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XII, 1887, p. 454. 

3 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XIV, p. 294. 

4 Ubersicht des Arachnidensystems, V, p. 81. 


ee 


tags 4 in By} | he Lh SMG 
Paseryi ust y: ete { r uA 
Wik isiey i: we 
‘ sth t it igor 
ee ergs AY Pere? Ls > 
of Yt rAli® by Fah eet '* 
i* 25 Eo 
giastti a Py eh Sri OS eae ae 
= “a Pil oR Os Wie ts r e-4- 


ries ae 
aigureevetatt AED. 1 Seite ey yas ‘Coes OW 
fanok at ee ps ese 7 id C3 4st aT tt ae ~epdal 
pap eet titnaees | Me uk ree ood L 
ai Ae. Bench Ge iat a ny eos rele : 
+E: (55 Cin OPEB ke Ae ate pai! at ae 
apt ser ABE, Oe eee, 2 erase Gy aes a 
Ll Hebi ucleidelbes zits aie ets celieea liek aS 
boas skagciatugs Li sib, isis, ROU mn enaes eae 
ous pana ean vipat Pes Son f take. 
i: AO PRA Nya pou tCbssettavearrs uy AR = W 
ode elas fh pe eS BPONG ee ee. hs} OTR 
“pi yet teres’ Sek) Git tiem tae, (J cet & BOs . oe 
jUteagonh to Fea 


ri ‘ 


yn 5 77 


- Tea Tate oa te 


- poe i" ae moti amie 


uee le ak as : Ppa Pee on rie 


Pan 


rs 
Be og 
- ¥ 
oe wit 7 
y ¥ 

4 
f 
. 
+ — gs 
5 — 
. 
a 
~ * 
~ 
Bs. 
. 

—_—— ad i ;* vd ©. 7 ~ 

_ a 4 = ; A i 4 

—— ; eye : ; j : 
a _—) es 4 j j 


vate, Fivy*s 


Misery th Scr taure Sbraiio fothiie yh) 


sae 


heap hoo Sota Sanaa a to. hea EFI} Avail +f 


5 ARRAY gay Sern | OMSSIG Fa dirt Jaen 

oh ena ‘ Ske Saeee ; 

2 eo ee eh ieee in ae 

ell “a SNA psaie | ; | Hy Sa : . 
er eR i | 4 an | 
FUTD tealiien Aree O MIN 1p eitiol Tate Og ‘ 


Lain. esutialy Ah PAPI es airg S Sitamineyuaint © peonew R.. : 


ROLES 5: Srey Sy VS cates te tie 
Paha: Baas Jae cE, 4D etimo} iste etl = a5 
PUR aie Ba wo Us: ( Ste ities a ehiD) Byala ay i 


at sae ey 5 is s . 


= oe ae ee 
far sowie ePaiot Bn ERG Sera Det beat hee a See Le ae 


\ 
= 7» E 
4% en 7 a> a . - 
' + ms Z : + if ate -" : 


: Heth 


aha ons i = isak Bed 2S) “& : ae. 
bese TOL eae . era 


En lps vi epee oa 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI. 


Four distal joints of arm of Catageus pusillus from above 
(diagrammatic, showing armature of dorsal margin). 


Basal joint of finger of Phrynichosarax cochinensis. 


P ye 4 re qavensis. 

e - % - buxtont. 

5 ry ie one singapurae. 
»» ” a i, vimosus, 


Four distal joints of arm of Savax willeyi from above 
(diagrammatic, showing armature of dorsal margin). 


Hand of Sarax sarawakensis. 

Four distal joints of arm of Stygophrynus moultoni from 
above (diagrammatic, showing armature of dorsal mar- 
gin). 

Back of hand of Stygophrynus longispina. 
= _ - berkeleyt. 
ig ip ne cerberus. 


Hand and distal part of tibia of arm of Phrynichus phipsont 
from below. 


Hand and distal part of tibia of arm of Phrynichus 
ceylonicus, s. sty., from below. 


Rec. Ind. Mus:, Vol. XI, 1915. Plate XOX 


F. H. G. & D. N. Bagchi, del. 


Oriental Phrynichidae. 


Se VIl VSOME SHONGEHS~ PARASLETLC ON 
ChLWON Tap Ach, Wilt, Pou IR LEE RN OLE ES 
OoN ohh oe Ara oA ae 


By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, Indian 
Museum. 


(Plate SOV 2) 


In a recent paper on the Clionidae of Indian seas (Rec, Ind. 
Mus. XI, pp. 1-24) I referred incidentally to other sponges 
parasitic in their burrows. I now propose to give an account of 
these sponges adding some additional notes on the Indian 
Clionidae. 

The systematic position of the different species may be con- 
sidered first, in taxonomic order, and then their biological rela- 
tionships. 


Part I—SYSTEMATIC. 
The following is a list of the species to be considered; all 
belong to the order Tetraxonida. 
Grade TETRAXONELLIDA. 
Family PACHASTRELLIDAE: Family STRELLETTIDAE. 


Stoeba plicata var. simplex (Carter). Stelletta vestigium, Dendy. 


Grade MONAXONELLIDA. 


Family EPIPOLASIDAE. Family DESMACIODONIDAE. 
Coppatias penetrans (Carter). Subfamily ECTYONINAE. 
Coppatias investigatrix, sp. nov. Rhabderemia prolifera, sp. nov. 

Family AXINELLIDAE. 


Family CLIONIDAE. Amorphinopsis excavans, Carter. 
Chona carpenteri, Hancock. A. e. var. digitifera, nov 
Cliona mucronata, Sollas. Family CHONDROSIIDAE. 
Clona quadrata, Hancock, Chondrilla nucula, Schmidt. 
Cliona kempi, sp. nov. Chondrilla mixta, Schulze. 


Thoosa hancocct, Topsent. Chondrilla distincta, Schulze. 


458 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XI, 


Grade TETRAXONELLIDA. 
Family PACHASTRELLIDAE. 


Stoeba plicata (Schmidt). 

1868. Corticium plicatum, Schmidt, Die Spong. d. Kuste v. Algier, 
p- 2, pl. iii, fig. 11. . 

1880. Samus simplex, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) V1, p. 60, pl. v, 
fig. 20. 

1888. Stoeba simplex, Sollas, ‘ Challenger’ Rep. Zool., Tetractinellida 
(vol. XXV), p..102. 

1888. Calcabrina plicata, id., tbid., p. 281. 

1889 (1887). Samus simplex, Carter in Anderson’s Faun. Mergut I, 
Pp: 75: 7 

1894. Dewottus plicata, v. Lendenfeld, Denk. Ak. Wien. LXI, p. 105; 
pl. ii, fig. 10, pl. mi, fig. 43. 

1895. Dercitus plicatus, Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (3) III, p. 531, 
pl. xxii, figs. 6-10. 

1903. Dercitus simplex, Thiele, Abh. Senckenb. Natur. Geselisch. XXV, 
p..20, pl. it, Aig. 4. 

1903. Dercitus simplex & D. plicatus, v. Lendenfeld, Das Tierreich, 
Tetraxonia, pp. 81, 82. 

1905. Stoeba simplex & S. plicata, Dendy in Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl 
Fisheries, 111, pp. 71, 230. 

Carter mentions spicules of his Samus simplex as being among 
those he extracted from a specimen of dead coral in the late Dr. 
Anderson’s Mergui collection. From the same specimenI have 
been able to extract numerous pieces of this sponge in sufficiently 
good condition to study its general structure and spiculation ; 
the latter is evidently more varied than either Carter himself or 
Sollas realized and is apt to be not fully understood because certain 
spicules are practically confined to certain parts of the sponge. 
I am of the opinion that Topsent’s suggestion (1895, p. 536) as to 
the specific identity of the species with Schmidt’s Corticium 
plicatum is fully justified by the specimens I have examined. 

The sponge, as it exists in dead coral, forms small oval or glo- 
bular masses which entirely fill corresponding cavities. From 
‘these are given out slender, cylindrical or flattened branches, some 
of which join them to other similar masses, while others termi- 
nate in flattened and often ramifying lamellae, ‘The latter make 
their way among interstices of the calcareous material. The 
larger masses contain a dense crowd of well-formed triaenes ar- 
ranged with their sharply pointed shafts pointing outwards, but 
in the connecting branches the macroscleres are more scanty and 
more delicate in form, while they are practically absent in the dis- 
tal parts of the lamellae. In the proximal parts thereof they 
have precisely the form of the small slender spicules figured by 
Topsent (1895, pl. xxii, 0’, d’), whereas in the larger masses they 
agree equally well with the figures 0 and d on the same plate. The 
proportions of all these types of spicules also agree with Topsent’s 
description. Spicules of the ‘‘calthrops” type are extremely 
scarce in my specimens, Indeed, I was for some time of the 
opinion that they were altogether absent. After a prolonged search 
through spicule-preparations, however, I at last succeeded in 


1915. | N. ANNANDALE : Parasitic Sponges. 459 


finding one. The microscleres are a little larger than in Topsent’s 
European specimens, measuring about 00162 mm. in length, 
and their spines are much shorter and more slender than is indi- 
cated in Schmidt’s original figure. They are extremely nume- 
rous in the ectosome all over the sponge, but almost absent from 
the choanosome. ‘The large cells containing brown granules to 
which Topsent and other authors refer are still conspicuous, after 
about 28 years in spirit. 

S. plicata is common in dead coral in Indian seas, but in all 
the specimens I have examined seems to be associated with some 
species of Cliona. In places where the coral is of a crumbling con- 
sistency the external surface of the sponge is often covered with 
small calcareous granules of irregular form, while the larger masses 
of sponge often contain in their interior larger granules of a 
similar nature. These granules are larger than those produced by 
the activities of Cliona. The more slender processes of the Stoeba 
are as a rule in contact with the Cliona and often contain Cliona- 
spicules in their ectocyst and choanosome. 

In consideration of its method of life and growth this Indian 
form of Stoeba plicata is perhaps worthy of a varietal name and 
should be known as S. plicata (Schmidt) var. simplex (Carter), for 
Topsent (1895) in his elaborate account of the species, as it occurs 
in the Mediterranean, makes no mention of the peculiarities noted 
in the preceding paragraph. 


Family STELLETTIDAE. 
Stelletta vestigium, Dendy. 
1905. Dendy in Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, 11, p. 78, pl. ii, 


§: 7: 

My specimens of this species ate from the same fragments of 
dead coral as those in which the specimens of Stoeba plicata var. 
simplex described above were found. They permeate the coral in 
a fine network of slender strands and in part, at any rate, occupy © 
the excavations of Cliona viridis (Schmidt), spicules of which 
adhere to their ectosome. ‘The original specimen is described as 
“‘irregular in shape, massive, encrusting, and containing many 
foreign bodies.’’ Possibly it commenced its growth in the same 
manner as the example from Mergui, which agrees with it closely 
in spiculation and, so far as it is possible to say, in general 
structure. 

The species is only known from Ceylon and Tenasserim. 


Grade MONAXONELLIDA. 
Family EPIPOLASIDAE. 


Coppatias penetrans (Carter). 


1880. Tisiphonta penetrans, Carter Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) VI, p. 
141, pl. vii, figs. 44a-d. 

1905. Coppatias (Tisiphonia) penetrans, Dendy in Herdman’s Ceylon 
Pearl Fisheries, \11, p. 231. 


460 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vo. XI, 


A minute sponge of which the spicules agree well with Car- 
ter’s description and figures occurs in abundance in dead reef- 
coral from Port Mouat in the Andamans, occupying the burrows 
of various boring organisms and in particular those of Cliona en- 
sifera and C. lobata. The form of the sponge is precisely that 
of the cavity it occupies. It is of solid structure, the natural cavi- 
ties being small except when occupied, as is often the case, with 
fragments of calcareous matter. Specimens treated with acid 
are apt to appear cavernous owing to these fragments being 
dissolved. The ectosome, which is in contact with the wall of the 
burrows occupied, is thin but somewhat impenetrable by liquids 
and it is difficult to clear specimens in oil of cloves. The whole 
structure of the organism is on so minute a scale that it could 
only be elucidated properly by means of sections of specially 
preserved material, which I do not possess. 


Coppatias investigatrix, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxiv, figs. I, 2.) 


This sponge is closely related to C. penetrans, with which it 
agrees in habits, but the macroscleres are as a rule spined near 
the tips and the microscleres exhibit much greater diversity of 
form. Unlike C. penetrans it is a deep-sea species. 

Sponge.—-In its early stages the sponge consists of minute 
masses of an irregularly oval form. These penetrate into the 
burrows of Clionids in shells, then increase in size and assume the 
shape of the spaces they occupy; before doing so completely, they 
give out relatively slender, blunt, finger-like processes. ‘The inter- 
nal structure appears, so far as can be seen, to resemble that of 
C. penetrans. 

Spicules.—Both macroscleres and microscleres are very vari- 
able. ‘The majority of the latter are slender, spindle-shaped am- 
phioxi abeut 15 to 30 times as long as broad, smooth for the 
greater part of their length, but bearing scattered, sharp, erect 
spines near the two extremities, the actual tips being smooth. 
Smaller absolutely smooth amphioxi also occur. 

The microscleres are of three kinds, vzz. (a) oxyasters with 
spined tips, (b) spherasters with spined tips, and (c) smooth spher- 
asters. Intermediate forms occur, however, in all cases. 

The spiny oxyasters have as a rule six cladi, but may have 
only four, or occasionally more than six. The tips are sharply 
and gradually pointed and bear sharp erect spines scattered rather 
densely. ‘There is no distinct central nodule and the bases of 
the cladi are smooth. 

The spiny spherasters are merely more compact forms of the 
same type, with a larger number of shorter and stouter cladi 
fused together at the base. They are, asa rule, smaller than the 
oxyasters, but every intermediate form of spicule can be found. 

The smooth spherasters have still shorter and more numerous 
cladi than the spiny ones and a relatively larger central sphere. 


1915. | N. ANNANDALE : Parasitic Sponges. 461 


The degree to which the spines are developed on the spherasters is, 
however, as variable as the proportions of their several parts 


Measurements of Spicules. 


Length of spiny macroscleres .. o'098—0'205 mm. 
Length of smooth macroscleres Ren (avekase) (0. h E> «,, 
Diameter of oxyasters .. 0°0126—0'0252 ,, 
Diameter of spiny spherasters .. (average) 00126 ,, 
Diameter of smooth spherasters ay Mee OLORLSNG 


Fig. 1.—Spicules of Coppatias investigatrix, sp.nov. 


Type.—No. 64 5/7 ZEV, Ind. Mus. 

Locality. —Off Ceylon in 703 fathoms: with Thoosa investigat- 
ovis in a dead Gastropod shell (in alcohol). 

At points at which the Coppatias comes in contact with the 
Thoosa, the latter secretes a thick horny covering through which the 
tips of its own macroscleres penetrate (pl. xxxiv, fig. 2). 


462 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vons xa 


Family CLIONIDAE. 


The following notes on the Clionidae are based on a small col- 
lection recently made by Mr. S. W. Kemp at Port Blair in the 
Andamans. All the specimens are from shallow water and, ex- 
cept the first, from dead reef-coral. 


Cliona carpenteri, Hancock. 


Shells of edible oysters (Ostvza viriginiana, Gmel.) from the 
head of Port Blair harbour are riddled with the galleries of this 
sponge, precisely as shells of the same species of oyster are riddled 
with those of C. vastifica in lagoons on the east coast of con- 
tinental India. 


Cliona mucronata, Sollas. 


Well preserved specimens .of this peculiar sponge occur in 
fragments of dead reef-coral with those of the two following species. 
They agree closely with Sollas’s original figures in respect of the 
structure of the characteristic diaphragms. 


Cliona quadrata, Hancock. 


1849. Cliona guadrata, Hancock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) Ill, p. 344, 
pl. xv, fig. 6. 
1881. Cliona warreni, Carter, ibid. (5) VII, p. 370, pl. xviii, fig. 6. 
1900. Cliona quadrata, Topsent, Arch. Zool. expérim. (3) VIII, p. 54. 
Topsent is undoubtedly right-in regarding Carter’s C. war- 

vent, which came from the Gulf of Manaar, as synonymous with 
Hancock’s species of unknown frovénance. Well-preserved speci- 
mens are present in Mr. Kemp’s collection. 


Cliona kempi, sp.nov. 


This species is closely allied to C. lobata, Hancock and C, 
michelini, Topsent, but is distinguished from both by the com- 
plete absence of microscleres. 

The galleries are almost cylindrical but swell out slightly 
at intervals. ‘They branch sparingly, giving off slender lateral 
branches that bifurcate acutely. The whole growth is slender 
and sparse. Diaphragms containing spicules that lie transversely 
occur at irregular intervals. The galleries lie completely in one 
plane, parallel to and only a short distance below the surface of 
the coral. 

The papillae are numerous but of very small size. They are 
each guarded by a dense mass of upright spicules which, at any 
rate in the centre of the papilla, have a somewhat spiral arrange- 
ment. 

There are numerous large cells in the parenchyma that con- 
tain granules of a comparatively pale brown colour. 


IQI5.] N. ANNANDALE: Parasitic Sponges. 463 


The spicules are small, moderately slender and all of one kind. 
They are by no means numerous except in the papillae; in the gal- 
leries, except in the diaphragms, they lie parallel to the surface. 
They are somewhat variable in form, but are all tylostyles with 
well-developed heads. These are usually subglobular but may be 
trilobed or irregular; occasionally they contain a single relatively 
large dilatation of the axial canal There is occasionally a pro- 
jecting annulus a short distance below the head. The shaft is as 
a rule slightly curved; its curvature may be of a general nature or 
confined to the uppermost third. Immediately below the head 
the shaft is slightly constricted; lower down it swells slightly 
but never becomes quite as broad as the head; the broadest part 
is usually situated in the upper half and the lower half tapers 
very gradually to a fine point. 


Fic. 2.—Spicules of Cliona kempzi, sp. nov. 


Measurements of Spicules. 


Length of spicule... .. 0°I127—0'205 mm. 
Greatest breadth of shaft .. 0'004I—0'0082 ,, 
Diameter of head .. .. 0°'0082—0'0125 ,, 


Type.—No. 6956/7 ZEV, Ind. Mus. (on slide in Canada 
balsam). 

Locality.—Port Blair, Andaman Is., Bay of Bengal: in dead 
reef-coral with Cliona lobata and C. mucronata. 


Thoosa hancocci, Topsent. 
1915. Thoosa hancocct, Annandale, Rec. /nd. Mus. Wh, pi Zr. 


The species is evidently common in dead coral in the Anda- 
mans. Specimens in Mr. Kemp’s collection all possess nodular 
amphiasters, but these spicules, which are confined to the papillae, 
are present only in very small numbers. In some papillae they 
are altogether absent, and there are never more than about half 
a dozen in any one papilla. These specimens, therefore, which 


464 Records of the Indian Museum, [ Vor, aL; 


are well preserved in spirit and had evidently reached their full or 
about their full development, on the whole bear out what I have 
said in the paper cited on the possible disappearance of the nodular 
amphiasters in certain phases of the species. 


Family DESMACIODONIDAE. 
Subfamily ECTYONINAE. 
Rhabderemia prolifera, sp. nov. 
(Plate xxxiv ig. 3°) 


The sponge forms an excessively thin film, much less than 1 
mm, thick, and coats the burrows of Cliona in dead coral. | Its 
surface bears numerous small rounded buds, each of which con- 


G 


las 


Fic. 3.—Spicules of Rhabderemia prolifera, sp. nov. 


tains in its centre a particle of calcareous matter. In dried speci- 
mens the surface is hispid, but this character may be artificial. 
The apertures are very small and cannot be detected with cer- 
tainty in dried specimens. ‘There is a very thin, colourless basal 
membrane. Owing to the manner of growth, specimens extracted 
from the coral by the use of acid often appear to be turned com- 
pletely inside out, or else to contain large irregular cavities in 
their interior ; both appearances are easily explained if the small 
size of the chambers occupied by the sponge is remembered, 
and also its own filmy form. The masses that seem to be inside 
out are merely hollow membranes that have lined the walls of small 
chambers of corresponding form and size and the surface exposed 
when the coral is dissolved away is the basal surface of the sponge 
that was in contact with the wall, while the existence of rela- 
tively large spaces of irregular shape in masses in which the true 


IQI5.] N. ANNANDALE: Parasitic Sponges. 465 


external surface is outermost is due to the fact that they have 
grown round projecting fragments of coral at the angles of the 
Clionid’s galleries and that these fragments have disappeared 
owing to the action of the acid. 

Spicules.—There are three kinds of spicules, viz. (a) com- 
paratively stout, smooth styli of the type called rhabdostyles by 
Topsent! in his definition of the genus, (0) much more slender, 
almost hair-like tylostyli, which are shorter than the longest 
rhabdostyles and (c) small, much contorted sigmata. 

The rhabdostyles are perfectly smooth and have their heads 
almost truncate, not at ail swollen and as a rule spirally contorted 
in two whorls. They are actually rather slender and vary greatly 
in length; indeed, two series may perhaps be distinguished as 
regards size, but intermediate forms occur. Those of the larger 
series are on an average about 0176 mm. in length; those of the 
smaller series not more than 07099 mm. ‘The shaft tapers gradu- 
ally to a fine point. 

The dermal tylostyles are curved or sinuous, perfectly smooth, 
very slender and almost hair-like in appearance; they are longer 
than the shorter rhabdostyles. Their heads are of an elongate 
oval form and often not at all clearly differentiated. 

The sigmata are fairly uniform in size, small and slender, vari- 
able in shape but never having a complete twist or knot in the 
centre and never enlarged at the extremities. 

Skeleton.—The skeleton is very degenerate and the number of 
spicules present is comparatively small. The rhabdostyles stand 
separate and semi-erect, with their contorted heads resting on the 
basal membrane and their shafts pointing obliquely upwards. 
The tylostyles lie horizontal in ill-defined bundles, which are 
often comparatively broad and sometimes form as a whole well- 
marked curves, but are never reticulate. The sigmata are scat- 
tered sparsely without definite arrangement. The slender tylo- 
styles are more numerous than either of the other two kinds of 
spicules. 


Measurements of Spicules. 


Length of rhabdostyles .. .. 0°0902-—0°209 mm. 
Diameter of shaft of rhabdostyles .. 0°0057—0'0082 ,, 
Length of slender tylostyles oe OL LAG: mitt. 

Length of sigmata ee ang 001235, 


Type.—No. 6420/7 ZEV, Ind. Mus. (mounted in Canada 
balsam on a slide). 


Locality.—Port Mouat, Andaman Is., Bay of Bengal (‘ Investi- 
gator’). 

The type-specimen occupies the galleries of Cliona viridis in 
a piece of dead Madreporarian coral. The external surface of the 


| Rés. Camp. Sci. Monaco, fasc. 11 (Spongaires de l’Atlantique Nord), p. 115 
1892). 


466 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XI, 


coral is much eroded owing to the attacks of various burrowing 
organisms and part of the galleries excavated by the Cliona have 
completely broken down, leaving a fairly large open cavity. The 
growth of the Rhabderemia appears to have commenced in this 
cavity and then to have proceeded inwards along the excavations 
of the other sponge, parts of which it had completely surrounded 
and was apparently in the act of engulfing. 

The buds to which reference has been made are merely por- 
tions of the sponge that have grown over projecting fragments 
of coral in the angles of the galleries and have then become con- 
stricted at the base. 

The specimen, though dry, is in good condition, having origi- 
nally been preserved in spirit. 

The species is very closely related to R. pusilla (Carpenter) 4 
of which it should perhaps be regarded as a variety. It is distin- 
guished, however, by its larger sigmata, which are of a slightly 
different type, its longer slender styli (or tylostyli), and its stouter 
and more variable rhabdostyli. ‘Topsent describes R. pusilla as an 
excessively thin ‘‘éponge jaune pale revétante.’’ The only Indian 
sponge hitherto referred to the genus Rhabderemia is Dendy’s 
R. indica® from Ceylon. It has short roughened styli and sig- 
mata that are often twisted into a complete knot in the centre ; 
the skeleton is reticulate. 


Family AXINELLIDAE. 
Genus Amorphinopsis, Carter. 


1887. Amorphinopsis, Carter, Fqurn. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.) XXI, 

1896. She heor ites Topsent, Mém. Zool. Soc. France IX, p. 117. 

1900. Spongosorites, id., Arch. Zool. exbérim. VIII, p. 265. 

1905. Spongosorites, Dendy in Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, III, 
p. 182. 

In examining a fragment of the piece of dead sponge-riddled 
coral described by Carter in 1887 I came across a small sponge 
that afforded me much difficulty, until I had compared my 
preparations with others made from the material sorted out and 
named by that author, On making a comparison I could not 
remain in doubt that this sponge was the same as the one named 
by him Amorphinopsis excavans; indeed, it was probably a schizo- 
type of that species. Carter’s descriptions are as a rule remark- 
ably clear and accurate, but this was not the case in the present 
instance, in which his figures are actually misleading. He gave no 
separate description of Amorphinopsis, the generic characters of 
which he left to be inferred mainly from his specific diagnosis. 

The sponge agrees with Topsent’s description of Spongosorites, 
except in the fact that its spicules are not ‘‘ biangulate.’’ In Car- 


1 Microciona pusilla, Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) XVIII, p. 239, pl. xvi, 
tig. 51 (1876) and Topsent, Mém. Zool. Soc. France 1889 (II), p. 41, fig. 7. 
2 In Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish. 111, p. 180, pl xii, fig. 10 (1905). 


19I5.| N. ANNANDALE: Parasitic Sponges. 467 


ter’s figure the amphioxi are shown as having a regular curve, 
but this is by no means always the case and though they are not 
swollen in the middle they are often distinctly geniculate at or 
near that point. With Dendy’s redefinition of Sfongosorites the 
species agrees precisely. All this is made abundantly clear when 
A. excavans is compared with the form here described as A. exca- 

vans var. digitifera. 
The genus Amorphinopsis may now be redefined as follows :— 
Axinellidae of encrusting, reticulate or massive shape, some- 
times bearing upright branches or conuli; the skeleton 
composed of stout spicule-fibres containing little horny 
material and forming a coarse and irregular reticulation. 
The fibres consist of large, smooth styli or amphioxi, or of 
a mixture of smooth styli and amphioxi, lying parallel to 
one another. Smaller spicules of the same types surround 
the fibres and as a rule form a horizontal layer in the 
ectosome. Some or all of the spicules are geniculate in 
the middle; sometimes they are also inflated at this 

point. 


Amorphinopsis excavans, Carter. 
1887. Amorphinopsis excavans, Carter, op. cit., p. 77, pl. v, figs. 12-15. 
The sponge in Carter’s specimen consists of a thin external 
crust and a network of fine cylindrical basal branches that ramify 
in the excavations of Clionidae in dead coral. The external crust 
is remarkable for the curious little prominences or bosses with 
which it is ornamented and for the strands of spicules that radi- 
ate from them. The regularity of their arrangement is somewhat 
exaggerated in Carter’s figures. The prominences seem to me 
to be no more than incipient, or possibly abortive, conuli or 
branches. Each probably contains an osculum obliterated by con- 
traction. There is a dense external covering of smaller spicules 
lying horizontally and matted together on the surface of the sponge. 
The internal or basal branches rarely contain more than a single 
stout strand of spicules, but they ramify and anastomose in accord- 
ance with the ramifications and anastomosings of the cavities they 
occupy. A horizontal reticulation of fibres occurs near the surface. 
The spicule-fibres, whether on the surface or inside the coral, 
consist mainly of the larger spicules, which are for the most part 
true amphioxi. Occasionally a slender sub-stylote spicule is to be 
found amongst them, while a comparatively large number of true 
styli are also present. The last are asstout as the stoutest amphi- 
oxi, but usually shorter. All the amphioxi are more or less curved 
and most are crescentic in form; a few are, however, distinctly 
geniculate at or near the middle and forms (which must be re- 
garded as mere abnormalities) may be found in which there is a 
regular angle near one end. 
The smaller spicules, which surround the fibres in an irregular 
manner as well as forming a layer on the surface of the sponge, 
comprise both amphioxi and styli. ‘The former resemble the 


468 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XT, 


B. 


Fic. 4.—Spicules of Amorphinopsis excavans, Carter. 


A. From the type of the species. 
B. From the type of var. digitifera, nov. 


1915. ] N. ANNANDALE : Parasitic Sponges. 469 


larger amphioxi in shape and proportions, but the latter are usually 
straight or nearly so. 
Schizotype.—No. 6597/7 ZEV, Ind. Mus. (dried specimen). 
Spicules of Clzona often occur in the parenchyma and films of 
Chondrilla sometimes envelop the basal branches. 


var. digitifera, nov. 


1913. Spongosorites sp., Sewell, Fourn. As. Soc. Bengal (n.s.) IX, 
P+ 340. 

I have had by me for some years a sponge that I identified 
provisionally for Capt. Sewell as 
a new species of Spongosorites. 
A comparison with Carter’s 
A. excavans shows an absolute 
identity of skeletal structure, 
though the external form is 
very different and slight differ- 
ences in spiculation can be 
detected. I propose therefore 
to regard this sponge as a 
variety of A. excavans, of which 
it may be no more than a 
growth-phase. 

The sponge consists of a 
number of short, pointed, some- 
what compressed upright 
branches of rather irregular 
outline, united by means of a 
crust in which are embedded 
numerous small stones (non- 
calcareous) and dead shells of 
Lamellibranchs and Balanidae. 
The longest branches are about 
30 mm. long and about 14 mm. 
broad at the broadest point; 
their thickness is about 7 mm. 
The shortest axis is directed 
towards the centre of the mass. 
The whole specimen is about 
100 mm. long by 40 mm. broad, 
but has probably formed part 
of a larger mass. In spirit the 
colour is dirty white. The 
sponge is rather hard but can 
be torn easily. 

The external surface is in 
Biases obscurely and minutely ote, 5 Yi en en 
reticulate, elsewhere distinctly ~“°°'" Sita, 


By v5 ? Amorphinopsis excavans var. digitifera 
hispid. No external orifices (enlarged). 


Zk 


Westy 


wee) 
Pp &; 
[EX 


>, 3 st : 
Pes 
ay 


EY 
fs 


SE 


470 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


can be detected and it is probable that both oscula and pores 
are highly contracted. 

The internal structure of the sponge is somewhat cavernous 
and several large canals run vertically up each branch, one situated 
in the middle being as a rule of greater calibre than the others. 
Probably the oscula are situated near the tips of the branches and 
the pores on the hispid parts of the surface. 

The skeleton forms a dense, irregular network. In the bran- 
ches its fibres curve upwards and outwards towards the external 
surface; as a rule they are directed mainly towards the inner side 
of the branch. ‘They frequently fuse together to form strands of 
great thickness, but seem to contain little or no horny matter. 
There is a horizontal reticulation of fibres below the external 
layer of small spicules. The larger spicules are closely packed 
together in the fibres and lie quite parallel to one another. The 
external layer of small spicules is horizontal over the greater part 
of the surface but in the hispid parts the spicules are vertical and 
little upright bunches can sometimes be detected that project 
through the dermal membrane. The bunches are arranged with 
considerable regularity at fairly equal distances. Sometimes they 
coincide in position with the terminations of skeletal strands, but 
this is not always so. 

The spiculation differs from that of the typical form in the 
complete absence of large stout styli and in the fact that the large 
amphioxi are on an average considerably shorter. 

Type.—No. 5010/7 ZEV, Ind. Mus. (in spirit). 

Locality.—Rock-pool at Fisher Bay, Tavoy I., off the coast 
of Tenasserim. 

This sponge approaches Dactyella, Thiele' in structure and 
fully bears out Dendy’s® suggestion as to a possible relationship 
between the two genera. Indeed, I doubt whether they are 
distinct. 


Family CHONDROSIIDAE. 
Chondrilla nucula, Schmidt. 


1862. Schmidt, Spong. Adriat. Meeres, p. 39, pl. iii, figs. 22, 22a. 

1877. Schulze, Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. XIX, p. 108, pl. 1x, figs. 11-18. 

1881. Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) VII, p. 384. 

1889 (1887). ? Id. (Cliona stellifera ?) in part, Anderson’s Fauna or 
Merguz I, p. 62. 

1891. Keller, Zez¢schy. Wiss. Zool. LII, p. 327. 

1892. Topsent, Rés. Camp. Sci. Monaco, fase. Il, p. 54. 

A re-examination of part of Carter’s original material leaves 
no doubt that the provisional species he described in 1889 under 
the name of Cliona stellifera? was founded on the association of 
spicules of a Cliona with those of a Chondrilla. The Cliona was 
in all probability C. viridis, while the Chondrilla was either Ch. 
nucula, Ch. mixta or Ch. distincta, if it was not composed of all 


1 Stiid. ti. pacif. Spongien, Bibl. Zool. XXIV (i), p. 55 (1898). 
2 In Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fisheries, II, p. 182 (1905). 


I9I5.] N. ANNANDALE: Parasitic Sponges. 471 


three species. Cliona viridis is particularly abundant in the 
masses of dead coral from which he extracted the spicules on 
which he based his description, or rather indication, and it is 
frequently covered by a thin film, of one or other of the Chon- 
drillae. The only other species of Cliona' present is C. enstfera, 
which Carter distinguished from ‘“‘ stellifera.”’ 

The specimens of Ch. nucula I have examined from this 
materia! consist of extremely thin films much less than r mm. 
thick and spread out over the surface of Cliona viridis, C. ensifera 
and Stoeba simplex in their excavations in dead coral. The 
spicules correspond well with the figures cited above and agree in 
dimensions (diameter o-or to 02 mm.) with those of a specimen 
from the Red Sea examined by Keller. They are densely crowded 
in the ectosome and frequently touch one another in that part of 
the sponge. The colour, after some 28 years in spirit, is pale 
brown. The film is usuaily uniform, but sometimes reticulate. 
The fragments extracted have been very imperfect. 

Ch. nucula is cosmopolitan in distribution. It has been 
recorded from the Mediterranean, the Azores, the Red Sea and the 
Gulf of Manaar. The specimens referred to above are from King 
I. in the Mergui Archipelago, which lies off the coast of Tenas- 
serim, the southern extension of Burma. 


Chondrilla mixta, Schulze. 


1877. - Schulze, op. cit., p. 113. 
1891. Keller, op. ctt., p. 327: 

In the same fragments of dead coral, and in precisely similar 
conditions, I find imperfect examples of another Chondrilla which 
agrees well enough with Schulze’s description of Ch. mixta so far 
as the shape and arrangement of the spicules are concerned. The 
film it forms in these circumstances is still more delicate than that 
formed by Ch. nucula and is quite colourless. The spicules include 
both oxyasters and spherasters, the largest of both of which are 
not more than o‘012 mm. in diameter. 

Distribution.—Red Sea (Schulze) ; Mergui Archipelago, Burma. 


Chondrilla distincta, Schulze. 


(Plate xxxiv, figs. 4, 4a.) 


1877. Schulze, of. cit., p. 133, pl. ix, fig. 19. 
1903. Thiele, Abh. Senckenb. Natur. Geselisch. XXV, p. 67, pl. iii, 
fig. 20. 

Still in the same fragments of coral from Burma a third 
species of Chondrilla occurs, in the same circumstances. It is 
undoubtedly Chondrilla distincta, Schulze, with which its spicules 
agree in every respect. 


1 Not having Carter’s full material in my hands, I have been unable to find 
the spicules he associated in his provisional species Cliona sceptrellifera’. In 
any case this species, if it exists as such, is clearly not a Cliona. 


472 Records of the Indtan Museum. [VoL. XT, 


Owing to the more robust form of this sponge it has been 
possible to extract larger and more complete pieces, which exhibit 
its manner of growth in the burrows of Cliona. The specimens 
were found in the centre of a piece of coral about 4 cm. thick. 
No part of the sponge was visible on the surface of the coral. It 
consisted of irregular cylindrical, ramifying and even reticulate 
masses, the component branches of which were about 2 mm. thick. 
The colour was deep purple-brown, except at the extremities, 
where it was much fainter, if not altogether absent. ‘The surface 
was for the most part smooth, but crater-like pits surrounded by a 
particularly dense zone of spicules occurred sparingly. Large oval 
cells containing brown pigment-granules could be detected in the 
choanosome. At many points the greater part of the ectosome 
was entirely concealed by spicules, mostly spherasters. Oxyasters 
occurred sparingly in the choanosome. 

The most interesting feature of the sponge, however, consisted 
in little tentacle-like club-shaped branches (pl. xxxiv, fig 4a) the 
free extremities of which were densely covered with spherasters, 
while the cylindrical portions were bare of spicules or almost so. 
In some cases the tips of these branches were in contact with the 
surface of other sponges or of tubes constructed among them by 
Polychaete worms. Wherever this occurred the tip was splayed 
out and, if the sponge touched was a Cliona, the latter was pro- 
tected by a dense layer of its own macroscleres and by a chitinous 
sheath (pl. xxxiv, fig. 4). Some cases were seen in which the 
expanded tip of a branch of the Chondrilla was actually spreading 
out in a thin, colourless film over the surface of another sponge or 
of a worm-tube. We have here proof of actual aggression on the 
part of the Chondrilla, and evidence of the methods by which 
Cliona defends itself against such aggression. This subject is dis- 
cussed later (p. 476). In every case, on the other hand, in 
which Stoeba plicata is the sponge attacked by this or other 
species of Chondrilla its ectosome, with the microscleres abundant 
in that part of the sponge, had disappeared where the attacking 
sponge had covered it. 


Part II.—BIOLOGICAL,. 


The large proportion of the sponges referred to in this paper 
were found in two small pieces of dead Madreporarian coral, 
neither weighing more than a few ounces. One piece came from 
the Andamans, the other from the Mergui Archipelago. The 
former is a portion of a somewhat larger specimen examined by 
Carter many years ago and described by him in his account of the 
sponges collected by the late Dr. John Anderson. He found in it 
examples of no less than 8 species of sponges and yet it is clear 
that his examination was not exhaustive, for (in addition to the 
majority of the species he noticed) the fragment now in the Indian 
Museum contains at least four others. ‘There seems to be a stage 
in the decay of the more solid Madreporarian corals at which their 


I9I5.] N. ANNANDALE: Parasitic Sponges. 473 


skeletons become peculiarly attractive to a large number of small 
sponges, some of which are true: excavators, while others are 
primarily thin encrusting forms able to exist on a solid even sur- 
face but preferring an irregular one, and capable of penetrating 
into its interstices. Sponges of both kinds play an important part 
in the final disintegration of both corals and calcareous algae.! 

I have recently pointed out elsewhere * that sponges which ex- 
cavate their burrows in molluscan shells are often liable to be 
killed by the growth of encrusting forms. ‘The association of such 
species as Cliona vastifica and Laxosuberttes aquaedulcioris, though 
it may be physically intimate, is evidently quite fortuitous; the 
Laxosuberites merely happens to grow on the surface of the ovster- 
shells in which the Cliona has burrowed, and its presence, though 
ultimately fatal, is not correlated with the presence of the other 
sponge ; it grows on many shells that the Clionid has not attacked 
and is in no way prejudiced by so doing. 

Off the coast of Orissa and the north of the Madras Presi- 
dency oyster-shells are often attacked by another species of Cliona, 
recently described as Cliona acustella,? which ultimately eats away 
the entire surface, leaving it deeply and densely pitted. Appa- 
rently the excavator retires deeper into the shell when this occurs. 
The roughened surface it has produced is, however, attractive to 
at least two kinds of very thin encrusting sponges, both of which 
belong to the genus Eurypon. They are not content with the sur- 
face, however, but pursue the C/iona into its retreats, coating the 
walls of its galleries and apparently driving it beforethem. In 
other Lamellibranch shells (of Ostrvea, Malleus and Tyidacna) from 
Indian seas I have found the remains of sponges of similar habits 
that belong to allied but probably undescribed genera and have 
little doubt that the species originally described by Hancock as 
Cliona purpurea* is a form of the kind. There is no evidence that 
any of these Desmaciodonid sponges actually attack the Clionid 
with which it is associated, and I have never found spicules of the 
latter family embedded in the substance of one of the former ; 
they merely overwhelm them or suffocate them and usurp their 
place. Unfortunately the remains of sponges of this kind now 
in my hands are insufficiently preserved to justify technical 
descriptions. 

The Tetraxonellid sponge Stelletta vestigium (antea, p. 459) 
goes a little further. It is a more massive species than those 
alluded to in the preceding paragraph, and makes its way into the 
burrows of Clionidae, not by merely growing along their walls, but 
by thrusting practically solid processes into them. When these 
processes come in contact with the rightful owner of the burrow 


! Carter has described a collection of boring organisms from calcareous algae 
from the Gulf of Manaar. See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) VI, p. 150 (1880). 

2 Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 35 (1915). 

® Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, p. 14 (1915). 

4 See Topsent, Arch. Zool. expévim. (4) VII, p. xvi (1907). 


474 Records of the Indian Museum. [Von. XI, 


its spicules adhere to and are even incorporated in what we may 
call for this purpose the ‘‘ skin’’ of the aggressor. 

Amorphinopsis excavans has similar habits, but takes the bor- 
rowed spicules into its own internal parts. 

Stoeba plicata var. simplex differs from these species in that it 
possesses independent powers of excavation and only uses the bur- 
rows of Clionidae as the basis of its own operations. It adapts 
and enlarges these burrows and at the same time not merely 
attaches the spicules of its host to its own surface, but takes them 
into its own inner parts and possibly even utilizes them in 
strengthening its own attenuated and delicate terminal processes. 

Coppalias investigatrix—and possibly also C. penetrans-- 
attack in a similar manner, but its parasitic character is more 
marked, in that, having once penetrated into the burrows of a 
Clionid, it is content with them and so far as its external form is 
concerned becomes a mere cast of them. Moreover, it enters the 
burrows at a comparatively early stage of development and ap- 
pears to have only a short-lived and very inconspicuous encrusting 
phase. ’ 

All these sponges may be classed, in greater or less degree, as 
parasites, in that they appropriate the fruit of the labours of 
other species and even possibly make use in some cases of the 
spicules of the sponges they attack. There is no evidence, however, 
that they feed on the bodies of their victims. In the case of the 
three species of Chondrilia and of Rhabderemia prolifera it is pos- 
sible that the attacking species does so, for the Clionid is actually 
overwhelmed and engulfed, not merely thrust before the invader. 
The method of attack is not the same in the case of the Chon- 
drillae as in that of the Rhabderemia. The former give rise to 
peculiar capitate tentacle-like processes when they approach the 
Clionid or any other body with which they may come in contact. 
The heads of these processes, which are armed with spicules, 
spread out over any surface that they happen to touch. If they 
do so on the surface of another sponge they surround it and ab- 
sorb it completely. 

The Rhabderemia, on the other hand, which forms a much thin- 
ner film as a whole, spreads bodily round portions of the Clionid, 
which it ultimately absorbs in a similar manner. 

It is noteworthy that the great majority of all these parasitic 
sponges are known to have free encrusting phases or varieties, 
which are able to exist independently of the labours of other 
species. Coppatias penetrans and C. investigatrix, and possibly 
Rhabderemia prolifera—if the latter is to be regarded as speci- 
fically distinct from R. pusilla—are apparently exceptions. They 
seem to have become specially adapted for a parasitic life, but it 
is very desirable that further investigations should be made into 
their minute structure. 

Most of these sponges are probably able to enlarge the bur- 
rows that they occupy, though there is no evidence that C. inves- 
tigatvix and C. penetrans do so, by the mere expansion of their 


1915. | N. ANNANDALE: Parasitic Sponges. 475 


growth. If the material into which they have penetrated is at all 
soft or crumbling this causes it to split or even to fall in pieces, 
and the final result of the parasitism of most of the invading 
sponges must be to produce a state of affairs in which it is neces- 
sary for them, unless they are to perish altogether, to assume again 
an independent form of existence. Sooner or later they destroy 
the walls of their retreat and so are once more exposed. 

The species of Stoeba and Coppatias do not depend solely on 
expansion as a means of penetration, for they are able to break 
off fragments of calcareous matter. These are more or less 
rounded in form and are stored up in the interior of the sponge. 
How the fragments are broken off we do not know, but it is evi- 
dent that the sharp points of the spicules play an important part 
in the operation. Even in the case of the Clionidae the precise 
method by which the burrows are excavated is not yet by any 
means clear. It has been shown! that the action of acid is absent, 
and it seems most probable from the disposition of the spicules in 
the growing points of the sponge that little pieces of shell or coral 
are broken off, not merely by impact of the spicules, but also by a 
rotary action. The points of a number of macroscleres are pro- 
bably directed in a circle covering a small area of the surface on 
which they are to work. The heads of these spicules may be then 
rotated by what would be called in an animal more highly organ- 
ized than a sponge, muscular action. The fragments observed in 
the interior of Coppatias and Stoeba are as a rule larger and of 
less regular shape than those produced by the activities of Cliona 
or Thoosa, and it seems probable that the operation by which they 
are produced is of a less specialized nature than in the case of 
the Clionidae. Moreover, the manner in which the spicules are 
arranged appears to be much more haphazard, and we can only 
suppose that their action is less concerted. 

The fragments of calcareous matter removed by Rhabderemia 
prolifera are certainly separated by an entirely different process. 
The species of Coppatias and Stoeba that invade Clionid burrows 
grow forwards as bodies that are practically solid, whereas the 
Rhabderemia merely coats the walls of the excavations it invades 
as an extremely thin film. This film grows round projecting frag- 
ments of coral and separates them from the walls by constricting 
itself round their bases. There is no evidence that the contained 
particles of calcareous matter are of any utility to the other spe- 
cies, but to this sponge they are probably directly useful. The 
film that surrounds each fragment contracts away from the main 
body of the sponge and forms a bud that separates itself from its 
parent and doubtless aids in the distribution of the species by so 
doing. The fact that it has a solid core of relatively heavy 
material must aid it considerably by causing it to fall away more 
readily. 


! For a full discussion see Topsent, Arch. Zool. expévim, (2) V 2, pp. 59-71 
(1887). 


476 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


The fact that a considerable number of small encrusting 
sponges are in the habit of invading and occupying the excava- 
tions of Clionidae to the detriment of the latter is quite clear from 
the foregoing notes, and I have abundant evidence that the para- 
sitic species described form only a very small proportion of the 
sponges of similar habits that exist in Indian seas, more particu- 
larly on the decaying parts of coral reefs. The question naturally 
arises, How do the Clionidae protect themselves? No direct 
observations on this point have been made in the field but in the 
case of Thoosa investigatoris and Coppatias investigatrix the fact 
that the invading sponge was evidently in a comparatively early 
developmental phase enabled some interesting deductions to be 
made. Fig. 1 on pl. xxxiv shows a young sponge of C. tnvestiga- 
trix which has just penetrated into the outer part of a burrow of 
T. investigatoris. ‘The shell has been dissolved away and one sees 
in the lower part of the figure the base of an exhalent papilla 
from below, the middle of the figure is occupied by the Coppatias, 
while in the upper part a confused mass of spicules belonging to 
the Clionid is shown. ‘The invading sponge appears to have made 
its way through an inhalent papilla that has degenerated into a 
mere confused mass; it is shown in the upper part of the figure. 
The Coppatias, however, has not merely penetrated the papilla, 
for it contains small cavities that apparently represent fragments 
of calcareous matter detached by itself. Fragments of precisely 
the same shape and size were observed in situ in preparations in 
which the action of the acid used in extracting them from the 
shell had not gone so far. 

There are several points of interest to be noted in this 
preparation. Firstly, the Clionid has secreted a horny membrane ! 
(h.c.) wherever it is in contact with the invading sponge. Secondly, 
the exhalent papilla (¢.p.) at the base of which the invading sponge 
has entered the shell is distorted and has its armature of macro- 
scleres greatly extended and increased. Thirdly, the inhalent 
papilla through which the Coppatias has apparently* made its way 
is as already stated completely disorganized. Fourthly, the in- 
vader is very minute and forms a compact mass that does not 
spread out over the surface of the shell. 

Fig. 2 represents a later stage in the attack in the same case. 
The Coppatias has penetrated well into the burrows of the Clionid 
and has to some extent adapted itself to their form. The Clionid 
has shrunk considerably in its excavation and has secreted round 
itself a thick horny coat, not merely where it is in actual contact 
with the Coppatias, but also at those points at which it was liable to 


' It is noteworthy that there are none of the characteristic nodular amphias- 
ters present in the parenchyma of the Clionid. As I pointed out in my original 
description of this species (Rec. nd. Mus. XI, p. 20), these spicules often occur in 
great abundance in association with a horny membrane covering projecting parts 
of the sponge, in circumstances that suggest that they are utilized in excavating 
fresl. papillae. It is now evident that the secretion of horny substance is not 
necessarily correlated with their development. 


1915. | N. ANNANDALE: Parasitic Sponges. 477 


be attacked by a flank movement. A number of its macroscleres 
project through the horny covering into the body of the invader. 

When Cliona ensifera or C. viridis is attacked by a Chondrilla 
a similar horny coating is produced and a mass of macroscleres is 
formed lying parallel to the tranverse axis of the part with which 
the attacking sponge is in contact. This also occurs when C. vim- 
dis is attacked by Rhabderemia prolifera, but the horny coating is 
very thin. 

It therefore appears that the mode of defence adopted by the 
Clionid is not always precisely the same, even in cases in which it 
can be adduced with practical certainty from observations made 
on preserved material. There are other methods of defence that 
can only be surmised from general considerations. One of these 
is possibly the production of diaphragms in the galleries of the 
Clionidae. In C. mucronata these structures are remarkably well 
developed and are protected by highly specialized spicules. It is 
perhaps more than a coincidence that I have not found any ex- 
amples of this species that were overwhelmed or even attacked 
by other sponges. 

I have pointed out elsewhere! that the gemmules of the 
Clionidae are possibly useful in permitting regeneration after the 
parent sponge has been suffocated by the growth of encrusting 
forms over its papillae. The production of gemmules in C. annuli- 
fera and Thoosa investigatoris at a depth of over 700 fathoms is 
particularly interesting, because at depths of such magnitude it is 
probable that conditions remain identical, so far as temperature, 
currents, etc., are concerned, throughout the year. It is only in a 
very few species of Clionidae that resting bodies of the kind have 
been discovered and I am convinced that they are not asa rule 
produced in Indian species other than the two just mentioned and 
the shallow-water form C. vastifica. In both the deep-sea species 
the gemmules are of a highly specialized character. In C. annuli- 
fera they are provided with spicules of a type that does not occur 
in the vegetative part of the sponge. These spicules are micro- 
scleres of an unusually large size; they cover one surface of the 
somewhat lens-shaped gemmule in a dense horizontal layer, form- 
ing a regular shield, but are entirely absent from the other surface. 
The surface that they protect is the one in contact with the parent 
sponge, that is to say the one with which an invading sponge would 
come in contact if it made its way along the galleries already ex- 
cavated. The naked surface is in contact with the walls of the 
excavations, which protect it in the natural position. 

The gemmule of T. investigatoris is very different from that of 
C. annulifera. It has neither a horny covering nor spicules of any 
kind, but is hidden away in a special chamber excavated in some 
unknown manner for its reception, and is only connected with the 
parent sponge by an extremely fine strand of living matter en- 
closed in a narrow canal. 


= | Mem. Ind. Mus. V, p. 35 (1915). 


478 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo1L. XI, 1915.] 


Both these Clionids are known only from specimens taken 
in a single haul of the ‘ Investigator’s’ net, and it is impossible 
therefore to say much about their enemies. We know, however, 
that T. investigatoris is attacked by C. tnvestigatrix, and I have 
not been able to find any example of the latter that is drawn out 
into a sufficiently fine filament to make its way into a gemmular 
chamber of the Clionid. 


The information conveyed in the foregoing biological notes 
may be summarized as follows :— 

1. The Clionidae are liable to be attacked in their burrows 
by a large number of small sponges belonging to several different 
families. 

2. The majority of these invading species are known to 
exist also as ordinary encrusting forms but in a few instances (e.g. 
that of Coppatias investigatrix) the sponge has possibly become a 
pure parasite. 

3. In most cases the invader merely occupies the burrow of 
the Clionid, which it thrusts before it, but in some instances it is 
possible that it actually engulfs and digests the proper occupant. 

4. Different species of Clionidae protect themselves against 
invasion in slightly different manners, but all secrete a horny coat 
where the invader comes in contact with them. 

5. The production of transverse diaphragms in the galleries 
of the Clionidae is possibly a means of protection against invading 
sponges, especially in the case of C. mucronata, in which these 
diaphragms are of an unusually elaborate nature. 

6. The production and elaboration of gemmules in the 
Clionidae is perhaps another means of defence against similar 
enemies, particularly in the case of the deep-sea species C. annult- 
fera and T. tnvestigatoris. 

7. The cases of invasion investigated represent only a small 
proportion of those in which similar phenomena occur. 


le 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV. 


Bigs 0, 02% 
vestigatrix. 

1. A young Coppatias that has just made its way into the 
burrows of the Thoosa in a Gastropod shell, seen from below 
(Ponto): 

2. Portion of an older sponge of the same species in con- 
tact with the Thoosa, seen from the side (xX 65). 

A. A’ = the Thoosa: B =the Coppatias : S = Gastropod shell 
in section: c = cavity from which calcareous matter has been re- 
moved by acid: e #.—exhalent papilla of the Thoosa: h.c.=horny 
coat secreted by the Thoosa. : 

In fig. 1 the young invading sponge has apparently made its way through an 


inhalent papilla of the 7hoosa, which is represented by a confused mass of spicules 
(A’). The adjacent exhalent papilla (A) is distorted and greatly enlarged. 


Thoosa investigatoris attacked by Coppatias in- 


Fig. 3,—Cliona viridis attacked by Rhabderemia prolifera. 
= C. viridis; B = Rh. prolifera: c = cavity from which 
calcareous matter has been removed by acid: c’ = passage be- 
tween two calcareous masses coated with the sponge. 


Figs. 4, 4a.—Chondrilla distincta attacking Cliona ensifera. 

4. A mass of the Chondrilla sending out tentacle-like branches 
to envelop the Cliona in dead coral (X 75). 

4a. A single tentacle-like branch more highly magnified 
(X 255). 

A =C. ensifera: B, B’=Ch. distincta: C= cavity from which 
calcareous matter has been removed by acid: # = tentacle-like 
branch. 


At B’ a tentacle-like branch has grown out from behind over the surface of 
the Cliona, which it is enveloping. 


~~ 


Rec. Ind. Mus, Vol. X1,1915. 


SPONGES PARASITIC ON CLIONIDAE. 


Bemrose, Collo, Derby. 


eee hn ee PpOorR rt ON -A COLLECTION OF 
MOLLUSC AS MwROW THR OURSKIRTS 
ORIN AGE. C UA. 


By Hi. Be PRESTON, [.Z.S. 


Class GASTROPODA. 
Order PULMONATA. 
Suborder GEHYDROPHILA. 
Family AURICULIDAE. 


Scarabus plicata, Feér. 
Prodrome, p. 101. 


Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


Order PROSOBRANCHIATA. 
Suborder PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 
Family NASSIDAE. 


Nassa denegabilis, Preston. 
Rec. Ind. Mus., X, 1914, pp. 297-298. 


Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta (a single 
young specimen). 


Nassa orissaénsis, Preston var. ennurensis, Preston. (MS.) 


Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta (a single 
specimen). 


Nassa fossae, sp. n. 


Shell allied to N. orvissaénsis, Preston, but differing from 
that species in its larger size as com- 
pared with the type and both larger 
size and much broader form as com- 
pared with the above variety; the 
subperipheral band is of a whitish 
colour and the spiral lirae are consi- 
derably coarser and very much more 
numerous, the aperture is much 
broader and the columella margin is 
distinctly curved; it is 6 whorled. _ 

Alt. 9°5, diam: maj. 5°5, diam. Fic. 1.—Nassa fossae, Spee Fe 

3 : », Ia.— do.,_ sculpture, x6. 
min. 4°5 (nearly) mm. 

Aperture: alt. 4, diam. 2°75 mm. 

Hab.—Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


480 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Family TIARIDAE. 
Tiara (Striatella) tuberculata (Miller). 
Hist. Verm. 1774 (as Nertta). 
Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta (a small 


form), 
Tiara (Tarebia) lineata (Gray). 


Wood., Jndex Test. Supp., 1828, fig. 68 (as Helix). 
Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


Family RISSOIDAE. 
Iravadia princeps, sp. n. 


Shell imperforate, elongately fusiform, in dead condition 
whitish; whorls 7, the first smooth, 
submammillary, the remainder 
sculptured with fine, acute, regular 
and slightly distant, spiral lirae, the 
interstices being occupied by very 
fine, transverse riblets; suture im- 
pressed; columella margin porcel- 
lanous, narrowly outwardly expan- 
ded and reflexed, continuous with 
the labrum which is varicosely 

Pe thickened, bevelled behind and 

rather markedly angled at each ter- 

mination of the spiral lirations, 
aperture a little oblique, rather broadly ovate. 

Alt. 6°5, diam. maj. 3, diam. min. 2°25 mm. 

Aperture: alt. 2, diam. 1°5 mm. 

Hab.—Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


~ 


Fic. 2.—Iravadia princeps, sp. 
x 


») 2a" | dow . sculpture; X as; 


Family ASSIMINEIDAE. 
Assiminea francesiae, Wood. 
Ind. Test. Supp., 1828 ; A. fasciata, Benson, Zool. ¥., 1835, p. 463. 
Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


Family NERITIDAE. 
Septaria crepidularia, Lamarck. 
Anim, s. vert., VI, 2, 1822. 
Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


Septaria depressa (Reeve). 
Con. Icon., Neritina, 1855, sp. 86, pl. xviii, figs. 86a, 0. 
Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 
The above two species seem to the author to be very doubt- 
fully separable. 


IQI5 | H. B. Preston: Mollusca from near Calcutta. 481 


Class LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. 
Order TETRABRANCHIA. 
Suborder MYTILACEA. 
Family MyTILIDAE. 


Brachydontes emarginata (Reeve). 
Con. Icon., Modiola, 1858, sp. 60, pl. x, fig. 73. 
Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


Suborder CONCHACEA. 
Family VENERIDAE. 
Sinodia jukes-browniana, sp. n. 


Shell irregularly trigonal, inflated , yellowish-white, both valves 
closely concentrically ridged throughout ; umbones small, curved 


Fics. 3, 3a.—Sinodia jukes-browniana, sp. n. (nat. size). 


, 
») 

1 
3b.— ‘f 5 hinge, x 3. 


2 ” 


inwards, not prominent; lunule large, cordiform; dorsal margin 
sharply arched; ventral margin anteriorly slopingly rounded, pos- 
teriorly gently rounded ; anterior side sloping above, rather sharply 
rounded in the median part; posterior side slightly produced 
below, steeply sloping and very gently rounded above; teeth in 
both valves normal; interior of shell pinkish, shading to pure 
white towards the ventral, anterior and posterior margins. 

Long. 27°5, lat. 25°5 mm. 

Hab.—Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


Family CyRENIDAE. 


Cyrena bengalensis, Lamk. 


Anim. s. vert., Cyrena, 10. 


Salt Lakes near Chingrighatta, Calcutta. 


482 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL. XI, 1915. ] 


Order DIBRANCHIA. 
Suborder TELLINACEA, 
Family TELLINIDAE. 


Macoma gubernaculum, Hanley. 
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1844, p. 142. 
Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


Suborder ANATINACEA. 
Family CUSPIDARIIDAE. 


Cuspidaria annandalei, Preston. 
Rec. Ind. Mus., X1, 1915, p. 308. 
Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


Family ANATINIDAE. 
Anatina induta, sp. n. 


Shell small, oblong, cuneiform, gaping anteriorly, thin, whit- 
ish, covered by a very thin, transpa- 
rent, very pale brownish periostra- 
cum, smooth, but for somewhat dis- 
tant, concentric growth lines; umbones 
small, somewhat flattened, dorsal margin 
gently arched ; ventral margin almost 
, straight, alittle contracted in the median 
Fic. 4—Anatina induta, Patt; anterior side rounded ; posterior 
sp. n., x 6. side produced, sharply rounded, wedge- 
like. 
Long. 4, lat. 8°75 mm. 
Hab,—Canal near Chingrighatta, outskirts of Calcutta. 


ee ey 


Mole. NOPE SaO No PH EAA BIT S* OF 
END CAIN = GN) S H.C ioe M Yo RAP ODS A N-D 
ARA CH NEEDS); 


By F. H. GRAVELY, M.Sc., Assistant Superintendent, Indian 
Museum. 


(Plates X XII—X XV). 


The preparation of a course of popular lectures during the 
summer of 1914 necessitated the completion, so far as opportu- 
nity permitted, of a number of more or less casual observations 
that I have chanced to make from time to time on the habits of 
insects and spiders of Calcutta, and the production of figures to 
illustrate them. The present, therefore, seems a favourable oppor- 
tunity of putting on record both these and certain observations 
made in other parts of India, in Burma and in Ceylon during 
the last five or six years, incomplete though they are in some 
cases. 

Although a number of notes on the habits of Indian insects 
have been published from time to time, they are still regrettably 
few, considering the richness and interest of the fauna with which 
they deal; and they are so scattered that the discovery of their 
existence, by anyone in a position to make use of them, is a matter 
of great uncertainty. 

In order to bring all these notes together search would have 
to be made through a number of European journals; but the results 
of such a search would probably be very small in comparison with 
the amount of time it would occupy. Indeed, the time would 
probably be better employed in making fresh observations. 

Since, however, observations on living Indian animals must 
almost necessarily be made in India, many of them will naturally 
be recorded in Indian journals, which are comparatively few. 
And I have tried, in the following pages, to combine with the 
record of my own observations such references to those of others 
as I have been able to find in journals, chiefly Indian, up to 
the end of 1914. The necessity for this became more and more 
apparent as the work of compilation progressed; for I found that 
several of my own observations were simply confirmatory of those 
of others; and that in several instances observations having a very 
definite bearing upon one another were recorded by different 
authors, sometimes in different parts of the same journal, without 
any reference to one another 


484 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


It has been extremely difficult to find convenient limits to the 
subject in hand; for notes on habits pass by almost imperceptible 
gradations into notes on mimicry, development, crop-protection, 
sanitation, etc. I have not attempted to go through the rapidly 
increasing literature on Indian ‘‘ economic”’ entomology; because, 
although it undoubtedly contains much that is of scientific interest, 
I doubt whether the records obtained would be worth the time 
involyed—especially as a large proportion of these have already been 
brought together in Lefroy’s ‘‘ Indian Insect Life’’, Patton and 
Cragg’s ** Text-book of Medical Entomology’’, Fletcher’s ‘‘ South 
Indian Insects’’, and Stebbing’s ‘‘ Indian Forest Insects”’, text- 
books all of comparatively recent date. 

Nor have I attempted to go through ell the literature on 
Indian Butterflies, a very large proportion of which appears in 
the Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society. Much of the 
earlier work done on this group was brought together in Marshall 
and de Nicéville’s well known ‘‘ Butterflies of India, Burma and 
Ceylon.’’ It may therefore be mentioned here that the Indian 
Museum possesses the latter author’s file copy of this work, exten- 
sively interleaved with published and unpublished notes and 
figures, and continued in manuscript to deal with Pierinae and 
Papilioninae. The remaining parts were sent to Col. Bingham for 
use in connection with the unfinished butterfly volumes of the 
‘* Fauna of British India”’ series, and unfortunately appear to have 
been lost at the time of his death. 

Such observations on butterflies and their larvae and pupae as 
have come under my notice have been carefully sifted, and only 
those that seem likely to be of general interest have been referred 
to below. But in other groups recorded observations are so com- 
paratively few that even the most trivial often seems worth 
noting; and I have thought it best to include as wide a range of 
them as possible. I am indebted to Dr. N. Annandale, Mr. T. 
Bainbrigge Fletcher, Mr. C. Beeson and Mr. E. E. Green for a num- 
ber of references. I am also indebted to these and other observers 
for several original notes, each of which is separately acknowledged. 


INSECTA. 
THYSANURA. 


Cunninghani (‘‘ Plagues and Pleasures”’!, p. 190) notes that 
‘* fish-insects ’’ prefer ‘“‘ size” to paper, but eat the latter also. 
Lefroy (J.B.N.H.S.* XIX, pp. 1006-7), who used Acrotelsa collaris, 
Fabr., as food for the larvae of Croce filipennis, Westw., reared the 
former from the egg, feeding it entirely on paper. The eggs, which 
were white, soft, and of an oval shape, were laid loosely among 
the paper. 


' “Plagues and Pleasures of Life in Bengal”’, by Lt.-Col. D. D. Cunning - 
ham, C.1.E., F.R.S. (London, 1907). 2 : 
» Fournal of the Bombay Natural History Society. 


1915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myrtapods, etc. 485 


DERMAPTERA.! 


Burr notices the habits when attracted to light of Labidura 
lividipes (J.A.S.B.? [n.s.], II, p. 391), and the feeding habits, etc., 
of Diplatys gladiator (J.A.S.B. [n.s.], VII, p. 772). The attrac- 
tion of a giant stinging neetle for various kinds of earwigs is also 
noted in the latter place.’ . 

The habits and development of Diplatys longisetosa and D. 
nmigriceps are described by Green (Tvans. Ent. Soc. London, 1898, 
pp. 381-390, pl. xviii and xix). 

Willey records the maternal instincts of a Ceylonese earwig 
(Spolia Zeylanica, VI, p. 53). 


ORTHOPTERA. 
Blattidae. 


Annandale notes that Pseudoglomeris flavicornis lives under 
the bark of trees (Wem. A.S.B., I, p. 207). 

C. Drieberg notes that cockroaches are common in beehives in 
Ceylon and appear to attack the combs (Sfolta Zeylanica, IV, p. 33). 

Annandale (J.A.S.B. [n.s.], II, pp. 105-106) and Shelford 
(Rec. Ind. Mus., III, p. 125-7) refer to the amphibious habits of 
cockroaches of the geuus Epilampra. These cockroaches are com- 
mon among stones at the edge of streams in many parts of India. 

Green (Spolta Zeylanica, VI, p. 135) and Annandale (Rec. Ind. 
Mus., V, pp. 201-2) describe cockroaches (Pertplaneta australasiae 
and americana respectively) preying upon winged termites. 

Leucophaea surinamensis is ovo-viviparous. When the egg- 
capsule is protruded it splits along one side, and the young (about 
30 in number) at once escape, leaving what looks like a mass of 
exuviae behind with the capsule. This observation was made at 
Peradeniya. 


Phasmidae. 


The development and habits of Phyllium scythe and Pulchri- 
phyllium crurifohum are described by Murray (Edinburgh New 
Phil. Journ. {n.s.], III, pp. 96-111, pl. vi-viii), Morton (Bull. Soc. 
Vaud. Sct. Nat., XX XIX, pp. 401-7, pl. iii), St. Quentin (Extomo- 
logist, XL, pp. 73-75 and 147, pl. iv) and Leigh (Proc. Zool. Soc. 
London, 1909, pp. 103-113, pl. xxviii; Rep. and Trans. Manchester 
Ent. Soc. 1912, pp. 22-29). Green records an authenticated case 


t See also Annandale ‘‘ Notes on Orthoptera in the Siamese Malay States’, 
Ent. Rec., X11, 1900, pp. 75-77 and 95-97. 

2 Fournal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. 

5 The statement in the same place that Labidura riparia and bengalensis 
occur under stones between tide-marks by the Chilka lake must not be taken to 
imply that this insect is amphibious, for this lake has since been found to have its 
level so greatly affected by winds and by flooding that regular tides can scarcely 
be said to exist. High-water marks at all times are more likely to be due to the 
most recent flood than to a tide (see Mem. Ind. Mus. V, pp. 10-11, pl. i). 


486 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vota 


of parthenogenesis in the latter species (Spolia Zeylanica, VII, 
p. 54). 

T. V. Ramakrishna Aiyer describes the life-history of stick- 
insects hatched from eggs laid in a group on a wooden rafter 
instead of singly and loose (J.B. N.H.S., XXII, pp. 641-3, 1 pl.). 

I have never seen any record of the fact that, in some 
Phasmids at least, copulation and oviposition go on simulta- 
neously. This is certainly so in the case of a large stick-insect ? 
common near Kurseong in the rains. The union continues for 
several days on end, perhaps longer; and eggs are protruded from 
an apperture ventral to that occupied by the penis of the male. 


Mantidae. 


Anderson (Proc. A.S.B., 1877, pp. 193-5) and Willey (Spola 
Zeylanica, II, pp. 198-9, 2 pl.) describe the floral simulation of 
Gongylus gongylodes. Willey (Spolta Zeylanica, III, pp. 226-7) 
describes the stridulation of this species, and an account of its 
development has been published by Williams (Tvans. Ent. Soc. 
London, 1904, pp. 125-137). Annandale (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
1900, pp. 839-854, 2 text-figs.) gives an account of the habits of the 
flower-mimicing Hymenopus bicornts and of other Malayan species. 

Browne (J.B.N.H.S., XII, pp. 578-9) records the killing of a 
sunbird, Avachnechthra minima. by a large mantis, ‘‘ probably 
Hierodula bipapilla”’ An immature specimen of a large green 
mantis was recently sent to the Indian Museum by Mr. Matilal 
Ganguli, who had found it surrounded by six or seven sparrows 
that were attempting to kill it. When they tried to peck at it, 
it ran very fast towards the assailants, making darts at them 
which caused them to withdraw. ‘The struggle was still in pro- 
gress when the specimen was captured. 

The food of mantises, with an account of the gradual 
eating of the male of an American species by the female during 
and without interfering with copulation is described by Mosse 
(J.B.N.H.S., XX, pp. 878-9) and Coleman (j.B.N.H:S., XS 
pp. 1167-8). I have seen newly hatched young of a big green 
mantis feeding on minute Chloropid flies (Pachylophus adjacens, 
Brun., MS.) onabush of Zizyphus jujuba on the Calcutta maidan— 
a bush which always attracts these flies during the rains, when 
they sit about on its leaves in large numbers. 


Acridiidae. 


Alcock (J.4.S.B., LXV [II], pp.539-540; reprinted J7.B.N.H.S., 
XI, pp. 149-150) records the behaviour of a bear towards Aularches 


1 Concerning parthenogenesis in Phasmidae see also Hanitsch, ¥. Straits R. 
Asiatic Soc., July 1904, pp. 35-38 (Zurycnema herculanea). Fryer records poly- 
morphism in a Ceylon stick-insect (Fournal of Genetics, 111, pp. 107-111, pl. iil). 

2 Belonging apparently to the subfamily Lonchodinae. ‘The female is a very 
heavily built stick-insect, the male more moderately stout. 


1915.| F.H.GRaveLy: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 487 


miliaris (Linn.) as an instance of the natural repellent effect of 
‘‘warning colours.” This species when irritated, besides exuding 
a pungent-smelling frothy fluid, makes a curious hissing sound. 
Precisely how it does soI have been unable to determine. Legs 
and wings commonly vibrate synchronously with the production 
of this sound when the insect is held by the body; but when 
any or all of these appendages are prevented from moving the 
sound may still be produced, though the insect is usually less 
readily disposed to produce it under these conditions. There is 
no perceptible vibration of the body wall such as occurs when 
a fly or wasp buzzes. The breeding and other habits of this 
locust are described by Green (Cir. R. Bot. Gardens, Ceylon, III, 
Pp. 227-235). 

The ‘‘terrifying attitude’’ assumed by a grasshopper (Acri- 
dium violascens) when attacked by a myna (Acridotheres tristis) is 
described by Manders (Spolia Zeylanica, VII, pp. 204-5). 

Kershaw gives a note on the habits and development of a 
Chinese ‘‘ Mastax or Eumastax’’ (J.B.N.H.S., XXII, pp. 416-7, 
pi B. part): 

Mr. Fletcher informs me that when he was in Coorg last year 
he found an Acridiid eating a large spider, a curious reversal of 
the normal course of events. 

Cotes and others between 18go0 and 1907 contributed a series 
of notes to the Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society, 
many of them of considerable length, on the habits, and especially 
on the migrations, of Indian locusts. 


>”) 


Locustidae. 


Green has described the stridulation of the common green 
locustid of Peradeniya (Spfolia Zeylanica, VII, p. 56). A very 
similar but slightly stouter insect occurs in Calcutta. It has a 
different note, which has been described by Cunningham (‘‘ Plagues 
and Pleasures’’, p. 171). This note is, however, not unlike the 
last syllable of the Peradeniya insect, though somewhat harsher 
and less prolonged. When the insect is in full song in the open a 
distinct click is audible alternating with the somewhat rapid 
succession of these notes. Mecopoda elongata has a somewhat 
similar note which it repeats indefinitely in a similar manner, but 
this note is louder and still more raucous. All three of these 
insects are nocturnal. 

Concerning the habitual attitude assumed by Sathrophyllia 
rugosa (‘‘ Acanthodis ululina”’) see Willey (Spolia Zeylanica, II, 
p. 199, I fig.) and Annandale (Mem. A.S.B., I, p. 209). 

Green (Spolia Zeylanica, V1, pp. 134-5) has described the habits 
of a leaf-rolling species of Grvilacris, presumably a close ally of, if 
not identical with, a species—Gryllacris aequalis—found in the 
Calcutta Botanical Gardens by Wood-Mason (see Griffini, Aééz. 
Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. LI1 pp. 237-239, where references to other nest- 


488 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI. 


making Orthoptera will be found'). Gryllacrids are also sometimes 
to be found in holes in trees, under loose bark, and under the 
eaves of buildings. 

Annandale and Gravely have described the habits of the 
Stenopelmatinae found in Burmese and Malay caves (J.A.S.B. 
[n.s.], IX, p. 413). In the Cochin Ghats Stenopelmatids are com- 
mon under logs of wood. 

Alarming colour and attitudein Capnoptera, spp., and a possible 
use of the spines on the thorax of Eumegalodon blanchardt, are 
described by Annandale (Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1900, pp. 854-5 
and 866). 


Gryllidae. 


The habits of a noisy burrowing cricket—doubtless Brachy- 
trypes portentosus (‘‘ achatinus’’*)—are described at length by Cun- 
ningham (‘‘ Plagues and Pleasures,’ pp. 161-170). I have never 
seen ‘‘molehill-like heaps of loose earth cast out of the mouths of 
almost finished diggings’ of these crickets. Sometimes there is a 
small and untidy collection of loose earth, but I have usually 
found the burrows somewhat difficult to locate in spite of the 
vigour with which the insects proclaim their whereabouts.’ 

A cricket closely resembling Brachyirypes achatinus, but much 
smaller, often flies to light in Calcutta. Like many still smaller 
species it has a way of partly unfolding its wings and then 
rapidly vibrating them. Why it should do this I have been 
unable to determine. The action, which is performed equally 
by both sexes, looks like stridulation, but only the faintest rustling 
sound is produced, and the male stridulates loudly in the ordi- 
nary way. 

Mr. Fletcher tells me that Liogryllus bimaculatus is neither 
exclusively vegetarian nor exclusively carnivorous, feeding on both 
vegetable matter and dead insects when both are offered. 

Nothing yet appears to have been recorded of the Calcutta 
house-cricket. Itisa fair-sized, mottled, grey-brown insect, flight- 
less in both sexes. The female is entirely wingless, but the male 
has well-developed elytra provided with a stridulating organ of the 
usual Gryllid type, with the aid of which he sings even more 
persistently, though fortunately more quietly, than Brachytrypes 
portentosus, going on from evening far into the night. This fami- 
liar song is, however, not the only one that he is capable of pro- 


1 See also Ruthertord, Spolia Zeylanica, X, p. 77. 

» Kor synonymy see Kirby’s ‘ Synonymic Catalogue’ (British Museum). 

* Mr. Bainbrigge Fletcher tells me that most of the burrowing is done before 
the insect becomes mature and begins to sing. Concerning the singing he says 
‘The male first looks out of its burrow, then runs out rapidly and retreats again 
as quickly, having apparently brought up a little earth ; sometimes it repeats this 
two or three times. Satisfied that the coast is clear, the cricket runs boldly out 
onto the little platform of earth outside its burrow, turns round facing its hole and 
with its head almost in the entrance, raises itself on its legs which are well spread 
out, slightly opens out its tegmina and commences to shrill. A slight quivering of 
the tegmina is all that can be seen, the motion apparently being too rapid for the 
eye to follow.” 


1915.) F. H. GrAvEty: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 489 


ducing; and when courting a female he changes it for a low 
whirring sound accompanied at regular short intervals by an 
abrupt squeak. 

The first occasion on which I heard this was early in the rains 
of last year. JI had three or four adult males in a glassjar. They 
stridulated as usual till I chanced to catch a couple of females 
which I put with them, when a change in their behaviour was at 
once apparent. First one and then another would approach one 
of the females and commence his courting notes, vibrating his 
elytra to produce the continuous whirring sound to all appearance 
just as when producing his ordinary song, but giving them periodic 
jerks which synchronized with the sudden squeaks. And this in 
spite of the fact that the females were all in their penultimate 
stage, and so failed to respond to any advances. 

Some time later I heard these peculiar notes under different 
circumstances. On entering my office on a holiday, when the 
room was quite quiet, I heard what I at first took to be the 
squeaking of an electric fan. But it came from a direction where 
there were no fans, and on following it up I became aware of 
a low whirring sound accompanying it which suggested that I 
might be on the track of a pair of crickets, courting under natural 
conditions, although it was still early in the afternoon. The 
noise was located in a narrow covered space open at both ends, 
and on inserting a stick at one end a pair of common house-crickets 
soon appeared at the other. Unfortunately one of them escaped, so 
I was unable to make further observations upon them. 

On another occasion, when attracted by the normal note of 
a male, I found him to be accompanied by a female to whose pos- 
terior end a small white body—presumably a spermatophore—was 
attached. So it may be customary for the male to entertain his 
mate for a time with his normal song after the pairing is over. 
Shortly afterwards I saw the female put her head between her legs, 
seize the spermatophore in her jaws and devour it. She was ina 
jar with several males, and I chanced to notice during the next 
morning that another spermatophore had been attached. This 
disappeared soon after, but I do not know how.! 


EMBIOPTERA. 


The first Indian Embiid whose habits appear to have attracted 
any attention was Oligotoma michaeli, of which specimens were 
transported from India to England in orchid roots, among which 
they lived in silken tunnels, and to which they proved destructive 
(see Michael in Gardener’s Chronicle, Dec. 30, 1876 and M’Lachlan 
J. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. XIII, pp. 373-384, pl. xxi). The first 
observations made in India appear to be those of Wood-Mason on 


| Changes in the notes of American locusts, and their association with court- 
ship, are noted by Allard (Ent. News, XXV, 1914, pp. 463-466). They have, | 
believe, been noted in other Orthoptera saltatoria also, but I do not know where 
the observations have appeared. 


490 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Oligotoma saundersi published in 1883 (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 
pp. 628-634, pl. lvi). Lefroy published a short note on this species 
in 1910 (J.B.N.H.S., XIX, pp. 1009-1010). In 1911 Imms pub- 
lished an account of the habits and life-history of Embia major 
(Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. XI, pp. 167-195, text-figs. 1-6, 
pl. xxxv i-xxXviil.) 


ISOPTERA|.' 


A brief note on the tapping noises made in unison by termites 
was published by Fedden (Proc. A.S.B. 1866, p. 19). A paper by 
Bugnion (Bull. Soc. Ent. Suisse, XII, Berne 1912, pp. 125-139, pl. 
ix) deals with the same subject. These noises were frequently heard 
last year on some trellis-work in the Indian Museum compound, 
though I failed to notice any rythmic unison in their production. 
The trellis was covered with the mud shelters of termites, and when 
approached or tapped myriads of faint clickings were clearly 
audible. ‘Ihe sound at first suggested the cracking of the mud; but 
it was to be heard in the morning before the sun fell on the trellis 
(which faced west) as well as in the evening. If, moreover, the 
mud were broken away while the clicking was in progess, termites 
were always found beneath; whereas if the disturbance causing 
the clicking were kept up for a few minutes the clicking would 
cease, and then no termites would be found. This clicking is of 
course quite different from the clicking of Capritermes, which 
appears to be produced by the combined action of the remarkable 
jaws of the soldier, and sounds like the sudden cracking of a piece 
of thin glass. The force expended by Capritermes in producing it 
often flicks the producer up into the air. 

A note on the repairing of. a damaged termite nest was 
published by Millett in 1902 (J.B.N.H.S., XIV, pp. 581-2), and one 
on strange mortality of termites among tea bushes by Green in 
1905 (J.B.N.H.S., XVI, pp. 503-4). Doflein, in his paper on 
termite truffles published in the same year (Ver. Deutschen Zool. 
Ges., XV, pp. 140-149, 2 text-figs.; translated, Spolia Zeylanica III, 
pp. 203-9), notices the food of termites. In 1906 Petch noticed the 
habits of some Ceylon termites in his paper on the fungi of 
certain termite nests (Aun. R. Bot. Gard., Peradeniya, III, 
pp. 185-270, pl. v-xxi). Green in 1907 recorded the occurrence of 
two queen termites in one royal cell (Spolia Zeylanica, IV, p. 191). 
Escherich’s ‘‘ Termitenleben aus Ceylon’’ (Jena, 1911) deals 
extensively with habits. In 1913 Assmuth described the habits 
of many species of termites in his paper on ‘‘ Wood-Destroying 
Termites of the Bombay Presidency (J.B. N.H.S., XXII, pp. 372- 
384, pl. i-v), and Petch described those of Eutermes monoceros, the 
black termite of Ceylon (Ann. R. Bot. Gard., Peradeniya, V, 
PP- 395-420, pl. vi-xiv). During the same year Green’s ‘‘ Cata- 
logue of Isoptera recorded from Ceylon ’’ (Spolia Zeylanica, IX, 


' See also Escherich, ‘‘Die Termiten’’ (Leipzig 1909); and Wasmann's 
Neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Termitophilen und Myrmecophilen "', Zeztschr. 
wiss. gool. CL, 1912, pp. 70-115, pl. v-vii. 


1915.] F. H. GRAVELY: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 491 


pp. 7-15), and John’s ‘‘ Notes on some Termites from Ceylon” 
(Spolia Zeylanica, 1X, pp. 102-116) were published, and in both the 
habits of a number of species are referred to. The most recent 
paper on the habits of Ceylon Termites appears to be by Bugnion ! 
(Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1914, no. 4, pp. 3-37, pl. i-viii). 

Termites usually ‘‘swarm’’ inthe rains; but in some species 
at least winged adults are ready to emerge even in the cold wea- 
ther, and need only the stimulus of rain to bring them out. The 
cold weather of I914-5 was remarkable in Calcutta for several 
periods of exceptionally damp and chilly weather. On each occa- 
sion numbers of termites were seen flying above the Maidan. On 
one occasion (16-i-15) I found a dense swarm emerging from a 
nest and collected specimens, which have been identified by Mr. 
Fletcher as a species of Odontotermes, probably new. 


PSOCOPTERA. 


Green describes the habits of Scaly-Winged Psocids (Sfolia 
Zeylanica, IV, pp. 123-125) and of Psocids which combine to 
spin extensive webs on trees (Sfolia Zeylanica, VIII, 1912, p. 71, 
T pl., 2 text-figs.). 

The habits of Psocids, and the occurrence of fatal epidemics 
among gregarious species, are referred to by Cunningham (‘‘ Plagues 
and Pleasures’’, pp. 151-5). 


ODONATA. 


Observations on the food of dragonflies have been recorded by 
Meanie) soo .o:) XV p= .530),-Letroy (J.B.N.H-S.,. XX, 
pp. 236-8), Fulton (J/.B.N.H.S., XX, p. 876), and Green (who 
publishes information supplied him by Mr. John Pole, Spolza 
Zeylamica, VIII, p. 299). The oviposition of dragonflies is des- 
cribed by Cunningham (‘‘ Plagues and Pleasures’’, pp. 133-5). 
The vitality of dragonfly larvae out of water form the subject of 
a note by Green (Sfolia Zeylanica, V, pp. 104-105). 


NEUROPTERA (s. sir.). 


Annandale notices the habits of an Indian Sisyva larva 
(i-A_S.b: |0.s.], Lie pp» 194-5, pl. i, fig.-3).* 


1 Other papers by this author are scattered in various journals. The fol- 
lowing list of those dealing to some extent with the habits of Oriental Termites is 
compiled from reprints sent to Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher :—‘‘ Le Termite noir 
de Ceylan”’, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1909, pp. 271-281, pl. vili-x ; another paper 
with the same title, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat., XLVII (173), pp- 417-437, 


figs.1-5; ‘‘ Observations relatives A 1’Industrie des Termites ”’, Ann. Soc. Ent. 
Fr., 1910, pp. 129-144; ‘ Eutermes lacustris, nov. sp. de Ceylan”’, Rev. Suisse 
Zool., XX, 1912, pp. 487-505, 1 text-fig., pl. vii-viii; ‘Le Termes Hornz, Wasm. 


de Ceylan, Rev. Suisse Zool., XXI, 1913, pp- 299-330, I text-fig., pl. x1-xiii ; 
“Les Termites de Ceylan’’, Le Globe, Organe Soc. Geogr. Geneve, LAD IA. aioycy 
pp. 2-36, pl. i-viil. 

2 Not fig. 2 as stated in the text of the paper. This probably represents the 
larva of a Trichopteron, not a beetle. 


492 Records of the Indian Museum. [Voy. XI, 


The habits of Myrmeleonid and Ascalaphid larvae from tree- 
trunks are described by Gravely and Maulik (Rec. Ind. Mus., VI, 
pp. 101-3, pl. v). Perhaps the ‘‘ant-lion’’ which Ryves found 
dead in a spider’s web in a mango tree (J.B.N.H.S., X, pp. 152-3) 
belonged to a species with similar habits. 

The life-history of Helicomttus dicax is described by Ghosh 
(J.B.N.H.S., XXII, pp. 643-8, rpl.). The larva of this Ascalaphid 
lives on the ground and covers itself with dust. 

‘‘ The Indian Nemopterid and its food ’’ is the title of a note 
by Lefroy on the larva of Croce filipennis (J.B.N.H.S., XIX, 
pp. 1005-7, 1 text-fig.). Further studies on Croce have since been 
published by Ghosh (J.B.N.H.S., XX, pp. 530-532, 1 pl.) and 
Imms (Tvans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. X1, pp. 151-160, pl. xxxii). 


TRICHOPTERA. 


A viviparous caddis-fly is described by Wood-Mason under 
the provisional name Nofanatolica vivipara (Ann, te: Nat. Hist. 
[6], VI, pp. 139-141, text-figs. a-b). 


HYMENOPTERA. 
Miscellaneous. 


The habits of various Indian Hymenoptera are very briefly 
referred to by- Wroughton (/-B.N.A-.S:, IV, pp. 26-37)euue 
habits of a number of Indian Aculeata are described by Dutt 
(Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Entom. Ser. IV, pp. 183-267, pl. xi-xiv, 
22 text figs.).1 

Chalcidae. 

Cunningham devotes the third chapter of, and an appendix 
to, his ‘‘ Plagues and Pleasures of Life in Bengal’ to fig-insects. 
The particular insects whose habits are described are those which 
are associated with Ficus roxburghii in Calcutta, and his observa- 
tions are clearly the result of his work on the fertilization—if 
such it may be called—of this fig-by these insects (Ann. R. Bot. 
Gardens, Calcutta, 1, Appendix 2, 1889, 37 pp., 5 pl.). 

The habits of Synlomosphyrum indicum are described by 
Silvestri in Div. Ent., Hawats Board Agric. and For., No. 3, 
pp. 125-127. 

Ichneumonidae. 

Ramsay describes the oviposition of a species of Rhyssa— 
probably a species found in the Himalayas (Entomologist, XLVII, 
pp. 20-22, 3 text-figs.). 

Braconidae. 

A note on a species of Apanteles parasitic in the caterpillar 
of a Death’s Head Moth has been published by Green in Spolia 
Zeylanica, V, p. 19, I pl. 


! A note on the capture of a leaf-mining caterpillar by a wasp is contributed 
by Ridley to ¥. Strazts R.A.S., July 1905, pp. 227-8. 


1915.] F. H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 493 


Chrysidae. 


Bingham refers to the habits of Chrysis fuscitpennis in 
J .B.N.H.S., XII, p. 586, Cretin to those of Stilbum splendidum, 
WOBAN AS 3, LV y pp: 823-4. 


Mutillidae. 


Wroughton refers to the habits of an Indian Mutillid 
ies o., Vip. 118): 


Pompiliidae. 


The food of several members of this family is recorded by 
Bingham, who also describes the capture of a Galeodid by Salius 
sycophanta (J.B.N.H.S., XIII, pp. 178-180). 


Sphegidae. 


Bingham mentions the food of several species of Sphegidae, 
and a remarkable concentration of the nests of a variety of Sphex 
umbrosus (J.B.N.H.S., XIII, pp. 177-8). 

Notes on the habits and food of Sfhex lobatus are contributed 
by Lefroy ((J/.B.N.4.S., XV, pp. 531-2), and by Beadnell 
CBN T'S ; XVII, p.-546). 

Wickwar describes the habits of Scel¢phron violaceum (Spolia 
Zeylanica, VI, p. 179), Cory those of S. inirudens (J.B.N.H.S., 
XXII, p. 648), and Field those of S. coromandelicum (J.B.N.H.S., 
XXIII, pp. 378-9). 


Eumenidae. 


Concerning Eumenes conica see Bingham (/.6.N.H.S., XII, 
pp. 585-6), and Ramakrishna Aiyer (J.B.N.H.S., XX, pp. 243-4). 
The former author deals with the construction of the nest and 
with pugnacity displayed towards a parasitic Chrysis, and the 
latter with breeding habits and development. 

For notes on Eumenes dimidiatipennis see Cretin, /.B.N.H.S., 
XIV, pp. 820-824. 

Odynerus punctum is recorded as cleaning out and using empty 
cells of Eumenes dimidiatipennis (Cretin, /.B.N.H.S., XIV, p.824). 


Vespidae, 


Battles between wasps and bees are recorded by Hewett 
(J.B.N.H.S., IV, p. 312) and by Drieberg (Spolia Zeylanica, IV, 
p. 33). In the former case the wasps were Vespa magnifica and 
the bees ‘‘the large jungle bees’’ (? Afis dorsata). A battle be- 
tween two kinds of wasp, apparently Vespa cincta and Polistes 
hebraeus, is recorded by Cunningham (‘‘ Plagues and Pleasures ”’, 
p. 31). The habits of the former wasp are dealt with on pp. 29-33 
of the same book, and of the latter on pp. 23-28. Mr. Fletcher 
has given me the following additional note on this subject: ‘‘ Last 


494 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vora 


July, when travelling by train, a specimen of Vespa cincta flew 
into the carriage carrying a Polistes hebraeus which it had cap- 
tured. V. cincta and various other large Vespa spp. are deter- 
mined captors of honey-bees as these enter or leave the hive.’’ 

The capture of a small Pyralid moth by Vespa cincta is 
recorded by Green (Spolia Zeylanica, II, p.197). 


Apidae. 


In addition to the notes just referred to recording battles 
between wasps and bees, the following references to bees may be 
given. 

Douglas contributes information about the hive-bees indige- 
nous to India and the introduction of the Italian bee (/J.A.S.B., 
LV [II], pp. 83-96). 

Storey records the poisonous action of the nectar of Lapindus 
emarginatus on bees (J.B.N.H.S., V, p. 423). 

Eardley-Wilmot refers to an instance of a man who, having 
disturbed a bees’ nest, was attacked by its inhabitants, and later 
in the day was singled out from his companions for attack by bees 
from other nests which he chanced to approach (J.B.N.H.S., XI, 
PP. 741-2). 

Bingham describes the habits of Megachile disjuncta and its 
parasite Paravaspis abdominalis (J.B.N.H.S., XII, p. 587). 

Several parasites from the nests of Xylocopa tenuiscapa have 
been recorded by Green (Ent. Mo. Mag. [2], XIII, pp. 232-3). In 
an article in Spolita Zeylanica (I, pp. 117-9) on the mites which 
inhabit the remarkable abdominal pouch of this species, references 
to two other papers dealing with these mites are given. These 
are Perkins, Ent. Mo. Mag.,[2], X, pp. 37-9; and Oudemans, Zool. 
Anz., XXVII, pp. 137-9. The latter contains further references. 

A note on the effects of the sting of Xylocopa tenuiscapa is 
contributed by Green (Spolia Zeylanica, VI, p. 134). 

Notes on the habits of Afts dorsata are contributed by Willey 
(Spolia Zeylanica, V1, p. 181, I pl.). 

The characteristic odour of leaf-cutting bees is described by 
Green (Spolia Zeylanica, VII, p. 55). 

Castets contributes an article entitled ‘‘Les Abeilles du sud 
de l’Inde’’ to the Revue des Questions Scientifiques (Brussels, Oct. 
1893). He deals with the habits of the three Indian species of 
A pis and of Mellipona iridipennis. An abstract of this article will 
be found in the Tropical Agriculturalist (XXX, 1908, pp. 48-54). 

The peculiar way in which a bee ‘‘ painted in alternate bands 
of shining black and the brightest, purest cobalt ’’—doubtless an 
Anthophora—collects poilen, and its way of resting for the night, 
are described by Cunningham (‘‘ Plagues and Pleasures”’, pp. 37-8). 

The burrows of Anthophora (or Podalivius) pulcherrima are 
described by Annandale (Rec. Ind. Mus., II1, p. 294, I text-fig.), 
who notes that they open in a direction which prevents rain from 
entering them to any great extent. 


1915.] F. H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 495 


Formicidae. 


The habits of a number of different species are referred to by 
Rothney (Tvans. Ent. Soc. London, 1889, pp. 347-374; reprinted 
J.B.N.H S., V, pp. 38-64), Wroughton, (/.B.N.H.S., VII, pp. 13-60 
and 175-202, pl. A-D), and Cunningham (“‘ Plagues and Pleasures’’ , 
Pp. 40-54). 

The care of Lycaenid larvae by ants is described by de 
Niceville (/.B.N.H.S., III, pp. 164-8, pl. 26-7). 

Bingham contributes a note on the habits of Diacamma 
G/B N.S. XII, pp. 756-7). 

Green describes the web-spinning of Oecophylla smaragdina 
(Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 1896, p. ix and J/.B.N.H.S., XIII, p. 181). 
Some earlier papers on this subject, and the fact that Oecophylla 
smaragdina does not spin a cocoon in which to pupate, are noticed 
by Green (Spolia Zeylanica, I, pp. 73-4), and the matter forms the 
subject of notes by Fletcher (Sfolia Zeylanica, V, p. 64), Ridley 
(J. Straits R. Astatic Soc. No. 22, Dec. 1890, pp. 345-7) and Shelford 
(J. Straits R. Astatic Soc. June 1906, pp. 284-5). 

A living chain of Oecophylla smaragdina spanning a gap of 3 
inches is described by Green (Spolia Zeylanica, VII, pp. 53-4). The 
capture of a living butterfly (Catopsilia crocale) by this species is 
recorded by Henry (Sfolia Zeylanica, IX, pp. 142-3). A lengthy 
note on the habits of the same species in the Malay Peninsula will 
be found in Fascicult Malayenses, Zool. III, pp. 27-30. 

A remarkable illustration of the very large quantities of 
grain carried away and stored by ants is given by Fraser 
Wiebe NeS.. XX, pr 877), 

The carrying away of a partially disabled caterpillar by a 
party of ants is described by Sladen (J.B.N.H.S., XXII, p. 649). 


COLEOPTERA.|:' 
Passalidae. 


I have already once gathered together as much information 
as I could obtain about the habits of Indian Passalidae (see Mem. 
Ind. Mus., III, pp. 339-340). Since then Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher 
has taken Episphenus neelgherriensis at light in Coorg, and has 
obtained eggs of Macrolinus votundifrons from under a log at 
Peradeniya where they were found ‘‘in a circular chamber partly 
filled with gnawed wood.’’ In view of the suggestion made in 
the ‘‘ Fauna of British India” (l,amellicornia, I, p. 20) that the 
Passalidae are a viviparous family the latter observation is ol 
great interest. It may not be out of place to note here that 
when, during my visit to Berlin in 1913, I called the attention 
of Dr. Ohaus to the suggestion, he immediately refuted it by the 
production of eggs of American species preserved in his fine 
private collection. 


! Concerning stridulation in this Order, with which several of the following 
notes are concerned, see Gahan, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1900, pp. 433-452, 
pl. vii; and Arrow, Trans. Ent. Soc., London, 1904, pp. 709-750, pl. Xxxvi. 


496 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


My suggestion (Mem. Ind. Mus., III, p. 215) that Pleurarius 
brachyphyllus is probably not a gregarious species has proved to 
be incorrect. This species is abundant in the evergreen jungles of 
the lower western slopes of the Western Ghats in Cochin. Occa- 
sionally isolated pairs were found in a log, but usually numbers 
were found together. It is scarcely possible that insects of this 
species are able to fly; for although the wings are well developed 
the elytra are fused. How this fusion takes place I was unable to 
determine, as only one pupa was found, and no stages inter- 
mediate between this and the almost fully blackened adult. The 
elytra are not fused in the pupa. 

The conclusion that Episphenus indicus is to some extent gre- 
garious, and that EF. neelgherriensis is not, was confirmed by iny 
observations in Cochin. All of the three last mentioned species 
burrow more deeply into logs than does Leptaulax bicolor which, 
together with its larvae and pupae, was only found close under the 
bark. Pleurarius brachyphyllus, especially, makes galleries well 
below the surface, a fact which probably accounts for its compara- 
tive rarity in the collections I had previously seen. It often bur- 
rows in somewhat hard wood and is very difficult to dig out; but 
I found it even commoner in Cochin than Episphenus indicus, a 
species which was distinctly commoner than E. neelgherriensts. 

The larvae of Pleurartus brachyphyllus and Episphenus indicus 
—I got very few of Episphenus neelgherriensis and Leptaulax bicolor 
—were commonly found widely separated from adults. In some 
cases no adults at all could be found, and it is curious, in view of 
Ohaus’s observations on American species, that although all the 
larvae which I attempted to keep thrived for a time, whether 
associated with adults or not, only those without adults survived 
the journey to Calcutta; and that of these one or two lived for 
between one and two months. I regret now that I did not make 
an effort to keep single families by themselves. This was, how- 
ever, rendered almost impossible, firstly by the difficulty of recog- 
nizing a single family as it occurred scattered along one or more of 
the groups of burrows made by the various members of the 
colony, and secondly by an insufficient supply of separate tins. 

Stridulation in adults of both Episphenus and Pleurarius is 
brought about by movements of the abdomen, and is faintly 
audible at a yard or two’s distance from the ear. In larvae it is 
much fainter. I never saw any indication of its being used as a 
means of communication, and this agrees with Mr. Kemp’s 
experience of species found in the Abor Country. Adults, at least, 
appear to stridulate whenever they are disturbed, presumably in 
order to drive off the enemy. 

The stridulating organs resemble those of Popilius (Passalus, 
auct.) cornutus and Pentalobus barbatus! described by Babb (Exé. 


1 The abdominal part resembles that of Proculas goryi also; but the wings 
are not reduced as in that species. [I cannot understand Schulze’s statement that 
in P. goryt the abdominal part is situated on the fifth seg nent, for his figure (in 
which the first segment is omitted) clearly shows it on the sixth, where it is 


Ig15.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 497 


News, XII, p. 271 ') and Schulze (Zool. Anz., XL, pp. 209-216, figs. 
5-7). The organs to which Ohaus attributed stridulatory functions 
(Stettin Ent. Zeit. 1900, pp. 167-169) are also well developed. In 
a footnote to the first page of Schulze’s paper Ohaus says, ‘‘ Was 
die von mir 1. c. beschriebene Bildung fiir eine Bedeutung hat, ist 
bis jetzt noch nicht festgestellt. Sie findet sich bei den meisten, 
vielleicht allen, holzbewohnenden Lamellicorniern und hat viel- 
leicht den Zweck, das Eindringen von Wasser, vielleicht auch von 
Schmarotzern, in die Raume zwischen den Tergiten und Fltigeln 
zu verhindern. Speziell die Passaliden sind an den Randern der 
Tergite haufig mit Milben besetzt.” 

In order to test the possible stridulating powers of the two 
sets of organs I removed the wings of a Pleurarius. Although 
the abdomen subsequently moved as if trying to stridulate no 
sound was produced. A good deal of fluid escaped, however, 
from the places where the wings had been inserted, which might 
have affected the vibrations; so I then cut off the ends of the 
wings of another specimen of the same species. Its abdomen 
moved vigorously but only a very faint sound was produced, a 
sound which I attribute to a small portion of the stridulating 
surface of the wing having escaped removal. I then took a 
specimen of Episbhenus indicus, in which the elytra are not fused 
and can consequently be opened, and found that so long as the 
folded wings were pressed down on to the abdomen by a needle 
the insect could stridulate as well as before, even though the 
elytra were held right away from the sides of the abdomen. 

I have never heard any Passalid emit notes of more than one 
kind, and all have been fainter than those produced artificially 
by rubbing the end of the wing of a softened specimen of Proculus 
goryz on the plate beneath it. 


Lucanidae. 


Nigidius dawnae lives inhard dry pieces of wood on the higher 
slopes of the Dawna Hills. Both adults and larvae were found in 
one such piece (see Rec. Ind. Mus., XI, pp. 427-429). Mr. Kemp 
informs me that N.impressicollis lives, in both the larval and 
adult condition, in thoroughly damp and rotten wood. Mr. 
Beeson informs me that N. distinctus? lives in dead wood of 
Malatta (Macaranga pustulata) in the Duars. 


Dynastinae.’* 


The stridulating ability of Xylotrupes gideon has been record- 
ed by Cunningham (‘‘Plagues and Pleasures’’, pp. 126-7, pl. ii, 


situated in the specimen of P. goryi that [ have examined, and also in Pentalobus 
barbatus, Pleurarius brachyphyllus, etc. 

| See also Sharp, Ent. Mo. Mag. (2) XV (XL), 1904, pp. 273-4- 

2 Concerning the identity of this species see Rec. /nd. Mus, XI, p. 430. 

® Attention may be called here to the occurrence, in a paper on Paussidae, 


498 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor,. X1, 


fig. 5; quoted in Fauna of British India, Lamellicornia, I, p. 
265). ! 

Concerning the action of the stridulating organs of Oryctes 
rhinoceros nothing yet seems to have been published. I have had 
great difficulty in obtaining any evidence as to the use of the so- 
called stridulating organ found in the larva (pl. xxii, fig. 1). When 
a specimen is tightly held by the head, however, it may be seen to 
move the mandibles and maxillae in a manner likely to bring the 
organ into action, and a faint rasping sound may sometimes be 
heard if the specimen be brought close to the ear. No definite 
vibrations have been felt, and the movements of the mandibles and 
maxillae are those which would probably be used, in order to free 
itself, by any insect similarly placed. Pressure on the body does 
not seem to induce any such movements, but they are sometimes 
indulged in by larvae which find themselves on their backs on a hard 
surface in the open. The movements are often greater in extent 
than their use for stridulatory purposes requires; the mandibular 
part of the organ is, indeed, sometimes fully exposed at intervals, 
and could not then be scraped at all by the maxillary portion. 
The rasping seems, nevertheless, to be produced only when these 
movements occur. It is therefore probable that it is produced by 
the organs in question, and it is noteworthy that the movement 
of the mandibles and maxillae is often very small—as it should be 
to keep the two parts of the organ in contact—and that this does 
not interfere with the sound produced. 

The pupa, in which no stridulating organs appear to have 
been described, stridulates quite audibly when disturbed. The 
sounds are produced as the result of backward and forward move- 
ments of the abdomen, movements which cause a pair of scrapers 
situated on the dorsal part of the anterior margins of segments 
2-6 to rub over the faintly ridged surface of the hard chitinous 
walls of oval depressions on the posterior parts of segments I-5 
(pl. xxii, figs. 2-3), producing vibrations through the whole pupa, 
as well as sound. The organs are very conspicuous in living speci- 
mens, but in preserved ones they are apt to be largely hidden 
between the terga. The organ between segments 6 and 7 is rudi- 
mentary.” 


I have heard the adult stridulate, but not loudly. The sound 
appears to be produced by the rubbing of the well-known ridges on 
the posterior end of the abdomen against the posterior ends of the 
elytra (pl. xxii, fig. 4), but I have not yet been able to investi- 
gate this as fully as I would like. 


where it is most unlikely to attract the attention of those interested (¥.A.S.B., 
XII, Pp: 421-437), of a coloured figure of Lupatorus hardwickei from the summit 
of the Gogur Range, gooo ft., in Kumaon. 

' See also Rutherford, Spolia Zeylanica, X, p. 77. 

* Similar structures are present in the pupae of several other beetles—e.g. 
Adoretus (Rutelinae) and Hectarthrum (Cucujidae)—but they do not appear to be 
stridulatory on any segments in them. 


1915.) F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 499 


Rutelinae. 


Leaves of Lagerstroemia bushes in the Indian Museum com- 
pound are frequently eaten extensively by a nocturnal insect, 
and by searching among them after dark a few Melalonthids 
and a large number of Rutelids have been obtained. All of the 
latter belong to the genus Adoretus, and Mr. Arrow has identified 
almost all of them as A. versutus Occasional specimens have 
been found feeding on Bauhinia, Canna, and a leguminous shrub 
(? Cassia); but they are found in much greater abundance on 
Lagerstroemia than on anything else.! 

Mr. Arrow informs me that nothing is yet known of the 
manner of feeding in this genus, and I have been able to make the 
following observations. 

At night, after emerging from the ground in which it has 
been buried all day and to which it returns before morning, the 
beetle flies to a leaf, and settles either on the upper or under side, 
usually the latter. It never settles on the edge. The claws of 
two or three tarsi, often all on the same side of the insect, grasp 
the edge; the others rest on the surface. 

In beetles of this genus, the mouth is divided into two by a 
median process of the labrum (pl. xxii, fig. 5). When the insect 
wishes to take a bite, therefore, it turns its head slightly on one 
side; and although the mouth-parts of both sides work simulta- 
neously, the bite is effected by those of one side only. 

The strongly toothed extremity of the maxilla forms the 
principal biting organ. When a specimen begins to feed both 
mandibles and maxillae are opened widely. Then the maxillae 
are exserted between the mandibles and the median process of the 
labrum, the maxilla of whichever side of the head has been turned 
nearest the leaf scooping out a small quantity of the soft tissue of 
which the leaf is composed between the principal veins. This 
tissue does not appear to offer the slightest resistance to the 
maxilla, which seems to scoop it up as easily as if it were soft 
wax; and so far as I have been able to see the beetle makes no 
special effort to keep the leaf from being pushed away instead of 
cut into. I do not even think that the median process of the 
labrum is lowered against it, as I have been unable to see this 
organ during the process. Had it been lowered it must, I think, 
have come into view. 

Three or four bites are required to make a hole right through 
the leaf, after which bigger bites can be made. The general 
method is the same, but the end of the maxilla is passed through 
the hole, and as far beyond the edge as it will go, so that it bites 
each time through the whole thickness of the leaf, Here again 


1 A few specimens of A. duvauceli have also been found on Lagerstvoemia 
and of A. lasiopygus on Hibiscus. A. versutus has been found in great abundance 
on Cannas since the above was written, and its larvae and pupae have been found 
among their roots. 


500 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XI, 


the tissues of the leaf appear to offer no resistance, but as the 
maxilla passes back into the cavity between the mandible and 
labral process close to the concave part of the serrate margin of 
the latter, there is probably some amount of scissor action between 
them. 

The mandible closely follows the maxilla in all its movements, 
and forms a sheath above it. Precisely to what extent it func- 
tions as a biting organ is most difficult to see with certainty. Its 
smooth dorsal face works along the serrate transverse edge of the 
labrum from end to end, and its distal end slides past the serrate 
longitudinal edge of the labral process as it follows the maxilla 
into the cavity behind. Probably the mandible makes all the 
transverse cuts that are required, and it could no doubt make 
longitudinal cuts as well should the maxilla fail to work properly ; 
but no transverse cutting seems to be left for it under ordinary 
circumstances, and the tracks of the maxillary teeth can be dis- 
tinctly seen on each freshly bitten surface. One of the chief func- 
tions of the mandible appears to be to protect these teeth, when 
they are not in use, by closing in the cavity between the labrum 
and the labium, in which they lie when at rest. 

Intervals of varying length between the bites are devoted 
to mastication. During this process the gnathites of the two sides 
work simultaneously as before, but the maxillae are not exserted 
—i.e. they remain in the cavity between the mandibles, their 
extremities being exposed between (and posterior to) the man- 
dibles and the labral process each time they are opened. At the 
same time the labral process and labium are alternately separated a 
little and brought together again. Mastication presumably takes 
- place chiefly between the large molar teeth, situated one at the 
base of each mandible (pl. xxii, fig. 6), the triangular thickened 
area on the inner side of the labium (pl. xxii, fig. 6), and the 
somewhat similar convexity on the inner side of the labrum. It 
is possible, however, that the terminal teeth of the maxilla take 
some part in it also, for those of opposite sides are not quite alike, 
and when pressed together after removal of the labrum, the teeth 
of one side may be seen to fit into the spaces between the teeth on 
the other, although the teeth can never be brought together thus 
during the process of biting. 

This method of feeding differs in several respects from the 
method of feeding observed by Obaus (Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1909, 
pp. 12-13) in Rutelinae of the Geniates group, South American 
insects whose mouth is also divided longitudinally into two parts. 
Geniates and its allies always cling to both sides of the leaf at the 
same time instead of to one side only, commencing to feed at the 
edge instead of on the upper or under side; they also exude such 
large quantities of saliva that it escapes from the mouth and 
stains the bitten margin of the leaf—a thing which has never been 
observed in A doretus. 

The difference in the method of biting the leaf is associated 
with differences in the structure of the mouth parts. Geniates 


1915.] F.H. GRAVELY: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 501 


and its allies! are said to take the edge of a leaf in their mouths 
and cut a piece out by a scissor-like action between the man- 
dibles and labrum and the maxillae and labium. The mandibles 
are likely, therefore, to have a very strongly developed cutting 
edge in front. This is the case in Gentates impressicollis, a species 
in which there is in addition a narrow posterior part, forming an 
imperfect sheath for the maxilla, at right angles to the cutting 
part. The cutting portion of the mandible of Gentates appears to 
be homologous with the greater part of the sheathing mandible of 
Adoretus. The maxillae of Geniates impressicollis are well deve- 
loped, but are prismatic in form rather than scoop-like; they 
presumably aid in cutting only by dragging the leaf down over 
the sharp edge of the labium. 

The mouthparts of Leucothyreus trochantericus, the only other 
species of the Geniates group that I have been able to examine, 
are more difficult to understand. The mandibles are so massive 
that it is difficult to see how the edge of a leaf is ever introduced 
into the mouth. Presumably, however, this must be the manner 
of feeding; for the species whose feeding habits were actually 
observed by Ohaus included some of the genus Leucothyreus. 
The maxillae are small and are not in any way sheathed by the 
mandibles, whose anterior edge appears to overlap the edge of 
the labrum when closed and so to be useless for cutting. Presum- 
ably the cutting is done by the leaf being dragged down across 
the edges of the labrum and labium by the main mass of the 
tnandible, though even this is a little difficult to understand. 


Coprinae. 


The stridulating habits of Heliocopris mouhotus are described 
by Aunandale (Fasciculi Malayenses, Zool. I (11), p. 283). 

Specimens of a somewhat smaller species of Helvocopris— 
probably H. bucephalus, Fabricius—sent to me by Mr. Bainbrigge 
Fletcher, stridulated loudly, but with the hind, not the middle, 
coxae. I failed to associate any form of stridulation with the 
middle coxae although these moved as freely as the others in life, 
and an exceedingly faint sound could be produced by moving 
them artificially after death. The front legs produced strong but 
inaudible vibrations, but whether in the coxal cavities or between 
the coxae and femora, I was unable to determine. I have been 
unable to reproduce these vibrations on dead insects. 


Cicindelidae. 


Notes on the habits of a number of species are recorded by 
Annandale and Horn in the ‘‘ Annotated List of the Astatic Beetles 
in the Collection of the Indian Museum,’ Part I (Calcutta, 1909). 
The habits of some tiger-beetles from Orissa form the subject of a 


| Leucothyreus and Bolax appear to have been the actual genera observed 
(loc. cit., pp. 18-21). 


502 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


note by Gravely (Rec. Ind. Mus., VII, pp. 207-9). In both places 
the habits of the littoral Cicindela birvamosa are mentioned, An 
earlier communication with regard to this species was made by 
Fletcher (Spolia Zeylanica, V, pp. 62-3), who has recently pub- 
lished a note on tiger-beetles from Coorg (J.B.N.H.S., XXIII, 
. 379). 

4 eae breeding places of common Indian Cicindelidae have been 
discussed by Lefroy (/.B.N.H.S., XIX, pp. 1008-9). and the life- 
history and habits of Collyris emarginata in the Sunda Islands by 
Koningsberger (Med. ‘Slands Plant,, XLIV, p. 113, fig. 59) and 
Shelford (J. Straits R. A. S., June 1906, pp. 283-4). 


Carabidae. 


Calosoma orientale is recorded as an enemy of locusts by 
Cotes (J .6.N.H.S., Viz pi 476): 


Paussidae. 


Some Indian representatives of this family form the subject of 
a paper by Boyes, in which some account of their habits is given 


(J ASB... XL, pp. 42737. 35pie); 


Malacodermidae. 


The flashing in unison of swarms of fire-flies is discussed by 
Cameron, Clark, Fry and others (Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 1865, 
pp. 94-5 and Io1-2, the former reprinted in J/.A.S.B., XXXIV [II], 
pp. 190-2); Theobald (J.A.S.B., XXXV [II], pp. 73-4; reprinted 
Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 1866, pp. xxvii-xxviii); Fedden (Proc. 
A.S.B., 1866, p. 19); Severn (Nature, XXIV, p. 165); Annandale 
(Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, pp. 864-5); and Cunningham 
(‘‘ Plagues and Pleasures’’, pp. 129-130). I have only once seen 
an example of this phenomenon. I was walking after sunset near 
Dhammathat on the Gyaing River above Moulmein when I 
noticed that all the fire-flies of the neighbourhood seemed to have 
congregated round an isolated tree, and were flashing in unison 
with wonderful effect. 

Aquatic fire-fly larvae are described by Annandale (Proc. 
Zool. Soc. London, 1900, pp. 862-4, and J.A.S.B. [n.s.], II, 
pp. 106-7). 

Green notices the luminosity of Harmatelia bilinea and Dtop- 
toma adamst (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1912, pp. 717-719, and 
Spolia Zeylanica, VII, pp. 212-4, I pl.). 

A glowworm with nine pairs of lights has been recorded from 
Ceylon by ‘‘M’’ (see Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 1865, p. 10f).! 

The large yellow-edged black larvae of Lamprophorus tenebro- 
sus are luminous, but do not shine as brilliantly as do the mature 
females, which are uniformly yellowish in colour. The female may 


1 See also Rutherford, Spolia Zeylanica, X, pp. 72-74 (Dioptoma adamsz). 


‘IgQI5.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 503 


sometimes be found at dusk in vegetation by the road-side at 
Peradeniya, sitting curled up on the ground with the tail erected 
so as to expose her light to the best advantage. Males fly up 
with a loud buzzing sound, but without lights, and drop close to 
her. They then become faintly luminous and run round about her. 
When copulation takes place the female uncurls, and her lights 
die down till they give only a faint ventral glow. If the pair be 
separated the female lights up again at once. Males are often 
attracted to lights in houses, when they emit a steady bluish glow 
from the posterior part of the abdomen (see also Green, Trans. 
Ent. Soc. London, 1912, p. 719). 


Cleridae. 


The habits and life-history of a Clerid near Thanasimus 
migricollis, which is predaceous on Scolytidae, is described by 
Stebbing (J.4.S.B., LX XII [II], pp. 104-110).! 


Anthicidae. 


Ant-mimicry by a Formicomus is the subject of a note by 
mictcher (f.B:. N.S. XXII, p.-415). 


Meloidae. 


Blistering powers are recorded in Cantharis rouxt by Coleman 
(J.B.N.H.S., XX, pp. 1168-9). 

Green notices that Cissites debeyi lays its eggs in masses inside 
the galleries made by the Carpenter Bees with which the species 
is associated (Ent. Mo. Mag.([2], XIII, pp. 232-3).” 


Cerambicidae. 


Saunders states that adults of Batocera rubus feed on the 
round buds, but not on the leaves, of the Pipal tree (Trans. Ent. 
Soc., I, 1836, pp. 60-61). The development and habits of several 
Longicorns which bore in Ficus elastica aredescribed by Dammer- 
man (Med. Afd.v. Plantenz., No. 7, Batavia, 1913, 43 pp., 3 pl.). 

Larvae of Stromatium barbatum attack furniture in Calcutta. 
Xystocera globosa was present in large numbers in a tree which 
died recently on the Calcutta Maidan. All stages of Logaeus 
subopacus were found ina rotten log at Kavalai, ca. 2000 ft., in 
the Western Ghats in Cochin on Sept. 26, 1914. Similar larvae 
were abundant in rotten wood both there and at the base of the 
Ghats at about the same time of year, but later stages were only 
found in the one instance. 


1 Since named 7. himalayensis, Stebbing. See /ndian Forest /nsects, Lon- 


don, 1914, p. 186. 
2 See also E. Bugnion ‘‘Le Cissites testaceus, Fabr. des Indes et de Ceylan, 
Métamorphoses—A ppareil Génital’’, Bull. Soc. Ent. Egypte, 1909 (Cairo, 1910), 


pp- 182-200, pl. i-itl. 


504 Records of the Indian Museuin. [VoL. XI, 


Scolytidae. 


The supposed effect of moonlight on the attack of the ‘‘ shot- 
borer’’ is discussed in the Journal of the Bombay Natural History 
Society by Troup (XVII, p. 526), Barton-Wright (XVII, pp. 1026-7) 
and Stebbing (XVIII, pp. 18-26).' 

Strohmeyer (Ent. Blat., 1914, pp. 103-107) suggests that the 
group of bristles and processes on the head of the female of 
Spathidicerus thomsont serves for the transport of ambrosia fun- 
gus spores. Mr. Beeson tells me that he has found inside the fron- 
tal processes of the swarming female of Diapus furtivus bunches 
of small cell-like bodies of similar appearance to the clusters of 
ambrosia which occur in its galleries. They stain with cotton 
blue, but he has been unable to germinate them. ‘The male of 
this species, he tells me, possesses a group of minute pores near 
the apex of each elytron, which secrete a white wax ‘The wax 
is moulded into a cylindrical tube which projects about a third of 
an inch from the entrance-hole in the bark of the host-tree. The 
male brings up the pellets of excrement from the sapwood galleries, 
in which the larvae live, into the wax-tube and, collecting a mass 
of material in a deep concavity at the posterior end of the abdomen, 
suddenly jerks the body outward and shoots the pellets for a dis- 
tance of several feet from the trunk of the tree. 

Mr. Beeson also tells me that the large concavities in the 
front of the head and the lateral processes on the antennal scape 
of the female of Crvossotarsus bonvouloirt, and the processes on the 
mandibles of the female of Diapus quinquespinatus, are used for 
picking up the eggs and carrying them about in the galleries. 


Curculionidae. 


How a leaf-rolling weevil (Apoderus sp.) rolls up leaves and 
lays its eggs is recorded by Sage (J.B.N.H.S., VI, pp. 263-4). 

The habits and life-history of an aquatic weevil are described 
by Annandale and Paiva (J.A.S.B. [n.s.], II, pp. 197-200, 
figs. IA-F). 

Alcides collaris is noticed by Lefroy as a gall-producer 
(J: BINDS 2 oss D007). 

Notes on the habits and life-history of Cyrtotrachelus longipes 
are given by Witt (Indian Forester, XX XIX, pp. 265-272, pl. v). 

Concerning the development and habits of Aclees birmanus, a 
borer in Ficus elastica, see Dammerman (Med. Afd. v. Plantenz., 
No. 7, Batavia, 1913, pp. 29-30, I text-fig., pl. i, figs. 10a-b). 


STREPSIPTERA. 


Green records the occurrence, in the Jassid Thompsontella 
arcuata, of parasites belonging to this Order (Spolia Zeylanica, VII, 
Pp. 55). 


1 Mr. Beeson informs me that the species referred to in this discussion is 
Platypus biformis, Chap. 


1915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 505 


LEPIDOPTERA. 
Rhopalocera. 


Cases of butterfly migration are noted in the Journal of the 
ombay Natural History Society by Aitken (XI, pp. 336-7 and 
XIII, pp. 540-1), Prall (XI, p. 533), Dudgeon (XIV, pp. 147-8). 
Nurse (XIV, p. 179), and Andrewes (XIX, p. 271); and in 
Spolia Zeylanica by Wickwar (III, pp. 216-8), Green (III, 
pp. 219-220), Fletcher (IV, pp. 178-9), Daniel (V, pp. 106-7) and 
Willey (V, pp. 186-8).! 

Prall records the rate of flight of certain butterflies 
WebNS. Xl, pp.533-4): 

Henderson records the occurrence of Melanitis ismene at sea 
(Spolia Zeylanica, 1X, pp. 45-6). 

Ormiston contributes a note on the length of life of butterflies 
as winged insects (Spolia Zeylanica, IX, p. 143). 

The enemies of butterflies are discussed in the Journal of the 
Bombay Natural History Society by Nurse (XV, pp. 349-350), Lefroy 
(XV, p. 531) and Aitken (XVI, pp. 156-7). 

The capture of Huphina remba by a Lycosid spider is recorded 
by West (Spolia Zeylanica, V, p. 105). 

Green refers to ‘‘ the habits of the leaf-butterfly’’’ (J.B.N.H.S., 
XVI, p. 370), and Cave publishes ‘a note on Kallima inachus’’ 
(Spolta Zeylanica, V, p. 142). 

The climatal changes of Melanitis, etc., are discussed by 
Manders (J.B.N.H.S., XVII, pp. 709-720); and Aijitken 
(J.B.N.H.S., XVIII, pp. 195-197). 

Some effects of moisture on the behaviour of butterflies are 
described by Cunningham (‘‘ Plagues and Pleasures ’’, pp. 103-8). 

Green describes the oviposition and early larva of Jamudes 
bochus (Spolia Zeylanica, I1, pp. 204-5), and the gregarious habits 
of the larva of Parata alexis (Spolia Zeylanica, III, p. 157). 

An account of the habits of the leaf-cutting caterpillar of 
Suastus gremius is given by Willey (Spolia Zeylanica, VI, pp. 124- 
130, 7 text-figs.), who further notes (p. 125) the ability of the 
adult of this species to emit a loud clicking sound. 

A note on the development and larval habits of Aphnaeus 
hypargyrus is contributed by Fraser (J.B.N.H.S., XX, pp. 528- 
530, I pl.). 

Mimicry in unpalatable caterpillars (Papilio polytes) is the 
subject of notes in /.B.N.H.S., IV, by Hart (pp. 229-230) and 
mitken (p. 317). 

Carnivorous habits and cannibalism in caterpillars of butter- 
flies are recorded in J.B.N.H.S., XVIII, by Fischer (pp. 510-1), 
and Lefroy (pp. 696-7). 


1 See also Shelford, F. Straits R.A.S., June 10903, pp. 203-4 (Cirrochroa 
bajadeta, Moore). 


506 Records of the Indian Museum. [Yoru 35 


Heterocera. 


Lefroy records carnivorous habits and cannibalism in the 
larvae of moths (J.B.N.H.S., XVIII, pp. 696-7). The coccidipha- 
gous habits of Eublemma larvae, which are mentioned in this noteg 
have also been recorded in J.B.N.H.S., XIII, by Dudgeon, 
(pp. 379-380), and Green (p. 538). 

The aerial dissemination of the larvae of a wingless moth is 
noted by Aitken (J.B.N.H.S., V, p. 421). 

Troup records a plague of the web-spinning caterpillars of 
Naxa textilis var. hugeli on the Silang tree, Olea fragrans 
(J.B.N.H.S., XII, pp. 775-6). 

Certain Drosera-eating larvae and their habits are described 
by Fletcher (Spolia Zeylanica, V, pp. 26-27, figs. 3-7 and pp. 95-97). 

The larval habits of the Tineid moth Melasina energa form 
the subject of a note by Fryer (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1913, 
pp. 420-422, pl. xxi). 

Green gives an account of the curious Scolopendriform cater- 
pillar of Homodes fulva (Spolia Zeylanica, VII, pp. 166-7, figs. 8a-b), 
of a Geometrid caterpillar (Comtboena biplagiata=Uliocnemts cas- 
sidara) which disguises itself by attaching small pieces of leaves 
and withered flowers to paired fleshy processes of the body (Spolia 
Zeylanica, 1, p.74), and of the efficacy of the hair of a small Litho- 
siid caterpillar as a protection against ants (Spolia Zeylanica, VI, 
p. 135). Wise states that the hair which Nefita conferta works 
into its cocoon serves the same purpose, and calls attention to the 
male-attracting power possessed by females of this species 
(J.B.N.H.S., 11, pp. 54-5). Aitken, however, shows that the hair 
of the larvae of Nepita conferta does not protect them against 
toads (J.B.N.H.S., XI, pp. 337-8). 

The method by which certain Saturniidae cut their way out 
of their cocoons is described by Kettlewell (J.B.N.H.S., XVII, 
pp. 541-2). 

Meyrick (Ent. Mo. Mag. [2], XXV, p. 220) records Fletcher’s 
discovery of a moth, to which he gives the name Brachmia xero- 
phaga, symbiotic with Stegodyphus at Guindy near Madras. I have 
examined specimens of the spider with which it was found, and 
have identified them as Stegodyphus sarasinorum. More recently I 
have myself obtained the same species of moth from nests of the 
same species of spider near Balugaon in Orissa. All the moths I saw 
were on the outside of the nest, but the caterpillars were inside. 

Fletcher mentions the occurrence of several specimens of 
“Ophideres fullonica and Cephonodes hylas at sea (Spolia Zeylantca, 
III, p. 202). He also contributes a note on the significance of the 
stridulation of the Death’s Head Moth (Spolia Zeylanica, IV, 


pp. 179-180).! 


L See also Rutherford, Spolia Zeylanica, X, pp. 77-78. For collected obser- 
vations on the stridulation of European Death's Head Moths see Tutt ‘ British 
Lepidoptera,’ 1V, pp. 406-8 and 447 (larva), 432 (pupa) and 444-453 (imago). 
According to a notice long exhibited in the insect gallery of the Indian Museum 


1915.] F. H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 507 


Stridulating organs on the wings of certain Indian moths 
have been described by Hampson (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1892, 
pp. 188-193, 6 text-figs.). 

With regard to the supposed stridulating organ found in 
males of the genus Arcte (pl. xxiii, fig. 7) Mr. Henry has sent me 
the following note on an observation he made a few years ago in 
the Matale District of Ceylon. ‘‘I was walking through jungle at 
dusk and noticed two dark moths with light patches on the under- 
wings, which i am sure were Arcte caerulea, flitting up and down 
and round each other, and producing a curious clicking noise. 
Unfortunately at that time I was not specially interested in moths, 
so I neglected to preserve the specimens or to make a note of the 
occurrence. I was merely struck by the curious fact of moths 
producing asound. Itmay havebeen a pair of males fighting (and 
I incline to this opinion) or a male courting a female.’’ 

Alarming colour and attitude, and also mimicry in certain 
caterpillars, are described by Annandale (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 


1900, pp. 855-857). 
DIPTERA. 
Psychodidae. 


Concerning Phiebotomus minutus see Howlett, Ind. J. Med. 
Res., 1, pp. 34-8, 1 fig. 
Cecidomyidae. 


Stebbing describes the life-history and habits of a Cecidomyid 
which produces false cones on Pinus longifolia (Indian Forester, 
XXXI, pp. 429-433, pl. xxxviii). 


Chironomidae. 


The habits in all stages of the Colombo Lake Fly—since des- 
cribed by Kieffer (Rec. Ind. Mus. VI, pp. 136-137) under the name 
Chironomus ceylanicus (see Green, Spolia Zeylanica, VII, p. 50)— 
are referred to by Green, Ind. Mus. Notes, V (3), pp. 191-193, and 
Chalmers, zbid., pp. 195-197. 

The larva of a Chironomid, since described by Kieffer as 
Chironomus fasciatipennts, is recorded by Annandale as feeding on 
—and in its very early stages sometimes feeding—AHyara orientalis 
(J.A.S.B. [n.s.j, II, pp. 112-116; see also Fauna of British India, 
Freshwater Sponges, Hydroids and Polyzoa, pp. 155-6). Other 
Chironomid larvae (Chivonomus and Tanypus spp.) are recorded 
by the same author as living in association with Spongilla cartert 
(J.A.S.B. [n.s.], II, pp. 190-4, figs. 2A-B). He also notices some 
Indian blood-sucking midges (Rec. Ind Mus., IX, pp. 246-7). 


the Indian species of Death’s Head Moth stridulate by rubbing the tip of the 
proboscis on the ridged lower surface of the same appendage. I have had no 
opportunity of investigating this on a living specimen, but found no difficulty in 
artificially producing sound in this way on a freshly killed specimen that I once 
received. 


508 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Culicidae. 


Ridley records the breeding of mosquitoes in pitchers of 
Nepenthes (J. Straits R.A.S., No. 22, Dec. 1890, p. 430). 

MacDougall notices the habits of Corethrella(—=Ramcta) ' inepta 
(Spolia Zeylanica, VIII, p. 71). 

The habits of Toxorhynchites tmmisericors are described by 
Green (Spolia Zeylanica, II, pp. 159-164, 1 pl.; and Rec. Ind. Mus., 
VII, pp. 309-310) and Paiva (Rec. Ind. Mus., V, pp. 187-190). 

Green has seen Culex vishnut sucking a syntomid moth 
(Spolia Zeylanica, IV, p. 180). 

Paiva records the habits of Aediomyia squammipenna (Rec. 
Ind. Mus., V, p. 202). 


Chironomus larva attacking Hydra. 


Tipulidae, 


Conosia irvorata usually sits with the front legs and middle 
femora stretched forwards, the distal parts of the middle legs bent 
outwards at a right angle, the hind legs stretched backwards, and 
the body and wings pointed obliquely upwards. All the legs lie 
flat on the supporting surface. In this position the fly looks more 
like a scrap of rubbish caught in a cobweb, than like a fly. 


Tabanidae. 


Annandale gives an instance of adaptation in the habits of a 
Tabanid (Rec. Ind. Mus., 1X, pp. 245-6). 


1 This synonymy is based on information sent by Mr. F. W. Edwards to 
Dr. Annandale. 


igi5.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 509 


Asilidae. 


Notes on the food of Asilidae are contributed by Bell 
Gb Hess = XVII =p, S07) and Annandale (Mem. A.S.B., I, 
p. 213) Notes on their oviposition are contributed by Kershaw 
WisBeN 12157, el ppsO10-3. pl. A-B) and Sen (JB. N.H.S:, XXI, 


pp. 695-7, 1 fig.). 
Phoridae, 


A piochaeta ferruginea, a fly capable of reproducing and de- 
veloping in the alimentary canal of living human beings, is the 
subject of two papers by Brunetti (/ec. Ind. Mus., VII, pp. 83-86 
and 515-6). 


Muscidae (s. /az.). 


Limosina equitans, Collins (Ent. Mo. Mag., 1910, pp. 275-279), 
was described from specimens found by Fletcher on a living 
Coprid beetle. See also Green (Solita Zeylanica, 1V, p. 183, and 
RPE. 107),./ 

Howlett describes the attraction of citronella oil for male 
specimens of two species of Dacus (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1912, 
pp. 412-418, p). xxxix-xl). 

A species of Anthomyia! is recorded by Cotes as parasitic 
on the eggs of locusts (Proc. A.S.B., June 3, 1891, p. 94; and 
Jeb NA S2 VA ps 4x6), 

Attacks of numbers of Ochromyia jejuna on a swarm of winged 
termites are noticed by Nangle (J.B.N.H.S., XVI, p. 747),’ Green 
(Spolia Zeylanica, III, p. 220 and IV, pp. 183-4) and Poulton 
(LT. Ent. Soc. London, 1906, pp. 394-6). The observation that this 
fly has been seen taking away grains of sugar from large ants 
suggests that it may have been this insect which I several times 
saw taking the food of big ants in Cochin. On one occasion I saw 
a specimen flying about with a piece of food attached to its 
proboscis and a big ant attached to the other side of the piece of 
food. 

Interesting observations on the feeding habits of certain 
blood-sucking Muscidae are recorded by Patton and Cragg (Ind, 
Journ. Med. Res., 1, pp. 11-25). 


HEMIPTERA. 
Pentatomidae, 


The reaction of a Loris to Aspongopus singhalanus suggest 
that the taste of this bug, though at first startlingly pungent, is 
distinctly agreeable. The odour of the bug, though also pungent, 


! Anthomyia peshawarensis (Bigot nom. nud.), Cotes, /nd. Mus. Notes, 11, 
pp. 34-5—notes and figures but no description. 

* Concerning the identity of the fly mentioned in this note see Spolia Zeyla- 
nica, IV, p. 184. 


510 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XT, 


somewhat resembles essence of jargonelle (Green, Spolia Zeylanica, 
I, p. 73). 

Canthecona furcellala eats Noctuid, Saturniid and Limacodid 
larvae (Antram, J/.B.N.H.S., XVII, pp. 1024-5). 

Kershaw and Kirkaldy contribute biological notes on A ntestia 
anchorago (J.B.N.H.S., XX, pp. 177-8, pl. B), on Zicrona coerulea 
(t.c., pp. 333-6, 2 pl.), and on Erthesina fullo (t.c., pp. 571-3, 2 pl., 
1 text-fig.). 

Concerning Anastda orientalis, Plautia ‘fimbriata, Nezara 
virtdula and Aspongopus janus see Mann (J.B.N.H.S., XX, 
pp. 244-5 and 1166-7, 2 text-figs.). 

Concerning Coptosoma cribraria see Ramakrishna Aiyar 
(7 .BoaV-H.o., XXI1, pp-402-4, aes 


Coreidae, 


Concerning the development and habits of ? Dalader acuticosta 
see Annandale (Trans. Ent, Soc. London, 1905, pp. 55-59, pl. viii). 

Serinetha augur and abdominalis are said to be predaceous 
(Indian Insect Life, pp. 684-5). Green, however, points out 
(Trop. Agric., Dec. 1909, pp. 482-3) that they suck fruit and seeds, 
and are preyed upon by a mimetic Pyrrhocorid Antilochus nigripes. 

Mr. Beeson informs me that Serinetha augur, Fabr. is attracted 
to Kusum oil in October and December in Dehra Dun. 


Lygaeidae. 

Concerning Lygaeus equestris see Paiva (Rec. Ind. Mus., I, 
p. 174). 

Kershaw and Kirkaldy describe the development and habits of 
Caenocorts marginatus (J.B.N.H.S., XVIII, p. 598, pl. figs. 1-7). 

Galls formed on Clevodendron phlomidis by Paracopium 
cingalense are described by Fischer (J.B.N.H.S., XX, pp. 1160- 
1170, 4 figs.). 

Pyrrhocoridae. 

Ipomoea seed is recorded by Paiva as a food of Lohita grandis 
(Rec. Ind. Mus., I, p. 175, 1 fig.). 

Kershaw and Kirkaldy describe the development and feeding 
habits of Dindymus sanguineus (J.B.N.H.S., XVIII, pp. 596-7, 
4 text-figs., 5 pl. figs.). 


Henicocephalidae. 

Green’s observations on the habits of Henicocephalus teles- 
copicus are recorded by Distant (Fauna of Bntish India, Rhyn- 
chota, II, pp. 194-5). 

Henicocephalus basalis lives under bricks with small red ants, 
on which I believe it to feed.! Females, usually winged but 


' I have never managed to see this species feeding, but on one occasion a 
wounded ant was introduced unnoticed into a killing tube with one of them, and I 
have little doubt that it was introduced on the tip of the proboscis, from which it 
must have fallen off later. 


1915.) F. H. Gravety : Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 511 


occasionally apterous, do not appear to venture out at all by day, 
but males are sometimes to be found running about in the evening 
ot early morning near bricks frequented by females.! 

In Cochin I found a specimen of Henicocephalus sp. sucking a 
termite. The colony from which this termite was taken has been 
identified for me by Mr. Bainbrigge Fletcher as belonging to the 
genus 4 noplotermes. 


Reduviidae. 


Kinnear gives an instance of blood-sucking propensities in 
Nabts capsiformis (J.B.N.H.S., X1X, pp. 534-5). 

Concerning the occurrence of Conorhinus rubrofasiatus as a 
parasite of man see Green (Spolia Zevlanica, VII, p. 50). 

Harpactor flavus (‘‘ chersonesus”’) when on the wing resembles 
a small bee, Melipona vidua, on which it has been seen to feed 
(Fascicult Malayenses, Zool. II, p. 263). 

Millipedes are recorded as the food of Physorhynchus linnaei 
(Spolia Zeylanica, III, p. 159 and VII, pp. 55-6) by Mr. E. E. Green, 
who tells me that, of all the Ceylon millipedes, pill-millipedes 
appear to be the only ones which are able to withstand the 
attacks of this bug. I have seen large millepedes killed and eaten 
by Physorhynchus in Ceylon and in Cochin. 

Physorhynchus linnaet stridulates by rubbing the tip of its 
proboscis between its front legs (Green, Sfolia Zeylanica, VIII, 
p- 299). I have observed this mode of stridulation in Conorhinus 
vubrofasciatus, Ectomocoris cordiger, Pirates arcuatus, Pirates affinis 
and Isyndus pilostpes.* The stridulating organs of Conorhinus 
vubrofasciatus and Ectomocorts cordigery are shown on pl. xxiii (figs. 
23-24). That of the latter insect, in which the posternum is 
greatly prolonged between the anterior coxae, is more finely 
striated and produces a louder sound than that of the former. 

A specimen of Isyndus pilosipes was tound in June, 1914, 
near Darjeeling, sitting on a leaf with its proboscis inserted into 
the carcass of a small Elaterid beetle. As I approached with a 
view to capturing it with its prey, it quickly took fright; but 
instead of flying away it struck a menacing attitude, and, stand- 
ing as high as possible on its middle and hind legs, it raised the 
front legs into a more or less horizontal position, extending them 
obliquely forwards and outwards; the antennae, which were simi- 
larly extended, were rapidly vibrated; and the proboscis, which 
had been withdrawn from the body of the Elaterid, was brought 
well into view by being bent downwards to its greatest possible 
extent. 


! Most of my observations on this species were made in Mr. Green’s garden 
at Peradeniya. After I left he noticed that males were much more abundant in 
the early morning than in the evening. : 

2 See also A. Handlirsch ‘Zur Kenntniss der Stridulationsorgane bei den 
Rhynchoten. Ein Morphologisch-biologischer Beitrag’ (Ann. K. K. Naturhist. 
Hofmus. Wien, XV, i900, pp. 127-141, 15 text-figs., 1 pl.; and E. A. Butler 
‘“‘Stridulation in British Reduviidae’’ (Ent. Mo. Mag. (2) XXIII, 1912, p. 65). 


512 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor.23r 


I gathered the leaf, with the bug still standing in this attitude 
over its prey, and watched it for some minutes. Occasionally the 
front legs were lowered for a moment to grasp the edges of the 
leaf, the posterior end of the insect being on these occasions even 
further elevated than before, but they were never allowed to 
remain down long. 

Finally I seized the bug by the thorax in order to transfer it 
toa killing bottle, when it at once set up a faint but distinct 
squeaking noise, something like that produced by longicorn beetles. 
The beats of this noise were found to correspond in time to the 
movements of the proboscis, whose tip was being rubbed vigorously 
up and down a well marked median longitudinal groove on the 
prosternum; and the noise was evidently produced by these 
movements. 

Mr. C. A. Paiva tells me that a specimen of Acanthaspis rama, 
which he once found in a fissure of a large tree at Katihar in the 
Purnea District of Bihar, struck a menacing attitude when he 
tried to catch it. This species also possesses a stridulating organ 
between its front legs, and so do many other Indian Reduviids. 

The habits of bugs belonging to the genus Eugubinus are very 
peculiar. The genotype (EZ. avaneus, Distant ') is said to have been 
‘“found living in the nest of a spider (Theridium sp.)’’ at Uran 
near Bombay (Distant, Fauna of British India, Rhynchota, II, 
p- 207). I have found specimens at Ernakulam in Cochin (EZ. 
intrudans, Distant!), and in the Salt Lakes area near Calcutta 
(E. reticolus, Distant!). In both cases they were found in webs of 
Cyrtophora ciccatrosa, an Argiopid spider which spins a dome- 
shaped web. ‘The web of this spider is really a horizontal orb- 
web pulled out of shape by a supporting framework of numerous 
irregular strands; it presents an appearance very unlike that of 
the orb-webs characteristic of other genera of Argiopidae, and 
superficially very like the irregular webs characteristic of the 
Theridiidae. Conspicuous web-spinning Theridiidae, though com- 
mon round about Kandy and in the Cochin Ghats, seem to 
be comparatively rare in most parts of India, where Cyrtophora 
ciccalrosa is usually abundant; and it may be doubted whether 
one of the solitary webs of the Theridiidae would supply the bug 
with sufficient nourishment for development. I am inclined to 
think therefore, that the web from which the genotype was taken 
must also have belonged to Cyrtophora ciccatrosa and not to a 
Theridiid. 

Eugubinus, like many other bugs of the sub-family Emesinae 
to which it belongs, is an excessively slender insect. It was origi- 
nally described as being apterous and having two-jointed tarsi; 
but these are larval characters. So far as my observations go the 
adult is always winged and has three-jointed tarsi. It flies well, 
but does not appear to take flight very readily. When it settles 


' Entomologist, Jan. 1915, pp. 8-9. 


I9Q15.] F. H. Gravety : Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 513 


on a Cyrtophora web, instead of getting entangled it seems quite 
at home. When, however, it wishes to make its way into the 
inner parts of the framework, its long legs appear to be much in 
the way. If it cannot find room to get between the strands in 
the direction in which it wishes to go, it proceeds to cut some of 
them with its raptorial front legs; but these seem ill-adapted for 
the purpose, and progress is often very laborious and slow. Pre- 
sumably, therefore, the unusual habits of the genus have been 
somewhat recently acquired. 


Cyrtophora ciccatrosa is inclined to be gregarious, and although 
each spider makes for itself a separate dome, the frameworks of 
several webs are usually united. Males (which are minute) and 
young live in small domes in the common framework of the 
group and each female arranges her pear-shaped egg-cocoons in a 
string above the centre of her dome. : 

Eugubinus is often seen making its way towards the string 
of egg cocoons, and I suspect that their contents form its staple 
food. A specimen let loose in some webs in the Museum com- 
pound was seen more than once, soon after mid-day, with its 
proboscis inserted into one of the cocoons. This is not, however, the 
only food that it is able to take; for when I introduced some 
sweepings from among grass into a cage containing specimens that 
had had little or no food for several days, they began to investigate 
even grass seeds, and finally one of them made a meal off a mori- 
bund spider (? Tetragnatha sp.). Perhaps the ancestors of Eugu- | 
binus found insects caught in the outer parts of the frame-work 
of Cyrtophora webs an easy prey, and later found their way to the 
eggs in the interior. 

The excessively slender body and legs of Eugubinus, and their 
variegated colour, make the bug somewhat difficult to distinguish 
among the strands of the webs of Cyrtophora, especially as only 
webs in shady situations seem to be frequented. But this alone 
seems insufficient to explain why the bug is allowed to destroy 
the spider’s offspring. When specimens were let loose in webs in 
the Museum compound they shook the webs somewhat as they fell 
upon them. A spider immediately rushed out to one of the bugs, 
ran half way along its body, and seemed just about to strike when, 
instead of the bug writhing in its grasp as I expected, the spider 
fled back to its dome. I supposed that the bug must have emitted 
something highly distasteful to the spider; but next morning this 
very spider was seen making a meal off one of the bugs! 

Green records the frequenting of the webs of Archiopsocus 
sp. by Ploiariola polita, and believes this Reduviid to be predatory 
on the Psocids in the webs (Spolia Zeylanica, VIII, p. 71). 


Cimicidae. 


The bat Scotophilus kuhli is recorded by Kunhikannan as a 
host of Cimex rotundatus (J.B.N.H.S., XXI, p. 1342). 


514 Records of the Indian Museum, [Voy. XI, 


Cragg describes fertilization in Cimex (Ind. J. Med. Res., II, 
pp. 698-705). The spermatozoa are introduced through an aper- 
ture on the fourth abdominal segment. 


Cicadidae. 


In the preface to his ‘‘ Monograph of Oriental Cicadidae’’ 
Distant refers to the natural enemies of the group, and to the 
voices of the males. Later (p. 1) he gives references ‘‘ to most of 
the published information respecting the structural details of the 
wonderful sound-producing organs’”’ (p. vi). Observations on the 
production of sound by Indian species have been recorded by 
Middlemiss (Nature, XX XIII, pp. 582-3). 

Annandale describes the habits of Dundubia intemerata and 
Huechys sanguinea (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1900, pp. 859-862). 

The liquid discharge made by Cicadas is noticed by Biscoe 
(J .B.N.H.S., X, pp. 535-6). 

A captive specimen of Lemuriana apicalis, which was tre- 
cently watched in the Indian Museum, emitted from time to time 
a jet of colourless liquid with considerable force from its hinder 
end, while feeding on the sap of a piece of the tree on which it had 
been caught. The note of this cicada is not unlike that of a 
cricket, and may frequently be heard in trees round about (and 
even in) Calcutta during the rains; but this is almost the only 
specimen I have seen and the only one I have managed to catch. 

Huechys sanguinea is sometimes plentiful on Zizyphus bushes 
near Calcutta in the spring. Dr. Annandale tells me that when 
in the Malay Peninsula he noticed that this cicada frequented 
bushes rather than big trees. 

Dracott describes the emergence of cicadas from their nymphal 
skins, and the nymphs from the ground (J/.B.N.H.S., XXIII, 
Pp. 379-380). His observations were made at Gangtok in Sikkim 
at an elevation of about 6000 ft. above sea level, on a plot of © 
ground from which large numbers of specimens have been seen to 
emerge year after year. 


Fulgoridae. 


Annandale shows that the peculiar prolongation of the head 
found in certain Fulgoridae is probably of use in jumping (Proc. 
Zool. Soc. London, 1900, pp. 866-868). 

Concerning Salurnis marginellus, Geisha distinctissima, and 
nee furtiva see Kershaw, J.B.N.H.S., XXI, pp. 607-9, 
pl. A-B. 

Concerning Phromnia marginella see Imms, Mem. Manchester 
Lit. Phil. Soc., L.VIII (4), 12 pp.; 2 pl. 


Membracidae. 


Chatterjee describes the development and habits of Oxyrhachys 
tavandus (Indian Forester, X1,, pp. 75-79, pl. iii-iv). 


1915.] F. H. GRAVELY: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 515 


Several species of Membracidae are common on a number of 
different kinds of shrubs. They are usually sluggish insects and 
slip round the branch on which they are seated when disturbed. 
Only as a last resort do they jump or fly, although they can do 
both quite well. The posterior end of the female is armed with 
two pairs of fine lancets in a protecting sheath. With the aid of 
these the eggs are laid in rows embedded horizontally in the bark 
of the twig, from which only one end of each protrudes (pl. xxiii, 
figs. 16-17). The larvae (pl. xxiii, figs. 20-22) are brown or black, 
with an eversible reddish appendage at the posterior end of the 
body (fig. 22). They are commonly more or less gregarious. Even 
adults (pl. xxili, figs. 17-19) seem to scatter little if at all when not 
compelled to do so. Consequently very large numbers are usually 
found living together on an infected bush. ‘They are generally 
attended by big black ants (pl. xxiii, fig. £7). 


Cercopidae. 


The habits of Machaerota guttigera have been described by 
Westwood from notes supplied to him by Mr. S. Green (Trans. 
Ent. Soc. London, 1886, pp. 329-333, pl. viii). 

The habits of M. planitiae ', which is common on Zizyphus 
jujuba in Calcutta (pl. xxiii, fig. 13), are very similar. The larva 
(pl. xxiii, figs. 9-12) always lives head-downwards in its tube, 
which, though closed at the base, is not entirely shut off from the 
twig to which it is attached. I have never seen the larva come 
out to feed, as Westwood supposed that of M. guttigera must do; 
and it is so helpless when removed from its tube that I doubt if it 
could safely do this. It must, I think, obtain all its nourishment 
from the supporting twig through the pore at the base of the 
tube, through which its stylets may sometimes be seen to pro- 
trude when the tube is separated from the twig. 

As Green watched the commencement of tube-building by 
some newly-hatched larvae of M. guttigera, he felt that ‘‘it must 
be a close fit by the time they are ready to assume the perfect 
state.’’ The difficulty is overcome by each larva producing two 
tubes—first a small one, and then a larger one. A separate small 
tube is always found at the base of each big one (pl. xxiii, fig. 8), 
I have seen the larva of another tubicolous form, protected only 
by a frothy fluid, at work commencing the latter at the base of 
the former. 

The habits of another insect, Hindoloides indicans, Distant”, 
which is common here on Zizyphus jujuba, are similar to those 
of Machaerota. i have, however, several times watched the emer- 
gence of its adult at about sunset. In Machaerota guttigera, ac- 
cording to Green, emergence occurs shortly after sunrise, and I 
think this is probably also the case with M. planitiae. 


L | am indebted to Mr. Distant for this identification. 
2 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xv, pp. 506-507. 


516 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XT, 


The tubes of the Hindoloides indicans (pl. xxiii, fig. 14) 
are easy to distinguish from those of Machaerota planitiae by 
their more wrinkled appearance, and by their form, the free 
portion being shorter and less straight. This may perhaps ac- 
count for the curious fact that although adult of Machaerota 
are often much more abundant than those of Hindoloides, the 
reverse is the case with their tubes; for most of these tubes are 
always found to be old and empty, and presumably the long 
straight distal portion of the tube of Machaerota soon gets broken 
off. 

The larvae of the two genera are much alike; in their later 
stages they can, however, be distinguished by the size of the 
developing process of the scutellum (compare figs. 12 and 15, 
pl. xxiii). 

Machaerota planitiae is recorded in ‘‘ Indian Insect Life’’ 
(p. 733) from Zizyphus jujuba (ber), from Aegle marmelos (bael) 
and from cotton, as well as from ‘‘ other plants in India.’’ Early in 
February of this year I found its tubes common at Pusa on ber 
and on cotton. On the former it was accompanied by tubes of 
some species of another genus of which I failed to obtain 
adults. Only Machaerota appeared to occur on cotton. I doubt 
whether any of the tubes found on bael belonged to this genus. 
As the mixture of genera on Zizyphus has been so long un- 
noticed, it is not unlikely that the genera and species to be found 
on different plants will prove to be greater than has hitherto been 
supposed. 


Jassidae. 


Annandale notes that the phenomenon of ‘‘ weeping trees”’ is 
sometimes due not to Cercopidae, but to Jassidae (Rec. Ind. Mus., 
III, pp. 293-4). Other families of Homoptera appear also to take 
part in its production. 


Lefroy (J.B.N.H.S., XX, pp. 235-6) notes that the Mango 
Jassid Idiocerus appears only to breed when mango trees shoot 
freely. In the district where his observations were made this 
occurred in March only for five years in succession. During the 
sixth year, however, an exceptionally wet season caused the trees 
to shoot again in September. ‘‘ Whether from this reason or not, 
the [diocerus also bred and one distinct brood was produced at a 
season when we have never before observed it breed at all.’’ A 
similar restriction of the breeding season may perhaps account for 
the freedom of Calcutta during the greater part of the year from 
the notorious ‘‘green-fly’’ (Nephotettix bipunctatus and apicalis) 
which appears every year towards the end of the rains in such 
myriads that it is often almost impossible to approach a glowing 
arc-lamp near the open maidan. 

Concerning the eggs of Tettigoniella spectra see Lefroy, 
jJ B.NES Sake o3e: 


1915.] F. H. Gravety: Indian Insecis, Mynapods, etc. 517 


Aleurodidae. 


Peal describes the function of the vasiform orifice of the 
Aleurodidae (J.A.S.B., |. XXII [II], pp. 6-7). 


Coccidae. 


Imms records the occurrence of Dactylopius citvt in ants’ nests 
(Rec. Ind. Mus., VI, p. 111). 


MYRIAPODA. 


The habits of a number of Malay Myriapods are described by 
Flower (/. Straits R. Asiatic Soc. No. 36, 1901, pp. I-25). 

Concerning the food of Scolopendridae see Wells-Cole, Okeden 
amdnCummmine (J J>.N o.oo. “ll, ps2t4 and XV. pp. £35, 1 pl., 
and 364-5 respectively). 

Mr. G. Mackrell tells me that Fthmostigmus pygomegas is com- 
mon on his tea garden in Sylhet just below the surface of the 
ground. Specimens are sometimes found in earth round the roots 
of grass growing at the bottom of a bush; but they more often 
crawl into light soil leaving no visible hole, or in between clods of 
earth. In captivity they appear to be nocturnal, and to shun light. 
Their food consists chiefly of worms and small insects, and they 
seem to be fond of Acridiids and Gryllids. 

I have already described the stridulation, apparently to 
attract attention away from the creature that had cast it, ofa 
detached leg of Scutigera decipiens (J.A.S.B.[n.s.], [X,*pp. 415-6). 
More recently I noticed a detached leg of a Cochin species moving 
in the same manner, and on holding it to my ear was able to hear 
it squeaking. In this case, however, the squeak was much 
fainter, and was produced by legs which remained 7” situ as well 
as by others. 

The occurrence of purplish-red millipedes in herds is noticed by 
Cunningham (‘‘ Plagues and Pleasures’’, p. 193). I have some- 
times seen such herds on the muddy banks of the Havildars’ 
Tanks on the Calcutta maidan, especially, if I remember rightly, 
in the spring. 

Some of the larger species of Indian millipede exude an evil 
smelling coloured fluid when disturbed. The common big black 
species in the Cochin Ghats does this, but nevertheless falls an 
easy prey to its enemy the Reduviid bug Physorhynchus. A still 
larger black species, in which the middle of each segment is 
girdled with extra thick chitin, and the caudal horn is excep- 
tionally long, emits a particularly virulent fluid which not only 
smells, but also stains and burns one’s hands. This species was 
only found near the head of a small valley at Kavalai (Cochin 
Ghats) where, however, it was much commoner than the common 
form of the district. I regret that I did not also try Physorhyn- 
chus with it. 


518 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Arthrosphaera aurocincta', Pocock, a pill-millipede common 
in the Cochin Ghats—the commonest round Parambikulam at the 
end of the State Forest Tramway—surprised me by the vibrations 
which it usually set up when caught. On holding it to the ear a 
_ squeaking noise was heard. ‘The noise would, however, have passed 
unnoticed but for the vibrations which called attention to it. I 
would have put this forward in support of Arrow’s theory (Fauna of 
British India, lamellicornia, I, p. 14) that the object of stridu- 
lation is often not noise, but vibrations that will bring discomfort 
to an enemy on contact, but that the pill-millipede seems to re- 
quire no greater protection than its excessively hard carapace. 
Pillmillipedes, as already pointed out (p. 511), appear to be 
the only millipedes capable of withstanding the attacks of Physo- 
rhynchus. The fact, however, that stridulation always took place 
when the animal was seized and rolled itself into a-ball points to 
its association with the instinct of defence. I have only noticed 
stridulation in the one species, although I specially looked out for 
it in other species found in Cochin. I never heard or felt it in an 
open specimen; consequently I found it impossible to locate the 
organ which produced the sound. 


ARACHNIDA. 
XIPHOSURA. 


Notes on the habitat and breeding habits of Limulus moluc- 
canus and L. rotundicauda are contributed by Annandale (Rec. 
Ind. Mus., Ill, pp. 294-5). Sewell (Rec. Ind. Mus., VII, pp. 87-8) 
records the capture of the former species in a surface townet in 
water of about 10 fms. depth. See also Flower, J. Stratis 
R. Astatic Soc., No. 36, July 1901, p. 26. 


SCORPIONIDEA. 


Parturition in a scorpion is the subject of a note by Dreckman 
(J.B.N.H.S., Ill, pp. 137-8, fig. facing p. 69). The species dealt 
with is incorrectly named, and evidently belongs to the genus 
Heterometrus, perhaps to the species H. phipsont. 

Pocock describes the habits in captivity of Parabuthus capen- 
sis and Euscorpius carpathicus (J.B.N.H.S., VIII, pp. 287-294). 
Neither of these are, however, Indian species. 

Newnham (Nature, 1,VI, p. 79; reprinted in J.B.N.H.S., XI, 
pp. 313-4) records the carrying off of a large flower by Parabuthus 
liosoma one evening at Aden. ‘The scorpion was holding the 
flower over its back in one of its claws. When camping at the 
foot of the Ghats in the Ratnagiri District I once saw a scorpion 
in the same way carry off a piece of white paper that had fallen 
from the table at which I was working in the open after dark. 


! | am indebted to Dr. F. Silvestri for this determination. 


1915.] F.H. Graveny: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 519 


The stinging power of scorpions forms the subject of notes by 
Green, Coomaraswamy and Drieberg (Solita Zeylanica, III, pp. 197 
and 215-6, and IV, p. 33). 

Concerning the habits of Archtsometrus mucronatus and other 
Malaysian species see Flower, J. Straits R. Astatic Soc., No. 36, July 


IQOI, pp. 30-36. 
PEDIPALPI. 
Thelyphonidae. 


The earliest mention of the habits of Indian Thelyphonidae 
appears to be by Stoliczka (J.A.S.B., XLII [II], p. 127), who 
records his own observations and those of Mr. Peal. Peal’s obser- 
vation that ‘‘the Thelyphoni are generally found underneath the 
bark of decayed wood in groups, rarely singly’’ is somewhat 
surprising. All the specimens presented by him to the Indian 
Museum are, however, Uvropfroctus assamensis, a species whose 
habits have rarely come under my observation. 

The next reference is by Wood-Mason (Pvoc. A.S.B., 1882, 
pp. 59-60).!. Observations of a similar nature to those made by 
Stoliczka and Wood-Mason are recorded by Oates (J.A.S.B., 
LVIII (II), pp. 4-5). 

Flower refers to the habits of the Siamese Thelyphonus 
schimkewttscht (J. Straits R. Astatic Soc., No. 36, July rgor, 
pp. 37-9). 

A brief note by Green on the habits of Thelyphonus sepiaris 
will be found in Spolia Zeylanica, IV, p. 181, and one by myself on 
those of Labochirus proboscideus in Spolia Zeylanica, VII, pp. 44-46, 
fig. B. 

A further contribution to the subject is made by Fischer, who 
describes the courtship dance of Thelyphonus sepiaris (J.B.N. H. 5.7, 
XX, pp. 888-9). 

The habits of Uroproctus assamensis as observed by Kemp 
during the Abor Expedition are referred to in my note on the 
Pedipalpi collected on that Expedition (Rec. Ind. Mus., VIN, 
p. 127). 

Iam now able to describe in greater detail the habits of 
several Indian species of Thelyphonidae. My earliest and most 
extensive observations were made on Labochirus proboscideus , and 
these will be described first. 

Labochirus proboscideus is not uncommon under logs of wood 
and large stones in the jungles of the Kandy district of Ceylon ; 
but it is only to be found when the ground has been aur 


! Stoliczka does not refer to the fluid of his Thelyphonids as ee as 
stated by Wood-Mason, but as not having any offensive odour. In some species 
it is violently pungent and resembles acetic acid. In others it is more like essence 
of jargonelle and, although not very pleasant, is by no means pungent—individual 
opinions would probably differ as to whether it was offensive or not. In Wood- 
Mason’s specimens the odour was ‘‘exactly like that of a highly concentrated 
essence of pears, but... . when deeply inhaled had all the characteristic smell and 
pungency of strong acetic acid.’ Compare pp. 509-510, above. 


520 Records of the Indtan Museum. [Vor. Soi 


wetted by the rains, or occasionally near water in the dry weather. 
Thus before the rains I only obtained two or three specimens, 
and these were all found under stones on moist (but not swampy) 
ground within a few yards of the Mahawelli Gunga. 

Specimens are always found on the ground, never on the 
under side of their shelter. When first uncovered they usually 
remain quite still for a time before attempting to hide. Some- 
times a burrow is found under the shelter. In this case the Labo- 
chirus usually sits facing it, and disappears down it as soon as 
any attempt at capture is made. In other cases any burrow there 
is must be throughout its length in contact with the shelter. 

In dry weather, when Labochirus proboscideus is difficult to 
obtain, it presumably burrows till it reaches soil that it finds 
comfortably moist and then remains there. If unable to find 
moisture it dies in a few days; and I found it impossible to keep 
this species in captivity for any length of time unless the floor of 
its cage was kept covered with moist soil, when no difficulty was 
experienced. 

Both sexes construct burrows in which to live, digging the 
soil away with their second pair of appendages. As the excava- 
tion deepens they enter it head first, collect some soil between 
the second appendages, and then back out and deposit it at a 
little distance from the entrance. ‘The tibial apophyses seem to 
enable them to carry more soil than would otherwise be possible. 
Of two very young (probably one year old) specimens kept in 
captivity one made a U-shaped burrow with one entrance under 
cover and the other exposed; but I have not been able to recog- 
nize any other instance of this being done. 

Labochirus appears to be incapable of inflicting any injury on 
man. When irritated it usually extends its pedipalps to their 
fullest extent, and would no doubt use them in defence against 
a sufficiently small opponent; but it is a nervous creature and 
prefers retreat. It will not attack even a defenceless cockroach 
if it is very large, but will gladly kill and eat small ones. 

The stink-glands are no doubt of service in self-defence. On 
two occasions I have seen the fluid ejected as a small cloud, 
but this is rare; one of the specimens noticed was a female, the 
other was almost certainly a male but escaped capture. Accord- 
ing to Wood-Mason (Proc. A.S B., 1882, p. 60) the stink-glands are 
larger in female Thelyphonids than in males. The apertures of 
these glands are easily seen on each side of the medially situated 
caudal appendage (dorsal) and anus (ventral). If some object 
is placed near these appertures when the creature is irritated the 
drop of fluid ejected will be found upon it. It has “all the 
characteristic smell and pungency of strong acetic acid’’, but 
in this species I have never noticed any odour ‘“‘like that of 
a highly concentrated essence of pears ’’ (Wood-Mason, /.c.). 

It is almost impossible to observe the feeding habits of these 
nocturnal animals in their natural haunts; and even in captivity 
they are very shy of any light that may be brought to bear upon 


1915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 521 


them when they have emerged from their hiding-places in search 
of food. What their usual food is, and how often they get it 
under natural conditions I am unable to say. In captivity they 
appear to feed as often as suitable food is given, suitable food 
being winged termites, small locustids, blattids, etc., especially 
when these are disabled. But of larger insects and of very active 
ones they are easily frightened. A disabled locustid will be 
snatched at eagerly if held in front of a specimen ; when however, 
it is presented alive and kicking Labochirus will extend the second 
pair of appendages as if to seize it, but in reality as a menace, 
and will then back away. 

Food is seized between the second appendages and held 
between them and the head. In the male of this species little or 
no use is made of the chelae, though at times the long movable 
finger may be embedded in the prey and bent over so as almost to 
meet the tibial apophysis. The very long gnathobases of the 
second appendages appear to be of some use in supporting the 
food above the ground and keeping it in the neighbourhood of the 
mouth. In the female the second appendages are much shorter 
and stouter than in the male, and the form of the tibial apophysis 
renders it scarcely possible that the movable finger of the chela 
should be brought into apposition to it ; the gnathobase 1s also 
very much shorter. How far these structural differences affect 
the mode of feeding I am unable to say, as the only female kept 
in captivity, was, I believe, damaged when caught, and died after a 
few days without having taken any food. 

Concerning the part played by the chelicerae in feeding I 
am also unable to say anything, as they were always obscured 
by the anterior end of the carapace and by the food itself; pre- 
sumably they are used much as in Phrynichus (see below). 
Another function of the chelicerae was, however, repeatedly seen, 
namely the use of the brushes with which they are provided for 
cleaning the terminal joints of the legs. Hansen (Arkiv for Zool., 
II [8], p. 8) says ‘‘ The function of such hairs, ‘ blood hairs’, is 
no doubt to intercept the blood of the prey when this has been 
cut to pieces.” Doubtless they function to some extent in this 
way, but their use for cleansing purposes is manifested every time 
a specimen gets its feet a little soiled. 

In Labochirus, and probably in all the Thelyphonidae, the 
antenniform legs are ordinarily held directed forwards and usually 
somewhat outwards in an arched posture. As the animal moves 
along they are lowered from time to time till the tip comes in 
contact with the ground, and then raised again, but the two are 
lowered alternately, not simultaneously. 

I found it very difficult to determine whether these creatures 
drink water, as so many Arachnids do. I believe, however, that 
they do so, and on one occasion I saw a specimen apply its mouth 
to water placed in its cage on a leaf, although it refused to take 
any notice of this until a lamp that was near had been removed. I 
could not see whether any sucking movements were set up or not. 


522 Records of the Indian. Museum. [VoL. XI, 


With regard to the breeding habits of this species my infor- 
mation is of the scantiest, but I believe, from the evidence of 
dissections, that the time for egg-laying was rapidly approaching 
when I left Ceylon in August. The young appear to attain a 
length of about r cm. (exclusive of the tail) during the summer 
after they are hatched, and to take two years more to come to 
maturity ; but the evidence for this is not so extensive as in the 
case of Charinides and Phrynichus (see below, pp. 531-532). 

It was not until August! of last year that I saw the courtship 
““dance’”’ of a whip-scorpion. The specimens concerned were a 
pair of Thelyphonus sepiaris which I caught in Orissa and brought 
back with several others alive to Calcutta. Their positions, when 
I first noticed what was going on, were those described by Fischer 
(J.B.N.H.S., XX, pp. 888-9). They are shown in pl. xxiv, fig. 25. 
The left antenniform leg of the female was crossed above the right, 
and about three joints of the tarsus of each of these legs were left 
exposed by the chelicerae of the male. The pair walked slowly 
round the cage in which they were confined, the male going back- 
wards and the female following him. Once or twice they passed 
an unattached male, when the mated male left go his hold of the 
antenniform leg of the female on the side next the possible rival 
and seemed to prepare for defence. But none was needed. 

Soon this type of ‘“‘dance” ceased, the female raised her 
abdomen in the air, and the male commenced stroking her genital 
segment with his antenniform legs. These legs usually passed 
between the third and fourth legs of the female but sometimes 
behind the fourth; their tips were usually crossed, the right being 
above the left as a rule. The chelae of the male were held open 
and were kept slightly moving over the dorsal surface of the 
abdomen (pl. xxiv, fig. 26). 

I expected this to lead up to the culminating action. But 
the female was a small one, and her genital segment was not fully 
developed. Probably she was immature. For this reason, per- 
haps, the first type of ‘‘ dance’’ was soon resumed and continued 
till I went to bed. It was in progress at about 7 A.M. next day, 
but ceased soon afterwards. Next night it was repeated. After 
that the female died. 

Thelyphonus sepiaris is much better able to withstand draught 
than is Labochirus proboscideus. It lives in much drier situations, 
and will live in a dry cage without water for several weeks at 
least, without apparent discomfort. It seems, too, to be of a 
somewhat less timid disposition. Green (Spolia Zeylanica, IV, 
p. 181) says that it emits an odour resembling strong acetic acid. 
The defensive odours of the Thelyphonids I have met with vary 
in character from this to something closely resembling essence of 


' Mr. Fischer informs me that his observations (see above, p. 519) were 
made after dusk in June. Rain had fallen and brought out the Thelyphonids, 
which climbed about his tent. The dance took place on his writing table in the 
tent. 


1915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 523 


jargonelle, and I regret that I have not made notes of the scents 
of the various species. 

Mr. H. N. Ridley has sent me several specimens of Thelypho- 
nus linganus. He compares their defensive odour to that of 
chlorine gas, and says he knows of no other animal able to emit so 
widely diffused and powerful an odour for its size. This species eats 
crickets, woodlice, etc., and Mr. Ridley once found a specimen eating 
a cricket in the day-time, though usually the species is nocturnal. 
The modification of one or more of the sixth to eighth tarsal joints 
of the antenniform legs of the female of this and allied species of 
Thelyphonus is perhaps due to the development of special organs 
for use during courtship; for it is at about this point that these 
appendages are held in the chelicerae of the male during that 
process in the only species of Thelypionus in which it has been 
described. 

The odour emitted by Uroproctus assamensis resembles essence 
of jargonelle. This species lives in a damp region, and does not 
seem able to withstand drought in the way that Thelyphonus 
sepiaris can. 

Mr. G. Mackrell tells me that Hypoctonus oatest exudes a fluid 
smelling like acetic or formic acid, though perhaps a little more 
pungent. It inhabits country where stones are not to be found, 
living in the banks of roads and cuttings and in the vacated burrows 
of ants. In June specimens usually have to be dug out from a 
depth of about 18 inches, but in August they are often found at 
the entrance of their holes. On one occasion two females were 
found in a nest swarming with ants. Both had young clinging to 
their abdomens. 

I have found several species of Hypfoctonus under stones in 
Burma. I have not been able to study their habits in captivity, 
but there seems every reason to believe that they are very like 
those of Labochirus proboscideus and Thelyphonus seprarts. 

I do not think any of the Thelyphonids I have studied can 
be luminous as suggested by Sorensen (Ent. Med. 1894, pp. 175- 
177); and I can hardly believe that the sting described by Flower 
(Journ. Straits R. Asiatic Soc., July 1907, pp. 38-39) was really 
due to the Thelyphonus schimkewitchi that he was handling when 
he received it. I have handled other species frequently without 
receiving any harm. 


Schizomidae (Tartarides). 


The only species which I have myself found in any abundance 
are Schizomus (s. str.) crassicaudatus, S. (Trithyreus) peradeniyensis, 
and S. (T.) vittatus, all from Ceylon, and it is only to these that 
- the following account refers.! The Calcutta form—S. (7.) lunatus 
—I have found under bricks on somewhat moist stiff clay; and so 


| A preliminary note on the habits of these species appeared in Spolia Zeyla- 
nica, VII, p. 46, fig. C. Nothing else beyond a brief note on a species from 
caves near Moulmein (¥.A.S.B. [ns.], IX, p. 417) appears to have been written 
about the habits of Indian species. 


524 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


far as I know its habits are much the same as those of the Ceylon 
species. 

Schizomus crassicaudatus was only found under bricks, etc., on 
or close to open ground (usually grassy lawns) more or less shaded 
by trees, while the other two Ceylonese species named were found 
only among dead leaves, especially where these formed a layer of 
considerable depth and were matted together by fungal hyphae, in 
the midst of the shrubberies in the Peradeniya Botanical Gardens. 
Schizomus crassicaudatus was never found in company with the 
other two. 

The ground was more or less moist, especially in the shrub- 
beries, during almost the whole time I was at Peradeniya; but 
shortly before the break of the rains I found specimens (probably 
Schizomus crassicaudatus) on a very dry slope afew yards away 
from a little stream. A specimen of S. pervadeniyensis subse- 
quently lived in a corked tube in Calcutta without food or water 
for about three months. When a drop of water was placed near it 
by means of a fine pipette the soil was so dry that it was some 
time before the water began to be absorbed, but the Schizomus, 
after examining it carefully with the mobile tips of its antenni- 
form legs, took no further notice, and made no attempt to 
drink. 

I have only once seen a Tartarid take food. On this occasion 
a minute white centipede (Scutigerella) was seized by the second 
pair of appendages in much the same way as a fly is seized by the 
chelicerae of a spider. When secured it was carried off into a 
burrow to be eaten. 

On one occasion I put two specimens (both female) of S. 
peradentyensis in a tube partly filled with soil, and two of S. 
vittatus in another. Before very long the individuals of both pairs 
were found to be facing each other, their antenniform legs 
extended obliquely forwards, those of the one crossing those of the 
other. This futile hostility continued for several hours, after 
which the specimens were separated. Apparently neither dared 
either to attack the other from in front, or to leave her rear 
unguarded for a moment. When, however, a larger number of 
specimens are similarly confined, but on the slippery glass bottom 
of a tube without any soil, they frequently become panic-stricken 
and then attack each other in the same way as they attack their 
natural prey. But even a large number of specimens may safely 
be collected together in a tube when loose soil is provided for them 
to run about on. 

When touched from in front Schizomus usually tries to escape 
by giving a sudden jump backwards. The stink-glands are no 
doubt used for defence; and when a number of specimens are . 
caught and put together in a tube they may be observed to emit 
a distinct odour of acetic acid. 

The chelicerae and second pair of appendages, besides being 
used for offensive and defensive purposes, are used for cleaning 
the feet; and the form of the second appendages allows them to 


1915.) F.H. GrAveLy: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 525 


be used simultaneously with the chelicerae for rubbing the feet, 
and not only for holding them in position. 

A specimen of each of the three Ceylon species was kept alive 
by itself in a separate tube about one-third full of carefully packed 
soil. Each made two or three burrows before very long; but 
they rarely entered any of them even by day, and when disturbed 
they never seemed to know where to find them though the whole 
diameter of the tubes was little more than two centimetres. It is 
therefore rather difficult to believe that these burrows are used as 
permanent homes, and this is borne out by the following facts 
concerning the habits of Schizomus crassicaudatus in the open. 

Whenever a specimen of this species was discovered by the 
removal of the brick under which it had been hiding, it would 
dart spasmodically about looking for somewhere to hide again, 
with no more idea than one of the captive specimens just mentioned 
as to where to find a suitable hole; and the hole into which it 
finally disappeared seemed to me to be as a rule a wormtrack or 
something of that kind. Further, it is apparently possible to go 
on collecting specimens from under one brick two or three times a 
week for an indefinite period, each time removing every specimen 
found; which seems to prove conclusively that they can have no 
fixed abode, but wander about from place to place among the 
roots of the grass not far from which they are always found. 

In the case of the shrubbery forms which occurred in extensive 
layers of dead leaves it was impossible for such observations to be 
made; but if these species habitually lived in burrows it is diffi- 
cult to understand why they were most abundant among the 
leaves and not in the soil below them; and why a specimen in 
captivity entirely without cover very rarely entered any of the two 
or three burrows that it made. 

Of what use, except for reproductive purposes, the burrows 
can be it is difficult to see; but of the three specimens which made 
burrows in captivity only one—Schizomus crassicaudatus—pro- 
duced eggs. This one constructed a little cavity against the side 
of the glass tube in which it was confined, at a depth of about 
15 mm. below the surface of the soil (pl. xxiv, fig. 27). As far as 
I could see this nest had no opening, and the Schizomus never left 
it to my knowledge till the eggs disappeared. It was lined with 
soil cemented together in some way; when this lining was shaken 
free from the glass (to which it was similarly cemented) the 
damage was quickly repaired; but unfortunately I never saw this 
being done. The eggs were seven in number, subspherical (flattened 
at the poles), of a glistening white colour, and were neither tightly 
pressed together nor enclosed in a brood-pouch of any kind. 
They were arranged so that one of them was above and one below 
the centre of a ring composed of the five others; the general shape 
of the mass as a whole was approximately spherical, and it 
appeared to be attached to the abdomen only in the region of the 
genital aperture. The abdomen was carried at an angle to the 
rest of the body as shown in the figure. As a rule the creature 


526 Records of the Indian Museum, [Vor 27; 


rested on one of the sides of the nest with the thorax vertical and 
the abdomen horizontal, but it was impossible to see it sufficiently 
clearly in that position for it to be drawn. The nest and eggs 
were first noticed on Sept. 12, about three weeks after the 
creature’s arrival in Calcutta, but they may have been produced a 
few days earlier; no changes were seen to take place in them, and 
eventually they disappeared and the mother left her nest. The 
mother had been captured and placed by herself in a tube at 
Peradeniya on August Iq. 


Tarantulidae. 


The habits of the cavernicolous Charontinae, Stygophrynus 
cavernicola, S. cerberus,and Catagius pustllus, have been described 
by Annandale and myself (J.4.S.B. [n.s.], IX, pp. 417-420). 

A small species of Charontinae, Charinides bengalensis, is com- 
mon in Calcutta. I have been able to study its habits in greater 
detail than those of the cavernicalous species. They closely 
resemble those of the Ceylonese species of Phrynichus on which a 
preliminary note has already appeared (Sfolia Zeylanica, VII, 
pp- 43-4, fig. A) and also those of Phrynichus nigrimanus ', a 
species not uncommon in the Eastern Ghats. The habits of all of 
these may now be considered together, the few differences between 
them being noticed as occasion arises. There is no reason to sup- 
pose that the habits of cavernicolous species differ in any essential 
points from those of these species, apart from the fact that Stygo- 
phrynus does not habitually live under stones or logs of wood, 
but on the walls of caves. 

All species that I have observed’, except those of the genus 
Stygophrynus, live in crevices among bricks or stones, or under logs 
of wood, where there is room for them to move about freely. 
They are almost always found on the under side of the object 
beneath which they hide. Charinides, and doubtless other Charon- 
tinae also, having pulvilli on its feet, can walk up a vertical 
piece of polished glass, or even across its lower surface; but 
Phrynichus, which has no pulvilli, cannot do this. It is unlikely 
that any Tarantulids can burrow; anda specimen of Phrynichus 
ceylonicus that was brought to me after being dug out of a hole 
it had been seen to enter, can hardly have made the burrow for 
itself. 

Phrynichus ceylonicus, s. siy., appears to be a regular inhabi- 
tant of bungalows; but its variety pusillus and Charinides bengal- 
ensis seem to visit them rarely, and it is very doubtful, on account 
of the inability of these species to live in the absence of moisture, 


| This and other species of Phrynichus have been provisionally grouped by 
Kraepelin under the one name P. reniformis, Linn.. See Rec. Ind. Mus., XI, pp. 
447-448. 

2 Mr. Ridley informs me that Savax singapurae is found under bricks and 
among dead leaves; he thinks the latter form its usual home. When specimens 
are collected from under the bricks, others quickly take their places. f 


1915.] F.H. GrAvELY : Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 527 


whether they ever make them a permanent abode.! That P. 
ceylonicus, s. siy., does this there can, I think, be no doubt. The 
first specimen I saw alive was found in Mr. Green’s workshop after 
dark ; it was sitting on the wall close to a large bookcase behind 
which it retreated as soonasI attempted to catch it. It must 
have been several days at least since it first came there, for a cast 
skin, which from its size appeared to have belonged to it, was 
found close by upon the wall, with cobwebs attached to it: and 
the animal itself had already become thoroughly hard and dry. 
On the following night the specimen (I have no doubt it was the 
same) was found again in the same place and captured; it lived 
healthily in a bare breeding cage for over two months, when I 
preserved it prior to leaving Ceylon. These striking creatures are 
also well known to residents in the island who frequently mention 
some particular room as one in which a specimen is often seen. 

The difference between Phrynichus ceylonicus and its variety 
pusillus in their ability to stand dryness is very marked.? The 
former will live healthily for at least a fortnight, and usually longer, 
in a bare cage with a wooden base and frame, glass sides and a 
perforated zinc top, whereas the latter always dies in a few days if 
not supplied with constantly moist soil. P. ceylonicus, variety 
pusillus, appears to be confined to the moist jungles of the lower 
hiils of Ceylon. P. ceylonicus, s. str., on the other hand, seems 
to be most abundant in places where climate or a porous soil 
produce drier conditions. On the only occasion on which I was 
able to test the capacity of P. ceylonicus, variety gracillibrachiatus, 
one specimen of this form and one of variety pusillus were put into 
a bare cage in which two specimens of P. ceylonicus, s. str., were 
living, after giving them ample opportunity of satisfying their 
thirst. Variety pusillus was found dead next evening and variety 
gracillibrachiatus on the following evening. 

It may be noted here that P. ceylonicus, variety pusillus, besides 
requiring damper surroundings than P. ceylonicus, s. sty., appears 
to be a much more thirsty animal; and I am inclined to think that 
small specimens of the latter are of a more thirsty disposition than 
old ones, though the evidence for this needs amplification. 

Charinides bengalensis also requires a certain amount of mois- 
ture in its surroundings, and no doubt it is on this account that it 
always choses for its abode some pile of bricks in a sheltered 
place where the ground is moistened nightly in the dry cold 
weather of Calcutta by a heavy dew. 

Tarantulids, like other Pedipalpi, are nocturual feeders; by 
day they hide themselves away. When one is exposed by turning 
over its shelter, it crouches flat down, and when eventually it 
darts suddenly away it rarely tries to escape to other stones, how- 


1 J have no evidence on this point with regard to P. nigrimanus and other 
species. 

2 P. nigrimanus probably resembles P. ceylonicus in this respect, but the 
evidence is somewhat conflicting. 


528 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


ever good the cover they may offer. I have several times chased 
a specimen of P. ceylonicus, variety pusillus, round and round a 
stone in this way for some minutes before being able to catch it, 
when the stone was resting on a mass of others among which the 
creature could have got away with the greatest ease, had it thought 
of doing so. P. ceylonicus, s. sty., and Charinides bengalensis ap- 
pear to be equally prejudiced in this respect. 

When caught, even the large P. ceylonicus is apparently quite 
incapable of inflicting any injury. All species of Phrynichus are, 
however, able to give a distinct (but painless) nip between the 
terminal finger of the second appendages and the distal spines of 
the tibia, and when caught are apt to claw viciously at one’s 
hands as often as they get the chance. 

No stink-glands are known in Tarantulids, and I have never 
noticed any particular smell associated with them. 

What Tarantulids live upon when left to find their own food I 
cannot say; but in captivity cockroaches, crickets, and sometimes 
a green locustid will be taken by Phrynichus. P. ceylonicus, s. sir., 
naturally manages larger specimens than P. ceylonicus, variety 
pusillus, can do. I believe that Charinus bengalensis will take very 
small cockroaches (? and woodlice) and have seen it eat swarming 
termites that have shed their wings. Tarantulids are extremely 
nervous beasts and winged termites are far too active forthem. A 
specimen of P. ceylonicus, s. str., became pitifully panic-stricken 
when one or two of these were placed in its cage, raising itself upon 
its legs with a start every time a termite touched it. 

The following account, based on a particular instance, will 
serve to show how Tarantulids obtain their food. 

A recently captured Phrynichus was sitting under a tile where 
it had been hiding all day, when it became aware of a wingless 
cockroach (Dorylaea rhombifolia) engaged in feeding upon a lump 
of bread in one corner of the cage. The Phrynichus left its retreat — 
and cautiously approached to within a short distance of the 
cockroach when, after extending both arms, it made a sudden 
grab; but only the bread was secured, and this was not appreciated. 
For a few moments the Phrynichus waited in a defiant attitude, 
slightly raised upon its long legs, with its arms partially extended: 
then it subsided flat on the ground again. In the meantime the 
scared cockroach had retreated into another corner of the cage, 
where it was soon followed by the Phrynichus which made another 
grab at it. This time it was caught and brought within reach of 
the chelicerae, with the assistance of which it was finally demol- 
ished. Another cockroach was killed and partly eaten later on 
during the same night, after which the Phrynichus fasted for six 
days, when it ate another cockroach. This fast of several days 
after each meal appears to be the normal habit of all the species of 
Phrynichus I have studied; and the remarkable eagerness which 
newly caught specimens always show for food leads me to believe 
that in the wild state they are rarely able to secure as much food 
as they would like. This suggestion is further supported by the 


1915.] F. H. GRAvELY : Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 529 


difficulty which they always seem to experience in the capture of 
active prey. 

It is very difficult to observe the method of capture on ac- 
count of the rapidity of this action; but repeated observations 
have convinced me that although both arms are shot forwards 
in any attempt to sieze the prey, the actual capture is usually 
between the terminal claw and the spines near the end of the 
second appendage of one side only. As will be seen on reference 
to fig. 28 (pl. xxiv) these spines are so arranged as to form a 
very effective hand, the terminal claw being apposable to the 
proximal of the two long dorsal spines at the distal end of the 
tibia, and the spine on the penultimate joint to the distal of 
these. As the claw and all three spines are rigid and sharply 
pointed it would be not unnatural to suppose that when grasp- 
ing the prey they enter its body in such a way as to render its 
escape quite impossible. As a matter of fact, however, the 
strength necessary for this is apparently absent, and I have seen 
even a soft-bodied cricket unsuccessfully attacked time after time 
as its movements brought it within reach of a Phrynichus; and 
although once or twice it appeared to have been secured by one 
hand the other was never used to assist in holding it, with the 
result that it escaped before it could be brought within reach of 
the chelicerae. 

Once within reach of these appendages, however, all chance 
of escape disappears. The prey, which remains alive for a time, 
is held between the two hands, often with the terminal finger 
embedded in its tissues, whilst parts of it are scooped into the 
region of the mouth by the terminal joint of the chelicerae, the 
sharp saw-like armature of their under surface perhaps being of 
use in severing pieces of a suitable size from the main mass. 
When such a piece had been secured by the chelicerae it is 
thoroughly masticated by vertical, combined with slight longitu- 
dinal, movements of these appendages, which rub it against each 
other and against the gnathobases of the second appendages. 
As the terminal joint is apparently kept closed except when 
required to scoop in a fresh piece of the edible material it is 
difficult to see any use to which the double row of teeth on the 
basal joint can be put. The long anteriorly projecting sternal 
spine no doubt assists in keeping the food from falling to the 
ground when it passes into the immediate neighbourhood of the 
mouth. 

I have only once seen Charinides feed. Unlike Phrynichus 
it captured its prey between the two second appendages, not in one 
hand, the terminal claw and the spines of the hand and finger being 
unable to close against the spines at the end of the tibia (pl. Xxiv, 
fig. 29). The terminal claw pressed into the body of the prey, 
probably penetrating the tissues, and other spines appeared to 
help to some extent. The capture was extremely sudden, and 
the details were only seen by repeatedly removing the captured 
prey until the Charinides became nervous, and acted more slowly. 


530 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XI, 


It has already been mentioned that Phrynichus ceylonicus, 
variety pusillus, is a much more thirsty animal than P. ceylonicus, 
s. sty. When thirsty, however, specimens of both species behave 
much alike if water is sprinkled into their cage. As long as small 
drops only are met with these are caught up between the spines 
of the hand, whose arrangement, when the hand is closed, is admir- 
ably adapted for this purpose. ‘The drop is conveyed by the hand 
to the chelicerae which suck it off with movements like those of 
mastication. When, however, a small pool is found on a leaf or 
other receptacle the chelicerae are inserted directly into this and 
with the same movements proceed to suck it up. Once when 
I attempted to give water to a specimen of P. ceylonicus, variety 
pusillus, which did not want it, a drop that had been placed on 
the chelicerae was drawn off into one of its hands, and flung aside 
by a sudden movement of the arm. I have not seen Charinides 
drinking. 

The brushing up of the other appendages by the chelicerae 
may often be seen in all species. I am inclined to think that this 
is sometimes done chiefly for the sake of the moisture upon them, 
small though this must be; at least the evident relish with 
which it is sometimes done after water has been sprinkled about, 
and before the creature has found any separate drops, emphatically 
suggests this. When the feet have to be brushed they are sup- 
ported in position by the hands. The great care which is taken 
to keep the tips of all the appendages free from dirt is very 
striking. In the case of the second appendages this is probably 
due to the presence on the two terminal segments of an elaborate 
system of spines, clubbed hairs and pits, which may perhaps con- 
stitute an organ of taste or smell, functioning as a test of the 
suitability for food of anything that is captured. In the case of 
the feet it is probably necessary for the pulvillus in Charintdes, and 
the pulvillus-like pad in Phrynichus, as well as the claws, to be kept 
perfectly clean if they are to be used effectively; and it is not 
unlikely that tactile organs may be concentrated in this region. 

That the antenniform legs should be kept clean, not only at 
the tip (as are the other appendages), but also throughout a con- 
siderable part of their length, is clearly necessary on account 
of their great service to the animal as feelers. When Phrynichus 
moves sideways (at it usually does) these legs are extended out- 
wards, their mobile extremities feeling cautiously about in all 
directions; when it moves forwards they are extended forwards 
somewhat as in the Thelyphonidae; and 1} have seen them, too, 
when the animal was at rest, extended straight outwards and 
then slowly rotated, the one forwards and the other backwards, so 
as to sweep as large an area as possible round the body. When 
undisturbed their position is rarely very different from that shown 
in Spolia Zeylanica, VII, p. 43, fig. A. 

To what extent the sense of vision has been replaced in these 
creatures by senses localized in the anteniform legs I am unable 
to state with certainty. When a specimen is first found and 


1915.] F.H.GrAvety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 531 


exposed to light by turning over the stone on which it is 
resting , instead of at once trying to escape it crouches close 
down upon the stone as already noted, and remains motionless 
for a time, no doubt trusting to its inconspicuousness when in 
this position for safety. When eventually it darts round to the 
under side of the stone this may be due to its preference for 
an inverted position and not necessarily to its dislike of light. 
A touch from a foreign body upon the antenniform legs or 
other part of the animal instantly puts it to flight. That Phryni- 
chus is sensitive to light, however, becomes inconveniently evident 
as soon as one attempts to study its habits; and I am inclined to 
believe that its sight is of use in seeking for prey, though I have 
not been able to apply any conclusive test of this. 

All Indian and Ceylonese species probably breed at about the 
same time of year.! I first found egg-laden females of P. ceylonicus, 
variety pusillus, on July 20th at Peradeniya, but the eggs were all 
well advanced in development. This was also the case with similar 
specimens of variety gracillibrachiatus found at Nalanda a week 
later. The embryos are carried under the abdomen, where they are 
supported by a membrane secreted for the purpose. All egg-laden 
specimens kept in captivity died before the young were hatched, 
but it is probable that the maternal habits closely resemble those 
of Charinides, which are described below. The number of eggs 
carried by a female Phrynichus appears to be about fifteen for P. 
ceylonicus variety pusillus, about 40 for variety gracillibrachiatus 
and about 60 for P. ceylonicus, s. str. 

Charinides bengalensis breeds in July and August, and some- 
times earlier. A specimen in captivity produced eggs on June 26. 
An egg-laden female, caught on Aug. 29 and kept in captivity, 
hatched its young on Sept. 23. These were sixin number. Before 
the evening of the day on which they appeared all of them had 
freed their appendages and climbed on to the dorsal surface and 
sides of the abdomen of the mother; they were entirely white, 
though their bodies became faintly darker next day, and their 
second appendages lacked the characteristic spines of the adult. 
Two or three eggs which failed to hatch remained for a time 
attached to the abdomen of the mother as before. On the night 
of Sept. 27-8 all six of the young ones cast their skins; they then 
assumed a distinctly greenish colour, and the characteristic spiny 
armature of the second appendages appeared. The young and 
their cast skins remained upon the mother during that day, but 
by the next morning the former had wandered away by themselves, 
and the latter had disappeared. 

Immediately after the first moult the carapace is a little 
over I mm. in width. From a series of over twenty specimens 


| P. nigrimanus appears to breed somewhat later than some others. I failed 
to find any ovigerous females at Barkul in Orissa when I went to look for them at 
the beginning of August, and saw no young ones likely to have been newly 
hatched, 


532 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XT, 


collected one evening in September, it appears that during the 
first year its width increases to about 2 mm., during the second 
year to about 25 mm., and during the third to about 3 mm. 
At this period the arms of the male assume their distinctive length, 
and maturity is probably reached. Whether large specimens reach 
their maximum size at the same time, or whether this maximum 
(about 3°5 mm. thorax-breadth) is only reached subsequently, I am 
unable to say. . 

In Phrynichus ceylonicus, variety pusillus, and probably in 
other Phrynichinae also, the period of growth appears to be about 
the same ; but the difference between the one-year-old specimens 
(thorax-width about 4 mm.), which are of a chequered green and 
yellow colour with conspicuously banded legs, and the much larger 
two-year-olds (thorax-width 7-8 mm. as a tule), of darker and 
more uniform colour, is very much more marked than between 
these and the adults, which as a rule are very little larger than 
them. 


SOLIFUGAE. 


C. E. C. Fischer contributes some notes on the habits of 
Galeodes indicus to the Journal of the Bombay Natural History 
Society (XX, pp. 886-7). 


ARANEAE.! 
Miscellaneous. 


An instance of an apparently unprovoked assault by a spider 
on man is given by Cunningham (‘‘ Plaguesjand Pleaures’’ , 
p- 209). The spider was dislodged with difficulty, but no after 
effects of the bite are recorded. 

A spider’s web suspended from a beam, and apparently kept 
taut only by the weight of a stone over four feet from the ground, 
is recorded by Sawrey-Cookson (J. Savawak Mus., I, p. 123). 


Aviculariidae.? 


Wood-Mason’s account of the discovery of stridulating organs 
in a member of this family—Chilobrachys (‘‘ Mygale”’) stridulans— 
is recorded in the Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for 
1875 (p. 197). It has been reprinted in the Annals and Magazine 
of Natural History ([4] XVII, p. 96). A more detailed account is 
to be found in the Transactions of the Entomological Society of 
London (1877, pp. 281-2, pl. vii). In view of the fact that the 
stridulating organs of C. /umosus appear to be of a more primitive 
type than those of C. stvidulans (J.A.S.B. [n.s.] X, pp. 416-417, 
pl. xxi, figs. 5-6) I noticed with interest when at Kalimpong that, 


! See also Workman, “ Malaysian Spiders ’' (Belfast, 1896). 

2 Theraphosidae, Pocock, Fauna of British India, Arachnida. I have 
followed Simon's classification and nomenclature (Histoive Naturelle des Araig- 
nées, | and II, Paris 1892 and 1897) on account of its completeness. 


1915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 533 


although the former species behaves like the latter when angry, 
it can only produce a faint rattling sound. The latter is said by 
Wood-Mason to hiss loudly. 

Notes ou the habits of large ‘‘ bird-eating ” spiders, doubtless 
of this family, are contributed by Macpherson and by Morris 
(J.B.N.H.S.1, pp. 28-29, and IV, pp. 69-70). In both cases the 
species is identified as ‘‘ Mygale’’ fasciate, a name now confined 
to a Ceylonese species of Poectlotheria. The subjects of the former 
note lived in burrows, so probably belonged to the genus Chilo- 
brachys. The genus of the subjects of the latter note may pos- 
sibly have been Poecilotheria, but the species was an Indian one. 

Pocock (J.B.N.H.S. XIII, pp. 121-2) discusses notes on the 
habits of ‘‘ bird-eating’’ spiders, and records observations showing 
that the genus Poecilotheria is arboreal. Annandale (Vem. A.S.B. 
I, p. 216) states that P. striata is apparently not uncommon on 
Acacia arabica near Pamben. Flower refers to the habits of the 
Malaysian Coremiocnemis cunicularius (J. Straits R. Asiatic Soc. 
No. 36, July Igor, p. 42). 

Walsh notices the habits of a trapdoor spider from Orissa, 
which he describes as Adelonychia nigrostriata (J.A.S B. LIX 
[IIj, pp. 269-270). Specimens which he sent to O. P. Cambridge 
were described by the latter at about the same time under the 
name Diflothele walshi, by which the species is now generally 
known. 

The nests of Sason cinctipes were pointed out to me at Pera- 
deniya by Mr. Green. ‘They are constructed on flat moss-covered 
rocks and walls, and are roofed in by two rounded flaps of equal 
size, hinged together to form a single 8-shaped structure, and 
attached to the lower part of the nest at either end of the hinge. 
These flaps are covered with fragments of moss, etc. and are flush 
with the moss growing round about them. Consequently they are 
very hard to see. The spider sits beneath them, and can get out 
by raising either of them. 

All species with which I am acquainted belonging to the sub- 
family Ischnocoleae live under stones and logs of wood. ‘They 
do not appear to make burrows. 

Cyriopagus (‘‘ Melopoeus’’) minax ' lives in silk-lined burrows 
which are not closed by a door of any kind. 


’ 


Uloboridae. 


Most of the Indian Uloboridae known to me live in groups, 
often in association with a web-spinning spider of some other 
family. In Cochin I found a nest of the common gregarious 
spider, Stegodyphus sarasinorum, with the orb-webs of a small 
Uloborid spread around it. When disturbed the Uloborids re- 
treated in among the Stegodyphi. I gathered the branch and 
destroyed most of the Uloborid webs in so doing ; but the spiders 


! Concerning the generic name of this spider see Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, p. 281. 


534 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


came out during the night and made fresh ones, in the centres 
of which they remained so long as they were not disturbed. 

Uloborid webs were several times seen grouped round the web 
of Psechrus alticeps in Cochin. One species seems to be definitely 
associated with Cyrtophora ciccatrosa in the Indian Museum com- 
pound, though I never saw it here till towards the end of last 
year. A somewhat larger species lives in groups of orb-webs in 
the Museum compound, but does not appear to be specially asso- 
ciated with any other spider. This species, and perhaps one other 
of similar habits, occurs also at Pusa, where Uloborids are found in 
association with Nzlus sp., Gasteracantha brevispina, and Cyrtophora 
ciccatrosa. Another species found at Pusa spins solitary orb-webs 
over slight depressions on the sunny side of the trunks of smooth- 
barked trees. 

One Uloborid found singly in Cochin spins two horizontal 
orb-webs, one above the other. The upper web is flat and finely 
spun, with a meshed hub on the under side of which the spider 
rests. The lower web is funnel-shaped with open hub, and is of 
coarser build. 


Psechridae. 


Psechrus ? singaporensis has been found in the Batu Caves, 
Selangor, out of reach of daylight (Flower, J. Straits R. Asiatic 
Soc. No. 36, July, rgo1, p. 45). 

Psechrus alticeps spins a large irregular web not unlike that 
of a Theridiid. One end of this web is always in contact with a 
tree-trunk, stone or bank of earth, to which the spider escapes 
with extraordinary rapidity when disturbed. ‘The species is very 
common in the Cochin timber forests, but very difficult to catch. 

A species of Psechrus, common at Pashok and Kalimpong in 
the Darjeeling District (ca. 4000 ft.), constructs a large and 
coarsely spun tunnel, the upper part of which spreads out to form 
a somewhat extensive roof-like snare—something like a Pardosa 
web (see below) inverted, but coarser in every way. ‘The structure 
of the snare resembles that of the snare of Stegodyphus described 
below. Ihave not been able to examine a fresh snare in detail, but 
a microscopic examination of an old one showed that the silk was 
also very like that of Stegodyphus both in structure and in variety. 


Eresidae. 


The genus Stegodyphus is represented in India by several 
species ; but only one, S. sarasinorum, seems to be abundant. The 
abundant and widely distributed form whose habits are described by 
Jambunathan (Smithsonian Misc. Coll. XL,VII, pp. 365-372, pl. L.') 
must presumably therefore have belonged to this species, on the 
habits of which Fischer has since contributed a few notes 
(J.B.N.H.S. XVIII, pp. 206-7). 


_ | Banks has added a useful bibliography of the literature on social spiders to 
this paper. 


1g15.] F. H. GRAavety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 535 


Fischer’s observations on the way in which these social 
spiders treat their victims is not in accordance either with Jambu- 
nathan’s observations or my own. Instead of the prey being 
left to die as stated by Fischer, I have always found that any- 
thing caught in the web, whether by day or by night, is at 
once attacked. Under suitable conditions, however, very exten- 
sive snares may be spun, and it is possible that insects caught 
in the part of a large snare furthest from the nest may not attract 
attention so readily as do those caught near the nest. 

The nest in which the spiders hide by day is a tough mass of 
cobweb mixed with dead leaves, insect integuments, etc. (pl. xxv, 
fig. 30). At dusk the spiders come out and float threads of silk from 
the upturned abdomen in the usual way, till one or more of them 
gets attached to some object at a little distance fromthe nest. These 
threads are then strengthened, and form the foundations of irregu- 
larly meshed snares (pl. xxv, figs. 30-31). The foundations of these 
snares are composed of one or more strands of relatively coarse 
silk. Between, and often along, these strands, strands of another 
kind are laid (pl. xxv, figs. 31-33). These are broader and have a 
softer and more woolly appearance ; when carefully examined thev 
are found to consist of a fine central thread overlaid with irregu- 
larly twisted threads and a sticky foam-like silk that I suppose 
to be the product of the cribellum. The hind legs may always be 
seen working against this organ when these strands are produced. 
The second type of strand is not only very sticky but also very 
elastic. Strands of this type unite the foundation lines in all direc- 
tions, and when an insect gets caught among them they give 
before its struggles, and are not liable to break. Snares seem, 
however, to suffer from the weather ; and many strands may be 
broken as the captured prey is dragged along towards the nest to 
be eaten. | 

Repairs and extensions are always carried out after sunset ; 
but the spiders seem to be ready for food at any time. A fly 
thrown into the snare always brings them out at once. How the 
presence of prey in the snare is detected I have not been able 
to determine with certainty. If the snare is disturbed by one’s 
finger the spiders hastily retreat into the nest. This suggests that 
sight is of use in this connection; but a dead fly was found to 
attract no attention. A specimen of the Rutelid beetle Adorvetus, 
on the other hand, was at once pounced upon when placed in the 
snare although its movements were quite unlike those of the fly. 
Perhaps, therefore, touch calls the attention of the spiders to the 
presence of something in the snare, and sight determines their 
action towards it. The slaying of a large and strongly chitinized 
insect like Adoretus is a much more difficult feat for the spiders 
than is the slaying of a fly; but they persist until it is accom- 
plished. 

Associations of other animals with African species of Stegody- 
phus have been recorded by Marshall (Zoologist, [4] II, pp. 417-422) 
and Pocock (Ent. Mo. Mag., [2] XIV [XXXIX], pp. 167-170). 


536 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


Marshall describes a dormouse which lives in Stegodyphus webs 
and ultimately drives out the spiders ; and both authors refer to a 
Microlepidopteron which lives with the spiders in their nests. 
Such a moth has recently been found associated with Stegodyphus 
sarasinorum in India (see above, p. 506). A Uloborid spider makes 
use of the webs of Stegodyphus (see above, pp. 533-534). Other 
associations, probably of a more casual nature, may also occur ; 
and when pulling Stegodyphus nests to pieces in Orissa in order to 
obtain lepidopterous larvae I found in addition the following 
animals alive within them : one cribellate spider ( ? Dictynidae), 
one centipede ( ? Geophilidae), one large Lepismatid and two 
minute beetles (Anthicidae and Clavicornia). 


Pholcidae. 


Concerning Artema atlanta see Flower, J. Straits R. Astatic Soc. 
No. 36, July 1901, p. 43. 

At least two species of Pholcidae are common in Calcutta, 
one much larger than the other. The former is usually found 
hanging by its long legs from its untidy web. The latter, which 
probably belongs to the genus Pholcus, is often seen in a similar 
position, but seems to be more of a wanderer, and I have twice 
seen it using its extraordinarily delicate legs as a snare for in- 
sects. On the first occasion the captive was an earwig (Nala 
lividipes). The earwig seemed much the stronger of the two an- 
tagonists, but was encircled by the spider’s legs, which were too 
slender to be seized, and the spider’s body was raised out of reach 
of danger by them. From time to time -the spider lowered its 
body and struck at the earwig; but it was always restrained 
from effecting its purpose by a flourish of the earwig’s abdomen. 
When the earwig tried to escape the spider went with it, taking 
care not to let it go from between its legs. Finally, however, 
the earwig’s patience proved greater than the spider’s, and it got 
away. On the second occasion the captive was a small Tipulid, 
and I have little doubt that the spider would soon have been 
victorious, but that the contest took place on a wall, from which 
both combatants ultimately lost their hold.' 


Argiopidae. 


An instance of a small bird being caught in the web of a 
large Argiopid—doubtless Nephila maculata—is recorded by Sher- 
will (J.A.S.B. XIX, pp. 474-5). The ‘‘ young spiders (about 
eight in number and entirely of a brick-red cqlour) feeding upon 
the carcass ’’ were probably either males or parasitic Theridiids. 


‘ More recently I have seen a hard-shelled jumping Chrysomelid beetle of 
considerable size (about 5 mm. long) similarly attacked by this spider. In this 
instance the spider had succeeded in attaching its silk to the victim and was 
busy spinning over it by the time it was seen. ‘The spider stood high above its 
victim as usual, and appeared to be arranging the threads with its hind legs. 


1915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Myriapods, etc. 537 


Further notes on the habits of Nephila maculata (? and other 
species) are given by Cunningham (‘‘ Plagues and Pleasures’’ , 
pp. 203-5 and 210) and Fischer (J.B.N.H.S. XX, pp. 526-528 
and 887-8, pairing habits). Brief notes on the habits of this 
species and of a few other Argiopids found in the Malay Peninsula 
are recorded by Flower (J. Straits R. Asiatic Soc., No. 36, July 
1901, pp. 43-4). 

Argiope catenulata seems to be confined, near Calcutta,! to the 
Salt Lakes area, where it spins an orb-web surrounded by numerous 
irregular lines between bushes of the low holly-like mangrove, 
Acanthus tlicifolius. Argiope pulchella, which is common among 
larger bushes in the Salt Lakes area, as well as elsewhere, spins a 
simple orb-web. 

Orsinome marmorea spins large and more or less horizontal 
webs between rocks above rapidly running streams at an altitude 
of about 1,500 ft. in the Cochin Ghats. Several webs are usually 
grouped together ; often they are stretched above waterfalls. 
When the spiders are disturbed they fall into the water, which 
washes them away. When they reacha rock they cling to it, 
and remain an inch or two below the surface till danger is over. 
Males and females were sometimes found together in the middle 
of a web with their heads in contact. Presumably they were pair- 
ing, but I had not time to investigate this fully. 

Herennia ornatissima spins its orb-web close to a tree-trunk. 
Dr. Sutherland tells me that at Kalimpong he has found the female 
in the middle of her web, and sometimes the male in the web 
with her. In Cochin I always found the female? in a small 
silk-lined concavity on the tree-trunk near the web; and when a 
male was present it was in a similar nest close beside that of the 
female. The specimens were brownish in colour and they were 
very difficult to distinguish from irregularities of the bark. 

The Indian species of Cyrtophora, like those of other countries, 
spin more or less dome-shaped webs ; and most of them are more 
or less gregarious. The web of C. citricola is spun horizontally 
in the midst of an irregular mass of supporting lines, and has 
the characteristically fine mesh and delicate texture of the domes 
constructed by its allies; but it is scarcely raised in the centre. 
Mr. W. H. Phelps informs me that the web is always made at 
night. First radial lines are constructed as if for an ordinary orb- 
web. Then the spiral is commenced, and fresh radii are run out 
from time to time between the others, this filling in of the radial 
spaces being done piece by piece, not by a succession of complete 
whorls. When the web is about half finished the centre is raised 
as far as it is intended to be by the attachment of lines from 
above, after which it is completed. 


! It is also recorded from places such as Peradeniya, where conditions are 
quite unlike those of the Calcutta Salt [I.akes and there is no Acanthus 
ilictfoltus. 

2 I did not however, find many specimens. 


538 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


On one occasion Mr. Phelps saw a specimen of C. ciccatrosa 
construct its cocoon. A soft loose sheet about an inch and a half 
long and a quarter of an inch wide was prepared first , on this the 
eggs were laid, after which it was rolled up and suspended above 
the web. The eggs hatch about three weeks after they are laid, 
and the spiders develop very rapidly. 

The occurrence of a predaceous bug in the webs of C. ciccatrosa 
has already been noticed (above, pp. 512-513). The eggs of C. feae 
are parasitized by a Hymenopteron, both sexes of which are winged.! 


Thomisidae. 


Trench describes how ‘‘a lemon-coloured spider with a tri 
angular body and long yellow legs” sitting ‘‘ on one of those 
virulent mauve zinnias”’ where ‘‘ there was no effect whatever 
of any protective colouration’’ captured a bee-hawk moth 
(J.B.N.H.S. XX, p. 876). Thespider was presumably a Thomisid. 

Mrs. Drake has sent me from Serampore a number of speci- 
mens of Amyciaea sp., a mimic of the red ant Oecophylla smarag- 
dina, together with a specimen of a bug, Avmachanus monoceros, 
which mimics both, resembling the spider even more closely than it 
does the ant. Of the habits of a female A myctaea, which she kept 
in captivity, she writes: “‘It is interesting to watch her method 
of securing a red ant. When one is put under her glass it at once 
goes towards the spider, who backs away from it or lets herself 
down by a cable if there is no room to draw back, after which she 
follows up and springs on it from behind Then comes the curious 
part. She does not retain her hold but leaps down and waits. 
Next, cautiously advancing to its head, she walks round it as if to 
make quite sure it is dead, and finally, after lightly touching it, 
she begins her meal, every now and then moving on with her prey 
held up just as the ants carry their finds. Her extreme careful- 
ness looks as if she had instinctive knowledge of the power of the 
ant’s jaws, for I suppose had she herself been bitten she would not 
have survived. I had a male killed by a red ant the other day. 
[ have only seen this kind of spider near red-ant settlements, and 
of the ten seen at different times nine were eating red ants, and the 
tenth was letting itself down by a cable just over a red ants’ road. 
I believe these drop lines help to entangle a stray foraging ant, and 
while it strives to free itself the waiting spider springs upon it.’’ 


Clubionidae. 


The habits of the common Calcutta house-spiders of this family 
are described by Cunningham (‘‘ Plagues and Pleaures’’, pp. 206- 


! Bugnion and Popoff have described from Ceylon Baeus apterus, a parasite 
with wingless females obtained from the eggs of a spider determined as Argiope 
aetherea, Walck. from which those of A. catenulata, Dol., were infected in 
captivity (Rev. Suisse Zool. XVII, 1910, pp. 729-736, pl.v). The former spider 
has perhaps been incorrectly identified, for A. aetherea is a Papuan species which 
does not appear to be known from the Oriental Region (see Thorell, Ann. 
Civ. Mus. Genova, XV 11, 1881, pp. 68-71). 


1915.] F.H. Gravety: Indian Insects, Mynapods, etc. 539 


208). These spiders are Spariolenus tigris and Heteropoda venatoria. 
They are probably about equally common, but the former is more 
often seen than the latter, as it seems to be less sensitive to light and 
the female often makes her home on the whitewashed wall of a 
staircase or bathroom, where she may be found day after day for 
weeks together. The male of Sfariolenus tigris seems to be much 
rarer than the female, although the two sexes of Heteropoda 
venatoria are about equally common. Both species kill and eat 
cockroaches and crickets, which in some instances at least are 
not killed immediately they are bitten. Concerning Heteropoda 
venatoria see also Flower, J. Straits R. Asiatic Soc., No. 36, July 
1901, pp. 46, where H. thoractca is recorded as cavernicolous. 


Lycosidae. 


A species of Pardosa, common in hedge-bottoms in the plains 
of Cochin, spins a silken tube open at both ends, the upper end 
leading out on to a silken platform. Mature females may often be 
seen at the entrances of their tubes, each with a male (sometimes 
two) keeping guard on the platform outside. When disturbed the 
female disappears into the tube followed by the male. Egg-laden 
females are not attended by males. 


Attidae. 


Notes on ant-mimicing spiders are given by Rothney (Tvans. 
Ent. Soc. London, 1889, p. 354; reprinted, /.B.N.H.S.,V, pp. 44-45) 
and Walsh (J.A.S.B. LX [II], pp. 1-4). 

The mimicry of Mutillids by spiders is recorded by Green 
(Spolia Zeylanica, IV, pp. 181-2—spider Caenoptychus pulchellus, 
see Spolia Zeylanica, V, pp. 190-1; and Sfolia Zeylanica, VIII, 
pp. 92-3, I pl.) and by myself (Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, p. 87). I take 
this opportunity of pointing out that my observations were made 
in Orissa, not in Calcutta as stated by Green. 


Acari. 


The habits of Trombidium grandtssimum are described by 
Annandale (Mem. A.S.B. 1, pp. 216-7). 


TOTS See aEOeeeeees se See eee SS ae 


5 4 my ts 
pit sf 142 
i ba 
* is 
i As Lie 
i i aif 
on J j »/ 
fraiay LU 
’ rads , ] . ; 
PA Rey 
ictiea tt i ye 
\ nS § 
tay G bel i li 
, ; j ~ 4 inl ahs. 
~« ed { } . T 
ih Leone Sa g Siete iso Eres } 
Oe Stier ay Ogits 2 ai aenes 
s ? i. >, 4 
arate t ‘ } 4s ‘ 
Ae taleee> 3 i= y 
rier pe er opi can S it if yi} eben ia fe 
EE PNA iipue Sree bee veers ute 
Kt. Lot ue Es 
. co OED gee (ese. YS a 
‘ 9 dee te ‘ae = 
Pies ‘ly ph igen 9a ea 
; : H Fi P tha’ v 
r, AAG a 10) suet ihe rapt aie toate : i 


er “. mitt) ay jn aa 

A} a3 yen Hine ; ae 

ee We: i a u ac 
ie ta adem d i 


sO, ihe 

ice a eae 
7 

— - \ 


ah bO9. ss 


FIc. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII. 


Oryctes rhinoceros. 


1.—Mouthparts of larva from below, with left maxilla 
removed and turned over to show supposed stridula- 
tory structures. 


2.—Pupa from above showing stridulating organs. 


3.—Left anterior stridulating organ of pupa more highly 
magnified. 


4.—Posterior end of abdomen of adult, with left elytron 
removed, showing the ridges with the aid of which 
the insect appears to stridulate. 


Adoretus spp. 


5.—Mouthparts of A. versutus—the labrum slightly raised, 
the mandibles widely and maxillae more moderately 
opened, 


6.—Mouthparts of A. lasiopygus—the labrum removed, the 
mandibles and maxillae very widely opened to show 
the molar teeth of the former. This figure is more 
highly magnified than the last. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI, 1915. Plates xo 


Stridulatory 
Structures. 


~2 3. Stridulating 
= Organs. 


S.C. Mondul, photo. 


LAMELLICORN BEETLES. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII. 


Arcte caerulea. 


Fic. 7.—Posterior part of abdomen of male from above, after 


removal of the scales, to show the stridulating plate. 


Machaerota planitiae. 


8.—Tubes on a twig of Zizyphus jujuba. 
9.—Larva. 
to.—A more advanced larval stage. 
I1.—Last larval stage from above. 
12.—Last larval stage from the side. 
13.—Adult. 
Hindolotdes indicans. 


14.—Tube with larval exuvium and newly emerged adult. 
15.—Last larval stage from the side. 


Otinotus oneratus. 


16.—Eggs in bark of Zizyphus jujuba, seen as a transparency. 


17.—Adult females with eggs, on stem of Bauhinia varians, 
accompanied by black ants (Camponotus compressus). 


18.— Adult from the side. 

19.—Adult from above. 

20.—Larva from above, with caudal filament partly exserted. 
21.—Larva from the side, with caudal filament retracted. 
22.—Larva from the side with caudal filament exserted. 


Conorhinus rubrofasciatus. 


23.—Head and prothorax from below, showing stridulating 
organ. 


Ectomocoris cordiger. 


24.—Head and prothorax from below, showing stridulating 
organ. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.XI, 1915. Plate XXIII. 


aa. 


Bemrose, Collo, Derby. 


LEPIDOPTERA AND HEMIPTERA. 


‘ei at Ser ok eet 
nee “a 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. 


Thely phonus sepians. 
Fic. 25.—Courtship ‘‘ dance’’; first position. 


,, 26.—Courtship ‘‘ dance’’; second position. 


Schizomus crassicaudatus. 


27.—Female with eggs in underground nest. 


Phrynichus ceylonicus, s. str. 


28.—Closed hand from above. 


Charinides bengalensts. 


29.—Closed hand from above. 


9° 


Plate XXIV. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.XI, 1915. 


\ 


\" 


Ka = 


aS, 


“ 


ae HS 


I 


—=) =! 


. 


Te) 
oN) 


r= 
~ 


Vain aad aj 
eee) =) 


Bemrose, Collo, Derby. 


N. Bagchi, del. 


PEDIPALPI. 


FIG. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. 
Stegodyphus sarasinorum. 


30.--General view of a nest, with small snares stretched 
between some of the outstanding leaves and the lower 
part of the stem of the plant on which it is constructed. 
(Much reduced). 


31.—Part of a snare, magnified to show its structure. 


32.—A double line of sticky silk, more highly magnified to 
show its component parts. 

33.—A double foundation line overlaid by sticky silk, still 
more highly magnified, showing the various thick- 
nesses of silk used in making the snare. 


Plate XXV. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XT. 1915. 


ay 


areel gb 


S.C. Mondul, photo. 


D. N. Bagchi, del. 


SARASINORUM. 


STEGODYPHUS 


Peo Ps ey el Olas. OPO Hon DTA N 
MUSEUM. 


II].—ANNULELLA GEMMATA, A NEw AND REMARKABLE 
BRACKISH-WATER HLYDROID. 


By James Rircuie, M.A., D.Sc., The Royal Scottish Museum, 
Edinburgh. 


(Plates XXX, XXXa.) 


CONTENTS. 
Page 
Introductory ae oe th peak 1540 
Provenance and Habitat ae ae bee 542 
Description of the Hydroid 
Habit ae ie be. jac 42 
Structure of the Hydranth 
Form and Dimensions Ai ae ae 543 
Tentacles os sa no ee SA: 
Cnidoblasts zd, LBs os hat sel, 
Hydranth Body _... Be im io SAG 
Methods of Reproduction 
Sexual oe ee be =. ee S50) 
Asexual 
Lateral Budding _... sie 308 ws 552 
Longitudinal Fission ie vi: ne 552 
The Basal, Bulb 
Position and Appearance _... a Hee 
Detailed Structure ets Best TsBESRS 
Origin and Development _... 4 vis 555 
Significance ee te 550 
The Relationships of Annulella gemmata 
Unattached Hydroids Sas ae eet SO 
Tentacles and Cnidoblasts aes tn sere 557 
Budding... a aa ee, Bev S5C 
Analogues of the Basal Bulb ta ee N eis ty OZ 
Basal Transverse Fission ace a ree S04: 
Systematic Position of Annulella gemmata  ... fe SOS 
Generic and Specific Diagnoses of Annulella gemmata, 
nov. gen. et sp. mt ats a on sy/ 
List of Works referred toin Text ... nd. 37, 


The hydroid described in the following pages stands in several 
respects by itself. It combines in its structure and life-history 
peculiar features which are either new or have hitherto been 
found isolated in different species. Among these peculiarities are 
to be reckoned the occurrence in the vegetative hydroid phase of 
an alternation of free and fixed stages, the adoption of such singular 
methods of multiplication as the setting free of planula-like buds 


542 Records of the Indian Museum. VoL: Xi 


and of a mode of transverse fission associated with the basal-bulb, 
and the structural uniqueness of the tentacles and of the chitin- 
covered basal-bulb itself. 

The examples of this minute but interesting species occurred 
in a valuable and extensive collection of Hydroids received from 
the Trustees of the Indian Museum for identification. It was 
first observed and collected by Dr. Nelson Annandale, during 
his investigation of the brackish water fauna of India; and to the 
fortunate fact that some living examples were kept for a short 
period in an aquarium is due Dr. Annandale’s record of the free- 
swimming medusoid generation. 


PROVENANCE AND HABITAT. 


So far the species has been found in only one locality—Port 
Canning, Lower Bengal; and in that locality it seems to be 
confined to a shallow brackish pond. At any rate careful search 
of material from other places in the neighbourhood of Port Can- 
ning has failed to reveal any trace of its presence. In the brackish 
water it occurs growing upon a delicate branched weed, the 
surface of which also bears many clusters of Acinetaria. The 
specimens were collected in the months of December, 1909 by 
Dr. N. Annandale, and in March, rgiIo by Mr. F. H. Gravely and 
Dr. B. L. Chaudhuri, and the latter are registered in the Natural 
History collections of the Indian Museum under the number ZEV 


3702/7. 
DESCRIPTION OF THE HYDROID. 
HABIT. 


The individuals are solitary, growing as a rule far apart from, 
and independently of each other. In very rare cases two indivi- 
duals may appear to be attached at their bases; but this is due to 
imperfect separation of their basal masses, which are held together 
in acommon growth of mucus. There is no coenosarcal connec- 
tion between such individuals, nor has any semblance to colonial 
development been observed. 

Consideration of the structures of this curious hydroid leads 
me to believe that the attached stage is merely a temporary 
phase in the life-history. This stage is, however, repeated again 
and again, each two periods of attachment being separated by an 
interval during which the hydroid is free. Whether during the 
free periods it floats in the water of the brackish ponds, or creeps 
upon the bottom, I do not venture to guess; but the analogy of 
Hypolytus peregrinus suggests that the Indian species may yet be 
captured in a tow-net, floating at the surface. In such case its 
minuteness would render difficult its detection in a miscellaneous 
plankton collection. 

The following facts point to the alternation of free and fixed 
stages. A hydroid individual in its attached stage consists of a 


IQI5.] J. Rrrcwte : Hydroids of the Indian Museum. 543 


hydranth or polyp, with a long stalk-like extension of the body in 
older examples, and a unique basal development which I shall 
call the “‘ basal bulb.’? ‘The basal bulb, which alone is protected 
by perisarc, is the organ of fixation, actual adhesion being appa- 
rently due to a loose mass of debris-laden mucus which surrounds 
the bulb and spreads out upon the substratum. No part of the 
polyp, in its simplest condition, secretes perisarc or mucus. As 
will be found more fully described in a later section (p. 553) the 
bulb represents a method of vegetative reproduction, and is a 
temporary structure. Basal bulbs have been observed, both by 
Dr. Annandale and by myself, isolated and without any attached 
polyp. In sucha case the polyp must either have disintegrated 
or have broken apart and become free. That the latter is the 
actual case is borne out by the condition of the isolated basal 
bulbs, which contain well-preserved coenosarc; and by the dis- 
covery of a polyp which has recently broken away from its base 
tol xxx, fig. 6). 

Further, at the breaking-off period the released polyp posses- 
ses no means of attachment, although in course of time the lower 
end of the body secretes both perisare and mucus, and gradually 
becomes modified into a new basal bulb. The details of these 
processes, so far as they have been traced, will be described in 
the paragraphs dealing with reproduction. The above more 
general observations, however, are sufficient to suggest that at 
certain phases the polyp is released from its old attachment, and 
that a period of freedom intervenes before a new organ of fixation 
has developed. 


STRUCTURE OF THE HYDRANTH. 


Form and Dimensions (see plate xxx, figs. I-3). 


An individual consists simply of an isolated polyp. There is 
no definite hydrocaulus, although the proximal end of the hydranth, 
especially in the more fully developed specimens, is extended into 
a Stalk-like portion. Nor is there any stolon or hydrorhiza in the 
ordinary sense of the term, the functions of such being performed 
by the basal bulb. 

In its living state, Dr. Annandale informs me, the hydroid 
is colourless. 

The form of a normal adult resembles an Indian-club. The 
head of the club is ovate with a broad median zone on which 
the tentacles are placed. On both sides of the tentacle-zone the 
hydranth tapers gradually away: distally into a large conical hypo- 
stome on the truncated summit of which a shallow depression 
marks the position of the mouth; proximally into the long almost 
parallel-sided handle of the club. The total length of a well-grown 
individual varies from 0°63 mm. to 0:98 mm., the length of the 
‘“head”’ from 0°28 mm. to 0°52 mm., and the diameter of the 
tentacle-zone (the greatest diameter of the hydranth) from 
o'I6 mm. to 0°28 mm. In the youngest examples I have seen 
there was no proximal extension of the hydranth, and the ‘‘ head’’ 


544 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


was sessile or rested upon the basal bulb (pl. xxx, fig. 1). In such 
cases the hydranths measured 0'15 mm. to 0'27 mm. in length, and 
their greatest diameter varied from 0°14 to 0°2I mm. 

The following table showing the dimensions of various represen- 
tative polyps gives at the same time an idea of the progressive 
development of an individual, the relative age or developmental stage 
being approximately indicated by the number of tentacles, All 
the polyps, with the exception of the first, were collected at the 
same place and time, and were killed under identical conditions. 
The measurements are in millimetres. 


DIMENSIONS OF ANNULELLA GEMMATA. 


Stalk-like 


prolongation. Basal Bulb. 


Tentacles. Polyp. 


| 
| >See TT & 
| | 

| 


| | | 
| 


| . . 

Maximum] Total | Maximum 

| Number. f Length. | 
| : 


Diame- Bent Horizontal 
length. | length. | diameter. ter. Pt" | diameter. 
| 
| —-— ~ — = —_—- 
4 O'17 a7 Vil sin ag none o'04 | orl 
| ‘o8 
5 O13 O'15 O'rI4 none Soe 
| no perisarc 
6 o'44 0°63 o'16 0°35 Orr! broken. 
8 0°75 0°84 | O'21 O°42 orl Orls Over 
9 1°46 O81 0°25 0°35 0°17 O13 O15 
12 1°38 0°98 0°28 0°46 O14. o'2 0°25 


Tentacles. 


The tentacles are confined to a somewhat prominent median 
zone on the hydranth. Over this they are irregularly scattered, 
at least three or four distinct levels being recognisable. Their 
number varies from 4 and 5 on the youngest individuals observed 
to 12 in the largest, but the average seems to centre about 6. 

The appearance of the tentacles is characteristic and beauti- 
ful. They bear throughout their length, at fairly close and 
regular intervals, batteries of cnidoblasts aggregated in large 
projecting rings, or globular masses which resemble beads strung 
upon the axis of the tentacle (see pl. xxxa, fig. 7). These rings or 
elobes have a diameter averaging three times that of the tentacle 
proper. Between the larger batteries there are occasionally smaller 
clumps of cnidoblasts in narrow rings or tiny circular groups. 
A globular battery terminates each tentacle, but since its size does 
not much exceed that of the cnidoblast rings the capitate condition 
is not always very evident, especially in contracted tentacles. 

The detailed structure of the tentacles was examined in serial 
sections (see pl. xxxa, fig. 8). The typical cell-layers are repre- 


IQI5.| J. RircH1e: Hydroids of the Indian Museum. 545 


sented by a solid endoderm, an exceedingly thin mesogloea, and 
an ectoderm of greatly varying thickness. 

The solid endoderm is composed of many thin-walled cells, 
with sparse protoplasmic content which often simply lines the cell- 
wall and includes a small oval nucleus. The cells appear to be 
arranged, but somewhat irregularly, in four radial series of hexa- 
gonal cells, the bases of which rest upon the mesogloea, while the 
pyramids which form their apical regions interlock towards the 
centre of the tentacle. A longitudinal median section of a ten- 
tacle, therefore, generally exhibits a series of lateral walls of endo- 
derm cells at right angles to the mesogloea, and in the centre a 
zigzag line representing the junctions of the pyramidal apices. 
Both in the character of its cells and in their arrangement the 
solid endoderm of this form differs very markedly from the solid 
endoderm of general occurrence in the tentacles of hydroids. In- 
stead of thick-walled (‘‘ notochordal’’) cells arranged with great 
regularity in a single series lying along the long axis of the 
tentacle, as is the general rule, there are here delicate, thin-walled, 
multiserial cells. 

The mesogloea of the tentacle-cells calls for no remark except 
that it is of extreme tenuity scarcely exceeding Iu in thickness 
throughout the whole length of the tentacle. 

The ectoderm of the tentacles falls into two distinct zones, 
the ring-like or globe-like swellings, which I shall designate nodes, 
and the spaces between them (see pl. xxxa, figs. 7 and 8). Inthe 
inter-nodes or inter-anuular zones the ectoderm, even when the 
tentacle, in contraction, is at its stoutest, consists of a very thin 
layer of much flattened epithelial cells. In an extended tentacle 
this layer owing to its tenuity becomes scarcely visible. A rare 
cnidoblast, similar to the lesser variety in the nodes, forms the 
only inclusion in the internodal cells. 

The nodes are composed of a zone of large oval cushion- 
shaped cells, closely appressed to each other laterally in a single 
row. Occasionally, however, incomplete zones or isolated indivi- 
duals of these cushion-shaped cells occur in the inter-nodal areas. 
At the junction of nodes and inter-nodes the internodal ectoderm 
conforms to the outline of the nodal cells, being banked up against 
their curved walls with a gentle slope. The size of the nodal 
cells varies with the contraction of the tentacle, but the short 
diameter (parallel to the long axis of the tentacle) usually lies 
between 15» and 27,, while the height varies from I2, to 22n. 
Apart from inclusions the nodal cells contain little cytoplasm, the 
greater part of their interior being occupied by a large vacuolar 
space. Upon the base of the cell, however, there lies a thin layer 
of cytoplasm, and a median nucleus, 5 by 3 in diameter, contain- 
ing a small nucleolus and surrounded by a sparse coat of cyto- 
plasm whence delicate strands radiate outwards. The whole struc- 
ture of the cell appears to be organised in relation to its function 
as a battery cell. I shall, therefore, discuss here the arrangement 
and structure of its cnidoblasts. 


540 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


Cnidoblasts of the nodal cells. 


Insurface view of a tentacle-node a regular arrangement of 
cnidoblasts is apparent (see pl. xxxa, fig. 7). Round an individual 
of large size circles a group of smaller cnidoblasts. The latter are 
set singly and more or less regularly on an imaginary circumference, 


A 
am 


Q 
= 
1 =2) 
| 
3 


IWAN 


TEXT-FIG, I. 


Large type of cnidoblast (macrocnide) from nodal cell. 


Undischarged cnidoblast and its connections 7 srt (X approximately 
4000 diameters). 

B. Discharged nematocyst (X approximately 3000 diameters). 

B,, B,, major and minor barbs ; CNC, cnidocil; CYT, cytoplasm ; ECT, 
external wall of ectodermal cell; FIL, filament ; G, ganglionic mass , 
GUB, gubernaculum,—protoplasmic strand supporting central tube ; 
MES, mesogloea of tentacle; N, nucleus ; NEM, nematocyst; NF, 


nerve fibril; OP, operculum ; PR, layer of protoplasm lining bottom 
of cell; T, central tube. 


A. 


19I5.] J. Rircure: Hydroids of the Indian Museum. 547 


with generally seven but sometimes as many as eleven examples. 
In a single node about 8 to 10 large cnidoblasts are present with 
their attendant satellites—a total of approximately 80 indivi- 
duals. Asa rule each cell contains only one complete group, but 
occasionally the cell-wall appears to become obliterated so that 
several groups come to lie within a cell’s boundaries. In median 
longitudinal section of a tentacle (pl. xxxa, fig. 8) the nematocysts 
are seen to lie at the periphery of the cell, radially inclined out- 
wards from the mid-point of its base. There are considerable 
differences in the structures of the two types of cnidoblasts. 

The larger individuals (macrocnides) (text-fig. I) consist of an 
almost spherical nematocyst, 74 to 8u long by 6, in diameter, 
surrounded by a thin and uniform covering of cytoplasm which 
pushes up the cell-wall, and is produced into a short delicate 
cnidocil. Atsome point in the proximal portion of this cytoplasm 
lies an elongated nucleus the inner profile of which conforms to 
the outline of the nematocyst. Contrary to the experience of 
Schneider (1890, p. 332) as regards Hydra fusca, the nucleus 
contains a distinct nucleolus. At the proximal end of the cnido- 
blast a delicate thread, the nerve fibre, leaves the cytoplasm, and 
passing across the vacuolar space of the cell merges with the cyto- 
plasm surrounding the nucleus that lies on the floor of the cell. 
The nucleus and its surrounding cytoplasm seem to constitute a 
ganglionic mass to which radiate the nerve filaments of many or all 
the cnidoblasts in a group. ‘The ganglion mass is in its turn con- 
nected with the layer of cytoplasm which covers the floor of the 
cell. None of the macrocnides possessed a simple broad cytoplas- 
mic peduncle such as forms an attaching structure in examples 
from several other species of Hydrozoa. 

The interior of the nematocyst is filled with a highly refractive 
fluid, which renders accurate observation of the internal struc- 
tures a matter of some difficulty. At the distal pole of the 
nematocyst is a circular area—the operculum—of consistency 
different from that of the nematocyst wall. From this area, 
whence the filament escapes on its discharge, a cylindrical tube of 
considerable diameter projects into the cyst, passing along its 
longitudinal axis almost to the proximal wall. In its upper half 
the tube contains a prominent opaque triangle pointing upwards 
and almost reaching the distal wall of the cyst, and this represents 
the single whorl of three major barbs which encircles the lower 
portion of the ejected filament. Similar smaller and less well- 
defined structures are sometimes apparent in the lower half of the 
tube. The lower section of the tube is kept in position by a series 
of exceedingly delicate gubernacula—protoplasmic strands which 
attach it to the wall of the nematocyst, and which are to be 
observed only under specially favourable conditions of staining 
and lighting. The proximal portion of the tube narrows rapidly 
and at its base is continuous with the filament which lies near 
to the wall of the cyst in an ascending spiral of some six loose 
coils. 


548 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


The everted portion of a discharged nematocyst is some three 
to three and a half times the length of the nematocyst, and con- 
sists of a smooth-walled basal bulb, a second and smaller bulb fur- 
nished with about four whorls of barbs of which the proximal 
whorl contains three large individuals, while those of the distal 
whorls are more numerous and insignificant. From the second 
bulb proceeds the filament which throughout its length is armed 
by a close spiral of exceedingly minute barbules ascending in a 
contra-clockwise direction (see text-fig. 1B). 


TEXT-FIG. 2. 


Lesser type of cnidoblast (microcnide) from nodal cell. 


A. Undischarged cnidoblast and its connections 7 situ ( X approximately 
4000 diameters). 
B. Discharged nematocyst (similarly magnified). 


Lettering as in text-fig. 1. 


The second and smaller type of cnidoblast—microcnide—is of 
simpler structure. The nematocyst is similar in shape but is ap- 
proximately half the Jinear dimensions of that of the large type, 
4u or 5u by 3u. The cnidocil is stouter and longer than in the 
macrocnides, and although the general arrangement of cytoplasm 
is the same the cytoplasmic coat is drawn out into an elongate oval 
shape to include a very large nucleus which lies against the proxi- 
mal wall of the nematocyst. ‘The nucleus varies in shape, but its 
inner surface is always closely moulded upon the nematocyst wall, 


a 


IgI5.] J. Rircui1E : Hydroids of the Indian Museum. 549 


and it frequently assumes the deep helmet-shape shown in section 
in text-fig. 2A. It contains a large nucleolus. The cytoplasm is 
connected by a long delicate nerve fibre with the ganglionic mass 
on the floor of the cell. Occasionally, however, the connection 
becomes a comparatively broad protoplasmic strand resembling the 
peduncular attachment of some cnidoblasts. 

The internal structure of a microcnide differs much from that 
of a macrocnide The former contains only the filament, which 
proceeds directly from the operculum at the distal pole of the cyst 
in a loose descending spiral of about three small coils. These ap- 
pear to encircle a central pillar of delicate consistency which may, 
however, be simply one of those phenomena of refraction which 
render so difficult the exact observation of the contents of nemato- 
cysts. In a discharged microcnide (text-fig. 2B) three points 
strike one as characteristic: the shortness of the simple filament, 
the length of which is only twice that of the nematocyst; the 
directness with which the filament projects from the nematocyst, 
for it invariably lies in line with the .ong axis of the nematocyst 
and is straight, except for a very regular curve towards the tip ; 
and, lastly, the openness of the spiral of minute barbules, which 
performs only about ten revolutions in its contra-clockwise ascent. 


Hydranth Body. 


The ectoderm of the hydranth-body consists of a layer of ir- 
regular epithelial cells, between which lie small interstitial cells. 
The bases of the epithelial cells are produced into longitudinal 
muscle fibres which rest upon the mesogloea. The ectoderm ave- 
rages in thickness some 7°5,, but especially in the lower prolonga- 
tion of the hydranth is arranged in slight horizontal ridges. The 
cells contain large rounded nuclei, and in parts a large number of 
cnidoblasts, but only some of the latter possess cnidocils and are 
functional, the remainder being under process of formation. ‘The 
cuticle, if present, is of extreme delicacy, and no perisarc is se- 
creted. At certain stages of development, however ,—when a new 
basal bulb is being formed (see p. 555)—a number of hydranth cells 
take part, along with the cells of the basal bulb, in the secretion 
of a thick coating of hyaline mucus. In portions of this secretion 
masses of diatoms and other debris become entangled, and it is 
interesting to note that in this condition the diatoms appear to 
have continued a symbiotic existence, for the greater number show 
evidence, in their well-preserved protoplasm, of recent active 
metabolism. A similar state of symbiosis has been noted by 
Schaudinn in the case of the diatoms and algae which surround 
the body of Haleremita (Schaudinn, 1894, p. 226). 

In the neighbourhood of the tentacle-zone and around the 
margin of the mouth the ectoderm is thickened. In the latter 
region it contains a close array of functional cnidoblasts, similar 
to the macrocnides of the tentacles. In the tentacle-zone, how- 
ever, the majority of the cnidoblasts—macro- and micro-cnides— 
lie some distance below the surface and are in process of formation. 


550 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XI, 


The great numbers of developing nettling organs in this region 
clearly indicate it as a localised manufacturing area whence migra- 
tion of fully developed nematocysts to the tentacles takes place, 
conditions apparently of general occurrence in the Hydromedusae 
(see Hadzi, I9Ir). 

The mesogloea is colourless and of almost uniform thinness 
of 2p. 

Endoderm.—The endoderm cells present more variety in their 
shape and in their inclusions than the ectoderm. Asin many other 
hydroids they fall into three indefinitely bounded regions, in all of 
which, however, a few longitudinal ridges of elongated cells project 
into the coelenteron. 

The hypostome endoderm consists of a series of regular, 
elongated, narrow, palisade cells resting upon the mesogloea and 
lacking inclusions. Between the distal ends of these cells are 
inserted many clavate gland cells, with a large nucleus resting in 
the wedged-in narrowing portion of the club, and a content of 
finely granular cytoplasm. 

In the region of the tentacle-zone the endoderm is consider- 
ably deeper. The palisade layer of the hypostome is replaced 
by several irregular rows of small highly-vacuolar cells. Upon 
these rest large clavate nutritive cells, containing oval nuclei and 
coarsely-granular secretory products, as well as foreign bodies the 
recognisable portions of which consist mainly of the frustules of 
diatoms. Throughout the endoderm in this region there are scat- 
tered dark oval cells containing excretory products. 

Lastly in the prolonged basal portion of the hydranth the 
cell-varieties of the former regions disappear, and the endoderm 
consists of a network of regular, highly vacuolar cells in which the 
cytoplasm and nuclei are ranged along the cell-walls. Here the 
cells are almost devoid of inclusions, only a rare individual with 
excretory products being observable; and although a narrow central 
lumen penetrates the region it is clear that the cells lining it take 
little part in the secretory or digestive functions. 

The structure of the basal bulb will be discussed in the section 
dealing with reproduction (p. 553). 


METHODS OF REPRODUCTION. 
I. SEXUAL REPRODUCTION. 


There is no conclusive evidence of the occurrence of a sexual 
type of reproduction in the specimens which I have examined, 
although in one there is present, arising from the tentacle-zone, a 
very small globular bud (0°045 mm. in diameter) composed of 
ectodermal and endodermal elements, which might possibly have 
developed into a sporosac or medusoid gonophore. Its position 
within the tentacle-zone agrees with the position rather of the 
sexual bodies than of the simple buds of most other hydroid 
species. 


1QI5.] J. Rircu1E: Aydroids of the Indian Museum. 551 


But Dr. Nelson Annandale, who kept examples of the hydroid 
alive in an aquarium for some time wrote in a note accompanying 
some of the specimens: ‘‘ The gonosomes, which develop into free 
medusae, are borne in a circle round the hydranth, below the 
tentacle’’; and again, in reply to a request for examples of the 
medusa or for further information ‘‘ I am sorry that I have not 
any specimens of the medusae of the little Hydroid from Port 
Canning. The only one I have seen escaped in my aquarium. It 
was so small that I could only just see it with a very powerful 
hand lens. ’’ 

In view of the minuteness of the structures concerned it is 
possible, but unlikely, that a naturalist even of Dr. Annandale’s 
acumen and experience, might have mistaken one of the planula- 
like buds to be afterwards described, for a medusa. 

In any case the elucidation of the sexual phase must be left 
to new collections of material gathered possibly at a different 
season of the year. 


II. ASEXUAL REPRODUCTION. 
Lateral Budding. 


A few hydranths possess lateral buds in various stages of 
development. The buds arise from the region below the tentacle- 
zone, and between it and the gentle narrowing which indicates the 
beginning of the stem-like basal prolongation. But they are not 
common on my specimens which were collected in the month of 
March, few hydranths possessing even a single bud, and two being 
the greatest number on any one hydranth. 

The buds are of the simplest structure (see plate xxx, fig. 4). 
They arise as small hollow projections of ectoderm and endoderm, 
which increase in length much more rapidly than in breadth. So 
there is formed an elongated hollow sac with thin walls of single- 
layered ectoderm and endoderm. The base of the sac becomes 
much constricted at its point of junction with the hydranth, but 
the internal cavity retains connection with the coelenteron of the 
hydranth by a narrow passage. In due course the connecting neck 
of the bud becomes ruptured, and the bud, which is now vermi- 
form and closely resembles the planula of many hydroids (except 
that it lacks cilia), breaks away and commences a free life. 

A released and therefore mature bud contains no traces of sex 
cells, and it must be assumed that it gives rise directly to a new 
hydranth. The only free example which I have observed seems 
recently to have broken loose from the hydranth (plate xxx, 
fig. 5). It is almost cylindrical in shape, 0°30 mm. in length by 
0085 mm. in maximum and 0'065 mm. in minimum breadth, 
slightly narrower in its median region and widening gently to its 
rounded extremities. The resemblance in shape to the planula 
of Cordylophora lacustris, as figured by Allman (1871, pl. iii, 
fig. 5a) is very marked. The proximal extremity still retains an 
opening representing the lumen which connected the bud cavity 


552 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


with that of the hydranth, and asa slight ridge well furnished 
with nematocysts surrounds the opening, it is possible that here is 
foreshadowed the adult mouth. 

Serial sections reveal the fact that at the place of origin of a 
bud considerable activity is shown by the endoderm of the hy- 
dranth, which is crowded with finely granular protoplasm and 
engulfed food particles. These features are carried into the endo- 
derm of the developing bud, the cells of the proximal portions of 
which contain much secretory and food material. The mesogloea 
of the bud is somewhat less developed than that of the hydranth, 
and the ectoderm is remarkable for the regularity and high, narrow 
palisade-like structure of the cells at both extremities. These con- 
tain spherical nuclei similar in size to those of the endoderm (3, in 
diameter), and many nematocysts of both types undergoing de- 
velopment. As the bud increases in size some of these approach 
the surface of the ectoderm and lie in position for functioning, 
although in none of the buds, attached or free, are cnidocils pre- 
sent. An extremely thin cuticle is excreted by the ectoderm. I 
have seen no indication of the presence of an external coat of cilia. 

The neck joining bud to hydranth is formed of ectoderm, 
mesogloea and endoderm, and in spite of the narrowness due to 
increasing constriction there is no sign that rupture is preceded 
by the disappearance of the endoderm, as in the case of the hy- 
droid of Gonionemus murbachii (see p. 561), or of the ectoderm, 
as in the cases of the basal bulb described below, or of the sporo- 
sac buds of species of Dicoryne.' 


Longitudinal fission. 


In a single specimen longitudinal fission appears to be in pro- 
gress (see pl. xxx, fig. 3). From the neighbourhood of the ten- 
tacle-zone of a well-developed hydranth with in all eleven tentacles 
a secondary hypostome branches out as if due to the division of 
the original hypostome. Both hypostomes are normal in character 
and the mouth of each is connected in the usual way with the 
common coelenteron of the hydranth. The endoderm layer be- 
tween one hypostome and the other is of uniform thinness and 
regularity, and shows no prolongations or other abnormalities in 
the neighbourhood of the fission angle. ‘The smaller hypostome 
has appropriated some of the tentacles of the original hydranth, 
and new smaller ones are arising at its base. Whether this pro- 
cess is to be reckoned as a normal mode of reproduction or whether 
the instance described is rather an abnormal case of budding or 
duplication than an example of true fission, I have no means of 
deciding. 


The Basal Bulb. 


Reference has already been made to the significance of a 
structure which I have termed the basal bulb. To judge by the 


! See Ashworth and Ritchie, 1915. 


IQI5.| J. Rrrcui1e: Aydroids of the Indian Museum. 553 


frequency of its occurrence this structure is of first importance in 
the propagation of the species, for every hydranth examined 
(except one) bore one and often two bulbs at varying stages of 
development. The solitary exception was a young individual 
with 5 tentacles, in which the proximal extremity ended in a 
sucker-like disc without perisarc, the equivalent of the basal disc 
or ‘‘ Fussplatte”’ of Hydra and other forms. The universal pre- 
sence of at least one basal bulb or its antecedent on these speci- 
mens can be readily understood by the fact that all the hydranths 
examined were growing upon a seaweed; and that as the basal 
bulb is the only means of attachment its presence was postulated 
by the stage of growth of the hydranths discovered. The only 
hydranths likely to be found lacking the basal bulb are indivi- 
duals belonging to the unattached, probably planktonic, stage. 


Position and General Structure of the Basal Bulb (pl. xxx, figs. 
I-3). The basal bulb is situated at the lower free end of the 
hydranth in the position generally occupied by the hydrorhiza. 
Resemblance to a hydrorhiza is further to be found in the fact 
that it seems to be the habit of the basal bulb to lie with its long 
axis parallel to the substratum and at right angles to the hy- 
dranth. Basal bulbs have been found in the youngest bydranths 
as well as in the oldest individuals examined ; in the former, the 
hydranth body springs directly from the bulb, in the latter the 
bulb terminates the stalk-like proximal prolongation of the hy- 
dranth. 

At all stages the character of the bulb is obscured by masses 
of organic debris which adhere to it in a dense coating and 
spread from it for a short distance upon the hydranth. Within 
this debris, except in the very earliest stages, lies a more or less 
globular shell of chitin, thin, delicate, and colourless at first, but 
later becoming strong, immobile and tinted. During its impres- 
sionable stages the chitin of the bulb may be moulded upon the 
particular substance whereon it lies, and this produces consider- 
able modification in the typical rounded form. The chitinous 
shell contains and protects a simple cellular sac, which in its more 
mature stages lies loosely within. This sac, the essential portion 
of the basal bulb, consists of a single layer of ectoderm and of 
endoderm. In its advanced stages it is connected with the proxi- 
mal end of the hydranth by a narrow protoplasmic neck which 
passes through a small circular opening in the chitinous shell—the 
only aperture connecting the interior of the shell with the exterior. 


Detailed Structure of Mature Basal Bulb (pl. xxxa, fig. 9). 
Well developed basal bulbs were examined in serial sections. In 
these specimens the cellular sac did not lie in contact with the 
chitinous investment ; but since the chitin showed many regular 
growth-lines and could only have been secreted by the sac, the 
hiatus may be artificial, due to shrinkage in preservation. 

No special features mark the single layers of ectoderm and 
endoderm which form the walls of the sac: the latter contains 


554 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


small round nuclei and here and there groups of excretory pro- 
ducts ; the former contains many large nematocysts in process of 
formation, especially in the upper region near the aperture in the 
chitinous investment. It is curious that nematocysts shouid de- 
velop in an enclosed sac the ectoderm of which has no contact 
whatever with the exterior, but a similar condition has been ob- 
served in the hydrorhizal portion of Myriothela cocksit (Hardy, 
1891, p. 512), and of Corymorpha (Torrey, 1907, p. 279), and I 
have noticed it in the case of some gonophores. In Anmnulella the 
history of the layers of the sac (see p. 555) offers a simple explana- 
tion. The walls of the sac are thin and leave a moderate space 
for a central cavity which is in direct communication with the 
coelenteron of the hydranth. 

It is a remarkable fact that in the mature bulb there is no 
direct connection between the ectoderm of the hydranth and that 
of the basal bulb. At the constriction or neck uniting the two, 
the ectodermal layer disappears and the chitinous investment abuts 
against the mesogloea. This may be a preliminary to the severing 
of the neck at the time when the hydranth escapes from its hold- 
fast; as such at any rate it would fall into line with the well- 
defined process which precedes the release of the free-swimming 
sporosacs of species of Dicoryne (see Ashworth and Ritchie, 1915). 

An unusual feature distinguishes the mesogloea of the basal 
bulb. It is continuous with the mesogloea of the hydranth, but 
just beneath the neck and within the aperture of the chitinous shell, 
it forms a very much thickened rim deeper than either endoderm 
or ectoderm. From the proximal margin of this ring the mesogloea 
suddenly tapers away, and throughout the remainder of the bulb 
forms a layer of extreme tenuity. 

The chitinous investment of the basal bulb is of rudely 
spherical form, sometimes greatly modified by its contact with the 
solid substratum. The chitin is of very different densities, but 
the upper portions are always the more solid and deeply tinted. 
Round the small but very definite aperture through which the 
neck of the basal bulb passes there is a thickened ring slightly 
incurved. While the perisarc is well defined in the distal portions 
and there exhibit definite growth lines, in the central area of the 
floor of the bulb it gradually loses its compactness and merges into 
an amorphous gelatinous mass of much greater thickness (pl. xxxa, 
fig. ga). In this mass are included, along with other debris, large 
quantities of diatom skeletons in some of which the protoplasm is 
so well preserved as to indicate that the algae continued to live after . 
their inclusion. This unconsolidated basal area may add to the 
efficiency of the basal bulb as a hold-fast, or may provide for the 
expansion of the perisarc-shell during the growth of the sac within. 

The secretion of perisarc is confined to the basal bulb, at the 
neck of which the chitinous covering ends abruptly. Yet masses 
of gelatinous material containing much debris not only surround 
the bulb but are continued for a short distance on the lower 
exposed portion of the hydranth. 


I9I5.] J. Rircute : Hydroids of the Indian Museum. 555 


Origin and Development of the Basai Bulb (see pl. xxx, fig. 6). 
The basal bulb is a modified portion of the hydranth body. This 
is clearly shown by a hydranth which has recently broken away 
from a former basal bulb, and is in process of forming a new one. 
The history of this specimen (fig. 6) may be taken as indicating 
the general development of a basal bulb, and appears to have been 
as follows. 

The hydranth tapers away at its basal end almost to a 
point, and here the tissues are ruptured. This narrow portion 
is the neck of a former basal bulb, and the damaged tissues show 
where the narrow neck, already prepared by increasing constriction 
and by the disappearance of the ectoderm layer, has broken 
asunder, allowing the hydranth to escape from its former anchor- 
age. The final rupture of the neck is no doubt due to mechanical 
strain brought about by the swaying of the hydranth in the water 
currents. 

So far as one can judge the free stage of the hydranth must be 
of very limited duration, for even before the traces of rupture at 
the neck of the old basal bulb have disappeared, a new basal bulb 
is in process of formation. 

Four modifications mark the development of a basal bulb. 
Its origin is first indicated by a slight constriction in the lower 
portion of the body of the hydranth. This constriction affects all 
the cell-layers: the endoderm and mesogloea are simply indented, 
but even at the early stage figured, there is already a disrup- 
tion in the ectoderm, which, although not yet severed, is reduced 
to very thin dimensions at the level of the future neck. A second 
characteristic regards the differentiation of the ectoderm of the 
basal bulb. Distal to the constriction, that is on the unaltered 
hydranth, the ectoderm is of the normal ridged type with rather 
elongated cells, but proximal to the constriction the cells are 
smaller, more regular and flattened. In the third place, copious 
masses of mucus in which debris becomes entangled begin at once 
to be secreted by the ectoderm of the basal bulb; and lastly 
the formation of mucus is succeeded by the secretion of a chiti- 
nous investment, the perisarc, which at the stage figured had only 
begun to form in the lower regions. ‘The folding over of the bulb 
until its long axis lies at right angles to that of the hydranth must 
be a subsequent development. 

While the above mode of development of the basal bulb 
happens to have come to my notice and is, on account of its 
uniqueness, described in some detail, it probably represents only 
one of several methods by which a basal bulb may arise. It 
can hardly be doubted that the original basal bulb of a hydranth 
develops directly from the basal-disc or ‘‘ Fussplatte”’ of the 
larva, and development from a lateral bud seems to be hinted at by 
the following facts. : 

In many cases there are two basal bulbs at the base of a single 
hydranth (see pl. xxx, figs. 2 and 3) and in such case they arise 
not in linear succession but one terminally and one laterally. 


556 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo,. XI, 


The latter may have originated as a bud. Of the two the terminal 
bulb possesses thicker perisarc and more contracted coenosare and 
appears, though not the larger, to be the older individual. 


Significance of the Basal Bulb. There is no direct evidence as 
to the reproductive function of the basal bulb: no young hy- 
dranths have been observed springing from the coenosare of an 
old bulb, unless it be that where two basal bulbs occur on one 
hydranth, one represents the original bulb from which the hy- 
dranth grew while the other is a development of the hydranth 
itself. 

But the evidence of the structures and development of the 
bulb seem to point clearly to reproductive function. Thus the 
disappearance of the ectoderm at the junction of bulb and hy- 
dranth seems to be analogous with the similar retrogression in 
the sporosacs of Dicoryne and to indicate a regular preparation for 
the breaking away of the hydranth. An example of a recently 
released hydranth has been observed. Again basal bulbs are fre- 
quently found alone, and in these the coenosarc is in good preser- 
vation. Here we seem to have a parallel to the conse1ving power 
of the stolon as exhibited in the hydrorhiza of Dicoryne conybearet 
(Allman) in which, by the development of partitions of chitin within 
the lumen of the stolon the coenosare is preserved unharmed in 
various sections during unfavourable conditions (see Ashworth 
and Ritchie, 1915). In D. conybearei the conservation of the 
coenosarc in this way is succeeded so soon as favourable conditions 
return, by a new development of hydranths produced by the coeno- 
sarc; and it seems highly probable that a similar recrudescence 
of hydranth life arises from the coenosarc of the basal bulb. 


THE RELATIONSHPS OF ANNULELLA GEMMATA. 


I have already drawn attention to the curious combination in 
Annulella gemmata of peculiar characters some of which have been 
found rarely, and generally one at a time, in other species. The 
most accurate conception of the significance of these resemblances 
will be attained by a short comparison of each with its analogues. 


UNATTACHED HyYDROIDS. 


Several genera of Hydroids share with the Pennatulid and a 
few other types of Alcyonarians, the character of gaining a more 
or less insecure anchorage by simply embedding their proximal 
end in the mud of the sea-floor. They are generally characterized 
by solitary habit and by the weak development or absence of perisare. 
Amongst such are to be reckoned the Corynids—Myriothela and 
Blastothela ; the Pennarid, Heterostephanus ; and the Tubularids— 
Corymorpha, Lampra, Gymnogonos, Monocaulus and Branchio- 
cerianthus. It is probable that with these should also be grouped 
the lake forms—Moerisia and Caspionema. Many of these gain 
firmer anchorage by the development of ‘‘rootlets,” but the 


I9I5.] J. Rrrcwie : Hydroids of the Indian Museum. 557 


majority or all of them have the power of slight movement, and it 
is possible that they may be able even to withdraw from the mud 
and creep along the bottom. In any case, as Hartlaub has 
pointed out! these forms, both in their systematic affinities and 
the in their habit, present a well-defined half-way house between 
permanently fixed species and those which are able to leave their 
attachment and move freely on the substratum or in the sea. 

Amongst such temporarily creeping or floating forms we have 
the freshwater Hydra, andits relatives Protohydra and Polypodium ; 
the Tubularid, Hypolytus; and Haleremita of uncertain relation- 
ship, but closely resembling the larval stage of Gonionemus. Here 
also I am inclined to include the Pennarid, Tvichorhiza, which, 
found by Russell (1906) on the tentacles of Corymorpha nutans, 
was apparently caught in the act of moving. General but not 
universally present characters which link these forms (with the 
exception of Trichorhiza) are the almost total absence of perisarc 
and the presence of a basal thickening of coenosare—the pedal disc. 
I have not included definitely recognized larval forms, but perhaps 
the floating stage of Acaulis ought to be mentioned here, since 
floating individuals bear well developed medusae buds and may be 
considered adult. 

In a slightly more advanced category of unattached hydroids 
are to be placed the pelagic forms Margelopsis or Nemopsts, which 
represent the detached buds of such forms as Tzarella (see Bedot, 
IQII, p. 211); the unique Microhydra and the metagenic form of the 
Trachymedusan, Liriope which “is a true hydra, although its free- 
swimming mode of life and its superficial aspect caused it to be 
mistaken formerly for a gonosome ”’ (Perkins, 1903, p. 752). 

In none of these groups of unattached Hydroids is to be 
found an exact parallel to our Indian brackish-water species, the 
adults of which are at one stage firmly attached, and at another 
are released from their attached portions in order to lead a tempo- 
rary free (? pelagic) existence. But, as we shall see in discussing 
the basal bulb, that structure links Annulella with the creeping 
type, especially common in the family Hydridae. 


TENTACLES AND CNIDOBLASTS. 


The arrangement of the cnidoblast batteries of the tentacles 
in well-defined projecting rings is characteristic of very few hy- 
droid stages. It is, however, moderately common in the medusoid 
generations, being exhibited in such well-known forms as Thamno- 
stylus dinema, or in the medusoids of Corymorpha nutans , Stauridium 
and Syncoryne eximia.? In the hydroid stage, so far as I know, it 
is confined to Trichorhiza brunnei, Russell 1906, Heterostephanus 
annulicornis (M. Sars 1859), Hypolytus peregrinus, Murbach 1899, 
Asyncoryne ryniensis, Warren 1908, and occurs to a limited extent 


! Hartlaub, 1902, p. 29. 
2 Compare particularly the representations of the last species as drawn by 
Allman, 1871, pl. v, figs. 3-4. 


558 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XI, 


in Tiarella singularis, Schulze 1876, with its three distal rings of 
cnidoblast batteries and in Margelopsis stylostoma, Hartlaub 1903, 
which has been shown by Bedot (1911, p. 211) to be the free bud 
of the preceding species. 

It isa striking fact that annulated tentacles should be com- 
mon in the free-swimming medusoid generation, and should occur 
in the hydroid generation only in a few species, which, with the 
exception of Asyncoryne, are outstanding on account of their free 
or partially free habit. The connection of habit and structure ap- 
pears to be no coincidence, and, on the evidence before me, I 
would suggest that the arrangement of large cushion-shaped cells 
in prominent rings is an adaptation to a creeping or free-swimming 
life. Not only would the greatly enlarged surface area, due to the 
rings, add to the resistance offered by the organism to the sur- 
rounding water, and so check the rate of sinking, even were the 
organism immobile, but the very large vacuolar spaces, which the 
nodal cells of Annuleila gemmata contain (and which in absence of 
direct evidence I assume to occur in the similar cells of other 
species), may act directly as buoying agencies. It is possible also 
that these vacuoles in the tentacular rings may by their enlarge- 
ment and contraction supply in some degree the means of the daily 
vertical migrations so characteristic of most hydroid medusae. 

In none of the cases mentioned above has the detailed struc- 
ture of the cnidoblast rings been investigated. But the cushion- 
shaped cells of which the rings or nodes are made up in Annulella 
closely resemble in general appearance and detailed structure the 
isolated battery-cells which stud the tentacles of Hydra. A com- 
parison of the description and figures of these batteries in Hydra 
fusca, as given by Schneider (1890, p. 332, Tab. xvii, fig. 20), 
with the description and figures of Annulella in this paper throws 
particular emphasis on this resemblance. 

The resemblance to Hydra is further emphasized by compari- 
son of the structures of the cnidoblasts themselves (see Schneider, 
1890, p. 332 and pl. xvii). In Amnnulella I have recognized only 
two types of nematocyst, but both occur in almost identical form 
in Hydra. It is true that there are differences in detail; that 
Schneider describes no connection between the basal prolongation 
of the cytoplasm of the cnidoblast and a ‘‘ ganglion mass,” that 
he mentions neither the gubernacula within the macrocnides nor 
the spiral arrangement of barbules on the ejected filament. But 
these are negative evidences and in the examination of structures so 
notoriously difficult as cnidoblasts negative evidences are of even 
less moment than usual. 

The conjunction of capitate and scattered tentacles suggests 
relationship with the family Corynidae, but the capitation is very 
slight and might be regarded as a terminal development of the 
tentacle nodes. Some cases of scattered tentacles (without capi- 
tation) occur in the family Hydridae. 

The solid multiserial endoderm of the tentacles appears to be 
paralleled in only one other genus, Tubularia. Solid endoderm is, 


1915. | J. Rrrcu1e: Hydrotds of the Indian Museum. 559 


indeed, characteristic of almost all Hydroids, but it consists of a 
single row of central thick-walled cells. Chun (1897, p. 316) says 
regarding the occurrence of such uniserial solid endoderm ‘‘ Was 
zunachst ihr Vorkommen unter den Hydroiden anbelangt, so 
fehlen sie lediglich der durch hohle Tentakel ausgezeichneten 
Gattung Hydra. Alle iibrigen Hydroidpolypen besitzen solide 
Tentakel, welche von einer einzigen Reihe derbwandiger centraler 
zellen gesttitzt werden.’’ With the exceptional case of Hydra 
must be included that of the since described Moerisza lyonsz, 
Boulenger (1908), and possibly that also of Caspionema ‘pallasi, 
Derzhavin (1912), regarding the endoderm of which the author 
makes noremark. In Hydva and Moertsta the endoderm consists 
of several longitudinal rows of thin-walled cells, penetrated by a 
fine central lumen. But in species of Tubularia which I have 
examined in detail, the lower or aboral whorl of tentacles contains 
a solid endoderm composed of many small thin-walled cells. These 
are not arranged in series but fill in irregularly the centre of the 
tentacles (see also Warren’s account of Tubularia betheris, 1908, 
p. 282). The oral tentacles of Tubularia contain the ordinary 
type of uniserial endoderm. 

The solid delicate-walled multiserial endoderm af Annulella 
bears no resemblance to the solid uniserial endoderm of the majo- 
rity of Hydroids, but closely resembles in structure and arrange- 
ment (except that there is no central cavity) the multiserial 
endoderm in the tentacles of Hydra and Moerisia, and resembles 
in a general way the solid endoderm of the aboral tentacles of 
species of Tubularia. 


BUDDING. 


The phenomena of budding in the Hydroid Zoophytes may be 
divided into three types: (I) where the bud develops on the 
parent into a miniature adult and remains attached, thus giving 
tise to colonial formation; (2) where the bud develops on the 
parent into a miniature adult which is then set free; (3) where 
the bud is set free at a simple planula-like stage and develops into 
a miniature adult away from the parent. 

(1) The colonial type of budding is exhibited by the majority 
of cnidoblastic and gymnoblastic hydroids. (2) The setting free of 
a miniature adult is much less common but is familiar through 
the example of Hydra, and occurs in a few forms such as Moerisia 
(Boulenger 1908, p.363) and Tvarella (Schulze 1876, p. 411). (3) 
The escape of a planula-like bud is an exceedingly rare mode of 
propagation, and since it is the type exhibited by Annulella calls 
for some remark. In its ultimate results it closely resembles the 
phenomena of those peculiar propagating branches of many Hy- 
droids, the separation of which—‘“‘ Scissiparité’””—has been most 
recently and ably investigated by Dr. A. Billard (1904). ‘“‘ Scissi- 
parité,’’ however, connotes the adaptation of an old structure, 
stolon or branch, to a new purpose, and can be reduced to a 
simple form of transverse fission in a portion of the hydroid 


560 Records of the Indian Museum, [ VOL..2a; 


already existing. On the other hand, buds which ultimately be- 
come free seem to have evolved to this end alone: they are new 
structures the one purpose of which is the multiplication and dis- 
tribution of forms like the parent. They are probably the most 
primitive of the budding types and the forerunners of the other 
types mentioned above. 

Amongst the rare cases of escaping buds that of Myriothela 
cocksit, Vigurs [British specimens of which have heen frequently 
misnamed Myrtothela phrygia (Fabricius)] stands somewhat apart. 
In this species the buds are spherical masses attached to the 
parent by a thick stalk, and appear to reach a miniature adult 
stage before they are set free. Hardy, however, assures us that 
‘*all connection with the body of the parent is lost at a very 
early period, almost before the bud has reformed its ectoderm and 
endoderm and enteric cavity. It remains attached to the perisarc, 
however, by a sucker-like arrangement at the aboral pole until it 
is fully formed’’ (Hardy, 1891, p. 513 and pl. xxxvi, fig. 13). 
This might almost be regarded as a transitional stage, which 
although in fact a free bud, retains the aspect of an attached 
miniature adult. 

Moerisia furnishes a more definite example of exparental 
development. The buds of this peculiar form are oval and are 
attached by short peduncles to the parent body, usually in the 
proximal region of the hydranth. As indicated above they 
‘“‘ occasionally develop one or two tentacles’’ before they are set 
free, and some may therefore be regarded as attached miniature 
adults, but the majority of the buds ‘‘ become completely detached 
from the parent body’’ before they begin to assume polyp struc- 
ture (Boulenger, 1908, p. 363). Rare as such cases are, Moerisia 
is by no means a unique example. 

Haleremita cumulans, Schaudinn, seems to depend entirely 
upon liberated planula-like buds for its dissemination and multi- 
plication, for no trace of sex-cells has been discovered (Schaudinn, 
1894, p. 227). The buds, which at the time of liberation are 
much elongated and planula-like, arise sometimes just beneath 
the tentacle zone and sometimes near the base of the hydranth 
and up to six may be found on a polyp at one time. After being 
set free they develop a mouth and creep upon the bottom, simple 
two-layered sacculae, which retain their simplicity for some 14 
months before the tentacles of the adult make their appearance. 
Some have been observed to develop buds of their own while yet 
in the saccula stage. 

Much resemblance exists between the general structure and 
bud-formation of Haleremita and that of the larva of Gonionemus 
murbachit Mayer, described by Perkins (1903). The unusual 
stumpy conical shape of Haleremita is duplicated in the Gonionemus 
hydroid, and in both there are four tentacles set crosswise in a 
single whorl. Both lack sex-cells and both reproduce by planula- 
like buds. Haleremita is unusual amongst hydroids is possessing 
only one type of nematocyst, but Perkins’ description (p. 786) 


IQI5. | J. RrrcewiE: Aydroids of the Indian Museum. 561 


indicates that only one form, long and bean-shaped, is present in 
Gonionemus. It is possible that these resemblances points to the 
true relationship of the problematical Haleremita: that it is the 
metagenetic hydroid phase of a hydrozoon medusa, a larva which 
in due course will assume medusa form. It is interesting to find 
some confirmation of this view in the simplicity of structure (to 
be expected in a larval form) which has led to the relegation of 
Haleremita to the primitive family Hydridae; yet the bud-forma- 
tion in the two is by no means identical. 

Perkins describes some interesting features in the develop- 
ment of the Gonionemus hydroid buds. The buds, which occurred 
singly on the hydroids, arise about halfway between the base 
of the polyp and the ring of tentacles. During their early growth 
the endoderm is solid, and in this condition becomes isolated from 
the endoderm of the polyp by the gradual constriction of the 
ectoderm at the junction of the two. Finally the bud comes to 
be attached simply by a long thin neck of transparent ectodermal 
protoplasm. The release of the bud, in the only case followed 
throughout its complete development, was accomplished by the 
gradual stretching and final rupture of the ectodermal neck. The 
released bud settled down upon its former free or distal end, and 
at the other pole, formerly attached, a mouth and tentacles de- 
veloped. This bud became attached near the parent polyp, but in 
most cases an escaped bud was discovered after a few days some 
distance from the parental form. During the interval ‘‘it seems 
probable that it is a creeping unciliated form, although my first 
conjecture that it was a ciliated planula has not been proved 
erroneous”’ (Perkins, 1903, p. 771). A general idea of the develop- 
mental period of such planula-like buds can be gathered from 
Perkins’ observations. The development of a bud from its first 
appearance as a simple knob to the completion of the formation 
of the coelenteron and the appearance of tentacles, lasted from 
ten to fourteen days, distributed as follows:—‘‘ (a) the first period 
including as far as the detachment of the bud, 5 days; (b) motile 
form, 2 to 5 days; (c) from attachment to appearance of tentacles, 
3 to 5 days (Perkins /oc. czt.). Schaudinn found that the develop- 
ment of Haleremita buds, up to the point of escape from the 
parent. varied from 5 hours to 6 days (Schaudinn 1894, p. 
230). 

In all the cases above mentioned, as well as in that of our 
Indian form, the buds arose equally from ectodermal and endo- 
dermal elements, confirming the observations of Braem (1894) and 
contrasting with Lang’s (1892) description of the purely ectodermal 
origin of Hydroid buds. 

So far as can be determined from my examination of the 
comparatively few buds available in the Indian species, they 
agree most closely with those of Haleremita cumulans. In both 
species, in contradistinction to Gonionemus, the bud possesses a 
hollow structure from the beginning, and the internal cavity 
remains in connection with the coelenteron till the time of escape. 


562 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou, aaa} 


The special resemblances to Gonionemus buds are slight and of 
little account. In both the buds seldom occur more than one at 
a time on a polyp; and in both it seems that the usual polarity of 
hydroid buds is reversed, and that the free end becomes the area 
of attachment, and the attached end the oral and tentacle-bearing 
area. It may possibly be that this remarkable inversion of the 
general mode of hydroid development is not a regular habit, but 
simply emphasises that in hydroid buds there exists an indeter- 
minate polarity ready to be determined by external physical con- 
ditions. Such has been shown experimentally to characterise the 
adult stems of forms like Tubularia and Corymorpha, or in closer 
analogy exists in the larva of Corymorpha. It is likely that here 
as in these larvae ‘‘ external factors such as contact and possibly 
gravity determine the kind of structure (e.g. hydranth or holdfast) 
which will ultimately appear in connection with the area of 
differentiation. ‘That is they determine the polarity of the adult.” 
(Torrey, 1907, p. 292). 


ANALOGUES OF THE BASAL BULB. 


The normal organs of attachment of the vegetative stocks of 
the Hydrozoa fall into two broad classes: (1) those in which the 
base of the hydranth is simply modified into a fleshy disc or cylin- 
der, occasionally naked, more often covered by a mucous secretion 
in which foreign debris becomes embedded, or rarely enclosed in a 
membranous film of chitin; (2) those in which a more specialized 
structure is apparent, the attachment being due to well-defined 
root-like strands of coenosarc, enclosed in a distinct coat of peri- 
sarc (the stolon or hydrorhiza) and forming simple threads, or 
branched ‘‘ roots,’ or anastomosed networks, or even thick skele- 
tal layers (as in Hydvactinia). 

It seems to me that these two types of hydroid attachment 
are homologous, that the simple fleshy attachment was the direct 
forerunner of the hydrorhiza, and may be regarded as a primitive 
characteristic in those forms in which it occurs. In known species 
of Hydroids it is possible to trace the steps by which the simple 
basal disc became branched and split to form a root-like organ, 
and by which the final complexity of the hydrorhiza was built up. 
A process parallel to that suggested by a survey of the attach- 
ment organs of adult hydroids seems to be followed in summary 
during the development of certain individuals. One need only 
point to the early life-history of the colonial form Eudendrium 
vamosum, after the planula has relinquished its free state and 
settled down, to illustrate the development of a facsimile of the 
basal disc into a complex hydrorhiza (see Allman, 1871-72, pl. xiii, 
figs. 12-16 and 2). 

It would be out of place, however, to develop a thesis of the 
evolution of the hydrorhiza in this paper, and I shall merely indi- 
cate the forms which seem to stand most closely related to our 
Indian species as regards their mode of attachment. 


1915. | J. RitcHte : Hydroids of the Indian Museum. 563 


The simplest definite attachment is that of the larval hydroid 
of Gonionemus. Here there simply occurs at that surface of the 
planula-like bud which comes in contact with the substratum an 
increase in the thickness of the cells, so that the ectoderm of the 
base becomes a columnar epithelium. There seems to be no secre- 
tion of masses of mucus, but at any rate ‘‘it has now secured 
a firm hold upon the bottom, being so closely applied that it is 
quite hard to dislodge it’ (Perkins, 1903, p. 771). In the above 
sentence Perkins would seem to hint that the adhesion is physical. 
In Haleremita the attaching area has differentiated a stage further: 
for while it still consists of a simple layer of special elongated 
epithelium, there are associated with it many gland-cells which 
exude the secretion by means of which the polyp is attached to 
the substratum (Schaudinn, 1894, p. 228). 

A clear advance is marked by the condition of Hydra and 
Protohydra, for here a first organ of attachment, as distinct from 
a mere differentiation of ectodermal cells, is apparent. Neverthe- 
less this organ (the foot, pedal disc, disque pedieux, Fusscheibe, 
Fussplatte) retains the condition of elongate epithelium, with 
associated secretory cells the mucus of which acts as an accessory 
holdfast, but it is capable of grasping a firm surface and relin- 
quishing its hold at will. 

I regard as closely akin to the foot of Hydra in differentiation 
the “‘sucker-like’’ adhesive organs of the miniature adults of 
Myriothela cocksii (‘* phrygia’’), mentioned by Hardy (1891, p. 513) 
as remaining attached to the surface of the parent during develop- 
ment. 

Greater structural complexity is shown by the problematical 
‘* Basalscheibe’’ of the miniature-adult buds of Tiarella singularis 
minutely described by Schulze (1876, p. 412 and Taf. EN fis 2): 
In shape and minute structure this curious organ bears a striking 
resemblance to the naked basal disc observed in one young indivi- 
dual of Annulella with five tentacles, to the basal bulb of young 
specimens (see plate xxx, fig. 1) or to a section of an adult bulb 
(pl. xxxa, fig. 9). On account of these resemblances I have no 
hesitation in discarding Hartlaub’s suggestion that it may be 
“ein fur die pelagische Lebensweise wichtiges Organ’’ (Hartlaub, 
1903, p. 34), and regarding it is an attachment organ developed 
in preparation for the settling down of the pelagic phase. In 
exactly the same category may be placed the basal discs of M arge- 
lopsis stylostoma,' Margelopsis gibbesi, and Margelopsis haeckelii 
discussed by Hartlaub (1903, p. 34). 

Subsequent to fixation the flattened disc-like ‘‘ Fussplatte”’ 
of the adult Tvarella, with its coats of both dark and amorphous 
perisarc, continuous with those of the hydrocaulus, seems to have 
degenerated from the larval state as regards cellular distinctive- 
ness. 


' A designation which since it indicates simply a young phase of 7zarella 
singularis, must lapse (see Bedot 1911, Peni): 


564 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XI, 


A much greater advance in the differentiation of the simple 
basal attachment is exhibited in Myriothela cocksit Vigurs, well 
described by Allman (1876) under the name of Myriothela phrygia. 
In the long-tentacled, free-swimming larval stage, a few days old, 
an increase in the thickness of the ectoderm at the aboral extremity 
is noticeable (Allman, 1876, p. 567). This appears to be due to 
the formation of columnar epithelium (see Allman’s figure 15, 
pl. 56). In any case a sucker-like pad is formed by which the 
larva attaches itself to the substratum (p. 565). At this early 
stage of fixation the aboral ‘‘sucker’’ is similar in appearance, 
structure and function to the pedal discs which have been men- 
tioned above, but new developments soon set in. ‘‘ The proximal 
extremity of the animal becomes bent at right angles to the rest 
of the body so as to form a sort of horizontal, stolon-like foot 
from which small fleshy processes with sucker-like extremities, 
and having a considerable resemblance to claspers, are emitted. 
The function of these processes, however, is very different from 
that of claspers; they serve to attach the animal permanently to 
some solid support, to which they fix themselves by their extremi- 
ties. Along with the stolon-like foot they become clothed with 
perisarc, and the actinula has thus acquired all the essential cha- 
racters of the adult trophosome’’ (Allman, 1876, p. 565). 

There is some general resemblance here to the final result in 
Annulella, for although the perisare-covered ‘‘ foot’’ of the adult 
in Myriothela cocksit is a direct development of the larval basal 
disc, it is almost certain that the original basal bulb of any indivi- 
dual of Annulella follows the same course; but the absence of a 
narrow neck between the stolon-like foot and the hydranth of 
Myriothela, as well as the presence of specialized sucker-like pro- 
cesses, mark it as very distinct from the basal bulb of Annulella. 

Almost as distinct is the perisare-covered basal attachment of 
the Tubularid, Corymorpha; for not only does it bear many an- 
choring processes, but the perisarc is really a portion of that 
which at one time enveloped the whole hydranth and which by a 
process of recession became later confined to the lower section of 
the stem (see Torrey, 1907, p. 279). 

As regards the development of its basal bulb directly from 
the proximal portion of the adult hydranth, and of the special 
development upon the basal bulb of a highly differentiated peri- 
sarc, Annulella stands alone. It seems to me that its closest 
affinity in respect of this organ may be with Tiarella, beyond the 
stage of which, however, it has made considerable advance in 
specialization. It is well to remember, however, that in its phylo- 
genetic origin the basal bulb is undoubtedly a development of the 
much simpler naked basal discs characteristic of a primitive group 
of unattached hydroids. 


BASAL TRANSVERSE FISSION. 


Transverse fission as a means of multiplication in adult hy- 
droids is not unusual, and varies from the separating of a minute 


IgI5.] J. Rircui1e: Hydrotrds of the Indian Museum. 565 


terminal section of branch or stolon, as in several Campanularians 
and Plumularians (Billard, 1904, p. 41 et seq.) to vital processes 
such as the exaggerated ‘‘decapitation”’ of Moertsia or the me- 
dian division of Hydra or Protohydra. 

So far as I am aware, transverse fission in a determinate 
region of the base of an adult individual, is a normal mode of 
multiplication in only one hydroid species other than Annulella 
gemmata, Even that solitary case differs from Annulella: for in 
Hypolytus murbachit the fission takes place near the proximal end 
of a distinct hydrocaulus; it proceeds gradually by means of con- 
striction, but without any disappearance of ectoderm (so far as 
one. can judge) so that there are set free successive small naked 
planula-like segments which, after more or less limited wandering, 
settle down and develop directly into new hydranths (Murbach, 
1899). In Hypolytus a wandering ‘‘ blastolyte’’ escapes from a 
free adult; in Annulella a wandering adult escapes from an at- 
tached basal section. 

In this respect Annulella comes very near to the hypothetical 
form postulated by Murbach as a precursor of Hyfolytus (Mur- 
bach, 1899, p. 353); but to me there appears to be no close re- 
lationship between the two forms. 

The phenomena of transverse fission in Annulella naturally 
bears a general resemblance to other well-marked cases such as the 
strobilisation of Moerisia (Boulenger, 1908, p. 364) or the division 
of Protohydra (Chun, 1894, p. 217). But the transverse fission of 
Annulella stands by itself as regards the structural changes in- 
volved (such as the disappearance of ectoderm at the neck, paral- 
leled only in the sporosacs of Dicoryne), and as regards. the final 
results, since here a segment specially modified with a view to 
fission remains attached, while the hydranth which gave it origin 
escapes. 


SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF ANNULELLA GEMMATA. 


The majority of the outstanding features of Annulella gem- 
mata are primitive in character, a few seem to be adaptive. 
Among the latter may be reckoned the annular arrangement of large 
cells upon the tentacles (see p. 558), the great length of the ten- 
tacles themselves, and the adoption of basal transverse fission. All 
of these bear upon the free-living stage, the last as the means of 
attaining freedom, the former as adjuncts to a (supposed) pelagic 
existence. 

The primitive characters include the normal adoption of 
various types of vegetative budding ; but even these are of simple 
nature. Thus the setting free of minute, non-tentacled, planula- 
like buds must probably have preceded in evolutionary develop- 
*ment even the liberation of buds at a miniature adult-stage, as 
occurs in Hydra and occasionally in Moerisia, both of which are 
included in the family Hydridae. Further, the naked basal disc 
observed in one young specimen of Annulella appears to be homo- 


566 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL25b, 


logous with the similar structure common in adult members of the 
Hydridae and in young specimens of Tiarella, and the basal bulb 
in its first development phylogenetically and ontogenetically, may 
be taken as a highly specialized form of the basal dise or ‘‘ Fuss- 
platte.’’ 

Finally, the multiserial endoderm of the tentacles finds a close 
analogy in the similar (but hollow) endoderm of the Hydridae 
(Hydra and Moertsia). 

Perhaps one ought to add that if faith be placed in Haeckel’s 
hypothesis of the origin of a capitate tentacle as the thrusting out 
on a stalk of a cluster of nematocysts, then the capitation of the 
tentacles may also be placed amongst the primitive characters. 

A survey of the systematic distribution of the distinctive 
characters of Annulella shows that they are confined to four fami- 
lies of the Hydroidae—Hydridae, Corynidae, Pennaridae and Tubu- 
lariidae; but that they preponderate towards the more primitive 
end of the series—the Hydridae and Corynidae. Systematists 
have long regarded the tentacles as a primary basis of distinction, 
special stress being laid upon their capitate or filiform condition 
and their distribution upon the hydranth body. This basis being 
adopted, the capitate and scattered tentacles of Annulella place it 
definitely in the family Corynidae, but there are clear affinities in 
the multiserial endoderm of the tentacles, in the simple budding, 
and in the basal disc and bulb to members of the family Hydridae. 

In the Corynidae, where, agreeing with Mme. Motz-Kos- 
sowska (1905, p. 45), I would place Tiarella, in preference to the 
position with the Pennaridae assigned to it by Schulze, there is no 
genus closely comparable to Annulella. But it bears some relation- 
ship to Tiarella from which it differs most markedly in possessing 
scattered tentacles, and beyond which it has advanced in the 
specialization of its basal bulb and of the nematocyst rings on its 
tentacles. In respect of the distribution of tentacles and of the 
general absence of perisarc except on the basal extremity, Annul- 
ella approaches Myriothela, and, since no more satisfactory alter- 
native presents itself, I rank it with this genus in the sub-family 
Myriothelinae. 

In these days of many tentative classifications misunder- 
standing may be avoided if I state that I consider the family 
Corynidae to contain those Gymnoblastic Hydroids in which the 
tentacles are all capitate and are either scattered or distributed in 
several whorls; and that in its sub-family Myriothelinae I would 
place such Corynids as possess scattered tentacles, are solitary, 
and lack a supporting skeleton of perisarc. 


1915. ] J. Rircu1g: Hydroids of the Indian Museum. 567 


GENERIC AND SPECIFIC DIAGNOSES OF ANNULELLA 
GEMMATA. 


Annulella,! nov. gen. 
GENERIC CHARACTERS. 


Trophosome.—Ployps solitary and naked, with conical pro- 
boscis, and long, scattered, capitate tentacles bearing nematocyst 
batteries arranged in many rings and furnished with solid multi- 
serial endoderm. During their fixed stage the polyps are attached 
by an adherent base, connected to them by a narrow neck and 
enclosed in perisarc. Multiplication by vegetative reproduction 
is the rule. 


Gonosome.—? Gonophores producing free medusae. 


Annulella gemmatta,* nov. sp. 
SPECIFIC CHARACTERS. 


Minute solitary polyps, 0°15 mm. to I'o mm. in height, bear- 
ing from 4 to 12 scattered capitate tentacles with nematocyst 
rings (nodes) along their whole length, and delicate solid endo- 
derm. Tentacles and polyp-body are furnished with two types 
of nematocysts (macrocnides and microcnides), The polyp is 
alternately fixed and free, escaping from its basal bulb by rupture 
of the connecting neck, and again developing a new basal bulb by 
a modification of its proximal end. 

Reproduction is normally asexual, by means of buds set free 
in a planula-like stage by means of the detached basal bulb, and 
possibly by means of longitudinal fission. The type of sexual 
phase is not known with certainty. 

Locality.—A brackish pond, Port Canning, Lower Bengal, 
India. 

Type Specimens.—In the collections of the Indian Museum. 


LIST OF WORKS REFERRED TO IN TEXT. 


Allman, J. G., 1871-72. A Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or 
Tubularian Hydroids. Ray Society, London. 

Allman, J. G., 1876. ‘‘On the Structure and Development of 
Myriothela.”’ Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. London, vol. 165, p. 


549. 

Ashworth, J. H. and Ritchie, J., 1915. ‘‘ The Morphology and 
Development of the Free-swimming Sporosacs of the Hydroid 
Genus Dicoryne (including Heterocordyle).’’ Trans. Roy. Soc. 
Edinburgh, vol. 51 (in press). 

Bedot, M., rg1z. ‘‘ Notes sur les Hydroides de Roscoff.’’ Arch. 
Zool. exp. et gén., Ser. 5, T. 6, p. 20T. 


! Feminine diminutive from Lat. annulus, a ring, signifying the ringed ten- 
tacles. 
2 Lat. gemmatus ~ budded. 


568 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XI, 1915.] 


Hillard, A., 1904. ‘‘ Contribution a l’étude des Hydroides.”’ Ann. 
Set. Nat. Zool., Ser. 8, T. 20, p. 1. 

Boulenger, C. L., 1908. ‘‘On Moertsia lyonst, a new Hydrome- 
dusan from Lake Qurun.” Quart. Journ. Mier. Sct., n.s., vol. 
52, P- 357: d 

Braem, F., 1894. ‘‘ Uber die Knospung bei mehrschichtigen 
Thieren, ins besondere bei Hydroiden.’’ Biol. Centralbl., Bd. 
14, p. 140. 

Chun, C., 1894. ‘‘ Coelenterata’’ in Bronn’s Klassen u. Ordnun- 
gen des Thier Reichs, Bd. 2, Abt. 2, Lief. 9 u. ro. 

Chun, €C., 1897. op. ctt., Teta rsan7 

Dendy, A-, 1902. ‘‘On a free-swimming Hydroid, Pelagohydra 
mirabilis, n. gen., n. sp.’’ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sct., n.s., vol. 
AG. 2p: a, 

Derzhavin, A., 1912. ‘‘Caspionema pallasi, eine Meduse des 
Kaspischen Meeres.’’ Zool. Anz., Bd. 39, p. 390. 


Hadzi, J., 1911. ‘‘ Uber die Nesselzellverhaltnisse bei den Hy- 
dromedusen.’’ Zool. Anz., Bd. 37, p. 471. 

Hardy, W. B., 1891. ‘‘On some points in the Histology and 
Morphology of Myriothela phrygia.”’ Quart. Journ. Micr. 
Scr. -S.; vol. 32, 'p:. 505; 

Hartlaub, Cl., 1903. [Summary remarks on free-swimming Hy- 
droids included in a review of Dendy’s 1902 paper cited 
above]. Zool. Zentralbl., Jahrg. 10, p. 27. 

Lang, A., 1892. ‘‘ Uber die Knospung bei Hydra und einigen 
Hydroidpolypen.’’ Zetts. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. 54, p. 365. 
Motz-Kossowska, S., 1905. ‘‘ Contribution 4 la connaissance des 
Hydraires de la Méditerranée occidentale.’’ Arch. Zool. exp. 

Cl 26N: Beton le, 35 19:23G; 

Murbach, L., 1899. ‘‘ Hydroids from Wood’s Holl, Mass.” Quart. 
Journ. Micr. Sci., n. s., vol. 42, p. 341. 

Perkins, H. F., 1903. ‘‘ The Development of Gonionema murba- 
chit.” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 54, p. 750. 

Ritchie, J., see under Ashworth. 

Russell, E.S., 1906. ‘‘On Trichorhiza, a new Hydroid Genus.’’ 
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1906, vol. I, p. 99. 

Schaudinn, F., 1894. ‘‘ Uber Haleremita cumulans, n. g., n. sp., 
einen neuen marinen Hydroidpolypen.’’ S.B.Ges. Naturfors. 
Fr. Berlin, Jahr. 1894, p. 226. 

Schneider, K. C., 1890. ‘‘ Histologie von Hydra fusca mit beson- 
derer Beriicksichtung des Nervensystems der Hydropolypen.” 
Arch. t. mikr. Anat., Bd. 35, p. 321. 

Schulze, F. E.. 1876. ‘‘ Tiarella singularis, ein neuer Hydroid- 
polyp.” Zeits. wiss. Zool., Bd. 27, p. 403. 

Torrey, H. B., 1907. ‘‘ Biological Studies on Corymorpha, II. The 
Development of C. palma from the Egg.’’? Univ. California 
Public., Zool., vol. 3, p. 253. 

Warren, E., 1908. ‘‘Ona Collection of Hydroids mostly from the 
Natal Coast.’’ Ann. Natal Govern. Mus., vol. 1, p. 269. 


— 
‘ ; ie - 
bs t pa 
ea , : is) 
+S oat q ease fs ei 
See? ee ie 
Ret When SL) otes * enh ants is 9 
g‘ “og 428, sy, $ Pe 
7 Xl east po Vibe PaaS A the: wa 
+ os tog 
‘ 3 baat. * arn 
‘ a, ; ce ae fe 
ob ¢ AS 
bea te 
oes 4 
‘ ‘ 
Bt | 
; 
st 
to 


Ras 


te oe 
\. a 
“ nf, 
Fa i ca) 

ale “t 
: te 

nla 

. 

al 


i] 
ad 
~ 


Fae cl irptin ret 


; bt . 
; ma g 
: 
a 7 ee’ 
e 
a s ‘ ag 
4oq. ae 
is eed 
Ceo ae {Fe 


wie 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX. 


Annulella gemmata, nov. gen. et sp. 


Fic. 1.—Young sessile polyp shortly after fixation, with four ten- 


3) 


tacles, and thin perisare covering the basal disc (Fuss- 
platte), X 75. 06.b. basal bulb; deb. coat of mucus 
and debris. 


2.—Adult polyp with twelve tentacles, lateral buds (bud 1 & 2, 


the latter possibly a young gonophore), and two basal 
bulbs; 0.6. 1 & 2, the former terminal. In both bulbs 
the internal coenosarc-sac and external chitinous invest- 
ment are shown, X 55. 


3.—Adult polyp with two hypostomes, ~. I & 2, possibly 


in process of longitudinal fission, and two basal bulbs; 
b.b. 1 & 2, the former terminal, showing clearly the 
narrow connecting neck, and the perisarc investment, 


X 55. 


4.—Median longitudinal section of bud attached to wall of 


polyp, X 230. cav. large central cavity in communi- 
cation with coelenteron; cut. cuticle; mes. meso- 
gloea; ect. ectoderm ; end. endoderm. 


5.—Optical section of bud after its release from polyp, and 


before it has settled down, X 230. cav. central cavity, 
now much constricted by increase of endoderm cells; 
cut. cuticle ; mes. mesogloea; end. endoderm; ect. ecto- 
derm; the pale area at the left pole (the end formerly 
attached) shows the position of the opening which pro- 
bably persists as the mouth of the polyp. 


6.—Proximal end of an adult polyp, showing the origin of a 


new basal bulb, X 75. 4. lower end of hydranth body; 
e.h, ectoderm of hydranth; mes. mesogloea; n. 2, con- 
striction beginning to mark off neck of new basal 
bulb; b.b. basal bulb in process of differentiation ; 
e.b.b. ectoderm of basal bulb; m. debrisladen mucus; 
n. 1, ruptured tissues indicating the broken neck of an 
earlier basal bulb, whence the polyp has escaped. 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XI, 1915. Plate XXX. 


cay. cut, mes. 


James Ritchie, del. 


Bemrose. Collo,, Derby. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXa. 
Annulella gemmata, nov. gen. et sp. 


Fic. 7.—Portion from near tip of much extended tentacle, show- 
ing nodal and internodal areas, and arrangement of 
nematocysts in nodal cells, X 320. 


8.—Median longitudinal section of contracted tentacle, X 770. 
n.c. central nematocyst (macrocnide) of nodal cell; 
np. peripheral nematocyst (microcnide) of nodal cell; 
ect. ectoderm; end. endoderm; mes. mesogloea; cn. 
enidocil. 


9.—Median longitudinal section of lower portion of polyp and 
basal bulb, X 540. ect. ectoderm (absent at neck of 
basal bulb); mes. mesogloea (note great thickening 
within neck of basal bulb); end. endoderm; cvel. coel- 
enteron; gel. hyaline, gelatinous secretion (it is diff- 
cult to distinguish the relationships of this secretion 
to the cellular layers, in places it appears to be continu- 
ous with the walls of the ectoderm cells, and in one 
area it seemed to come in contact with the meso- 
gloea); per. perisarc of basal bulb; a. unconsolidated 
area of debris-laden secretion into which the firm peri- 
sarc merges. 


a) 


9) 


Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.XI, 1915. 


James Ritche, del. “ Bemrose. Colic Derby 


Y, 


inh? 
Be ri 


LTD 
Way 
i why 
HAs